Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 30, 2017

Registration No. 333-207888

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6199   46-4714474

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

4150 International Plaza, Suite 300

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

(817) 928-1500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Kenneth E. Rees

Chief Executive Officer

Elevate Credit, Inc.

4150 International Plaza, Suite 300

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

(817) 928-1500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brandon C. Parris, Esq.

Sara L. Terheggen, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

425 Market Street

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 268-7000

 

Sarah Fagin Cutrona, Esq.

Chief Counsel

Elevate Credit, Inc.

4150 International Plaza, Suite 300

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

(817) 928-1500

 

Andrew D. Thorpe, Esq.

Peter M. Lamb, Esq.

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP

The Orrick Building

405 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 773-5700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS Subject to Completion , 2017

Shares

Common Stock

Elevate Credit, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between$ and $ per share.

/

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELVT.”

/

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 17.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if the prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Per Share Total

Public offering price $$

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) $ $

Proceeds, before expenses, to us $ $

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 197 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on , 2017.

UBS Investment Bank Jefferies Stifel

William Blair


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

145% compound annual growth rate 1 $3.7 billion in loan originations 2 1.5 million customers served 2 170 million non-prime consumers in the US and UK market combined 3 1 For the period from 2013 through 2015. 2 Originations and customers from 2002 through September 2016, attributable to the combined current and predecessor direct and branded products. 3 Based on US population with a TransRisk Score of less than 700, Americans over 18 treated as “unscorable” by traditional credit scoring models and the UK population comprising the “non-standard” credit market.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The next generation of re

Approval in seconds Rates that go do Credit building features


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

responsible online credit Good Today, Better Tomorrow go down over time Financial wellness features Flexible payment terms


Table of Contents

  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its delivery. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                     , 2017 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

CERTAIN CONVENTIONS GOVERNING INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS

Presentation of information related to periods before the Spin-Off

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separately identifiable line of business of Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us, and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders. We refer to this as the “Spin-Off.” Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Elevate,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Elevate Credit, Inc. and, where appropriate, our wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as the direct lending and branded product business of TFI for periods prior to the Spin-Off. Financial and operational information for periods before the Spin-Off refer solely to the direct lending and branded product business of TFI. For further information regarding the Spin-Off, see “Business—Our History.”

Presentation of information related to our products

Our products are Rise and Elastic in the US and Sunny in the UK. Rise is an installment loan product that operates under individual state laws and may have significantly different rates, terms and conditions in each of the states in which Rise is offered. In Texas and Ohio, we do not make Rise loans directly, but rather act as a Credit Services Organization (which is also known as a Credit Access Business in Texas), or, collectively, “CSO,” and the loans are originated by an unaffiliated third party. Texas and Ohio are currently the only states in which Rise is offered pursuant to a CSO program. Our other US product, Elastic, is an open-end line of credit that is originated by a third-party lender under a contractual relationship whereby we provide marketing and technology services to support the lender’s origination of Elastic lines of credit. Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, and to simplify the disclosures contained herein, “Elevate’s products,” “our products,” “Elevate’s customers,” and “our customers,” as well as these products being “offered” by us and similar or related phrases, refer to these three products and their customers irrespective of whether Elevate directly originates the credit to the customer or whether such credit is originated by a third party.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

  

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

The offering

     9   

Summary historical and pro forma financial data

     11   

Letter from Ken Rees, CEO of Elevate

     15   

Risk factors

     17   

Forward-looking statements

     55   

Industry and market data

     58   

Use of proceeds

     59   

Dividend policy

     59   

Capitalization

     60   

Dilution

     62   

Selected historical consolidated financial data

     65   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     73   

Business

     116   

Management

     146   

Executive compensation

     158   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     171   

Principal stockholders

     180   

Description of capital stock

     183   

Shares eligible for future sale

     190   

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

     193   

Underwriting

     197   

Legal matters

     208   

Experts

     208   

Where you can find more information

     208   

Index to combined and consolidated financial statements contents

     F-1   

 

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary overview of the key aspects of the offering identifies those aspects of the offering that are the most significant. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our common stock, including the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Forward-looking statements” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Certain conventions governing information in this prospectus” for detailed information on how we discuss our business.

OUR COMPANY

We provide online credit solutions to consumers in the United States, or the “US,” and the United Kingdom, or the “UK,” who are not well-served by traditional bank products and who are looking for better options than payday loans, title loans, pawn and storefront installment loans. Non-prime consumers—approximately 170 million people in the US and UK, typically defined as those with credit scores of less than 700—now represent a larger market than prime consumers but are risky to underwrite and serve with traditional approaches. We’re succeeding at it—and doing it responsibly—with best-in-class advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics honed by serving more than 1.5 million customers with $3.7 billion in credit. Our current online credit products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect our mission to provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features. We call this mission “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”

We have experienced rapid growth since launching our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Since their introduction through September 30, 2016, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, together, have provided approximately $2.2 billion in credit to approximately 714,000 customers and generated strong revenue growth. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 grew 59% to $434 million from $274 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 grew 37% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Our operating income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $9 million and $(61) million, respectively, and were $31 million and $(4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Along with increased revenue growth and improving margins, we have also reduced the average APR to our customers. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 our average portfolio effective APR was 149%, a drop of approximately 40% from 2013 when the average effective APR was 250%. We believe that this rate reduction helps to differentiate our products in the market and reflects improvements in our underwriting and the maturing of our loan portfolios.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our products in the US and the UK are:

 

    

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

LOGO

 

Product type

  Installment   Installment   Line of credit

Geographies served(1)

  15 states   UK   40 states

Loan size

  $500 to $7,000   £100 to £2,500   $500 to $3,500

Loan term(2)

  4-26 months   6-14 months   Up to 10 months

Pricing(3)

  36% to 365%

annualized

  10.5% to 24% monthly   Initially $5 per $100
borrowed plus up to 5.0%
of outstanding principal
per billing period

Other fees

  None   None   None

Weighted average effective APR(1)(4)

  158%   236%   89%

 

(1)   As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Includes loans originated through Credit Services Organization, or “CSO,” programs.
(2)   Elastic term is based on minimum principal payments of 10% of last draw amount per month.
(3)   In Texas and Ohio, Rise charges a CSO fee instead of interest. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Revenue growth—Revenues.” Rise interest rates may differ significantly by state. See “Regulatory Environment—APR by geography” for a breakdown of the APR for each of our products. Rise interest rates of 36% are available to qualified customers based on on-time repayment history.
(4)   Elastic is a fee-based product. The number shown is based on a calculation of an effective APR.

 

We differentiate ourselves in the following ways:

 

Ø   Online products that are “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”      We provide customers access to competitively priced credit when they need it and reward successful payment history with rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time. In addition, our products offer responsible lending features including credit bureau reporting, free credit monitoring (for US customers), online financial literacy videos and tools, amortizing loan balances, flexible repayment schedules, and no prepayment penalties or punitive fees.

 

Ø   Industry-leading advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics.      We have developed proprietary automated underwriting capabilities that allow us to make data-driven decisions on loan applications in seconds. To best serve a broad set of non-prime consumers, we have developed a unique approach that we call “segment-optimized analytics.” This approach utilizes proprietary credit scoring models for each of the customer segments and channels we serve to underwrite and assess risk and uses targeted fraud models to identify potential fraud. We apply both cutting-edge and traditional analytical techniques and a vast array of data sources, while complying with applicable lending laws. As a result of our proprietary technology and risk analytics, approximately 95% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required.

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing strategy .    We use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to directly reach potential customers. Our marketing strategy includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns, as well as strategic partnerships. We believe our direct-to-consumer approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisitions while maximizing reach and brand awareness. Approximately 93% of our customers are sourced from direct marketing channels. We continue to invest in new marketing channels, including social media, which we believe will provide us with further competitive advantages and support our ongoing growth. We expect to continue to expand growth in our channels based on improved customer targeting analytics and increasingly sophisticated response models that allow us to expand our marketing reach while maintaining target customer acquisition costs.

Our seasoned management team has, on average, over 15 years of technology and financial services experience and has worked together for an average of over seven years in the non-prime consumer credit

 

 

2


Table of Contents

industry. Our management team has overseen the origination of more than $3.7 billion in credit to 1.5 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor direct and branded products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off. In addition, our management team achieved stable credit performance through the recent financial crisis, maintaining total principal losses as a percentage of loan originations of between 17% and 20% each year from 2006 through 2011. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.”

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Non-prime consumers represent the largest segment of the credit market .    We provide credit to non-prime consumers, many of whom face reduced credit options and increased financial pressure due to macro-economic changes over the past few decades. We believe that this segment of the population represents a massive and underserved market of approximately 170 million consumers in the US and UK—a larger population than the market for prime credit. The profile of our typical customer for our US and UK products indicates that our customer base, which we refer to as the “New Middle Class,” is middle-income and has a mainstream demographic profile, in line with the average of the populations of the US and UK, respectively, in terms of income, educational background and homeownership.

The New Middle Class has an unmet need for credit .    Due to wage stagnation over the past several decades and the further impact of the recent financial crisis, the New Middle Class is characterized by a lack of savings and significant income volatility. As a result, our customer base often must rely on short-term credit to fund unexpected expenses, like car and home repairs or medical emergencies.

Non-prime credit can be less vulnerable to recessionary factors.     We believe that patterns of credit charge-offs for non-prime consumers typically are counter-cyclical when compared to prime consumers in credit downturns. In a recession, banks and traditional prime credit providers often experience increases in credit charge-off rates and tighten access to credit, which pushes certain consumers out of the credit market. Conversely, with advanced underwriting, lenders serving non-prime consumers are able to maintain comparatively flat charge off rates in part because these consumers are unable to avail themselves of the traditional credit market. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.”

Non-prime consumers have different needs for credit.     Non-prime consumers generally have unique and immediate credit needs, which differ greatly from the typical prime consumer. Where prime consumers consider price most in selecting their credit products, we believe that non-prime consumers will often consider a variety of features, including the simplicity of the application process, speed of decisioning and funding, how they will be treated if they cannot pay their loan back on time, and flexible repayment terms.

Banks do not adequately serve the New Middle Class .    Following the recent financial crisis, most banks tightened their underwriting standards and increased their minimum FICO score requirements for borrowers, leaving non-prime borrowers with severely reduced access to traditional credit. Despite the improving economy, banks continue to underserve the New Middle Class. We estimate that revolving credit available to non-prime US borrowers was reduced by approximately $143 billion from 2008 to 2015. This has had a profound impact on non-prime consumers in the US and UK who typically have little to no savings. Often, the only credit-like product offered by banks that is available to non-prime borrowers is overdraft protection, which provides credit at extremely high rates.

Legacy non-prime lenders are not innovative .    As a result of limited access to credit products from banks, the New Middle Class has historically had to rely on a variety of legacy non-prime lenders, such

 

 

3


Table of Contents

as storefront installment lenders, payday lenders, title lenders, pawn and rent-to-own providers that typically do not offer consumers the convenience of online and mobile access. While legacy non-prime credit products may fulfill a borrower’s immediate funding needs, many of these products have significant drawbacks for consumers, including a potential “cycle of debt,” higher interest rates, punitive fees and aggressive collection tactics. Additionally, legacy non-prime lenders do not typically report to major credit bureaus, so non-prime consumers often remain in a “cycle of non-prime” and rarely improve their financial options.

New innovation is slow to market.     Despite the growing and unmet need for non-prime credit, few innovative solutions tailored for non-prime consumers have come to market. Where new online marketplace lenders and small business lenders have emerged to serve prime consumers, we believe that non-prime consumers still have relatively few responsible online credit options. We believe this is because underwriting non-prime consumers presents significantly greater analytical challenges than underwriting prime consumers. Unlike prime consumers, the credit profiles of non-prime consumers vary greatly and their needs are extremely diverse. While new data and techniques can assist in improving underwriting capabilities, we believe lenders still require deep insight and extensive experience to successfully serve non-prime consumers while maintaining target loss rates. Additionally, we believe the compliance and other systems necessary to serve non-prime consumers in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements can be a barrier to entry for less sophisticated and newer entrants.

Consumers are embracing the internet for their personal finances .    Consumers are increasingly turning to online solutions to fulfill their personal finance needs. We believe this growth is an indication of borrower preferences for online financial products that are more convenient and easier to use than products provided by legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

OUR SOLUTIONS

Our innovative online credit solutions provide immediate relief to customers today and can help them build a brighter financial future. Our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” is central to our innovative product design. We offer a number of financial wellness and consumer-friendly features that we believe are unmatched in the non-prime lending market.

We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient, competitively priced financial solutions to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We believe we are one of the first to develop a risk-based pricing model utilizing technology and risk analytics focused on the non-prime credit industry. As a result, we believe we are leading the next generation of more responsible online credit providers for the New Middle Class.

Our products provide the following key benefits:

 

Ø   Competitive pricing and no hidden or punitive fees .     Our US products offer rates that we believe are typically more than 50% lower than many generally available alternatives from legacy non-prime lenders, such as payday lenders, which have an average APR of almost 400%. Our products offer rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time based on successful loan payment history. For instance, as of September 30, 2016, approximately 70% of Rise customers in good standing had received a rate reduction, either after a refinance or on a subsequent loan. In addition, in order to help our customers facing financial hardships, we have eliminated “punitive” fees, including returned payment fees and late charges, among others.

 

Ø  

Access and convenience .     We provide convenient, easy-to-use products via online and mobile platforms. Consumers are able to apply using an online application, which takes only minutes to

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

complete. Credit determinations are made in seconds and approximately 95% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required. Funds are typically available next-day in the US and same-day in the UK.

 

Ø   Flexible payment terms and responsible lending features .     Customers can select a repayment schedule that fits their needs with no prepayment penalties. In addition, our products feature amortizing principal balances over the term of the loan, in contrast to balloon payments required by many legacy non-prime lenders, which often result in repeated refinancings and can lead to a cycle of debt. To ensure that consumers fully understand the product and their alternatives, we provide extensive “Know Before You Borrow” disclosures as well as an industry-leading five-day period for customers to rescind their loan at no cost. Consistent with our goal of being sensitive to the unique needs of non-prime consumers, we also offer flexible solutions to help customers facing issues impacting their ability to make scheduled payments. Our solutions include notifications before payment processing, extended due dates, grace periods, payment plans and settlement offers.

 

Ø   Financial wellness features .     Our products include credit building and financial wellness programs, such as credit reporting, free credit monitoring (in the US) and online financial literacy videos and tools. Our goal is to help our customers improve their financial options and behaviors at no additional charge.

OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

Using our technology platform and proprietary risk analytics, we are able to offer our customers innovative credit solutions that place us as a leader among a new generation of more responsible, online non-prime lenders. We believe the following are our key competitive advantages:

 

Ø   Differentiated online products for non-prime consumers .     We are committed to our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.” Our products are “good today” due to their convenience, cost and flexibility. However, we go even further in creating credit products that can help enable customers to have a “better tomorrow.” Based on successful payment history, rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) can decrease over time, and we provide a path to prime credit for struggling consumers by reporting to credit bureaus, providing free credit monitoring (for US products), and offering online financial literacy videos and tools to help build better financial management skills.

 

Ø   Leading risk analytics .     As a result of our extensive experience and track record in the industry, we have developed a unique approach to underwriting non-prime credit using segment-optimized analytics. Unlike simplistic scoring approaches that may be adequate for prime and near-prime consumers, our approach allows us to serve a broad set of customer segments within the non-prime market and across the numerous channels we use to reach them. Our team of over 35 data scientists utilizes thousands of data inputs to continually optimize our proprietary credit scoring model, which is currently in its 12th generation. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—Segment-optimized analytics—Segment specific credit scores.” Across the portfolio of products we currently offer, we have maintained stable credit quality as evidenced by credit loss rates that are generally under 20% on the original principal loan balances. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality.” Furthermore, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models allow not only for the scoring of a broad range of non-prime consumers, but also across a variety of products, channels, geographies and regulatory requirements.

 

Ø  

Innovative and flexible technology platform.     Investment in our flexible and scalable technology platform has enabled us to rapidly grow and innovate new products—notably supporting the launch of our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Our proven technology platform provides for

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

highly automated loan originations and cost-effective servicing. In addition, our platform is adaptable to allow us to deliver customizable online loan products to meet changing consumer preferences and respond to a dynamic regulatory environment. Further, our open architecture allows us to easily integrate best-in-class third party providers, including strategic partners, data sources and outsourced vendors, into our platform.

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing approach.     We use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to market directly to potential customers, which includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns, and strategic partnerships with affiliates. We have created unique capabilities to effectively identify and attract qualified customers, which supports our long-term growth objectives at target customer acquisition costs. We believe this approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisition while maximizing reach and enhancing brand awareness.

 

Ø   Seasoned management team with strong industry track record.     We have a seasoned team of senior executives with an average of over 15 years of experience in technology and financial services, led by Ken Rees, a financial services industry veteran with over 20 years of experience, who is regarded as one of the leading advocates of responsible credit in the non-prime lending space. The team oversaw the origination of more than $3.7 billion in credit to 1.5 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off. Additionally, the team has a proven track record of managing defaults through the most recent financial crisis. From 2006 to 2011, the principal charge-offs of Elevate’s legacy and predecessor credit products remained comparatively flat compared to credit card charge-offs, which experienced volatility, with charge-off rates increasing by close to 300% during the same period.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

To achieve our goal of being the preeminent online lender to the New Middle Class, we intend to execute the following strategies:

 

Ø   Continue to grow our current products into dominant brands.      The current generation of Rise, Elastic and Sunny were launched in 2013. Given strong consumer demand and organic growth potential, we believe that significant opportunities exist to expand these three products within their current markets via existing marketing channels. As non-prime consumers become increasingly familiar and comfortable with online financial services, we also plan to capture the new business generated as they migrate away from less convenient legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

 

Ø   Widen the spectrum of borrowers served .    We continue to evaluate new product and market opportunities that fit into our overall strategic objective of delivering next-generation online credit products that span the non-prime credit spectrum. For example, we are evaluating products with lower rates that would be more focused on the needs of near-prime consumers. In addition, we are continually focused on improving our analytics to effectively underwrite and serve consumers within those segments of the non-prime credit spectrum that we do not currently reach.

 

Ø   Increase operating leverage by expanding our relationship with existing customers.     Customer acquisition costs represent one of the most significant expenses for online lenders. We will seek to expand our strong relationships with existing customers by providing qualified customers with new loans on improved terms or offering other products and services without incurring significant additional costs. We believe we can, as a result, provide improved products and services to our customers while, at the same time, achieving better operating leverage.

 

Ø  

Expand strategic partnerships.     Our progressive non-prime credit solutions have attracted top-tier affiliate partners. We intend to continue growing our existing affiliate partnerships and will evaluate

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

opportunities to enter into new partnerships with affiliates and retailers and potentially enable non-prime customers to purchase their goods and services on credit. We expect these partnerships to provide us with access to a broad range of potential new customers, with low customer acquisition costs.

 

Ø   Expansion in select markets.     We will explore pursuing strategic opportunities to expand into additional international and domestic markets. However, we plan to take a disciplined approach to international expansion, utilizing customized products and in-market expertise. As reflected in our approach to entering the UK market, we believe that local teams with products developed for each unique local market will ultimately be the most successful. We currently do not expect to undertake any international expansion in the near term.

RISKS AFFECTING US

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in “Risk factors.” These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Ø   We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future growth prospects.

 

Ø   Our historical information does not necessarily represent the results we would have achieved as a stand-alone company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

 

Ø   Our recent growth rate may not be indicative of our ability to continue to grow, if at all, in the future.

 

Ø   We have a history of losses and may not achieve consistent profitability in the future.

 

Ø   The consumer lending industry continues to be subjected to new laws and regulations in many jurisdictions that could restrict the consumer lending products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current operations.

 

Ø   Regulators and payment processors are scrutinizing certain online lenders’ access to the Automated Clearing House system to disburse and collect loan proceeds and repayments, and any interruption or limitation on our ability to access this critical system would materially adversely affect our business.

 

Ø   If the information provided by customers or other third parties to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualification to receive a loan, and any inability to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk on a large scale could cause us to incur substantial losses, and our operating results, brand and reputation could be harmed.

 

Ø   Because of the non-prime nature of our customers, we have historically experienced a high rate of net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, and our ability to price appropriately in response to this and other factors is essential. We rely on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models in the forecasting of loss rates. If we are unable to effectively forecast loss rates, it may negatively impact our operating results.

 

Ø   We currently depend on debt financing to finance most of the loans we originate. Our business could be adversely affected by a lack of sufficient debt financing at acceptable prices or disruptions in the credit markets, which could reduce our access to credit.

 

Ø   Risks related to our association with Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI.”

 

Ø   Other risks related to litigation, compliance, regulation and this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separate identifiable line of business of TFI. On May 1, 2014, we were spun off from TFI.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109, and our telephone number is (817) 928-1500. Our website is www.elevate.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Elevate, Elastic, Rise, Sunny and other trademarks or service marks of Elevate appearing in this prospectus are the property of Elevate. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks and service marks used in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                     shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares to be offered by us

                     shares

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to use approximately $       million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding amount under our financing agreement and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to       % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, director nominees, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1 million of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, director nominees or executive officers shall be subject to 180-day lock-ups. Any of these lock-up agreements will have similar restrictions to the lock-up agreements described herein. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

 

Exchange listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” under the symbol “ELVT”.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 27,099,745 shares of our common and convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2016, as adjusted for the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, and excludes 6,995,472 shares of common stock reserved and common stock available for issuance under our 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or “2016 Plan,” and our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or “2014 Plan,” which comprises:

 

Ø   3,551,527 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2016, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.20 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $2.12 to $8.32;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Ø   425,262 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2016, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $8.12 per share;

 

Ø   3,018,683 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options available for grant.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock on a one-to-one basis without additional consideration into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock and immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   a 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock to be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   no exercise of the outstanding options and no vesting of the restricted stock units described above;

 

Ø   no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and

 

Ø   no conversion of the convertible term notes into shares of our common stock, which would be convertible into                      shares of our common stock (using an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus). See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Summary historical and pro forma financial data

The following tables summarize our combined and consolidated financial data. You should read the summary combined and consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our combined and consolidated financial statements, the notes to our combined and consolidated financial statements and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The combined and consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and as of September 30, 2016 include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals that are necessary in the opinion of our management for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separately identifiable line of business of Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders, which we refer to as the “Spin-Off.” Our combined financial statements for periods prior to the Spin-Off reflect the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending and branded products business that was contributed to us. The combined statements of operations for periods prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for general overhead and corporate functions historically provided to the direct lending and branded products business. These allocations were made based on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocations methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods and have been included in our combined financial statements for periods prior to May 1, 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between us and TFI have been included within the combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within TFI’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. Beginning May 1, 2014, all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
Combined and consolidated statements of operations
data (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
   2015     2014     2016     2015  

Revenues

   $ 434,006      $ 273,718      $ 411,422      $ 300,306   

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     232,650        170,908        217,505        161,013   

Direct marketing costs

     61,032        60,166        50,201        47,807   

Other cost of sales

     15,197        10,603        12,864        10,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     308,879        241,677        280,570        219,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     125,127        32,041        130,852        80,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Compensation and benefits

     60,568        48,010        50,180        44,529   

Professional services

     25,134        18,662        23,098        17,999   

Selling and marketing

     7,567        7,366        7,810        5,878   

Occupancy and equipment

     9,690        8,043        8,481        7,088   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898        8,317        8,283        6,476   

Other

     4,303        2,766        2,466        2,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     116,160        93,164        100,318        84,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     8,967        (61,123     30,534        (3,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Net interest expense

     (36,674     (12,939     (44,798     (24,205

Foreign currency transaction loss

     (2,385     (1,408     (6,274     (1,240

Non-operating income

     5,523                      5,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (33,536     (14,347     (51,072)        (19,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (24,569     (75,470  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,538

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,734

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (4,658     (20,710     (2,587     (3,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (19,911     (54,760     (17,951     (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

            135                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625   $ (17,951)      $ (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (3.97   $ (11.59  

 

$

 

(3.49)

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

(4.05

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted(1)

   $ (0.75   $ (2.11  

 

 

$

 

 

(0.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

(0.76

 

 

 

As adjusted(2)

   $        $        $        $     

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     5,010,339        4,711,794        5,143,287        4,982,673   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share

        

Basic and diluted(1)

     26,624,373        25,878,010        26,956,743        26,555,208   

Basic and diluted, as adjusted(2)

        

 

(1)   Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock have been calculated assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2016 and 2015 and at December 31, 2015 and 2014 into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later and (ii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion.
(2)   Pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock, as adjusted, gives effect to (i) the sale by us of                      shares of our common stock in this offering; (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of our common stock; (iii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion and (iv) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Victory Park Capital credit facility, or the “VPC Facility,” as described in “Use of proceeds,” as if the offering and those transactions had occurred on September 30, 2016. The number of shares is computed based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
     As of and for the years ended
December 31,
    As of and for the nine
months ended September 30,
 

Other financial and operational data

(dollars in thousands, except as noted)

           2015                     2014                     2016                     2015          

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 17,865      $ (52,806   $ 38,817      $ 2,656   

Free cash flow(2)

   $ (30,931   $ (47,358   $ 20,999      $ (26,557

Number of new customer loans

     238,238        202,656        207,281        176,825   

Number of loans outstanding

     222,723        146,046        281,190        206,934   

Customer acquisition cost

   $ 256      $ 297      $ 242      $ 270   

Net charge-offs(3)

   $ 214,795      $ 138,559      $ 203,288      $ 143,161   

Additional provision for loan losses(3)

     17,855        32,349        14,217        17,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 232,650      $ 170,908      $ 217,505      $ 161,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal(4)

     12     15     14     14

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     49     51     49     48

Total provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     54     62     53     54

Combined loan loss reserve(5)

   $ 65,784      $ 48,491      $ 78,885      $ 66,011   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(5)

     17     22     17     20

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

     173     202     149     181

Ending combined loans receivable – principal(4)

   $ 356,069      $ 201,660      $ 448,259      $ 304,086   

 

(1)   Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or “GAAP.” Adjusted EBITDA represents our net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: net interest expense primarily associated with notes payable under the VPC Facility and ESPV Facility used to fund or purchase loans; foreign currency gains and losses associated with our UK operations; depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets and intangible assets; adjustments to contingent consideration payable related to companies previously acquired prior to the Spin-Off; miscellaneous gains and losses associated with the sale of assets related to discontinued operations; and income taxes. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Free cash flow is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Free cash flow represents our net cash from operating activities adjusted for the principal loan net charge-offs and capital expenditures incurred during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.
(3)   Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses are not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Net charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud, offset by any recoveries. Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to provision for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the Company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders pursuant to our CSO programs. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(5)   Combined loan loss reserve is defined as the loan loss reserve for loans owned by the Company plus the loan loss reserve for loans originated and owned by third-party lenders and guaranteed by the Company. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loan loss reserve to loan loss reserve, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of September 30, 2016  
Selected consolidated balance sheet data (dollars in thousands)    Actual      Pro forma(1)      Pro forma as
adjusted(2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 53,499       $ 53,499       $                

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $73,019

     360,132         360,132      

Total assets

     530,747         530,747      

Total liabilities

     514,635         514,635      

Total convertible preferred stock

     6                   

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 16,112       $ 16,112       $                

 

(1)   The pro forma column reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2016 into 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion. The outstanding shares of our preferred stock were originally distributed to stockholders of TFI in connection with the Spin-Off. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. The conversion of the convertible preferred stock reduces total convertible preferred stock by $6 thousand while increasing common stock by the same amount.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above, (ii) the sale by us of                      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds.” A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents and total assets by $             and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents and total assets by $             and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Letter from Ken Rees, CEO of Elevate

At Elevate, we know that now more than ever there is a need to rethink traditional approaches to consumer credit. Decades-long macroeconomic trends and the recent financial crisis have resulted in a growing “New Middle Class” with little to no savings, urgent credit needs and limited options. Banks haven’t stepped up to serve this market and legacy non-prime lenders haven’t innovated. We believe that Elevate provides the answer.

We use technology and advanced analytics to provide consumers the relief they need today and the tools and resources to help them build a brighter financial future. We call this “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”

The rapid growth we’ve achieved stems from our unique perspective on the New Middle Class. We understand they are more than a single-dimensional credit score. They deserve access to credit, fair pricing, a path to lower rates and better credit, and to achieve their long-term financial goals—all through convenient online and mobile channels. With our innovative products, technology and analytics, we’re leading the path to progress.

Serving non-prime consumers represents a vast and untapped market opportunity. Banks have pulled away from non-prime consumers since the recession while more recent innovations in non-bank financial services have primarily focused on the needs of prime consumers. To make matters worse, “dead-end” products offered by legacy non-prime lenders can trap consumers in a “cycle of debt” and never solve for an even more pervasive problem we call the “cycle of non-prime.” We believe the New Middle Class deserves better. Where marketplace lenders are providing better options for prime consumers, online small business lenders are streamlining and enhancing access to credit for small businesses, and other technology-enabled lenders are rethinking the student loan market, Elevate is leading the transformation of the underserved non-prime credit market.

We believe we offer investors a tremendous opportunity to invest in a platform with a proven ability to grow, scale and innovate. We also think it’s important that before you invest you understand the core beliefs that drive our business:

We believe the highest cost credit is no credit at all .    Eliminating access to credit by forcing non-prime consumers to borrow from family and friends is irresponsible and ignores the real-world challenges and needs facing the New Middle Class. Our goal is to responsibly serve as many non-prime consumers as possible while maintaining sustainable margins and without compromising our commitment to lowering rates for our customers.

We believe non-prime credit needs to be priced to risk .    Serving non-prime customers means accepting a higher likelihood of default. However, instituting overly restrictive credit criteria or adding punitive fees and aggressive collections practices that create even more hardships for consumers is not the answer. At Elevate, we utilize risk-based pricing to achieve target margins with simple and transparent pricing. This means that our customers will pay the rate appropriate for their risk but won’t face hidden or punitive fees, and as a result, most of the credit we offer will be priced above rates generally available to prime consumers. Our goal is to balance the need to provide access to responsible credit with the need for sustainable profits.

We believe that further improvements in technology, analytics and scale should benefit our customers .    We are continually investing in advanced analytics that allow us to improve our underwriting capabilities. In addition, because we are a 100% online and mobile business, as we

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Letter from Ken Rees, CEO of Elevate

 

 

continue to grow we expect to generate economies of scale. We are committed to using these improvements to benefit our borrowers in the form of lower rates. As a result, we do not expect operating margins to grow above 20% over the long term. This is part of our commitment as a responsible lender, but also an important discipline that supports long-term growth and competitive differentiation.

We believe in “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”     The New Middle Class deserves responsible online and mobile credit products that meet their needs today and also provide them with a path to improve their financial future. Our products are competitively priced and convenient, have flexible payment options, and don’t have hidden or punitive fees. In addition, they have rates that can go down over time, are reported to credit bureaus, offer free credit score monitoring and provide financial wellness tools—all to help our customers build their brighter tomorrow. We believe this approach is the right thing to do and will result in a more successful long-term relationship with our customers.

We believe the need for non-prime credit is here to stay .    Ongoing changes in the regulatory environment will not eliminate the need for non-prime credit, but rather will evolve the way it is provided. Moreover, consumers continue to demand more convenience and speed of delivery for credit. Innovation is in our DNA, and we believe that nimble, technology-enabled lenders like Elevate will be able to adapt, thrive and continue to grow in a dynamic regulatory environment and serve expanding consumers expectations for credit.

Delivering on these core beliefs is powered by our people and a corporate culture driven by Elevate’s four company values: Think Big, Do the Right Thing, Win Together, and Raise the Bar. These are not just words on paper, they inspire us to innovate, adapt and always focus on improving the financial options available to the New Middle Class.

 

LOGO

Thank you for reading this letter. We are proud to serve the New Middle Class, and I hope you share our excitement about the incredible opportunity we have to provide the next generation of responsible, technology-driven credit solutions for non-prime consumers and build a successful, lasting company.

 

LOGO

Ken Rees

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face, but include the most significant factors currently known by us that make the offering speculative or risky. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future growth prospects.

We were incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company, in January 2014 and became a stand-alone company in May 2014 following the Spin-Off and, as such, have a very limited operating history as a stand-alone company. Although our management team has many years of experience in the non-prime lending industry, we operate in an evolving industry that may not develop as expected. Assessing the future prospects of our business is challenging in light of both known and unknown risks and difficulties we may encounter. Growth prospects in non-prime lending can be affected by a wide variety of factors including:

 

Ø   Competition from other online and traditional lenders;

 

Ø   Regulatory limitations on the products we can offer and markets we can serve;

 

Ø   Other changes in the regulation of non-prime lending;

 

Ø   Access to important marketing channels such as:

 

  ¡     Direct mail;

 

  ¡     TV and mass media;

 

  ¡     Search engine marketing; and

 

  ¡     Strategic partnerships with affiliates;

 

Ø   Changes in consumer behavior;

 

Ø   Access to adequate financing;

 

Ø   Increasingly sophisticated fraudulent borrowing and online theft;

 

Ø   Challenges with new products and new markets;

 

Ø   Dependence on our proprietary technology infrastructure and security systems;

 

Ø   Dependence on our personnel and certain third parties with whom we do business;

 

Ø   Risk to our business if our systems are hacked or otherwise compromised;

 

Ø   Evolving industry standards;

 

Ø   Recruiting and retention of qualified personnel necessary to operate our business; and

 

Ø   Fluctuations in the credit markets and demand for credit.

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

We may not be able to successfully address these factors, which could negatively impact our growth, harm our business and cause our operating results to be worse than expected.

Our historical information does not necessarily represent the results we would have achieved as a stand-alone company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

We have a limited operating history as a stand-alone company. See “—We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future growth prospects” above. As a result of the Spin-Off, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us. The historical financial information we have included in this prospectus may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. This is primarily because:

 

Ø   our historical financial information reflects allocations for services historically provided to us by TFI, which allocations may not reflect the costs we will incur for similar services in the future as a stand-alone company; and

 

Ø   our historical financial information does not reflect reduced economies of scale, including changes in the cost structure, personnel needs, financing and operations of our business.

Following this offering, we also will be responsible for the additional costs associated with being a public company, including costs related to corporate governance and having listed and registered securities. Therefore, our historical financial information may not be indicative of our future performance as a stand-alone public company. For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial statements, please see “Summary historical and pro forma financial data,” “Selected historical consolidated financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our recent growth rate may not be indicative of our ability to continue to grow, if at all, in the future .

Our revenues grew to $434 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 from $274 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 and to $411 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 from $300 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. It is possible that, in the future, even if our revenues continue to increase, our rate of revenue growth could decline, either because of external factors affecting the growth of our business or because we are not able to scale effectively as we grow. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have a history of losses and may not achieve consistent profitability in the future.

We incurred net losses of $20 million and $55 million in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and we incurred net losses of $18 million and $20 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of September 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $72 million. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenues in future periods in order to remain profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability.

As we grow, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

Ø   personnel, including significant increases to the total compensation we pay our employees as we grow our employee headcount;

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø   marketing, including expenses relating to increased direct marketing efforts;

 

Ø   product development, including the continued development of our proprietary scoring methodology;

 

Ø   diversification of our funding sources;

 

Ø   office space, as we increase the space we need for our growing employee base; and

 

Ø   general administration, including legal, accounting and other compliance expenses related to being a public company.

These expenditures are expected to increase and may adversely affect our ability to achieve and sustain profitability as we grow. In addition, we record our provision for loan losses as an expense to account for the possibility that some loans may not be repaid in full. We expect the aggregate amount of loan loss provision to grow as we increase the number and total amount of loans we make to new customers.

Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenues enough to offset our higher operating expenses. We may incur losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock may significantly decrease.

The consumer lending industry continues to be subjected to new laws and regulations in many jurisdictions that could restrict the consumer lending products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current operations.

Both state and federal governments in the US and regulatory bodies in the UK may seek to impose new laws, regulatory restrictions or licensing requirements that affect the products or services we offer, the terms on which we may offer them, and the disclosure, compliance and reporting obligations we must fulfill in connection with our lending business. They may also interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways that could restrict our ability to continue our current methods of operation or to expand operations, impose significant additional compliance costs and may have a negative effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. In some cases these measures could even directly prohibit some or all of our current business activities in certain jurisdictions, or render them unprofitable or impractical to continue.

In recent years, consumer loans, and in particular the category commonly referred to as “payday loans,” have come under increased regulatory scrutiny that has resulted in increasingly restrictive regulations and legislation that makes offering consumer loans in certain states in the US or the UK less profitable or unattractive. If the CFPB issues a final rule on the provision of small dollar consumer credit in the US, it may significantly impact our US consumer lending business. See “—The CFPB has proposed new rules affecting the consumer lending industry, and these or subsequent new rules and regulations may significantly impact our US consumer lending business.”

We also expect that further new laws and regulations will be promulgated in the UK that could impact our business operations. See “—The UK has imposed, and continues to impose, increased regulation of the high-cost short-term credit industry with the stated expectation that some firms will exit the market” below for additional information.

In order to serve our non-prime customers profitably we need to sufficiently price the risk of the transaction into the annual percentage rate, or “APR,” of our loans. If individual states or the US federal

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

government or regulators in the UK impose rate caps lower than those at which we can operate our current business profitably or otherwise impose stricter limits on non-prime lending, we would need to exit such states or dramatically reduce our rate of growth by limiting our products to customers with higher creditworthiness.

Furthermore, legislative or regulatory actions may be influenced by negative perceptions of us and our industry, even if such negative perceptions are inaccurate, attributable to conduct by third parties not affiliated with us (such as other industry members) or attributable to matters not specific to our industry.

Any of these or other legislative or regulatory actions that affect our consumer loan business at the national, state, international and local level could, if enacted or interpreted differently, have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows and prohibit or directly or indirectly impair our ability to continue current operations.

Regulators and payment processors are scrutinizing certain online lenders’ access to the Automated Clearing House system to disburse and collect loan proceeds and repayments, and any interruption or limitation on our ability to access this critical system would materially adversely affect our business.

When making loans in the US, we typically use the Automated Clearing House, or “ACH,” system to deposit loan proceeds into our customers’ bank accounts. This includes loans that we originate as well as Elastic loans (originated by Republic Bank & Trust Company, or “Republic Bank”) and Rise loans made through the credit services organization, or “CSO,” programs. These products also depend on the ACH system to collect amounts due by withdrawing funds from customers’ bank accounts when the customer has provided authorization to do so. ACH transactions are processed by banks, and if these banks cease to provide ACH processing services or are not allowed to do so, we would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of our business if alternative ACH processors or other payment mechanisms are not available.

It has been reported that actions, referred to as Operation Choke Point, by the US Department of Justice, or the “Justice Department,” the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” and certain state regulators appear to be intended to discourage banks and ACH payment processors from providing access to the ACH system for certain short-term consumer loan providers that they believe are operating illegally, cutting off their access to the ACH system to either debit or credit customer accounts (or both).

This heightened regulatory scrutiny by the Justice Department, the FDIC and other regulators has caused some banks and ACH payment processors to cease doing business with consumer lenders who are operating legally, without regard to whether those lenders are complying with applicable laws, simply to avoid the risk of heightened scrutiny or even litigation. These actions have reduced the number of banks and payment processors who provide ACH payment processing services and could conceivably make it increasingly difficult to find banking partners and payment processors in the future and/or lead to significantly increased costs for these services. If we are unable to maintain access to needed services on favorable terms, we would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of our business if alternative processors are not available.

If we lost access to the ACH system because our payment processor was unable or unwilling to access the ACH system on our behalf we would experience a significant reduction in customer loan payments. Although we would notify consumers that they would need to make their loan payments via physical check, debit card or other method of payment, a large number of customers would likely go into default because they are expecting automated payment processing. Similarly, if regulatory changes limited our

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

access to the ACH system or reduced the number of times ACH transactions could be re-presented, we would experience higher losses.

If the information provided by customers or other third parties to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualification to receive a loan, and any inability to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk on a large scale could cause us to incur substantial losses, and our operating results, brand and reputation could be harmed.

For the loans we originate through Rise and Sunny, our growth is largely predicated on effective loan underwriting resulting in acceptable customer profitability. This is equally important for the Rise loans in Texas and Ohio and the Elastic lines of credit originated by unaffiliated third parties. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Components of Our Results of Operations—Revenues.” Lending decisions by such originating lenders are made using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, which we license to them. Lending decisions are based partly on information provided by loan applicants and partly on information provided by consumer reporting agencies, such as TransUnion, Experian or Equifax and other third-party data providers. Data provided by third-party sources is a significant component of the decision methodology, and this data may contain inaccuracies. To the extent that applicants provide inaccurate or unverifiable information, or data from third-party providers is inaccurate, the credit score delivered by our proprietary scoring methodology may not accurately reflect the associated risk. Additionally, a credit score assigned to a borrower may not reflect that borrower’s actual creditworthiness because the credit score may be based on outdated, incomplete or inaccurate consumer reporting data, and we do not verify the information obtained from the borrower’s credit report. Additionally, there is a risk that, following the date of the credit report that we obtain and review, a borrower may have:

 

Ø   become past due in the payment of an outstanding obligation;

 

Ø   defaulted on a pre-existing debt obligation;

 

Ø   taken on additional debt; or

 

Ø   sustained other adverse financial events.

Our resources, technologies and fraud prevention tools, which are used to originate loans or lines of credit, as applicable, under Rise, Sunny and Elastic, may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. Inaccurate analysis of credit data that could result from false loan application information could harm our reputation, business and operating results.

In addition, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models use identity and fraud checks analyzing data provided by external databases to authenticate each customer’s identity. The level of our fraud charge-offs and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. Online lenders are particularly subject to fraud because of the lack of face-to-face interactions and document review. If applicants assume false identities to defraud the Company or consumers simply have no intent to repay the money they have borrowed the related portfolio of loans will exhibit higher loan losses. We have in the past and may in the future incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we or the originating lenders are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. For example, in the three months ended June 30, 2015, we made changes to our fraud control environment in connection with a new marketing strategy that we were testing, which, when combined with certain factors, including certain staffing constraints, had unintended consequences resulting in certain fraudulent loans being originated. We increased our reserve for loan losses by $6 million in the six

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

months ended June 30, 2015 as a result of these loans. We believe we have identified and, by improving our control environment and hiring additional staff, remediated the root causes of the vulnerability that principally contributed to this instance of fraud.

Since fraud is often perpetrated by increasingly sophisticated individuals and “rings” of criminals, it is important for us to continue to update and improve the fraud detection and prevention capabilities of our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. If these efforts are unsuccessful, then credit quality and customer profitability will erode. If credit and/or fraud losses increased significantly due to inadequacies in underwriting or new fraud trends, new customer originations may need to be reduced until credit and fraud losses returned to target levels, and business could contract.

It may be difficult or impossible to recoup funds underlying loans made in connection with inaccurate statements, omissions of fact or fraud. Loan losses are currently the largest cost as a percentage of revenues across each of Rise, Sunny and Elastic. If credit or fraud losses were to rise, this would significantly reduce our profitability. High profile fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and require us, and the originating lenders, to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.

Any of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Because of the non-prime nature of our customers, we have historically experienced a high rate of net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, and our ability to price appropriately in response to this and other factors is essential. We rely on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models in the forecasting of loss rates. If we are unable to effectively forecast loss rates, it may negatively impact our operating results.

Our net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 were 49%, 51% and 49%, respectively. Because of the non-prime nature of our customers, it is essential that our products are appropriately priced, taking this and all other relevant factors into account. In making a decision whether to extend credit to prospective customers, and the terms on which we or the originating lenders are willing to provide credit, including the price, we and the originating lenders rely heavily on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, which comprise an empirically derived suite of statistical models built using third-party data, data from customers and our credit experience gained through monitoring the performance of customers over time. Our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models are based on previous historical experience. Typically, however, our models will become less effective over time and need to be rebuilt regularly to perform optimally. This is particularly true in the context of our preapproved direct mail campaigns. If we are unable to rebuild our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, or if they do not perform up to target standards the products will experience increasing defaults or higher customer acquisition costs.

If our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models fail to adequately predict the creditworthiness of customers, or if they fail to assess prospective customers’ financial ability to repay their loans, or any or all of the other components of the credit decision process described herein fails, higher than forecasted losses may result. Furthermore, if we are unable to access the third-party data used in our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, or access to such data is limited, the ability to accurately evaluate potential customers using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models will be compromised. As a result, we may be unable to effectively predict probable credit losses inherent in the resulting loan portfolio, and we, and the originating lender, may consequently experience higher defaults or customer

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

acquisition costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Additionally, if we make errors in the development and validation of any of the models or tools used to underwrite loans, such loans may result in higher delinquencies and losses. Moreover, if future performance of customer loans differs from past experience, which experience has informed the development of our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, delinquency rates and losses could increase.

If our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models were unable to effectively price credit to the risk of the customer, lower margins would result. Either our losses would be higher than anticipated due to “underpricing” products or customers may refuse to accept the loan if products are perceived as “overpriced.” Additionally, an inability to effectively forecast loss rates could also inhibit our ability to borrow from our debt facilities, which could further hinder our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We currently depend on debt financing to finance most of the loans we originate. Our business could be adversely affected by a lack of sufficient debt financing at acceptable prices or disruptions in the credit markets, which could reduce our access to credit.

We primarily rely on debt financing to support the growth of our originated portfolios, Rise and Sunny. However, we cannot guarantee that financing will continue to be available beyond the current maturity date of our debt facilities, on reasonable terms or at all. Presently our debt financing for Rise and Sunny comes from a single source, Victory Park Management, LLC, or “VPC,” an affiliate of Victory Park Capital. If VPC became unwilling or unable to provide debt financing to us at prices acceptable to us we would need to secure additional debt financing or reduce loan originations significantly. As the volume of loans that we make to customers increases, we may require the expansion of our borrowing capacity on our existing debt facilities or the addition of new sources of capital. For example, on December 16, 2015, we and VPC entered into an amendment to our debt facility to increase the maximum loan to value ratio for purposes of certain covenants and calculating the borrowing base for the December 31, 2015 testing date due to an increased volume of loans. The availability of these financing sources depends on many factors, some of which are outside of our control.

We may also experience the occurrence of events of default or breaches of financial or performance covenants under our debt agreements, which are currently secured by all our assets. Any such occurrence or breach could result in the reduction or termination of our access to institutional funding or increase our cost of funding. Certain of these covenants are tied to our customer default rates, which may be significantly affected by factors, such as economic downturns or general economic conditions beyond our control and beyond the control of individual customers. In particular, loss rates on customer loans may increase due to factors such as prevailing interest rates, the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer and business confidence, commercial real estate values, the value of the US dollar, energy prices, changes in consumer and business spending, the number of personal bankruptcies, disruptions in the credit markets and other factors. Increases in the cost of capital would reduce our net profit margins.

Similarly, the loan portfolio for Elastic, which is originated by a third-party lender, gets funding as a result of the purchase of a participation interest in the loans it originates from Elastic SPV, Ltd., or “Elastic SPV,” a Cayman Islands entity that purchases such participations. Elastic SPV has a loan facility with VPC for its funding, for which we provide credit support, and we have entered into a credit default protection agreement with Elastic SPV that provides protection for loan losses. A voluntary or

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

involuntary halt to this program would result in the originating lender halting further loan originations until a new financing partner could be identified.

In the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we cannot be sure that we will be able to maintain necessary levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments or the liquidation of certain assets. If our cost of borrowing goes up, our net interest expense could increase, and if we were to be unable to arrange new or alternative methods of financing on favorable terms, we may have to curtail our origination of loans or recommend that the originating lenders curtail their origination of credit, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The interest rates we charge to our customers and pay to our lenders could each be affected by a variety of factors, including access to capital based on our business performance and the volume of loans we make to our customers. These interest rates may also be affected by a change over time in the mix of the types of products we sell to our customers and a shift among our channels of customer acquisition. Our VPC funding facilities are variable rate in nature and tied to the 3-month LIBOR rate. Thus, any increase in the 3-month LIBOR rate will result in an increase in our net interest expense. Interest rate changes may also adversely affect our business forecasts and expectations and are highly sensitive to many macroeconomic factors beyond our control, such as inflation, recession, the state of the credit markets, changes in market interest rates, global economic disruptions, unemployment, and the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. Regulatory or legislative changes may reduce our ability to charge our current rates in all states and products. Also, competitive threats may cause us to reduce our rates. This would reduce profit margins unless there was a commensurate reduction in losses. Any material reduction in our interest rate spread could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. In the event that the spread between the rate at which we lend to our customers and the rate at which we borrow from our lenders decreases, our financial results and operating performance will be harmed.

In the future, we may seek to access the debt capital markets to obtain capital to finance growth. However, our future access to the debt capital markets could be restricted due to a variety of factors, including a deterioration of our earnings, cash flows, balance sheet quality, or overall business or industry prospects, adverse regulatory changes, a disruption to or deterioration in the state of the capital markets or a negative bias toward our industry by market participants. Disruptions and volatility in the capital markets could also cause banks and other credit providers to restrict availability of new credit. Due to the negative bias toward our industry, commercial banks and other lenders have restricted access to available credit to participants in our industry, and we may have more limited access to commercial bank lending than other businesses. Our ability to obtain additional financing in the future will depend in part upon prevailing capital market conditions, and a potential disruption in the capital markets may adversely affect our efforts to arrange additional financing on terms that are satisfactory to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations, make future investments, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities, or respond to competitive challenges and this, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to advance our strategic plans. Additionally, if the capital and credit markets experience volatility, and the availability of funds is limited, third parties with whom we do business may incur increased costs or business disruption and this could adversely affect our business relationships with such third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Any decrease in our access to preapproved marketing lists from credit bureaus or other developments impacting our use of direct mail marketing could adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

We market Rise and Sunny and provide marketing services to the originating lender in connection with Elastic. Direct mailings of preapproved loan offers to potential loan customers comprise one of the most important marketing channels for both the loans we originate, as well as those originated by third-party lenders. We estimate that approximately 49% and 100% of new Rise and Elastic loan customers, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2016 obtained loans as a result of receiving such preapproved loan offers. Our marketing techniques identify candidates for preapproved loan mailings in part through the use of preapproved marketing lists purchased from credit bureaus. If access to such preapproved marketing lists were lost or limited due to regulatory changes prohibiting credit bureaus from sharing such information or for other reasons, our growth could be significantly adversely affected. If the cost of obtaining such lists increases significantly, it could substantially increase customer acquisition costs and decrease profitability.

Similarly, federal or state regulators or legislators could limit access to these preapproved marketing lists with the same effect.

In addition, preapproved direct mailings may become a less effective marketing tool due to over-penetration of direct mailing lists. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We rely in part on relationships with marketing affiliates to originate our loans. These relationships are generally non-exclusive and subject to termination, and the growth of our customer base could be adversely affected if any of our marketing affiliate relationships are terminated or the number of referrals we receive from marketing affiliates is reduced.

We rely on strategic marketing affiliate relationships with certain companies for referrals of some of the customers to whom we issue loans, and our growth depends in part on the growth of these referrals. In the first nine months of 2016, loans issued to Rise customers referred to us by our strategic partners constituted 14% of total Rise loan originations. Additionally, in the first nine months of 2016, loans issued to Sunny customers through strategic partners constituted 19% of total Sunny loan originations. Many of our marketing affiliate relationships do not contain exclusivity provisions that would prevent such marketing affiliates from providing customer referrals to competing companies. In addition, the agreements governing these partnerships, generally, contain termination provisions, including provisions that in certain circumstances would allow our partners to terminate if convenient, that, if exercised, would terminate our relationship with these partners. These agreements also contain no requirement that a marketing affiliate refer us any minimum number of customers. There can be no assurance that these marketing affiliates will not terminate our relationship with them or continue referring business to us in the future, and a termination of any of these relationships or reduction in customer referrals to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our success and future growth depend significantly on our successful marketing efforts, and if such efforts are not successful, our business and financial results may be harmed.

We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to marketing efforts, including for the Elastic product, particularly as we continue to grow, introduce new loan products and expand into new states.

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Our ability to attract qualified borrowers depends in large part on the success of these marketing efforts and the success of the marketing channels we use to promote our products. Our marketing channels include social media and the press, online affiliations, search engine optimization, search engine marketing, offline partnerships, preapproved direct mailings and television advertising. If any of our current marketing channels become less effective, if we are unable to continue to use any of these channels, if the cost of using these channels were to significantly increase or if we are not successful in generating new channels, we may not be able to attract new borrowers in a cost-effective manner or convert potential borrowers into active borrowers. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in website traffic and in the number of loans made by visitors to product websites, or if we discontinue our broad marketing campaigns, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are dependent on third parties to support several key aspects of our business, and the failure of such parties to continue to provide services to us in the current manner and at the current rates would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

The Elastic line of credit product, which is originated by a third-party lender and contributed approximately 15.5% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, and the portions of the Rise installment loan product that we offer through CSO programs, which contributed approximately 13.3% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, depend in part on the willingness and ability of unaffiliated third-party lenders to make loans to customers. Additionally, as described above, our business, including our Elastic loans and Rise loans made through the CSO programs, depends on the ACH system, and ACH transactions are processed by third-party banks. See “—Regulators and payment processors are scrutinizing certain online lenders’ access to the Automated Clearing House system to disburse and collect loan proceeds and repayments, and any interruption or limitation on our ability to access this critical system would materially adversely affect our business.” We also utilize many other third parties to provide services to facilitate lending, loan underwriting, payment processing, customer service, collections and recoveries, as well as to support and maintain certain of our communication systems and information systems.

The loss of the relationship with any of these third-party lenders and service providers, and an inability to replace them or the failure of any of these third parties to provide its products or services, to maintain its quality and consistency or to have the ability to provide its products and services, could disrupt our operations, cause us to terminate product offerings, result in lost customers and substantially decrease the revenues and earnings of our business. Our revenues and earnings could also be adversely affected if any of those third-party providers make material changes to the products or services that we rely on or increase the price of their products or services.

Elevate uses third parties for the majority of its collections and recovery activities. If those parties were unable or unwilling to provide those services for Elevate products we would experience higher defaults until those functions could be outsourced to an alternative service provider or until we could bring those functions in-house and adequately staff and train internally.

Any of these events could result in a loss of revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The profitability of the line of credit product, Elastic, could be adversely affected by policy or pricing decisions made by the originating lender.

We do not originate and do not ultimately control the pricing or functionality of Elastic, the line of credit product. Instead, Republic Bank, which originates the loans, has licensed our technology and

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

underwriting services and makes all key decisions regarding Elastic marketing, underwriting, product features and pricing. We generate revenues from the Elastic product through marketing and technology licensing fees paid by Republic Bank, and through a credit default protection agreement we entered into with Elastic SPV, which purchases participations in Elastic loans from Republic Bank. If Republic Bank changes its pricing, underwriting or marketing of Elastic in a way that decreases revenues or increases losses, then the profitability of each loan could be reduced. Although this would not reduce the revenues that we receive for marketing and technology licensing services, it would reduce the revenues that we receive from our credit default protection agreement with Elastic SPV.

Any of the above changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our ability to continue to provide Elastic would be adversely affected by a degradation in our relationship with Republic Bank.

The structure of the Elastic product exposes us to risks associated with being reliant on Republic Bank as the originating lender. If our relationship with Republic Bank were to degrade, or if Republic Bank were to terminate the various agreements associated with the Elastic product, we may not be able to find another suitable originating lender and new arrangements, if any, may result in significantly increased costs to us. Because line of credit products are relatively more difficult to establish under state law, any inability to find another originating lender would adversely affect our ability to continue to provide Elastic, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Decreased demand for non-prime loans as a result of increased savings or income could result in a loss of revenues or decline in profitability if we are unable to successfully adapt to such changes.

The demand for non-prime loan products in the markets we serve could decline due to a variety of factors, such as regulatory restrictions that reduce customer access to particular products, the availability of competing or alternative products or changes in customers’ financial conditions, particularly increases in income or savings. For instance, an increase in state or federal minimum wage requirements could decrease demand for non-prime loans. Additionally, a change in focus from borrowing to saving (such as has happened in some countries) would reduce demand. Should we fail to adapt to a significant change in our customers’ demand for, or access to, our products, our revenues could decrease significantly. Even if we make adaptations or introduce new products to fulfill customer demand, customers may resist or may reject products whose adaptations make them less attractive or less available. Such decreased demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

A decline in economic conditions could result in decreased demand for our loans or cause our customers’ default rates to increase, harming our operating results.

Uncertainty and negative trends in general economic conditions in the US and abroad, including significant tightening of credit markets and a general decline in the value of real property, historically have created a difficult environment for companies in the lending industry. Many factors, including factors that are beyond our control, may impact our consolidated results of operations or financial condition or affect our borrowers’ willingness or capacity to make payments on their loans. These factors include: unemployment levels, housing markets, rising living expenses, energy costs and interest rates, as well as major medical expenses, divorce or death that affect our borrowers. If we experience an economic downturn or if the US economy is unable to sustain its recovery from the most recent financial crisis, or

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

if we become affected by other events beyond our control, we may experience a significant reduction in revenues, earnings and cash flows, difficulties accessing capital and a deterioration in the value of our investments.

Credit quality is driven by the ability and willingness of customers to make their loan payments. If customers face rising unemployment or reduced wages, defaults may increase. Similarly, if customers experience rising living expenses (for instance due to rising gas, energy, or food costs) they may be unable to make loan payments. An economic slowdown could also result in a decreased number of loans being made to customers due to higher unemployment or an increase in loan defaults in our loan products. The underwriting standards used for our products may need to be tightened in response to such conditions, which could reduce loan balances, and collecting defaulted loans could become more difficult, which could lead to an increase in loan losses.

There can be no assurance that economic conditions will remain favorable for our business or that demand for loans or default rates by customers will remain at current levels. Reduced demand for loans would negatively impact our growth and revenues, while increased default rates by customers may inhibit our access to capital, hinder the growth of the loan portfolio attributable to our products and negatively impact our profitability. Either such result could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are operating in a highly competitive environment and face increasing competition from a variety of traditional and new lending institutions, including other online lending companies. This competition could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have many competitors. Our principal competitors are consumer loan companies, CSOs, online lenders, credit card companies, consumer finance companies, pawnshops and other financial institutions that offer similar financial services. Other financial institutions or other businesses that do not now offer products or services directed toward our traditional customer base could begin doing so. Significant increases in the number and size of competitors for our business could result in a decrease in the number of loans that we fund, resulting in lower levels of revenues and earnings in these categories. Many of these competitors are larger than us, have significantly more resources and greater brand recognition than we do, and may be able to attract customers more effectively than we do.

Competitors of our business may operate, or begin to operate, under business models less focused on legal and regulatory compliance, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Additionally, negative perceptions about these models could cause legislators or regulators to pursue additional industry restrictions that could affect the business model under which we operate. To the extent that these models gain acceptance among consumers, small businesses and investors or face less onerous regulatory restrictions than we do, we may be unable to replicate their business practices or otherwise compete with them effectively, which could cause demand for the products we currently offer to decline substantially.

When new competitors seek to enter one of our markets, or when existing market participants seek to increase their market share, they sometimes undercut the pricing and/or credit terms prevalent in that market, which could adversely affect our market share or ability to exploit new market opportunities. Elevate products compete at least partly based on rate comparison with other credit products used by non-prime consumers. However, non-prime consumers by definition have a higher propensity for default and as a result need to be charged higher rates of interest to generate adequate profit margins. If existing competitors significantly reduced their rates or lower priced competitors enter the market and offer credit

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

to customers at a lower rates, the pricing and credit terms we or the originating lenders offer could deteriorate if we or the originating lenders act to meet these competitive challenges. Any such action may result in lower customer acquisition volumes and higher costs per new customer.

We may be unable to compete successfully against any or all of our current or future competitors. As a result, our products could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations. Any such changes in our competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Customer complaints or negative public perception of our business could result in a decline in our customer growth and our business could suffer.

Our reputation is very important to attracting new customers to our platform as well as securing repeat lending to existing customers. While we believe that we have a good reputation and that we provide customers with a superior experience, there can be no assurance that we will continue to maintain a good relationship with customers or avoid negative publicity.

In recent years, consumer advocacy groups and some media reports have advocated governmental action to prohibit or place severe restrictions on short-term and high-cost consumer loans. Such consumer advocacy groups and media reports generally focus on the annual percentage rate for this type of consumer loan, which is compared unfavorably to the interest typically charged by banks to consumers with top-tier credit histories. The finance charges assessed by us, the originating lenders and others in the industry can attract media publicity about the industry and be perceived as controversial. If the negative characterization of the types of loans we offer, including those originated through third-party lenders, becomes increasingly accepted by consumers, demand for any or all of our consumer loan products could significantly decrease, which could materially affect our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Additionally, if the negative characterization of these types of loans is accepted by legislators and regulators, we could become subject to more restrictive laws and regulations applicable to consumer loan products that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters—even if related to seemingly isolated incidents, or even if related to practices not specific to short-term loans, such as debt collection—could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation among existing and potential customers, which would make it difficult to attract new customers and retain existing customers, significantly decrease the demand for our products, result in increased regulatory scrutiny, and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our business depends on the uninterrupted operation of our systems and business functions, including our information technology and other business systems, as well as the ability of such systems to support compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Our business is highly dependent upon customers’ ability to access our website and the ability of our employees and those of the originating lenders, as well as third party service providers, to perform, in an efficient and uninterrupted fashion, necessary business functions, such as internet support, call center activities and processing and servicing of loans. Problems with the IQ Technology Platform running our

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

systems, or a shut-down of or inability to access the facilities in which our internet operations and other technology infrastructure are based, such as a power outage, a failure of one or more of our information technology, telecommunications or other systems, cyber-attacks on, or sustained or repeated disruptions of, such systems could significantly impair our ability to perform such functions on a timely basis and could result in a deterioration of our ability to underwrite, approve and process loans (or support such functions with regard to Elastic lines of credit), provide customer service, perform collections activities, or perform other necessary business functions. Any such interruption could reduce new customer acquisition and negatively impact growth, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, our systems and those of third parties on whom we rely must consistently be capable of compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and timely modification to comply with new or amended requirements. Any systems problems going forward could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and security breaches and may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize those risks and to respond to cyber incidents, and we may experience harm to our reputation and liability exposure from security breaches.

Our business involves the storage and transmission of consumers’ proprietary information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation and potential liability. We are entirely dependent on the secure operation of our websites and systems as well as the operation of the internet generally. While we have incurred no material cyber-attacks or security breaches to date, a number of other companies have disclosed cyber-attacks and security breaches, some of which have involved intentional attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, or both. Although we devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information belonging to us and our customers, our security measures may not provide absolute security. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties outside the Company such as persons who are involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers or who may be linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile and other internet-based product offerings and expand our internal usage of web-based products and applications or expand into new countries. If an actual or perceived breach of security occurs, customer and/or supplier perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and could result in the loss of customers, suppliers or both. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, and engage third-party experts and consultants.

A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems could cause serious negative consequences, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or systems or those of our customers and counterparties, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure, and harm to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, our applicants provide personal information, including bank account information when applying for loans. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

provide the security and authentication to effectively secure transmission of confidential information, including customer bank account and other personal information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in the technology used by us to protect transaction data being breached or compromised. Data breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues.

Our servers are also vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions, including “denial-of-service” type attacks. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. Security breaches, including any breach of our systems or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of consumers’ personal information, could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. In addition, many of the third parties who provide products, services or support to us could also experience any of the above cyber risks or security breaches, which could impact our customers and our business and could result in a loss of customers, suppliers or revenues.

In addition, federal and some state regulators are considering promulgating rules and standards to address cybersecurity risks and many US states and the UK have already enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach are costly to implement and may lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our ability to collect payment on loans and maintain accurate accounts may be adversely affected by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, technical errors and similar disruptions.

The automated nature of our platform may make it an attractive target for hacking and potentially vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of our platform, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, in which case there would be an increased risk of fraud or identity theft, and we may experience losses on, or delays in the collection of amounts owed on, a fraudulently induced loan. In addition, the software that we have developed to use in our daily operations is highly complex and may contain undetected technical errors that could cause our computer systems to fail. Because each loan made involves our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, and over 95% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required, any failure of our computer systems involving our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models and any technical or other errors contained in the software pertaining to our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models could compromise the ability to accurately evaluate potential customers, which would negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, any failure of our computer systems could cause an interruption in operations and result in disruptions in, or reductions in the amount of, collections from the loans we made to customers. If any of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process and

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Some errors may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for borrowers, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect borrower data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of borrowers, loss of revenues or liability for damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

To date, we have derived our revenues from a limited number of products and markets. Our efforts to expand our market reach and product portfolio may not succeed or may put pressure on our margins.

In the future, we may elect to pursue new products, channels, or markets. However, there is always risk that these new products, channels, or markets will be unprofitable, will increase costs, decrease company margins, or take longer to generate target margins than anticipated. Additional costs could include those related to the need to hire more staff, invest in technology or other costs, which would increase operating expenses. In particular, growth may require additional technology staff, analysts in risk management, compliance personnel and customer support and collections staff. Although the Company outsources most of its customer support and collections staff, additional volumes would lead to increased costs in these areas.

When new customers are acquired, from an accounting point of view, we must recognize marketing costs and loan origination and data costs, and we incur a provision for loan losses, including with regard to Elastic loan participations that are purchased from the originating lender by a third party, which we protect from loan losses pursuant to a credit default protection arrangement. Because of this, new customer acquisition does not typically yield positive margins for at least six months. As a result, rapid growth tends to compress margins in the near-term until growth rates slow down.

Rise, a state-licensed product, offers different rates and terms based on state law. In states with lower maximum rates, we have more stringent credit criteria and generally lower initial customer profitability due to higher customer acquisition costs and higher losses as a percentage of revenues. While these states can have significant growth potential, they typically deliver lower profit margins.

We may elect to pursue aggressive growth over margin expansion in order to increase market share and long-term revenue opportunities.

There also can be no guarantee that we will be successful with respect to any new product initiatives or any further expansion beyond the US and the UK, if we decide to attempt such expansion, which may inhibit the growth of our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our allowance for loan losses is determined based upon both objective and subjective factors and may not be adequate to absorb loan losses. If we experience rising credit or fraud losses, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

We face the risk that customers will fail to repay their loans in full. We reserve for such losses by establishing an allowance for loan losses, the increase of which results in a charge to our earnings as a provision for loan losses. We have established a methodology designed to determine the adequacy of our

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

allowance for loan losses. While this evaluation process uses historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the forecasts and establishment of loan losses are also dependent on our subjective assessment based upon our experience and judgment. Actual losses are difficult to forecast, especially if such losses stem from factors beyond our historical experience. As a result, there can be no assurance that our allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to absorb losses or prevent a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Losses are the largest cost as a percentage of revenues across all of our products. Fraud and customers not being able to repay their loans are both significant drivers of loss rates. If we experienced rising credit or fraud losses this would significantly reduce our earnings and profit margins and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Increased customer acquisition costs and/or data costs would reduce our margins.

Although losses are our largest cost, if customer acquisition costs or other servicing costs increased this would reduce our profit margins. Marketing costs would be negatively affected by increased competition or stricter credit standards that would reduce customer fund rates. We could also experience increased marketing costs due to higher fees from credit bureaus for preapproved direct mail lists, search engines for search engine marketing, or fees for affiliates, and these increased costs would reduce our profit margins.

We purchase significant amounts of data to facilitate our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. If there was an increase in the cost of data or if the Company elected to purchase from new data providers there would be a reduction in our profit margins.

Any such reduction in our profit margins could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon our officers and key employees, and if we are not able to attract and retain qualified officers and key employees, or if one of our officers or key employees is temporarily unable to fully contribute to our operations, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends, in part, on our officers, which comprise a relatively small group of individuals. Many members of the senior management team have significant industry experience, and we believe that our senior management would be difficult to replace, if necessary. Because the market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, we may not be able to attract and retain qualified officers or candidates. In addition, increasing regulations on, and negative publicity about, the consumer financial services industry could affect our ability to attract and retain qualified officers. Kenneth E. Rees, our Chief Executive Officer, is a competitive cyclist. Although we maintain key-man life insurance, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for losses if Mr. Rees were injured in a cycling accident, or otherwise, and unable to be fully active in the business while recuperating, and, additionally, in the event we lose Mr. Rees’ services, we could face an event of default under the VPC Facility, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. The loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. We cannot ensure that we will be able retain

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. Our officers and key employees may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. While all key employees have signed non-disclosure, non-solicitation and non-compete agreements, they may still elect to leave the Company or even retire any time. Loss of key employees could result in delays to critical initiatives and the loss of certain capabilities and poorly documented intellectual property.

If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining our officers and key employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our US loan business is seasonal in nature, which causes our revenues and earnings to fluctuate.

Our US loan business is affected by fluctuating demand for the products and services we offer and fluctuating collection rates throughout the year. Demand for our consumer loan products in the US has historically been highest in the third and fourth quarters of each year, corresponding to the holiday season, and lowest in the first quarter of each year, corresponding to our customers’ receipt of income tax refunds. This results in significant increases and decreases in portfolio sizes and profit margins from quarter to quarter. In particular, we typically experience a reduction in our credit portfolios and an increase in profit margins in the first quarter of the year. When we experience higher growth in the second quarter through fourth quarters, portfolio balances tend to grow and profit margins are compressed. Our cost of sales for the non-prime loan products we offer in the US, which represents our provision for loan losses, is lowest as a percentage of revenues in the first quarter of each year, corresponding to our customers’ receipt of income tax refunds, and increases as a percentage of revenues for the remainder of each year. This seasonality requires us to manage our cash flows over the course of the year. If our revenues or collections were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our ability to service debt and meet our other liquidity requirements may be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

If internet search engine providers change their methodologies for organic rankings or paid search results, or our organic rankings or paid search results decline for other reasons, our new customer growth or volume from returning customers could decline.

Our new customer acquisition marketing and our returning customer relationship management is partly dependent on search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! to direct a significant amount of traffic to our desktop and mobile websites via organic ranking and paid search advertising. We bid on certain keywords from search engines as well as use their algorithms to place our listings ahead of other lenders.

Our paid search activities may not produce (and in the past have not always produced) the desired results. Internet search engines often revise their methodologies. The volume of customers we receive through organic ranking and paid search could be adversely affected by any such changes in methodologies or policies by search engine providers, by:

 

Ø   decreasing our organic rankings or paid search results;

 

Ø   creating difficulty for our customers in using our web and mobile sites;

 

Ø   producing more successful organic rankings, paid search results or tactical execution efforts for our competitors than for us; and

 

Ø   resulting in higher costs for acquiring new or returning customers.

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

In addition, search engines could implement policies that restrict the ability of companies such as us to advertise their services and products, which could prevent us from appearing in a favorable location or any location in the organic rankings or paid search results when certain search terms are used by the consumer. Our online marketing efforts are also susceptible to actions by third parties that negatively impact our search results such as spam link attacks, which are often referred to as “black hat” tactics. Our sites have experienced meaningful fluctuations in organic rankings and paid search results in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of consumers directed to our web and mobile sites could harm our business and operating results.

Finally, our competitors’ paid search, pay per click or search engine marketing activities may result in their sites receiving higher paid search results than ours and significantly increasing the cost of such advertising for us. We have little to no control over these potential changes in policy and methodologies relating to search engine results, and any of the changes described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Failure to keep up with the rapid technological changes in financial services and e-commerce, or changes in the uses and regulation of the internet could harm our business .

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial and lending institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services as quickly as some of our competitors or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could harm our ability to compete with our competitors.

Additionally, the business of providing products and services such as ours over the internet is dynamic and relatively new. We must keep pace with rapid technological change, consumer use habits, internet security risks, risks of system failure or inadequacy, and governmental regulation and taxation, and each of these factors could adversely impact our business. In addition, concerns about fraud, computer security and privacy and/or other problems may discourage additional consumers from adopting or continuing to use the internet as a medium of commerce. Also, to expand our customer base, we may elect to appeal to and acquire consumers who prove to be less profitable than our previous customers, and as a result we may be unable to gain efficiencies in our operating costs, including our cost of acquiring new customers, and our business could be adversely impacted.

Any such failure to adapt to changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our ability to conduct our business and demand for our loans could be disrupted by natural or man-made catastrophes.

Catastrophes, such as fires, hurricanes and tornadoes, floods, earthquakes, or other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, computer viruses and telecommunications failures, could adversely affect our ability to market or service loans. Natural disasters and acts of terrorism, war, civil unrest, violence or human error could also cause disruptions to our business or the economy as a whole, which could negatively affect customers’ demand for our loans. Despite any precautions we may take, system interruptions and

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

delays could occur if there is a natural disaster that affects our offices or one of the data center facilities we lease. As we rely heavily on our servers, computer and communications systems and the internet to conduct our business and provide high-quality customer service, such disruptions could harm our ability to market our products, accept and underwrite applications, provide customer service and undertake collections activities and cause lengthy delays which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have implemented a disaster recovery program that allows us to move production to a backup data center in the event of a catastrophe. Although this program is functional, we do not currently serve network traffic equally from each backup data center, and are not able to switch instantly to our backup center in the event of failure of the main server site. If our primary data center shuts down, there will be a period of time that our loan products or services, or certain of such loan products or services, will remain inaccessible to our users or our users may experience severe issues accessing such loan products and services. Our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures.

Any of these events could also cause consumer confidence to decrease in one or more of the markets we serve, which could result in a decreased number of loans being made to customers. As a result of these issues, any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We may be unable to protect our proprietary technology and analytics or keep up with that of our competitors.

The success of our business depends to a significant degree upon the protection of our proprietary technology, including our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, which we use for pricing loans. We seek to protect our intellectual property with non-disclosure agreements and through standard measures to protect trade secrets. However, we may be unable to deter misappropriation of our proprietary information, detect unauthorized use or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. If competitors learn our trade secrets (especially with regard to marketing and risk management capabilities) it could be difficult to successfully prosecute to recover damages. A third party may attempt to reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology without our consent. The pursuit of a claim against a third party for infringement of our intellectual property could be costly, and there can be no guarantee that any such efforts would be successful. Our failure to protect our software and other proprietary intellectual property rights or to develop technologies that are as good as our competitors’ could put us at a disadvantage relative to our competitors. Any such failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are subject to intellectual property disputes from time to time, and such disputes may be costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.

We have faced and may continue to face allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties, including from our competitors or non-practicing entities. Patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering certain products or product features, acquire licenses, which may not be available at a commercially reasonable price or at all, or modify such products, product features, processes or websites while we develop non-infringing substitutes.

In addition, we use open source software in our technology platform and plan to use open source software in the future. From time to time, we may face claims from parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the source code, potentially including our valuable proprietary code, or derivative

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Current and future litigation or regulatory proceedings could cause management distraction, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We, our officers and certain of our subsidiaries have been and may become subject to lawsuits that could cause us to incur substantial expenditures, generate adverse publicity and could significantly impair our business, force us to cease doing business in one or more jurisdictions or cause us to cease offering or alter one or more products. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer is party to civil suits in Pennsylvania and Vermont alleging violations of several statutes, including the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, Federal Trade Commission Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act and others.

We may also be subject to litigation in the future and an adverse ruling in or a settlement of any such future litigation against us, our executive officers or another lender, or against our Chief Executive Officer in connection with either current litigation, could harm our reputation, cause us to have to refund fees and/or interest collected, forego collection of the principal amount of loans, pay treble or other multiple damages, pay monetary penalties and/or modify or terminate our operations in particular jurisdictions.

Defense of any lawsuit, even if successful, could require substantial time and attention of our management and could require the expenditure of significant amounts for legal fees and other related costs. We and others are also subject to regulatory proceedings, and we could suffer losses as a result of interpretations of applicable laws, rules and regulations in those regulatory proceedings, even if we are not a party to those proceedings. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We may be unable to use some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could materially and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations.

At December 31, 2015, we had US and UK net operating loss carryforwards, or “NOLs,” of $22.7 million and $39.4 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, due to prior period losses. If not utilized, the US NOLs will begin to expire in 2034. The UK NOLs can be carried forward indefinitely. Realization of these NOLs depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing US NOLs could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” our ability to utilize NOLs or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not completed a Section 382 analysis through September 30, 2016. If we have previously had, or have in the future, one or more Section 382

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

“ownership changes,” including in connection with this offering, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR ASSOCIATION WITH TFI

Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for liabilities of TFI that we did not assume in our agreements.

In connection with our separation from TFI, TFI has generally agreed to retain all liabilities that did not historically arise from our business. Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for TFI’s retained liabilities, including third-party claims arising from TFI’s business and retained assets. For instance, the Pennsylvania civil suit described in “Business—Legal Proceedings” originally included Elevate as a named party, even though the purported claim is based on TFI’s retained business. Under the separation and distribution agreement, we are responsible for the debts, liabilities and other obligations related to the business or businesses that we own and operate. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreements with TFI—Separation and distribution agreement.” Under our agreements with TFI, TFI has agreed to indemnify us for claims and losses relating to its retained liabilities. However, if any of those liabilities are significant and we are ultimately held liable for such liabilities, we cannot assure you that we will be able to recover the full amount of our losses from TFI.

Although we do not anticipate liability for any obligations not expressly assumed by us pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, it is possible that we could be required to assume responsibility for certain obligations retained by TFI should TFI fail to pay or perform its retained obligations. For instance, the Spin-Off could be challenged under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. An unpaid creditor or an entity vested with the power of such creditor (such as a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy) could claim that the distribution left TFI insolvent or with unreasonably small capital or that TFI intended or believed it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and that TFI did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value in the Spin-Off. The measure of insolvency for purposes of such fraudulent conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdiction’s law is applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if either the fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including the probable amount of contingent liabilities), or it is unlikely to be able to pay its liabilities as they become due. We do not know what standard a court would apply to determine insolvency; however, if a court were to conclude that the Spin-Off constituted a fraudulent conveyance, then such court could void the distribution as a fraudulent transfer and could impose a number of different remedies, including without limitation, returning our assets or your shares in our company to TFI, voiding our liens and claims (if any) against TFI, or providing TFI with a claim for money damages against us in an amount equal to the difference between the consideration received by TFI and the fair market value of our company at the time of the distribution.

Certain members of management, directors and stockholders may face actual or potential conflicts of interest as a result of owning shares of, or having positions as directors of TFI.

Some of our officers and directors own both TFI common stock and our common stock. This ownership overlap could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when our officers and directors face decisions that could have different implications for us and TFI. For example, potential conflicts of

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute between us and TFI regarding the terms of the agreements governing the Spin-Off and our relationship with TFI thereafter or in the strategy for defending or resolving any litigation in which both TFI and Elevate are involved. Existing and past agreements between TFI and Elevate include, but are not limited to, the separation and distribution agreement, amended and restated intellectual property assignment agreement, data sharing and support agreement, tax sharing agreement and sublease agreements. Potential conflicts of interest may also arise because one of our directors, Stephen J. Shaper, is currently a member of the board of directors of TFI. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

The CFPB has authority to investigate and issue Civil Investigative Demands to consumer lending businesses, and may issue fines or corrective orders.

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau, or “CFPB,” has authority to investigate and issue Civil Investigative Demands, or “CIDs,” to consumer lending businesses, including us. In June 2012, prior to the Spin-Off, and in February 2016, after the Spin-Off, TFI received CIDs from the CFPB. The purpose of the CIDs was to determine whether TFI engaged in unlawful acts or practices relating to the advertising, marketing, provision, or collection of small-dollar loan products, in violation of parts of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” the Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or any other federal consumer financial law and to determine whether CFPB action to obtain legal or equitable relief would be in the public interest. While TFI’s business is distinct from our business, we cannot predict the final outcome of these CIDs or to what extent any obligations arising out of such final outcome will be applicable to our company, business or officers, if at all.

OTHER RISKS RELATED TO COMPLIANCE AND REGULATION

We, our marketing affiliates, our third-party service providers and Republic Bank, which originates Elastic, the line of credit product, are subject to complex federal, state and local lending and consumer protection laws, and if we fail to comply with applicable laws, regulations, rules and guidance, our business could be adversely affected.

We, our marketing affiliates, our third-party service providers and Republic Bank, which originates Elastic, the line of credit product, must comply with US federal, state and local regulatory regimes, including those applicable to consumer credit transactions. Certain US federal and state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges and require certain disclosures. In particular, we may be subject to laws such as:

 

Ø   local regulations and ordinances that impose requirements or restrictions related to certain loan product offerings and collection practices;

 

Ø   state laws and regulations that impose requirements related to loan or credit service disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit reporting, debt servicing and collection;

 

Ø   the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, and similar state laws, which require certain disclosures to borrowers regarding the terms and conditions of their loans and credit transactions;

 

Ø   Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce, Section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with any consumer financial product or service, and similar state laws that prohibit unfair and deceptive acts or practices;

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø   the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder and state non-discrimination laws, which generally prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act;

 

Ø   the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or the “FCRA,” as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and similar state laws, which promote the accuracy, fairness and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies;

 

Ø   the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or the “FDCPA,” and similar state and local debt collection laws, which provide guidelines and limitations on the conduct of third-party debt collectors and creditors in connection with the collection of consumer debts;

 

Ø   the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Regulation P promulgated thereunder and similar state privacy laws, which include limitations on financial institutions’ disclosure of nonpublic personal information about a consumer to nonaffiliated third parties, in certain circumstances require financial institutions to limit the use and further disclosure of nonpublic personal information by nonaffiliated third parties to whom they disclose such information and require financial institutions to disclose certain privacy policies and practices with respect to information sharing with affiliated and nonaffiliated entities as well as to safeguard personal customer information, and other privacy laws and regulations;

 

Ø   the Bankruptcy Code and similar state insolvency laws, which limit the extent to which creditors may seek to enforce debts against parties who have filed for bankruptcy protection;

 

Ø   the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and similar state laws, which allow military members and certain dependents to suspend or postpone certain civil obligations, as well as limit applicable rates, so that the military member can devote his or her full attention to military duties;

 

Ø   the Military Lending Act, which limits the interest rate and fees that may be charged to military members and their dependents, requires certain disclosures and prohibits certain mandatory clauses among other restrictions;

 

Ø   the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which provide disclosure requirements, guidelines and restrictions on the electronic transfer of funds from consumers’ asset accounts;

 

Ø   the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, which authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures and, with consumer consent, permits required disclosures to be provided electronically;

 

Ø   the Bank Secrecy Act, which relates to compliance with anti-money laundering, customer due diligence and record-keeping policies and procedures; and

 

Ø   the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or the “TCPA,” and the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, or the “FCC,” which regulations include limitations on telemarketing calls, auto-dialed calls, prerecorded calls, text messages and unsolicited faxes.

While it is our intention to always be in compliance with these laws, it is possible that we may currently be, or at some time have been, inadvertently out of compliance with some or any such laws. Further, all applicable laws are subject to evolving regulatory and judicial interpretations, which further complicate real-time compliance. Lastly, compliance with these laws is costly, time-consuming and limits our operational flexibility.

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Failure to comply with these laws and regulatory requirements applicable to our business may, among other things, limit our or a collection agency’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on loans. As a result, we may not be able to collect on unpaid principal or interest. In addition, non-compliance could subject us to damages, revocation of required licenses, class action lawsuits, administrative enforcement actions, rescission rights held by investors in securities offerings and civil and criminal liability, which may harm our business and may result in borrowers rescinding their loans.

Where applicable, we seek to comply with state small loan, loan broker, CSO, servicing and similar statutes. In all US jurisdictions with licensing or other requirements that we believe may be applicable to us, we comply with the relevant requirements by acquiring the necessary licenses or authorization and submitting appropriate registrations in connection therewith. Nevertheless, if we are found to not have complied with applicable laws, we could lose one or more of our licenses or authorizations or face other sanctions or penalties or be required to obtain other licenses or authorizations in such jurisdiction, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to perform our servicing obligations or make products or services available to borrowers in particular states, which may harm our business.

Our products currently have usage caps and limitations on lending based on internally developed “responsible lending guidelines.” If those policies become more restrictive due to legislative or regulatory changes at either the local, state, US federal, or UK regulatory level these products would experience declining revenues per customer.

The CFPB may have examination authority over our US consumer lending business that could have a significant impact on our US business.

In July 2010, the US Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Act. Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, which regulates US consumer financial products and services, and gave it regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over certain providers of consumer financial products and services, including authority to examine such providers.

The CFPB has begun exercising supervisory review over and examining certain non-bank providers of consumer financial products and services, including providers of consumer loans similar to us. The CFPB has not examined our lending products, or our services and practices. The CFPB’s examination authority permits CFPB examiners to inspect the books and records of providers, and ask questions about their business practices. The examination procedures include specific modules for examining marketing activities, loan application and origination activities, payment processing activities and sustained use by consumers, collections, accounts in default, consumer reporting activities and third-party relationships. As a result of these examinations, we could be required to change our products, our services or our practices, whether as a result of another party being examined or as a result of an examination of us, or we could be subject to monetary penalties, which could materially adversely affect us.

Furthermore, because the CFPB is a relatively new entity, its practices and procedures regarding civil investigations, examination, enforcement and other matters relevant to us and other CFPB-regulated entities are subject to further development and change. Where the CFPB holds powers previously assigned to other regulators or may interpret laws previously interpreted by other regulators, the CFPB may not continue to apply such powers or interpret relevant concepts consistent with previous regulators’ practice. This may adversely affect our ability to anticipate the CFPB’s expectations or interpretations in our interaction with the CFPB.

The CFPB also has broad authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices and to investigate and penalize financial institutions that violate this prohibition. In addition to having the

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

authority to obtain monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules), the CFPB can require remediation of practices, pursue administrative proceedings or litigation and obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief). Also, where a company is believed to have violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented thereunder, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions to remedy such violations after consulting with the CFPB. If the CFPB or one or more state attorneys general or state regulators believe that we have violated any of the applicable laws or regulations, they could exercise their enforcement powers in ways that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Regulators in the US have imposed large fines on both large and small financial services companies including well-established global financial institutions. Although we have had numerous state examinations, we have not been examined by the CFPB. An examination could result in fines or changes to business practices that would reduce profit margins for the Company.

The CFPB has proposed new rules affecting the consumer lending industry, and these or subsequent new rules and regulations, if they are finalized, may impact our US consumer lending business.

 

On December 2, 2016, the CFPB released its most recent Unified Regulatory Agenda, or “URA,” outlining its regulatory priorities through May 2017. The regulatory priorities that would most likely impact Elevate are:

 

Ø   Estimated issuance of a final rule in February 2017 on the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses in consumer lending agreements, which will likely increase class action exposure and litigation expense;

 

Ø   Pre-rule activities on debt collection related to first party debt collectors in February 2017, which will likely expand the principles of the FDCPA to first party collections; however, Elevate already has in place policies that expand the FDCPA principles to first party collections; and

 

Ø   Pre-rule activities on supervision of larger participants in installment loan markets in May 2017, which will likely result in Rise being subject to examination by the CFPB.

Notably, the CFPB did not address what is known as the “small dollar rule,” which was proposed on June 2, 2016 and addresses practices of certain providers of payday, vehicle title and certain high-cost installment loans. The comment period closed on October 7, 2016 with a reported 1.6 million comments being issued about the rule. If the rules were adopted as proposed, we could be required to modify the manner in which we make a reasonable determination of a customer’s ability to repay and provide customers notice at least three days before a payment withdrawal attempt, as well as obtain a new ACH authorization from a customer following two failed ACH attempts and report certain information regarding covered loans, among other requirements. The CFPB also did not address in the URA timing related to any proposal related to its Request for Information on loan products not covered by the proposed small dollar rule.

On January 20, 2017, the White House Office of the Press Secretary issued on behalf of President Donald Trump a memorandum to the heads of the executive departments and agencies instructing them to (i) send no new regulation to the Federal Register until a presidentially appointed or presidentially designated agency head has had an opportunity to review the regulation; (ii) immediately withdraw any regulation already sent to the Federal Register but not yet published; and (iii) postpone for 60 days any regulations that have been published in the Federal Register but have not yet taken effect. It is unclear

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

whether this memorandum applies to the CFPB, and it is also unclear whether the new administration will allow any of the CFPB pending rules to be published. Additionally, a recent ruling by the US Court of Appeals for the DC circuit has held that the structure of the CFPB is not constitutional. The CFPB has been granted an en banc hearing on this case. It is not clear what impact this will have on the power and structure of the CFPB and on Elevate.

The FDIC has issued examination guidance affecting banks, such as Republic Bank, which originates the Elastic product, and these or subsequent new rules and regulations could have a significant impact on the Elastic product.

The Elastic line of credit product is offered by Republic Bank using technology, underwriting and marketing services provided by Elevate. Republic Bank is supervised and examined by the FDIC. If the FDIC considers any aspect of the Elastic product to be inconsistent with its guidance, Republic Bank may be required to alter the product.

On July 29, 2016, the board of directors of the FDIC released examination guidance relating to third-party lending as part of a package of materials designed to “improve the transparency and clarity of the FDIC’s supervisory policies and practices” and consumer compliance measures that FDIC-supervised institutions should follow when lending through a business relationship with a third party. The proposed guidance elaborates on previously issued agency guidance on managing third-party risks and, if finalized, would apply to all FDIC-supervised institutions that engage in third-party lending programs, such as Elastic.

The proposed guidance defines third-party lending as an arrangement that relies on a third party to perform a significant aspect of the lending process. Categories include (but are not limited to): institutions originating loans for third parties; institutions originating loans through third parties or jointly with third parties; and institutions originating loans using platforms developed by third parties. It affirms that the bank’s board of directors and senior management are responsible for managing, identifying and controlling the risks associated with lending activities conducted through third parties, and the FDIC will evaluate third-party lending activities conducted on behalf of a financial institution as though the institution itself had performed those activities. Comments on the guidance were due October 27, 2016.

At this time, it is unclear what impact the 2016 presidential election will have on the structure of the FDIC and the FDIC’s authority to issue rules.

The UK has imposed, and continues to impose, increased regulation of the high-cost short-term credit industry with the stated expectation that some firms will exit the market.

In the UK, we are subject to regulation by the Financial Conduct Authority, or the “FCA,” pursuant to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the “FSMA,” the Consumer Credit Act 1974, as amended, or the “CCA,” and secondary legislation passed under such statutes, among other rules and regulations including the FCA Handbook, which collectively serve to transpose the obligations under the European Consumer Credit Directive into UK law.

The FSMA gives the FCA the power to authorize, supervise, examine, bring enforcement actions and impose fines and disciplinary sanctions against providers of consumer credit, as well as to make rules for the regulation of consumer credit. The Consumer Credit Sourcebook, or the “CONC,” incorporates prescriptive regulations for consumer loans such as those that we offer, including mandatory affordability checks on borrowers, limiting the number of refinances, or “rollovers,” to two, restricting

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

how lenders can advertise, banning advertisements that the FCA deems misleading, and introducing a limit of two unsuccessful attempts on the use of continuous payment authority, or “CPA,” (which provides a creditor the ability to directly debit a customer’s account for payment using their bank card details when authorized by the customer to do so) to pay off a loan.

In the period since the FCA acquired responsibility for the regulation of consumer credit in the UK in place of the Office of Fair Trading, or the “OFT,” in April 2014, there have been a large number of new regulations affecting our UK product offerings. These include the introduction of a rate cap, a prohibition on certain types of line of credit products, the establishment of a price comparison website, and restrictions on payment processing activities, among other changes. The rate cap imposes a maximum interest rate of 0.8% per day and maximum late payment fee of £15; the total amount charged for the loan, including all default charges, must not exceed 100% of the capital sum originally borrowed. The FCA has further indicated that it intends to review the price cap on high-cost short-term credit in the first part of 2017. In the meantime, the FCA is monitoring whether there are any unintended consequences of the price cap emerging for firms or consumers, including the impact on people no longer able to access high-cost short-term credit.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, our UK operations represented 17% and 19%, respectively, of our consolidated total revenues. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 do not include the full impact of the regulatory changes described above. The results for each of these periods are not indicative of our future results of operations and cash flows from our operations in the UK.

The changes that we have implemented or any changes we may be required to implement in the future as a result of such legislative and regulatory activities could have a material adverse effect on our UK business.

Additionally, in June 2013, the OFT referred the payday lending industry in the UK to the Competition Commission, which is now the Competition & Markets Authority, or the “CMA,” for a market investigation. The CMA gathered data from industry participants, including us, in connection with its review of the UK payday lending industry to determine whether certain features of the payday lending industry prevent, restrict or distort competition (which is also referred to as having an adverse effect on competition) and, if so, what remedial action should be taken. The CMA issued its final report in February 2015 and this has resulted in the implementation by the FCA of new rules, effective as of December 2016, on information provision to customers and the establishment of a price comparison website for high-cost short-term credit.

If the FCA adopts rules that significantly restrict the conduct of our business, any such rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows or could make the continuance of all or part of our UK business impractical or unprofitable. Any new rules adopted by the FCA could also result in significant compliance costs.

In February 2016, the FCA issued full authorization to Elevate for our UK business. Similar to US federal and state regulatory regimes, the FCA has the power to revoke, suspend or impose conditions upon our authorization to conduct a consumer credit business if it determines we are out of compliance with applicable UK laws, high-cost short-term rules or other legal requirements ensuring fair treatment of consumers.

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Our advertising and marketing materials and disclosures have been and continue to be subject to regulatory scrutiny, particularly in the UK.

In the jurisdictions where we operate, our advertising and marketing activities and disclosures are subject to regulation under various industry standards, consumer protection laws, and other applicable laws and regulations. Consistent with the consumer lending industry as a whole (see “—The consumer lending industry continues to be subjected to new laws and regulations in many jurisdictions that could restrict the consumer lending products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current operations” above), our advertising and marketing materials have come under increased scrutiny. In the UK, for example, consumer credit firms are subject to the financial promotions regime set out in the FSMA (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 and specific rules in the CONC, part 3, such as the inclusion of a risk warning on all advertising materials. The FCA has also decided to adopt certain elements of industry codes as FCA rules on a case by case basis. Our advertising and marketing materials in the UK are subject to review and regulation both by the FCA and the Advertising Standards Authority. We have in some cases been required to withdraw, amend or add disclosures to such materials, or have done so voluntarily in response to inquiries or complaints. Going forward, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to advertise and market our business in the UK or elsewhere in a manner we consider effective. Any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The regulatory landscape in which we operate is continually changing due to new CFPB rules, regulations and interpretations, as well as various legal actions that have been brought against others in marketplace lending, including several lawsuits that have sought to re-characterize certain loan marketers and service providers as lenders. If litigation on similar theories were brought against us when we work with a federally insured bank that issues loans, rather than issuing loans ourselves and were such an action to be successful, we could be subject to state usury limits and/or state licensing requirements, in addition to the state consumer protection laws to which we are already subject, in a greater number of states, loans in such states could be deemed void and unenforceable, and we could be subject to substantial penalties in connection with such loans.

The case law involving whether an originating lender, on the one hand, or third-party service providers, on the other hand, are the “true lenders” of a loan is still developing and courts have come to different conclusions and applied different analyses. The determination of whether a third-party service provider is the “true lender” is significant because the third-party service providers risk having the loans they service becoming subjected to a consumer’s state usury limits. A number of federal courts that have opined on the “true lender” issue have looked to who is the lender indicated on the borrower’s loan documents. A number of state courts and at least one federal district court have considered a number of other factors when analyzing whether the originating lender or a third party is the “true lender,” including looking at the economics of the transaction to determine, among other things, who has the predominant economic interest in the loan being made. If we were re-characterized as a “true lender” with respect to Elastic, or Rise in Ohio or Texas, loans could be deemed to be void and unenforceable in some states, the right to collect finance charges could be affected, and we could be subject to fines and penalties from state and federal regulatory agencies as well as claims by borrowers, including class actions by private plaintiffs. Even if we were not required to change our business practices to comply with applicable state laws and regulations or cease doing business in some states, we could be required to register or obtain licenses or other regulatory approvals that could impose a substantial cost on us. If Republic Bank or the CSO lenders in Ohio or Texas were subject to such a lawsuit, they may elect to terminate their relationship with us voluntarily, and if they lost the lawsuit, they could be forced to modify or terminate the program.

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

On August 31, 2016, the United States District Court for the Central District of California ruled in the CFPB v. CashCall, Inc. et. al case that CashCall was the “true lender” and consequently was engaged in deceptive practices by servicing and collecting on loans in certain states where the interest rate on the loans exceeded the state usury limit and/or where CashCall was not a licensed lender. The CashCall case is related to a tribally related lending program. In reaching its decision, the court adopted a “totality of the circumstances” test to determine which party to the transaction had the “predominant economic interest” in the transaction. Given the fact-intensive nature of a “totality of the circumstances” assessment, the particular and varied details of marketplace lending and other bank partner programs may lead to different outcomes to those reached in CashCall, even in those jurisdictions where courts adopt the “totality of the circumstances” approach. Notably, CashCall did not address the federal preemption of state law under the National Bank Act or any other federal statute. CashCall is appealing the decision in the Ninth Circuit.

On September 20, 2016, the United States District Court for the Central District of California dismissed a class action suit, Beechum v. Navient Solutions, Inc. , alleging illegally charged usurious interest rates on private student loans in violation of California law. In doing so, the court rejected the plaintiff’s arguments that the defendants were the de facto “true lenders” of loans made by a national bank under a bank partnership with a non-bank partner. Consistent with the controlling judicial authority for challenges to the applicability of statutory or constitutional exemptions to California’s usury prohibition, the court determined that “it must look solely to the face of the transaction” in determining whether an exemption applies and did not apply the “totality of the circumstances” test.

In addition to true lender challenges, a question regarding the applicability of state usury rates may arise when a loan is sold from a bank to a non-bank entity. In Madden v. Midland Funding, LLC , the Court of Appeals for the 2nd Circuit held that the federal preemption of state usury laws did not extend to the purchaser of a loan issued by a national bank. In its brief urging the US Supreme Court to deny certiorari, the US Solicitor General, joined by the OCC, noted that the 2nd Circuit analysis was incorrect; nonetheless, for the time being, it remains law in the 2nd Circuit. Also, it is unknown whether Madden will be applied outside of the defaulted debt context in which it arose. Moreover, the lack of preemption under Madden, were it to apply, does not necessarily mean that the issuing bank’s interest rate will not be honored. In Madden itself, the federal district on remand is considering whether the election of Delaware in a choice of law provision in lending documents should be upheld as opposed to applying the law where the borrower resides, which, in this case, is New York.

While neither the facts in CashCall or Madden are directly applicable to Elevate’s business, as Elevate does not engage in tribal lending or purchase whole loans, to the extent that either CashCall or Madden were broadened to cover circumstances applicable to Elevate’s business, or if other litigation on related theories were brought against us and were successful, or we were otherwise found to be the “true lender,” we could become subject to state usury limits, in addition to the state consumer protection laws to which we are already subject, in a greater number of states, loans in such states could be deemed void and unenforceable, and we could be subject to substantial penalties in connection with such loans.

We use third-party collection agencies to assist us with debt collection. Their failure to comply with debt collection regulations could subject us to fines and other liabilities, which could harm our reputation and business.

The FDCPA regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person. Many states impose additional requirements on debt collection communications, and some of those requirements may be more stringent than the federal requirements. Moreover, regulations governing debt collection are subject to changing interpretations

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

that differ from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. We use third-party collections agencies to collect on debts incurred by consumers of our credit products. Regulatory changes could make it more difficult for collections agencies to effectively collect on the loans we originate.

Non-US jurisdictions also regulate debt collection. For example, in the UK, due to new rules under the CONC we have made adjustments to some of our business practices, including our collections processes, which could possibly result in lower collections on loans made by us and has resulted in a decrease in the number of new customers that we are able to approve. In addition, the concerns expressed to us by the OFT and the FCA relate in part to debt collection. We could be subject to fines, written orders or other penalties if we, or parties working on our behalf, are determined to have violated the FDCPA, the CONC or analogous state or international laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our business is subject to complex and evolving US and international laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and could result in claims, changes to our business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, or declines in user growth or engagement, or otherwise harm our business.

We receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other sensitive data from customers and potential customers. Our business is subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the US and the UK that involve user privacy issues, data protection, advertising, marketing, disclosures, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection and online payment services. The introduction of new products or expansion of our activities in certain jurisdictions may subject us to additional laws and regulations. In addition, international data protection, privacy, and other laws and regulations can be more restrictive than those in the US. US federal and state and international laws and regulations, which can be enforced by private parties or government entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change.

 

A number of proposals are pending before federal, state, and international legislative and regulatory bodies that could impose new obligations in areas such as privacy. In addition, some countries are considering or have enacted legislation requiring local storage and processing of data that, if applicable to the markets in which we operate, would increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services. These existing and proposed laws and regulations can be costly to comply with and can delay or impede the development of new products, the expansion into new markets, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to inquiries or investigations, claims or other liabilities, including demands that we modify or cease existing business practices or pay fines, penalties or other damages.

The use of personal data in credit underwriting is highly regulated.

In the US the FCRA regulates the collection, dissemination and use of consumer information, including consumer credit information. Compliance with the FCRA and related laws and regulations concerning consumer reports has recently been under regulatory scrutiny. The FCRA requires us to provide a Notice of Adverse Action to a loan applicant when we deny an application for credit, which, among other things, informs the applicant of the action taken regarding the credit application and the specific reasons for the denial of credit. The FCRA also requires us to promptly update any credit information reported to a consumer reporting agency about a consumer and to allow a process by which consumers may inquire about credit information furnished by us to a consumer reporting agency. Historically, the FTC has played a key role in the implementation, oversight, enforcement and interpretation of the FCRA. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB has primary supervisory, regulatory and enforcement authority of FCRA issues.

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Although the FTC also retains its enforcement role regarding the FCRA, it shares that role in many respects with the CFPB. The CFPB has taken a more active approach than the FTC, including with respect to regulation, enforcement and supervision of the FCRA. Changes in the regulation, enforcement or supervision of the FCRA may materially affect our business if new regulations or interpretations by the CFPB or the FTC require us to materially alter the manner in which we use personal data in our credit underwriting.

In the UK, we are subject to the requirements of the Data Protection Act 1998, or the “DPA,” and are required to be fully registered as a data-controller under the DPA and comply with industry guidance published by the regulator, the Information Commissioner. There are also strict rules on the use of credit reference data under the CCA regulations and the CONC. We are also subject to laws limiting the transfer of personal data from the European Economic Area to non-European Economic Area countries or territories. There are also strict rules on the instigation of electronic communications such as email, text message and telephone calls under the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003, which prohibit unsolicited direct marketing by electronic means without express consent, as well as the monitoring of devices.

The oversight of the FCRA by both the CFPB and the FTC and any related investigation or enforcement activities or our failure to comply with the DPA may have a material adverse impact on our business, including our operations, our mode and manner of conducting business and our financial results.

Judicial decisions, CFPB rule-making or amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act could render the arbitration agreements we use illegal or unenforceable.

We include arbitration provisions in our consumer loan agreements. These provisions are designed to allow us to resolve any customer disputes through individual arbitration rather than in court and explicitly provide that all arbitrations will be conducted on an individual and not on a class basis. Thus, our arbitration agreements, if enforced, have the effect of shielding us from class action liability. Our arbitration agreements do not generally have any impact on regulatory enforcement proceedings. We take the position that the arbitration provisions in our consumer loan agreements, including class action waivers, are valid and enforceable; however, the enforceability of arbitration provisions is often challenged in court. If those challenges are successful, our arbitration and class action waiver provisions could be unenforceable, which could subject us to additional litigation, including additional class action litigation.

In addition, the US Congress has considered legislation that would generally limit or prohibit mandatory arbitration agreements in consumer contracts and has enacted legislation with such a prohibition with respect to certain mortgage loan agreements and also certain consumer loan agreements to members of the military on active duty and their dependents. Further, the CFPB’s proposed rule to prohibit pre-dispute arbitration clauses, if finalized, is likely to increase class action exposure and litigation expense. See “—The CFPB has proposed new rules affecting the consumer lending industry, and these or subsequent new rules and regulations may significantly impact our US consumer lending business.”

Any judicial decisions, legislation or other rules or regulations that impair our ability to enter into and enforce consumer arbitration agreements and class action waivers could significantly increase our exposure to class action litigation as well as litigation in plaintiff-friendly jurisdictions, which would be costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We use marketing affiliates to assist us and the originating lender in obtaining new customers, and if such marketing affiliates do not comply with an increasing number

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

of applicable laws and regulations, or if our ability to use such marketing affiliates is otherwise impaired, it could adversely affect our business.

We depend in part on marketing affiliates as a source of new customers for us and, with respect to the Elastic product, for the originating lender. Our marketing affiliates place our advertisements on their websites that direct potential customers to our websites. As a result, the success of our business depends in part on the willingness and ability of marketing affiliates to provide us customer referrals at acceptable prices.

If regulatory oversight of marketing affiliates relationships is increased, through the implementation of new laws or regulations or the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, our ability to use marketing affiliates could be restricted or eliminated.

Marketing affiliates’ failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or any changes in laws or regulations applicable to marketing affiliates relationships or changes in the interpretation or implementation of such laws or regulations, could have an adverse effect on our business and could increase negative perceptions of our business and industry. Additionally, the use of marketing affiliates could subject us to additional regulatory cost and expense. If our ability to use marketing affiliates were to be impaired, our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING, THE SECURITIES MARKETS AND OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The price of our common stock may be volatile and the value of your investment could decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

Ø   announcements of new products, services or technologies, relationships with strategic partners, acquisitions or of the termination of, or material changes to, material agreements or of other events by us or our competitors;

 

Ø   changes in economic conditions;

 

Ø   changes in prevailing interest rates;

 

Ø   price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

Ø   significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in the financial services industry;

 

Ø   fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

Ø   actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

Ø   quarterly fluctuations in demand for our loans;

 

Ø   whether our operating results meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

Ø   actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

Ø   regulatory developments in the US, foreign countries or both and our ability to comply with applicable regulations;

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø   material litigation, including class action law suits;

 

Ø   major catastrophic events;

 

Ø   sales of large blocks of our stock;

 

Ø   entry into, modification of or termination of a material agreement; or

 

Ø   departures of key personnel or directors.

In addition, if the market for technology and financial services stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2016, upon completion of this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, no exercise of outstanding options, no vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and no conversion of the convertible term notes into shares of our common stock. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.” All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act,” except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described under “Underwriting,” we and all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our equity holders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When the lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up security holders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares eligible for future sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our share price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 14,098,525 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders, assuming no conversion of the

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

convertible term notes. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.” We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

We may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

Although our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We expect to use approximately $       million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding amount under the VPC Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering that we do not use to repay indebtedness and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of such net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act,” the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the “JOBS Act.” Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results.

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenues-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

However, for so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities, and (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors and board committees and qualified executive officers.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. In addition, pursuant to our financing agreement, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior consent of VPC. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $       per share, or $       per share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based on the initial public offering price of $       per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. The provisions, among other things:

 

Ø   establish a classified Board of Directors so that not all members of our Board of Directors are elected at one time;

 

Ø   permit only our Board of Directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the Board;

 

Ø   provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

Ø   require two-thirds approval to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

 

Ø   authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our Board of Directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan, or a “poison pill;”

 

Ø   eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

Ø   prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which will require that all stockholder actions must be taken at a stockholder meeting;

 

Ø   do not provide for cumulative voting; and

 

Ø   establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the “DGCL,” which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us in certain circumstances.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, or Delaware law that has the

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of the IPO designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as we expect it will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal controls over financial reporting, in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is costly and time-consuming and needs to be reevaluated frequently. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in anticipation of becoming a public company and being subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and, when we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. Our management may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective if we fail to cure any identified material weakness or otherwise. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. In the future, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be satisfied with our internal controls over financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or it may interpret the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, during the course of the evaluation, documentation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any such deficiencies may also subject us to adverse regulatory consequences. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, as these standards may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of listing standards. Any of the above could also result in a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected expenses, margins, prospects and plans and objectives of management. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “seek,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

Ø   our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, growth rate of revenue, cost of borrowing, credit losses, marketing costs, net charge-offs, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, operating margins, ability to generate cash flow and ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

 

Ø   our use of the proceeds of this offering;

 

Ø   the availability of debt financing, funding sources and disruptions in credit markets;

 

Ø   our ability to meet anticipated cash operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

 

Ø   anticipated trends, growth rates, seasonal fluctuations and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

Ø   our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced or differentiated products, services and mobile apps to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them;

 

Ø   our expectations with respect to trends in our average portfolio effective APR;

 

Ø   our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth;

 

Ø   our anticipated expansion of relationships with strategic partners; customer demand for our product and our ability to rapidly scale our business in response to fluctuations in demand;

 

Ø   our ability to attract potential customers and retain existing customers and our cost of customer acquisition;

 

Ø   the ability of customers to repay loans;

 

Ø   interest rates and origination fees on loans;

 

Ø   the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

Ø   our ability to attract and retain necessary qualified directors, officers and employees to expand our operations;

 

Ø   our reliance on third-party service providers;

 

Ø   our access to the automated clearinghouse system;

 

Ø   the efficacy of our marketing efforts and relationships with marketing affiliates;

 

Ø   our anticipated direct marketing costs and spending;

 

Ø   the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and markets;

 

Ø   continued innovation of our analytics platform;

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

 

 

 

Ø   our ability to prevent security breaches, disruption in service and comparable events that could compromise the personal and confidential information held in our data systems, reduce the attractiveness of the platform or adversely impact our ability to service loans;

 

Ø   our ability to detect and filter fraudulent or incorrect information provided to us by our customers or by third parties;

 

Ø   our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

 

Ø   our compliance with applicable local, state, federal and foreign laws;

 

Ø   our compliance with current or future applicable regulatory developments and regulations, including developments or changes from the CFPB;

 

Ø   regulatory developments or scrutiny by agencies regulating our business or the businesses of our third-party partners;

 

Ø   public perception of our business and industry;

 

Ø   the anticipated effect on our business of litigation or regulatory proceedings to which we or our officers are a party;

 

Ø   the anticipated effect on our business of natural or man-made catastrophes;

 

Ø   the increased expenses and administrative workload associated with being a public company;

 

Ø   failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent fraud;

 

Ø   our liquidity and working capital requirements;

 

Ø   the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements;

 

Ø   the utility of non-GAAP financial measures;

 

Ø   the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices;

 

Ø   our anticipated development and release of certain products and applications and changes to certain products;

 

Ø   our anticipated investing activity;

 

Ø   our assumptions with respect to our convertible term notes, including with respect to draw downs and conversions; and

 

Ø   trends anticipated to continue as our portfolio of loans matures.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

We believe that these statements constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Rule 175 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

 

 

date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Industry and market data

This prospectus contains estimates, statistical data, and other information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates, that are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including those by the CFPB, Friends Provident Foundation, CFI Group and other publicly available sources. The industry and market information included in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations.

The sources of industry and market data contained in this prospectus are listed below:

 

Ø   Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Report on the Economic Well-Being of U.S. Households , 2014, 2015.

 

Ø   CFPB, Payday Loans and Deposit Advance Products: A White Paper of Initial Findings , April 2013.

 

Ø   CFPB, Data Point: Payday Lending , March 2014.

 

Ø   CFPB, Arbitration Study, Report to Congress, Pursuant to Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act §1028(a) , March 2015.

 

Ø   Centre for Economics and Business Research, Future Trends in UK Banking, February 2015.

 

Ø   CFI Group, Bank Satisfaction Barometer 2013 , October 2013.

 

Ø   Competition & Markets Authority, Market Investigation into Payday Lending, Notice of Possible Remedies Under Rule 11 of the CMA Rules of Procedure , June 11, 2014.

 

Ø   Competition & Markets Authority, Payday Lending Investigation, Summary of Provisional Findings Report, June 11, 2014.

 

Ø   Competition & Markets Authority, Payday Lending Market Investigation Final Report , February 24, 2015.

 

Ø   Corporation for Enterprise Development, Treading Water in the Deep End: Findings from the 2014 Assets and Opportunity Scorecard , January 2014.

 

Ø   FICO, Expanding Credit Opportunities , July 2015.

 

Ø   Financial Inclusion Commission, Improving the Financial Health of the Nation , March 2015.

 

Ø   Friends Provident Foundation, Credit and Low-Income Consumers , November 2011.

 

Ø   House of Commons Welsh Affairs Committee, The Impact of Changes Benefit in Wales , October 2013.

 

Ø   The Information, Online Lenders Facing Marketing War , August 2015.

 

Ø   J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Weathering Volatility: Big Data on the Financial Ups and Downs of U.S. Individuals , May 2015.

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of                      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our expected uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

We expect to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding amount under the VPC Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers.

Pursuant to our financing agreement, the outstanding borrowings under the VPC Facility were used to finance customer loan growth for our Rise and Sunny products and for working capital. Our financing agreement will mature on January 30, 2018 and, as of September 30, 2016, the $330.8 million outstanding under our financing agreement generally bears interest at the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 13-18%. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt facilities—VPC Facility.”

We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds in this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the US government.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to our financing agreement, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior consent of VPC. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

  

 

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2016 on:

 

Ø   an actual basis;

 

Ø   a pro forma basis to give effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 5,639,410 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion, (iii) the convertible term notes being fully drawn at the time of this offering and (iv) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

Ø   a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect: (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds.”
     As of September 30, 2016  
(dollars in thousands)    Actual    

Pro

forma

    Pro forma as
adjusted(1)(2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 53,499      $ 53,499      $     
      

Financing agreement (excluding convertible term notes)

   $ 452,300      $ 452,300      $     

Convertible term notes(3)

            25,000     

Convertible preferred stock:

      

Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 2,957,059 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3            

Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 2,682,351 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     6            

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0004 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 24,500,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, par value $0.0004, 41,676,750 shares authorized and 13,001,220 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized and 27,099,745 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 300,000,000 shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     5        11     

Additional paid-in capital

     87,071        87,071     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

     993        993     

Accumulated deficit

     (71,963     (71,963  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     16,112        16,112     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 468,412      $ 493,412      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming all other adjustments detailed above remain the same. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares in the

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Capitalization

 

 

  number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming all other adjustments detailed above remain the same.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(3)   Pursuant to the terms of the convertible term notes, VPC has the option to convert the notes into equity prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In the event of such conversion, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the notes would be convertible into                      shares of our common stock. The convertible term notes were fully drawn as of January 2017. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.”

The number of shares of our common stock set forth in the table above excludes 6,995,472 shares of common stock reserved and common stock available for issuance under our 2016 Plan and our 2014 Plan, which comprises:

 

Ø   3,551,527 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2016, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.20 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $2.12 to $8.32;

 

Ø   425,262 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2016, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $8.12 per share;

 

Ø   3,018,683 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options available for grant.

The information above is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $(2.3) million, or $(0.08) per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2016 assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion.

After giving effect to (i) our sale of                      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds,” our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2016 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution at September 30, 2016:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share

      $ (0.08

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors in this offering

   $                   
  

 

 

    

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and after repayment of a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering by $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and after repayment of a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the following will occur:

 

Ø   the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share;

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

Dilution

 

 

 

Ø   the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of pro forma as adjusted shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering;

 

Ø   the pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock held by investors participating in this offering will increase to             , or approximately     % of the total pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

Ø   the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the weighted average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

    Shares purchased     Total consideration    

Weighted

average
price
per share

 
     Number     Percent     Amount     Percent    

Existing stockholders(1)

    27,099,745               $ 89,344,480               $ 3.30   

Exercised options(2)

    3,551,527          14,916,413          4.20   

Restricted stock units(3)

    425,262                     

New investors(4)

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

    31,076,534        100.0   $ 104,260,893        100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)   Number includes (i) 25,706,357 shares contributed by TFI in connection with the Spin-Off pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement and (ii) 1,393,389 shares issued upon the exercise of stock options.
(2)   Shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding.
(3)   Shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units.
(4)   May include purchases, if any, of the shares in this offering by the existing stockholders through a directed share program, as described in this prospectus, or otherwise, at the initial public offering price.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $        , $         and $        , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $        , $         and $        , respectively, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The foregoing discussion and tables exclude:

 

Ø   3,018,683 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options available for grant under our 2016 Plan and our 2014 Plan as of September 30, 2016.

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Dilution

 

 

The foregoing discussion and table assume the following:

 

Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock and immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   a 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock to be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   an IPO price per share in excess of our highest option exercise prices;

 

Ø   the issuance of 3,551,527 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2016, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.20 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $2.12 to $8.32;

 

Ø   the issuance of 425,262 shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of September 30, 2016 with a weighted average grant date fair value of $8.12;

 

Ø   no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and

 

Ø   no conversion of the convertible term notes into shares of our common stock, which would be convertible into              shares of our common stock based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.”

To the extent that additional options become exercisable and are exercised or restricted stock units vest, or if new options, restricted stock units or other securities are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Selected historical consolidated financial data

You should read the following selected combined and consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the combined and consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The combined and consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and as of September 30, 2016 include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals that are necessary in the opinion of our management for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separately identifiable line of business of TFI. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders. Our combined financial statements for periods prior to the Spin-Off reflect the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending business that was contributed to us. The combined statements of operations for periods prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for general overhead and corporate functions historically provided to the direct lending business. These allocations were made based on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods and have been included in our combined financial statements for periods prior to May 1, 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between us and TFI have been included within the combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within TFI’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. Beginning May 1, 2014, all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
Combined and consolidated statements of operations
data (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
   2015     2014     2016     2015  

Revenues

   $ 434,006      $ 273,718      $ 411,422      $ 300,306   

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     232,650        170,908        217,505        161,013   

Direct marketing costs

     61,032        60,166        50,201        47,807   

Other cost of sales

     15,197        10,603        12,864        10,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     308,879        241,677        280,570        219,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     125,127        32,041        130,852        80,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Compensation and benefits

     60,568        48,010        50,180        44,529   

Professional services

     25,134        18,662        23,098        17,999   

Selling and marketing

     7,567        7,366        7,810        5,878   

Occupancy and equipment

     9,690        8,043        8,481        7,088   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898        8,317        8,283        6,476   

Other

     4,303        2,766        2,466        2,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     116,160        93,164        100,318        84,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     8,967        (61,123     30,534        (3,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Net interest expense

     (36,674     (12,939     (44,798     (24,205

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

     (2,385     (1,408     (6,274     (1,240

Non-operating income (expense)

     5,523                      5,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (33,536     (14,347     (51,072     (19,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (24,569     (75,470     (20,538     (23,734

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (4,658     (20,710     (2,587     (3,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (19,911     (54,760     (17,951     (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

            135                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625   $ (17,951   $ (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (3.97   $ (11.59   $ (3.49   $ (4.05

Pro forma net loss per share — basic and diluted(1)

   $ (0.75   $ (2.11   $ (0.67   $ (0.76

Pro forma net loss per share — basic and diluted, as adjusted(2)

   $        $        $        $     

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     5,010,339        4,711,794        5,143,287        4,982,673   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share

        

Basic and diluted(1)

     26,624,373        25,878,010        26,956,743        26,555,208   

Basic and diluted, as adjusted(2)

        

 

(1)   Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock have been calculated assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2016 and 2015 and at December 31, 2015 and 2014 into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later and (ii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion.
(2)   Pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock, as adjusted, gives effect to (i) the sale by us of                      shares of our common stock in this offering; (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of our common stock; (iii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion and (iv) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Victory Park Capital credit facility, or the “VPC Facility,” as described in “Use of proceeds,” as if the offering and those transactions had occurred on September 30, 2016. The number of shares is computed based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the nine
months ended September 30,
 

Other financial and operational data

(dollars in thousands, except as noted)

   2015     2014             2016                     2015          

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 17,865      $ (52,806   $ 38,817      $ 2,656   

Free cash flow(2)

   $ (30,931   $ (47,358   $ 20,999      $ (26,557

Number of new customer loans

     238,238        202,656        207,281        176,825   

Number of loans outstanding

     222,723        146,046        281,190        206,934   

Customer acquisition costs

   $ 256      $ 297      $ 242      $ 270   

Net charge-offs(3)

   $ 214,795      $ 138,559      $ 203,288      $ 143,161   

Additional provision for loan losses(3)

     17,855        32,349        14,217        17,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 232,650      $ 170,908      $ 217,505      $ 161,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable –  principal(4)

     12     15     14     14

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     49     51     49     48

Total provision for loan losses a percentage of revenues

     54     62     53     54

Combined loan loss reserve(5)

   $ 65,784      $ 48,491      $ 78,885      $ 66,011   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(5)

     17     22     17     20

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

     173     202     149     181

Ending combined loans receivable – principal(4)

   $ 356,069      $ 201,660      $ 448,259      $ 304,086   

 

(1)   Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA represents our net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: net interest expense primarily associated with notes payable under the VPC Facility and ESPV Facility used to fund or purchase loans; foreign currency gains and losses associated with our UK operations; depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets and intangible assets; adjustments to contingent consideration payable related to companies previously acquired prior to the Spin-Off; miscellaneous gains and losses associated with the sale of assets related to discontinued operations; and income taxes. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Free cash flow is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Free cash flow represents our net cash from operating activities adjusted for the principal loan net charge-offs and capital expenditures incurred during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities.
(3)   Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses are not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Net charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud, offset by any recoveries. Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to provision for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the Company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders pursuant to our CSO programs. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5)  

Combined loan loss reserve is defined as the loan loss reserve for loans owned by the Company plus the loan loss reserve for loans originated and owned by third-party lenders and guaranteed by the Company. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

  reconciliation of Combined loan loss reserve to loan loss reserve, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of September 30, 2016  
Selected consolidated balance sheet data (dollars in thousands)    Actual      Pro forma(1)      Pro forma as
adjusted(2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 53,499       $ 53,499       $                

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $54,873

     360,132         360,132      

Total assets

     530,747         530,747      

Total liabilities

     514,635         514,635      

Total convertible preferred stock

     6              

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 16,112       $ 16,112       $     

 

(1)   The pro forma column reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2016 into 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion. The outstanding shares of our preferred stock were originally distributed to stockholders of TFI in connection with the Spin-Off. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. The conversion of the convertible preferred stock reduces total convertible preferred stock by $6 thousand while increasing common stock by the same amount.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above, (ii) the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds.” A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents and total assets by $             and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $            , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents and total assets by $             and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ equity by approximately $            , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited combined and consolidated quarterly statement of operations data, as well as the percentage of revenue for each line item shown, for each of the eight quarters in the period ended September 30, 2016. This information has been derived from our unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements, which, in the opinion of management have been prepared on the same basis as our audited combined and consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods, and operating results for a quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. The information should be read in conjunction with the combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

 

    Three months ended  
(dollars in thousands, except as noted)   December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
 

Revenues

  $ 94,024      $ 89,506      $ 91,368      $ 119,432      $ 133,700      $ 130,722      $ 126,780        153,920   

Cost of sales:

               

Provision for loan losses

    56,396        39,284        50,210        71,519        71,637        59,089        67,134        91,282   

Direct marketing costs

    18,094        9,866        17,151        20,790        13,225        9,606        17,683        22,912   

Other cost of sales

    2,849        2,606        3,791        4,297        4,503        3,583        4,323        4,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    77,339        51,756        71,152        96,606        89,365        72,278        89,140        119,152   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    16,685        37,750        20,216        22,826        44,335        58,444        37,640        34,768   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Compensation and benefits

    13,737        13,921        15,014        15,594        16,039        16,100        16,584        17,496   

Professional services

    5,100        4,747        6,107        7,145        7,135        7,249        7,415        8,434   

Selling and marketing

    3,061        2,490        1,890        1,498        1,689        2,505        2,887        2,418   

Occupancy and equipment

    2,034        2,333        2,265        2,490        2,602        2,735        2,818        2,928   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,916        2,068        2,142        2,266        2,422        2,633        2,873        2,777   

Other

    546        569        1,030        1,043        1,661        706        844        916   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,394        26,128        28,448        30,036        31,548        31,928        33,421        34,969   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (9,709     11,622        (8,232     (7,210     12,787        26,516        4,219        (201
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense

    (6,112     (6,755     (7,172     (10,278     (12,469     (13,500     (14,208     (17,090

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    (1,408     (1,459     1,950        (1,731     (1,145     (1,358     (3,373     (1,543

Non-operating income

                  5,529        2        (8                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (7,520     (8,214     307        (12,007     (13,622     (14,858     (17,581     (18,633
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

    (17,229     3,408        (7,925     (19,217     (835     11,658        (13,362     (18,834

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (6,486     2,509        (1,932     (4,156     (1,079     5,866        (5,866     (2,587
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (10,743     899        (5,993     (15,061     244        5,792        (7,496     (16,247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (34                                                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,777   $ 899      $ (5,993   $ (15,061   $ 244      $ 5,792      $ (7,496   $ (16,247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA:

               

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,777   $ 899      $ (5,993   $ (15,061   $ 244      $ 5,792      $ (7,496   $ (16,247

Net interest expense

    6,112        6,755        7,172        10,278        12,469        13,500        14,208        17,090   

Foreign currency losses (gains)

    1,408        1,459        (1,950     1,731        1,145        1,358        3,373        1,543   

Depreciation and amortization expense

    1,916        2,068        2,142        2,266        2,422        2,633        2,873        2,777   

Adjustment to contingent consideration

                  (5,529     (2     8                        

(Gain) loss on discontinued operations

    34                                                    

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (6,486     2,509        (1,932     (4,156     (1,079     5,866        (5,866     (2,587
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (7,793   $ 13,690      $ (6,090   $ (4,944   $ 15,209      $ 29,149      $ 7,092      $ 2,576   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

    Three months ended  
(dollars in thousands, except as noted)   December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
 

Number of new customer loans

    53,457        29,944        62,548        84,333        61,413        40,717        68,494        98,070   

Number of loans outstanding

    146,046        131,577        163,736        206,934        222,723        201,076        231,120        281,190   

Customer acquisition costs

  $ 338      $ 329      $ 274      $ 247      $ 215      $ 236      $ 258      $ 234   

Net charge-offs

  $ 47,978      $ 45,694      $ 38,180      $ 59,287      $ 71,634      $ 69,010      $ 60,153      $ 74,125   

Additional provision for loan losses

    8,418        (6,410     12,030        12,232        3        (9,921     6,981        17,157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

  $ 56,396      $ 39,284      $ 50,210      $ 71,519      $ 71,637      $ 59,089      $ 67,134      $ 91,282   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal

    15     14     12     14     12     12     12     14

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenue

    51     51     42     50     54     53     47     48

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

    199     189     189     169     158     153     148     146

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

    Three Months Ended  
(as a percentage of revenues)   December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
 

Revenues

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales:

               

Provision for loan losses

    60.0        43.9        55.0        59.9        53.6        45.2        53.0        59.3   

Direct marketing costs

    19.2        11.0        18.8        17.4        9.9        7.3        13.9        14.9   

Other cost of sales

    3.0        2.9        4.1        3.6        3.4        2.7        3.4        3.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    82.3        57.8        77.9        80.9        66.8        55.3        70.3        77.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    17.7        42.2        22.1        19.1        33.2        44.7        29.7        22.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Compensation and benefits

    14.6        15.6        16.4        13.1        12.0        12.3        13.1        11.4   

Professional services

    5.4        5.3        6.7        6.0        5.3        5.5        5.8        5.5   

Selling and marketing

    3.3        2.8        2.1        1.3        1.3        1.9        2.3        1.6   

Occupancy and equipment

    2.2        2.6        2.5        2.1        1.9        2.1        2.2        1.9   

Depreciation and amortization

    2.0        2.3        2.3        1.9        1.8        2.0        2.3        1.8   

Other

    0.6        0.6        1.1        0.9        1.2        0.5        0.7        0.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    28.1        29.2        31.1        25.1        23.6        24.4        26.4        22.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (10.3     13.0        (9.0     (6.0     9.6        20.3        3.3        (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense

    (6.5     (7.5     (7.8     (8.6     (9.3     (10.3     (11.2     (11.1

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    (1.5     (1.6     2.1        (1.4     (0.9     (1.0     (2.7     (1.0

Non-operating income

    0.0        0.0        6.1        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (8.0     (9.2     0.3        (10.1     (10.2     (11.4     (13.9     (12.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

    (18.3     3.8        (8.7     (16.1     (0.6     8.9        (10.5     (12.2

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (6.9     2.8        (2.1     (3.5     (0.8     4.5        (4.6     (1.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (11.4     1.0        (6.6     (12.6     0.2        4.4        (5.9     (10.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (11.5 )%      1.0     (6.6 )%      (12.6 )%      0.2     4.4     (5.9 )%      (10.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Our gross revenue has generally increased over the eight quarters ended September 30, 2016. This growth has been primarily attributable to an increase in the finance charges, driven by increases in combined loans receivable – principal balances during the respective quarters. As expected, total cost of sales has generally increased quarter-to-quarter in absolute dollars as our loan originations and combined loans receivable – principal balances have increased. The decrease in revenue and total cost of sales from December 31, 2015 to June 30, 2016 and from December 31, 2014 to June 30, 2015 was due to the seasonality of our business as both originations and combined loans receivable – principal balances typically decrease during the first quarter of the next year.

Generally, our total operating expenses have increased quarter-to-quarter over the eight quarters ended September 30, 2016, primarily due to increased personnel-related costs reflecting the increase in our headcount to support our growth. Despite the increases in absolute dollar amounts, total operating expenses as a percentage of revenue has generally decreased over the eight quarters ended September 30, 2016 as we have achieved greater economies of scale.

Lastly, we believe it is important to note that the average effective APR of our combined loan portfolio has decreased from 169% for the three months ended September 30, 2015 to 146% for the three months ended September 30, 2016. This reflects the improvements made in underwriting, the impact of the lower priced Elastic product as well as the maturing of the combined loan portfolio.

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk factors” and “Forward-looking statements” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. We generally refer to loans, customers and other information and data associated with each of Rise, Elastic and Sunny as Elevate’s loans, customers, information and data, irrespective of whether Elevate directly originates the credit to the customer or whether such credit is originated by a third party. See “Certain Conventions Governing Information in this Prospectus—Presentation of information related to our products” for detailed information.

OVERVIEW

We provide online credit solutions to consumers in the US and the UK who are not well-served by traditional bank products and who are looking for better options than payday loans, title loans, pawn and storefront installment loans. Non-prime consumers now represent a larger market than prime consumers but are risky to underwrite and serve with traditional approaches. We’re succeeding at it—and doing it responsibly—with best-in-class advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics honed by serving more than 1.5 million customers with $3.7 billion in credit. Our current online credit products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect our mission to provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features. We call this mission “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”

On May 1, 2014, Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” completed a tax-free spin-off, or the “Spin-Off,” of our company by contributing the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us. TFI retained the assets and liabilities associated with its licensed technology platform line of business. The direct lending and branded products business contributed to us included Rise installment loans in the US, Sunny installment loans in the UK, Elastic lines of credit originated by a third party lender in the US, and our US and UK legacy short-term consumer loan products (loans which were migrated to our Rise and Sunny products, respectively) and a rent-to-own product (which we ceased offering in 2014).

The financial results included in this Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, or “MD&A,” include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of TFI, using the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending and branded products business. In preparing these financial results, we have made certain assumptions or used methodologies to allocate various expenses from TFI to us. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis where expenses could be tied directly to Elevate products or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods. We believe the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, these financial results may not necessarily reflect our financial results had we been a stand-alone company during all of the periods presented.

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

We earn revenues on the Rise and Sunny installment loans and on the Elastic lines of credit. For all three products, our revenues, which primarily consist of finance charges, are driven by our average loan balances outstanding and by the average annual percentage rate, or “APR,” associated with those outstanding loan balances. We calculate our average loan balances by taking a simple daily average of the ending loan balances outstanding for each period. We present certain key metrics and other information on a “combined” basis to reflect information related to loans originated by us and loans originated by Republic Bank, as well as loans originated by third-party lenders pursuant to CSO programs, which loans originated through CSO programs are not recorded on our balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. See “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics” and “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

We have experienced rapid growth since launching our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Since their introduction through September 30, 2016, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, together, have provided approximately $2.2 billion in credit to approximately 714,000 customers and generated strong growth in revenues and loans outstanding. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 grew 59% compared to revenues for 2014 and revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 grew 37% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Our combined loan principal balances grew 77% in 2015, from $201.7 million as of December 31, 2014 to $356.1 million as of December 31, 2015, and grew 47% from $304.1 million as of September 30, 2015 to $448.3 million as of September 30, 2016. For additional information about our combined loan balances please see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Combined loan information.”

We use our working capital and our credit facility with Victory Park Management, LLC, or “VPC,” to fund the loans we make to our customers. Prior to January 2014, we funded all of our loans to customers out of our existing cash flows. On January 30, 2014, we entered into an agreement with VPC to provide a credit facility, or the “VPC Facility,” in order to fund our Rise and Sunny products and provide working capital. Since originally entering into the VPC Facility, it has been amended several times to increase the maximum total borrowing amount available. On August 15, 2014, the original amount of $250 million for the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $315 million, and further amended on May 20, 2015 to $335 million, on February 11, 2016 to $345 million and on June 30, 2016 to $395 million. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt facilities.”

The Elastic line of credit product is originated by a third-party lender, Republic Bank, which initially provides all of the funding for that product. Republic Bank retains 10% of the balances of all loans originated and sells a 90% loan participation in the Elastic lines of credit. We purchased these loan participations ourselves through June 30, 2015 and thus earned 90% of the revenues and incurred 90% of the losses associated with the Elastic product through that date. Due to the significant growth in Elastic, commencing July 1, 2015, a new structure was implemented such that the loan participations are sold by Republic Bank to Elastic SPV, Ltd., or “Elastic SPV.” Elastic SPV receives its funding from VPC in a separate $50 million financing facility, the “ESPV Facility,” which was finalized on July 13, 2015.

This facility was further increased to $100 million on October 21, 2015 and to $150 million on July 14, 2016. We do not own Elastic SPV but, effective July 1, 2015, we entered into a credit default protection agreement with Elastic SPV whereby we agreed to provide credit protection to the investors in Elastic SPV against Elastic loan losses in return for a credit premium. Per the terms of this agreement, under GAAP, the Company is the primary beneficiary of Elastic SPV and is required to consolidate the financial results of Elastic SPV as a variable interest entity in its consolidated financial results beginning July 1, 2015. The consolidation of Elastic SPV did not change the presentation of the Company’s consolidated

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

financial statements, as the Company’s consolidated financial statements continued to present revenue and losses on 90% of the Elastic lines of credit originated by Republic Bank and sold to Elastic SPV.

Our management assesses our financial performance and future strategic goals through key metrics based primarily on the following three themes:

 

Ø   Revenue growth .    In 2015, our total revenues were $434.0 million, which represented a 59% increase over 2014 total revenues of $273.7 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, our total revenues increased 37% as compared to the same prior year period, increasing from $300.3 million to $411.4 million. Key metrics related to revenue growth that we monitor by product include the ending and average combined loan balances outstanding, the effective APR of our product loan portfolios, the total dollar value of loans originated, the number of new customer loans made, the ending number of customer loans outstanding and the related customer acquisition costs, or “CAC,” associated with each new customer loan made. We include CAC as a key metric when analyzing revenue growth (rather than as a key metric within margin expansion) as we do not intend to lower our CAC over future periods. Instead, as we improve customer acquisition efficiency, we intend to increase spending on direct marketing to acquire a broader customer base to drive further revenue growth.

 

Ø   Stable credit quality .    Since the time they were managing our legacy US products, our management team has maintained stable credit quality across the loan portfolio they were managing, including during the recent financial crisis. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.” Additionally, in the periods covered in this MD&A, we have continued to maintain stable credit quality. The credit quality metrics we monitor include net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, the combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of outstanding combined loans, total provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues and the percentage of past due combined loans receivable – principal.

 

Ø   Margin expansion .    We expect that our operating margins will continue to expand over the near term as we lower our direct marketing costs and operating expense as a percentage of revenues while continuing to maintain our stable credit quality levels. Over the next several years, as we continue to scale our loan portfolio, we anticipate that our direct marketing costs primarily associated with new customer acquisitions will decline to approximately 10% of revenues and our operating expenses will decline to approximately 20% of revenues. We aim to manage our business to achieve a long-term operating margin of 20%, and do not expect our operating margin to increase beyond that level, as we intend to pass on any improvements over our targeted margins to our customers in the form of lower APRs. We believe this is a critical component of our responsible lending platform and over time will also help us continue to attract new customers and retain existing customers.

KEY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING METRICS

As discussed above, we regularly monitor a number of metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and in making strategic decisions.

Certain of our metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that such metrics are useful in period-to-period comparisons of our core business. However, non-GAAP financial measures are not an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our non-GAAP metrics to GAAP.

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Revenue growth

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the nine
months ended
September 30,
 
Revenue growth metrics (dollars in thousands, except as noted)    2015     2014     2016     2015  

Revenues

   $ 434,006      $ 273,718      $ 411,422      $ 300,306   

Period-over-period revenue growth

     59     280     37     67

Ending combined loans receivable – principal(1)

     356,069        201,660        448,259        304,086   

Average combined loans receivable – principal(1)(2)

     250,058        134,491        368,304        221,427   

Total combined loans originated – principal

     783,627        508,692        770,464        532,187   

Average customer loan balance (in dollars)(3)

     1,598        1,367        1,591        1,472   

Number of new customer loans

     238,238        202,656        207,281        176,825   

Number of loans outstanding

     222,723        146,046        281,190        206,934   

Customer acquisition costs (in dollars)

     256        297        242        270   

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

     173     202     149     181

 

(1)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the Company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders pursuant to our CSO programs. See “—Non-GAAP financial measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Average combined loans receivable – principal is calculated using an average of daily principal balances.
(3)   Average customer loan balance is a weighted average of all three products and is calculated for each product by dividing the ending combined loans receivable – principal by the number of loans outstanding at period end.

Revenues .    Our revenues are composed of finance charges, CSO acquisition fees (which are fees we receive from customers who obtain a loan through the CSO program for the credit services, including the loan guaranty, we provide) and non-sufficient funds fees (which were discontinued at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2015) on Rise installment loans, finance charges on Sunny installment loans and revenues earned on the Elastic lines of credit. See “—Components of our Results of Operations—Revenues.”

Ending and average combined loans receivable – principal .    We calculate the average combined loans receivable – principal by taking a simple daily average of the ending combined loans receivable – principal for each period. Key metrics that drive the ending and average combined loans receivable – principal include the amount of loans originated in a period and the average customer loan balance. All loan balance metrics include only the 90% participation in the related Elastic line of credit advances (we exclude the 10% held by Republic Bank), but include the full loan balances on CSO loans, which are not presented on our balance sheet.

Total combined loans originated – principal .    The amount of loans originated in a period is driven primarily by loans to new customers as well as new loans to prior customers, including refinancings of existing loans to customers in good standing.

Average customer loan balance and effective APR of combined loan portfolio .    The average loan amount and its related APR are based on the product and the underlying credit quality of the customer. Generally, better credit quality customers are offered higher loan amounts at lower APRs. Additionally, new customers have more potential risk of loss than prior or existing customers due to lack of payment history and the potential for fraud. As a result, newer customers typically will have lower loan amounts and higher APRs to compensate for that additional risk of loss. The effective APR is calculated based on the actual amount of finance charges generated from a customer loan divided by the average outstanding

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

balance for the loan, and can be lower than the stated APR on the loan due to waived finance charges and other reasons. For example, a Rise customer may receive a $2,000 installment loan with a term of 24 months and a stated rate of 180%. In this example, the customer’s monthly installment loan payment would be $310.86. As the customer can prepay the loan balance at any time with no additional fees or early payment penalty, the customer pays the loan in full in month eight. The customer’s loan earns interest of $2,337.81 over the eight month period and has an average outstanding balance of $1,948.17. The effective APR for this loan is 180% over the eight month period calculated as follows:

 

($2,337.81 interest earned / $1,948.17 average balance outstanding) x 12 months per year = 180%
8 months                                                           

In addition, as an example for Elastic, if a customer makes a $2,500 draw on the customer’s line of credit and this draw required bi-weekly minimum payments of 5% (equivalent to 20 bi-weekly payments), and if all minimum payments are made, the draw would earn finance charges of $1,148. The effective APR for the line of credit in this example is 109% over the payment period and is calculated as follows:

 

($1,148.00 fees earned / $1,369.05 average balance outstanding)  x 26 bi-weekly periods per year =  109%
20 payments                                                           

The actual amount of revenue we realize on a loan portfolio is also impacted by the amount of prepayments and charged-off customer loans in the portfolio. For a single loan, on average, we typically expect to realize approximately 60% of the revenues that we would otherwise realize if the loan were to fully amortize at the stated APR. From the Rise example above, if we waived $400 of interest for this customer, the effective APR for this loan would decrease to 149%.

Number of new customer loans .    We define a new customer loan as the first loan made to a customer for each of our products (so a customer receiving a Rise installment loan and then at a later date taking their first cash advance on an Elastic line of credit would be counted twice). The number of new customer loans is subject to seasonal fluctuations. New customer acquisition is typically slowest during the first six months of each calendar year, primarily in the first quarter, compared to the latter half of the year, as our existing and prospective US customers usually receive tax refunds during this period and, thus, have less of a need for loans from us. Further, many US customers will use their tax refunds to prepay all or a portion of their loan balance during this period, so our overall loan portfolio typically decreases during the first quarter of the calendar year. Overall loan portfolio growth and the number of new customer loans tends to accelerate during the summer months (typically June and July), at the beginning of the school year (typically late August to early September) and during the winter holidays (typically late November to early December).

Customer acquisition costs .    A key expense metric we monitor related to loan growth is our CAC. This metric is the amount of direct marketing costs incurred during a period divided by the number of new customer loans originated during that same period. New loans to former customers are not included in our calculation of CAC (except to the extent they receive a loan through a different product) as we believe we incur no material direct marketing costs to make additional loans to a prior customer through the same product.

Recent trends .    Our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 totaled $411.4 million, up 37% from the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The growth in revenues during the first nine months of 2016 as compared with the growth experienced in the same period of 2015 was driven by a 66% increase in our average combined loan balance as we continued to expand our customer base. The number of customer loans outstanding at September 30, 2016 increased 36% over the prior year

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

amount. We were able to continue to grow our customer base while maintaining a CAC that was below the low end of our historical range of $250 to $300. Additionally, the average customer loan balance increased 8% from the prior period, totaling approximately $1,591. We expect this trend in average customer loan balance to continue as our loan portfolio continues to grow and mature with more existing and repeat customers. The growth in loan balances drove the increase in revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, offset in part by a decrease in the average APR on the loan portfolio, which declined to 149% during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 from 181% during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This decrease in the average APR resulted primarily from a shift in the mix of our loan portfolio. Elastic, which has grown significantly in volume and as a proportion of our portfolio since 2015, has an average effective APR of approximately 89% during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to Rise, which has an average APR of approximately 158% during the same period, contributing to the overall reduction in the consolidated APR. Additionally, as the loan portfolios for Rise and Sunny installment loans continue to mature, their respective average APR will also continue to drop. See “Risk factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our recent growth rate may not be indicative of our ability to continue to grow, if at all, in the future.”

Credit quality

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the
nine months ended
September 30,
 
Credit quality metrics (dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2016     2015  

Net charge-offs(1)

   $ 214,795      $ 138,559      $ 203,288      $ 143,161   

Additional provision for loan losses(1)

     17,855        32,349        14,217        17,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 232,650      $ 170,908      $ 217,505      $ 161,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal(2)

     12     15     14     14

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues(1)

     49     51     49     48

Total provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     54     62     53     54

Combined loan loss reserve(3)

   $ 65,784      $ 48,491      $ 78,885      $ 66,011   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(3)

     17     22     17     20

 

(1)   Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses are not financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Net charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud, offset by any recoveries. Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to provision for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the Company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(3)   Combined loan loss reserve is defined as the loan loss reserve for loans originated and owned by the Company plus the loan loss reserve for loans owned by third-party lenders and guaranteed by the Company. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loan loss reserve to allowance for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

In reviewing the credit quality of our loan portfolio, we break out our total provision for loan losses that is presented on our income statement under GAAP into two separate items—net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses. Net charge-offs are indicative of the credit quality of our underlying portfolio, while additional provision for loan losses is subject to more fluctuation based on loan portfolio growth and the effect of normal seasonality on our business. The additional provision for loan losses is the amount needed to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate amount at the end of each month based on our loan loss reserve methodology.

Net charge-offs .    Net charge-offs comprise gross charge-offs offset by recoveries on prior charge-offs. Gross charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud. Any payments received on loans that have been charged off are recorded as recoveries and reduce the amount of gross charge-offs. Recoveries are typically less than 10% of the amount charged off, and thus, we do not view recoveries as a key credit quality metric. Historically, we have generally incurred net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues of between 42% and 54%.

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues can vary based on several factors, such as whether or not we experience significant growth or lower the APR of our products. Additionally, although a more seasoned portfolio will typically result in lower net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, we do not intend to drive down this ratio significantly below our historical ratios and would instead seek to offer our existing products to a broader new customer base to drive additional revenues.

Additional provision for loan losses .    Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology.

Additional provision for loan losses relates to an increase in future inherent losses in the loan portfolio as determined by our loan loss reserve methodology. This increase could be due to a combination of factors such as an increase in the size of the loan portfolio or a worsening of credit quality or increase in past due loans. It is also possible for the additional provision for loan losses for a period to be a negative amount, which would reduce the amount of the combined loan loss reserve needed (due to a decrease in the loan portfolio or improvement in credit quality). The amount of additional provision for loan losses is seasonal in nature, mirroring the seasonality of our new customer acquisition and overall loan portfolio growth, as discussed above. The combined loan loss reserve typically decreases during the first quarter or first half of the calendar year due to a decrease in the loan portfolio from year end. Then, as the rate of growth for the loan portfolio starts to increase during the second half of the year, additional provision for loan losses is typically needed to increase the reserve for future losses associated with the loan growth. Because of this, our provision for loan losses can vary significantly throughout the year without a significant change in the credit quality of our portfolio.

The following provides an example of the application of our loan loss reserve methodology and the break out of the provision for loan losses between the portion associated with replenishing the reserve due to net charge-offs and the amount related to the additional provision for loan losses. If the beginning combined loan loss reserve were $25 million, and we incurred $10 million of net charge-offs during the period and the ending combined loan loss reserve needed to be $30 million according to our loan loss reserve methodology, our total provision for loan losses would be $15 million, comprising $10 million in net charge-offs (provision needed to replenish the combined loan loss reserve) plus $5 million of additional provision related to an increase in future inherent losses in the loan portfolio identified by our loan loss reserve methodology.

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

Example (dollars in thousands)                

Beginning combined loan loss reserve

      $ 25,000   

Less: Net charge-offs

        (10,000

Provision for loan losses:

     

Provision for net charge-offs

   $ 10,000      

Additional provision for loan losses

     5,000      
  

 

 

    

Total provision for loan losses

        15,000   
     

 

 

 

Ending combined loan loss reserve balance

      $ 30,000   
     

 

 

 

Loan loss reserve methodology .    Our loan loss reserve methodology is calculated separately for each product and, in the case of Rise (for non-CSO and CSO program loans), is calculated separately based on the state in which each customer resides to account for varying state license requirements that affect the amount of the loan offered, repayment terms and other factors. For each product, loss factors are calculated based on the delinquency status of customer loan balances: current, 1 to 30 days past due or 31 to 60 days past due. These loss factors for loans in each delinquency status are based on average historical loss rates by product (or state) associated with each of these three delinquency categories. Hence, another key credit quality metric we monitor is the percentage of past due combined loans receivable – principal, as an increase in past due loans will cause an increase in our combined loan loss reserve and related additional provision for loan losses to increase the reserve. For customers that are not past due, we further stratify these loans into loss rates by payment number, as a new customer that is about to make a first loan payment has a significantly higher risk of loss than a customer who has successfully made ten payments on an existing loan with us. Based on this methodology, we have historically seen our combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable fluctuate between approximately 16% and 24% depending on the overall mix of new, former and past due customer loans.

Recent trends .    For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues was 49%. We target 50% of net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues on an annual basis. Our historical range of net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues is generally from 42% to 54%. The net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was consistent with our historical range. Additional provision for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 totaled $14.2 million compared to a $17.9 million during the comparable prior year period. This favorable variance was due to improvements in credit quality and the maturation of the loan portfolio.

The combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable totaled 17% as of both September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable was down from 20% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 due to continued growth in the balance of Elastic lines of credit receivable during the first nine months of 2016, which has a lower loan loss reserve percentage compared to our other two products as well as improvements in credit quality and the maturation of our loan portfolio.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Additionally, we also look at cumulative credit losses by vintage as a percentage of combined principal-originated. As the below table shows, our cumulative credit losses for each quarterly vintage since the third quarter of 2013 (with the launch of Rise and Sunny) are generally under 20% and continue to generally trend lower with each successive vintage due to improvements in underwriting and the overall maturation of the loan portfolio.

 

 

LOGO

 

  *   Excludes losses related to fraud.

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Margins

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
Margin metrics (dollars in thousands)    2015     2014    

2016

   

2015

 

Revenues

   $ 434,006      $ 273,718      $ 411,422      $ 300,306   

Net charge-offs(1)

     (214,795     (138,559     (203,288     (143,161

Additional provision for loan losses(1)

     (17,855     (32,349     (14,217     (17,852

Direct marketing costs

     (61,032     (60,166 )       (50,201     (47,807

Other cost of sales

     (15,197     (10,603 )       (12,864     (10,694
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     125,127        32,041        130,852        80,792   

Operating expenses

     (116,160     (93,164 )       (100,318     (84,612
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 8,967      $ (61,123   $ 30,534      $ (3,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a percentage of revenues:

        

Net charge-offs

     49     51     49     48

Additional provision for loan losses

     4        11        4        6   

Direct marketing costs

     14        22        12        16   

Other cost of sales

     4        4        3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     29        12        32        27   

Operating expenses

     27        34        25        28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating margin

     2     (22 )%      7     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Non-GAAP measure. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses.”

Gross margin is calculated as revenues minus cost of sales, or gross profit, expressed as a percentage of revenues, and operating margin is calculated as operating income (loss) expressed as a percentage of revenues. We expect our margins to increase as we continue to scale our business, with direct marketing costs and operating expenses decreasing to approximately 10% and 20% of revenues, respectively.

Recent operating margin trends .    For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 our operating margin was 7%, which was higher than the 2% for the full year 2015 and (1)% for the first nine months of 2015. This improvement was due to a decline in both direct marketing costs and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues. Direct marketing costs declined to 12% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to 16% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 due to continued scaling of the business. Direct marketing expense increased slightly year-over-year as the number of new customer loans was up 17% in the first nine months of 2016 compared to the first nine months of 2015 offset by the CAC decreasing to $242 from $270 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Additionally, although operating expenses were up $15.7 million for the first nine months of 2016 as compared to the first nine months of 2015, operating expenses as a percentage of revenue declined to 25%, down from 28% in the first nine months of 2015 and 27% for all of 2015. As we continue to further scale our business, we believe our direct marketing costs as a percentage of revenues will continue to decrease to approximately 10% of revenues and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues should continue to decline to approximately 20% of revenues.

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We believe that the inclusion of the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business and useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, non-GAAP financial measures are not a measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered an alternative to any measures of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Other companies may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our net income (loss), adjusted to exclude:

 

Ø   Net interest expense, primarily associated with notes payable under the VPC Facility used to fund our loans;

 

Ø   Foreign currency gains and losses associated with our UK operations;

 

Ø   Depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets and intangible assets;

 

Ø   Adjustments to contingent considerations payable related to companies previously acquired prior to the Spin-Off;

 

Ø   Miscellaneous gains and losses associated with the sale of assets on discontinued operations; and

 

Ø   Income taxes.

Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful supplemental measure in analyzing the operating performance of the business and provides greater transparency into the results of operations of our core business.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

Ø   Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expected cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

Ø   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

Ø   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest associated with notes payable used for funding our customer loans, for other corporate purposes or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2015     2014    

2016

   

2015

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625   $ (17,951   $ (20,155

Adjustments:

      

Net interest expense

     36,674        12,939        44,798        24,205   

Foreign currency transaction losses

     2,385        1,408        6,274        1,240   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898        8,317        8,283        6,476   

Non-operating income

     (5,523                   (5,531

Gain on discontinued operations

            (135              

Income tax benefit

     (4,658     (20,710     (2,587     (3,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 17,865      $ (52,806     $ 38,817      $ 2,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow, or “FCF,” represents our net cash provided by operating activities, adjusted to include:

 

Ø   Net charge-offs – combined principal loans; and

 

Ø   Capital expenditures.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to FCF for each of the periods indicated:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2015     2014    

2016

   

2015

 

Net cash provided by operating activities(1)

   $ 128,432      $ 55,648      $ 174,964      $ 78,495   

Adjustments:

        

Net charge-offs – combined principal loans

     (150,091     (93,732     (148,156     (99,333

Capital expenditures

     (9,272     (9,274     (5,809     (5,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FCF

   $ (30,931   $ (47,358   $ 20,999      $ (26,557
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Net cash provided by operating activities includes net charge-offs – combined finance charges.

Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses

We break out our total provision for loan losses into two separate items—first, the amount related to net charge-offs, and second, the additional provision for loan losses needed to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate amount at the end of each month based on our loan loss provision methodology. We believe this presentation provides more detail related to the components of our total provision for loan losses when analyzing the gross margin of our business.

Net charge-offs .    Net charge-offs comprise gross charge-offs offset by recoveries on prior charge-offs. Gross charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud. Any payments received on loans that have been charged off are recorded as recoveries and reduce the amount of gross charge-offs.

Additional provision for loan losses .    Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology.

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
     For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2015      2014     

2016

    

2015

 

Net charge-offs

   $ 214,795       $ 138,559       $ 203,288       $ 143,161   

Additional provision for loan losses

     17,855         32,349         14,217         17,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     232,650       $ 170,908       $ 217,505       $ 161,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Combined loan information

The information presented in the tables below on a combined basis are non-GAAP measures based on a combined portfolio of loans, which includes the total amount of outstanding loans receivable that we own and that are on our balance sheet plus outstanding loans receivable originated and owned by third parties that we guarantee pursuant to CSO programs in which we participate. See “—Basis of Presentation and Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance and liability for estimated losses on consumer loans” and “—Basis of Presentation and Critical Accounting Policies—Liability for estimated losses on credit service organization loans.”

We believe these non-GAAP measures provide investors with important information needed to evaluate the magnitude of potential loan losses and the opportunity for revenue performance of the combined loan portfolio on an aggregate basis. We also believe that the comparison of the combined amounts from period to period is more meaningful than comparing only the amounts reflected on our balance sheet since both revenues and cost of sales as reflected in our financial statements are impacted by the aggregate amount of loans we own and those CSO loans we guarantee.

Our use of total combined loans and fees receivable has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

Ø   Rise CSO loans are originated and owned by a third party lender; and

 

Ø   Rise CSO loans are funded by a third party lender and are not part of the VPC Facility.

As of each of the period ends indicated, the following table presents a reconciliation of:

 

Ø   Loans receivable, net, Company owned (which reconciles to our consolidated balance sheets included elsewhere in this prospectus);

 

Ø   Loans receivable, net, guaranteed by the Company (as disclosed in Note 1 of our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus);

 

Ø   Combined loans receivable (which we use as a non-GAAP measure); and

 

Ø   Combined loan loss reserve (which we use as a non-GAAP measure).

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

    2014     2015     2016  
(dollars in thousands)   December 31     March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31     March 31     June 30     September 30  

Company Owned Loans:

               

Loans receivable – principal, current, company owned

  $ 148,210      $ 131,238      $ 182,007      $ 232,445      $ 271,415      $ 254,607      $ 293,375      $ 349,989   

Loans receivable – principal, past due, company owned

    28,564        23,285        26,250        39,317        40,695        35,407        42,659        60,417   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – principal, total, company owned

    176,774        154,523        208,257        271,762        312,110        290,014        336,034        410,406   

Loans receivable – finance charges, company owned

    15,963        11,925        13,830        18,932        21,869        19,045        20,093        22,745   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – company owned

    192,737        166,448        222,087        290,694        333,979        309,059        356,127        433,151   

Allowance for loan losses on loans receivable, company owned

    (44,914     (38,747     (49,307     (60,409     (59,771     (51,296     (54,873     (73,019
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net, company owned

  $ 147,823      $ 127,701      $ 172,780      $ 230,285      $ 274,208      $ 257,763      $ 301,254      $ 360,132   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Third Party Loans Guaranteed by the Company:

               

Loans receivable – principal, current, guaranteed by company

  $ 23,145      $ 20,555      $ 23,769      $ 29,193      $ 40,696      $ 28,556      $ 35,582      $ 36,819   

Loans receivable – principal, past due, guaranteed by company

    1,741        1,580        2,230        3,131        3,263        2,112        2,077        1,034   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – principal, total, guaranteed by company(1)

    24,886        22,135        25,999        32,324        43,959        30,668        37,659        37,853   

Loans receivable – finance charges, guaranteed by company(2)

    75        30        110        147        128        1,541        1,626        3,129   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – guaranteed by company

    24,961        22,165        26,109        32,471        44,087        32,209        39,285        40,982   

Liability for losses on loans receivable, guaranteed by company

    (3,577     (2,971     (4,783     (5,602     (6,013     (4,296     (7,124     (5,866
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net, guaranteed by company(3)

  $ 21,384      $ 19,194      $ 21,326      $ 26,869      $ 38,074      $ 27,913      $ 32,161      $ 35,116   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Loans Receivable(3):

               

Combined loans receivable – principal, current

  $ 171,355      $ 151,793      $ 205,776      $ 261,638      $ 312,111      $ 283,163      $ 328,957      $ 386,808   

Combined loans receivable – principal, past due

    30,305        24,865        28,480        42,448        43,958        37,519        44,736        61,451   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable – principal

    201,660        176,658        234,256        304,086        356,069        320,682        373,693        448,259   

Combined loans receivable – finance charges

    16,038        11,955        13,940        19,079        21,997        20,586        21,719        25,874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable

  $ 217,698      $ 188,613      $ 248,196      $ 323,165      $ 378,066      $ 341,268      $ 395,412      $ 474,133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Loan Loss Reserve(3):

               

Allowance for loan losses on loans receivable, company owned

  $ (44,914   $ (38,747   $ (49,307   $ (60,409   $ (59,771   $ (51,296   $ (54,873   $ (73,019

Liability for losses on loans receivable, guaranteed by company

    (3,577     (2,971     (4,783     (5,602     (6,013     (4,296     (7,124     (5,866
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve

  $ (48,491   $ (41,718   $ (54,090   $ (66,011   $ (65,784   $ (55,592   $ (61,997   $ (78,885
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable – principal, past due(3)

  $ 30,305      $ 24,865      $ 28,480      $ 42,448      $ 43,958      $ 37,519      $ 44,736      $ 61,451   

Combined loans receivable – principal(3)

    201,660        176,658        234,256        304,086        356,069        320,682        373,693        448,259   

Percentage past due

    15     14     12     14     12     12     12     14

Combined loan loss reserve(3)

  $ (48,491   $ (41,718   $ (54,090   $ (66,011   $ (65,784   $ (55,592   $ (61,997   $ (78,885

Combined loans receivable(3)

    217,698        188,613        248,196        323,165        378,066        341,268        395,412        474,133   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(3)(4)

    22     22     22     20     17     16     16     17

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans receivable – company owned

    23     23     22     21     18     17     15     17

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

(1)   Represents loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(2)   Represents finance charges earned by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(3)   Non-GAAP measure.
(4)   Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable is determined using period-end balances.

COMPONENTS OF OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenues

Our revenues are composed of finance charges, CSO acquisition fees and non-sufficient funds fees on Rise installment loans (which were discontinued in the fourth quarter of 2015), finance charges on Sunny installment loans, cash advance fees attributable to the participation in Elastic lines of credit that we consolidate and marketing and licensing fees received from the third-party lender related to the Elastic product. See “—Overview” above for further information on the structure of Elastic.

Cost of sales

Provision for loan losses .    Provision for loan losses consists of amounts charged against income during the period related to net charge-offs and the additional provision for loan losses needed to adjust the loan loss reserve to the appropriate amount at the end of each month based on our loan loss methodology.

Direct marketing costs .    Direct marketing costs consist of online marketing costs such as sponsored search and advertising on social networking sites, and other marketing costs such as purchased television and radio air time and direct mail print advertising. In addition, direct marketing cost includes affiliate costs paid to marketers in exchange for referrals of potential customers. All direct marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

Other cost of sales .    Other cost of sales includes data verification costs associated with the underwriting of potential customers and automated clearinghouse, or “ACH,” transaction costs associated with customer loan funding and payments.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, professional services, selling and marketing, occupancy and equipment, depreciation and amortization as well as other miscellaneous expenses. For 2015 and 2016, all operating expenses are based on actual operating expenses incurred by us. From the Spin-Off date (May 1, 2014) through the end of 2014, all operating expenses are based on actual operating expenses incurred by us, as well as on the allocation of expenses pursuant to the shared services agreement with TFI for functional areas such as finance, human resources and information technology. Prior to the Spin-Off, our operating expenses were calculated using assumptions or methodologies where operating expenses could not be directly attributable to either us or TFI. Examples would include allocating compensation and benefits for overhead personnel based on our product’s percentage of revenues to overall consolidated TFI revenues, or allocating rent expense based on a similar methodology. See “—Basis of Presentation and Critical Accounting Policies—Assumptions and significant judgments regarding treatment of amounts affected by the Spin-Off.”

Compensation and benefits .    Salaries and personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation expense, comprise a majority of our operating expenses and these costs are driven by our number of employees.

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Professional services .    These operating expenses include costs associated with legal, accounting and auditing, recruiting and outsourced customer support and collections.

Selling and marketing .    Selling and marketing costs include costs associated with the use of agencies that perform creative services and monitor and measure the performance of the various marketing channels. Selling and marketing costs also include the production costs associated with media advertisements that are expensed as incurred over the licensing or production period. These expenses do not include direct marketing costs incurred to acquire customers, which comprises CAC.

Occupancy and equipment .    Occupancy and equipment includes rent expense on our leased facilities, as well as telephony and web hosting expenses.

Depreciation and amortization .    We capitalize all acquisitions of property and equipment of $500 or greater as well as certain software development costs. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of software development are expensed. Costs incurred thereafter, including external direct costs of materials and services as well as payroll and payroll-related costs, are capitalized. Post-development costs are expensed. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets.

Other income (expense)

Net interest expense .    Net interest expense primarily includes the interest expense associated with the VPC Facility that funds the Rise and Sunny installment loans, and after July 1, 2015, the interest expense associated with the ESPV Facility related to the Elastic lines of credit and related Elastic SPV entity. Net interest expense for 2014 also includes interest expense paid to TFI related to the debt facility with TFI that was completely paid off on December 31, 2014 and terminated on January 1, 2015.

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss) .    We incur foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to activities associated with our UK entity, Elevate Credit International, Ltd., primarily with regard to the VPC Facility used to fund Sunny installment loans.

Non-operating income .    Non-operating income primarily includes gains and losses on adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities related to acquisitions associated with the Elastic product.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Our provision for income taxes prior to, and after, the Spin-Off was determined on a separate return basis as if we were a separate filer (and not part of the TFI consolidated tax return).

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth our combined and consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
Combined and consolidated statements of operations data
(dollars in thousands)
   2015     2014    

2016

   

2015

 

Revenues

   $ 434,006      $ 273,718      $ 411,422      $ 300,306   

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     232,650        170,908        217,505        161,013   

Direct marketing costs

     61,032        60,166        50,201        47,807   

Other cost of sales

     15,197        10,603        12,864        10,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     308,879        241,677        280,570        219,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     125,127        32,041        130,852        80,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Compensation and benefits

     60,568        48,010        50,180        44,529   

Professional services

     25,134        18,662        23,098        17,999   

Selling and marketing

     7,567        7,366        7,810        5,878   

Occupancy and equipment

     9,690        8,043        8,481        7,088   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898        8,317        8,283        6,476   

Other

     4,303        2,766        2,466        2,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     116,160        93,164        100,318        84,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     8,967        (61,123     30,534        (3,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Net interest expense

     (36,674     (12,939     (44,798     (24,205

Foreign currency transaction loss

     (2,385     (1,408     (6,274     (1,240

Non-operating income

     5,523                      5,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (33,536     (14,347     (51,072     (19,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (24,569     (75,470     (20,538     (23,734

Income tax benefit

     (4,658     (20,710     (2,587     (3,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (19,911     (54,760     (17,951     (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

            135                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625   $ (17,951   $ (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
As a percentage of revenues    2015     2014    

2016

   

2015

 

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     54     62     53     54

Direct marketing costs

     14        22        12        16   

Other cost of sales

     3        4        3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     71        88        68        73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29        12        32        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Compensation and benefits

     14        18        12        15   

Professional services

     6        7        6        6   

Selling and marketing

     2        3        2        2   

Occupancy and equipment

     2        3        2        2   

Depreciation and amortization

     2        3        2        2   

Other

     1               1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     27        34        25        28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     2        (22     7        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Net interest expense

     (8     (5     (11     (8

Foreign currency transaction loss

     (1     (1     (1       

Non-operating income

     1                      2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (8     (6     (12     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (6     (28     (5     (8

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1     (8     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (5     (20     (4     (7

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (5 )%      (20 )%      (4 )%      (7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

Revenues

 

     Nine months ended September 30,     Period-to-period change  
     2016     2015    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage  

Finance charges

   $ 410,232         100   $ 298,958         100   $ 111,274        37

Other

     1,190             1,348             (158     (12 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

   $ 411,422         100   $ 300,306         100   $ 111,116        37
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $111.1 million, or 37%, from $300.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $411.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This growth in revenues was primarily attributable to increased finance charges driven by growth in our average loan

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

balances, partially offset by a decrease in our overall APR, as illustrated in the tables below. Over time, we expect our average customer loan balance to continue to increase and the related overall effective APR of our loan portfolio to decrease as our loan portfolio continues to grow and mature with more existing and repeat customers who pay lower interest rates over time.

The below tables break out this change in finance charges (including CSO acquisition fees and cash advance fees) by product:

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2016  
(dollars in thousands)   

US
Installment(1)

   

US Line
of

Credit

   

Total
Domestic

   

UK

   

Total

 

Average combined loans receivable – principal(2)

   $ 233,943      $ 94,561      $ 328,504      $ 39,800      $ 368,304   

Average effective APR

     158     89     138     236     149

Finance charges

   $ 277,021      $ 62,862      $ 339,883      $ 70,349      $ 410,232   

Other

     179        1,010        1,189        1        1,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 277,200      $ 63,872        341,072      $ 70,350      $ 411,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)   

US
Installment(1)

   

US Line
of

Credit

   

Total
Domestic

   

UK

   

Total

 

Average combined loans receivable – principal(2)

   $ 177,174      $ 15,041      $ 192,215      $ 29,212      $ 221,427   

Average effective APR

     176     88     169     255     181

Finance charges

   $ 233,313      $ 9,901      $ 243,214      $ 55,744      $ 298,958   

Other

     927        418        1,345        3        1,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 234,240      $ 10,319      $ 244,559      $ 55,747      $ 300,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(2)   Average combined loans receivable – principal is calculated using daily principal balances.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, our average combined loans receivable – principal increased $146.9 million compared to the prior year period as we continued to market our Rise, Sunny and Elastic products in the US and UK. As a result of the increased average combined loans receivable – principal, finance charges increased $111.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the comparable prior period. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in our average APR, as the Rise and Sunny installment loan portfolios continue to mature and existing customers continue to receive lower rates on subsequent loans. We expect this trend of increasing combined loans receivable – principal year-over-year and lower average APR to continue.

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Cost of sales

 

     Nine months ended September 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2016     2015    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount      Percentage  

Cost of sales:

               

Provision for loan losses

   $ 217,505         53   $ 161,013         54   $ 56,492         35

Direct marketing costs

     50,201         12        47,807         16        2,394         5   

Other cost of sales

     12,864         3        10,694         3        2,170         20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

   $ 280,570         68   $ 219,514         73   $ 61,056         28
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses .    Provision for loan losses increased by $56.5 million, or 35%, from $161.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $217.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 primarily due to a $60.1 million increase in net charge-offs primarily resulting from an increase in the overall loan portfolio.

The tables below break out these changes by loan product:

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2016  
(dollars in thousands)   

US

Installment(1)

   

US Line of

credit(2)

   

Total

Domestic

   

UK(3)

   

Total

 

Combined loan loss reserve(4):

          

Beginning balance

   $ 46,635      $ 10,016      $ 56,651      $ 9,133      $ 65,784   

Net charge-offs

     (147,458     (29,577     (177,035     (26,253     (203,288

Provision for loan losses

     154,739        36,213        190,952        26,553        217,505   

Effect of foreign currency

                          (1,116     (1,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 53,916      $ 16,652      $ 70,568      $ 8,317      $ 78,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable(4)(5)

   $ 287,452      $ 142,943      $ 430,395      $ 43,738      $ 474,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     19     12     16     19     17

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     53     46     52     37     49

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     56     57     56     38     53

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)   

US
Installment(1)

   

US Line of
credit(2)

   

Total
Domestic

    UK(3)     Total  

Combined loan loss reserve(4):

          

Beginning balance

   $ 39,309      $ 38      $ 39,347      $ 9,144      $ 48,491   

Net charge-offs

     (126,023     (2,164     (128,187     (14,975     (143,162

Provision for loan losses

     134,701        10,644        145,345        15,668        161,013   

Effect of foreign currency

                          (331     (331
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 47,987      $ 8,518      $ 56,505      $ 9,506      $ 66,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable(4)(5)

   $ 227,125      $ 56,438      $ 283,563      $ 39,602      $ 323,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     21     15     20     24     20

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     54     21     52     27     48

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     58     103     59     28     54

 

(1)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Rise for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.
(2)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Elastic for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.
(3)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Sunny for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.
(4)   Not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.

Net charge-offs increased $60.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015, primarily due to loan growth in all three products during 2015. Despite the large increase in absolute dollar amounts, overall net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was 49%, a slight increase from 48% for the comparable period in 2015 and approximates our 50% expectation as discussed in “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality” above.

Direct marketing costs.     Direct marketing costs remained relatively consistent, increasing by $2.4 million, or 5%, from $47.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $50.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the number of new customers acquired increased to 207,281 compared to 176,825 during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The resulting CAC decreased $28, or 10%, dropping to $242, from $270 in the prior year period due to the strong growth in the Elastic product, which generally has a lower CAC as compared to Rise and Sunny. Our targeted CAC is between $250 and $300 per customer on a consolidated basis.

Other cost of sales .    Other cost of sales increased by $2.2 million, or 20%, from $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $12.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 due to increased data verification, ACH transactions and other costs associated with growth in our loan portfolio.

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Operating expenses

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
    2016     2015    
(dollars in thousands)   Amount    

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount    

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount     Percentage  

Operating expenses:

           

Compensation and benefits

  $ 50,180        12   $ 44,529        15   $ 5,651        13

Professional services

    23,098        6     17,999        6     5,099        28

Selling and marketing

    7,810        2     5,878        2     1,932        33

Occupancy and equipment

    8,481        2     7,088        2     1,393        20

Depreciation and amortization

    8,283        2     6,476        2     1,807        28

Other

    2,466        1     2,642        1     (176     (7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 100,318        25   $ 84,612        28   $ 15,706        19
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits.     Compensation and benefits increased by $5.7 million, or 13%, from $44.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $50.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 primarily due to an increase in the number of employees as we continue to scale our business.

Professional services.     Professional services increased by $5.1 million, or 28%, from $18.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $23.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 due to increased other outside services costs associated with our outsourced customer and collection services costs and recruiting costs due to the growth in our overall loan portfolio and business.

Selling and marketing .    Selling and marketing expense increased by $1.9 million, or 33%, from $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $7.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to increased costs associated with new television creatives for the Sunny product.

Occupancy and equipment.     Occupancy and equipment increased by $1.4 million, or 20%, from $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $8.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 primarily due to increased licenses and rent expense needed to support an increased number of employees as we continue to scale our business.

Depreciation and amortization.     Depreciation and amortization increased by $1.8 million, or 28%, from $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 due primarily to increases in equipment and internally-developed software projects placed into service during 2015.

Other expenses .      Changes in other expenses were not significant.

Net interest expense

 

     Nine months ended September 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2016     2015    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount      Percentage  

Net interest expense

   $ 44,798         11   $ 24,205         8   $ 20,593         85

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net interest expense increased $20.6 million, or 85%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 versus the nine months ended September 30, 2015 as we expanded the debt facility with our third party lender, VPC, to continue to fund Rise and Sunny loan growth, as well as working capital for general corporate purposes. In addition, in July 2015 Elastic SPV entered into an agreement with VPC to obtain financing in order to purchase loan participations from the bank partner for Elastic line of credit loans. At September 30, 2015, we had $297.3 million in notes payable outstanding under these debt facilities, which increased to $452.3 million at September 30, 2016. The interest rates on our outstanding notes vary from 13.26% to 18.85%. As discussed in the “Use of proceeds” section, substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay a portion of the outstanding amount of debt under the VPC Facility, thus reducing future net interest expense.

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we realized a $6.3 million loss in foreign currency remeasurement primarily related to the debt facility that our UK entity, Elevate Credit International, Ltd., has with a third party lender, VPC, which is denominated in US dollars. The foreign currency remeasurement gain for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $1.2 million. Additionally, we expect that upon completion of our initial public offering as contemplated by this prospectus, we will use a portion of the proceeds to pay down the UK term note under the VPC Facility.

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

     Nine months ended September 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2016     2015    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount    

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount    

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount      Percentage  

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (2,587     (1 )%    $ (3,579     (1 )%    $ 992         (28 )% 

Our income tax benefit decreased $1.0 million or 28%, from $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to an income tax benefit of $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Our US effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 were 30% and 28%, respectively. Our US effective tax rates are different from the standard corporate federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to our corporate state tax obligations in the states where we have lending activities, our permanent non-deductible items and timing differences associated with temporary differences between our book and tax income. Our UK operations have generated net operating losses which have a full valuation allowance provided due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realizability of this asset. Therefore, no UK tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.

Net loss

 

     Nine months ended September 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2016     2015    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount     

Percentage of

revenues

    Amount     Percentage  

Net loss

   $ 17,951         4   $ 20,155         7   $ (2,204     (11 )% 

Our net loss decreased $2.2 million, or 11%, from $20.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $18.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This decrease was

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

due to an increase in gross profit that resulted from an increase in our loan portfolio, partially offset by increases in operating expenses and net interest expense as discussed above.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Revenues

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Finance charges

   $ 432,385         100   $ 272,275         99   $ 160,110         59

Other

     1,621                1,443         1        178         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues

   $ 434,006         100   $ 273,718         100   $ 160,288         59
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $160.3 million, or 59%, from $273.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $434.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This growth in revenues was primarily attributable to increased finance charges driven by growth in our average loan balances, partially offset by a decrease in our overall APR, as illustrated in the tables below. Over time, we expect our average customer loan balance to continue to increase and the related overall effective APR of our loan portfolio to decrease as our loan portfolio continues to grow and mature with more existing and repeat customers who pay lower interest rates over time.

The below tables break out this change in finance charges (including CSO acquisition fees and cash advance fees) by product:

 

    Year ended December 31, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)  

US Installment

(1)

    US Line of
Credit
    Total
Domestic
    UK     Total  

Average combined loans receivable – principal(2)

  $ 190,950      $ 27,158      $ 218,108      $ 31,950      $ 250,058   

Effective APR

    172     87     161     252     173

Finance charges

  $ 328,213      $ 23,681      $ 351,894      $ 80,491      $ 432,385   

Other

    929        688        1,617        4        1,621   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 329,142      $ 24,369      $ 353,511      $ 80,495      $ 434,006   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Year ended December 31, 2014  
(dollars in thousands)   US Installment
(1)
    US Line of
Credit
    Total
Domestic
    UK     Total  

Average combined loans receivable – principal(2)

  $ 112,976      $          70      $ 113,046      $ 21,445      $ 134,491   

Effective APR

    182     106     182     312     202

Finance charges

  $ 205,205      $ 74      $ 205,279      $ 66,996      $ 272,275   

Other

    1,348        26        1,374        69        1,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 206,553      $ 100      $ 206,653      $ 67,065      $ 273,718   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(2)   Average combined loans receivable – principal is calculated using daily principal balances.

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our average combined loans receivable – principal increased $115.6 million as we continued to market our Rise, Sunny and Elastic products in the US and UK. As a result of the increased average combined loans receivable – principal, finance charges increased $160.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a year earlier. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in our average APR, in particular for Sunny. Effective January 1, 2015, Sunny was required under the new UK regulations to have a lower APR in order to comply with a 24% monthly rate cap. Our prior monthly APR for Sunny had a maximum monthly rate of 29%. This new rate cap, combined with our existing Sunny UK customers continuing to receive lower rates, resulted in the overall annual APR of that product dropping to 252% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 312% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Along with the new rate cap, the APR of Sunny may further decrease over time as the portfolio matures and more existing customers receive lower rates on their loans, including the new Sunny Plus, one of our Sunny sub-brands, that has a monthly rate of only 10.5%.

Cost of sales

 

    Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
    2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage  

Cost of sales:

 

Provision for loan losses

  $ 232,650        54   $ 170,908        62   $ 61,742        36

Direct marketing costs

    61,032        14        60,166        22        866        1   

Other cost of sales

    15,197        4        10,603        4        4,594        43   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

  $ 308,879        71   $ 241,677        88   $ 67,202        28
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses .    Provision for loan losses increased by $61.7 million, or 36%, from $170.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $232.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to an increase in the overall loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses increase reflected a $76.2 million increase in net charge-offs partially offset by a $14.5 million decrease in additional loss provisions.

The tables below break out these changes by loan product:

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Year ended
December 31, 2015
 
  

US

Installment(1)

    US Line
of
credit(2)
   

Total

domestic

    UK(3)     Total  

Combined loan loss reserve(4):

          

Beginning balance

   $ 39,311      $ 38      $ 39,349      $ 9,142      $ 48,491   

Net charge-offs

     (179,527     (9,844     (189,371     (25,424     (214,795

Provision for loan losses

     186,851        19,822        206,673        25,977        232,650   

Effect of foreign currency

                          (562     (562
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 46,635      $ 10,016      $ 56,651      $ 9,133      $ 65,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined loans receivable(4)(5)

   $ 259,825      $ 76,031      $ 335,856      $ 42,210      $ 378,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     18     13     17     22     17

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     55     40     54     32     49

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     57     81     58     32     54

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)    Year ended
December 31, 2014
 
  

US

Installment(1)

    US Line
of
credit(2)
   

Total

domestic

    UK(3)     Total  

Combined loan loss reserve(4):

          

Beginning balance

   $ 12,657      $      $ 12,657      $ 4,169      $ 16,826   

Net charge-offs

     (112,085     (44     (112,129     (26,430     (138,559

Provision for loan losses

     138,739        82        138,821        32,087        170,908   

Effect of foreign currency

                          (684     (684
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 39,311      $ 38      $ 39,349      $ 9,142      $ 48,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined loans receivable(4)(5)

   $ 186,280      $ 184      $ 186,464      $ 31,234      $ 217,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     21     21     21     29     22

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     54     44     54     39     51

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     67     82     67     48     62

 

(1)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Rise for the year ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Elastic for the year ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Sunny for the year ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(4)   Not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.

Net charge-offs increased $76.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 versus the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase in Rise net charge-offs associated with growth in the Rise loan portfolio during the year. Despite the large increase in absolute dollar amounts, overall net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 49%, a decrease from 51% for the comparable period in 2014 and slightly lower than our 50% expectation as discussed in “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality” above.

Additional provision for loan losses decreased $14.5 million as the combined loan loss reserve increased $17.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to a $31.7 million increase in the year ended December 31, 2014. This relatively smaller increase in the loan loss reserve was due to both an improvement in credit quality and the Rise portfolio growing slower during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of total combined loans receivable was 17% as of December 31, 2015, a decrease compared to 22% as of December 31, 2014.

Direct marketing costs .    Direct marketing costs increased by $0.9 million, or 1%, from $60.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $61.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 driven by an increase in the number of new customers acquired. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the number of new customers acquired increased to 238,238 compared to 202,656 during the year ended December 31, 2014. Despite the increase in direct marketing costs, CAC decreased $41, dropping to $256, from $297 a year earlier. Our targeted CAC is between $250 and $300 per customer on a consolidated basis.

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Other cost of sales .    Other cost of sales increased by $4.6 million, or 43%, from $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to increased data verification, ACH transactions and other costs associated with growth in our loan portfolio.

Operating expenses

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Operating expenses:

  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 60,568         14   $ 48,010         18   $ 12,558         26

Professional services

     25,134         6        18,662         7        6,472         35   

Selling and marketing

     7,567         2        7,366         3        201         3   

Occupancy and equipment

     9,690         2        8,043         3        1,647         20   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898         2        8,317         3        581         7   

Other

     4,303         1        2,766                1,537         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 116,160         27   $ 93,164         34   $ 22,996         25
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits .    Compensation and benefits increased by $12.6 million, or 26%, from $48.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $60.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to an increase in the number of employees as we continue to scale our business.

Professional services .    Professional services increased by $6.5 million, or 35%, from $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to increased audit and tax services associated with the carve-out audits, increased costs from customer service support costs due to the growth in the overall loan portfolio and an increase in contractor expense to accelerate key development projects.

Selling and marketing .    Changes in selling and marketing were not significant.

Occupancy and equipment .     Occupancy and equipment increased by $1.6 million, or 20%, from $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to increased licenses and rent expense needed to support an increased number of employees as we continue to scale our business.

Depreciation and amortization .    Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.6 million, or 7%, from $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to increases in equipment and internally-developed software projects placed into service during 2015.

Other expenses .    Other expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 56%, from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to higher headcount resulting in increased travel related expenses and other taxes.

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net interest expense

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Net interest expense

   $ 36,674         8   $ 12,939         5   $ 23,735         183

Net interest expense increased $23.7 million, or 183%, during the year ended December 31, 2015 versus the year ended December 31, 2014 as we expanded the debt facility with our third party lender, VPC, in August 2014 to fund Rise and Sunny, as well as working capital for general corporate purposes. In addition, in July 2015 Elastic SPV entered into an agreement with VPC to obtain financing in order to purchase loan participations from the bank partner for Elastic line of credit loans. At December 31, 2014, we had $174.8 million in notes payable outstanding under these debt facilities, which increased to $339.8 million at December 31, 2015. The interest rates on these notes vary from 13% to 18%. Prior to establishing these debt facilities we funded all of our loans to customers out of our existing cash flows. During 2014, after the Spin-Off, we also borrowed funds from TFI for general corporate purposes under the credit facility provided as part of the Spin-Off. The maximum amount we borrowed under the debt facility was $24.8 million and we repaid the outstanding balance on the facility in full as of December 31, 2014 and terminated the debt facility on January 1, 2015. The interest rate on that debt facility was 8%. As discussed in the “Use of proceeds” section, substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay a portion of the outstanding amount of debt under the VPC Facility, thus reducing future net interest expense.

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we realized $2.4 million in foreign currency remeasurement losses, primarily related to the debt facility our UK entity, Elevate Credit International, Ltd., has with a third party lender, VPC, which is denominated in US dollars. This debt facility for our UK entity was not put in place until August 15, 2014, and was not drawn down until October 2014. The remeasurement loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.4 million. Additionally, we expect that upon completion of our initial public offering as contemplated by this prospectus, we will use a portion of the proceeds to pay down the $42.3 million outstanding under the UK term note under the VPC Facility.

Non-operating Income

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we realized non-operating income of $5.5 million. We had no non-operating income during the year ended December 31, 2014. In June 2015, we entered into a consulting agreement with a related party whereby the related party agreed to release our $5.5 million contingent consideration payable to them, and, in exchange, we agreed to pay the related party a $300 thousand annual fee for the next five years for consulting services. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Transactions with RLJ Financial LLC.”

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (4,658     (1 )%    $ (20,710     (8 )%    $ 16,052         78

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Our income tax benefit decreased $16.1 million, or 78%, from $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our US effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 32% and 38%, respectively. Our US effective tax rates are different from the standard corporate federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to our corporate state tax obligations in the states where we have lending activities and our permanent non-deductible items. Our UK operations have generated net operating losses which have a full valuation allowance provided due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realizability of this asset. Therefore, no UK tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Discontinued operations

We realized a small gain of $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 on our discontinued operations (i.e., our prior rent-to-own product) that we ceased offering in 2014.

Net loss

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage  

Net loss

   $ 19,911         5   $ 54,625         20   $ (34,714     (64 )% 

Our net loss decreased $34.7 million, or 64%, from $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was due to an increase in gross profit that resulted from an increase in our loan portfolio, partially offset by increases in operating expenses and net interest expense as discussed above.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We principally rely on our working capital and our credit facility with VPC to fund the loans we make to our customers.

Debt facilities

VPC Facility

We use our working capital and our credit facility with VPC to fund the loans we make to our customers. Prior to January 2014, we funded all of our loans to customers out of our existing cash flows. On January 30, 2014, we entered into the VPC Facility in order to fund our Rise and Sunny products and provide working capital. Since originally entering into the VPC Facility, it has been amended several times to increase the maximum total borrowing amount available. On August 15, 2014, the original amount of $250 million was increased to $315 million, on May 20, 2015, to $335 million, on February 11, 2016, to $345 million and, on June 30, 2016, to $395 million.

The VPC Facility provided the following term notes as of September 30, 2016:

 

Ø   US Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 15% for the outstanding balance up to $75 million, 14% for the outstanding balance greater than $75 million and up to $150 million, and 13% for the outstanding balance greater than $150 million used to fund the Rise loan portfolio.

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

Ø   UK Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 16% used to fund the Sunny loan portfolio.

 

Ø   ELCS Sub-debt Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $45 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 18% used to fund working capital.

 

Ø   4th Tranche Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $25 million bearing interest at the greater of 18% or a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate, with a 1% floor) plus 17% used to fund working capital.

 

Ø   Convertible Term Notes with a maximum borrowing amount of $25 million bearing interest at the greater of 10% or a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate, with a 1% floor) plus 9%. The convertible term notes have a maximum borrowing amount of $25 million. The Company was required to draw-down the maximum borrowing amount of $25 million prior to January 5, 2017. The Company made an initial draw in October 2016 of $10 million and a subsequent draw in January 2017 of $15 million, bringing the total amount drawn-down on the convertible term notes to $25 million.

There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the VPC Facility maturity date of January 30, 2018. The convertible term notes are due and payable on January 30, 2018 to the extent that VPC has not previously converted such outstanding balance into shares of our common stock. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.” On January 30, 2018, if any outstanding amount under the convertible term notes is repaid in cash, we will be required to pay a premium to VPC, up to $5 million, based on the aggregate amount of the convertible term notes that is repaid in cash in relation to the amount of debt outstanding under the convertible term notes on January 30, 2018.

All of our assets are pledged as collateral to secure the VPC Facility. The agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a maximum loan to value ratio of between 0.75 and 0.85 (which was temporarily amended to be 0.90 for the December 31, 2015 testing date only), depending on the actual charge-off rate as of the relevant measurement date, a maximum principal charge-off rate of not greater than 20%, determined by the product of the ratio of principal balances charged-off or past due to principal balances due for the current, 1-30 and 31-60 delinquency status periods determined as of the month of charge-off and the preceding two month period, and a maximum first payment default rate of not greater than 20% for any month and not greater than 17.5% for any two months during any three month period. Additionally, our corporate cash balance must exceed $5 million at all times, and the book value of the equity must exceed $10 million as of the last day of any calendar month. We were in compliance with all covenants as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Our VPC Facility contains certain financial covenants that require, among other things, maintenance of minimum amounts and ratios of working capital; minimum amounts of tangible net worth; maximum ratio of indebtedness; and maximum ratios of charge-offs. The minimum amount of tangible net worth covenant was not met for each of the two months ended November 30, 2016 and VPC waived each instance of such noncompliance. Additionally, in January 2017, we entered into an amendment to the VPC Facility that lowered the minimum amount of tangible net worth covenant only for the month of December 2016, which allowed us to be in compliance for the month of December 2016, and extended the required draw-down date of the $15 million remaining undrawn principal on the convertible term notes from December 2016 to January 2017.

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

ESPV Facility

Elastic funding

The Elastic line of credit product is originated by a third-party lender, Republic Bank, which initially provides all of the funding for that product. Republic Bank retains 10% of the balances of all loans originated and sells a 90% loan participation in the Elastic lines of credit. We purchased such loan participations ourselves through June 30, 2015. As detailed below, beginning July 1, 2015, such participations are being sold to Elastic SPV.

Elastic SPV structure

As of July 1, 2015, loan participations are sold by Republic Bank to Elastic SPV. We do not own Elastic SPV, but effective July 1, 2015 we entered into a credit default protection agreement with Elastic SPV whereby we agreed to provide credit protection to the investors in Elastic SPV against Elastic loan losses in return for a credit premium. Per the terms of the agreement, under GAAP, the Company qualifies as the primary beneficiary of Elastic SPV, and we are required to consolidate the financial results of Elastic SPV as a variable interest entity in our combined financial results. Accordingly, the presentation of this structure will not differ from the presentation of the previous structure reflected in our financial statements, as we continue to earn revenues and incur losses on 90% of the Elastic lines of credit originated by Republic Bank that are sold to Elastic SPV.

Elastic SPV receives its funding from VPC in a separate financing facility, the “ESPV Facility,” which was finalized on July 13, 2015. The ESPV Facility provides for a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the greater of the 3-month LIBOR rate or 1% per annum) plus 13% for the outstanding balance up to $50 million. To continue to fund Elastic growth, as of October 21, 2015, the maximum borrowing amount was expanded to $100 million at a base rate plus 12% for any outstanding balance greater than $50 million. On July 14, 2016, the ESPV Facility was further amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $150 million. Interest is charged at a base rate (defined as the greater of the 3-month LIBOR rate or 1% per annum) plus 13% for the outstanding balance up to $50 million, 12% for the outstanding balance greater than $50 million, and 13.5% for the outstanding balance greater than $100 million. As of September 30, 2016, the base rate of the ESPV Facility was 1% per annum for the outstanding balance up to $100 million. There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the credit facility maturity date of July 1, 2019. All of our assets are pledged as collateral to secure the ESPV Facility. The agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a maximum loan to value ratio of between 0.75 and 0.85, depending on the actual charge off rate as of the relevant measurement date, a maximum principal charge-off rate of not greater than 20%, determined by the product of the ratio of principal balances charged-off or past due to principal balances due for the current, 1-30 and 31-60 delinquency status periods determined as of the month of charge-off and the preceding two month period, and a maximum first payment default rate of not greater than 15% for any one calendar month and for two months during any three month period. We were in compliance with all covenants as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Outstanding Notes Payable

The outstanding balance of notes payable as of September 30, 2016 is as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)        

US Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 13-15%

   $ 213,000   

UK Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 16%

     47,800   

ELCS Sub-debt Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 18%

     45,000   

4th Tranche Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 17%

     25,000   

Convertible Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 9%

       

ESPV Term Note bearing interest at 1% per annum + 12-13.5%

     121,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 452,300   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, loans (net of allowance for loan losses), and cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, loans receivable, net and cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the nine months
ended September 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2016     2015  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,050      $ 29,519      $ 53,499      $ 33,106   

Loans receivable, net

     274,208        147,823        360,132        230,285   

Cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

     128,432        55,648        174,964        78,495   

Investing activities

     (290,323     (226,982     (260,835     (194,992

Financing activities

     161,856        197,732        111,086        120,378   

Our cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2016 were held primarily for working capital purposes. We may, from time to time, use excess cash and cash equivalents to fund our lending activities. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate working capital requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our excess cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

Net cash provided by operating activities

We generated $128.4 million and $55.6 million in cash from our operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which increased primarily due to the impact of higher revenues derived from our loan portfolio as revenues increased $160.3 million, or 59%, for the same periods. We generated $175.0 million in cash from our operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, primarily from revenues derived from our loan portfolio. This was up $96.5 million from the $78.5 million of cash provided by operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was the result of the growth in our loan portfolio in 2016 which drove a $111.1 million increase in our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the same prior year period.

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, cash used in investing activities was $290.3 million and $227.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, cash used in investing activities totaled $260.8 million and $195.0 million respectively. The following table summarizes cash provided by (used in) investing activities for the periods indicated:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)      2015      2014            2016                  2015        

Cash used in investing activities

             

Net loans issued to consumers, less repayments

     $ (286,389    $ (213,720      (253,039      (195,081

Participation premium paid

       (1,019              (2,191      (506

Purchases of fixed assets

       (9,272      (9,274      (5,809      (5,719

Change in restricted cash

       6,357         (3,882      204         6,314   

Other activities

               (106                
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ (290,323    $ (226,982    $ (260,835    $ (194,992
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, cash used in investing activities was $65.8 million higher than for the comparable 2015 period, primarily due to an increase in net loans issued to consumers.

Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash flows from financing activities primarily include cash received from issuing notes payable and related repayments of those notes payable, and contributions from TFI prior to the Spin-Off. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $161.9 million and $197.7 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $111.1 million and $120.4 million, respectively. The following table summarizes cash provided by (used in) financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)      2015      2014      2016      2015  

Cash provided by financing activities

             

Proceeds less repayment of notes payable

     $ 165,000       $ 174,800       $ 112,500       $ 122,500   

Contribution from TFI

               24,032                   

Other activities

       (3,144      (1,100      (1,414      (2,122
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 161,856       $ 197,732       $ 111,086       $ 120,378   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease in cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 versus the comparable period of 2015 was due to decreased borrowings in 2016.

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Free Cash Flow

In addition to the above, we also review FCF when analyzing our cash flows from operations. We calculate free cash flow as cash flows from operating activities, adjusted for the principal loan net charge-offs and capital expenditures incurred during the period. While this is a non-GAAP measure, we believe it provides a useful presentation of cash flows derived from our core operating activities.

 

       Year ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
(dollars in thousands)            2015                  2014                  2016                  2015        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     $ 128,432       $ 55,648       $ 174,964       $ 78,495   

Adjustments:

             

Net charge-offs – combined principal loans

       (150,091      (93,732      (148,156      (99,333

Capital expenditures

       (9,272      (9,274      (5,809      (5,719
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FCF

     $ (30,931    $ (47,358    $ 20,999       $ (26,557
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our FCF was a positive $21.0 million for the first nine months of 2016 compared to a negative $26.6 million for the comparable prior year period. The increase in our FCF was the result of the continued scaling of our business.

Operating and capital expenditure requirements

We believe that our existing cash balances, together with the available borrowing capacity under our VPC Facility and ESPV Facility, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash operating expense and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next 12 months. We intend to further diversify our funding sources. If our loan growth exceeds our expectations, our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering may be insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, and we may seek additional equity or debt financing. This additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our debt facilities and operating lease obligations. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

     Payment due by period  
(dollars in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 339,800       $       $ 274,300       $ 65,500       $   

Capital lease obligations

     271         250         21                   

Operating lease obligations

     4,192         2,661         1,457         74           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 344,263       $ 2,911       $ 275,778       $ 65,574       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We provide services in connection with installment loans originated by independent third-party lenders, or “CSO lenders,” whereby we act as a credit service organization/credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws through our “CSO program.” The CSO program includes arranging loans with CSO lenders, assisting in the loan application, documentation and servicing processes. Under the CSO program, we guarantee the repayment of a customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services we provide to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays us a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. We estimate a liability for losses associated with the guaranty provided to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses, which we recognize for our consumer loans. See Note 1 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into interest rate or exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest rate sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2016 consisted of demand deposit accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk for our cash and cash equivalents is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of US interest rates. Given the currently low US interest rates, we generate only a de minimis amount of interest income from these deposits.

All of our customer loan portfolios are fixed APR loans and not variable in nature. Additionally given the high APR’s associated with these loans, we do not believe there is any interest rate sensitivity associated with our customer loan portfolio.

Our VPC Facility and ESPV Facility are variable rate in nature and tied to the 3-month LIBOR rate. Thus, any increase in the 3-month LIBOR rate will result in an increase in our net interest expense. We intend to mitigate this risk by using all or a portion of the proceeds raised in this offering to pay down our VPC Facility. The outstanding balance of our VPC Facility at September 30, 2016 was $330.8 million and the balance at December 31, 2015 was $274.3 million. The outstanding balance of our ESPV Facility was $121.5 million and $65.5 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Based on the average outstanding indebtedness through the nine months ended September 30, 2016, a 1% (100 basis points) increase in interest rates would have increased our interest expense by approximately $2.6 million for the period.

Foreign currency exchange risk

We provide installment loans to customers in the UK. Interest income from our Sunny UK installment loans is earned in British pounds, or “GBP.” Fluctuations in exchange rate of the US dollar, or “USD,” against the GBP and cash held in such foreign currency can result, and have resulted, in fluctuations in our operating

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

income and foreign currency transaction gains and losses. As the USD has strengthened compared to most foreign currencies, including the GBP, during 2015 and the first nine months of 2016, our financial position and results of operations have been adversely affected. We had foreign currency transaction losses of approximately $6.3 million and $1.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We currently do not engage in any foreign exchange hedging activity but may do so in the future.

At December 31, 2015, our net GBP-denominated assets were approximately $38.2 million (which excludes the $42.3 million then drawn under the USD-denominated UK term note under the VPC Facility). A hypothetical 10% strengthening or weakening in the value of the USD compared to the GBP at this date would have resulted in a decrease/increase in net assets of approximately $3.8 million.

At September 30, 2016, our net GBP-denominated assets were approximately $51.6 million (which excludes the $47.8 million then drawn under the USD-denominated UK term note under the VPC Facility). A hypothetical 10% strengthening or weakening in the value of the USD compared to the GBP at this date would have resulted in a decrease/increase in net assets of approximately $5.2 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the GBP-denominated pre-tax loss was approximately $11.8 million. A hypothetical 10% strengthening or weakening in the value of the USD compared to the GBP during this period would have resulted in a decrease/increase in the pre-tax loss of approximately $1.2 million.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

On January 31, 2014, we were incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of TFI. On May 1, 2014, we were spun off from TFI and we entered into several agreements with TFI that governed shared services, tax sharing, data sharing, employee matters and a credit facility. We accounted for this transaction in accordance with relevant accounting guidance governing spinoffs. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreements with TFI” contained elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the agreements entered into between us and TFI in connection with the Spin-Off.

Our combined financial statements include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of TFI, using the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending and branded products business, which was spun off to form our business. Beginning May 1, 2014, our consolidated financial statements include Elevate Credit, Inc. and our majority-owned subsidiaries. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between us and TFI have been included within the combined financial statements and are also considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within TFI’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. The total net effect of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as financing activities. Beginning May 1, 2014, all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

We made certain assumptions and significant judgments regarding the treatment of amounts affected by the Spin-Off, which we believe are critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. Additionally, while our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our combined and consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the accounting policies detailed below reflect our most significant judgments, estimates and assumptions, which we believe are also critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Assumptions and significant judgments regarding treatment of amounts affected by the Spin-Off

In preparing our combined and consolidated financial statements for the period before May 1, 2014, we made certain assumptions and used certain methodologies to allocate various expenses from TFI to us. For instance, we assigned certain expenses on a specifically identifiable basis, meaning that where we were able to tie expenses, such as direct mail marketing expenses for any of the products we currently offer, back to our business, we allocated such expenses to us. In other instances, such as with regard to certain corporate functions historically performed by TFI, including finance, human resources and information technology support services, we also used allocation methods such as those based on a percentage of revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods to assign expenses to us. All such costs and expenses were assumed to be settled with TFI through TFI’s net investment equity account in the period in which the costs were incurred.

For services shared between TFI and us pursuant to our shared services agreement with TFI, which was effective from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014 and covered services such as human resources, finance, facilities management and information technology, to the extent that a shared-services cost was not demonstrably attributable to either party, the cost was allocated ratably based on each party’s proportion of revenues.

We believe the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, the combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a separate stand-alone public company during the periods presented.

Revenue recognition

We realize revenues in connection with the consumer loans we offer for each of our products, including finance charges, line of credit fees and fees for services provided through CSO programs. We have also historically realized a small amount of non-sufficient fund fees, or “NSF fees,” on Rise installment loans and may recognize other fees or charges as permitted by applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. We discontinued Rise NSF fees in the fourth quarter of 2015 and now generally all of our revenues consist of finance charges on Rise and Sunny installment loans, cash advance fees associated with the Elastic line of credit product, and fees for services provided through CSO programs associated with Rise installment loans in Texas and Ohio. The Company also recorded revenues related to the sale of customer applications to unrelated third parties. These applications are sold with the customer’s consent in the event that the Company or its CSO lenders are unable to offer the customer a loan. Revenue is recognized at the time of the sale. Other revenues also include marketing and licensing fees received from the third-party lender related to the Elastic product. Revenue related to these fees is recognized when service is performed.

We recognize finance charges on installment loans on a constant yield basis over their terms. We realize fees such as CSO acquisition fees and cash advance fees as they are earned over the term of the loan. We do not recognize finance charges or other fees on installment loans or lines of credit more than 60 days past due based on management’s historical experience that such past due loans and lines of credit are unlikely to be repaid and thus the loans are charged off. Installment loans and lines of credit are considered past due for accounting purposes if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. Payments received on past due loans are applied against the loan and accrued interest balance to bring the loan current. When payments are received, they are first applied to accrued charges and fees, then interest, and then to the loan balance.

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Allowance and liability for estimated losses on consumer loans

Credit losses are an inherent part of outstanding loans receivable. We maintain an allowance for loan losses for loans and interest receivable at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb such losses based primarily on our analysis of historical loss rates by product, stratified by delinquency ranges. We also consider recent collection and delinquency trends, as well as macro-economic conditions that we believe may affect portfolio losses. Additionally, due to the uncertainty of economic conditions and cash flow resources of our customers, we adjust our estimates as needed, with the result that the allowance for loan losses is subject to change in the near-term, which could significantly impact our combined and consolidated financial statements. If a loan is deemed to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved based on information we become aware of (e.g., receipt of customer bankruptcy notice), we charge off such loan at that time. As noted above, we believe that loans and lines of credit more than 60 days past due have a low probability of being repaid. We charge off such overdue loans and reduce the allowance accordingly. Any recoveries on loans previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.

Liability for estimated losses on credit service organization loans

Under the CSO program, we guarantee the repayment of a customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services we provide to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays us a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. We estimate a liability for losses associated with the guaranty provided to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses, which we recognize for our consumer loans.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. We perform an impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life annually at October 31 and between annual tests if we determine that an event has occurred or circumstances changed in a way that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such a determination may be based on our consideration of macro-economic and other factors and trends, such as current and projected financial performance, interest rates and access to capital.

Our impairment evaluation of goodwill is based on comparing the fair value of the respective reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined based on a weighted average of the income and market approaches. The income approach establishes fair value based on estimated future cash flows of the reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital developed using the capital asset pricing model, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the reporting unit. The income approach uses our projections of financial performance for a six- to nine-year period and includes assumptions about future revenue growth rates, operating margins and terminal values. The market approach establishes fair value by applying cash flow multiples to the respective reporting unit’s operating performance. The multiples are derived from other publicly traded companies that are similar but not identical from an operational and economic standpoint.

We completed our annual test and determined that there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill for the two reporting units that have goodwill. Although no goodwill impairment was noted, there can be no assurances that future goodwill impairments will not occur.

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Internal-use software development costs

We capitalize certain costs related to software developed for internal-use, primarily associated with the ongoing development and enhancement of our technology platform. Costs incurred in the preliminary development and post-development stages are expensed. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally three years.

Income taxes

Our income tax expense and deferred income tax balances in the combined and consolidated financial statements have been calculated on a separate tax return basis, although prior to the Spin-Off, our operations had been included as part of the consolidated US federal and state tax returns of TFI. Prior to May 1, 2014, current income taxes are assumed to be settled with TFI through TFI’s net investment and settlement is deemed to occur in the year of recognition in the current income tax provision. As part of the process of preparing our combined and consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax expense based on various factors and assumptions, together with assessing temporary differences in recognition of income for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in net deferred tax assets and are included within the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. We then must assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. An expense or benefit is included within the tax provision in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Operations for any increase or decrease in the valuation allowance for a given period.

We perform an evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. We establish a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not (greater than 50 percent) that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We analyze several factors, including the nature and frequency of operating losses, our carryforward period for any losses, the reversal of future taxable temporary differences, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and the feasibility of available tax planning strategies to protect against the loss of deferred tax assets. We have established a full valuation allowance for our UK deferred tax assets due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence supporting the realization of these assets in the foreseeable future.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with applicable guidance, which requires that a more-likely-than-not threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the combined and consolidated financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. We must evaluate tax positions taken on our tax returns for all periods that are open to examination by taxing authorities and make a judgment as to whether and to what extent such positions are more likely than not to be sustained based on merit.

Our judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, the deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. Our judgment is also required in evaluating whether tax benefits meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, all stock-based compensation made to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the option holder is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton Option

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Pricing Model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires an estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND JOBS ACT ELECTION

Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or “JOBS Act,” we meet the definition of an emerging growth company. We have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments . The amendments apply to all entities that are issuers of or investors in debt instruments (or hybrid financial instruments that are determined to have a debt host) with embedded call (put) options. Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that embedded derivatives be separated from the host contract and accounted for separately as derivatives if certain criteria are met. One of those criteria is that the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivatives are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract (the “clearly and closely related” criterion). U.S. GAAP provides specific guidance for assessing whether call (put) options that can accelerate the repayment of principal on a debt instrument meet the clearly and closely related criterion. The guidance states that for contingent call (put) options to be considered clearly and closely related, they can be indexed only to interest rates or credit risk. The amendments in this update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. Public business entities must apply the new requirements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those fiscal years. All other entities must apply the new requirements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements (“ASU 2015-15”). ASU 2015-15 amends Subtopic 835-30 to include that the Securities and Exchange Commission would not object to the deferral and presentation of debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequent amortization of debt issuance costs over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, whether or not there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The Company has adopted this standard and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Su btopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”). The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this standard. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the period ended March 31, 2016, and all prior period financial information presented has been adjusted to reflect the retrospective application of this guidance resulting in a reduction to other assets and to notes payable, net of $0.7 million as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). The amendments in ASU 2015-02 provide guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard, and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items (“ASU 2015-01”). The amendments in ASU 2015-01 eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, it is segregated from the results of ordinary operations and is shown as a separate item in the income statement, net of tax. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard, and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2016-19”). This update includes changes to clarify, correct errors or make minor improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification, and to make it easier to understand and to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. Most of the amendments in ASU 2016-19 do not require transition guidance and are effective upon issuance of the update. For those amendments potentially resulting in changes in current practice because of either misapplication or misunderstanding of current guidance, early adoption is permitted for the amendments that require transition guidance. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-19 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not currently expect that the adoption of ASU 2016-19 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2016-18”). The purpose of ASU 2016-18 is to reduce diversity in practice related to the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. Under this new guidance, the statement of cash flows during the reporting period must explain the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016-18 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-18 on the Company’s consolidated financial

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

statements; however, the Company’s preliminary assessment of the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-18 is that, upon adoption, the Company will include any restricted cash balances as part of cash and cash equivalents in its statements of cash flows and not present the change in restricted cash balances as a separate line item under investing activities as it currently presented.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”) . ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice for certain cash receipts and cash payments that are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. For all other entities, ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-15 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not currently expect that the adoption of ASU 2016-15 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 is intended to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates to improve the quality of information available to financial statement users about expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. For public entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, the Company’s preliminary estimate of the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-09 is that it will record an adjustment to retained earnings of $8.5 million to recognize net operating loss carryforwards attributable to excess tax benefits on stock compensation that had not been previously recognized to additional paid in capital.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 is intended to improve the reporting of leasing transactions to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. ASU 2016-02 will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-02 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in ASU 2014-15 require management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-15 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not currently expect that the adoption of ASU 2014-15 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) : Deferral of Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date of this guidance by one year, to the annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. A reporting entity may choose to early adopt the guidance as of the original effective date. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”), which clarifies the guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2016-20”), which is intended to clarify, correct errors or make minor improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Business

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Elevate,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” used below refer to Elevate Credit, Inc. and, where appropriate, our wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as the direct lending and branded product business of our predecessor, TFI, for periods prior to the Spin-Off. We generally refer to loans, customers and other information and data associated with each of Rise, Elastic and Sunny as Elevate’s loans, customers, information and data, irrespective of whether Elevate originates the credit to the customer or whether such credit is originated by a third party. See “Certain Conventions Governing Information in this Prospectus” for detailed information.

OUR COMPANY

We provide online credit solutions to consumers in the US and the UK who are not well-served by traditional bank products and who are looking for better options than payday loans, title loans, pawn and storefront installment loans. Non-prime consumers—approximately 170 million people in the US and UK, typically defined as those with credit scores of less than 700—now represent a larger market than prime consumers but are risky to underwrite and serve with traditional approaches. We’re succeeding at it—and doing it responsibly—with best-in-class advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics honed by serving more than 1.5 million customers with $3.7 billion in credit. Our current online credit products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect our mission to provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features. We call this mission “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”

We have experienced rapid growth since launching our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Since their introduction, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, together, have provided approximately $2.2 billion in credit to approximately 714,000 customers and generated strong revenue growth. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 grew 59% to $434 million from $274 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 grew 37% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Our operating income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $9 million and $(61) million, respectively, and were $31 million and $(4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

(1)   Our business is subject to seasonality, which is particularly evident in the first quarter of every year. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Revenue growth.”

We believe our growth demonstrates our ability to rapidly scale our business by utilizing advanced technology, proprietary risk analytics and sophisticated multi-channel marketing capabilities. The chart above details our total combined loans receivable and revenues by quarter since the third quarter of 2013.

We believe the market for non-prime credit in the US and UK consists of approximately 170 million consumers. See “—Industry Overview—Non-prime consumers represent the largest segment of the credit market.” Despite the large size of the non-prime credit market, banks continue to neglect it. According to our analysis of master pool trust data of securitizations for the five major credit card issuers, we estimate that from 2008 to 2015 revolving credit to US borrowers with FICO scores less than 660 was reduced by approximately $143 billion. Elevate is leading a new generation of technology-enabled lenders with a focus on bringing better options to this underserved market.

Our products in the US and the UK are:

 

Ø   Rise .    An installment loan product available in 15 states in the US;

 

Ø   Sunny .    An installment loan product available in the UK; and

 

Ø   Elastic .    A line of credit product originated by a third-party bank and offered in 40 states in the US.

We differentiate ourselves in the following ways:

 

Ø   Online products that are “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”     We provide customers access to competitively priced credit when they need it and reward successful payment history with rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time. In addition, our products offer responsible lending features including credit bureau reporting, free credit monitoring (for US customers), online financial literacy videos and tools, amortizing loan balances, flexible repayment schedules, and no prepayment penalties or punitive fees.

 

Ø   Industry-leading advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics.     We have developed proprietary automated underwriting capabilities that allow us to make data-driven decisions on loan applications in seconds. To best serve a broad set of non-prime consumers, we have developed a unique approach that we call “segment-optimized analytics.” This approach utilizes proprietary credit scoring models for each of the customer segments and channels we serve to underwrite and assess risk and uses targeted fraud models to identify potential fraud. We apply both cutting-edge and traditional analytical techniques and use a vast array of data sources, while complying with applicable lending laws. As a result of our proprietary technology and risk analytics, approximately 95% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required.

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing strategy .    We use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to directly reach potential customers. Our marketing strategy includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns as well as strategic partnerships. We believe our direct-to-consumer approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisitions while maximizing reach and brand awareness. Approximately 93% of our customers are sourced from direct marketing channels. We continue to invest in new marketing channels, including social media, which we believe will provide us with further competitive advantages and support our ongoing growth. We expect to continue to expand growth in each of our channels based on improved customer targeting analytics and increasingly sophisticated response models that allow us to expand our marketing reach while maintaining target customer acquisition costs, or “CAC.”

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Our seasoned management team has, on average, over 15 years of technology and financial services experience and has worked together for an average of over seven years in the non-prime consumer credit industry. Our management team has overseen the origination of $3.7 billion in credit to 1.5 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor direct and branded products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off. In addition, our management team achieved stable credit performance through the recent financial crisis, maintaining total principal losses as a percentage of loan originations of between 17% and 20% each year from 2006 through 2011. See “—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.”

Our business has grown rapidly under our management team. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 our revenues were $434.0 million and $273.7 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 our Adjusted EBITDA was $17.9 million and $(52.8) million, respectively, and our net loss from continuing operations was $19.9 million and $54.8 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, our revenues were $411.4 million and $300.3 million, while our Adjusted EBITDA totaled $38.8 million and $2.7 million, and our net loss was $18.0 million and $20.2 million, respectively. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

Along with increased revenue growth and improving margins, we have also reduced the average APR to our customers. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 our average portfolio effective APR was 149%, a reduction of approximately 40% from 2013 when the average effective APR was 250%. We believe that this rate reduction helps to differentiate our products in the market and reflects improvements in our underwriting and the maturing of our loan portfolios.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Non-prime consumers represent the largest segment of the credit market

We provide credit to non-prime consumers, many of whom face reduced credit options and increased financial pressure due to macro-economic changes over the past few decades. We believe that this segment of the population represents a massive and underserved market of approximately 170 million consumers in the US and UK—a larger population than the market for prime credit:

 

Ø   According to an analysis of TransUnion data through the third quarter of 2014 by the Corporation for Enterprise Development, approximately 56% of the US population with a TransRisk Score (TransUnion’s credit score) had a non-prime credit score of less than 700, representing approximately 109 million Americans adults.

 

Ø   Approximately 22% of Americans over the age of 18, or approximately 53 million Americans, do not have a credit score at all or had credit records that were treated as “unscorable” by traditional credit scoring models used by nationwide credit reporting agencies, according to a 2015 report by Fair Isaac Corporation.

 

Ø   According to a House of Commons report covering the years 2013 and 2014, it is estimated that the UK “non-standard” credit market consisted of approximately ten million people.

Our typical customers in both the US and UK are middle-income and have a mainstream demographic profile as illustrated below, which is in line with the average of the populations of the US and UK, respectively, in terms of income, educational background and homeownership. We refer to them as the “New Middle Class:”

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

      Rise and Elastic
Customer Profile
   Sunny
Customer Profile

Average income

  

$48,300 for Rise

$60,000 for Elastic

                £20,300

% Attended college

   79%                 58%

% Own their homes

   45%                 11%

Typical range of FICO scores

   475 to 650                 N/A

Our customers have varying credit profiles, which we currently generally categorize into the following groups in order to provide insight into the different types of credit histories and financial needs facing our non-prime customers.

 

Ø   “Prime-ish.”     Consumers with access to traditional credit sources who have exhausted all available lines of credit and now need new sources of credit.

 

Ø   “Challenged.”     Consumers who have had traditional credit in the past but experienced defaults and as a result now use alternative non-prime products such as payday, pawn and title loans.

 

Ø   “Invisibles.”     Consumers with no credit history or such limited credit experience that they cannot be sufficiently scored by traditional means and as a result are kept outside the traditional credit markets.

These categories do not correspond to specific credit score bands or precise scores or definitions for the customers included in such categories. We continue to identify additional customer segments and evolve our customer segment definitions over time.

The New Middle Class has an unmet need for credit

Due to wage stagnation over the past several decades and the further impact of the recent financial crisis, the New Middle Class is characterized by a lack of savings and significant income volatility. According to a Federal Reserve survey in 2015, 47% of American adults said they could not cover an emergency expense of $400, or would cover it by selling an asset or borrowing money. In the UK, according to a report by Friends Provident Foundation surveying over 1,500 adult consumers in the lowest 50% of household incomes in the UK in 2010, 68% of low-income households had no savings and seven in ten low-income households would find it difficult or impossible to raise from £200 to £300 in an emergency. Further, the JPMorgan Chase Institute reported in a 2015 study of 100,000 US customers that 41% saw their incomes vary by more than 30% from month-to-month, and noted that the bottom 80% of households by income lacked sufficient savings to cover the volatility observed in income and spending. As a result, our customer base often must rely on short-term credit to fund unexpected expenses, like car and home repairs or medical emergencies.

Non-prime credit can be less vulnerable to recessionary factors

We believe that patterns of credit charge-offs for non-prime consumers typically are counter-cyclical when compared to prime consumers in credit downturns. In a recession, banks and traditional prime credit providers often experience increases in credit charge-off rates and tighten access to credit, which pushes certain consumers out of the credit market. Conversely, with advanced underwriting, lenders serving non-prime consumers are able to maintain comparatively flat charge-off rates in part because these consumers are unable to avail themselves of the traditional credit market. See “—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.”

Non-prime consumers have different needs for credit

Non-prime consumers generally have unique and immediate credit needs, which differ greatly from the typical prime consumer. Where prime consumers consider price most in selecting their credit products,

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

we believe that non-prime consumers will often consider a variety of features, including the simplicity of the application process, speed of decisioning and funding, how they will be treated if they cannot pay their loan back on time, and flexible repayment terms.

Banks do not adequately serve the New Middle Class

Following the recent financial crisis, most banks tightened their underwriting standards and increased their minimum FICO score requirements for borrowers, leaving non-prime borrowers with severely reduced access to traditional credit. Despite the improving economy, banks continue to underserve the New Middle Class. According to our analysis of master pool trust data of securitizations for the five major credit card issuers, we estimate that from 2008 to 2015 revolving credit to US borrowers with a FICO score of less than a 660 was reduced by approximately $143 billion. This reduction has had a profound impact on non-prime consumers in the US and UK who typically have little to no savings. Often, the only credit-like product offered by banks that is available to non-prime borrowers is overdraft protection, which in essence provides credit at extremely high rates. According to a 2013 study by the CFPB, Americans pay approximately $34 billion in bank overdraft and similar fees annually. Additionally, according to a 2014 study by the CFPB, bank overdraft fees can carry an effective APR of 17,000%.

Legacy non-prime lenders are not innovative

As a result of limited access to credit products offered by banks, the New Middle Class has historically had to rely on a variety of legacy non-prime lenders, such as storefront installment lenders, payday lenders, title lenders, pawn and rent-to-own providers that typically do not offer the customer the convenience of online and mobile access. While legacy non-prime credit products may fulfill a borrower’s immediate funding needs, many of these products have significant drawbacks for consumers, including a potential cycle of debt, higher interest rates, punitive fees and aggressive collection tactics. Additionally, legacy non-prime lenders do not typically report to major credit bureaus, so non-prime consumers often remain in a cycle of non-prime and rarely improve their financial options.

New innovation is slow to market

Despite the growing and unmet need for non-prime credit, few innovative solutions tailored for non-prime consumers have come to market. Where new online marketplace lenders and small business lenders have emerged to serve prime consumers, we believe that non-prime consumers still have relatively few responsible online credit options. We believe this is because underwriting non-prime consumers presents significantly greater analytical challenges than underwriting prime consumers. Unlike prime consumers, the credit profiles of non-prime consumers vary greatly and their needs are extremely diverse. While new data and techniques can assist in improving underwriting capabilities, we believe lenders still require deep insight and extensive experience to successfully serve non-prime consumers while maintaining target loss rates. Additionally, we believe the regulatory requirements necessary to serve non-prime consumers in compliance with applicable laws and regulations can be a barrier to entry for less sophisticated and newer entrants.

Consumers are embracing the internet for their personal finances

Consumers are increasingly turning to online solutions to fulfill their personal finance needs. A 2013 study by the CFI Group found that 82% of bank customers surveyed in the US had interacted with their bank’s website at least once in the last 30 days. In the UK, 61% of people choose to do their banking or pay their bills online, according to a 2015 report by the Financial Inclusion Commission. Additionally, according to a 2015 report by the Center for Economics and Business Research, 53% of UK adults used

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

the internet for their banking needs and this proportion is projected to grow to 66% of UK adults by 2020. We believe this growth is an indication of borrower preferences for online financial products that are more convenient and easier to use than products provided by legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

OUR SOLUTIONS

Our innovative online credit solutions provide immediate relief to customers today and can help them build a brighter financial future. Our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” is central to our innovative product design. We are committed to responsible products with competitive pricing that help customers improve their financial options with features like lower interest rates, free online financial literacy videos and tools, and free credit monitoring. Elevate’s current suite of credit products includes Rise, Sunny and Elastic. See “—Our Products.”

We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient, competitively priced financial solutions to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We believe we are one of the first to develop a risk-based pricing model utilizing technology and risk analytics focused on the non-prime credit industry. We offer a number of financial wellness and consumer-friendly features that we believe are unmatched in the non-prime lending market. As a result, we believe we are leading the next generation of more responsible online credit providers for the New Middle Class.

Our products provide the following key benefits:

 

Ø   Competitive pricing and no hidden or punitive fees .    Our US products offer rates that we believe are typically more than 50% lower than many generally available alternatives from legacy non-prime lenders, such as payday lenders, which have an average APR of almost 400%, according to findings by the CFPB. Our products offer rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time based on successful loan payment history. For instance, as of September 30, 2016, approximately 70% of Rise customers in good standing had received a rate reduction, either after a refinance or on a subsequent loan. In addition, in order to help our customers facing financial hardships, we have eliminated punitive fees, including returned payment fees and late charges, among others.

 

Ø   Access and convenience .    We provide convenient, easy-to-use products via online and mobile platforms. Consumers are able to apply using an online application, which takes only minutes to complete. Credit determinations are made in seconds and approximately 95% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required. Funds are typically available next-day in the US and same-day in the UK. Consumers can elect to make payments via preapproved automated clearinghouse, or “ACH,” authorization or other methods such as check or debit card transfer.

 

Ø   Flexible payment terms and responsible lending features .    Customers can select a repayment schedule that fits their needs with no prepayment penalties. In addition, our products feature amortizing principal balances over the term of the loan, in contrast to balloon payments required by many legacy non-prime lenders, which often result in repeated refinancings and can lead to a cycle of debt. To ensure that consumers fully understand the product and their alternatives, we provide extensive “Know Before You Borrow” disclosures as well as an industry-leading five-day period for customers to rescind their loan at no cost. Consistent with our goal of being sensitive to the unique needs of non-prime consumers, we also offer flexible solutions to help customers facing issues impacting their ability to make scheduled payments. Our solutions include notifications before payment processing, extended due dates, grace periods, payment plans and settlement offers.

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø   Financial wellness features .    Our products include credit building and financial wellness programs, such as credit reporting, free credit monitoring (in the US) and online financial literacy videos and tools. Our goal is to help our customers improve their financial options and behaviors at no additional charge.

This combination of features has resulted in extremely high customer satisfaction for our products. Internal customer satisfaction ratings are generally over 85% for all of our products. Additionally, our products’ Net Promoter Scores, or “NPS,” are consistently significantly higher than the average NPS for banks (approximately 15%) and credit cards (approximately 18%) as measured by Temkin Group. For example, in September 2016, the NPS was 22%, 48% and 58% for each of Rise, Elastic and Sunny, respectively.

OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

Using our technology platform and proprietary risk analytics, we are able to offer our customers innovative credit solutions that place us as a leader among a new generation of more responsible, online non-prime lenders. We believe the following are our key competitive advantages:

 

Ø   Differentiated online products for non-prime consumers .    We are committed to our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.” Our products are “good today” due to their convenience, cost and flexibility. Our average customer receives an interest rate that we believe is more than 50% less than that offered by many legacy non-prime lenders, such as payday lenders. Furthermore, the convenience of online and mobile access and flexible repayment options distinguish our products from many legacy non-prime credit options. However, we go even further in creating credit products that can help enable customers to have a “better tomorrow.” Based on successful payment history, rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) can decrease over time, and we provide a path to prime credit for struggling consumers by reporting to credit bureaus, providing free credit monitoring (for US products), and offering online financial literacy videos and tools to help build better financial management skills.

 

Ø   Leading risk analytics .    As a result of our extensive experience and track record in the industry, we have developed a unique approach to underwriting non-prime credit using our segment-optimized analytics. Unlike simplistic scoring approaches that may be adequate for prime and near-prime consumers, our approach allows us to serve a broad set of customer segments within the non-prime market and across the numerous channels we use to reach them. Our team of over 35 data scientists utilizes thousands of data inputs to continually optimize our proprietary credit scoring model which is currently in its 12th generation. See “—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—Segment-optimized analytics—Segment specific credit scores.” Across the portfolio of products we currently offer, we have maintained stable credit quality as evidenced by credit loss rates that are generally under 20% on the original principal loan balances. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality.” Furthermore, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models allow not only for the scoring of a broad range of non-prime consumers, but also across a variety of products, channels, geographies and regulatory requirements.

 

Ø   Innovative and flexible technology platform .    Investment in our flexible and scalable technology platform has enabled us to rapidly grow and innovate new products—notably supporting the launch of our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Our proven technology platform provides for highly automated loan originations and cost-effective servicing. In addition, our platform is adaptable to allow us to deliver customizable online loan products to meet changing consumer preferences and respond to a dynamic regulatory environment. Further, our open architecture allows us to easily integrate best-in-class third party providers, including strategic partners, data sources and outsourced vendors into our platform.

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing approach .    Unlike other online non-prime lenders, which typically rely on lead generators to identify potential customers, we use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to market directly to potential customers. Our marketing strategy includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns and strategic partnerships with affiliates and has been key to our growth. We believe this approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisition while maximizing reach and enhancing brand awareness. By investing in new channels such as direct mail and TV, we have created unique capabilities to effectively identify and attract qualified customers, which support our long-term growth objectives at target CAC.

 

Ø   Seasoned management team with strong industry track record .    We have a seasoned team of senior executives with an average of over 15 years of experience in technology and financial services at companies such as PayPal, Experian, Silicon Valley Bank, JPMorgan Chase and GE Capital, led by Ken Rees, a financial services industry veteran with over 20 years of experience, who is regarded as one of the leading advocates of responsible credit in the non-prime lending space. Mr. Rees was named Regional Entrepreneur of the Year by Ernst & Young in 2012 in recognition of his achievements in the online lending sector. The team oversaw the origination of $3.7 billion in credit to 1.5 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off. Additionally, the team has a proven track record of managing defaults through the most recent financial crisis. From 2006 to 2011, Elevate’s principal charge-offs remained relatively flat compared to credit card charge-offs, which experienced volatility, with charge-off rates increasing by close to 300% during the same period.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

To achieve our goal of being the preeminent online lender to the New Middle Class, we intend to execute the following strategies:

 

Ø   Continue to grow our current products into dominant brands .    The current generation of Rise, Elastic and Sunny were launched in 2013. Given strong consumer demand and organic growth potential, we believe that significant opportunities exist to expand these three products within their current markets via existing marketing channels. As non-prime consumers become increasingly familiar and comfortable with online financial services, we also plan to capture the new business generated as they migrate away from less convenient legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

 

Ø   Widen the spectrum of borrowers served .    We continue to evaluate new product and market opportunities that fit into our overall strategic objective of delivering next-generation online credit products that span the non-prime credit spectrum. For example, we are evaluating products with lower rates that would be more focused on the needs of near-prime consumers. In addition, we are continually focused on improving our analytics to effectively underwrite and serve consumers within those segments of the non-prime credit spectrum that we do not currently reach.

 

Ø   Increase operating leverage by expanding our relationship with existing customers .    Customer acquisition costs is one of the most significant expenses for online lenders. We will seek to expand our strong relationships with existing customers by providing qualified customers with new loans on improved terms or offering other products and services without incurring significant additional costs. We believe we can, as a result, provide improved products and services to our customers while, at the same time, achieving better operating leverage.

 

Ø  

Expand strategic partnerships .    Our progressive non-prime credit solutions have attracted top-tier affiliate partners. We intend to continue growing our existing affiliate partnerships and will evaluate opportunities to enter into new partnerships with affiliates and retailers and potentially enable non-prime

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

  customers to purchase their goods and services on credit. We expect these partnerships to provide us with access to a broad range of potential new customers, with low customer acquisition costs.

 

Ø   Expansion in select markets .    We will explore pursuing strategic opportunities to expand into additional international and domestic markets. However, we plan to take a disciplined approach to international expansion, utilizing customized products and in-market expertise. As reflected in our approach to entering the UK market, we believe that local teams with products developed for each unique local market will ultimately be the most successful. We currently do not expect to undertake any international expansion in the near term.

OUR PRODUCTS

Rise, Elastic and Sunny are exclusively available through online and mobile platforms. We offer these products by leveraging the deep experience of our management team in the non-prime lending industry as well as by utilizing leading technology and proprietary risk analytics to effectively manage profitability and optimize customer convenience.

Each of these products reflects our “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” mission and offers competitive rates along with credit building and financial wellness features. These responsible lending features include rates on subsequent loans that can decrease over time, credit bureau reporting, free credit monitoring (in the US), and online financial literacy videos and tools.

Rise, Elastic and Sunny each follow distinct regulatory models, providing diversification across different regulatory frameworks. Rise operates under licenses from each state it serves and is additionally regulated by the CFPB, Elastic is a bank-originated credit product that is offered in 40 states across the US and is regulated by the FDIC, and Sunny is a UK credit product regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, or the “FCA.”

 

    

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

LOGO

 

Year launched

  2013   2013   2013

Product type

  Installment   Installment   Line of credit

Geographies served(1)

  15 states   UK   40 states

Loan size

  $500 to $7,000   £100 to £2,500   $500 to $3,500

Loan term(2)

  4-26 months   6-14 months   Up to 10 months

Repayment schedule

  Bi-weekly,
semi-monthly, or monthly
  Bi-weekly,
semi-monthly, or monthly
  Bi-weekly or
semi-monthly

Prepayment penalties

  None   None   None

Pricing(3)

  36% to 365%

annualized

  10.5% to 24% monthly   Initially $5 per $100
borrowed plus up to 5.0%
of outstanding principal
per billing period

Other fees

  None   None   None

Combined loans receivable principal(1)

  $269.4 million   $40.9 million   $138.0 million

% of Combined loans receivable principal(1)

  60.1%   9.1%   30.8%

Top three states as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal(1)

  CA (32%), GA (18%),   N/A   FL (15%), CA (9%),
  OH (9%)     TX (8%)

Weighted average effective APR(1)(4)

  158%   236%   89%

 

(1)   As of or for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Includes loans originated through CSO programs.

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

(2)   Elastic term is based on minimum principal payments of 10% of last draw amount per month.
(3)   In Texas and Ohio, Rise charges a CSO fee instead of interest. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Revenue growth—Revenues.” Rise interest rates may differ significantly by state. See “—Regulatory Environment—APR by geography” for a breakdown of the APR for each of our products. Rise interest rates of 36% are available to qualified customers based on on-time repayment history.
(4)   Elastic is a fee-based product. The number shown is based on a calculation of an effective APR.

Rise—US installment loans

Rise is an installment loan product currently available in 15 states in the US. After 24 months of on-time payments, eligible customers can receive a 50% rate reduction on their next loan, limited to a resulting rate of 36%. After an additional 12 months of on-time payments on a subsequent loan, rates on new loans drop to 36% for qualifying customers. As of September 30, 2016, approximately 70% of Rise customers in good standing had received a rate reduction mid-loan or after a refinance or on a subsequent loan. We no longer provide rate reductions mid-loan as our current policy is to award customers with rate reductions once they refinance or take out a new loan. As of September 30, 2016 approximately 62% of Rise customers in good standing had refinanced or taken out a subsequent loan. As of September 30, 2016, of the outstanding loans for Rise, 46% were new customer loans and 54% were returning customer loans. The average effective APR across the Rise portfolio was approximately 158% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, which we believe is more than 50% lower than the average effective rate of a typical payday loan, based on the CFPB’s findings that the average APR for a payday loan is almost 400%.

As a result of differing state laws, the structure of Rise varies. Rise is currently offered as an installment loan product. However, in Texas and Ohio, Rise is available through a CSO program that provides consumers access to installment loans offered by a third-party lender. See “Certain Conventions Governing Information in this Prospectus—Presentation of information related to our products.”

Sunny—UK installment loans

Sunny is our UK installment loan product, currently offering loans of up to £2,500 under two sub-brands, Sunny Now for loans up to £1,000 and Sunny Plus for loans between £1,000 and £2,500. Rates range from 10.5% per month for Sunny Plus to 24% per month for Sunny Now. Like Rise, Sunny customers may receive higher credit lines and interest rate reductions over time. In addition, Sunny offers a “no-fee guarantee.”

Although it is a relatively new entrant to the market, Sunny has become the third most recognized brand among non-prime lenders in the UK, according to a monthly survey of more than 500 UK customers. Sunny is a differentiated offering based on a wider range of loan amounts, lower rates, price promotions and more flexible repayment options than most other providers in the UK short-term lending market.

Elastic—US bank-originated lines of credit

Elastic, currently available in 40 US states, is a line of credit designed to be a financial safety net for non-prime consumers. It is originated by a third-party lender, Republic Bank. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Components of our Results of Operations—Revenues.” Elastic offers a maximum credit limit of $3,500 and charges an initial advance fee of $5 for each $100 advanced against the credit line, as well as a fixed charge of approximately 5% of open balances each payment period. Elastic’s effective APR based on this was approximately 89% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, more than 75% lower than the average effective rate of a typical payday loan, based on the above-mentioned findings by the CFPB. There are no origination fees, monthly fees, late fees, over-limit fees or fees for returned payments on the product. Additionally,

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

consumers must make a 10% mandatory principal reduction each month designed to encourage the full repayment of the original loan amount in approximately ten months.

Under the terms of our agreement with Republic Bank, we provide them with marketing services related to the Elastic program and license them our website, technology platform and proprietary credit and fraud scoring models to originate and service Elastic customers. However, as the originator of the Elastic lines of credit, Republic Bank reviews and approves all marketing materials and campaigns and determines the underwriting strategies and score cutoffs used in processing applications. In addition, Republic Bank defines all program parameters and provides full compliance oversight over all aspects of the program. Our platform supports Republic Bank’s operational and compliance activities related to the Elastic program. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Overview” regarding the structure of Elastic and how we recognize revenue associated with Elastic loans.

ADVANCED ANALYTICS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The non-prime lending challenge

Traditional underwriting requires manual review of physical documents and human credit decisions. This is inconvenient for customers and for lenders it is resource-intensive, time-consuming and can lead to inconsistent results. Technology-enabled lenders have recently used Big Data techniques to revolutionize the offering of credit. Instant credit decisions and automated processes are increasingly the norm for innovative online lenders such as Lending Club, SoFi and Prosper (for prime consumer credit), Avant (for near-prime consumer credit) and OnDeck (for small business loans).

In non-prime consumer lending, however, the analytical challenges are significantly greater. Traditional credit scores like FICO are poorly correlated with risk for non-prime consumers. Whereas prime consumers have established positive credit histories with traditional credit products and very little derogatory information, non-prime consumers are more varied and difficult to underwrite. Because of the wider variety of credit backgrounds and higher credit risk, automated analytical techniques for underwriting non-prime consumers must be much more sophisticated.

We use our deep insights into non-prime consumers and extensive experience serving them to develop differentiated analytical techniques and scores to better underwrite and price credit for the New Middle Class, as further described below under “—Segment-optimized analytics.” This approach provides for extremely high levels of automation in the underwriting process and has been proven to be effective, resulting in stable credit performance through the recent financial crisis. See “—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.” Furthermore, we invest significant resources into the research and development of new data sources and new analytical techniques to continue to improve our capabilities.

Segment-optimized analytics

Based on our extensive experience and track record in the industry, we have found that FICO and other monolithic credit scores are inadequate for the non-prime market. Instead, we have developed an array of proprietary scores targeting unique customer segments and marketing channels as well as different fraud types. This segment-optimized analytical approach allows us to serve an expanding set of non-prime consumer segments and marketing channels while maintaining stable credit quality and acceptable customer acquisition costs.

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

We have used our extensive historical database of non-prime consumer information across multiple channels and products to identify unique segments for analysis and score development. We utilize highly predictive data sources and advanced analytical techniques to continually optimize our proprietary targeted scores and underwriting strategies for each customer segment and marketing channel. This segment-optimized approach impacts all aspects of our underwriting process:

 

 

LOGO

Segment specific credit scores

We use our proprietary risk analytics to build targeted credit scores for key customer segments. Based on our segmentation model, we utilize highly predictive data (including nationwide credit reporting agencies or “NCRA,” non-prime bureau data, and wide-ranging alternative data sources, as well as internally collected proprietary customer credit performance history) and analytical techniques (including regression and machine learning techniques) to achieve a high level of accuracy for our scores. For instance, for “prime-ish” consumers who have access to traditional credit sources but supplement them

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

with non-prime credit, we use NCRA data extensively in our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. For “challenged” consumers who have derogatory NCRA credit information and, as a result, rely primarily on non-prime credit providers, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models leverage data provided by non-prime credit bureau sources like Clarity and Teletrack. For “credit invisibles” with limited or no credit history, we utilize a host of alternative data sources, such as the duration for which an applicant has used the same mobile phone number or used an email address. Our definitions of our customer segments and the ways they affect our credit scoring models evolve over time and we do not track individual customers through the different segments.

We assess over 10,000 data inputs while developing our segmented credit models and are currently using the 12th generation of our proprietary credit scoring model.

Targeted fraud scores

In addition to our segment-specific credit scores, we have developed targeted fraud scores for different types of fraud. For instance, we have found that first party fraud (when the loan applicant provides correct identity information but has no intent of repaying the loan), third party fraud (when the applicant has stolen someone else’s identity information) and bank account fraud (when the borrower intends to shut down his or her account shortly after receiving the proceeds from the loan) are fundamentally different and require unique analysis and risk management tools.

Our proprietary fraud scores are built from over 2,000 available data inputs and models with extensive use of non-linear analytical tools and techniques. Examples of data sources that we have found to be predictive in our fraud scores include IP address information, how applicants use our website (including pages viewed), and email and bank account information as well as identity fraud information provided by third parties.

Affordability analysis

Although not currently required by US federal law, we proactively assess the affordability of our products for our customers. We use multiple approaches including debt to income, payment to income and full budgeting (required by UK regulations), based on third-party and self-reported information, and continue to evaluate the effectiveness of each approach. Our affordability assessment impacts both the decision of whether to provide the loan, as well as the maximum amount to offer.

Fully automated, near-instant credit decisions

Credit and fraud determinations are made in seconds and approximately 95% of loan applications for all products are fully automated with no manual review required, based on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, and affordability assessments. Once approved, the customer is provided the loan amount and relevant terms of the credit being offered. Of the approximately 5% of loan applications requiring manual review, in the US, the majority require further documentation, which can be provided via fax, email or mail, others may have failed a fraud rule in the applicable underwriting methodology, and are managed based on the rule failed, and others are reviewed to address “know your customer” requirements. In the UK, of the loan applications requiring manual review, the vast majority require further verifications or other forms of identification, while the remaining portion requires further review based on fraud alerts by an industry database of fraudulent consumer activity, known as CIFAS. We provide declined customers with the reasons for the decision.

Elevate fraud detection agents manually review a limited number of applicants based on the results of the fraud scores and any discrepancies in the application data they provide (such as identity information).

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Fraud detection specialists generate and review intraday reports to identify cross-application fraud risk and use such reports to flag additional loan applications requiring review. Elevate fraud detection agents use sophisticated “fuzzy matching” link analysis of application information to identify potentially fraudulent activity and pursue additional investigation if they suspect fraud.

History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn

We bring extensive experience in managing defaults through the most recent financial crisis. Including products that preceded our current generation of credit products, we have provided $3.7 billion in credit to 1.5 million non-prime consumers since 2002. As the following chart indicates, our management team delivered stable credit quality through the recent financial crisis. The chart below also presents the levels of volatility experienced by the US credit card industry over the same period.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Elevate legacy predecessor credit product from 2006-2011. Includes losses related to credit and fraud.
(2)   Years presented pre-date the Spin-Off. For recent cumulative credit loss rates by vintage, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality.”
(3)   Credit card information based on Federal Reserve data.

Commitment to research and development

We have built a team of over 35 data analysts in our Risk Management department including 25 staff members with advanced degrees and ten with PhDs. Our Advanced Analytics team is primarily focused on analysis of new (typically non-traditional) data sources and analytical techniques. We believe our commitment to research and development in risk analytics results in consistently improving capabilities, which give us an on-going competitive advantage in the market by allowing us to scale our business while providing savings back to our customers in the form of lower rates.

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

SALES AND MARKETING

Multi-channel approach to customer acquisition

Online providers of non-prime credit generally rely on third-party lead generators for customer acquisition, which limits growth and provides challenges to achieving cost and quality targets. In contrast, we rely primarily on direct marketing channels, which support improved CAC, faster growth and heightened brand awareness. The following chart shows the percentage of total customers attributable to each marketing channel for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as well as the portions attributable to direct marketing channels and indirect marketing channels.

 

LOGO

Our multi-channel approach is demonstrated by the following:

 

Ø   Direct mail: More than 46 million pre-approved credit offers mailed during the nine months ended September 30, 2016;

 

Ø   TV and mass media: Both brand and direct response-oriented campaigns launched for Rise and Sunny;

 

Ø   Strategic partnerships: Multiple partnerships with large customer aggregators to drive traffic;

 

Ø   Paid search: Approximately 400,000 keywords actively managed; and

 

Ø   Other digital campaigns: Social media platforms and banner ads, among others.

Analytically-driven channel optimization

Each new marketing channel we introduce requires extensive testing and optimization before it can be scaled cost-effectively and requires significant on-going analytical support. For instance, we spent three years developing, testing, and optimizing our response and credit models for pre-approved direct mail campaigns to achieve an acceptable CAC for this channel. As a result, direct mail is now our largest and most profitable marketing capability, and we continue to identify new analytical approaches that help expand the addressable market through the direct mail channel.

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Similarly, we have been piloting and refining TV campaigns for the past two years in order to achieve target CAC levels. Rigorous testing of different creative messages, spot durations, “day-parting” and “pulsing” marketing strategies, and network targeting strategies have achieved significant improvements in performance. Based on these improvements, we are now aggressively expanding TV advertising. We believe TV and other mass media channels are essential to achieve market leadership for our products.

We are currently conducting large-scale tests of new digital and social channels that are showing strong initial results. Pilots with Facebook and other social media providers, including campaigns focusing on re-targeting strategies, have proven to generate meaningful lift in customer conversions and are expected to be integrated and scaled following the initial tests and refinements.

We expect to continue to expand growth in all of the above channels based on improved customer targeting analytics and increasingly sophisticated response models that allow us to enhance our marketing reach while maintaining our target CAC. Our dedicated channel management teams continually monitor and manage campaign effectiveness. We believe our investment in developing multiple customer acquisition channels provides a significant competitive advantage over other online non-prime lenders who rely primarily on lead generators.

Integrated channel management

In addition to optimizing the performance of each channel, we are increasingly using integrated channel management strategies to improve marketing impact and enhance brand-building. We have found that coordinating the timing of individual channel campaigns and leveraging creative across channels can accelerate growth at lower costs.

TV has become a key accelerator for integrated channel management. Because of the ability of TV advertising to help build trusted brands and expand customer awareness, we have invested extensively in TV campaigns in both the US (for Rise) and the UK (for Sunny). For the Rise campaign, we licensed the song Eye of the Tiger from Survivor (commonly recognized as the soundtrack for Rocky III ). In the UK, we licensed the 1960’s song Sunny by Bobby Hebb. By using elements from the TV creative across other channels, we have increased the response from these other channels. In addition, we have learned to “pulse” our TV placements to coincide with large direct mail campaigns, which significantly improves customer acquisition results across both channels.

Strategic partner development

Rather than utilizing lead generators who are often accused of deceptive practices, we have focused on developing relationships through large strategic partnerships. A customer is referred to us through a strategic partner by clicking on a banner ad that takes them to the advertised product’s website. Large strategic partnerships with companies allow us to better control customer application quality and CAC. We have contractual relationships with such partners whereby we pay a fee per loan funded per application approved or per banner clicked through. Because the customer completes the loan application on our website, rather than on a lead generator’s site, we control the messaging received by the customer about our products. Credit Karma and money.co.uk are our two largest strategic partners in terms of fees paid. Fees paid to strategic partners do not comprise a material portion of our total expenses.

We expect our relationships with strategic partners to expand over time, and we will evaluate opportunities to enter into new partnerships with affiliates and retailers to potentially enable non-prime customers to purchase goods and services on credit. We also have the ability to make targeted offers with discounted rates to strategic partners who we believe have higher quality applicants.

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Customer relationship optimization

Our sales and marketing efforts are not only focused on acquiring new customers. We also market to current and former customers for additional or improved offers of credit.

Based on rigorous creditworthiness and affordability analysis, we typically offer increased credit lines to former customers—often at lower rates. Also, subject to our usage caps, we may offer current customers the ability to refinance loans to receive additional funds (in the US). We use both email and text messaging campaigns to reach customers with additional credit offers.

We have witnessed strong repeat customer use of our products. Historically, more than 67% of customers who repay their loan have taken out an additional loan, typically at a lower rate. Because there is no additional CAC for originating those additional loans, these transactions are highly profitable and can support offering a lower APR for consumers. Similarly, approximately 70% of eligible US customers in good standing have historically refinanced their loan or made an additional draw on their credit line at some time.

TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM AND INFORMATION SECURITY

Underlying our innovative product features and advanced analytics is a flexible technology platform that has enabled rapid innovation and growth. In addition to a proven ability to scale, our technology platform supports compliant processing and business controls. We have optimized the platform for mobile device access and have created an industry-leading decision engine that enables our sophisticated segment-optimized analytics approach to underwriting. Also, because we collect and store extensive amounts of consumer information, we have invested in best practice levels of information security.

Flexible and scalable IQ Technology Platform

We call our end-to-end loan origination, decisioning, loan management and servicing system the IQ Technology Platform. We believe it integrates the best available third party loan modules under our proprietary architecture. This has allowed us to rapidly launch new products, modify product functionality and ensure regulatory compliance. In fact, all three of our current generation of credit products were released in 2013, highlighting the flexibility and scalability of our technology.

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Our IQ Technology Platform includes proprietary architecture and messaging that facilitates high-availability, scalability and flexibility for changing product features. It supports both open-end (lines of credit) products as well as closed-end (installment loans) and is easily configurable for new pricing and term structures, whether in response to regulatory changes or competitive opportunities. Currently, the IQ Technology Platform supports our US products, Rise and Elastic. We plan to migrate Sunny from its legacy technology platform to the IQ Technology Platform over the next two years. The core functionality of the IQ Technology Platform is illustrated below.

 

LOGO

Mobile-first approach to user interface development

Currently, over half of our loan applications come from mobile rather than desktop devices. Our product front-ends (both web and mobile interfaces) are designed with a focus on user-friendly design and cross-platform mobility. While the web-based platform for our products is mobile-optimized, we do not currently have any mobile applications.

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Sophisticated decision engine

Our segment-optimized analytics approach requires us to manage numerous credit and fraud scores and strategies for each of our products, customer segments and marketing channels. In addition, because of our commitment to innovation and research and development, we are regularly conducting “champion-challenger” testing of new scores, data providers and analytical techniques. This requires an extremely flexible yet compliant decision engine. Our decision engine is a key component of the IQ Technology Platform and allows our Risk Management team to rapidly implement tests that control and measure new “challenger” performance against existing “champions.” In particular, the decision engine can rapidly integrate with new data providers and test a randomly selected percentage of application traffic with new scores and track their performance against existing scores.

All aspects of our underwriting process are controlled through components of the IQ Technology Platform, from the credit and fraud scores to the various product affordability assessments, to the instant decisioning and credit assignment process and even including the fraud and verifications activities performed by fraud agents. In this manner we have enhanced automation and have instituted tight controls over the entire decisioning process.

Best practice approach to information security and system reliability

Because we store extensive amounts of customer personally identifiable information, or “PII,” we take our obligations to protect that information and avoid data breaches very seriously. PII in the IQ Technology Platform is encrypted and we conduct regular audits of our security protocols via third party intrusion detection and vulnerability scans and penetration testing. These activities are supplemented with real-time monitoring and alerting for potential intrusions.

We have fully redundant data centers in place. Full disaster recovery and business continuity plans and tests have been completed, which help to ensure high levels of system availability.

COMPETITIVE OVERVIEW

The competition in our market is composed of both legacy brick-and-mortar and online credit providers. We compete with providers that offer products in the following categories:

 

Ø   Non-prime installment loans

 

Ø   Non-prime credit cards

 

Ø   Pawn loans

 

Ø   Payday loans

 

Ø   Title loans

 

Ø   Rent to own

In addition, bank overdrafts often function as an expensive form of emergency credit. According to a 2013 study by the CFPB, Americans pay approximately $34 billion in bank overdraft and similar fees annually. Additionally, according to a 2014 study by the CFPB, bank overdraft fees can carry an effective APR of 17,000%.

Most legacy non-prime lenders still operate primarily out of legacy brick-and-mortar locations and require extensive documentation and face-to-face interactions. With online and mobile-only products,

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Elevate eliminates the potential need for our customers to drive across town and stand in line to apply for credit. In fact, with our products, the credit determination is made in seconds and approximately 95% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required.

There are few providers attempting to deliver lower-cost, online non-prime credit products similar to ours. Although there are a number of technology-enabled financial services companies that target prime and near-prime customers, including LendingClub, Prosper and Avant, there are only a limited number of comparable online competitors in the non-prime lending space, such as LendUp and NetCredit in the US and Pounds-to-Pocket in the UK. We expect more entrants in this space as this market continues to develop. We also believe that it would require significant time and expense for other companies to build a technological platform similar to ours, which is geared towards serving non-prime consumers. While other lenders may use proprietary or off-the-shelf lending platforms to support their online lending operations, these typically are focused on specific product types, and this makes such platforms inflexible for the kind of product innovation that we have pursued. We are not aware of any off-the-shelf products that support the variety of non-prime products such as those supported by our IQ Technology Platform. Although technology generally can be reverse-engineered over time, we believe our IQ Technology Platform provides a competitive advantage due to our lead time based on our long history of serving non-prime consumers with multiple credit products. Although TFI holds an undivided co-ownership interest in the IQ Technology Platform as it existed as of January 1, 2015, without use restrictions on competition or otherwise, we are constantly looking for ways to improve our IQ Technology Platform. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreement with TFI—Separation and distribution agreement—Treatment of assets and liabilities” for more information.

The online non-prime credit market in the US is extremely fragmented and most lenders source customers from lead generation companies, resulting in low brand recognition. Unlike these competitors, we have made a significant investment in establishing a direct-to-consumer, integrated multi-channel marketing capability, which we believe creates a unique opportunity for Rise and Elastic to become dominant brands in this space.

In the UK, online non-prime credit products are established, but have faced increased regulatory scrutiny. An industry-wide re-licensing process with the FCA has been undertaken in the UK over the past two years and has reduced the number of credit providers in the market as smaller and medium sized providers have consolidated or exited. The two largest lenders in the market, Wonga and QuickQuid, are reported to have experienced significant reductions in originations and loans outstanding due to the regulatory changes. We believe that Sunny has an opportunity to take significant market share over time based on our improved customer value proposition and analytics.

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

The online consumer loan products we currently offer are subject to a range of laws, regulations and standards that address consumer lending, credit services, consumer protections and reporting, information sharing, marketing, debt collection, data protection, state licensing and interest rate and term limitations, among other things.

All products are subject to supervision, regulation and/or enforcement by numerous regulatory bodies—from state regulators and attorneys general, federal regulators, like the CFPB, the FTC and in some cases the FDIC, and the FCA in the UK. Consistent with regulatory expectations, we have an extensive compliance program and internal controls. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been examined by the CFPB or the FCA, but we have had numerous state examinations.

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

For a discussion of the risks related to our regulatory environment, see “Risk factors—Other Risks Related to Compliance and Regulation.”

US regulation

State and local regulation and licensing

Rise is regulated under a variety of enabling state statutes. The scope of state regulation, including permissible interest rates, fees and terms, varies from state to state. Some states require specific disclosures, mandate or prohibit certain terms and limit the maximum interest rate and fees that may be charged. Where licensing or registration is required, we and our lending partners are subject to extensive state rules, licensing and examination. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in, among other things, refunds of excess charges, monetary penalties, revocation of required licenses, voiding of loans and other administrative enforcement actions. Rise is available in the following 15 states: Alabama, California, Delaware, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Mississippi (expected February 2017), Missouri, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, South Carolina, Texas, Utah and Wisconsin. Rise may also be subject to additional municipal regulations and ordinances related to, for example, certain short-term loan products and debt collection. The scope of municipal regulations and ordinances vary.

US federal regulation

Truth in Lending Act .    Both Rise, an installment loan product, and Elastic, a bank-originated line of credit product, are subject to the federal Truth in Lending Act, or “TILA,” and its underlying regulations known as Regulation Z. TILA and Regulation Z require creditors to deliver disclosures to borrowers during the life cycle of a loan—at application, at account opening or at consummation and for open-end credit products, such as Elastic, periodically.

The disclosure rules differ depending upon whether the product is an open-end credit, such as Elastic, or closed-end credit, such as Rise. Under the appropriate disclosure rules, the originating creditor is required to provide borrowers with key information about the loan, including, for open-end credit, the annual percentage rate, applicable finance charges, transaction and penalty fees, and, for closed-end loans, the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments, the number and amount of payments and payment due dates.

Regulation Z and TILA also provide consumers with substantive consumer protections. Specifically, pursuant to Regulation Z and TILA, loan products are subject to special rules for calculating annual percentage rates, advertising, and for open-end credit, rules for resolving billing errors.

Fair Credit Reporting Act .    We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or the “FCRA,” and similar state laws, as both a user of consumer reports and a furnisher of consumer credit information to credit reporting agencies. The FCRA and similar state laws regulate the use of consumer reports and reporting of information to credit reporting agencies. Specifically, the FCRA establishes requirements that apply to the use of “consumer reports” and similar data, including certain notifications to consumers, including when an adverse action, such as a loan declination, is based on information contained in a consumer report.

We only obtain and use consumer reports subject to the permissible purpose requirements under the FCRA. The FCRA permits us to share our experience information, information obtained from credit reporting agencies, and other customer information with affiliates. We comply with notice and opt out

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

requirements for prescreen solicitations and for certain information sharing under the FCRA. We also have implemented an identity theft prevention program to fulfill the requirements of the Red Flags Regulations and Guidelines issued under the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, or the “FACT Act.”

In meeting our duties to furnish consumer credit information to consumer reporting agencies, we:

 

Ø   furnish consumer credit information pursuant to the METRO 2 guidelines;

 

Ø   establish and maintain procedures regarding the accuracy and integrity of the consumer credit information we report; and

 

Ø   establish and maintain procedures to conduct timely investigations of customer disputes (received directly from customers or through credit reporting agencies) regarding the consumer credit information we report to the consumer reporting agencies.

Equal Credit Opportunity Act .    The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or the “ECOA,” generally prohibit creditors from discriminating against applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act. Regulation B, which implements ECOA, restricts creditors from requesting certain types of information from loan applicants and from using advertising or making statements that would discourage on a prohibited basis a reasonable person from making or pursuing an application.

In the underwriting of loans offered through our online platform, and with respect to all aspects of the credit transaction, we, our lending partners and marketing affiliates must comply with applicable provisions prohibiting discouragement and discrimination.

ECOA also requires creditors to provide consumers with timely notices of adverse action taken on credit applications. A prospective borrower applying for a loan but denied credit is provided with an adverse action notice.

FTC Act and Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 .    Both the FTC and CFPB regulate the advertising and marketing of financial products and services. The FTC is charged with preventing unfair or deceptive acts or practices and false or misleading advertisements, and the CFPB is charged with preventing unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices, all of which can erode consumer confidence. All marketing materials related to our products must also comply with the advertising requirements set forth in TILA.

Military Lending Act .    The Military Lending Act, or “MLA,” restricts, among other things, the interest rate and other terms that can be offered to active military personnel and their dependents. The MLA caps the interest rate that may be offered to a covered borrower to a 36% military annual percentage rate, or “MAPR,” which includes certain fees such as application fees, participation fees and fees for add-on products. Prior to a recent amendment of the rules under the MLA, the MLA applied only to certain short term loans. The rules amendment extends the 36% rate cap to most types of consumer credit. The MLA also requires certain disclosures and prohibits certain terms, such as mandatory arbitration if a dispute arises concerning the consumer credit product. The amended MLA rules became effective on October 1, 2015 and applies to transactions consummated or established after October 3, 2016 for all credit products subject to the rules except credit cards, which have a later operative date.

 

 

 

137


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

The MLA, as amended, covers the Elastic and Rise products and restricts our ability to offer our products to military personnel and their dependents. Failure to comply with the MLA may limit our ability to collect principal, interest, and fees from borrowers and may result in civil and criminal liability that could harm our business.

The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act .    The federal Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, or “SCRA,” and similar state laws apply to certain loans made to certain members of the US military, reservists and members of the National Guard, and certain dependents. The SCRA limits the interest rate a creditor may charge or certain collection actions a creditor may take on certain loans while a servicemember is on military duty.

The Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act .    The federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or “E-SIGN,” and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act “UETA,” authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures. E-SIGN and UETA require businesses that use electronic records or signatures in consumer transactions and provide required disclosures to consumers electronically, to obtain the consumer’s consent to receive information electronically. When a borrower is provided electronic disclosures, we obtain his or her consent to transact business electronically, to receive electronic disclosures and maintain electronic records in compliance with E-SIGN and UETA requirements. We also follow similar state e-signature rules mandating that certain disclosures be made and certain steps be followed in order to obtain and authenticate e-signatures.

Electronic Fund Transfer Act .    The Electronic Fund Transfer Act of 1978, or “EFTA,” protects consumers engaging in electronic fund transfers. The EFTA is implemented through Regulation E, which includes an official staff commentary. The Dodd-Frank Act transferred rule-making authority under the EFTA from the Federal Reserve Board to the CFPB and, with respect to entities under its jurisdiction, granted authority to the CFPB to supervise and enforce compliance with EFTA and its implementing regulations. Borrowers of our products often choose to repay by electronic fund transfers and, accordingly, a written authorization, signed or similarly authenticated, may be required in connection with auto-pay features. Restrictions on how consumers choose to pay or how lenders comply with electronic fund transfers could impact our current business processes.

To the extent a borrower repays his or her payment obligation through electronic fund transfers, the EFTA and its implementing regulations apply. EFTA contains restrictions, requires disclosures and provides consumers certain rights relating to electronic fund transfers.

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act .    The federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or the “FDCPA,” provides guidelines and limitations on the conduct of third-party debt collectors and debt buyers when collecting consumer debt. While the FDCPA generally does not apply to first-party creditors collecting their own debts or to servicers when collecting debts that were current when servicing began, we use the FDCPA as a guideline for all collections. We require all vendors and third parties that provide collection services on our behalf to comply with the FDCPA to the extent applicable. We also comply with state and local laws that apply to creditors and provide guidance and limitations similar to the FDCPA.

Unfair, Deceptive, Abusive Acts and Practices .    The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts or practices, or “UDAAPs.” The CFPB has found UDAAPs in most phases in the life cycle of a loan, including the marketing, collecting and reporting of loans. UDAAPs could involve omissions or misrepresentations of important information to consumers or practices that take advantages of vulnerable consumers, such as elderly or low-income consumers. All products and services provided by Elevate and its vendors in the US are subject to the prohibition on UDAAPs.

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.     We are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations relating to privacy and security of consumers’ nonpublic personal information. Under these laws, including the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or “GLBA,” and Regulation P promulgated thereunder, we must disclose our privacy policy and practices, including those policies relating to the sharing of nonpublic personal information with third parties. We may also be required to provide an opt-out to certain sharing. The GLBA and other laws also require us to safeguard personal information. The FTC regulates the safeguarding requirements of the GBLA for non-bank lenders through its Safeguard Rules.

Anti-money laundering and economic sanctions .    We and the originating lenders that we work with are also subject to certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act under which we must maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program covering certain of our business activities. In addition, the Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibits us from engaging in financial transactions with specially designated nationals.

Anticorruption .    We are also subject to the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the “FCPA,” which generally prohibits companies and their agents or intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and/or other benefits.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act .    We are also subject to the TCPA and the regulations of the FCC, which regulations include limitations on telemarketing calls, auto-dialed calls, prerecorded calls, text messages and unsolicited faxes.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

The CFPB, which regulates consumer financial products and services, including consumer loans that we offer, was created in July 2010 with the passage of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act. The CFPB has regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over certain providers of consumer financial products and services.

On May 5, 2016, the CFPB released a proposed rule to prohibit certain providers of consumer financial products and services from including pre-dispute arbitration clauses in new contracts that bar a consumer from filing or participating in a class action with respect to the covered consumer financial product or service, and that would require any covered pre-dispute arbitration agreement to include specific disclosure to that effect. The proposal also requires a covered provider that uses pre-dispute arbitration agreements to submit certain arbitral records to the CFPB. Unless significant changes are made to the proposal, we believe that the CFPB’s final rule is likely to increase class action exposure and litigation expense. Comments on the proposed rule were due August 22, 2016 and the CFPB has proposed that a final rule would become effective 180 days after publication in the Federal Register.

On June 2, 2016, the CFPB also released proposed rules addressing practices of certain providers of payday, vehicle title and certain high-cost installment loans. Under the proposed rules, we could be required to modify the manner in which we make a reasonable determination of a customer’s ability to repay and provide customers notice at least three days before a payment withdrawal attempt, as well as obtain new ACH authorization from a customer following two failed ACH attempts, among other requirements. Comments on the proposed rules were due October 7, 2016, and the CFPB has proposed that final rules would become effective approximately 15 months after publication in the Federal Register.

Also on June 2, 2016, the CFPB issued a Request for Information, or “RFI,” on payday, vehicle title and “payday installment” loans with an emphasis on evaluating penalty fees, ancillary products,

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

garnishments and other collection practices, lead generation practices, price comparison websites and availability of Internet search engines available for consumers to shop for loans to meet their needs. Comments were due November 7, 2016.

On July 28, 2016, the CFPB issued its outline of proposals under consideration for the regulation of debt collection by third-party debt collectors. Once a final rule is promulgated, Elevate will take the necessary steps to ensure that its management and oversight of third-party debt collectors is consistent with the rule.

We also expect the CFPB to continue with its rulemaking regarding the Supervision of Larger Participants in Installment Loan and Vehicle Title Loan Markets which will enable the CFPB to examine and supervise those markets.

We do not currently know the full extent of the final rules the CFPB will ultimately adopt, and thus, its impact on our activities is uncertain, however the final rules will likely impose limitations on certain loans and services we offer. We believe that the new rules will ultimately reduce potential consumer harm and allow responsible lenders to continue to serve the large and growing need for non-prime credit. As noted above, Republic Bank is supervised and examined by the FDIC. Furthermore, it is not clear whether or not the FDIC, the CFPB, or both will have supervisory authority over Elevate, as a service provider to Republic Bank.

On January 20, 2017, the White House Office of the Press Secretary issued on behalf of President Donald Trump a memorandum to the heads of the executive departments and agencies instructing them to (i) send no new regulation to the Federal Register until a presidentially appointed or presidentially designated agency head has had an opportunity to review the regulation; (ii) immediately withdraw any regulation already sent to the Federal Register but not yet published; and (iii) postpone for 60 days any regulations that have been published in the Federal Register but have not yet taken effect. It is unclear whether this memorandum applies to the CFPB, and it is also unclear whether the new administration will allow any of the CFPB pending rules to be published. Additionally, a recent ruling by the US Court of Appeals for the DC circuit has held that the structure of the CFPB is not constitutional. The CFPB has been granted an en banc hearing on this case. It is not clear what impact this will have on the power and structure of the CFPB and on Elevate.

Federal Trade Commission

The Federal Trade Commission, or “FTC,” enforces the safeguarding requirements of the GLBA against non-banks pursuant its authority to enforce Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices. In addition, the FTC has a history of pursuing enforcement actions against non-bank lenders and online lead generators for alleged unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with the marketing or servicing of consumer credit products and services. Like the CFPB, the FTC may issue fines and corrective orders that could require us to make revisions to our existing business models. The FTC has jurisdiction over Elevate and its business practices.

Foreign regulation

United Kingdom

In the UK, we are subject to regulation by the FCA and must comply with the FCA’s rules and guidance set forth in the FCA Handbook, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the “FSMA,” the

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Consumer Credit Act 1974, as amended, or the “CCA,” and Secondary legislation passed under the FSMA and the CCA, among other rules and regulations. We must also follow the responsible lending and arrears, default and recovery rules, which provide greater clarity for lenders as to business practices that the FCA believes constitute inappropriate lending.

UK regulation and authorization .    Our Sunny product is covered by the extensive regulatory regime promulgated under the FSMA and CCA. The regulatory regime requires firms undertaking consumer credit regulatory activities to be FCA authorized. Regulated businesses must hold FCA authorizations, pay annual fees, follow prescriptive rules on advertising, include minimum and prescribed disclosures within pre-contract, loan and post-contract arrears documentation, regularly report customer complaints information, and maintain robust systems and controls in relation to the conduct of regulated business, including when engaging third-party suppliers.

The UK regime includes an obligation to self-report breaches of the applicable laws and regulations, and the FCA has the power to order regulated firms to pay fines, undertake changes to business models, implement customer remediation programs compensating customers for historic breaches and, among various other enforcement powers, limit or revoke regulatory authorizations. Failure to comply with the technical requirements of CCA and underlying regulations can, among other penalties, render loan agreements unenforceable without a court order or preclude the charging of interest for the period of non-compliance. The courts also have wide powers to determine that a relationship between a lender and customers is unfair and impose equitable remedies in such circumstances.

Equality Act .    The Equality Act 2010 prohibits unlawful direct and indirect discrimination and harassment of applicants and customers when conducting lending services on the basis of nine protected characteristics: age; disability; gender reassignment; marriage and civil partnership; pregnancy and maternity; race; religion or belief; sex; and sexual orientation. These requirements apply to the advertising, underwriting and enforcing of Sunny loans and the handling of complaints regarding Sunny loans.

Marketing laws .    Marketing in all mediums, including television, radio and online, is subject to the detailed advertising rules for the consumer credit industry contained in part 3 of the FCA’s CONC rulebook as well as the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005. In particular, all advertisements must be clear, fair and not misleading and include representative cost information and illustrations where particular advertising jargon is included in the material. Certain marketing expressions are also prohibited.

The Advertising Standards Authority, or the “ASA,” has also published specific codes for broadcast and non-broadcast advertising to which we must also adhere. Both the FCA and the ASA tightly monitor consumer credit advertising and regularly conduct industry audits of compliance standards. The ASA maintains a complaints framework and investigates legal, regulatory and code breaches raised by both consumers and competitors and publishes public adjudications, which can require firms to amend or completely remove advertisements. Misleading marketing can also constitute a criminal offense under the Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008 and result in fines from the FCA.

Debt collection practices .    The CCA sets out a formulaic procedure for customers in arrears, applicable when levying default fees and when taking any other steps in relation to default. Firms are required to issue statutory notices in a prescribed format within specific timeframes and include self-help information sheets. Failure to comply has severe consequences, including restricting lender rights to enforce relevant loan agreements, charge interest or any levy applicable default fees. The FCA also expects firms that have

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

failed to comply with these requirements to proactively undertake extensive remediation activities, issuing refunds to customers where appropriate, including in cases where customers have not raised a complaint directly. A number of leading banking groups in the UK have undertaken such remediation activities.

Part 7 of the FCA’s CONC rulebook also sets out detailed rules and guidance for dealing with customers in arrears or default when pursuing recovery. The rules prohibit threatening, aggressive and harassing debt collection communications and practices, impose obligations to treat customers in arrears with forbearance and govern conduct when interacting with debt management firms engaged to resolve over-indebtedness. There are also specific rules on the use of continuous payment authorities as a repayment method that limit the number of repayment attempts that can be initiated by lenders.

Privacy laws .    In the UK, we are subject to the requirements of the DPA and are required to be fully registered as a data-controller under the DPA and comply with industry guidance published by the regulator, the Information Commissioner. The DPA includes data protection principles regarding use, security and notification of the purposes of processing and sharing, which must be followed, as well as rights to access and correct information.

There are also strict rules on the instigation of electronic communications such as email, text message and telephone calls under the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003, which impose consent rules regarding unsolicited direct marketing, as well as the monitoring of devices.

We are subject to laws limiting the transfer of personal data from the European Economic Area to non-European Economic Area countries or territories.

On December 15, 2015, the European Commission finalized the new GDPR, which will replace the existing Data Protection Directive (95/46/EC) and is expected to be implemented in the UK in the first quarter of 2018. The GDPR is more prescriptive than the existing regime and includes new obligations on businesses, for example, to appoint a data protection officer, self-report breaches, obtain express consent for data processing and provide more rights to individuals whose data is processed, including the “right to be forgotten,” by having such individuals’ records erased. Penalties for non-compliance under the GDPR are up to 4% of global turnover for the preceding year.

Anti-money laundering .    We are subject to the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 and the Money Laundering Regulations 2007, which require the implementation of strict procedures for our business activities. The UK regime includes self-reporting suspicious activities, the appointment of a designated anti-money laundering officer with overall responsibility for the compliance of the business and employees. The legislation also includes several criminal offenses and can result in personal criminal liability.

Anti-bribery and corruption .    UK firms are subject to the Bribery Act 2010, which introduces a number of individual offenses relating to giving and receiving bribes and dealings with foreign public officials. Commercial organizations can be prosecuted for failure to implement adequate procedures to record, report and prevent bribery.

APR by geography

The table below presents the maximum APR allowed by state for states in which Rise is offered. Sunny is subject to a 24% monthly APR limit, which is nationwide in the UK. Elastic is a fee-based product to which such APR limits are not applicable.

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

State    Maximum APR
allowed by state
    Maximum APR
Rise charges
 

Alabama

     *        295

California(1)

     *        225

Delaware

     *        365

Georgia(2)

     60     59.8

Idaho

     *        365

Illinois

     99     98.8

Mississippi(3)

     *        290

Missouri

     *        365

New Mexico

     *        365

North Dakota

     *        325

Ohio

     *        365

South Carolina

     *        350

Texas

     *        365

Utah

     *        365

Wisconsin

     *        365

 

*   As agreed upon between the parties. In California, as agreed upon between the parties for loans over $2,500.
(1)   Minimum loan amount offered in California is $2,600.
(2)   APR must be less than 60% under applicable state law.
(3)   The Company is licensed in Mississippi and expects to begin lending in the state in February 2017.

EMPLOYEES

As an innovator seeking to respond quickly to new market opportunities and challenges, we have built a corporate culture that rewards ambition, responsible lending practices, execution and intense cross-company collaboration and communication. Our key company values are:

 

Ø   Think Big .    We have always been an innovator in our industry. Ideas, both big and small, are our competitive advantage. We share a responsibility to think out of the box, challenge the status quo and embrace change.

 

Ø   Do the Right Thing .    Doing the right thing is not optional. We hold each other to the highest standards and earn our reputation every day.

 

Ø   Raise the Bar .    Excellence is not a skill. It is a habit—the gradual result of always striving to do better. As a company and as individuals we push ourselves to build on success, learn from failure and get better every day.

 

Ø   Win Together .    Our goals are too big to achieve as individuals. Collaboration is not a by-product of our work, it is the primary focus. It is also more fun.

Our values are reinforced in all aspects of our employees’ relationship with our company, including during the recruiting process and the bi-annual reviews, and play a large role in the promotion process. In addition, each quarter employees who best exemplify these values are nominated for “Smart Awards” and are selected and recognized at all-company Town Hall meetings.

Elevate was certified as a “Great Place to Work” in 2016. We were named as one of the country’s “Best Medium Workplaces” and most recently as one of the “Best Workplaces in Texas” by consulting firm, Great Place to Work, and Fortune . Elevate was named to the Medium list and Texas list based on a comparison of our employees’ survey responses to responses of hundreds of other certified companies.

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

As of September 30, 2016, we had 534 full-time employees, including 142 in technology, 80 in risk management, 74 in loan operations and customer support, 19 in marketing and business development, 141 related to our UK operations and 78 in general and administrative functions. We also outsource certain functions, such as collections and customer service to increase efficiencies and scalability. We use an internal quality team to review and improve third-party performance.

OUR HISTORY

We were created through the Spin-Off of the direct lending and branded product businesses of TFI. TFI was founded in 2001. Prior to the Spin-Off transaction, TFI had two discrete lines of business; a) a direct lender and branded product provider to non-prime consumers; and b) a licensor of its technology platform to third-party lenders. In order to allow each of these separate lines of business to focus on its relative strategic and operational strengths and future business plans, the board of directors of TFI decided to spin off its direct lending and branded products business into a separate company.

We were incorporated in Delaware on January 31, 2014 as a subsidiary of TFI, and we had no material assets or activities as a separate corporate entity until the Spin-Off occurred. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us, and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders, but retained the assets and liabilities associated with its licensed technology platform line of business. TFI’s retained business line entails providing marketing services to third-party lenders and licensing TFI’s technology platform to these lenders for marketing and licensing fees. TFI previously conducted its direct lending business through various legal entity subsidiaries, which were contributed to us in the Spin-Off transaction.

There are no ongoing interactions or contractual relationships between us and TFI other than the separation and distribution agreement, the amended and restated intellectual property assignment agreement, the tax sharing agreement, as amended, and various sublease agreements. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions” for additional information regarding these agreements.

FACILITIES

In July 2016, the Company entered into a new operating lease agreement for its corporate headquarters located in Fort Worth, Texas. The lease covers 62,752 square feet of office space and expires September 30, 2020. We also lease approximately 25,348 square feet of office space in Addison, Texas pursuant to a lease that expires September 30, 2018; approximately 3,525 square feet of office space in London, UK pursuant to a lease that expires May 31, 2017; and approximately 6,447 square feet of office space in Bury St. Edmunds, UK pursuant to a lease that expires March 24, 2019. Additionally, the Company currently leases approximately 4,863 square feet of office space in San Diego, California, pursuant to a sublease that will terminate when the Company’s new lease for 8,972 square feet of office space enters into effect on the later of April 1, 2017 or the date that renovations to the new space are substantially completed. This new lease will expire seven years from the start date. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions” for additional information regarding certain of our lease and sublease agreements with affiliates of TFI.

OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Protecting our rights to our intellectual property is critical, as it enhances our ability to offer distinctive services and products to our customers, which differentiates us from our competitors. We rely on a combination of trademark laws and trade secret protections in the US and other jurisdictions, as well as

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect the intellectual property rights related to our proprietary analytics, predictive underwriting models and software systems. We have either registered trademarks and/or pending applications in the US for the marks Elevate, Rise, Sunny and Elastic. We also own European Community trademark registrations for the Sunny and Elastic marks. Our trademarks are materially important to us and we anticipate maintaining them and renewing them.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In addition to the matters discussed below, in the normal course of business, from time to time, we have been and may be named as a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in connection with our business activities. We may also be involved, from time to time, in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our business (collectively, “regulatory matters”). We contest liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each such pending matter. We do not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of any such pending matter will have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Civil Investigative Demand

In June 2012, prior to the Spin-Off, and in February 2016, after the Spin-Off, TFI received a Civil Investigative Demand from the CFPB. The purpose of the Civil Investigative Demands was to determine whether small-dollar online lenders or other unnamed persons engaged in unlawful acts or practices relating to the advertising, marketing, provision, or collection of small-dollar loan products, in violation of Section 1036 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or any other federal consumer financial law and to determine whether CFPB action to obtain legal or equitable relief would be in the public interest. While TFI’s business is distinct from our business, we cannot predict the final outcome of the Civil Investigative Demands or to what extent any obligations arising out of such final outcome will be applicable to our company or business, if at all. We understand that TFI is cooperating with the CFPB and is in the process of providing all documents requested by the CFPB. As of September 30, 2016, there are no probable or estimable losses related to this matter.

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, KEY EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of December 31, 2016.

 

Name    Age      Position(s)

Executive officers

     

Kenneth E. Rees

     54       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Jason Harvison

     40       Chief Operating Officer and Director

Christopher Lutes

     49       Chief Financial Officer

Key employees

     

Kathy Boden Holland

     50       EVP Bank Products

Nelda Bruce

     42       Chief Accounting Officer

Sharon Clarey

     56       Chief Human Resources Officer

Al Comeaux

     51       Chief Communications Officer

Sarah Fagin Cutrona

     56       Chief Counsel

Scott Greever

     48       Managing Director, UK

Greg Hall

     47       Chief Marketing Officer

Joan Kuehl

     60       Chief Information Officer

Walt Ramsey

     51       Chief Credit Officer

Non-employee directors

     

John C. Dean(1)(2)

     69       Director

Stephen B. Galasso(1)(4)

     68       Director

Tyler Head(3)

     41       Director

Robert L. Johnson(3)

     70       Director

John C. Rosenberg(2)(3)

     40       Director

Saundra D. Schrock(2)(4)

     64       Director

Stephen J. Shaper(1)(4)

     80       Director

 

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee
(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee
(3)   Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
(4)   Member of the Risk Committee

Executive officers

Kenneth E. Rees has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors since 2014. He joined Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company, as President in 2004, and held the position of Chief Executive Officer from his appointment in November 2004 until April 30, 2014, the day before the Spin-Off. Mr. Rees served on TFI’s board of directors as its Chairman from 2014 through May 15, 2015. Prior to joining TFI, from 2001 to 2004, Mr. Rees was the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of CashWorks, Inc., a provider of non-bank financial services that was purchased by GE Money in 2004. He holds a BA in Mathematics from Reed College and an MBA in Finance and Statistics from the University of Chicago. Mr. Rees was named the E&Y Entrepreneur of the Year for the Southwest Area North region in 2012. We believe Mr. Rees is qualified to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors because of his over 20 years of experience, including over 15 years leading technology-enabled financial services companies including TFI, Elevate and CashWorks.

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Jason Harvison has served as our Chief Operating Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since 2014 and was a member of our Risk Committee through July 2016. Mr. Harvison served as our Chief Financial Officer from May 2014 to December 2014, as well as Chief Product Officer from May 2014 to October 2014. He served on the board of directors of TFI from 2003, and stepped down from the board as of August 21, 2015. Mr. Harvison joined TFI as Senior Vice President in 2003, and in 2011, he was promoted to Executive Vice President. In 2013, he was further promoted to Chief Product Officer of TFI, which position he held until 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Harvison served as Assistant Vice President at Guaranty Bank. He has a BBA in Finance from Texas A&M University. We believe Mr. Harvison is qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his substantial operational and business strategy expertise gained over ten years from numerous roles at TFI and Elevate.

Christopher Lutes has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2015, and served as the Chief Financial Officer of TFI from 2007 to 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Lutes was the Chief Financial Officer for Silicon Valley Bank from 1998 to 2001, as well as several other companies. Mr. Lutes began his career in public accounting with Coopers & Lybrand. He has a BS in Accounting from Arizona State University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Arizona.

Key employees

Kathy Boden Holland has served as our Executive Vice President of Bank Products since July 2016. Prior to that she served as our Executive Vice President of Corporate Development since May 2014 and Chief Risk Officer since June 2015, having previously served as Executive Vice President of Corporate Development at TFI from 2012 to 2014. Ms. Boden Holland served as President of RLJ Financial LLC from 2010 to 2012, before it was purchased by TFI. Prior to that, she was EVP of Urban Trust Holdings, a bank holding company, from 2007 to 2010 and was the founder and General Partner at Bluehouse Capital, a consulting and investment firm, from 2003 to 2006. In January 2017, Ms. Boden Holland was appointed as a member of the board of directors of DeVry Education Group, Inc. (NYSE:DV), a global provider of educational services. Ms. Boden Holland has a BS in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from the University of North Carolina.

Nelda Bruce has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since joining Elevate in 2015. Prior to joining Elevate, Ms. Bruce was the Chief Financial Officer of BWI, Inc. from 2013 to 2015 and also served as the VP of Finance and Accounting and the Chief Accounting Officer at HKN, Inc. from 2008 to 2013. Prior to that, Ms. Bruce held various accounting and management roles at Sabre, Inc. Ms. Bruce is a Certified Public Accountant and has a BBA and MSA in Accounting from Texas Tech University.

Sharon Clarey has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since 2014 and was promoted to Chief Human Resources Officer in July 2016. She served as the Vice President of Human Resources at TFI from 2011 to 2014 and served as Director of Human Resources at TFI from 2009 to 2011. Prior to joining TFI, Ms. Clarey was the Director of Human Resources at Mannatech, Incorporated from 2004 to 2009 and held various leadership roles at American Airlines and American Trans Air. She has a BA in Advertising from Drake University.

Al Comeaux has served as our Chief Communications Officer since July 2016. Prior to joining Elevate, Mr. Comeaux held various executive positions in communications with General Electric, including Executive Director, Communications - GE Distributed Power from 2013 to 2015, and Executive Director, Digital Marketing and Global Communications - GE Aviation from 2010 to 2013. Previously, he led strategic communications efforts at Sabre, Travelocity and American Airlines in Europe and the United States, after roles in public affairs and as a press secretary in Washington, D.C. Mr. Comeaux holds a BA in Journalism from the Manship School of Journalism, Louisiana State University.

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Sarah Fagin Cutrona has served as our Chief Counsel since 2014. She was General Counsel at TFI from 2006 to 2014. Prior to that, she was Associate Counsel at AmeriCredit Corp. from 2001 to 2006 and served as Vice President of Government Affairs at NationsCredit Financial Services Corp. from 1997 to 1998. She is a member of the State Regulatory Registry (SRR) Industry Advisory Council, a subsidiary of the Conference of State Bank Supervisors. Ms. Cutrona graduated from Texas Tech University with degrees in Finance and Petroleum Land Management and received her JD from Southern Methodist University.

Scott Greever has served as Managing Director of our UK business unit since February 2016, and served as the Chief Information Officer of the UK business from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Greever held multiple roles with TFI from 2009 to 2014 including Chief Information Officer—UK, interim Chief Information Officer and Vice President of Application Development in the United States. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Greever was the Vice President of North America IT for Brink’s Inc. from 2003 to 2009. Mr. Greever began his career as an internal consultant with NCNB (a predecessor of Bank of America). He holds a BS in Marketing from Texas Tech University.

Greg Hall has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since 2015. Mr. Hall joined TFI in 2011 as Vice President of Marketing and was promoted to Executive Vice President of Marketing in 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Hall was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Slix, an apparel company, from 2009 to 2011, and Vice President of Marketing and Operational Strategy at Capital One Financial Corp. from 2007 to 2008. He has a BS in Aeronautical & Astronautical Engineering from Purdue University and an MBA in Finance and Management & Strategy from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

Joan Kuehl has served as Chief Information Officer since she joined Elevate in 2016. Prior to joining Elevate, Ms. Kuehl served as Senior Vice President and eBusiness CIO at The Travelers Companies beginning in 2012. Prior to her tenure at The Travelers Companies, she served as Senior Vice President of Technology at Bank of America from 2006 to 2012, where she was responsible for running Online Banking and Mobile Banking for the consumer bank. Additionally, from 1984 to 2006, Ms. Kuehl held various technology leadership positions at Sabre, Inc., including Senior Vice President of Application Development. Ms. Kuehl holds a BS in Computer Science from West Virginia University.

Walt Ramsey has served as our Chief Credit Officer since 2014, having previously served as Chief Risk Officer at TFI from 2011 to 2014. Before joining TFI in 2011, he was Senior Vice President of Consumer Banking Risk at JP Morgan Chase from 2008 to 2011 and Chief Risk Officer and Managing Director of Personal Loans at Lloyds TSB from 2005 to 2007. He has also held senior management positions at Experian, GE Consumer Finance and Citigroup. He has a BS in Mathematics from the College of Charleston, as well as graduate degrees in Economics and Statistics from North Carolina State University.

Non-employee directors

John C. Dean has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is a member of the Compensation and Audit Committees. Mr. Dean previously served as a member of the board of directors of TFI from 2005 to 2014. Mr. Dean has spent more than 35 years as an executive in the financial services industry, serving as Chief Executive Officer of five financial institutions throughout the country including Silicon Valley Bank. He has been with Central Pacific Bank since 2010, serving as Chairman of the Board of Central Pacific Bank from March 2010 until April 2011, when he became Chief Executive Officer, which position he held until July 2015, when he became Executive Chairman of the Board. In

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

2001, Mr. Dean was recognized by Forbes as one of the “50 most powerful dealmakers.” More recently, he was recognized as Hawaii Business Magazine’s 2012 CEO of the Year; Sales and Marketing Executives International Honolulu’s 2012 Salesperson of the Year; 2012 Pacific Business News’ Business Leader of the Year; and 2012 Pacific Buddhist Academy Inspirational Leader. He is a graduate of Holy Cross College, a former Peace Corps Volunteer in Western Samoa and a graduate of the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania with an MBA in Finance. We believe Mr. Dean is uniquely qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his 35 year history as a respected financial services executive.

Stephen B. Galasso has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is a member of the Audit Committee and the Chairperson of the Risk Committee. Mr. Galasso previously served on the board of directors of TFI from 2012 to 2014. He was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NetSpend from 2001 to 2004, President and Chief Executive Officer of Universal Value Network from 1998 to 2000 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of America Credit Cards from 1995 to 1998. He has been an independent director and strategic advisor to several companies including TFI since 2012 (where he ceased serving as a director in May 2014), Axeso Payment Solutions in Brazil from 2011 to 2012, AccountNow, Inc. from 2007 to 2011, and Advanced Payment Solutions in the UK from 2005 to 2011. Mr. Galasso was also an Entrepreneur in Residence for Payments and Financial Technology at Trident Capital from 2005 to 2011. He has a BS and MBA from Fordham University. We believe Mr. Galasso is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience with multiple payment and credit financial products, for both large and small institutions in the US as well as abroad.

Tyler Head has been a member of our Board of Directors since July 2014 and is Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. He is the President and founder of Corbett Capital, LLC, a closely held investment company focusing on growth capital investments in early-stage and lower middle market companies. Prior to founding Corbett Capital, LLC, in 2011, Mr. Head served as an officer and F/A-18 pilot in the US Marine Corps from 1998 through 2009, attaining the rank of Major prior to transitioning to the private sector. He is a founding member of Cowtown Angels, an Angel Investor group in Fort Worth, Texas and serves on the group’s steering council, investment screening committee, and membership committee. Mr. Head serves on the boards of directors of Wisegate, Inc. and Little Passports, Inc., and served on the board of directors of TFI until August 21, 2015. He serves on the Board of Managers of Eidolon Brands, LLC, the parent company of the Ben Hogan Golf Equipment Company. Mr. Head also serves on the board of directors of TECH Fort Worth, a business incubator and accelerator, and is the Chairman of its Outreach and Programs Committee. He has a BS in Political Science with a minor in Spanish from the US Naval Academy and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Head is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience funding and advising early stage growth companies, his experience in corporate governance, and his extensive organizational and leadership experience in the Marine Corps.

Robert L. Johnson has served on our Board of Directors since May 2014, and previously served on the board of directors of TFI from August 2012 to 2014. He is a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Johnson is the founder and Chairman of The RLJ Companies, an innovative business network that owns or holds interests in a diverse portfolio of companies in the consumer financial services, private equity, real estate, hospitality, professional sports, film production, gaming and automobile dealership industries. Prior to forming The RLJ Companies, in 1980 Mr. Johnson founded Black Entertainment Television (BET) where he served as chief executive officer. In 2001, BET was acquired by Viacom Inc. and Mr. Johnson continued to serve as chief executive officer until 2006. In July 2007, Mr. Johnson was named by USA Today as one of the “25 most influential business leaders of the past 25 years.” Mr. Johnson currently serves on the compensation committee and

 

 

 

149


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

the governance committee of the board of directors of the Lowe’s Companies, Inc. (NYSE: LOW), the compensation committee and the nomination and governance committee of KB Home (NYSE: KBH), as well as on the board of directors or trustees of RLJ Entertainment, Inc., RLJ Lodging Trust (NYSE: RLJ) and Strayer Education, Inc. (NASDAQ: STRA). Mr. Johnson is a graduate of the University of Illinois and holds a master’s degree in public affairs from the Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs at Princeton University. We believe Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his experience as a successful chief executive officer of BET and The RLJ Companies as well as his experience in finance, banking and brand-building enterprises. In addition, he brings experience from serving on more than seven publicly-traded companies and participating in board committees including audit, governance and compensation and has a proven commitment to serving minority and underserved consumers.

John C. Rosenberg has served on our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is Chairperson of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Rosenberg previously served on the board of directors of TFI from 2009 to 2014. He is a General Partner at Technology Crossover Ventures, or “TCV,” a provider of growth capital to technology companies, which he joined in 2000. Mr. Rosenberg also serves as a director of several private companies. He received a BA in Economics from Princeton University. We believe Mr. Rosenberg is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because, as a venture capital investor, he brings strategic insights and financial experience to the board. He has evaluated, invested in and served as a board member of numerous companies and has experience with a broad range of corporate and board functions.

Saundra D. Schrock has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2016 and is a member of our Risk Committee and our Compensation Committee. Currently a Managing Partner at Equanimity Leadership Solutions, LLC, a consulting firm that trains leaders on effective management communications strategies, Ms. Schrock brings to Elevate more than 35 years of experience in consumer financial services. Prior to her current position, which she has held since 2015, she was a Partner at her current firm, and from 2011 to 2014, she worked as an executive coaching consultant. Before that, she spent over twenty years at JPMorgan Chase where she successfully managed over 3,000 bank branches and 30,000 employees, as well as their Consumer Lending Division. Ms. Schrock is also the Treasurer of St. Joseph’s Hospital Foundation Board. She earned a BA in Psychology from Memphis State University (now the University of Memphis) and an MBA from Arizona State University where she is currently serving as an Executive in Residence. We believe that she is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because she brings a wealth of expertise in banking and consumer lending.

Stephen J. Shaper has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is the Chairperson of the Audit Committee and a member of the Risk Committee. Mr. Shaper has been the Chief Executive Officer of Middlemarch Capital Corporation, a consulting organization for the payments industry encompassing credit and debit transactions, internet payments, checks and loans, since 2010. Mr. Shaper previously served as Executive Vice President, Sales for PreCash Corporation from 2007 to 2010 and before that was the Chairman of Optimal Payments PLC (London: OPAY). He also served as President of Sales and Marketing for First Data Corporation and as Chief Executive Officer of TeleCheck Services, Inc., or “TeleCheck.” Prior to TeleCheck, Mr. Shaper owned or was a partner in more than thirty manufacturing, importing and distribution companies. He is currently a board member of Direct Connect and Mickie Services Company and a member of the board and the audit committees of Optimal Payments and TFI. Mr. Shaper received a BA degree in Mechanical Engineering from Rice University and an MBA from Harvard Business School and served in the US Army Corps of Engineers. He was a member of Young Presidents’ Organization and is currently an active member of YPO Gold. We believe Mr. Shaper is uniquely qualified to serve on our Board of Directors from having been involved in the payments industry continuously since 1977 as an investor, board member and executive.

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

BOARD COMPOSITION

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

Ø   John C. Dean was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class;

 

Ø   Stephen B. Galasso was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class;

 

Ø   Saundra D. Schrock was elected as the designee of certain holders of our Series A preferred stock;

 

Ø   Jason Harvison was elected as the designee of certain holders of shares of our common stock;

 

Ø   Tyler Head was elected as the designee of certain holders of shares of our common stock;

 

Ø   Robert L. Johnson was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class;

 

Ø   Kenneth E. Rees was elected as the designee reserved for the person serving as our Chief Executive Officer;

 

Ø   John C. Rosenberg was elected as the designee of certain holders of our Series B preferred stock; and

 

Ø   Stephen J. Shaper was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class.

Our voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. The number of directors will be fixed by our Board of Directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will consist of nine directors, seven of whom will qualify as “independent” under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, immediately after the completion of this offering our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

Ø   the Class I directors will be Kenneth E. Rees, Stephen B. Galasso and Robert L. Johnson, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of our initial public offering;

 

Ø   the Class II directors will be John C. Rosenberg, John C. Dean and Jason Harvison, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of our initial public offering; and

 

Ø   the Class III directors will be Stephen J. Shaper, Saundra Schrock and Tyler Head, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of our initial public offering.

The division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

 

 

151


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Our Board of Directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliates, our Board of Directors determined that John C. Dean, Stephen B. Galasso, Saundra D. Schrock, Tyler Head, Robert L. Johnson, John C. Rosenberg and Stephen J. Shaper do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and TFI and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

BOARD COMMITTEES

Our Board of Directors currently has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Risk Committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our Board of Directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee, established in May 2014, comprises John C. Dean, Stephen B. Galasso and Stephen J. Shaper. Mr. Shaper serves as our Audit Committee Chairperson. Mr. Dean, Mr. Galasso and Mr. Shaper meet the requirements for independence of Audit Committee members under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our Audit Committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the current listing standards. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Dean is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.” The responsibilities of our Audit Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   appointing, as well as reviewing and approving the compensation, retention and termination of, the independent registered public accounting firm engaged to audit our financial statements;

 

Ø   helping to ensure the independence of and overseeing the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø   reviewing and pre-approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

Ø   reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

Ø   preparing the Audit Committee report that the SEC requires be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

 

Ø   reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø   reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

Ø   assisting the board of directors in overseeing our internal audit function;

 

Ø   reviewing and overseeing related party transactions; and

 

Ø   establishing and maintaining procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, or federal and state rules and regulations, and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Our Audit Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us. The Audit Committee charter will be available on our website at www.elevate.com following the completion of the offering.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee, established in May 2014, comprises John C. Dean, John C. Rosenberg and Saundra D. Schrock. Mr. Rosenberg serves as our Compensation Committee Chairperson. The composition of our Compensation Committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the Compensation Committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act,” and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the “Code.” The purpose of our Compensation Committee is to oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and to discharge the responsibilities of our Board of Directors relating to compensation of our executive officers and employees. The responsibilities of our Compensation Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation policies, compensation plans and benefit programs;

 

Ø   reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive compensation (including the specific goals and amounts), equity compensation, employment agreements, severance or termination agreements, change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

Ø   reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to employee compensation and benefit plans;

 

Ø   preparing the Compensation Committee report, as required, to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

Ø   administering our equity compensation plans;

 

Ø   reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding director compensation; and

 

Ø   reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding management succession planning for our executive officers.

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us. The Compensation Committee charter will be available on our website at www.elevate.com following the completion of the offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, established in June 2015, comprises Tyler Head, Robert L. Johnson and John C. Rosenberg. Mr. Head serves as our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson. The composition of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meets the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The responsibilities of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   identifying, evaluating and selecting, and recommending to our Board of Directors for approval, nominees for election to our Board of Directors and its committees;

 

Ø   considering and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding the composition of our Board of Directors and its committees;

 

Ø   reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

Ø   evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance framework;

 

Ø   developing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding our corporate governance guidelines; and

 

Ø   evaluating the performance of our Board of Directors and of individual directors.

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter will be available on our website at www.elevate.com following the completion of the offering.

Risk Committee

Our Risk Committee, established in January 2016, comprises Stephen B. Galasso, Saundra D. Schrock and Stephen J. Shaper. Mr. Galasso serves as our Risk Committee Chairperson. The responsibilities of our Risk Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   overseeing our enterprise risk management framework and reviewing our policies and practices on risk assessment and enterprise risk management;

 

Ø   overseeing our policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

Ø   reviewing our implementation of enterprise risk management policies and procedures to assess their effectiveness;

 

Ø   reviewing our risk appetite and risk tolerance, methods of risk measurement, risk limits, and the guidelines for monitoring and mitigating such risks;

 

Ø   reviewing with management the categories of risk we face, including risk concentrations and risk interrelationships, likelihood of occurrence, and potential impact;

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

 

Ø   evaluating reports regarding our risks, our enterprise risk management function, and the results of enterprise risk management reviews and assessments; and

 

Ø   reviewing and discussing with management our risks, our management function and its effectiveness, and coordinating with management subcommittees regarding oversight of certain categories of risk determined by the Risk Committee.

Additionally, Mr. Shaper’s and Mr. Galasso’s duties as Risk Committee members include conducting on-site meetings with management for four days each quarter.

Our Risk Committee will operate under a written charter that will be effective prior to the completion of this offering. The Risk Committee charter will be available on our website at www.elevate.com following the completion of the offering.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ ROLE IN RISK MANAGEMENT

Our full Board of Directors oversees our risk management process. Our Board of Directors oversees a company-wide approach to enterprise risk management, carried out by our management. Our full Board of Directors determines the appropriate risk for us generally, assesses the specific risks faced by us, and reviews the steps taken by management to manage those risks.

While the full Board of Directors maintains the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risks in certain specified areas. Our Risk Committee reviews our business strategy and management’s assessment of the related risk and discusses with management our appropriate level of risk. Our Compensation Committee oversees risks associated with incentive compensation to ensure proper alignment of incentive compensation with both our strategic objectives and risk appetite. Our Audit Committee oversees financial risk exposures, including monitoring the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, internal control over financial reporting and the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Board of Directors, through our Audit Committee, receives periodic internal controls and related assessments from our finance department. In fulfilling its oversight responsibility with respect to compliance matters, our Board of Directors, through our Audit Committee, meets at least quarterly with our finance department, independent registered public accounting firm and internal or external legal counsel to discuss risks related to our financial reporting function.

BOARD LEADERSHIP

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that the roles of Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer may be separate or combined, and our Board of Directors has flexibility to decide whether it is in the best interests of Elevate, at any given point in time, for the roles of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to be separate or combined. Currently, the roles are combined, with Mr. Rees serving as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that we are well-served by a flexible leadership structure. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will continue to consider whether the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer should be separate or combined at any given time as part of our succession planning process.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that whenever our Chairman is also our Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors will designate an independent, non-employee director as Lead Director whose duties will include chairing executive sessions of non-management and independent directors,

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

serving as the principal liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors, and ensuring that he or she is available for consultation and direct communication with stockholders or other interested parties, if requested. The Lead Director has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors. Our directors have elected John C. Rosenberg to serve as our initial Lead Director.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES

The Board of Directors has developed and adopted a set of corporate governance principles to provide the framework for the governance of Elevate and to assist our Board in the exercise of its responsibilities. These guidelines reflect the Board’s commitment to monitoring the effectiveness of policy and decision making both at the Board and management level, with a view to enhancing stockholder value over the long term. These guidelines provide a framework for the conduct of the Board’s business.

The Corporate Governance Guidelines will be available on our website at www.elevate.com following the completion of the offering.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS POLICY

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy will be available on our website at www.elevate.com following the completion of the offering. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has at any time during the past fiscal year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past fiscal year has served as a member of the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

During the year ended December 31, 2016, two directors, Mr. Rees, our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Harvison, our Chief Operating Officer, were employees. Mr. Rees’ and Mr. Harvison’s compensation is discussed in “Executive compensation.”

Since January 2016 we have in place compensatory arrangements with Messrs. Galasso and Shaper for their services as directors, in addition to conducting onsite meetings with management for four days each quarter. Mr. Galasso received annual cash retainers, payable monthly, consisting of $30.0 thousand for membership on our Board of Directors, $7.5 thousand for Audit Committee membership, and $58.0 thousand for chairing the Risk Committee. Mr. Shaper similarly received annual cash retainers, payable monthly, consisting of $30.0 thousand for membership on our Board of Directors, approximately $7.5 thousand for chairing the Audit Committee, and approximately $55.5 thousand for Risk Committee membership. We also have in place a compensatory arrangement with Ms. Schrock for her services as a

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

director, pursuant to which we pay her a $40.0 thousand per year cash retainer, payable monthly, for membership on our Board of Directors. Also, on May 20, 2016, we granted her an option to purchase 62,500 shares of our common stock with an exercise price per share of $8.12. One fourth of the shares subject to the option will vest on the twelve-month anniversary of the grant date with an additional 1/48th of the shares vesting each month thereafter. Additionally, on September 22, 2016, the Board of Directors granted each of our non-employee members 6,110 restricted stock units, or “RSUs.” The RSUs have a vesting commencement date of July 1, 2016 and will fully vest upon the later of the 1-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date or the expiration of the lock-up period following our initial public offering.

Upon completion of this offering, all of these compensatory arrangements will be replaced with the following non-employee director compensation policy:

Cash compensation

Each year, each non-employee director will receive a cash retainer of $40 thousand for serving on the Board of Directors.

The Chairpersons and non-chair members of the following Board committees will be entitled to cash retainers each year as described below:

 

Board Committee (in thousands)    Chairperson
retainer
      

Non-chair member

retainer

 

Audit Committee

   $ 10.0           $7.5  

Compensation Committee

     10.0           5.0   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     10.0           5.0   

Risk Committee

     58.0           55.5   

 

(1)   Retainer amounts to be paid to each of Stephen B. Galasso, our Risk Committee Chairperson, and Stephen J. Shaper reflect the additional significant duties they will have as members of the Risk Committee, namely conducting onsite meetings with management for four days each quarter.

Equity compensation

Upon joining the Board of Directors, each newly elected non-employee director will receive an equity award of restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $300 thousand, which will vest annually over a four-year period.

Each non-employee director will also receive an annual equity award of restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $110 thousand. This award will fully vest upon the earlier of the 1-year anniversary of the grant date or the next annual meeting.

 

 

 

157


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Executive compensation

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined under the Securities Act. For 2016, our named executive officers under such rules are:

 

Ø   Kenneth E. Rees, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman;

 

Ø   Jason Harvison, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

Ø   Christopher Lutes, our Chief Financial Officer.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Name and principal
position
   Year     Salary(3)     Bonus(6)     Stock
awards(10)
    Option
awards(11)
    All other
compensation(15)
     Total  

Kenneth E. Rees(1)

               

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

     2016      $ 600,000      $ 839,385 (7)    $ 1,103,873      $      $ 23,876       $ 2,567,134   
     2015        585,846 (4)      596,609               452,119 (12)      32,103         1,666,677   

Jason Harvison(2)

               

Chief Operating Officer

     2016        400,000        632,308 (8)      496,213               34,500         1,563,021   
     2015        415,385        270,205               301,315 (13)      34,500         1,021,405   

Christopher Lutes

               

Chief Financial Officer

     2016        400,000        632,308 (9)      496,213               28,869         1,557,390   
     2015        392,308 (5)      63,692               68,000 (14)      27,971         551,971   

 

(1)   In 2015 and 2016, Mr. Rees also served as a director of our company but did not receive any compensation for such services.
(2)   In 2015 and 2016, Mr. Harvison also served as a director of our company but did not receive any compensation for such services.
(3)   The annual base salaries for the NEOs are determined based on 26 bi-weekly periods. In 2015, there were 27 bi-weekly periods, and the NEOs received base salary payments for the additional pay period.
(4)   Mr. Rees’ base salary was increased from $560,000 to $600,000 in November 2015.
(5)   Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Lutes’ base salary of $400,000 following his commencement of service with us in January 2015.
(6)   Amounts reported in the “bonus” column represent (i) cash incentive payments made in 2016 and 2015 under the Elevate Bonus Plan as established by the Board of Directors for the fiscal years 2015 and 2016, or the “2015 Bonus Plan” and “2016 Bonus Plan,” respectively, and (ii) cash bonus awards made at the discretion of our Board of Directors.
(7)   During 2016, Mr. Rees received a cash bonus payment under our 2015 Bonus Plan in the amount of $439,385. Mr. Rees’ bonus target under the plan was calculated as 100% of his base salary during 2015. The actual amount of Mr. Rees’ bonus payment was determined by our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion. The Board of Directors considered various Company and individual performance results in determining Mr. Rees’ bonus amount. Mr. Rees also received a discretionary cash bonus during 2016 in the amount of $400,000. This discretionary bonus was made to Mr. Rees at the discretion of the Board of Directors based on his individual performance and leadership contributions in preparing the Company for its initial public offering. In 2015, the amount reported for Mr. Rees includes a years of service award of $10,000. With respect to the years of service award, we reward all employees for 5, 10, 15 and 20 years of continuous service to us, including prior service to TFI. To earn an award, an employee must be employed with us on the payment date. The amount of the award is determined by multiplying the relevant number of years of service by $1,000. All employees who receive an award also receive a gross-up payment for taxes associated with the award.

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

(8)   During 2016, Mr. Harvison received cash bonus payments under both the 2015 Bonus Plan and the 2016 Bonus Plan for performance in (i) the third and fourth fiscal quarters of 2015 and (ii) the first and second fiscal quarters of 2016. The total amount of these payments was $332,308. Mr. Harvison’s bonus target under these plans was calculated as 80% of his base salary. The actual amounts of Mr. Harvison’s bonus payments were determined by our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion. The Board of Directors considered various Company and individual performance results in determining Mr. Harvison’s bonus amounts. Mr. Harvison also received a discretionary cash bonus during 2016 in the amount of $300,000. This discretionary bonus was made to Mr. Harvison at the discretion of the Board of Directors based on his individual performance and leadership contributions in preparing the Company for its initial public offering.
(9)   During 2016, Mr. Lutes received cash bonus payments under both the 2015 Bonus Plan and the 2016 Bonus Plan for performance in (i) the third and fourth fiscal quarters of 2015 and (ii) the first and second fiscal quarters of 2016. The total amount of these payments was $332,308. Mr. Lutes’ bonus target under these plans was calculated as 80% of his base salary. The actual amounts of Mr. Lutes’ bonus payments were determined by our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion. The Board of Directors considered various Company and individual performance results in determining Mr. Lutes’ bonus amounts. Mr. Lutes also received a discretionary cash bonus during 2016 in the amount of $300,000. This discretionary bonus was made to Mr. Lutes at the discretion of the Board of Directors based on his individual performance and leadership contributions in preparing the Company for its initial public offering.
(10)   Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair values of restricted stock units granted to each of Messrs. Rees, Harvison and Lutes during our fiscal year 2016. The grant date fair value, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or “FASB ASC Topic 718”, is based on a fair value assumption of (i) $8.12 per common share on the grant date and (ii) 135,945, 61,110 and 61,110 restricted stock units granted to Mr. Rees, Mr. Harvison, and Mr. Lutes, respectively. These restricted stock units vest as to 25% of the underlying units on the later of each of the first four anniversary dates of the award, or the expiration of the lock-up period following our initial public offering. No units shall vest prior to the expiration of such lock-up period. At the time the restricted stock units vest, our named executive officers will receive one share of our common stock for each restricted stock unit vesting on that date. Once the restricted stock unit has vested and been paid out as one share of common stock, the restricted stock unit is cancelled. Restricted stock units carry no dividend or voting rights. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these restricted stock units and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers when the units vest and are paid out as common shares of the Company.
(11)   The amounts reported in the “option awards” column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers during 2015, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the “option awards” column are set forth in Note 10 to the combined and consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon exercise of the options.
(12)   Mr. Rees received two options in 2015. 25% of the shares subject to the options vested on June 19, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the options have continued to vest monthly thereafter, and shall continue to vest at that rate, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. One option, covering 199,068 shares, is a “reload” grant related to Mr. Rees’ “cashless” exercise of an option that expired on November 18, 2015 and covers the number of shares withheld in connection with such exercise. 100% of the shares subject to this option shall vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date.
(13)   Mr. Harvison received three options in 2015. 25% of the shares subject to two options, covering 68,173 shares and 37,500 shares, respectively, vested on June 19, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares subject to such two options have continued to vest monthly thereafter, and shall continue to vest at that rate, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 25% of the shares subject to the third option, covering 70,188 shares, vested on February 20, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares subject to such option have continued to vest monthly thereafter, and shall continue to vest at that rate, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 100% of the shares subject to two options, covering 70,188 shares and 68,173 shares, respectively, vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date. These two options, covering 70,188 and 68,173 shares, respectively, are “reload” grants related to Mr. Harvison’s “cashless” exercise of options that expired on February 28, 2015, and November 18, 2015, respectively, and cover the number of shares withheld in connection with each such exercise.
(14)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on June 19, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option have continued to vest monthly thereafter, and shall continue to vest at that rate, subject to continued service with us on each vesting date.
(15)   The amounts reported in the “all other compensation” column represent Company matching contributions to our 401(k) plan, premiums for Company-paid group term life insurance, and Company-paid premiums for medical, dental and vision insurance. All of these programs are offered to our eligible employees who work in the United States. For Mr. Rees, this amount comprises (a) $10,600 in 401(k) matching contributions for both 2015 and 2016 and (b) $14,276 and $13,276 for health and life insurance premiums for 2015 and 2016, respectively. The amount reported in the “all other compensation” column for 2015 for Mr. Rees also includes $7,227 in gross-up taxes for Mr. Rees’ years of service award, described above. For Mr. Harvison, this amount comprises (a) $10,600 in 401(k) matching contributions for both 2015 and 2016 and (b) $23,900 in health and life insurance premiums for both 2015 and 2016. For Mr. Lutes, this amount comprises (a) $10,600 in 401(k) matching contributions for both 2015 and 2016 and (b) $17,371 and $18,269 health and life insurance premiums for 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

ELEVATE BONUS PLAN

Our bonus plan generally rewards eligible employees based on our performance during six-month performance periods. Bonus payments are based on individual targets, measured as a percentage of eligible earnings, adjusted by a performance modifier that is determined by our Board of Directors. Bonus payments are contingent on employment through the date of payment.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

Kenneth E. Rees

Mr. Rees is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, as amended, with us, or the “Rees Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $600,000, a discretionary bonus of 100% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off and participation in our benefit plans. The Rees Agreement provides that if Mr. Rees’ employment with us is terminated by us without cause outside of a Change in Control Period (as defined below), he will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) continued payment of base salary for 24 months and (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the premiums that he would be required to pay for his and his dependents’ continued healthcare coverage pursuant to COBRA for 24 months, regardless of whether he elects COBRA coverage. If Mr. Rees’ employment with us is terminated by us without cause or by him for Good Reason (as defined below) either 3 months prior to or within 24 months following a change in control of us (such period, a “Change in Control Period”), the Rees Agreement provides that Mr. Rees will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) the severance payments described above, (ii) a lump sum bonus equal to 100% of his target annual incentive and (iii) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of all equity awards held by him. The Rees Agreement also provides that if Mr. Rees’ employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause prior to a public offering of our stock, we will provide him with full-recourse, interest-bearing loans for two years for purposes of exercising certain vested stock options that will become due and payable upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the two-year term of the loans or (ii) the registration date of a public offering of our stock. In the event that any of the payments or benefits under the Rees Agreement or otherwise would become subject to excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Excise Tax”), such payments or benefits will be (i) delivered in full, or (ii) reduced such that no portion of the payments or benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax, whichever is more favorable on an after tax basis to Mr. Rees.

A “Good Reason” resignation is defined as occurring if (i) the employer substantially diminishes the responsibilities of the employee (other than in connection with the employee’s availability by reason of disability or otherwise), or (ii) the employer reduces the base salary of the employee.

Jason Harvison

Mr. Harvison is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, as amended, with us, or the “Harvison Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $400,000, a discretionary bonus of 80% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off and participation in our benefit plans. The Harvison Agreement provides that if Mr. Harvison’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause outside of a Change in Control Period, he will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) continued payment of base salary for 12 months and (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the premiums that he would be required to pay for his and his dependents’ continued healthcare coverage pursuant to COBRA for 12 months, regardless of whether he elects COBRA coverage. If Mr. Harvison’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause or by him for Good Reason either 3 months prior to or within 24 months following a change in control of us, the

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Harvison Agreement provides that Mr. Harvison will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) the severance payments described above, (ii) a lump sum bonus equal to 50% of his target annual incentive and (iii) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of all equity awards held by him. The Harvison Agreement also provides that if Mr. Harvison’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause prior to a public offering of our stock, we will provide him with full-recourse, interest-bearing loans for two years for purposes of exercising certain vested stock options that will become due and payable upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the two-year term of the loans or (ii) the registration date of a public offering of our stock. In the event that any of the payments or benefits under the Harvison Agreement or otherwise would become subject to the Excise Tax, such payments or benefits will be (i) delivered in full, or (ii) reduced such that no portion of the payments or benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax, whichever is more favorable on an after tax basis to Mr. Harvison.

Christopher Lutes

Mr. Lutes is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, as amended, with us, or the “Lutes Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $400,000, a discretionary bonus of 80% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off and participation in our benefit plans. The Lutes Agreement provides that if Mr. Lutes’ employment with us is terminated by us without cause outside of a Change in Control Period, he will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) continued payment of base salary for 12 months and (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the premiums that he would be required to pay for his and his dependents’ continued healthcare coverage pursuant to COBRA for 12 months, regardless of whether he elects COBRA coverage. If Mr. Lutes’ employment with us is terminated by us without cause or by him for Good Reason either 3 months prior to or within 24 months following a change in control of us, the Lutes Agreement provides that Mr. Lutes will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) the severance payments described above, (ii) a lump sum bonus equal to 50% of his target annual incentive and (iii) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of all equity awards held by him. In the event that any of the payments or benefits under the Lutes Agreement or otherwise would become subject to the Excise Tax, such payments or benefits will be (i) delivered in full, or (ii) reduced such that no portion of the payments or benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax, whichever is more favorable on an after tax basis to Mr. Lutes.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL

As described above, if a named executive officer’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause, or by him for Good Reason, during a Change in Control Period, he will receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) continued payment of base salary for 12 months (24 months for Mr. Rees), (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the premiums that he would be required to pay for his and his dependents’ continued healthcare coverage pursuant to COBRA for 12 months (24 months for Mr. Rees), regardless of whether he elects COBRA coverage, (iii) a lump sum bonus equal to 50% of his target annual incentive (100% for Mr. Rees) and (iv) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of all equity awards held by him. In the event that any of the payments or benefits under a named executive officer’s employment agreement, as amended, or otherwise would become subject to the Excise Tax, such payments or benefits will be (i) delivered in full, or (ii) reduced such that no portion of the payments or benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax, whichever is more favorable on an after tax basis to the named executive officer. With respect to Messrs. Rees and Harvison, if the named executive officer’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause prior to a public offering of our stock, we will provide him with full-recourse, interest-bearing loans for two years for purposes of exercising certain vested stock options that will become due and payable upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the two-year term of the loans or (ii) the registration date of a public offering of our stock.

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Options granted to a named executive officer prior to the Spin-Off were granted by TFI during, and in connection with, the named executive officer’s employment with TFI. Such options were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014, and have a grant date of May 1, 2014.

 

    Option awards(1)     Stock awards  
Name   Grant
date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(exercisable)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(unexercisable)
    Option
exercise
price
    Option
expiration
date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Kenneth E. Rees(2)

    5/1/2014 (3)      187,500             $ 2.12        3/15/2017                 
    5/1/2014 (3)      250,000               2.13        2/17/2021                 
    11/21/2014 (4)      151,533        139,413        5.15        11/20/2024                 
    6/19/2015 (5)      23,438        39,063        6.31        6/18/2025                 
    6/19/2015 (6)      74,650        124,418        6.31        6/18/2025                 
    9/22/2016 (10)                           N/A        135,945      $ 1,098,436   

Jason Harvison

    5/1/2014 (3)      12,500               2.13        1/14/2020                 
    5/1/2014 (3)      125,000               2.13        2/17/2021                 
    12/12/2014 (7)      12,500        12,500        5.15        12/11/2024                 
    2/20/2015 (9)      32,168        38,020        5.59        2/19/2025                 
    6/19/2015 (5)      14,063        23,438        6.31        6/18/2025                 
    6/19/2015 (6)      25,563        42,610        6.31        6/18/2025                 
    9/22/2016 (10)                           N/A        61,110        493,769   

Christopher Lutes

    5/1/2014 (3)(8)      225,000               2.12        1/14/2017                 
    5/1/2014 (3)(8)      50,000               2.13        1/14/2020                 
    5/1/2014 (3)(8)      125,000               2.13        2/17/2021                 
    6/19/2015 (5)      11,718        19,533        6.31        6/18/2025                 
    9/22/2016 (10)                           N/A        61,110        493,769   

 

(1)   Options granted to a named executive officer prior to the Spin-Off were granted by TFI during, and in connection with, the named executive officer’s employment with TFI, and were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014.
(2)   Prior to the Spin-Off, Mr. Rees was granted an option by TFI during, and in connection with his employment with TFI, covering 204,000 shares of TFI. The option was converted to an option covering 204,000 shares of our common stock (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock-split) in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014. Mr. Rees exercised the option in 2014, prior to December 31, 2014. As a result, the option is not reflected in this table.
(3)   100% of the shares subject to the option were vested as of December 31, 2016.
(4)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on November 21, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 100% of the shares subject to the option vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date.
(5)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on June 19, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date.
(6)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on June 19, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter on the first day of the month, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 100% of the shares subject to the option vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date.
(7)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on December 12, 2014, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date.
(8)   Options granted to Mr. Lutes were granted by TFI during, and in connection with, his employment with TFI, and were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014.
(9)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on February 20, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 100% of the shares subject to the option vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date.
(10)   Restricted stock units, or “RSUs,” were awarded to our named executive officers on September 22, 2016 by the Board of Directors. These RSUs vest as to 25% of the underlying units on the later of each of the first four anniversary dates of the award, or the expiration of the lock-up period following our initial public offering. No units shall vest prior to the expiration of such lock-up period. At the time the RSUs vest, our named executive officers will receive one share of our common stock for each RSU vesting on that date. Once the RSU has vested and been paid out as one share of common stock, the RSU is cancelled. RSUs carry no dividend or voting rights.

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table shows the compensation earned by our directors who are not named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name    Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash(5)
     Stock
Awards(6)
     Option
Awards(7)
   

Total

 

John C. Dean

           $ 49,613              $ 49,369   

Stephen B. Galasso(1)

   $ 126,375         49,613                175,744   

Tyler Head

             49,613                49,369   

Robert L. Johnson(2)

             49,613                49,369   

John C. Rosenberg

             49,613                49,369   

Saundra D. Schrock(3)

     23,333         49,613       $ 169,260        241,962   

Stephen J. Shaper(4)

     104,500         49,613                153,869   

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Galasso held a stock option for 12,500 shares, all of which were vested and exercisable.
(2)   As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Johnson held a stock option for 62,500 shares, all of which were vested and exercisable.
(3)   As of December 31, 2016, Ms. Schrock held a stock option for 62,500 shares, none of which were vested or exercisable. Ms. Schrock received an award of 62,500 stock options on May 20, 2016, upon joining our Board. The options have an exercise price of $8.12, which was the fair market value of Elevate common stock on the grant date. These options vest as to one-fourth of the underlying shares on the 1-year anniversary of the award date, and as to 1/48 of the underlying shares on a monthly basis thereafter.
(4)   As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Shaper held a stock option for 62,500 shares, all of which were vested and exercisable.
(5)   The amount reported represents fees paid for services provided to us in each’s capacity as a director, as well as fees paid for additional duties as members of the Audit and Risk Committees. The amount reported for Ms. Schrock represents fees paid for services provided to us in her capacity as a director.
(6)   The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair values of restricted stock units granted to each non-employee member of our Board of Directors on September 22, 2016. The grant date fair value, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, is based on a fair value assumption of (i) $8.12 per common share on the grant date and (ii) 6,110 restricted stock units. These RSUs vest as to 100% of the underlying units on the later of (i) the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, July 1, 2016, and (ii) the expiration of our lock-up period following our initial public offering. No units shall vest prior to the expiration of such lock-up period. These RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions of the respective award agreements and the 2016 Plan, under which they were granted. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these restricted stock units and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee director when the units vest and are paid out as common shares of the Company.
(7)   The amount reported in the “option awards” column represents the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to Saundra Schrock during 2016, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the “option awards” column are set forth in Note 10 to the combined and consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee director upon exercise of the options.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK PLANS

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2014 Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors on May 1, 2014, and approved by our stockholders on May 1, 2014.

The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to our employees and any parent or subsidiary employees, and to employees of TFI and any parent or subsidiary of TFI, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to our employees, directors, and consultants, any parent or subsidiary employees, directors, and consultants, and to employees, directors and consultants of TFI or any parent or subsidiary of TFI.

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors, which we refer to as the “administrator” in this description, administers the 2014 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the authority, in its discretion, to determine the fair market value of our common stock, to select the service providers to whom awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award granted under the 2014 Plan, to approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2014 Plan, to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the 2014 Plan, of any award granted thereunder, to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an exchange program under which outstanding awards may be exchanged for other awards and/or cash, transferred to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or under which the exercise price of options may be increased or decreased, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2014 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws, to modify or amend each award (subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan), to allow participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed under the 2014 Plan, to authorize any person to execute on behalf of us any instrument required to effect the grant of an award previously granted by the administrator, to allow a participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares of our common stock that otherwise would be due to such participant under an award, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2014 Plan.

The per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an option is determined by the administrator, but may be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of us or any parent or subsidiary of us, the per share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. Options may be granted with a per share exercise price of less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant pursuant to certain transactions in a manner consistent with applicable laws.

The term of an option will be no more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of us or any parent or subsidiary, the term will be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the award agreement.

If a participant ceases to be a service provider, the participant may exercise his or her option within such period of time as is specified in the award agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such option and subject to certain minimum periods for participants residing in certain states) to the extent that the option is vested on the date of termination.

The 2014 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such restrictions on shares of restricted stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest revert back to us.

Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (subject to certain further restrictions for participants residing in certain states), and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant. Further, until we become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an option, or prior to exercise, the shares subject to the option,

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position,” other than to (i) family members through gifts or domestic relations orders or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the participant upon the death or disability of the participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to us or in connection with certain changes in control or other acquisition transactions involving us to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of our common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities of ours, or other change in the corporate structure of us affecting our shares of common stock occurs, the administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2014 Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of our common stock that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of our common stock covered by each outstanding award. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of us, the administrator will notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

In the event of a merger or certain changes in control, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines without a participant’s consent. In taking any such action, the administrator will not be obligated to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, similarly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for an award (or portion thereof), the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options, including shares as to which such award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse, and, with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Our Board of Directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan. We will obtain stockholder approval of any plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable laws. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of the later of (a) effective date of the 2014 Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan, unless we terminate it sooner.

As of December 31, 2016, we had reserved 5,931,250 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2016, we had granted options to purchase 5,975,902 shares, options to purchase 2,085,777 of these shares had been exercised, options to purchase 381,210 shares have expired and returned to the pool, and as a result 336,557 of these shares remained available for future grant. The options to purchase 3,508,915 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 had a weighted-average exercise price of $3.31 per share. We have adopted a new stock incentive plan effective on June 23, 2016. As a result, we will not grant any additional awards under the 2014 Plan and the 2014 Plan has terminated. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan and applicable agreements, until such outstanding awards are exercised (if applicable) or terminate or expire by their terms.

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2016 Plan”)

Our 2016 Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors on January 5, 2016 and approved by our stockholders thereafter. The 2016 Plan became effective on June 23, 2016. The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

parent and subsidiary employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, cash-based awards (including annual cash incentives and long-term cash incentives), and any combination thereof to our employees, directors, and consultants and to employees, directors, and consultants of certain affiliated entities.

We have reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan shares of our common stock equal to the sum of: (i) 3,150,000 shares of common stock; and (ii) up to 3,845,472 shares of our common stock underlying awards granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and outstanding when the 2016 Plan became effective that are forfeited, canceled, or expire (whether voluntarily or involuntarily). In addition, the 2016 Plan provides for an annual increase to the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the 2016 Plan becomes effective, equal to the lesser of (x) 2,800,000 shares, (y) 4.0 percent of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (z) a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator (as defined below).

Our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors, which we refer to as the “administrator” in this description, administers the 2016 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the administrator consists of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator has the power to determine and interpret the terms and conditions of the awards, including, as applicable, the employees, directors, and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of the awards, the restrictions on transferability of awards, and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding stock options and the base appreciation amount of any stock appreciation rights if the exercise price or base appreciation amount exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares, and to cancel such options and stock appreciation rights in exchange for new awards, in each case without stockholder approval.

The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any of our parents or subsidiaries. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees and directors and those of certain of our affiliates. The per share exercise price of all options granted under the 2016 Plan must be equal to at least the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed 5 years, and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the base appreciation amount used to determine the cash or shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her stock

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

appreciation right, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation right agreement.

The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions, if any, established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions, if any, on vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator, if any, are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions, if any, to vesting, or restrictions and conditions, if any, to payment that it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrator’s discretion, in cash, with shares of our common stock or other securities, or a combination thereof.

The 2016 Plan also allows for the grant of awards denominated in cash that may be settled in cash or shares of common stock, which may be subject to restrictions, as established by the administrator. Prior to the first stockholder meeting at which directors are to be elected to our Board of Directors that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering occurs, the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2016 Plan to employees who would otherwise be covered by Section 162(m) of the Code will be $80,000,000. Section 162(m) of the Code generally applies to a public company’s chief executive officer and its three other most highly compensated executive officers, other than its chief financial officer.

The administrator will determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each award including vesting schedules, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the administrator for any awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, will be one of, or combination of, the following: net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); earnings per share; revenues or sales (including net sales or revenue growth); net operating profit; return measures (including return on assets, net assets, capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or revenue); cash flow (including operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity, and cash flow return on investment); earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, or amortization; gross or operating margins; productivity ratios; share price (including growth measures and total stockholder return); expense targets; margins; operating efficiency; market share; working capital targets and change in working capital; economic value added or EVA ® (net operating profit after tax minus the sum of capital multiplied by the cost of capital); or net operating income. The performance criteria may be applicable to our company, our affiliates or any individual business units of our company or any affiliate and may be measured over any specified period, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the administrator.

The 2016 Plan allows for the transfer of awards under the 2016 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent authorized by the administrator to certain persons or entities. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2016 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number of shares that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical share limits contained in the 2016 Plan, and any other terms that the administrator determines require adjustment.

The 2016 Plan provides that in the event of certain corporate transactions, as such term is defined in the 2016 Plan, the portion of each outstanding award that is neither continued by us nor assumed or replaced by the successor entity or its parent will automatically terminate. In connection with a corporate transaction or change in control, as such term is defined in the 2016 Plan, the administrator has the authority to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested awards under the 2016 Plan and the release from restrictions on transfer or forfeiture rights of such awards on such terms and conditions as the administrator may specify. In addition, any incentive stock option accelerated in connection with a corporate transaction or change in control will remain exercisable as an incentive stock option to the extent the dollar limitation under the Code is not exceeded, with any excess becoming a nonqualified stock option.

The 2016 Plan will automatically terminate 10 years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)

The ESPP was adopted by our Board of Directors in January 2016 and will enable eligible employees of ours and designated affiliates to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following its effectiveness. In this description, we sometimes refer to an eligible employee’s right to purchase shares of our common stock under the ESPP as an “option.” Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We initially reserved 525,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for an annual increase to the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the ESPP becomes effective, equal to the lesser of (x) 700,000 shares, (y) 1.0 percent of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (z) a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator (as defined below).

Our Board of Directors or a committee designated by the board, which we refer to as the “administrator” in this description, will administer the ESPP. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in the ESPP (except for employees (i) whose customary employment is 20 hours or less per week, (ii) whose customary employment is for not more than 5 months in any calendar year, (iii) who have not been employed for such continuous period as the administrator may require (up to a maximum of 2 years), or (iv) who are citizens or residents of a non-US jurisdiction under certain circumstances, although the administrator may permit such categories of employees to participate in the ESPP in its discretion). Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in the ESPP, are ineligible to participate in the ESPP. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under the ESPP, eligible employees generally will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their eligible compensation.

When an offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements and wish to participate in the ESPP will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled,

 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

participation will be automatic in subsequent offering periods. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

It is anticipated that the offering periods will be for six months. The duration of the first offering period may be shorter or longer. The commencement date of the first offering period has not been set.

No participant will have the right to purchase our shares in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year(s), that has a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable offering period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 1,250 shares during any one offering period or such lesser amount determined by the administrator. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under the ESPP may be as low as 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the applicable offering period or the last trading day of the applicable offering period.

In the event of certain corporate transactions (as defined in the ESPP), each option will be assumed by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless the administrator determines to shorten the offering period then in progress, in which case the options will either be exercised automatically or we will pay the option holder an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the fair market value of the shares subject to the options over (y) the purchase price due had the options been exercised automatically.

The ESPP will terminate on the 10th anniversary of its adoption by our Board of Directors, unless it is terminated earlier by the administrator. The administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the ESPP. Except in connection with certain corporate transactions or changes in capitalization, no such termination can adversely affect options previously granted, provided that the ESPP may be terminated by the administrator under certain circumstances if the administrator determines that the termination of the ESPP or one or more offering periods is in our best interests or in the best interests of our stockholders. Except as described in the previous sentence, or in connection with certain corporate transactions or changes in capitalization, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant without the consent of affected participants. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law), we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

401(k) plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, or our 401(k) plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in our 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month following the date they meet our 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. Our 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and discretionary contributions to eligible participants. We make a safe harbor matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 4% of an eligible employee’s eligible compensation, and the eligible employee is 100% vested in such contribution when made.

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Pension benefits

Aside from our 401(k) Plan, we do not maintain any pension plan or arrangement under which our named executive officers are entitled to participate or receive post-retirement benefits.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Health and welfare plans

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, and short-term and long-term disability insurance plans, on the same basis as all of our other US employees.

Limitations on liability and indemnification matters

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to adopt, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as presently in existence or as may be amended from time to time. Our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following acts:

 

Ø   any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

Ø   acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

Ø   unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

Ø   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law or other applicable law. The amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for us, or anybody serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, regardless of whether we have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Delaware law. We expect to obtain an insurance policy that insures our directors and officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws.

We also plan to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in the amended and restated bylaws that we plan to adopt. These agreements, among other things, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements and indemnification arrangements discussed above in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive compensation” and the registration rights described in “Description of capital stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since the Spin-Off when we started operations, and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

Ø   we have been or are to be a participant;

 

Ø   the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

Ø   any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The transactions below include those with TFI. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed to Elevate certain net assets and liabilities associated with the direct lending and branded product businesses of TFI valued at approximately $246.1 million, based on the fair market value of the contributed businesses at the time, and distributed its interest in Elevate to its stockholders. See “Business—Our History.” Prior to the Spin-Off, we were a subsidiary of TFI; however, TFI currently does not hold any of our equity interests, and, other than the separation and distribution agreement, the amended and restated intellectual property assignment agreement, the tax sharing agreement, as amended, and various sublease agreements, there are no ongoing contractual relationships between TFI and us.

Additionally, certain of our directors and executive officers have held or currently hold positions at TFI:

 

Ø   Our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Kenneth E. Rees, was Chief Executive Officer of TFI until April 30, 2014 and Chairman of TFI until May 15, 2015. Mr. Rees is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Our Chief Financial Officer, Christopher Lutes, was Chief Financial Officer of TFI from 2007 until October 2014 and Assistant Chief Financial Officer of TFI from October 2014 until January 2015. In January 2015, Mr. Lutes became our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Lutes is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Our Chief Credit Officer, Walt Ramsey, previously served as Chief Risk Officer of TFI until 2014. Mr. Ramsey is currently neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Jason Harvison, who is currently our Chief Operating Officer and a director, was previously our Chief Financial Officer from the time of the Spin-Off until Mr. Lutes’ appointment to such position, also served as a member of the board of directors of TFI until August 21, 2015. Mr. Harvison is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Tyler Head, a member of our Board of Directors, also served as a member of the board of directors of TFI until August 21, 2015. Mr. Head is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Stephen J. Shaper, another member of our Board of Directors, currently serves as a director on the board of TFI.

None of our other directors or executive officers is currently an employee or director of TFI.

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

SPIN-OFF AGREEMENTS WITH TFI

Separation and distribution agreement

In connection with the Spin-Off, on May 1, 2014, we and TFI entered into the separation and distribution agreement, which sets forth the key provisions relating to the separation of our business from TFI’s other business lines.

Treatment of assets and liabilities

The separation and distribution agreement described the assets and liabilities that were transferred to us and those that remained with TFI. Included in the assets that were contributed to us in the Spin-Off was certain consumer lending software known as the IQ Technology Platform. On January 1, 2015, our subsidiary, Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, entered into an intellectual property assignment agreement with TC Decision Sciences, LLC, a subsidiary of TFI, pursuant to which an undivided co-ownership interest was granted to TC Decision Sciences, LLC, in the IQ Technology Platform, in exchange for the payment of a portion of the development costs for such software. As a result of this agreement, TC Decision Sciences, LLC, has the unrestricted right to make any use of the IQ Technology Platform without further obligation to Elevate Credit, Inc. On September 30, 2015, we entered into an amended and restated intellectual property assignment agreement to clarify the scope of the co-owned subject matter and to add Think Finance, Inc. and Elevate Credit, Inc. as parties to the agreement.

Distribution of stock

The separation and distribution agreement also described the terms of TFI’s distribution of all of our then outstanding shares to TFI’s stockholders in the number of whole shares of our common and preferred stock that is equal to the respective number of shares of TFI common and preferred stock held by each relevant TFI stockholder. Certain of such TFI stockholders were or are members of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. The below table describes the distribution of Elevate common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to such stockholders (including holders of more than 5% of our capital stock that became such holders due to such initial distribution) in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

Stockholder    Common stock      Series A Preferred
Stock(1)
     Series B Preferred
Stock(1)
 

Named executive officers and directors:

        

Kenneth E. Rees(2)

     718,377         235,622           

John C. Dean(3)

     275,025         80,880           

Tyler Head(4)

     3,180,927                   

Stephen J. Shaper(5)

     80,230                   

Michael L. Goguen(6)

     37,772         5,661,765         1,676,470   

John C. Rosenberg(7)

     37,770         938,232         5,029,407   

5% holders(8):

        

7HBF No. 2 Ltd.

     3,973,240         61,050           

Linda Stinson(9)

     2,698,700         91,577           

Affiliates of Sequoia Capital(6)

     37,772         5,661,765         1,676,470   

Affiliates of Technology Crossover Ventures(7)

     37,770         938,232         5,029,407   

 

(1)   Shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The share amounts in the table above give effect to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split.

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

(2)   Kenneth E. Rees is our chief executive officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors.
(3)   John C. Dean is a member of our Board of Directors. Consists of shares held by Startup Capital Ventures, L.P., of which Mr. Dean is the managing partner.
(4)   Tyler Head is a member of our Board of Directors. Consists of shares held by The Tyler W.K. Head Trust dated March 20, 2014, a voting trust of which Mr. Head is the voting trustee.
(5)   Stephen J. Shaper is a member of our Board of Directors.
(6)   Michael Goguen was a member of our Board of Directors and a partner at Sequoia Capital. He was removed from the Board of Directors on March 11, 2016 pursuant to the terms of our current certificate of incorporation and the investors’ rights agreement entered into between us and the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. Consists solely of holdings of affiliates of Sequoia Capital for which shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information and which received shares of our common or preferred stock, as applicable, comprising Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III, L.P., Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, LLC, Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital IX, L.P. Mr. Goguen did not receive shares in his individual capacity.
(7)   John Rosenberg is a member of our Board of Directors and a general partner at Technology Crossover Ventures. Consists solely of holdings of affiliates of Technology Crossover Ventures for which shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information and which received shares of our common or preferred stock, as applicable, comprising TCV Member Fund, L.P. and TCV V, L.P. Mr. Rosenberg did not receive shares in his individual capacity.
(8)   Based on 11,607,832 shares of common stock, 7,392,647 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 6,705,877 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (in each case, giving effect to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split), on a fully converted basis, outstanding immediately after the distribution pursuant to the terms of the separation and distribution agreement.
(9)   Includes 19,072 shares of our common stock held by The Stinson 2009 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, dated May 1, 2009.

Treatment of existing intercompany agreements

The separation and distribution agreement also provided for the termination without further liability of any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings, whether or not in writing, between TFI and us, except for (i) the separation and distribution agreement and ancillary agreements (and each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement to be entered into by the parties to the separation and distribution agreement or members of their groups), (ii) any intercompany documented accounts payable or accounts receivable accrued as of the distribution date and (iii) any shared contracts (contracts for which both TFI and we are entitled to the rights and benefits thereof and assume a related portion of any liabilities thereunder) as set forth in the separation and distribution agreement. We and TFI each agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party and its subsidiaries, and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns, from any and all liabilities (as defined in the agreement) relating to, arising out of or resulting from, among other things, each of our respective businesses and liabilities, as applicable. The separation and distribution agreement also provided that we and TFI would each, as soon as reasonably practical, effect the transfer of the assets and liabilities being transferred in connection with the Spin-Off that had not yet been transferred as of the date of the Spin-Off.

Ancillary agreements

In connection with the Spin-Off, we, including certain members of our group, and TFI, including certain members of the TFI group, entered into various ancillary agreements, each as of May 1, 2014, to govern various interim relationships between us and TFI. Each ancillary agreement is summarized below.

Shared services agreement

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Elevate Credit Service, LLC, or “ECS,” entered into a shared services agreement with TFI’s wholly owned subsidiary, TC Loan Service, LLC, or “TCLS,” which detailed the

 

 

 

173


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

continuation of certain services provided by each of TCLS and ECS to the other following the Spin-Off. Such services included human resource services, accounting and other finance services, facilities management, IT services, fraud and decisions services and operations services. Pursuant to the agreement, we paid a total of $3.1 million in fees under the shared services agreement in accordance with the terms of the agreement, representing payment for services demonstrably attributable to or for the benefit of us and for our pro rata portion of the cost plus overhead of such other services based on the proportion of monthly revenues attributable to us to the total combined monthly revenues of the parties to the agreement and their respective affiliates. The term of the shared services agreement was six months from its effective date and expired in accordance with such terms on November 1, 2014.

Data sharing and support agreement

Our subsidiary, Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, entered into a data sharing and support agreement with a subsidiary of TFI, TC Decision Sciences, LLC, to provide for the transition of their respective business operations after the Spin-Off, including through the sharing of data related to transferred products and fraud prevention, as well as the hosting of information, and which allowed for a continuity of services to their respective customers. Because the activities of the parties contemplated by the agreement mutually benefit both parties and their clients, and are further ancillary to the shared services agreement described above, which contemplates the payment of certain consideration, no separate or additional consideration was required pursuant to the data sharing and support agreement. The data sharing and support agreement expired by its terms as of December 31, 2014.

Data services letter agreement

Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, entered into a data services letter agreement with TC Decision Sciences, LLC, and the Rise family of companies comprising all other parties thereto, which detailed the sharing of certain confidential information between the parties thereto for the purposes of fraud mitigation and prevention services and underwriting model validation and development. The data services letter agreement expired on December 31, 2014.

Elevate financing agreements

These agreements comprised a credit facility agreement in respect of a $75 million subordinated secured promissory note entered into by and between ECS, as borrower, us, as a guarantor, the other guarantors party thereto (each of which is subsidiary of ours), and TFI, as lender; a related subordinated pledge and security agreement with TFI as the secured party and such other parties as the obligors; and, a subordinated secured promissory note entered into by ECS.

Credit facility agreement

The credit facility agreement set forth the terms and conditions for the sale of the subordinated secured promissory note by ECS to TFI. The credit facility agreement terminated on January 1, 2015 following the payment in full on December 31, 2014 of the $24.8 million aggregate principal amount of the note then outstanding. During the period for which the note remained outstanding, we paid a total of $0.9 million in interest. Pursuant to the credit facility agreement, use of the proceeds received were limited to funding fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the credit facility agreement, paying operating expenses and funding working capital and other general corporate purposes, and such proceeds could not be used to originate any consumer loans or other consumer credit products. The outstanding principal balance of the note was due in full on the maturity

 

 

 

174


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

date, unless accelerated or prepaid in accordance with the agreement. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of the note during the time the note was outstanding was 8% per annum paid monthly in arrears. The interest rate upon the occurrence of an event of default was 10%. The maturity date of the credit facility agreement was the earlier of April 30, 2018 and such earlier date as the unpaid principal balance of the note becomes due and payable pursuant to the terms of the agreement and the note.

Subordinated pledge and security agreement

Pursuant to the subordinated pledge and security agreement, the assets of ECS and the guarantors, amounting to approximately $151.4 million at the Spin-Off, were pledged as collateral to secure the obligations of ECS. Upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, among other things, all voting and other rights of ECS and the guarantors over pledged companies, as applicable, will cease and become vested in TFI and all rights to distributions payable in respect of such pledged companies or other pledged equity collateral (which constitutes equity held by the obligors and, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes the equity securities issued by us) shall be paid or delivered to, or held for the benefit of, TFI. The subordinated pledge and security agreement was terminated on January 1, 2015 in connection with the payment of all obligations thereunder.

Subordinated secured promissory note

The subordinated secured promissory note was issued in an initial amount of $75 million, with a total amount drawn on the credit facility of $24.8 million, and was redeemed in full, with interest in the amount detailed above, on December 31, 2014.

Employee matters agreement

The employee matters agreement was entered into between TFI and us in order to detail certain employment arrangements with respect to employees of TCLS (a) transitioning to ECS and working exclusively for ECS and its affiliates or (b) staying at TCLS and working exclusively for TCLS and its affiliates or for both TCLS and ECS and their respective affiliates. Pursuant to the employee matters agreement, the definition of “service provider” in each of the TFI 2005 stock incentive plan and our 2014 Plan was amended to mean any officer, director, employee or consultant to either (i) TFI or its affiliates or (ii) us or our affiliates. Additionally, each holder of outstanding options to purchase common stock of TFI pursuant to the TFI 2005 stock incentive plan received an option to purchase an equal number of shares of our common stock pursuant to our equity incentive plan on an identical vesting schedule and expiration date as those received from TFI. Such options were granted on May 1, 2014, the effective date of the Spin-Off. Some such options were granted to our directors and executive officers. Additionally, TCLS’ executive bonus plan was amended such that each employee of TCLS who was transferred to ECS and had received an award continued to be eligible to receive any unpaid amounts under such award. See “Executive compensation.”

There are no outstanding obligations under the employee matters agreement.

Tax sharing agreement

The tax sharing agreement was entered into between TFI and us on May 1, 2014 and generally states that (i) TFI shall pay any and all income taxes, transfer taxes and distribution taxes imposed on or payable by TFI or any of its subsidiaries (including members of our group) for any tax period and (ii) we shall pay any and all income taxes (but not any transfer or distribution taxes) imposed on or payable by

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

any member of the Elevate group for any post-Spin Off tax period and any taxes other than income taxes, transfer taxes and distribution taxes imposed on or payable by any member of the Elevate group for any post-spin off tax period (subject to our covenant not to take any action inconsistent with our officer’s certificate, discussed in more detail below). Distribution taxes are any and all taxes imposed on or payable by us, TFI or any of its subsidiaries resulting from, or directly arising in connection with, the failure of the Spin-Off to qualify as tax free. Pursuant to the agreement, TFI will be responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless us and our indemnitees from and against all (i) TFI taxes for any tax period, subject to certain limitations, (ii) transfer taxes and (iii) distribution taxes. Similarly, we will be responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless TFI and TFI’s indemnitees from and against all taxes that we shall pay, as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we take an action inconsistent with our officer’s certificate signed in connection with the Spin-Off prior to June 1, 2017, we may be responsible for all or a portion of any distribution taxes that arise as a consequence of such action. On February 1, 2015, the tax sharing agreement was amended to include provisions to govern tax reporting responsibilities related to nonstatutory stock options of individuals employed by us and TFI. In April 2015, we entered into a mutual consent with TFI whereby, in recognition of changes to tax laws applicable to the tax sharing agreement transactions, we revised the tax basis of certain assets owned by us and, in compensation for such adjustments, TFI paid us $0.4 million. In April 2015, we entered into a mutual consent with TFI whereby TFI reduced its goodwill tax basis related to certain pre-Spin-Off acquisitions and, in compensation for such adjustments, we paid TFI $0.3 million. Following the close of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, we anticipate that we will no longer have any liability to TFI under the tax sharing agreement.

Stockholders agreements

The Series A and Series B Preferred Stock agreements summarized below were entered into on May 1, 2014. Each of the below agreements, which continue in effect as of the date of this prospectus, will automatically terminate in connection with the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, with the exception of the investors’ rights agreement, which we anticipate will be amended and restated as detailed below.

Investors’ rights agreement

We entered into an investors’ rights agreement with the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, which delineates the rights of such stockholders, including a right of first refusal exercisable in certain circumstances by certain major stockholders for the purchase of a pro rata portion of new securities issued by us with a related right of over-allotment, as well as the terms of the stock, including limits on transferability. The investors’ rights agreement also includes certain financial information and inspection rights and certain board observer rights provided to certain holders who are a party to such agreement. We anticipate that we will enter into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which will be effective upon completion of this offering, which eliminates all substantive rights detailed below other than the registration rights of, and certain indemnification provisions relating to, the holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock.

The investors’ rights agreement further includes registration rights for holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, applicable in certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, we will also, in certain circumstance, indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each stockholder party, and each underwriter, if any, and certain other persons against claims arising in connection with any prospectus or other similar or incident document, or any violation or alleged violation of applicable securities laws, rules or regulations by us. Similarly, each such stockholder

 

 

 

176


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

party will, if the registrable securities held by such stockholder party are included in the securities to be registered, indemnify us, each underwriter, if any, of our securities, each other stockholder party and certain other persons, against similar claims arising in connection with and to the extent made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such stockholder and stated to be specifically for use in any such prospectus or document. Such registration rights are described in detail in “Description of capital stock—Registration Rights.”

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with the investors in our Series A Preferred Stock and investors in our Series B Preferred Stock listed in the schedules thereto and the holders listed in the schedules thereto, each of whom is also a holder of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement establishes certain procedures for the transfer of shares of our common stock and convertible securities and our rights in respect of such transfers.

Voting agreement

The voting agreement was entered into by and among us, the investors in our Series A Preferred Stock and investors in our Series B Preferred Stock listed in the schedules thereto and the holders listed in the schedules thereto, each of whom is also a holder of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock. The agreement details the intention of the voting parties to maintain, as members of our Board of Directors, the director designees of certain holder entities as detailed in the agreement and further details certain voting arrangements of certain holders.

Management rights agreements

We have entered into management rights agreements with TCV V, L.P., Sequoia Capital Growth Fund, Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, Sequoia Capital Franchise Partner, Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, Sequoia Capital IX, VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P., VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P., and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC (collectively, the “Funds”). These agreements provide certain managerial rights to the Funds, including the right to consult with and advise our management on significant business issues, including annual and quarterly operating plans, as well as certain examination rights and, for as long as a representative of each of the Funds is not a member of our Board of Directors, certain observation and participation rights.

SUBLEASE AGREEMENTS

For certain of our properties, we have various subleases from TFI, as detailed below.

California property

We currently rent approximately 4,863 square feet of office space as sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement with TCLS that was amended on November 16, 2016. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, we pay TCLS $9,075 per month in base rent, as well as 100% of operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, such expenses per month are nominal. This sublease will terminate when our new lease for 8,972 square feet of office space enters into effect. This new lease agreement with AAT Torrey 13-14, LLC, dated November 14, 2016, has an initial term of seven years commencing on the later of April 1, 2017 or the date that the renovations are substantially completed. Pursuant to the new lease, we will pay a monthly base rent amount $38,131 (subject to a three percent increase each year), in addition to utilities.

 

 

 

177


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

Fort Worth property

We rented approximately 42,244 square feet of office space from TCLS as sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement dated May 1, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, we paid TCLS $63,366 per month in base rent, as well as 66.7235% of the common area operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, representing the pro rata portion of the space we sublease compared to the total space TCLS leases from the landlord, for the period from May 1, 2014 through November 30, 2014. On December 1, 2014, we amended this sublease to add an additional 3,233 square feet of office space to the sublease, increasing the base rent to $67,946 per month, however common area expenses for which we pay additional rent, remained at approximately $4,308 per month. On May 22, 2015, we amended this sublease to extend the expiration date to August 31, 2016, and on October 12, 2015, we amended this sublease to add an additional 5,552 square feet of office space to the sublease, increasing the base rent to $84,821 per month, as well as our portion of the common area operating expenses to 69.875%. On July 31, 2016, we further amended this sublease to release certain portions of the leased premises and extend the term for the remaining portions of the leased premises. Following the amendments, we now sublease 9,717 square feet of office space from TCLS and pay TCLS approximately $14,576 per month in base rent plus 3.1515% of the common area operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS. The sublease with TCLS will expire on November 30, 2017.

On July 13, 2016, we entered into a lease agreement directly with the landlord of the Fort Worth facilities, FLDR/TLC Overton Center, L.P., for office space we had previously subleased from TLCS. We will continue to sublease 9,717 square feet of office space from TLCS under the previous agreement until it expires on November 30, 2017. Commencing December 1, 2017, this 9,717 square feet of office space will be covered under the lease agreement between us and FLDR/TLC Overton Center, L.P.

Addison property

We rented approximately 12,674 square feet of office space from TLCS as sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement dated May 1, 2014. On December 1, 2014, we amended this sublease to add an additional 12,674 square feet of office space to the sublease, and extend the expiration date to August 31, 2018. Following the amendment, we sublease an aggregate of 25,348 square feet of office space from TCLS. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, we paid TCLS $21,642 per month in base rent, as well as approximately $1,755 per month for common area operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, for the period from May 1, 2014 through November 30, 2014. Commencing on December 1, 2014, the base rent pursuant to the sublease increased to $43,283 per month, and common area operating expenses increased to approximately $3,284 per month. On May 22, 2015, the parties to the lease entered into a second amendment to the sublease extending its term. The terms of the sublease provide that the sublease will expire on September 30, 2018.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RLJ FINANCIAL LLC

On August 1, 2012, a subsidiary of TFI, TF Payroll, LLC, or “TFP,” as purchaser, and RLJ Financial LLC, or “RLJ,” as seller, entered into an asset purchase agreement, whereby TFP purchased from RLJ all assets, including intellectual property, goodwill and other intangible assets, related to RLJ’s consumer financial products and services business, including certain of RLJ’s payroll advance products and services. Affiliates of TFP and RLJ were previously parties to a referral and revenues sharing agreement, an administrative agency agreement and a guaranty, which were terminated in connection with the asset purchase agreement. TFP paid a total purchase price of $5 million. The asset purchase agreement also obligated TFP to make earn-out payments for a period of ten years after the closing in an amount equal

 

 

 

178


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

to 10% of the net profits from payroll-linked credit products offered or operated by TFP, or an affiliate of TFP, involving data and information provided by payroll service providers or employers or payroll software providers. RLJ is majority owned by The RLJ Companies, LLC, or “The RLJ Companies.” Robert L. Johnson, our director, is the managing member, majority owner and sole voting member of The RLJ Companies. The net assets acquired pursuant to the August 1, 2012 asset purchase agreement were subsequently transferred to us in the Spin-Off. On June 1, 2015, we entered into a consulting agreement with RLJ, which calls for monthly payments for a period of five years, totaling $1.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid RLJ a total of $150,000 pursuant to the terms of the consulting agreement. As a part of the consulting agreement, RLJ agreed to release us from our legal obligation to make earn-out payments. In addition, during 2013, we paid RLJ $1.5 million towards certain marketing costs to be incurred on our behalf in connection with certain promotional efforts to be undertaken by Mr. Johnson and employees of The RLJ Companies.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, director nominees, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. The sales will be made by a selected dealer affiliated with an underwriter of this offering. These shares, if purchased, will be through a directed share program, as described in this prospectus, at the initial public offering price. We do not know if any eligible persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, director nominees or executive officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting—No Sale of Similar Securities.”

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

Following the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, our Audit Committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of November 30, 2016, as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold by us in this offering, by:

 

Ø   each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

Ø   each of our named executive officers;

 

Ø   each of our directors; and

 

Ø   all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of our common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock prior to this offering on 27,099,745 shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 30, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) and the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale by us of                      shares of common stock in this offering, assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional                      shares of common stock from us and excludes any shares that might be purchased by the listed stockholders pursuant to the directed share program or otherwise in connection with this offering and no conversion of the convertible term notes into shares of our common stock. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.”

 

 

 

180


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table below is c/o Elevate Credit, Inc., 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109.

 

     Shares
beneficially
owned
     Percentage of
shares beneficially
owned
 
Name of beneficial owner    Number      Before
offering
    

After
offering

 

5% stockholders:

        

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(1)

     7,376,007         27.2      

Entities affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures(2)

     6,005,410         22.2      

7HBF No. 2, Ltd.(3)

     3,830,290         14.1      

Linda Stinson

     2,702,275         10.0      

Named executive officers and directors:

        

Kenneth E. Rees(4)

     2,547,617         9.2      

Jason Harvison(5)

     337,615         1.2      

Christopher Lutes(6)

     412,368         1.5      

John C. Dean(7)

     355,905         1.3      

Stephen B. Galasso(8)

     62,500         *      

Tyler Head(9)

     3,182,327         11.7      

Robert L. Johnson(10)

     62,500         *      

John C. Rosenberg(2)

     6,005,410         22.2      

Saundra D. Schrock(11)

             *      

Stephen J. Shaper(12)

     142,730         *      

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)(13)

     13,108,972         45.9      

 

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1)   Consists of (i) 117,747 shares held by Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., (ii) 905,760 shares held by Sequoia Capital IX, L.P., (iii) 37,735 shares held by Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, L.P., (iv) 5,142,718 shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III, L.P., (v) 251,850 shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, LLC, (vi) 863,505 shares held by Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, L.P. and (vii) 56,692 shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. SCFF Management, LLC, or “SCFF Management,” is the general partner of Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund L.P. and Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., collectively, the “FF Funds.” The managing members of SCFF Management are Douglas M. Leone, Michael J. Moritz and Mark Stevens. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SCFF III Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the FF Funds. SC IX.I Management, LLC is the General Partner of each of Sequoia Capital IX, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, L.P., collectively, the “IX Funds.” The managing members of SC IX.I Management, LLC are Douglas M. Leone, Michael J. Moritz and Mark Stevens. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SC IX.I Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the IX Funds. SCGF III Management, LLC is the general partner of Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III, L.P. and is the managing member of Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, LLC, collectively, the “GFIII Funds.” The managing members of SCGF III Management, LLC are Roelof Botha, James J. Goetz, Douglas M. Leone and Michael J. Moritz. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SCGF III Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the GFIII Funds. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(2)  

Consists of (i) 116,780 shares held by TCV Member Fund, L.P. and (ii) 5,888,630 shares held by TCV V, L.P. Jay C. Hoag, Richard H. Kimball, John L. Drew and Jon Q. Reynolds, Jr., collectively, the “TCM Members,” are Class A Members of Technology Crossover Management V, L.L.C., or “TCM V,” which is the general partner of TCV V, L.P., or “TCV V,” and a general partner of TCV Member Fund, L.P., or “Member Fund,” and together with TCV V, the “TCV Funds.” John C. Rosenberg is an Assignee of TCM V but does not share voting or dispositive power over the shares held by TCV V or Member

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

181


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

 

 

  Fund. Mr. Rosenberg, the TCM Members and TCM V may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by the TCV Funds, but each of Mr. Rosenberg, the TCM Members and TCM V disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The TCV Funds are organized as “blind pool” partnerships in which the limited partners (or equivalents) have no discretion over investment or sales decisions, are not able to withdraw from the TCV Funds, except under exceptional circumstances, and generally participate ratably in each investment made by the TCV Funds. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is c/o Technology Crossover Ventures, 528 Ramona Street, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(3)   7HBF Management Co., Ltd. is the general partner of 7HBF No. 2, Ltd. John D. Harvison, John H. Harvison and Randall W. Harvison are the managers of 7HBF Management Co., Ltd. The address for this entity is 5070 Mark IV Parkway, Fort Worth, Texas 76106.
(4)   Consists of (i) 924,495 shares held by Kenneth Earl Rees Family Investments, Ltd., (ii) 924,492 shares held by Jeanne Margaret Gulner Family Investments, Ltd. and (iii) 698,630 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016. Mr. Rees is the spouse of Jeanne M. Gulner and may be deemed by the SEC under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act to have shared voting power and shared power to dispose of shares held directly or indirectly by Jeanne M. Gulner.
(5)   Includes 225,975 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016.
(6)   Consists of 412,368 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016.
(7)   Consists of shares held of record by Startup Capital Ventures, L.P., of which Mr. Dean is the managing partner.
(8)   Includes 12,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016.
(9)   Consists of (i) 3,180,927 shares held by The Tyler W.K. Head Trust dated March 20, 2014, a voting trust of which Mr. Head is the voting trustee, and (ii) 1,400 shares held by Hannah Stinson Head. Mr. Head is the spouse of Hannah Stinson Head and may be deemed by the SEC under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act to have shared voting power and shared power to dispose of shares held by Hannah Stinson Head.
(10)   Consists of 62,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016.
(11)   Ms. Schrock joined our Board of Directors on May 10, 2016.
(12)   Includes 62,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016.
(13)   Represents 11,634,499 shares and 1,474,473 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2016.

 

 

 

182


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Description of capital stock

GENERAL

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. We also expect to enter into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, which will eliminate all substantive rights provided to the current holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock other than the registration rights of, and certain indemnification provisions relating to, such holders. This description summarizes the provisions that we expect will be in effect under such amended and restated investors’ rights agreement upon consummation of this offering. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreements with TFI—Stockholder agreements—Investors’ rights agreement” for further information regarding the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement into which we expect to enter.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which will be available once adopted. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that, upon adoption, will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 324,500,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0004 per share, of which:

 

Ø   300,000,000 shares will be designated common stock; and

 

Ø   24,500,000 shares will be designated preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2016, and after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 5,639,410 shares (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) of common stock upon completion of this offering, there were outstanding:

 

Ø   27,099,745 shares of our common stock held by 57 stockholders; and

 

Ø   3,551,527 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options.

Our Board of Directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

COMMON STOCK

Dividend rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock and the prior consent of VPC, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future.

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

Voting rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering establishes a classified Board of Directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No preemptive or similar rights

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Right to receive liquidation distributions

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

All of our currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, effective upon the completion of this offering. All series of convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock.

Following the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 24,500,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock by us could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

STOCK OPTIONS

As of September 30, 2016, we had outstanding options to purchase 3,551,527 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.20 per share. See “Executive compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTES

On June 30, 2016, in conjunction with the amendment to the VPC Facility, we issued convertible term notes to VPC and its affiliated funds. The convertible term notes have a maximum borrowing amount of $25 million with a maturity date of January 30, 2018; however, we were obligated to draw the full aggregate principal amount that is then undrawn (up to the full $25 million) no later than January 5, 2017. The Company made an initial draw in October 2016 of $10 million and a subsequent draw in January 2017 of $15 million, bringing the total amount drawn-down on the convertible term notes to $25 million as of the date of this prospectus.

The outstanding principal balance of and accrued, but unpaid, interest under the convertible term notes is due and payable on January 30, 2018 to the extent that VPC has not previously converted such outstanding balance into shares of our common stock. On January 30, 2018, if any outstanding amount under the convertible term notes is repaid in cash, we will be required to pay a premium to VPC, up to $5 million, based on the aggregate amount of the convertible terms notes that is repaid in cash in relation to the amount of debt outstanding under the convertible term notes on January 30, 2018. During the period from the receipt of notice from us to VPC of the anticipated commencement of the roadshow in connection with this initial public offering until immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, VPC has the option to convert the convertible term notes, in whole or in part, into that number of shares of our common stock determined by the outstanding principal balance of and accrued, but unpaid, interest on the convertible term notes divided by the product of (a) 0.8 multiplied by (b) the initial public offering price per share. If the convertible term notes are fully drawn and VPC elects to convert the full outstanding principal amount under the convertible term notes into shares of our common stock, based an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus), we would be obligated to issue                      shares of our common stock to VPC and certain of its affiliated funds. Upon conversion, the holders of the shares issued pursuant thereto will have rights to require us to register the common stock issued in connection with such conversion identical to the rights the holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock will have. These registration rights are described in detail in “—Registration Rights.” Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, VPC’s rights under the convertible term notes to convert any outstanding principal balance into shares of our common stock lapse. In connection with the June 30, 2016 amendment to the VPC Facility, we granted VPC the right to designate up to two board observers who may attend meetings of our Board of Directors solely in a non-voting capacity. VPC’s observer rights lapse upon the termination of the VPC Facility.

In connection with issuing the convertible term notes, the requisite holders of our outstanding Series A and Series B Preferred Stock waived any rights that such holders then had or will have under our current certificate of incorporation and the investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and voting agreement previously entered into by and among us and the holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, including notice rights, preemptive rights, rights of participation, rights of

first refusal, anti-dilution rights and approval rights, with respect to the issuance of the convertible term notes or the issuance of any capital stock of the Company upon conversion of the convertible term notes.

 

 

 

185


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

After the completion of this offering, the holders, or their transferees, of an aggregate of 14,098,525 shares of our common stock associated with the conversion of preferred shares will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. We refer to these shares as registrable securities. These rights are provided under the terms of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that we intend to enter into between us and the holders of registrable securities and include demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights. The above excludes shares issuable upon the conversion of our convertible term notes, which carry identical registration rights. See “Convertible Term Notes” above.

Demand registration rights

Under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that we intend to enter into, upon the written request of the holders of 40% or more of our registrable securities that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with an anticipated aggregate price to the public of at least $5 million (net of underwriters’ discounts and selling expenses), we will be obligated to notify all holders of registrable securities of the written request and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all registrable securities that holders request to be registered. We are not required to effect a registration statement (i) until 180 days after our initial public offering or April 30, 2018, whichever is earlier, (ii) if we have already effected more than two registration statements, counting for these purposes only registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold and forfeited demand registrations subject to certain conditions, (iii) during the period 60 days prior to, and 180 days after the effective date of, the filing of a registration initiated by us, or (iv) if the initiating holders propose to dispose of registrable securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good-faith judgment of our Board of Directors such registration would be detrimental to us, provided that we do not register any securities for our account or that of any other stockholder during such 90-day period other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan or a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act.

Piggyback registration rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, we are required use commercially reasonable efforts to afford each holder of registrable securities an opportunity to include in the registration statement all or part of the holder’s registrable securities. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration on any registration form that does not period secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration.

Each holder desiring to include all or any part of the registrable securities held by it in any such registration statement is required to notify us within 20 days of being notified by us of the registration. The underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders to 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, unless the offering is our initial public offering and the registration statement does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the registrable securities of the holders may be excluded by the underwriter. The holders of registrable securities waived their registration rights to participate in this offering.

 

 

 

186


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

Form S-3 registration rights

The holders of registrable securities may make a written request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. We are not required to effect such registration (i) until 180 days after our initial public offering or April 30, 2018, whichever is earlier, (ii) during the period 60 days prior to, and 180 days after the effective date of, the filing of a registration initiated by us, or (iii) if, in a given 12-month period, we have already effected more than two such registrations. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good-faith judgment of our Board of Directors such registration would be detrimental to us, provided that we do not register any securities for our account or that of any other stockholder during such 90-day period other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan or a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act.

Registration expenses

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) in connection with the registrations described above, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for participating holders of registrable securities.

Expiration of registration rights

Under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that we intend to enter into, the registration rights described above will survive our initial public offering and will terminate after our initial public offering upon the earlier of:

 

Ø   five years after the closing this offering; and

 

Ø   as to each holder of registrable securities, the date on or after the closing of this offering on which (x) all shares of registrable securities held by such holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (y) such holder of registrable securities holds 1% or less of our then-outstanding common stock and all registrable securities held by such holder (together with any affiliate of the holder with whom such holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144 under the Securities Act) can be sold during any 90-day period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF DELAWARE LAW AND OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

The provisions of Delaware law and the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt in connection with the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an

 

 

 

187


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

“interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years of the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an “interested stockholder,” did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Anticipated Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw provisions

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

Ø   Board of Directors vacancies .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our Board to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our Board will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our Board. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our Board and then gaining control of our Board by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our Board but promotes continuity of management.

 

Ø   Classified Board .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our Board is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Board Composition” for additional information.

 

Ø   Stockholder action; special meeting of stockholders .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our Board of Directors, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our president, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Ø   Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations.     Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

 

 

188


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

 

Ø   No cumulative voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Ø   Directors removed only for cause.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

Ø   Amendment of charter provisions.     Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

 

Ø   Issuance of undesignated preferred stock.     Our Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 24,500,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our Board of Directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

CHOICE OF FORUM

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

MARKET LISTING

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELVT.”

 

 

 

189


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) and the application of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split to all common stock after such conversion, which will occur upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2016, we will have a total of                      shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of common stock from us in this offering, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of September 30, 2016, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Ø   beginning on the date of this prospectus, the                      shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

Ø   beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                      additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 or as a registered security, of which 25,543,071 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below, and, assuming the conversion of our convertible term notes and an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, an additional                      shares of our common stock will become eligible for sale by VPC in the public market pursuant to Rule 144. See “Description of capital stock—Convertible Term Notes.”

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel Nicolaus &

 

 

 

190


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

 

 

Company Incorporated, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel Nicolaus & Company Incorporated may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to certain exceptions as set forth in “Underwriting.”

RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLANS

Certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

RULE 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

Ø   1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of common stock from us in this offering and no conversion of the convertible term notes into shares of our common stock; or

 

Ø   the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

RULE 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without

 

 

 

191


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

 

 

being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

After the completion of this offering, the holders or their transferees, of 14,098,525 shares of our common stock associated with the conversion of shares of preferred stock will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of capital stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan, our 2016 Plan and our ESPP. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Executive compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

 

 

192


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

The following is a summary of the material US federal income tax consequences applicable to non-US holders (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary or proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the US Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is limited to non-US holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold such shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

This discussion does not address all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-US holder in light of that non-US holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, any aspects of US federal estate or gift tax laws, or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-US, state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-US holder subject to special treatment under the US federal income tax laws, including without limitation:

 

Ø   banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

Ø   partnerships or other pass-through entities;

 

Ø   tax-exempt organizations;

 

Ø   tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

Ø   dealers in securities or currencies;

 

Ø   traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

Ø   US expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the US;

 

Ø   controlled foreign corporations;

 

Ø   passive foreign investment companies;

 

Ø   persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and

 

Ø   persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.

If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock (and such partnership) should consult their own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE US FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR

 

 

 

193


Table of Contents

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

 

 

PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE US FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-US OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

DEFINITION OF NON-US HOLDER

For purposes of this summary, a “non-US holder” is any beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) that is not a US person. A “US person” is any of the following:

 

Ø   an individual citizen or resident of the US;

 

Ø   a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the US, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for US federal income tax purposes);

 

Ø   an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for US federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

Ø   a trust if (a) a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON OUR COMMON STOCK

As described in “Dividend policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of shares of our common stock), such distributions will constitute dividends for US federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under US federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for US federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of our Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-US holder of our common stock generally will be subject to US federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-US holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.

If a non-US holder holds shares of our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the US, and dividends paid on shares of our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s US trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-US holder in the US), the non-US holder will be exempt from the aforementioned US federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-US holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

 

 

 

194


Table of Contents

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

 

 

Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated US federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the US. A non-US holder that is a non-US corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-US holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-US holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-US holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-US holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.

GAIN ON SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-US holder generally will not be subject to US federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

Ø   the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-US holder in the US and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-US holder maintained in the US;

 

Ø   the non-US holder is an individual present in the US for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

Ø   we are or have been a US real property holding corporation, or a “USRPHC,” for US federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-US holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our US real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.

We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for US federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated US federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the US. A non-US holder that is a non-US corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-US holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to US federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by US source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the US), provided that the non-US holder has timely filed US federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-US holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

 

 

195


Table of Contents

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

 

 

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

Generally, we must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” and to each non-US holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-US holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-US holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-US holder of shares of our common stock provided the non-US holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-US status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a US person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-US holder’s US federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FOREIGN ACCOUNT TAX COMPLIANCE ACT

Legislation and administrative guidance, commonly referred to as “FATCA,” may impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our common stock and the gross proceeds of a sale of our common stock (if such sale occurs after December 31, 2018), in each case if paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under such rules, and certain other foreign entities, unless various information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by US persons of interests in, or accounts with, those entities) have been met or an exemption applies. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a US federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

 

 

 

196


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have severally agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

 

Underwriters    Number
of shares
 

UBS Securities LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares as described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø   receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø   the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of                      additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the US may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public

 

 

 

197


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                      additional shares.

 

      No exercise      Full
exercise
 

Per share

   $         $     

Total

   $                    $                

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $             million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $30 thousand.

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We, our executive officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The foregoing restrictions do not apply to certain transactions, including but not limited to:

 

Ø   the shares of our common stock to be sold by us in this offering;

 

Ø   transfers or dispositions by will or by intestacy, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

Ø   bona fide gifts, provided that each recipient sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during lock-up period;

 

Ø   dispositions to any trust or other entity for the benefit of the locked-up party and/or the immediate family of the locked-up party, provided that each donee sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   the surrender or forfeiture of our common stock or other securities to us to cover (i) tax withholding obligations upon exercise or vesting or (ii) the exercise price of stock options or certain other rights to acquire our common stock, provided that any such securities remain subject to the lock-up agreement and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   the exercise of any option or other rights to acquire common stock, the settlement of any stock-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units or the conversion of any convertible security into common stock, provided that any such securities remain subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

 

 

198


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   the entry into any trading plan established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for any sale or other dispositions of common stock during the lock-up period and no filing under the Exchange Act or public announcement is made or required to be made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan;

 

Ø   transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in the open market after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   distributions to stockholders, limited partners or members of the locked-up party, provided that each such distributee sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   distributions to the locked-up party’s affiliates or other entity controlled or managed by the locked-up party, provided that each such transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period; and

 

Ø   the issuance of shares of common stock by us in connection with acquisitions, joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic corporate transactions, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may issue or agree to issue during the lock-up period may not exceed 5% of the total number of our shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, and further provided that the recipient of any such shares must execute and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked up party.

UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may collectively, at any time and in their sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, shares of our common stock may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

INDEMNIFICATION

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELVT.”

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering, including:

 

Ø   stabilizing transactions;

 

 

 

199


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   short sales;

 

Ø   purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

Ø   imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø   syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø   the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

 

200


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

Ø   our past and present financial performance;

 

Ø   our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

Ø   the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;

 

Ø   the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø   other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that the common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

AFFILIATIONS

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may, at any time, hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in these securities and instruments.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, director nominees, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if any eligible persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1,000,000 of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions to the lock-up agreements described above. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, director nominees or executive officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

 

 

 

201


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

OTHER ACTIVITIES AND RELATIONSHIPS

Solebury Capital LLC, or “Solebury,” a FINRA member, is acting as a financial advisor in connection with the offering. Solebury is not acting as an underwriter and will not sell or offer to sell any securities and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential investors. In addition, Solebury will not underwrite or purchase any of the offered securities or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, or the “Shares , ” may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b)   by the Managers to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of Lead Manager for any such offer; or

 

(c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

 

 

 

202


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN AUSTRALIA

This offering memorandum is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This offering memorandum does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this offering memorandum is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN CANADA

(A) Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Québec, Alberta and British Columbia, and therein only on a private placement basis in reliance on an exemption(s) from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made in connection with this offering. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance with prospectus and registration requirements or, alternatively, under an available statutory exemption from the prospectus and registration requirements or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

(B) Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing the shares of common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, each Canadian purchaser is hereby representing to us and each dealer from whom a purchase confirmation is received that:

 

 

 

203


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions , or NI 45-106

 

Ø   the purchaser is a “permitted client” as such term is defined in National Instrument 31-103 - Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations ,

 

Ø   where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing the common stock as principal, or is deemed to be purchasing as principal in accordance with the applicable securities laws of the province in which the investor is resident, for its own account and not as agent for the benefit of another person, and is purchasing for investment only and not with a view to resale or distribution,

 

Ø   the purchaser has reviewed the text above under (A) Resale Restrictions and agrees not to resell common stock purchased in this offering except in compliance with applicable Canadian resale restrictions; and

 

Ø   by purchasing common stock in this offering, each Canadian purchaser will be deemed to have agreed to provide us and the underwriters, as applicable, with any and all information about the purchaser and its purchase of common stock in the offering necessary to permit us and the underwriters, as applicable, to properly complete and file Form 45-106F1 Report of Exempt Distribution and, in British Columbia, as applicable, Form 45-106F6 British Columbia Report of Exempt Distribution , as required under NI 45-106.

(C) Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that we and each underwriter in this offering are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 – Underwriting Conflicts  and, therefore, are not required to provide Canadian investors with disclosure pertaining to conflicts of interest and any “connected issuer” and “related issuer” relationships that may exist between us and the underwriters, where applicable, as otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to subsection 2.1(1) of NI 33-105 in connection with this offering.

(D) Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

(E) Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers and the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

 

 

 

204


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

(F) Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of the common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

(G) Language of Documents

Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur canadien confirme par les présentes qu’il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d’achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN HONG KONG

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN JAPAN

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SINGAPORE

This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may

 

 

 

205


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the “SFA,” (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired our securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

 

(1)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

(2)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

(3)   where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

(4)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SWITZERLAND

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or “SIX,” or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This Offering Memorandum has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this Offering Memorandum nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this Offering Memorandum nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this Offering Memorandum will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or “CISA.” The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN UNITED KINGDOM

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and

 

 

 

206


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

 

 

207


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, San Francisco, California. The underwriters are being represented by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, San Francisco, California in connection with this offering.

Experts

The audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.elevate.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

 

 

208


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Index to combined and consolidated financial statements

CONTENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-3   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-4   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-5   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-6   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-7   

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and December 31, 2015

     F-45   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-46   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-47   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-48   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-49   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-51   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Elevate Credit, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined and consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Elevate Credit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, TX

April 27, 2016

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)    2015     2014  
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents*

   $ 29,050      $ 29,519   

Restricted cash

     1,996        8,356   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $59,771 and $44,914, respectively*

     274,208        147,823   

Prepaid expenses and other assets*

     8,988        4,888   

Bank reserve deposit

     9,287        —     

Receivable from CSO lenders

     9,719        7,452   

Receivable from payment processors*

     13,851        7,259   

Deferred tax assets, net

     26,856        20,096   

Property and equipment, net

     17,770        17,324   

Goodwill

     16,027        16,027   

Intangible assets, net

     2,484        2,690   

Assets of discontinued operations

     —          278   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 410,236      $ 261,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including $304 and $1,266 payable to Think Finance, respectively)*

   $ 36,258      $ 28,546   

State and other taxes payable

     803        632   

Notes payable*

     339,800        174,800   

Contingent consideration payable

     —          5,529   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     376,861        209,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (Note 14)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock; $0.001 par value; 16,670,700 authorized shares; 5,118,743 and 4,842,968 issued and outstanding, respectively

     5        5   

Convertible preferred stock; Series A, $0.001 par value; 2,957,059 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $22,850

     3        3   

Convertible preferred stock; Series B, $0.001 par value; 2,682,351 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $40,000

     3        3   

Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax benefit of $2,206 and $1,701, respectively

     286        (311

Additional paid-in capital

     87,090        86,591   

Accumulated deficit

     (54,012     (34,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     33,375        52,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 410,236      $ 261,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*   These balances include certain assets and liabilities of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of that VIE. All assets of the Company are pledged as security for the Company’s outstanding debt, including debt held by the VIE. For further information regarding the assets and liabilities included in the Company’s consolidated accounts, see Note 5—Variable Interest Entity.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)    2015     2014  

Revenues

   $ 434,006      $ 273,718   

Provision for loan losses

     232,650        170,908   

Direct marketing costs

     61,032        60,166   

Other cost of sales

     15,197        10,603   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     125,127        32,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Compensation and benefits

     60,568        48,010   

Professional services

     25,134        18,662   

Selling and marketing

     7,567        7,366   

Occupancy and equipment

     9,690        8,043   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898        8,317   

Other

     4,303        2,766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     116,160        93,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     8,967        (61,123

Net interest expense (including $860 paid to Think Finance for the year ended December 31, 2014)

     (36,674     (12,939

Foreign currency transaction loss

     (2,385     (1,408

Non-operating income

     5,523        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (24,569     (75,470

Income tax benefit

     (4,658     (20,710
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (19,911   $ (54,760

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

    

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (3.97   $ (11.62

Income from discontinued operations

     —          0.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3.97   $ (11.59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     5,010,339        4,711,794   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     597        827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

     597        827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (19,314   $ (53,798
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(Dollars in thousands)        

 

 

Common Stock

   

 

Series A
Convertible
Preferred

   

 

Series B
Convertible
Preferred

   

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Accumu-
lated

deficit

    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Total  
 

Owner’s net

investment

    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances at December 31, 2013

  $ 95,036        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —        $ (1,138   $ 93,898   

Net transfers from Think Finance

    12,515        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          12,515   

Contribution from Think Finance

    (87,027     4,643,133      $ 5        2,957,059      $ 3        2,682,351      $ 3      $ 87,016        —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          364        —          —          364   

Exercise of stock options

    —          199,835        —          —          —          —          —          (789     —          —          (789

Comprehensive income:

       

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax expense of $2,147

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          827        827   

Net loss

    (20,524     —          —          —          —          —          —          —        $ (34,101     —          (54,625
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2014

  $ —          4,842,968      $ 5        2,957,059      $ 3        2,682,351      $ 3      $ 86,591      $ (34,101   $ (311   $ 52,190   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          847        —          —          847   

Exercise of stock options

    —          275,775        —          —          —          —          —          (1,429     —          —          (1,429

Tax benefit of equity issuance costs

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1,081        —          —          1,081   

Comprehensive income:

                        —     

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax benefit of $506

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          597        597   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (19,911     —          (19,911
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

  $ —          5,118,743      $ 5        2,957,059      $ 3        2,682,351      $ 3      $ 87,090      $ (54,012   $ 286      $ 33,375   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625

Less: Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (135
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (19,911     (54,760

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,898        8,317   

Provision for loan losses

     232,650        170,908   

Stock-based compensation

     847        496   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     199        74   

Amortization of loan premium

     454        —     

Deferred income tax benefit, net

     (5,173     (20,917

Unrealized loss from foreign currency transactions

     2,385        1,357   

Non-operating gain

     (5,523     —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,023     (218

Bank reserve deposit

     (9,287     —     

Receivables from payment processors

     (6,837     (4,000

Receivables from CSO lenders

     (2,267     (3,686

Interest receivable

     (70,859     (54,401

State and other taxes payable

     178        160   

Deferred revenue

     (963     2,217   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     4,664        9,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

     128,432        55,278   

Net cash provided by discontinued operating activities

     —          370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     128,432        55,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Loans receivable originated or participations purchased

     (667,433     (427,905

Principal collections and recoveries on loans receivable

     381,044        214,185   

Participation premium paid

     (1,019     —     

Change in restricted cash

     6,357        (3,882

Purchases of property and equipment

     (9,272     (9,274

Change in notes receivable

     —          124   

Domain name acquisition

     —          (230
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (290,323     (226,982
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from notes payable (including $0 and $24,000 from Think Finance)

   $ 165,000      $ 199,600   

Repayment of notes payable to Think Finance

     —          (24,800

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (228     (197

Debt issuance costs paid

     (489     (517

Equity issuance costs paid

     (2,863     —     

Payment of deferred consideration

     —          (1

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     436        27   

Contribution from Think Finance

     —          24,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing financing activities

     161,856        198,144   

Net cash used in discontinued financing activities

     —          (412
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     161,856        197,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

     (712     (1,335
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (747     25,063   

Less: increase in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations

     —          41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

     (747     25,104   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period (including $278 of cash classified as Assets of discontinued operations at December 31, 2014)

     29,797        4,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 29,050      $ 29,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 34,476      $ 11,747   

Taxes paid

     438        —     

In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company purchased equipment of $0.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively, through a capital lease, which is recorded in Property and equipment, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had net exercises of stock options of approximately $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which were recorded in Additional paid-in capital and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The table below reconciles Contribution from Think Finance within Cash flows from financing activities in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows with Net transfers from Think Finance in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the four months ended April 30, 2014:

 

Contribution from Think Finance

   $ 24,032   

Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations

     (309

Stock-based compensation

     132   

Write off of deferred tax assets retained by Think Finance (including $(440) related to discontinued operations)

     (11,340
  

 

 

 
  

Net transfers from Think Finance

   $ 12,515   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) and conform, as applicable, to general practices within the finance company industry. The following is a description of the more significant of these policies used in preparing the combined and consolidated financial statements.

Business Operations

Elevate Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company provides technology-driven, progressive online credit solutions to non-prime consumers. The Company uses advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient and more responsible financial options to its customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. The Company currently offers unsecured online installment loans and lines of credit in the United States (the “US”) and the United Kingdom (the “UK”). The Company’s products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect its mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” and provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features. In the UK, the Company directly offers unsecured installment loans via the internet through its wholly owned subsidiary, Elevate Credit International (UK), Limited, (“ECI”) under the brand name of Sunny.

Stock Split

The Company’s previously issued financial statements reported the effects of the 2.5-for-1 stock split as if the stock split had occurred prior to the issuance of those financial statements. Because the stock split will not be effected until the closing of the Company’s IPO, the financial statements have been revised to remove the effects of the stock split. However, unaudited pro forma earnings per share is disclosed to give effect to the stock split as if the split had occurred prior to the issuance of the financial statements. All numbers of shares of common stock and per share common stock data in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes have not been adjusted to reflect a 2.5-for-1 forward stock split. See Note 20—Stock Split for more details.

Spin-Off

On January 31, 2014, Think Finance, Inc. (“Think Finance”), the predecessor parent company, formed a new company, Elevate Credit, Inc. On May 1, 2014 (effective at the beginning of the day), Think Finance contributed to the Company certain assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending businesses and completed a tax-free spin-off of 100% of the Company on a carryover basis to the stockholders of Think Finance, in accordance with the distribution agreement (the “Spin-Off”). In connection with the Spin-Off, the Company entered into several other agreements with Think Finance that govern shared services, tax sharing, data sharing, employee matters and a credit facility. The Company accounted for this transaction in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 505-60-25, Equity—Spinoffs and Reverse Spinoffs . The assets and liabilities associated with the Think Finance service provider business remained at Think Finance and were not contributed to the Company.

As a result of the Spin-Off, the Company recognized the par value and additional paid-in capital in connection with the issuance of 4,643,133 shares of common stock, 2,957,059 shares of Convertible

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Series A Preferred Stock, and 2,682,351 shares of Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, exchanged for the net assets contributed at that time, and the Company began accumulating retained earnings upon completion of the Spin-Off on May 1, 2014.

Basis of Presentation

The combined and consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014. In addition to the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, a variable interest entity (“VIE”) where the Company is the primary beneficiary is also included in its combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015. See Note 5—Variable Interest Entity for more information on the evaluation of this variable interest. The combined financial statements include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Think Finance, using the historical results of operations, and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending business. In preparing these combined and consolidated financial statements, management has made certain assumptions or used methodologies to allocate various expenses from Think Finance to the Company. All such costs and expenses are assumed to be settled with Think Finance through Owner’s net investment equity account in the period in which the costs were incurred. Current income taxes are also assumed to be settled with Think Finance through Owner’s net investment and settlement is deemed to occur in the year of recognition in the current income tax provision. Management believes the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, the combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what its results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Beginning May 1, 2014, the Company’s consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries and assets and liabilities of the Company. Beginning July 1, 2015, the Company’s consolidated financial statements include a VIE where the Company is the primary beneficiary. All material intercompany transactions between and among the Company and its subsidiaries (including the VIE) have been eliminated. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between the Company and Think Finance have been included within the combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within Owner’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. The total net effect of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as financing activities.

Allocation of Expenses from Think Finance

The Combined Statements of Operations prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided by Think Finance. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods.

The Company entered into a shared services agreement with Think Finance from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014 to provide for an orderly transition of services to customers. Per this agreement, certain functions including human resources, finance, facilities management, and information technology were to be shared between the Company and Think Finance. To the extent that a shared-services cost was not demonstrably attributable to either party, the cost was allocated ratably on a percentage of revenues basis. See Note 17—Related Parties for further discussion of allocated expenses.

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the combined and consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined and consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the valuation of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets, deferred revenues, contingencies, the income tax provision and the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience with Think Finance, current data and experience since the Spin-Off, and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Immaterial Correction of an Error in Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company determined that it had previously incorrectly reported the net exercise of one grant of stock options, which were originally determined to be exercised as of February 28, 2015. Upon subsequent review, the Company determined that the exercise had occurred on October 31, 2014 and should have been reflected in the previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the period from May 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The Company has corrected its Common stock and Additional paid-in capital to reflect the issuance of these shares as of October 31, 2014. The Company also corrected its Accrued expenses within its consolidated liabilities due to the withholding taxes associated with the net exercise effective as of October 31, 2014. The correction did not result in a change to the Company’s previously reported revenues, expenses, net loss or total assets, and the Company does not believe the impact on the previously issued financial statements is material.

The following tables reconcile the Company’s consolidated Common stock, Additional paid-in-capital and Accrued expenses from the previously-reported results to the corrected amounts for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

Consolidated balance sheet (dollars in thousands)        

Common stock (as previously reported)

   $ 5   

Impact of stock exercise effective October 31, 2014

     —     
  

 

 

 

Common stock (as corrected)

   $ 5   
  

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital (as previously reported)

   $ 87,406   

Impact of stock exercise effective October 31, 2014

     (815
  

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital (as corrected)

   $ 86,591   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses (as previously reported)

   $ 27,731   

Impact of stock exercise effective October 31, 2014

     815   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses (as corrected)

   $ 28,546   
  

 

 

 

Reclassification

Certain amounts have been reclassified due to the presentation of discontinued operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. See Note 3—Discontinued Operations. In addition, a reclassification

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

of approximately $12.1 million between Loans receivable originated or participations purchased and Principal collections and recoveries on loans receivable was made within investing activities on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 to properly reflect the incremental funding associated with refinanced loans within loan origination cash outflows. Certain immaterial amounts have also been reclassified between State and other taxes payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in order to conform to the current year presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Amounts restricted under lending agreements, third-party processing agreements and state licensing requirements are classified separately as restricted cash.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes consumer loan fees as revenues for each of the loan products it offers. Revenues on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations include: finance charges, lines of credit fees, fees for services provided through CSO programs (“CSO fees”), and nonsufficient funds fees (“NSF fees”), as well as any other fees or charges permitted by applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. The Company also recorded revenues related to the sale of customer applications to unrelated third parties. These applications are sold with the customer’s consent in the event that the Company or its CSO lenders are unable to offer the customer a loan. Revenue is recognized at the time of the sale. Other revenues also include marketing and licensing fees received from the third-party lender related to the Elastic product. Revenue related to these fees is recognized when service is performed.

The Company accrues finance charges on installment loans on a constant yield basis over their terms. The Company accrues fixed charges such as CSO and lines of credit fees as they are earned over the term of the loan. The Company does not accrue finance charges and other fees on installment loans or lines of credit for which payment is 60 days past due. Installment loans and lines of credit are considered past due if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. Payments received on past due loans are applied against the loan and accrued interest balance to bring the loan current. Payments are first applied to accrued fees and interest, and then to the loan balance.

Effective through April 30, 2015, the Company offered a reward program for certain installment loan customers. Customers could earn points for performing various activities such as making a consecutive number of timely loan payments or completing financial education courses provided by the Company. These points could then be used to reduce the interest rate of an outstanding loan. The Company estimated the expected future interest discounts to be provided based on the likelihood that the customer would earn enough points over the life of the loan to achieve a discount. If a discount would be achieved, an effective yield over the life of the loan was calculated (considering the future discounts) and any interest collected in excess of the effective yield was deferred. The reward program was discontinued on April 30, 2015.

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Installment Loans and Lines of Credit

Installment loans and lines of credit, including receivables for finance charges and fees, are unsecured and reported as Loans receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Installment loans are multi-payment loans that require the pay-down of portions of the outstanding principal balance in multiple installments. Line of credit accounts include customer cash advances made through the Elastic line of credit product. The lines of credit represent participation interests acquired from a third-party lender. Based on agreements with the third-party lender, the VIE pays a loan premium on the participation interests acquired. The loan premium is amortized over the expected life of the outstanding draw. See Note 5—Variable Interest Entity for more information regarding these participation interests.

The Company considers impaired loans as accounts over 60 days past due or loans which become uncollectible based on information that the Company becomes aware of (e.g., receipt of customer bankruptcy notice). The impaired loans are charged-off at the time that they are deemed to be uncollectible.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance for disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for loan losses (“allowance”). The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses for loans and interest receivable at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the outstanding loans receivable. The Company primarily utilizes historical loss rates by product, stratified by delinquency ranges, to determine the allowance, but also considers recent collection and delinquency trends, as well as macro-economic conditions that may affect portfolio losses. Additionally, due to the uncertainty of economic conditions and cash flow resources of the Company’s customers, the estimate of the allowance for loan losses is subject to change in the near-term and could significantly impact the combined and consolidated financial statements. If a loan is deemed to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved, it is charged-off at that time.

Increases in the allowance are created by recording a provision for loan losses in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. Installment loans and lines of credit are charged off, which reduces the allowance, when they are over 60 days past due, or earlier if deemed uncollectible. Recoveries on losses previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.

Credit Service Organization

The Company also provides services in connection with installment loans originated by independent third-party lenders (“CSO lenders”), whereby the Company acts as a credit services organization/credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws (the “CSO program”). The CSO program includes arranging loans with CSO lenders, assisting in the loan application, documentation and servicing processes.

Under the CSO program, the Company guarantees the repayment of the customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services it provides to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays the Company a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. The CSO fee received is recognized over the life of the loan. We estimate a liability for losses associated with the guaranty provided

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses detailed previously. The CSO program requires that the Company fund a cash reserve equal to 20%-30% of the outstanding loan principal within the CSO program portfolio.

The Company also had a Receivable from CSO lenders related primarily to CSO fees received by the CSO lenders from customers. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, estimated losses of approximately $6.0 million and $3.6 million for the CSO owned loans of approximately $44.1 million and $25.0 million, respectively, are initially recorded at fair value and are included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 4—Loans Receivable and Revenues for additional information on loans receivable and the provision for loan losses. During 2015, the cash restriction securing the guaranty of CSO loan balances was released. The receivables and restricted cash related to the CSO lenders as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014  

Receivable related to 20%-30% cash reserve

   $ 8,473       $ 5,216   

Receivable related to CSO fees collected by CSO lenders

     1,246         2,236   

Restricted cash securing guaranty of loan balances

     —           6,259   

The CSO lenders are considered VIE’s of the Company under ASC 815-10-65, Variable Interest Entities . The Company does not have any ownership interest in the CSO lenders, does not exercise control over them, and is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore, does not consolidate the CSO lenders’ results with its results.

Receivables from Payment Processors

The Company has entered into agreements with third-party service providers to conduct processing activities, including the funding of new customer loans and the collection of customer payments for those loans. In accordance with contractual agreements, these funds are settled back to the Company within one to three business days after the date of the originating transaction. Accordingly, the Company had approximately $13.9 million and $7.3 million due from processing providers as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which is included in Receivable from payment processors in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Direct Marketing Costs

Marketing expenses consist of online marketing costs such as sponsored search and advertising on social networking sites, and other marketing costs such as purchased television and radio air time and direct mail print advertising. In addition, marketing expense includes affiliate costs paid to marketers in exchange for information for applications from potential customers. Online marketing, affiliate costs and other marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

Selling and Marketing Costs

Selling and marketing costs include costs associated with the use of agencies that perform creative services and monitor and measure the performance of the various marketing channels. Selling and marketing costs also include the production costs associated with media advertisements that are expensed as incurred over the licensing or production period.

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company capitalizes all acquisitions of property and equipment of $0.5 thousand or greater. The Company capitalizes certain software development costs. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed. Costs incurred thereafter, including external direct costs of materials and services as well as payroll and payroll-related costs, are capitalized.

Software development costs, which are included in Property and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and related depreciation expense, which is included in Depreciation and amortization within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Software development cost

   $ 26,377      $ 21,665   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (19,303     (12,783
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 7,074      $ 8,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

   $ 6,520      $ 6,328   

Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets as follows:

 

Furniture and fixtures

   7 years

Equipment

   3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

  

The lesser of the related lease

term or useful life of 3-5 years

Software and software development

   3 years

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs incurred for issuing the Notes payable are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method. The unamortized balance of debt issuance costs was approximately $0.7 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included in Prepaid expenses and other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of debt issuance costs of approximately $0.2 million and $0.1 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included within Net interest expense in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Equity Issuance Costs

Costs incurred related to the Company’s anticipated initial public offering have been deferred, and will be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering. The balance of these equity issuance costs at December 31, 2015 was approximately $2.9 million, and is included in Prepaid expenses and other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Income Taxes

The Company’s operating results were previously included in Think Finance’s consolidated US federal and state income tax returns, as well as in certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company filed a separate federal consolidated income tax return for the period May 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The provision for income taxes in the combined financial statements prior to the Spin-Off was determined on a separate return basis as if the Company was a separate filer. The deferred tax assets and liabilities allocated to the Company by Think Finance were treated as an equity contribution by Think Finance upon completion of the Spin-Off. See Note 13—Income Taxes for further discussion.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

Relative to uncertain tax positions, the Company accrues for losses it believes are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The amount recognized is subject to estimate and management judgment with respect to the likely outcome of each uncertain tax position. The amount that is ultimately sustained for an individual uncertain tax position or for all uncertain tax positions in the aggregate could differ from the amount recognized. If the amounts recorded are not realized or if penalties and interest are incurred, the Company has elected to record all amounts within income tax expense.

The Company has no recorded liabilities for US uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Tax periods from fiscal years 2014-2015 remain open and subject to examination for US federal and state tax purposes. As the Company had no operations nor had filed US federal tax returns prior to May 1, 2014, there are no other US federal or state tax years subject to examination.

The Company has reduced the deferred tax asset related to the UK net operating loss carryforward due to an uncertain tax position at December 31, 2015 and 2014. For UK taxes, tax periods from fiscal years 2010-2015 remain open and subject to examination as ECI was a legal entity acquired by Think Finance on December 31, 2010 and transferred to the Company as part of the Spin-Off transaction.

Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. In accordance with ASC 350-20-35, Goodwill—Subsequent Measurement , the Company performs an impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life annually at October 31 and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company completed its annual test and determined that there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets. No events or circumstances occurred between October 31 and December 31, 2015 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting units below the carrying amount.

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The Company’s impairment evaluation of goodwill is based on comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units to their carrying value. The fair value of the reporting units was determined based on a weighted average of the income and market approaches. The income approach establishes fair value based on estimated future cash flows of the reporting units, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital developed using the capital asset pricing model, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the reporting units. The income approach uses the Company’s projections of financial performance for a six to nine-year period and includes assumptions about future revenues growth rates, operating margins and terminal values. The market approach establishes fair value by applying cash flow multiples to the reporting units’ operating performance. The multiples are derived from other publicly traded companies that are similar but not identical from an operational and economic standpoint.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Intangible assets primarily include the fair value assigned to non-compete agreements at acquisition less any accumulated amortization. Non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the agreement. An evaluation of the recoverability of intangible assets subject to amortization is performed whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized if the future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset and the estimated fair value of the asset are less than the asset’s corresponding carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value. No impairment losses related to intangible assets subject to amortization occurred during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Deferred Rent

The Company recognizes escalating lease payments on a straight-line basis over the term of each respective lease with the difference between cash payment and rent expense recorded as a deferred rent liability. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had a deferred rent liability of $17 thousand and $1 thousand, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions

The functional currency for ECI is the British Pound (“GBP”). The assets and liabilities of ECI are translated into US dollars (“USD”) at the exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date, and the resulting adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net as a separate component of equity. Revenues and expenses are translated at the monthly average exchange rates occurring during each period.

The Company has designated its intercompany loan with ECI as long-term. The intercompany loan is denominated in GBP. As a result, gains and losses related to the remeasurement of this balance are recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the accompanying Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

On October 1, 2014, the Company refinanced a portion of the intercompany loan balance as part of a third-party credit facility that was amended to include ECI (see Note 8—Notes Payable). The total intercompany balance at that date was approximately $85.6 million. The portion of the intercompany

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

balance that was expected to be settled from proceeds from the third-party credit facility, totaling approximately $27.3 million, was no longer considered to be of a long-term investment nature, and gains and losses related to the remeasurement of that portion of the intercompany loan balance were recognized in Foreign currency transaction loss in the accompanying Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations, starting from October 1, 2014. This resulted in a loss of approximately $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company did not intend to settle any further portion of the intercompany loan balance in the foreseeable future at that date, and therefore, the remaining portion of approximately $58.3 million at October 1, 2014 was considered to be of a long-term investment nature. The Company did intend to continue settling periodic interest payments, and therefore, gains and losses related to the remeasurement of the corresponding interest receivable were recognized in Foreign currency transaction loss in the accompanying Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations from October 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The foreign currency remeasurement loss related to interest receivable resulted in a loss of $20 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014. Effective November 30, 2015, the Company converted the intercompany loan principal balance to equity, and forgave the interest (which eliminates upon consolidation) that was accrued and unpaid on the loan at that date. The foreign currency remeasurement loss related to intercompany accounts was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. These intercompany loan transactions had no impact to the Company’s consolidated results of operations.

As ECI’s term note under the third-party credit facility is denominated in USD, ECI remeasures its term note monthly. The unrealized foreign currency loss from foreign remeasurement was approximately $2.1 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included in Foreign currency transaction loss in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. Realized foreign currency losses of $0 and $51 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were recognized from the settlement of foreign currency denominated transactions and also included in Foreign currency transaction loss in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Comprehensive Income

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net is comprised solely of the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the change in total other comprehensive income, net of tax was a gain (loss) of approximately $0.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and no amounts have been reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , for fair value measurements of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring or non-recurring basis, as applicable. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). This guidance also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. See Note 12—Fair Value Measurements for additional information on fair value measurements.

Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing , for accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets, which requires that specific criteria are met in order to record a transfer of financial assets as a sale. To qualify for sale treatment, the guidance requires that the Company does not have continuing involvement with the sold assets and also requires the Company to no longer retain effective control of the assets. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company entered into sales agreements with third-party firms whereby the Company sold charged off customer loans to the third party. The agreements meet the sale criteria, and as a result, proceeds of approximately $13.0 million and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were recorded as a recovery of charged off loans in the Allowance for loan losses.

A VIE acquired certain loan participations in unsecured lines of credit originated by a third-party lender to individual borrowers, which meet the criteria of a participation interest. Per the terms of the participation arrangement with the third-party lender, loan servicing is retained by the third-party lender, and the VIE reimburses the lender for the proportionate share of the servicing costs. See Note 5—Variable Interest Entity for additional information related to the participation interests purchased.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , all stock-based compensation made to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the option holder is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires an estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”). The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and enhance disclosures in this area. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The new guidance also requires disclosure of the pre-tax income or loss attributable to a disposal of an individually significant component of an organization that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements. The Company is

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

required to adopt ASU 2014-08 prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, and the Company adopted ASU 2014-08 in December 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-08 did not have a material effect on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 is intended to improve the reporting of leasing transactions to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. ASU 2016-02 will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-02 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 is intended to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. ASU 2016-01 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-01 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2015-10”). The amendments in ASU 2015-10 represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. In addition, some of the amendments are intended to make the Codification easier to understand and easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies, providing needed clarifications, and improving the presentation of guidance in the Codification. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the effects of this standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”). The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements (“ASU 2015-15”). ASU 2015-15 amends Subtopic 835-30 to include that the Securities and Exchange Commission would not object to the deferral and presentation of debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequent amortization of debt issuance costs over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, whether or not there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the effects of these standards and does not expect them to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). The amendments in ASU 2015-02 provide guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the effects of this standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items (“ASU 2015-01”). The amendments in ASU 2015-01 eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, it is segregated from the results of ordinary operations and is shown as a separate item in the income statement, net of tax. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the effects of this standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in ASU 2014-15 require management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-15 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) : Deferral of Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date of this guidance by one year, to the annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. A reporting entity may choose to early adopt the guidance as of the original effective date. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”), which clarifies the guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (“WASO”) plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares that could be issued if stock options were exercised, using the treasury stock method, and the conversion feature of preferred stock was exercised using the if-converted method.

The number of shares issued upon completion of the Spin-Off was used to determine both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for period from January 1, 2014 through the date of the Spin-Off, as no Company equity awards were outstanding prior to the Spin-Off. Basic earnings (loss) per share subsequent to the Spin-Off was computed using the WASO from the date of the completion of the Spin-Off through December 31, 2014. WASO used in determining diluted earnings per share subsequent to the Spin-Off was computed from the date of the completion of the Spin-Off through December 31, 2014, adjusted for the diluted potential common shares outstanding during the same period.

The computation of earnings (loss) per share was as follows for December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)    2015     2014  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

    

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (19,911   $ (54,760

Income from discontinued operations

     —          135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     5,010,339        4,711,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

    

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (3.97   $ (11.62

Income from discontinued operations

     —          0.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3.97   $ (11.59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the net losses incurred in 2015 and 2014, we excluded 5,639,410 and 3,759,607 potential common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and 632,578 and 457,311 potential common shares for 2015 and 2014, respectively, issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options from the diluted earnings per share calculation because including these shares would be anti-dilutive.

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The Company understands that the holders of a majority of the convertible preferred shares intend to convert 100% of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock into common stock in connection with the initial public offering (“IPO”). Had this conversion occurred prior to the end of the most recent period presented in these financial statements, this transaction would have changed materially the number of common shares outstanding. However, given the net loss reported in the most recent period, including these common shares in the denominator of a pro forma earnings per share calculation would automatically result in anti-dilution. As such, no pro forma earnings per share is presented in these combined and consolidated financial statements for the anticipated conversion of preferred stock.

NOTE 3—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In December 2013, the Company decided to discontinue its rent-to-own product (“Presta”), and stopped making new leases to customers during January 2014. The Company continued to service and collect on existing leases during 2014 until the final leases expired in February 2015. The remaining inventory was sold in May 2014, and a gain of $0.1 million was recognized. The Company recorded after-tax earnings for Presta of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was reported as Income from discontinued operations, net of tax in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. After-tax earnings for Presta for the year ended December 31, 2015 were immaterial.

All revenues and expenses reported in the combined and consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect reclassification of all discontinued operations. The following table summarizes the results that have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)    2014  

Revenues

   $ 488   

Direct marketing

     (5

Other cost of sales

     (299
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     184   
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

  

Professional services

     71   

Selling and marketing

     (16

Occupancy and equipment

     51   

Other

     28   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     134   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     50   

Non-operating income

     85   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 135   
  

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations per basic and diluted share

   $ 0.03   
  

 

 

 

Assets

   $ 278   

Liabilities

   $ 15   

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 4—LOANS RECEIVABLE AND REVENUES

Revenues generated from the Company’s consumer loans for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014  

Finance charges

   $ 347,445       $ 229,296   

CSO fees

     61,259         42,908   

Lines of credit fees

     23,681         71   

Other

     1,621         1,443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 434,006       $ 273,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s portfolio consists of both installment loans and lines of credit, which are considered the portfolio segments at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The following reflects the credit quality of the Company’s loans receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 as delinquency status has been identified as the primary credit quality indicator. Loans are determined to be past due when they are one day past due without a payment. All impaired loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been charged off.

 

     December 31, 2015  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Current loans

   $ 211,144      $ 68,742      $ 279,886   

Past due loans

     46,804        6,536        53,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     257,948        75,278        333,226   

Net unamortized loan premium

     —          753        753   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (49,755     (10,016     (59,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 208,193      $ 66,015      $ 274,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Current loans

   $ 156,965      $ 145      $ 157,110   

Past due loans

     35,590        37        35,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     192,555        182        192,737   

Net unamortized loan premium

     —          —          —     

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (44,876     (38     (44,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 147,679      $ 144      $ 147,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable includes approximately $21.9 million and $16.0 million of interest receivable at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The carrying value for Loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of the loans receivable.

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Balance beginning of year

   $ 48,453      $ 38      $ 48,491   

Provision for loan losses

     212,828        19,822        232,650   

Charge-offs

     (221,343     (9,998     (231,341

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     16,392        154        16,546   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     (562     —          (562
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     55,768        10,016        65,784   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans (Note 1)

     (6,013     —          (6,013
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of year

   $ 49,755      $ 10,016      $ 59,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Balance beginning of year

   $ 16,826      $ —        $ 16,826   

Provision for loan losses

     170,831        77        170,908   

Charge-offs

     (148,753     (44     (148,797

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     10,233        5        10,238   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     (684     —          (684
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     48,453        38        48,491   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans (Note 1)

     (3,577     —          (3,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of year

   $ 44,876      $ 38      $ 44,914   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5—VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITY

The Company is involved with an entity that is deemed to be a VIE. Under ASC 810-10-15, Variable Interest Entities ., a VIE is an entity that: (1) has an insufficient amount of equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support by other parties; (2) the equity investors are unable to make significant decisions about the entity’s activities through voting rights or similar rights; or (3) the equity investors do not have the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive residual returns of the entity. The Company is required to consolidate a VIE if it is determined to be the primary beneficiary, that is, the enterprise that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company evaluates its relationships with VIEs to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time it becomes involved with the entity and it re-evaluates that conclusion each reporting period.

Elastic SPV, Ltd.

On July 1, 2015, the Company entered into several agreements with a third-party lender and Elastic SPV, Ltd. (“ESPV”), a new entity formed by third party investors for the purpose of purchasing loan participations from the third-party lender. On that date, approximately $20.2 million of loan

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

participations in the Elastic lines of credit outstanding held by the Company were transferred to ESPV for no gain or loss. Per the terms of the agreements, the Company provides customer acquisition services to drive the volume of loan applications submitted to the third-party lender. In addition, the Company provides loan underwriting software and services to evaluate the credit quality of those loan applications in accordance with the third-party lender’s credit policies. ESPV accounts for the loan participations acquired in accordance with ASC 860-10-40, Transfers and Services, Derecognition , as the lines of credit acquired meet the criteria of a participation interest.

Once the third-party lender originates the loan, ESPV has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase a 90% interest in each Elastic line of credit. Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC (“VPC”) entered into an agreement (the “ESPV Facility”) under which it shall loan ESPV all funds necessary (with a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million) to purchase such participation interests in exchange for a fixed return. On October 21, 2015, the ESPV Facility was amended, providing a maximum borrowing amount of $100 million. The fixed return is comprised of a base rate (defined as the greater of the 3-month LIBOR rate or 1% per annum) plus 13% for the outstanding balance up to $50 million and a base rate plus 12% for the outstanding balance greater than $50 million. The Company entered into a separate credit default protection agreement with ESPV whereby the Company agreed to provide credit protection to the investors in ESPV against Elastic loan losses in return for a credit premium. The Company does not hold a direct ownership interest in ESPV, however, as a result of the credit default protection agreement, ESPV was determined to be a VIE and the Company qualifies as the primary beneficiary.

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of the VIE that are included within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015  

ASSETS

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,015   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $10,016

     66,015   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     9,661   

Receivable from payment processors

     1,701   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 80,392   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($639 eliminates upon consolidation)

   $ 3,567   

Reserve deposit liability ($11,325 eliminates upon consolidation)

     11,325   

Notes payable

     65,500   

Members’ equity

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 80,392   
  

 

 

 

CSO Lenders

The CSO lenders are considered VIE’s of the Company under ASC 815-10-65. The Company does not have any ownership interest in the CSO lenders, does not exercise control over them, and is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore, does not consolidate the CSO lenders’ results with its results.

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 6—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consists of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 2,037      $ 1,838   

Equipment

     8,419        5,875   

Leasehold improvements

     237        295   

Software development cost

     26,377        21,665   

Software-purchased

     5,873        4,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     42,943        34,027   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (25,173     (16,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 17,770      $ 17,324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following summarizes the balances above which were acquired through leasing arrangements that qualify as capital leases as of December 31, 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Equipment

   $ 687      $ 687   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (420     (191
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $      267      $      496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The capital lease obligation is included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Depreciation expense, which includes depreciation related to capital leases, was approximately $8.7 million and $8.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

NOTE 7—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consist of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014  

Accounts payable

   $ 13,037       $ 9,437   

Accounts payable to related party (Note 17)

     304         1,266   

Accrued compensation

     9,454         8,199   

Liability for losses on CSO lender-owned consumer loans

     6,013         3,577   

Deferred revenues

     1,729         2,692   

Interest payable

     4,357         2,316   

Capital lease liability

     262         490   

Other accrued liabilities

     1,102         569   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,258       $ 28,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 8—NOTES PAYABLE

On January 30, 2014, Rise SPV, LLC (“RSPV,” a subsidiary of the Company) entered into an agreement with Victory Park Management, LLC (“VPC”) providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million (the “VPC Facility”). On May 20, 2015, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $335 million to RSPV, ECI and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (“ELCS”), all subsidiaries of the Company. As discussed in Note 19—Subsequent Events, on February 11, 2016, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $345 million to RSPV, ECI and ELCS. This facility provides the following term notes at December 31, 2015:

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $250 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 15% for the outstanding balance up to $75 million, 14% for the outstanding balance greater than $75 million and up to $150 million, and 13% for the outstanding balance greater than $150 million used to fund the Rise loan portfolio (“US Term Note”).

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 16% used to fund the UK Sunny loan portfolio (“UK Term Note”).

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $35 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 18% used to fund working capital (“ELCS Sub-debt Term Note”).

On July 13, 2015, ESPV, entered into an agreement with VPC, providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million (the “ESPV Facility”). On October 21, 2015, the ESPV Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $100 million. Interest is charged at a base rate (defined as the greater of the 3-month LIBOR rate or 1% per annum) plus 13% for the outstanding balance up to $50 million and plus 12% for the outstanding balance greater than $50 million. The ESPV Facility is used to purchase loan participations from the third party bank partner.

The outstanding balance of Notes payable are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014  

US Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 13-15%

   $ 197,000       $ 129,800   

UK Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 16%

     42,300         30,000   

ELCS Sub-debt Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 18%

     35,000         15,000   

ESPV Term Note bearing interest at 1% per annum + 12-13%

     65,500         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 339,800       $ 174,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the credit facility maturity dates of January 30, 2018 (VPC Facility) and July 1, 2019 (ESPV Facility). All assets of ESPV are pledged as collateral to secure the ESPV Facility. All assets of the Company are pledged as collateral to secure both the VPC and ESPV Facilities. The agreements contain financial covenants, including a borrowing base calculation and certain financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the VPC Facility as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. ESPV was in compliance with all covenants related to the ESPV Facility as of December 31, 2015.

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Future debt maturities as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year (dollars in thousands)    Amount  

2016

   $ —     

2017

     —     

2018

     274,300   

2019

     65,500   

2020

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 339,800   
  

 

 

 

On May 1, 2014, and in connection with the Spin-Off, ELCS entered into an agreement with Think Finance, whereby Think Finance provided a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million (“TF Credit Facility”). Interest was charged at an annual rate of 8%. The agreement contains financial covenants, including compliance with the VPC Facility covenants. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2014.

ELCS made draws on the TF Credit Facility of $24.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and paid off the facility and had no amounts outstanding under the credit facility at December 31, 2014. ELCS recognized interest expense of approximately $0.9 million on this credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2014, which is included within Net interest expense in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. The TF Credit Facility was terminated effective January 1, 2015.

The Company has evaluated the interest rates for its debt and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry, operations and recent amendments. As a result, the carrying value for the debt approximates the fair value.

NOTE 9—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of goodwill at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $16 million. There were no changes to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired by the predecessor parent company, Think Finance, related to the Elastic and UK reporting units. Of the total goodwill balance, approximately $0.7 million is deductible for tax purposes.

The carrying value of acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2015, is presented in the table below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Cost     

Accumulated

Amortization

    Net  

Assets subject to amortization:

       

Acquired technology

   $ 946       $ (946   $ —     

Non-compete

     3,404         (1,600     1,804   

Customers

     126         (126     —     

Assets not subject to amortization:

       

Domain names

     680         —          680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,156       $ (2,672   $ 2,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The carrying value of acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2014, is presented in the table below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Cost     

Accumulated

Amortization

    Net  

Assets subject to amortization:

       

Acquired technology

   $ 946       $ (946   $ —     

Non-compete

     3,404         (1,415     1,989   

Customers

     126         (105     21   

Assets not subject to amortization:

       

Domain names

     680         —          680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,156       $ (2,466   $ 2,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, was approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million. The weighted average remaining amortization period for the intangible assets was 10.00 and 10.87 years at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization for the succeeding five years is as follows:

 

Year (dollars in thousands)    Amount  

2016

   $ 180   

2017

     180   

2018

     180   

2019

     180   

2020

     180   

NOTE 10—LEASES

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for facility space and equipment, including subleases with Think Finance (see Note 17—Related Parties). Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $2.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and is reported in Occupancy and equipment in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year (dollars in thousands)    Amount  

2016

   $ 2,661   

2017

     795   

2018

     662   

2019

     74   

2020

     —     

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,192   
  

 

 

 

As discussed in Note 6—Property And Equipment, the Company purchased equipment through leasing arrangements that qualify as capital leases. The capital leases include provisions which allow for the

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

purchase of the equipment at de minimis amounts at the end of their lease term. Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year (dollars in thousands)    Amount  

2016

   $ 250   

2017

     21   
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     271   

Interest and executory costs

     (9
  

 

 

 

Total, net

   $ 262   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 11—STOCK OPTIONS

Prior to the Spin-Off, the Company’s employees were granted stock options under the Think Finance stock option plan. The Think Finance stock option plan was administered by the Think Finance Board of Directors, who determined the option price, vesting schedule and exercise period for each grant.

The Company adopted a stock option plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) on May 1, 2014, and Think Finance option holders at the Spin-Off date were granted similar awards in the Company’s Stock Option Plan on that date in order to preserve the economic terms of their pre-Spin-Off Think Finance options. The number of options on shares, vesting and expiration schedules were carried over from the Think Finance stock option plan. Further, the awards granted to the Think Finance option holders in this regard did not give such option holders any additional benefits that they did not have before the Spin-Off. The exercise prices for Think Finance options were modified to allocate the exercise prices between the Think Finance options and the newly granted options in the Company, based on the relative fair value of each company at the Spin-Off date. The aggregate exercise prices remained the same, such that the spread between the aggregate fair market value of the Think Finance shares and the Company shares subject to the options immediately after the Spin-Off over the aggregate exercise prices of such options, is not more than the spread between the aggregate fair market value of the Think Finance shares subject to the options immediately before the Spin-Off over the aggregate former exercise prices of such options. As such, following the Spin-Off, employees of the Company held stock options to purchase both the stock of Think Finance and stock of the Company. The compensation expense relating to employees of the Company, which includes the cost of both types of options, are recorded on the Company’s books in all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock-based compensation expense reported within Compensation expense in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014  

Elevate stock option plan expense

   $ 847       $ 364   

Allocated from Think Finance *

     —           132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 847       $ 496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

   $ 5,798       $ 4,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*   The allocation is made using a proportional allocation methodology, which management has deemed to be reasonable.

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

These amounts relate to options granted to employees and board members. The Company recognizes compensation costs over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Think Finance Stock Option Plan Prior to Spin-off:

The following is a summary of activity in the Think Finance stock option plan for the period from January 1, 2014 to April 30, 2014 (the period prior to the Spin-off), which includes the number of shares and the weighted-average exercise price.

 

      Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     1,909,354      $ 7.60   

Granted

     56,000        19.03   

Expired or forfeited

     (11,354     10.39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at April 30, 2014

     1,954,000      $ 7.91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value for options granted during the four months ended April 30, 2014 was $6.54.

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of options granted for the period from January 1, 2014 to April 30, 2014 (the period prior to the Spin-off) using the Black-Scholes-Merton model are as follows:

 

Dividend yield

   0%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.79% to 0.91%

Expected volatility

   50%

Expected term

   3 years

The expected term of the options granted is the period of time from the grant date to the date of expected exercise estimated using historical data. The expected volatility was determined based on an average of companies in similar industries and other factors. The risk-free interest rate used is the current yield on US Treasury notes with a term equal to the expected term of the options at the grant date. The expected dividend yield is based on annualized dividends on the underlying share during the expected term of the option.

Elevate Credit, Inc. Stock Option Plan Subsequent to the Spin-off:

The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to encourage ownership of the Company’s common stock by key employees and to provide increased incentive for key employees to render services and to exert maximum effort for the success of the Company. The Stock Option Plan is administered by the Company’s Board of Directors. Under the provisions of the Stock Option Plan, a total of 2,372,500 shares of common stock are available to be granted. In addition, there were 204,000 options granted outside the Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan allows for net settlement upon the exercise of stock options. The option price, vesting schedule and exercise period are determined for each grant after the Spin-Off date by the Board of Directors.

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The following is a summary of activity in the Company’s Stock Option Plan for the eight months ended December 31, 2014:

 

      Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
 

Granted on May 1, 2014

     1,954,000      $ 5.42      

Granted

     171,378        12.96      

Exercised

     (365,250     3.78      

Forfeited

     (11,250     6.53      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     1,748,878      $ 6.49         4.79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2014

     1,382,062           3.70   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Available for grant at December 31, 2014

     212,372        
  

 

 

      

The following is a summary of activity in the Company’s Stock Option Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

      Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     1,748,878      $ 6.49      

Granted

     372,471        16.16      

Exercised

     (504,520     3.89      

Forfeited

     (36,939     9.59      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     1,579,890        9.53         6.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2015

     1,040,061           4.77   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Available for grant at December 31, 2015

     126,840        
  

 

 

      

Management estimates that all outstanding options will vest based on retention expectations and other factors that are reviewed periodically and could change in the near term.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value for options granted under the Company’s Stock Option Plan in 2015 and 2014 was $5.03 and $4.46, respectively.

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of options granted in the year ended December 31, 2015 and the eight months ended December 31, 2014 using the Black-Scholes-Merton model are as follows:

 

      2015      2014  

Dividend yield

     0%         0%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.85% to 1.31%         0.86% to 0.98%   

Expected volatility

     50%         50%   

Expected term

     2-3 years         3 years   

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The expected term of the options granted is the period of time from the grant date to the date of expected exercise estimated using historical data. The expected volatility was determined based on an average of companies in similar industries and other factors. The risk-free interest rate used is the current yield on US Treasury notes with a term equal to the expected term of the options at the grant date. The expected dividend yield is based on annualized dividends on the underlying share during the expected term of the option.

At December 31, 2015, the following options were outstanding at their respective exercise price:

 

Exercise Price    Options Outstanding  

$5.29 – 5.33

     817,500   

$7.89

     10,000   

$10.65 – 10.91

     115,000   

$11.42 – 12.88

     188,878   

$13.26 – 13.98

     129,116   

$15.77

     269,396   

$20.23 – 20.72

     50,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,579,890   
  

 

 

 

All outstanding options have a contractual term of 10 years. For options granted related to the Spin-Off, the contractual term carried over from their option grant at Think Finance such that all of those options will have contractual terms less than 10 years from the Spin-Off date. The options vest 25% on the first anniversary of the effective date and 2.083% each month, thereafter. Full vesting of the options occurs on the fourth anniversary of the effective date.

The total fair value of options vested at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $2.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was approximately $2.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s Stock Option Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.0 years as of December 31, 2015.

NOTE 12—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels of the fair value hierarchy, based on the fair value measurement technique, as described below:

Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active exchange markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques with significant assumptions and inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Level 3—Valuation is derived from model-based techniques that use inputs and significant assumptions that are supported by little or no observable market data. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

The level of fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest-level input that is most significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. In the determination of the classification of assets and liabilities in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the Company considers all available information, including observable market data, indications of market conditions, and its understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the fair value measurements of the respective assets and liabilities in their entirety. If the valuation techniques that are most significant to the fair value measurements are principally derived from assumptions and inputs that are corroborated by little or no observable market data, the asset or liability is classified as Level 3.

The Company has evaluated Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued expenses and Contingent consideration payable, and believes the carrying value approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of these balances. The Company has also evaluated the interest rates for Notes payable and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry, operations, and recent amendments. As a result, the carrying value for Notes payable approximates the fair value. The Company classifies its fair value measurement techniques for the fair value disclosures associated with Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, Contingent consideration payable and Notes payable as Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820-10”).

The Company has recorded a long-term liability related to agreements to pay additional consideration to a related party for the acquisitions associated with the Elastic product, based on earnings performance from 2015 through 2027. A liability of approximately $5.5 million was recorded at fair value and was included within Contingent consideration payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014. In June 2015, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with the seller, which requires the Company to pay a total of $1.5 million over the next five years. The agreement effectively extinguished the additional consideration liability, and in accordance with ASC 450-10, a gain of approximately $5.5 million was recognized in Non-operating income for the year ended December 31, 2015 in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. This liability is considered to be Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10. This liability was evaluated pursuant to FASB guidance under the income approach using a weighted average cost of capital of 21%.

The table below summarizes the changes in the contingent consideration liability for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Beginning Balance

   $ 5,529      $ 5,530   

Fair value adjustments

     —          —     

Extinguishment of earn-out liability

     (5,529     —     

Earn–out payments

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ —        $ 5,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES

Prior to the Spin-Off, the Company’s results were included in the consolidated US federal and state income tax returns of Think Finance. The tax provision and current and deferred tax balances have been presented on a separate company basis as if the Company was a separate filer. Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 consists of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Federal

    

Current

   $ 264      $ —     

Deferred

     (4,717     (17,895

State

    

Current

     251        207   

Deferred

     (456     (3,022

Foreign

    

Current

     —          —     

Deferred

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (4,658   $ (20,710
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The differences between the provision for income tax and the amount that would result if the federal statutory rate were applied to the pre-tax financial income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Federal statutory rate of 35%

   $ (8,599   $ (26,414

State income tax provision

     (166     (1,829

Permanent differences

     640        351   

Change in valuation allowance

     (3,131     2,533   

Rate differential

     1,588        2,960   

Change in foreign statutory tax rate

     2,753        —     

Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions

     1,491        1,516   

Other

     766        173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (4,658   $ (20,710
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Allowance for losses on loans receivable

   $ 17,680      $ 15,007   

Net operating loss carryforward – foreign

     6,631        9,806   

Net operating loss carryforward – domestic

     8,489        5,408   

Deferred revenues

     361        1,026   

Cumulative translation adjustment – domestic

     2,206        1,701   

Accrued expenses

     3,433        1,989   

Deferred equity issuance costs

     1,081        —     

Other

     1,099        841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     40,980        35,778   

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation

     (1,797     (1,076

Amortization of intangible assets

     (4,844     (3,697

Prepaid expenses

     (862     (1,157
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     33,477        29,848   

Valuation allowance

     (6,621     (9,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

   $ 26,856      $ 20,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Uncertain tax positions

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014  

Balance at beginning of the year

   $ 2,720      $ 1,204   

Reductions for tax positions related to the prior year

     (220     (180

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     1,711        1,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 4,211      $ 2,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the cumulative unrecognized tax benefit is recognized, there will be no effect on the Company’s effective tax rate due to the full valuation allowance. Due to the nature of the unrecognized tax benefits and the existence of tax attributes, the Company has not accrued any interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations nor has it recognized a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company does not believe the total amount of unrecognized benefit as of December 31, 2015 will increase or decrease significantly in the next twelve months.

For purposes of evaluating the need for a deferred tax valuation allowance, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The following provides an overview of the assessment that was performed for both the domestic and foreign deferred tax assets, net.

US deferred tax assets, net

The Company is required to assess its US deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and the need for a valuation allowance on a combined group return basis, and to exclude from that assessment the utilization of all or

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

a portion of those US taxable losses by Think Finance, which are attributable to the Company, under the separate return method. This assessment requires considerable judgment on the part of management with respect to benefits that could be realized from future US taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors. To the extent that Think Finance has utilized a portion of the Company’s operating losses in their consolidated returns, the Company has not been reimbursed for the utilization of those US losses prior to the Spin-Off. At the Spin-Off, a deferred tax asset of approximately $10.9 million related to the net operating loss (“NOL”) generated prior to the Spin-Off date was written off and reflected within Net transfers from Think Finance.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not establish a valuation allowance for the US DTA based on management’s expectation of generating sufficient taxable income in a look forward period over the next three to five years. The net operating loss carryforward from US operations at December 31, 2015 was approximately $22.7 million. The NOL carryforward expires beginning in 2034. The ultimate realization of the resulting deferred tax asset is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of this carryforward. The Company considered the following positive and negative factors when making their assessment regarding the ultimate realizability of the deferred tax assets.

 

Ø   Significant positive factors include an improving earnings trend as the Company has continued to scale the business to match its cost structure. In addition, at December 31, 2015, the Company was forecasted to generate US taxable income and to begin utilizing its NOL in 2016, including the effects of the ESPV structure change (see discussion below). Management’s success in developing accurate forecasts (proven through their time at Think Finance) and management’s track record of launching new and successful products at Think Finance, which generated significant taxable income, is another source of positive evidence which was evaluated. The Company believes that the unique circumstance of the Spin-Off from a successful company provides us with several positive objectively verifiable factors that would not normally be available to a new company with a limited operating history.

 

Ø   A significant negative factor includes cumulative losses and a lack of taxable income since the Spin-Off date. A net taxable loss was incurred for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (including carve-out amounts for the four months ended April 30, 2014) due to the assumption and establishment of an infrastructure for the Company separate from Think Finance while the Company was scaling the growth of the relatively new products of Rise and Elastic. In addition, direct marketing costs were a significant contributor to the net taxable loss as these costs were incurred as the loan portfolio and number of new customer loans grew significantly in 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2014, the Company originally forecasted positive taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2015. The restructure of the Elastic product and purchase of participating interest by the ESPV entity during mid-2015 (described in Note 5—Variable Interest Entity) resulted in a change in the composition of taxable income for the remainder of the year and resulted in a net taxable loss incurred in 2015.

The Company has given due consideration to all the factors and believes the positive evidence outweighs the negative evidence and has concluded that the US deferred tax asset is expected to be realized based on management’s expectation of generating sufficient taxable income in a look forward period over the next three to five years. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be adjusted in the future if estimates of future taxable income change. As a result, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not establish a valuation allowance for the US DTA.

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The Company also had a US stock option deduction carryforward of approximately $8.5 million at December 31, 2015, for which the tax benefit would be applied as a credit directly to additional paid-in capital. The stock option deduction carryforward expires in 2034.

UK deferred tax assets, net

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized a full valuation allowance for its foreign deferred tax assets due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realization of these assets in the foreseeable future. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the valuation allowance decreased by approximately $3.1 million and increased by approximately $2.5 million, respectively, due to the decrease and increase, respectively, of the net deferred tax assets related to the UK, which primarily consists of the net operating loss carryforward. Regardless of the deferred tax valuation allowance recognized at December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company continues to retain net operating loss carryforwards for foreign income tax purposes of approximately $39.4 million and $40.7 million, respectively, available to offset future foreign taxable income. To the extent that the Company generates taxable income in the future to utilize the tax benefits of the related deferred tax assets, subject to certain potential limitations, it may be able to reduce its effective tax rate by reducing the valuation allowance. The Company’s foreign net operating loss carryforward of approximately $39.4 million and $40.7 million for December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, can be carried forward indefinitely.

NOTE 14—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

Contingencies

Currently and from time to time, the Company may become defendants in various legal and regulatory actions. While the Company cannot determine the ultimate outcome of these actions, it believes their resolution will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company is cooperating with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) related to a civil investigative demand (“CID”) received by Think Finance requesting information about the operations of Think Finance prior to the Spin-Off. The CFPB has not made any specific allegation of violation(s) of law or initiated litigation in connection with the CID as of this date.

Commitments

The Elastic product, which offers lines of credit to consumers, had approximately $31.0 million and $0.2 million in available and unfunded credit lines at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. While these amounts represented the total available unused credit lines, ESPV has not experienced and does not anticipate that all line of credit customers will access their entire available credit lines at any given point in time. ESPV has not recorded a loan loss reserve for unfunded credit lines as ESPV has the ability to cancel commitments with a relatively short timeframe.

Guarantees

In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to CSO lenders and is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. See Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information related to this guarantee obligation.

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 15—CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On May 1, 2014, the Company issued 2,957,059 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 2,682,351 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. There have been no changes in preferred stock outstanding from the issuance date through December 31, 2015. The terms and conditions of both the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred are as follows:

Dividends rights

The holders of the outstanding Series A and B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors. The right to receive dividends shall not be cumulative. No dividends on Series B Preferred or Common Stock shall be paid until all declared dividends on Series A Preferred have been paid. The Series A Preferred dividend is at an annual rate of $0.43 per share, and the Series B Preferred dividend is at an annual rate of $0.83 per share.

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) the Series A Liquidation Preference of $7.73 specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) the amount per share that such Series A Preferred Stock would have received had such share of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

In the event of any liquidation of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Common Stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) the Series B Liquidation Preference of $14.91 specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock or (ii) the amount per share that such Series B Preferred Stock would have received had such share of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

Redemption

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after August 30, 2018, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $5.35 per share plus 8% compounded annually from the Series A issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series B Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after the holders of Series A Preferred Stock have been redeemed, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $10.33 per share plus 8% compounded annually from the Series B issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series A and B Preferred Stock signed a Waiver Agreement by which they defer and waive their rights to exercise the redemption rights or otherwise obligate the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock, unless and until the Notes Payable have been paid in full.

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Voting rights

The holders of Series A and B Preferred Stock shall have one vote for each full share of Common Stock into which their shares are convertible, and the holders of Common Stock shall have one vote per share of Common Stock.

Automatic Conversion Upon Initial Public Offering

Upon the occurrence of an event of conversion, each share of Series A and B Preferred Stock (outstanding) shall be automatically converted into one share of fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock provided that the offering price per share is not less than $10.70 (as adjusted for the stock split), and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $25 million.

NOTE 16—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company determines operating segments based on how its chief operating decision maker manages the business, including making operating decisions, deciding how to allocate resources and evaluating operating performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the Company’s operating results on a consolidated basis.

The Company has one reportable segment, which provides online credit products for non-prime consumers, which is composed of the Company’s operations in the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company has aggregated all components of its business into a single reportable segment based on the similarities in the products, the distribution methods, the type of customers, and the nature of the regulatory environments.

The following tables summarize the allocation of net revenues and long-lived assets based on geography.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014  

Revenues

     

United States

   $ 353,511       $ 206,653   

United Kingdom

     80,495         67,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 434,006       $ 273,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

     

United States

   $ 24,391       $ 24,163   

United Kingdom

     11,890         11,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,281       $ 36,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 17—RELATED PARTIES

As discussed in Note 8—Notes Payable, on May 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Think Finance whereby Think Finance agreed to provide a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million. There were no amounts drawn on the facility at that date and $24.8 million in subsequent amounts drawn were entirely repaid by December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The Company also has entered into sublease agreements with Think Finance for office space and equipment that expire beginning in 2016 through 2019. Total rent and utility payments made to Think Finance for office space were approximately $1.7 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Rent and utility expense is included in Occupancy and equipment within the Combined and Consolidated statements of operations. Total payments for equipment were approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million in years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and were included as a reduction of the capital lease liability included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets and as interest expense included in Net interest expense within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company also made $0.3 million in tax settlement payments to Think Finance in accordance with the tax sharing agreement for the year ended December 31, 2015, and $0.6 million in payments related to other expense reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company received a tax settlement payment from Think Finance of $0.4 million.

As discussed in Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company entered into a shared services agreement with Think Finance from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014. The Company incurred total costs of approximately $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, related to the shared services agreement. These expenses are included in Compensation and benefits, Professional services, Occupancy and equipment, and Other within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $0.3 million in Accounts payable due to Think Finance related to reimbursable costs, which is included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $1.3 million in Accounts payable due to Think Finance related to shared services expenses, reimbursable costs and tax sharing arrangements, net of accounts receivable.

The following table contains the amount of expenses allocated to the Company from Think Finance prior to the Spin-Off, and shared services expenses incurred from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014, for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2014  

Expense allocations:

  

Direct marketing costs

   $ 10,128   

Other cost of sales

     898   

Compensation and benefits

     10,550   

Professional services

     3,914   

Selling and marketing

     1,031   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,656   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,241   

Other

     505   

Expenses under the shared services agreement:

  

Compensation and benefits

     2,537   

Professional services

     176   

Occupancy and equipment

     318   

Other

     67   
  

 

 

 
   $ 34,021   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred consulting costs and travel expense reimbursements of approximately $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, associated with certain board members. Stock compensation expense of $0.2 million and $0.1 million was also recorded for certain board members during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These expenses are included in Professional services and Other operating expenses within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company incurred consulting costs of approximately $0.2 million related to a consulting agreement with a related party, which is described in Note 12—Fair Value Measurements. These expenses are included in Professional services within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 18—401(k) PLAN

Prior to the Spin-Off, all US employees participated in the Think Finance 401(k) plan. The Company adopted a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) on June 1, 2014 with substantially the same terms as the Think Finance 401(k) plan. All employees are eligible to participate in the Plan upon reaching the age of 21 years and completing one month of service with the Company. The Plan is a “safe harbor 401k plan” and the Company matches 100% of each participant’s first 4% of compensation that is contributed to the Plan each year. Participants may contribute up to 70% of their eligible earnings to the applicable Plan, subject to regulatory and other plan restrictions. Company and employee contributions are fully vested at the time of contribution. The Company’s consolidated matching contributions in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 totaled approximately $1.2 million and $1.0 million (of which approximately $0.3 million related to the Think Finance Plan at December 31, 2014), respectively.

In addition, the Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme for its employees in the United Kingdom. The assets of the scheme are held separately to those of the Company in an independently administered fund. The pension cost charge represents approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million in contributions paid by the Company to the fund during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

NOTE 19—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events and transactions through April 27, 2016, the date that the combined and consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and noted no subsequent events requiring financial statement recognition or disclosure, except as noted below.

On February 11, 2016, the VPC Facility (see Note 8—Notes Payable) was amended such that the ELCS Sub-debt Term Note included an additional $10 million to fund working capital, thereby bringing the maximum borrowing amount to $45 million.

On February 22, 2016, the UK subsidiary has received full authorization from the country’s regulator, the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). The UK had been operating and providing its Sunny credit products under interim permission since the FCA commenced its regulation of the UK consumer credit sector in April 2014. All UK consumer credit lenders were required to apply to receive full authorization from the FCA to ensure that their culture, systems, controls and operations were in compliance with the FCA’s standards.

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 20—STOCK SPLIT

On December 11, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the ratio that will be included in an amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of its common stock to be effective in connection with the completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The stock split will cause an adjustment to the par value for the common stock, from $0.001 per share to $0.0004 per share, and reflects a two and a half times increase in the number of authorized and outstanding shares of common stock. As a result of the stock split, the share amounts under its employee incentive plan will also be adjusted. The conversion of shares of preferred stock will occur on a one-to-one basis without additional consideration into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock. The 2.5-for-1 forward stock split will thereafter be applied to the resulting total amount of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the Company has accordingly presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share are computed by dividing net loss by the basic and diluted pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding, after giving effect to the transactions described above as though the split had occurred as of December 31, 2013, the beginning of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

The impact of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split on the weighted average number of common shares on a historical and pro forma basis and the earnings per share on a pro forma basis for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     2015     2014  
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)    Basic and Diluted     Basic and Diluted  

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (19,911   $ (54,760

Income from discontinued operations

     —          135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,911   $ (54,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Historical weighted average number of common shares

     5,010,339        4,711,794   

Impact of 2.5-for-1 forward stock split

     7,515,508        7,067,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

     12,525,847        11,779,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

    

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.59   $ (4.65

Income from discontinued operations

     —          0.01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1.59   $ (4.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   

September 30,

2016

   

December 31,

2015

 
     (unaudited)        
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents*

   $ 53,499      $ 29,050   

Restricted cash

     1,787        1,996   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $73,019 and $59,771, respectively*

     360,132        274,208   

Prepaid expenses and other assets*

     12,710        8,265   

Bank reserve deposit*

     —          9,287   

Receivable from CSO lenders

     19,648        9,719   

Receivable from payment processors*

     19,775        13,851   

Deferred tax assets, net

     29,701        26,856   

Property and equipment, net

     15,119        17,770   

Goodwill

     16,027        16,027   

Intangible assets, net

     2,349        2,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 530,747      $ 409,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including $631 and $304 payable to Think Finance, respectively)*

   $ 62,305      $ 36,258   

State and other taxes payable

     689        803   

Notes payable, net*

     451,641        339,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     514,635        376,138   

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (NOTE 11)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock; $0.001 par value; 16,670,700 authorized shares; 5,200,488 and 5,118,743 issued and outstanding, respectively

     5        5   

Convertible preferred stock; Series A, $0.001 par value; 2,957,059 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $22,850

     3        3   

Convertible preferred stock; Series B, $0.001 par value; 2,682,351 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $40,000

     3        3   

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax benefit of $2,206 for both periods

     993        286   

Additional paid-in capital

     87,071        87,090   

Accumulated deficit

     (71,963     (54,012
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     16,112        33,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 530,747      $ 409,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*   These balances include certain assets and liabilities of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of that VIE. All assets of the Company are pledged as security for the Company’s outstanding debt, including debt held by the VIE. For further information regarding the assets and liabilities included in the Company’s consolidated accounts, see NOTE 4—Variable Interest Entity.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2016     2015  

Revenues

   $ 411,422      $ 300,306   

Cost of sales:

    

Provision for loan losses

     217,505        161,013   

Direct marketing costs

     50,201        47,807   

Other cost of sales

     12,864        10,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     280,570        219,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     130,852        80,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Compensation and benefits

     50,180        44,529   

Professional services

     23,098        17,999   

Selling and marketing

     7,810        5,878   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,481        7,088   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,283        6,476   

Other

     2,466        2,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     100,318        84,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     30,534        (3,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Net interest expense

     (44,798     (24,205

Foreign currency transaction loss

     (6,274     (1,240

Non-operating income

     —          5,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (51,072     (19,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (20,538     (23,734

Income tax benefit

     (2,587     (3,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (17,951   $ (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (3.49   $ (4.05

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     5,143,287        4,982,673   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (UNAUDITED)

 

     For the nine
months ended September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)    2016     2015  

Net loss

   $ (17,951   $ (20,155

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     707        (145
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     707        (145
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (17,244   $ (20,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

   

 

 

Common Stock

   

 

Series A

Convertible
Preferred

   

 

Series B

Convertible
Preferred

   

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Accumu-
lated

deficit

   

Accumulated

other

comprehensive

income (loss)

   

Total

 
(Dollars in thousands)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances at December 31, 2014

    4,842,968      $ 5        2,957,059      $ 3        2,682,351      $ 3      $ 86,591      $ (34,101   $ (311   $ 52,190   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          644        —          —          644   

Exercise of stock options

    238,275        —          —          —          —          —          (1,679     —          —          (1,679

Comprehensive loss:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax of $142

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (145     (145

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (20,155     —          (20,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2015

    5,081,243      $ 5        2,957,059      $ 3        2,682,351      $ 3      $ 85,556      $ (54,256   $ (456   $ 30,855   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

    5,118,743        5        2,957,059        3        2,682,351        3        87,090        (54,012   $ 286        33,375   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,029        —          —          1,029   

Exercise of stock options

    81,745        —          —          —          —          —          (1,048     —          —          (1,048

Comprehensive income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          707        707   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (17,951     —          (17,951
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2016

    5,200,488      $ 5        2,957,059      $ 3        2,682,351      $ 3      $ 87,071      $ (71,963   $ 993      $ 16,112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)            2016                     2015          

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (17,951   $ (20,155

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,283        6,476   

Provision for loan losses

     217,505        161,013   

Stock-based compensation

     1,029        644   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     237        131   

Amortization of loan premium

     1,692        146   

Deferred income tax benefit, net

     (2,945     (4,254

Unrealized loss from foreign currency transactions

     6,274        1,240   

Non-operating income

     —          (5,531

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (3,714     (776

Bank reserve deposit

     9,287        (6,250

Receivable from payment processors

     (6,670     (8,812

Receivable from CSO lenders

     (9,929     109   

Interest receivable

     (56,364     (46,367

State and other taxes payable

     (21     (66

Deferred tax assets

     100        —     

Deferred revenues

     27,287        (1,966

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     864        2,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     174,964        78,495   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Loans receivable originated or participations purchased

     (549,357     (455,048

Principal collections and recoveries on loans receivable

     296,318        259,967   

Participation premium paid

     (2,191     (506

Change in restricted cash

     204        6,314   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (5,809     (5,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (260,835     (194,992

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)          2016                 2015        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from notes payable

   $ 112,500      $ 122,500   

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (180     (169

Debt issuance costs paid

     (178     (474

Equity issuance costs paid

     (1,096     (1,670

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     40        191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     111,086        120,378   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (766     (572
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     24,449        3,309   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period (including $278 of cash classified as Assets of discontinued operations at December 31, 2014)

     29,050        29,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 53,499      $ 33,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 43,174      $ 22,403   

Taxes paid

   $ 461      $ 439   

Noncash investing and financing activities:

    

CSO fees charged-off included in Deferred revenues and Loans receivable

   $ 1,970      $ —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) and conform, as applicable, to general practices within the finance company industry. The following is a description of the more significant of these policies used in preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Business Operations

Elevate Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company provides technology-driven, progressive online credit solutions to non-prime consumers. The Company uses advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient and more responsible financial options to its customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. The Company currently offers unsecured online installment loans and lines of credit in the United States (the “US”) and the United Kingdom (the “UK”). The Company’s products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect its mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” and provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features. In the UK, the Company directly offers unsecured installment loans via the internet through its wholly owned subsidiary, Elevate Credit International (UK), Limited, (“ECI”) under the brand name of Sunny.

Spin-Off

On January 31, 2014, Think Finance, Inc. (“Think Finance”), the predecessor parent company, formed a new company, Elevate Credit, Inc. On May 1, 2014 (effective at the beginning of the day), Think Finance contributed to the Company certain assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending businesses and completed a tax-free spin-off of 100% of the Company on a carryover basis to the stockholders of Think Finance, in accordance with the distribution agreement (the “Spin-Off”). In connection with the Spin-Off, the Company entered into several other agreements with Think Finance that govern shared services, tax sharing, data sharing, employee matters and a credit facility. The Company accounted for this transaction in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 505-60-25, Equity—Spinoffs and Reverse Spinoffs . The assets and liabilities associated with Think Finance’s service provider business remained with Think Finance and were not contributed to the Company. As a result of the Spin-Off, the Company recognized the par value and additional paid-in capital in connection with the issuance of 4,643,133 shares of common stock, 2,957,059 shares of Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, and 2,682,351 shares of Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, exchanged for the net assets contributed at that time, and the Company began accumulating retained earnings upon completion of the Spin-Off on May 1, 2014.

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and from July 1, 2015 and thereafter a variable interest entity (“VIE”) (See Note 4—Variable Interest Entity). All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial information included in this report has been prepared in accordance with US GAAP for interim financial information and Article 10 of the United States Securities

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Regulation S-X. The principles for interim financial information do not require the inclusion of all the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Therefore, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s most recent annual audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, all of which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or the results for any future periods.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the prior periods presented have been reclassified to conform to the current period financial statement presentation. A reclassification of approximately $4.3 million between the change in deferred tax assets and deferred income tax benefit, net was made within operating activities on the Condensed and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 in order to conform to the current period presentation. A reclassification of approximately $2.0 million between accounts payable and accrued liabilities and deferred revenue was made within operating activities on the Condensed and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 in order to conform to the current period presentation. A reclassification of approximately $20 thousand between accounts payable and accrued liabilities and unrealized loss from foreign currency transactions was made within operating activities on the Condensed and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 in order to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on previously reported net loss or on net cash provided by operating activities.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the valuation of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets, deferred revenues, contingencies, the income tax provision, valuation of stock-based compensation and the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience with Think Finance, current data and experience since the Spin-Off, and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes consumer loan fees as revenues for each of the loan products it offers. Revenues on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations include: finance charges, lines of credit fees, fees for services provided through Credit Service Organization (“CSO”) programs (“CSO fees”), and nonsufficient funds fees (“NSF fees”), as well as any other fees or charges permitted by

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. The Company also recorded revenues related to the sale of customer applications to unrelated third parties. These applications are sold with the customer’s consent in the event that the Company or its CSO lenders are unable to offer the customer a loan. Revenue is recognized at the time of the sale. Other revenues also include marketing and licensing fees received from the third-party lenders related to the Elastic product and from CSO fees related to the Rise product. Revenues related to these fees are recognized when services are performed.

The Company accrues finance charges on installment loans on a constant yield basis over their terms. The Company accrues fixed charges such as CSO and lines of credit fees as they are earned over the term of the loan. The Company does not accrue finance charges and other fees on installment loans or lines of credit for which payment is 60 days past due. Installment loans and lines of credit are considered past due if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. Payments received on past due loans are applied against the loan and accrued interest balance to bring the loan current. Payments are first applied to accrued fees and interest, and then to the loan balance.

Effective through April 30, 2015, the Company offered a reward program for certain installment loan customers. Customers could earn points for performing various activities such as making a consecutive number of timely loan payments or completing financial education courses provided by the Company. These points could then be used to reduce the interest rate of an outstanding loan. The Company estimated the expected future interest discounts to be provided based on the likelihood that the customer would earn enough points over the life of the loan to achieve a discount. If a discount would be achieved, an effective yield over the life of the loan was calculated (considering the future discounts) and any interest collected in excess of the effective yield was deferred. The reward program was discontinued on April 30, 2015.

The Company’s business is affected by seasonality, which can cause significant changes in portfolio sizes and profit margins from quarter to quarter. Although this seasonality does not impact the Company’s policies for revenue recognition, it does generally impact the Company’s results of operations by causing an increase in its profit margins in the first quarter of the year and decreased margins in the second through fourth quarters.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance for disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for loan losses (“allowance”). The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses for loans and interest receivable at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the outstanding loans receivable. The Company primarily utilizes historical loss rates by product, stratified by delinquency ranges, to determine the allowance, but also considers recent collection and delinquency trends, as well as macro-economic conditions that may affect portfolio losses. Additionally, due to the uncertainty of economic conditions and cash flow resources of the Company’s customers, the estimate of the allowance for loan losses is subject to change in the near-term and could significantly impact the condensed consolidated financial statements. If a loan is deemed to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved, it is charged-off at that time.

Increases in the allowance are created by recording a provision for loan losses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Installment loans and lines of credit are charged off, which reduces the allowance, when they are over 60 days past due, or earlier if deemed uncollectible. Recoveries on losses previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Credit Service Organization

The Company also provides services in connection with installment loans originated by independent third-party lenders (“CSO lenders”), whereby the Company acts as a credit services organization/credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws (the “CSO program”). The CSO program includes arranging loans with CSO lenders, assisting in the loan application, documentation and servicing processes.

Under the CSO program, the Company guarantees the repayment of the customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services it provides to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays the Company a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. The CSO fee received is recognized over the life of the loan. We estimate a liability for losses associated with the guaranty provided to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses detailed previously. As of September 30, 2016, the CSO program required that the Company fund a cash reserve equal to 20% to 30% of the outstanding loan principal within the CSO program portfolio. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the terms of the CSO program were amended to require that the Company fund a cash reserve equal to 30% to 45% of the outstanding loan principal within the CSO program portfolio.

The Company also had a Receivable from CSO lenders related primarily to CSO fees received by the CSO lenders from customers. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, estimated losses of approximately $5.9 million and $6.0 million for the CSO owned loans of approximately $41.0 million and $44.1 million, respectively, are initially recorded at fair value and are included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 3—Loans Receivable and Revenues for additional information on loans receivable and the provision for loan losses.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    September 30,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Receivable related to 20%-30% cash reserve

   $ 18,476       $ 8,473   

Receivable related to CSO fees collected by CSO lenders

     1,172         1,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivable from CSO lenders

   $ 19,648       $ 9,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The CSO lenders are considered VIE’s of the Company; however, the Company does not have any ownership interest in the CSO lenders, does not exercise control over them, is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore, does not consolidate the CSO lenders’ results with its results.

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs incurred for issuing the Notes payable are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method. The unamortized balance of debt issuance costs was approximately $0.7 million at both September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and is included in Notes payable, net in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of debt issuance costs of approximately $237 thousand and $131 thousand was recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is included within Net interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Convertible Preferred Stock Redemption

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after August 30, 2018, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $5.35 per share (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) plus 8% compounded annually from the Series A issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series B Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after the holders of Series A Preferred Stock have been redeemed, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $10.33 per share (prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split) plus 8% compounded annually from the Series B issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series A and B Preferred Stock signed a Waiver Agreement by which they defer and waive their rights to exercise the redemption rights or otherwise obligate the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock, unless and until the Notes payable have been paid in full.

All of the Company’s currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, effective upon completion of a qualified equity offering. All series of convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of preferred stock.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments . The amendments apply to all entities that are issuers of or investors in debt instruments (or hybrid financial instruments that are determined to have a debt host) with embedded call (put) options. Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that embedded derivatives be separated from the host contract and accounted for separately as derivatives if certain criteria are met. One of those criteria is that the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivatives are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract (the “clearly and closely related” criterion). U.S. GAAP provides specific guidance for assessing whether call (put) options that can accelerate the repayment of principal on a debt instrument meet the clearly and closely related criterion. The guidance states that for contingent call (put) options to be considered clearly and closely related, they can be indexed only to interest rates or credit risk. The amendments in this Update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. Public business entities must apply the new requirements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those fiscal years. All other entities must apply the new requirements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Arrangements (“ASU 2015-15”). ASU 2015-15 amends Subtopic 835-30 to include that the Securities and Exchange Commission would not object to the deferral and presentation of debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequent amortization of debt issuance costs over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, whether or not there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The Company has adopted this standard and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”). The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this standard. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the period ended March 31, 2016, and all prior period financial information presented has been adjusted to reflect the retrospective application of this guidance resulting in a reduction to other assets and to notes payable, net of $0.7 million as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). The amendments in ASU 2015-02 provide guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items (“ASU 2015-01”). The amendments in ASU 2015-01 eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, it is segregated from the results of ordinary operations and is shown as a separate item in the income statement, net of tax. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2016-19”). This update includes changes to clarify, correct errors or make minor improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification, and to make it easier to understand and to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. Most of the amendments in ASU 2016-19 do not require transition guidance and are effective upon issuance of the update. For those amendments potentially resulting in changes in current practice because of either misapplication or misunderstanding of current

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

guidance, early adoption is permitted for the amendments that require transition guidance. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-19 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not currently expect that the adoption of ASU 2016-19 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2016-18”). The purpose of ASU 2016-18 is to reduce diversity in practice related to the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. Under this new guidance, the statement of cash flows during the reporting period must explain the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016-18 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-18 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, the Company’s preliminary assessment of the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-18 is that, upon adoption, the Company will include any restricted cash balances as part of cash and cash equivalents in its statements of cash flows and not present the change in restricted cash balances as a separate line item under investing activities as it currently presented.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”) . ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice for certain cash receipts and cash payments that are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. For all other entities, ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-15 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not currently expect that the adoption of ASU 2016-15 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 is intended to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates to improve the quality of information available to financial statement users about expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. For public entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 is

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

intended to simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, the Company’s preliminary estimate of the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-09 is that it will record an adjustment to retained earnings of $8.5 million to recognize net operating loss carryforwards attributable to excess tax benefits on stock compensation that had not been previously recognized to additional paid in capital.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 is intended to improve the reporting of leasing transactions to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. ASU 2016-02 will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2016-02 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in ASU 2014-15 require management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-15 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not currently expect that the adoption of ASU 2014-15 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date of this guidance by one year, to the annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. A reporting entity may choose to early adopt the guidance as of the original effective date. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”), which clarifies the guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2016-20”), which is intended to clarify, correct errors or make minor improvements to

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

the Accounting Standards Codification. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (“WASO”) during each period. Also, basic EPS includes fully vested stock and unit awards that have not yet been issued as common stock.

Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the WASO during each period plus unvested stock option awards granted and vested unexercised stock options, and convertible preferred stock, using the treasury stock method but only to the extent that these instruments dilute earnings per share. The dilutive effect of convertible debt is reflected in diluted earnings (loss) per share using the if-converted method. Conversion of the debt is not assumed for purposes of calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share if the effect is anti-dilutive. Interest expense related to the convertible debt is added back to net income for purposes of the calculation, except for periods where net losses are reported, as the effect would be anti-dilutive. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the convertible debt had no impact on diluted earnings (loss) per share as there was no principal amount outstanding for those periods. See Note 6—Notes Payable for additional information on the Convertible Term Notes.

The computation of earnings per share was as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2016     2015  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

    

Net loss

   $ (17,951   $ (20,155

Denominator:

    

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     5,143,287        4,982,673   

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (3.49   $ (4.05

Due to the net loss incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company excluded 5,639,410 potential common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock in addition to 1,420,611 and 1,607,202 potential common shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options outstanding at September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, from the diluted earnings per share calculation because including these shares would be anti-dilutive.

ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share” (“ASC Topic 260”) requires companies with participating securities to utilize a two-class method for the computation of net income per share attributable to the Company. The two-class method requires a portion of net income attributable to the Company to be allocated to participating securities. Net losses are not allocated to participating securities unless those securities are obligated to participate in losses. The Company did not have any participating securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

NOTE 3—LOANS RECEIVABLE AND REVENUES

Revenues generated from the Company’s consumer loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended September 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)            2016                      2015          

Finance charges

   $ 292,556       $ 250,160   

CSO fees

     54,814         38,897   

Lines of credit fees

     62,862         9,901   

Other

     1,190         1,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 411,422       $ 300,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s portfolio consists of both installment loans and lines of credit, which are considered the portfolio segments at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The following reflects the credit quality of the Company’s loans receivable as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as delinquency status has been identified as the primary credit quality indicator. Loans are determined to be past due when they are one day past due without a payment. All impaired loans as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 have been charged off.

 

     September 30, 2016  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Current loans

   $ 233,443      $ 127,649      $ 361,092   

Past due loans

     56,765        13,854        70,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     290,208        141,503        431,711   

Net unamortized loan premium

     —          1,440        1,440   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (56,367     (16,652     (73,019
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 233,841      $ 126,291      $ 360,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Current loans

   $ 211,144      $ 68,742      $ 279,886   

Past due loans

     46,804        6,536        53,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     257,948        75,278        333,226   

Net unamortized loan premium

     —          753        753   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (49,755     (10,016     (59,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 208,193      $ 66,015      $ 274,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable includes approximately $22.7 million and $21.9 million of interest and fees receivable at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The carrying value for Loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of the loans receivable.

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2016  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Balance beginning of period

   $ 55,768      $ 10,016      $ 65,784   

Provision for loan losses

     181,292        36,213        217,505   

Charge-offs

     (188,541     (32,372     (220,913

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     14,830        2,795        17,625   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     (1,116     —          (1,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     62,233        16,652        78,885   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans

     (5,866     —          (5,866
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of period

   $ 56,367      $ 16,652      $ 73,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2015  
(Dollars in thousands)    Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Balance beginning of period

   $ 48,453      $ 38      $ 48,491   

Provision for loan losses

     150,369        10,644        161,013   

Charge-offs

     (151,934     (2,191     (154,125

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     10,936        27        10,963   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     (331     —          (331
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     57,493        8,518        66,011   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans

     (5,602     —          (5,602
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of period

   $ 51,891      $ 8,518      $ 60,409   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 4—VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITY

Under ASC 810-10-15, Variable Interest Entities ., a VIE is an entity that: (1) has an insufficient amount of equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support by other parties; (2) the equity investors are unable to make significant decisions about the entity’s activities through voting rights or similar rights; or (3) the equity investors do not have the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive residual returns of the entity. The Company is required to consolidate a VIE if it is determined to be the primary beneficiary, that is, the enterprise that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company evaluates its relationships with VIEs to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time it becomes involved with the entity and it re-evaluates that conclusion each reporting period.

Elastic SPV, Ltd.

On July 1, 2015, the Company entered into several agreements with a third-party lender and Elastic SPV, Ltd. (“ESPV”), a new entity formed by third party investors for the purpose of purchasing loan

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

participations from the third-party lender. On that date, approximately $20.2 million of loan participations in the Elastic lines of credit outstanding held by the Company were transferred to ESPV for no gain or loss. Per the terms of the agreements, the Company provides customer acquisition services to drive the volume of loan applications submitted to the third-party lender. In addition, the Company provides loan underwriting software and services to evaluate the credit quality of those loan applications in accordance with the third-party lender’s credit policies. ESPV accounts for the loan participations acquired in accordance with ASC 860-10-40, Transfers and Services, Derecognition , as the lines of credit acquired meet the criteria of a participation interest.

Once the third-party lender originates the loan, ESPV has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase a 90% interest in each Elastic line of credit. Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC (“VPC”) entered into an agreement (the “ESPV Facility”) under which it shall loan ESPV all funds necessary up to a maximum borrowing amount to purchase such participation interests in exchange for a fixed return (see NOTE 6—Notes Payable—ESPV Facility). The Company entered into a separate credit default protection agreement with ESPV whereby the Company agreed to provide credit protection to the investors in ESPV against Elastic loan losses in return for a credit premium. The Company does not hold a direct ownership interest in ESPV, however, as a result of the credit default protection agreement, ESPV was determined to be a VIE and the Company qualifies as the primary beneficiary.

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of the VIE that are included within the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    September 30,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,096       $ 3,015   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $16,652 and $10,016, respectively

     126,291         66,015   

Bank reserve deposit

     —           9,288   

Receivable from payment processors

     5,576         1,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 148,963       $ 80,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($2,851 and $639, respectively, eliminates upon consolidation)

   $ 9,564       $ 3,567   

Reserve deposit liability ($18,225 and $11,325, respectively, eliminates upon consolidation)

     18,225         11,325   

Notes payable, net

     121,174         65,127   

Members’ equity

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 148,963       $ 80,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CSO Lenders

The CSO lenders are considered VIE’s of the Company; however, the Company does not have any ownership interest in the CSO lenders, does not exercise control over them, and is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore, does not consolidate the CSO lenders’ results with its results.

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

NOTE 5—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consist of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    September 30,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Accounts payable

   $ 14,127       $ 13,037   

Accounts payable to related party (see NOTE 13)

     631         304   

Accrued compensation

     5,613         9,454   

Liability for losses on CSO lender-owned consumer loans

     5,866         6,013   

Deferred revenues

     27,046         1,729   

Interest payable

     5,735         4,357   

Capital lease liability

     83         262   

Other accrued liabilities

     3,204         1,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,305       $ 36,258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE

The Company has two debt facilities with VPC. The Rise SPV, LLC (“RSPV,” a subsidiary of the Company) credit facility (the “VPC Facility”) and the ESPV credit facility (the “ESPV Facility”).

VPC Facility

On January 30, 2014, RSPV entered into the VPC facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million. On August 15, 2014, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $315 million to RSPV, ECI and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (“ELCS”), all subsidiaries of the Company. On May 20, 2015, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $335 million to RSPV, ECI and ELCS. On February 11, 2016, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $345 million to RSPV, ECI and ELCS. On June 30, 2016, the VPC Facility was further amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $395 million to RSPV, ECI and ELCS. This facility provides the following term notes at September 30, 2016:

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $250 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 15% for the outstanding balance up to $75 million, 14% for the outstanding balance greater than $75 million and up to $150 million, and 13% for the outstanding balance greater than $150 million used to fund the Rise loan portfolio (“US Term Note”). The effective interest rate on the outstanding balance at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 14.06% and 14.75%, respectively.

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 16% used to fund the UK Sunny loan portfolio (“UK Term Note”). The interest rate at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 16.85% and 16.61% , respectively.

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $45 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 18% used to fund working capital (“ELCS Sub-debt Term Note”). The interest rate at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 18.85% and 18.61%, respectively.

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $25 million bearing interest at the greater of 18% or a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR, with a 1% floor) plus 17% (“4th Tranche Term Note”). The interest rate at September 30, 2016 was 18.00%. This borrowing was funded in conjunction with the June 30, 2016 amendment.

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $25 million bearing interest at the greater of 10% or a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR, with a 1% floor) plus 9% (“Convertible Term Notes”). The borrowing amount was issued in conjunction with the June 30, 2016 amendment, but has not yet been funded (unused commitment as of September 30, 2016).

The Convertible Term Notes are convertible, at the lender’s option, into common stock upon the completion of specific defined liquidity events, including certain equity financings, certain mergers and acquisitions or the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, or during the period from the receipt of notice of the anticipated commencement of a roadshow in connection with the Company’s IPO (initial public offering) until immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with such IPO. The Convertible Term Notes are convertible into common stock at the market value (or a set discount to market value) of the shares on the date of conversion and since the Convertible Term Notes include a conversion option that continuously resets as the underlying stock price increases or decreases and provides a fixed value of common stock to the lender, it is considered share-settled debt. The Company did not elect and was not required to measure the Convertible Term Notes at fair value; as such, the Company will measure the Convertible Term Notes at the accreted value, determined using the effective interest method.

Share-settled debt may settle by providing the holder with a variable number of shares with an aggregate fair value equaling the debt principal outstanding. Share-settled debt may use a discount to the fair value of the share price to determine the number of shares to be delivered, resulting in settlement at a premium. Share-settled debt is analyzed to determine whether the share settled debt contains a beneficial conversion feature or contingent beneficial conversion feature. Share-settled debt may be measured at fair value or at its accreted value depending on the specific terms of the settlement provisions of the debt instrument. The Company evaluates the embedded features within debt instruments to determine if embedded features are required to be bifurcated and recognized as a derivative liability. If more than one feature is required to be bifurcated, the features are accounted for as a single compound derivative. The fair value of a single compound derivative is recognized as a derivative liability and a debt discount. The derivative liability is measured at fair value on a recurring basis with changes reported in other income (expense). The debt discount is amortized to non-cash interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the associated debt. In connection with the conversion (i.e., settlement) of share-settled debt into common stock, the Company will recognize a gain or loss for the change in fair value of the associated derivative liabilities on conversion and a loss on extinguishment of debt from the acceleration of the unamortized balance of the debt discount and issuance costs.

The Convertible Term Notes contained embedded features that were required to be assessed as derivatives. The Company determined that two of the features it assessed were required to be bifurcated and accounted for under derivative accounting as follows: (i) An embedded redemption feature upon conversion into common shares of the Company’s stock (“share-settlement feature”) that includes a provision for the adjustment to the conversion price to a price less than the transaction-date fair value price per share if the Company is a party to certain qualifying liquidity or equity financing transactions. The incremental undiscounted present value of the embedded redemption feature is $6.25 million. (ii) An embedded

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

redemption feature that requires the Company to pay an amount up to $5 million (“redemption premium feature”) upon a cash redemption at maturity or upon a redemption caused by certain events of default.

These two embedded features have been accounted for together as a single compound derivative. The Company plans to estimate the fair value of the compound derivative using a probability-weighted valuation model. The assumptions that will be included in the calculations are highly subjective and subject to interpretation. The Company plans on completing its calculation during the first quarter of 2017. The fair value of the single compound derivative will be recognized as principal draw-downs are made and in proportion to the amount of principal draw-downs to the maximum borrowing amount. The fair value of the single compound derivative recognized will be presented as a debt discount and a derivative liability. The debt discount will be amortized using the effective interest method from the principal draw-down date(s) through the maturity date. The derivative liability will be accounted for in the same manner as a freestanding derivative pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification 815—Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings each period. At September 30, 2016, the Company did not recognize an amount for the single compound derivative as there was no principal drawn on the Convertible Term Notes from which to allocate the fair value of the redemption feature. The Company was required to draw-down the entire commitment amount of $25 million prior to January 5, 2017. The Company made an initial draw in October 2016 of $10 million and a subsequent draw in January 2017 of $15 million, bringing the total amount drawn-down on the Convertible Term Notes to $25 million.

ESPV Facility

On July 13, 2015, ESPV, entered into the ESPV Facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million. On October 21, 2015, the ESPV Facility was amended, increasing the credit facility to a maximum borrowing amount of $100 million. On July 14, 2016, the ESPV Facility was further amended, increasing the credit facility to a maximum borrowing amount of $150 million. Interest is charged at a base rate (defined as the greater of the 3-month LIBOR rate or 1% per annum) plus 13% for the outstanding balance up to $50 million and plus 12% for the outstanding balance greater than $50 million. Subsequent to the amendment on July 14, 2016, any amounts in excess of $100 million would bear interest at the base rate plus 13.5%. The ESPV Facility is used to purchase loan participations from a third-party lender. The interest rate at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 13.26% and 13.76%, respectively.

VPC and ESPV Facilities

The outstanding balance of Notes payable, net of debt issuance costs, are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

US Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 13-15%

   $ 213,000      $ 197,000   

UK Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 16%

     47,800        42,300   

ELCS Sub-debt Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 18%

     45,000        35,000   

4th Tranche Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 17%

     25,000        —     

Convertible Term Notes bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 9%

     —          —     

ESPV Term Note bearing interest at 1% per annum + 12-13.5%

     121,500        65,500   

Deferred debt issuance costs

     (659     (723
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 451,641      $ 339,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the credit facility maturity dates of January 30, 2018 (VPC Facility) and July 1, 2019 (ESPV Facility). All assets of ESPV are pledged as collateral to secure the ESPV Facility. All assets of the Company are pledged as collateral to secure both the VPC and ESPV Facilities. The agreements contain financial covenants, including a borrowing base calculation and certain financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants related to the VPC Facility as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. ESPV was in compliance with all covenants related to the ESPV Facility as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Future debt maturities as of September 30, 2016 are as follows:

 

Year (dollars in thousands)    Amount  

Remainder of 2016

   $ —     

2017

     —     

2018

     330,800   

2019

     121,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 452,300   
  

 

 

 

The Company has evaluated the interest rates for its debt and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry and operations. As a result, the carrying value for the debt approximates fair value.

NOTE 7—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of goodwill at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was approximately $16 million. There were no changes to goodwill during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired by the predecessor parent company, Think Finance, related to the Elastic and UK reporting units. Of the total goodwill balance, approximately $0.7 million is deductible for tax purposes.

The carrying value of acquired intangible assets as of September 30, 2016, is presented in the table below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Cost     

Accumulated

Amortization

    Net  

Assets subject to amortization:

       

Acquired technology

   $ 946       $ (946   $ —     

Non-compete

     3,404         (1,735     1,669   

Customers

     126         (126     —     

Assets not subject to amortization:

       

Domain names

     680         —          680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,156       $ (2,807   $ 2,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization expense recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $135 thousand and $161 thousand, respectively. The weighted average remaining amortization period for the intangible assets was 9.25 years at September 30, 2016.

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Estimated amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

 

Year (dollars in thousands)    Amount  
2017    $ 180   
2018      180   
2019      180   
2020      180   
2021      180   

NOTE 8—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 totaled approximately $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

The 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2016 Plan”) was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 5, 2016 and approved by the Company’s stockholders thereafter. The 2016 Plan became effective on June 23, 2016. The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to the Company’s employees and any parent and subsidiary employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, cash-based awards (including annual cash incentives and long-term cash incentives), and any combination thereof to the Company’s employees, directors, and consultants and to employees, directors, and consultants of certain affiliated entities. In connection with the 2016 Plan, the Company has reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan shares of common stock equal to (i) 1,260,000 shares, plus (ii) up to 1,538,189 shares that would otherwise return to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as a result of forfeiture, termination or expiration of awards previously granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and outstanding when the 2016 Plan becomes effective. The 2016 Plan will automatically terminate 10 years following the date it becomes effective, unless the Company terminates it sooner. In addition, the Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) on May 1, 2014. The 2014 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and restricted stock. Nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock may be granted to service providers (i.e., employees, directors or consultants) and incentive stock options may be granted only to employees.

Stock Options

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company granted 96,512 incentive stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $20.31 per share and a weighted average fair value of $6.78 per share. These options have a contractual term of 10 years and vest 25% on the first anniversary of the effective date and 2.083% each month thereafter until full vesting on the fourth anniversary of the effective date.

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

A summary of stock option activity at September 30, 2016 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 is presented below:

 

      Shares    

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

    

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual

Term (in years)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     1,579,890      $ 9.53      

Granted

     96,512        20.31      

Exercised(1)

     (168,541     6.00      

Forfeited

     (87,250     12.40      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

     1,420,611      $ 10.50         5.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at September 30, 2016

     999,905           4.66   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Available for grant at September 30, 2016(2)

     1,207,473        
  

 

 

      

 

(1)   During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, certain exercised options were net share-settled to cover the required exercise price and withholding tax and the remaining amounts were converted into an equivalent number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company withheld 86,796 shares which had a value equivalent to the aggregate exercise price of approximately $984 thousand plus the employees’ minimum statutory obligation of approximately $784 thousand for the applicable income and other employment taxes, and remitted the cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. The total shares withheld was based on the fair value of the options on their exercise date as determined by the Company. These net-share settlements had the effect of share repurchases by the Company as they reduced the number of shares that would have otherwise have been issued.
(2)   Includes shares available for grant under the 2016 Plan and the 2014 Plan.

Restricted Stock Units

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company granted 170,105 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with a weighted average grant date fair value of $20.30 per share. These grants have a contractual term of 10 years and vest 25% on the first anniversary of the effective date and 25% each year thereafter until full vesting on the fourth anniversary of the effective date; vesting is further subject to the successful completion of an IPO and the related lock-up period.

NOTE 9—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels of the fair value hierarchy, based on the fair value measurement technique, as described below:

Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active exchange markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques with significant assumptions and inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Valuation is derived from model-based techniques that use inputs and significant assumptions that are supported by little or no observable market data. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

The level of fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest-level input that is most significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. In the determination of the classification of assets and liabilities in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the Company considers all available information, including observable market data, indications of market conditions, and its understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the fair value measurements of the respective assets and liabilities in their entirety. If the valuation techniques that are most significant to the fair value measurements are principally derived from assumptions and inputs that are corroborated by little or no observable market data, the asset or liability is classified as Level 3.

The Company has evaluated Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued expenses and Contingent consideration payable, and believes the carrying value approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of these balances. The Company has also evaluated the interest rates for Notes payable and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry and operations. As a result, the carrying value for Notes payable approximates the fair value. The Company classifies its fair value measurement techniques for the fair value disclosures associated with Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, Contingent consideration payable and Notes payable as Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820-10”).

The Company has recorded a long-term liability related to agreements to pay additional consideration to a related party for the acquisitions associated with the Elastic product, based on earnings performance from 2015 through 2027. A liability of approximately $5.5 million was recorded at fair value and was included within Contingent consideration payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014. In June 2015, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with the seller, which requires the Company to pay a total of $1.5 million over the next five years. The agreement effectively extinguished the additional consideration liability, and, in accordance with ASC 450-10, a gain of approximately $5.5 million was recognized in Non-operating income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This liability is considered to be Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10. This liability was evaluated pursuant to FASB guidance under the income approach using a weighted average cost of capital of 21%.

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The table below summarizes the changes in the contingent consideration liability for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    September 30,
2016
     September 30,
2015
 

Beginning Balance

   $ —         $ 5,529   

Fair value adjustments

     —           —     

Extinguishment of earn-out liability

     —           (5,529

Earn—out payments

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 consists of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    September 30, 2016     September 30, 2015  

Federal

    

Current

   $ 43      $ 280   

Deferred

     (2,366     (3,589

State

    

Current

     315        395   

Deferred

     (579     (665

Foreign

    

Current

     —          —     

Deferred

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (2,587   $ (3,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s income tax benefit was $2.6 million and $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s US effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 were 30% and 28%, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company’s US effective tax rate differed from the standard corporate federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to its corporate state tax obligations in the states where it has lending activities and its permanent non-deductible items. The Company has historically calculated the provision for US income taxes during interim reporting periods by applying an estimate of the annual US effective tax rate for the full fiscal year to US ordinary income or loss (pretax income or loss excluding unusual or infrequently occurring discrete items) for the reporting period.

For purposes of evaluating the need for a deferred tax valuation allowance, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The following provides an overview of the assessment that was performed for both the domestic and foreign deferred tax assets, net.

US deferred tax assets, net

The Company is required to assess its US deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and the need for a valuation allowance on a combined group return basis, and to exclude from that assessment the utilization of all or

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

a portion of those US taxable losses by Think Finance, which are attributable to the Company, under the separate return method. This assessment requires considerable judgment on the part of management with respect to benefits that could be realized from future US taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors. To the extent that Think Finance has utilized a portion of the Company’s operating losses in their consolidated returns, the Company has not been reimbursed for the utilization of those US losses prior to the Spin-Off. At the Spin-Off, a deferred tax asset of approximately $10.9 million related to the net operating loss (“NOL”) generated prior to the Spin-Off date was written off and reflected initially within Net transfers from Think Finance which was ultimately transferred to Additional paid-in capital as a result of the Spin-Off.

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company did not establish a valuation allowance for the US DTA based on management’s expectation of generating sufficient taxable income in a look forward period over the next three to five years. The unutilized net operating loss carryforward from US operations at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was approximately $22.7 million. The NOL carryforward expires beginning in 2034. The ultimate realization of the resulting deferred tax asset is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of this carryforward. The Company considered the following positive and negative factors when making their assessment regarding the ultimate realizability of the deferred tax assets.

 

Ø   Significant positive factors include an improving earnings trend as the Company has continued to scale the business to match its cost structure. The Company expects to begin utilizing its NOL beginning with the filing of its 2016 tax return, including the effects of the ESPV structure change (see discussion below). Management’s success in developing accurate forecasts (proven through their time at Think Finance and the Company) and management’s track record of launching new and successful products at Think Finance, which generated significant taxable income, is another source of positive evidence which was evaluated. The Company believes that the unique circumstance of the Spin-Off from a successful company provides several positive objectively verifiable factors that would not normally be available to a new company with a limited operating history.

 

Ø   A significant negative factor includes cumulative losses and a lack of taxable income since the Spin-Off date through September 30, 2016. A net taxable loss was incurred for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (including carve-out amounts for the four months ended April 30, 2014) due to the assumption and establishment of an infrastructure for the Company separate from Think Finance while the Company was scaling the growth of the relatively new products of Rise and Elastic. In addition, direct marketing costs were a significant contributor to the net taxable loss as these costs were incurred as the loan portfolio and number of new customer loans grew significantly in 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2014, the Company originally forecasted positive taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2015. The restructure of the Elastic product and purchase of participating interest by the ESPV entity during mid-2015 (described in Note 4—Variable Interest Entity) resulted in a change in the composition of taxable income for the remainder of the year and resulted in a net taxable loss incurred in 2015.

The Company has given due consideration to all the factors and believes the positive evidence outweighs the negative evidence and has concluded that the US deferred tax asset is expected to be realized based on management’s expectation of generating sufficient taxable income over the next three to five years. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable,

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

however, could be adjusted in the future if estimates of future taxable income change. As a result, at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company did not establish a valuation allowance for the US DTA.

The Company also had a US stock option deduction carryforward of approximately $8.5 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, for which the tax benefit would be applied as a credit directly to additional paid-in capital. The stock option deduction carryforward expires in 2034.

UK deferred tax assets, net

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company recognized a full valuation allowance for its foreign deferred tax assets due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realization of these assets in the foreseeable future. The Company assesses the UK deferred tax assets on an annual basis, and, as a result, there have been no changes as of September 30, 2016. Regardless of the deferred tax valuation allowance recognized at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company continues to retain net operating loss carryforwards for foreign income tax purposes of approximately $39.4 million, available to offset future foreign taxable income. To the extent that the Company generates taxable income in the future to utilize the tax benefits of the related deferred tax assets, subject to certain potential limitations, it may be able to reduce its effective tax rate by reducing the valuation allowance. The Company’s foreign net operating loss carryforward of approximately $39.4 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 can be carried forward indefinitely.

NOTE 11—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

Contingencies

Currently and from time to time, the Company may become a defendant in various legal and regulatory actions. While the Company cannot determine the ultimate outcome of these actions, it believes their resolution will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company is cooperating with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) related to a civil investigative demand (“CID”) received by Think Finance requesting information about the operations of Think Finance prior to the Spin-Off. The CFPB has not made any specific allegation of violation(s) of law or initiated litigation in connection with the CID as of this date.

Commitments

The Elastic product, which offers lines of credit to consumers, had approximately $102.7 million and $31.0 million in available and unfunded credit lines at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. While these amounts represented the total available unused credit lines, ESPV has not experienced and does not anticipate that all line of credit customers will access their entire available credit lines at any given point in time. ESPV has not recorded a loan loss reserve for unfunded credit lines as ESPV has the ability to cancel commitments within a relatively short timeframe.

In July 2016, the Company entered into a new operating lease agreement for its corporate headquarters located in Fort Worth, Texas. The lease covers approximately 63 thousand square feet of office space

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

and expires September 30, 2020. Future lease commitments for the remainder of 2016 are $0.3 million. Future lease commitments for each of the next five years and thereafter associated with the new lease are approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million and $0.

Guarantees

In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to CSO lenders and is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. See Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Credit Service Organization for more information related to this guarantee obligation.

NOTE 12—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company determines operating segments based on how its chief operating decision maker manages the business, including making operating decisions, deciding how to allocate resources and evaluating operating performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews its operating results on a consolidated basis.

The Company has one reportable segment, which provides online credit products for non-prime consumers, which is composed of the Company’s operations in the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company has aggregated all components of its business into a single reportable segment based on the similarities in the products, the distribution methods, the type of customers, and the nature of the regulatory environments.

The following tables summarize the allocation of net revenues and long-lived assets based on geography.

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)    2016      2015  

Revenues

     

United States

   $ 341,071       $ 244,559   

United Kingdom

     70,351         55,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 411,422       $ 300,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     

September 30,

2016

    

December 31,

2015

 

Long-lived assets

     

United States

   $ 22,138       $ 24,391   

United Kingdom

     11,357         11,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,495       $ 36,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTIES

The Company had previously entered into sublease agreements with Think Finance for office space and equipment. Rent and utility payments made to Think Finance for office space were approximately

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

$1.2 million and $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Rent and utility expense is included in Occupancy and equipment within the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Total payments for equipment were approximately $237 thousand and $188 thousand, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and were included as a reduction of the capital lease liability included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and as interest expense included in Net interest expense within the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Payments related to other expense reimbursements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 were not material.

On July 13, 2016, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space it had previously subleased from Think Finance directly with the landlord of the Fort Worth facilities commencing August 1, 2016. From August 1, 2016 to November 30, 2017, the Company will continue to sublease from Think Finance 9,717 square feet of office space. Commencing December 1, 2017, these 9,717 square feet will be covered under the lease agreement between the Company and the landlord of the Fort Worth facilities.

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $631 thousand and $304 thousand, respectively, of Accounts payable due to Think Finance related to reimbursable costs, which is included in the Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Board of director fees and travel expense reimbursements associated with certain board members were $208 thousand and $170 thousand, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. Stock compensation expense of $77 thousand and $26 thousand was recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These expenses are included in Professional services and Other operating expenses within the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 14—STOCK SPLIT

On December 11, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the ratio that will be included in an amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of its common stock to be effective in connection with the completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The stock split will cause an adjustment to the par value for the common stock, from $0.001 per share to $0.0004 per share, and reflects a two and a half times increase in the number of authorized and outstanding shares of common stock. As a result of the stock split, the share amounts under its employee incentive plan will also be adjusted. The conversion of shares of preferred stock will occur on a one-to-one basis without additional consideration into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock. The 2.5-for-1 forward stock split will thereafter be applied to the resulting total amount of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the Company has accordingly presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share are computed by dividing net income by the basic and diluted pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding, after giving retroactive effect to the transactions described above for the periods presented below.

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The impact of the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split on the weighted average number of common shares on a historical and pro forma basis and the earnings per share on a pro forma basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2016     2015  

Net loss

   $ (17,951   $ (20,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Historical basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     5,143,287        4,982,673   

Impact of 2.5-for-1 forward stock split

     7,714,931        7,474,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     12,858,218        12,456,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (1.40   $ (1.62

NOTE 15—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events through January 30, 2017, the date these financial statements were issued. There were no material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in these financial statements, except as follows:

The Company made an initial draw in October 2016 of $10 million and a subsequent draw in January 2017 of $15 million, bringing the total amount drawn-down on the Convertible Term Notes to $25 million. The Company used the proceeds from the draw-down on the Convertible Term Notes to fund working capital requirements and for general corporate purposes. Additionally, during October 2016, the Company made draws of $9 million and $19 million under the US Term Note and ESPV Term Note, respectively. During December 2016, the Company made a draw of $5 million under the ESPV Term Note.

The Company’s VPC Facility contains certain financial covenants that require, among other things, maintenance of minimum amounts and ratios of working capital; minimum amounts of tangible net worth; maximum ratio of indebtedness; and maximum ratios of charge-offs. The minimum amount of tangible net worth covenant was not met for each of the two months ended November 30, 2016, and VPC waived each instance of such noncompliance. Additionally, in January 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the VPC Facility that lowered the minimum amount of tangible net worth covenant only for the month of December 2016, which allowed the Company to be in compliance for the month of December 2016, and extended the required draw-down date of the $15 million remaining undrawn principal on the Convertible Term Notes from December 2016 to January 2017.

The Company currently rents approximately 4,863 square feet of office space in San Diego, California as a sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement with TCLS that was amended on November 16, 2016. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, the Company pays TCLS $9,075 per month in base rent, as well as 100% of operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, such expenses per month are nominal. This sublease will terminate when the Company’s new lease for 8,972 square feet of office space enters into effect. This new lease agreement with AAT Torrey 13-14, LLC, dated November 14, 2016, has an initial term of seven years commencing on the later of April 1, 2017 or the date that the renovations are substantially completed. Pursuant to the new lease, the Company will pay a monthly base rent amount $38,131 (subject to a three percent increase each year), in addition to utilities.

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Everyone deserves a lift.

E/evate


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Better borrowing leads to brighter futures. E/evate


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows (in thousands):

 

SEC registration fee

   $     

NYSE listing fee

  

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                
  

 

 

 

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

 

 

II-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

During the three year period preceding September 30, 2016, we sold the following unregistered securities:

Spin-Off Issuances

In May 2014, in connection with the Spin-Off from TFI and our formation and initial capitalization, we issued to TFI one share of our common stock (not taking into account the stock split) for par value.

In May 2014, further pursuant to the Spin-Off, as adjusted to give effect to the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock which will occur in connection with completion of this offering, we issued to TFI 11,607,832 shares of our common stock, 7,392,648 shares of our Series A preferred stock and 6,705,878 shares of our Series B preferred stock in exchange for the one share of our common stock then held by TFI, which share was cancelled upon completion of the Spin-Off. These shares of common and preferred stock were then distributed by TFI pro-rata to the stockholders of TFI, comprising employees, officers and directors of TFI and certain accredited investors.

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Issuances

Subsequent to the Spin-Off, we granted to our directors, officers and employees 170,105 restricted stock units with a weighted average grant date fair value of $20.30 per share (not taking into account the stock split). These grants have a contractual term of 10 years and vest 25% on the first anniversary of the effective date and 25% each year thereafter until fully vesting on the fourth anniversary of the effective date; vesting is further subject to the successful completion of an IPO and the related lock-up period. None of the restricted stock units had vested at the date of this prospectus.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan Issuances

Subsequent to the Spin-Off, we granted to our directors, officers and employees options to purchase 1,600,903 shares of common stock under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at per share exercise prices ranging from $5.15 to $8.32, as adjusted for the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split.

Options for 2,085,777 shares of our common stock have been exercised by option holders under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at per share exercise prices ranging from $1.37 to $8.32, for aggregate consideration of $3.7 million; a portion of which consideration was comprised of vested exercised shares, resulting in a net issuance of 1.4 million shares of our common stock, as adjusted for the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split.

Issuance Related to Option Granted Outside of 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2014, we granted to Kenneth E. Rees, outside of any equity plan and pursuant to an employment agreement by and between Mr. Rees and the Registrant, an option to purchase 510,000 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $1.34, as adjusted for the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split. In

 

 

 

II-2


Table of Contents

  

 

 

October 2014, Mr. Rees exercised his option to purchase 510,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $683 thousand, a portion of which consideration was comprised of 290,945 vested exercised shares, resulting in a net issuance of 219,055 shares of our common stock, as adjusted for the 2.5-for-1 forward stock split.

Convertible Term Notes

On June 30, 2016, in conjunction with the amendment to the VPC Facility, we issued convertible term notes to VPC and its affiliated funds. The convertible term notes have a maximum borrowing amount of $25 million with a maturity date of January 30, 2018; however, we were obligated to draw the full aggregate principal amount that is then undrawn (up to the full $25 million) no later than January 5, 2017. The Company made an initial draw in October 2016 of $10 million and a subsequent draw in January 2017 of $15 million, bringing the total amount drawn-down on the convertible term notes to $25 million as of the date of this prospectus.

During the period from the receipt of notice from us to VPC of the anticipated commencement of the roadshow in connection with this initial public offering until immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, VPC has the option to convert the convertible term notes, in whole or in part, into that number of shares of our common stock determined by the outstanding principal balance of and accrued, but unpaid, interest on the convertible term notes divided by the product of (a) 0.8 multiplied by (b) the initial public offering price per share. Upon conversion, the holders of the shares issued pursuant thereto will have rights to require us to register the common stock issued in connection with such conversion identical to the rights the holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock will have. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, VPC’s rights under the convertible term notes to convert any outstanding principal balance into shares of our common stock lapse.

Each of the foregoing issuances by Elevate was made in a transaction not involving a public offering pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits:

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the combined and consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fort Worth, State of Texas, on January 30, 2017.

 

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

  Kenneth E. Rees
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Kenneth E. Rees

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)   January 30, 2017

/s/ Christopher Lutes

Christopher Lutes

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  January 30, 2017

/s/ Nelda Bruce

Nelda Bruce

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 30, 2017

*

Jason Harvison

   Chief Operating Officer and Director   January 30, 2017

*

John C. Dean

   Director   January 30, 2017

*

Stephen B. Galasso

   Director   January 30, 2017

*

Tyler Head

   Director   January 30, 2017

*

John C. Rosenberg

   Director   January 30, 2017

*

Robert L. Johnson

   Director   January 30, 2017

*

Stephen J. Shaper

   Director   January 30, 2017

*

Saundra D. Schrock

   Director  

January 30, 2017

 

*By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

  Kenneth E. Rees
  As Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
  1.1#    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1#    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.1.1#    Form of Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to effect the stock split in connection with the completion of the offering.
  3.2#    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3#    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4#    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1#    Form of common stock certificate.
  4.2#    Form of Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1#    Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP.
10.1#    Tax Sharing Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Think Finance, Inc. and the Registrant.
10.2#    Second Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated May 20, 2015, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.
10.3 ¥ #    Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated August 15, 2014, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Think Finance (UK) Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.
10.4#    Amended and Restated Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement, dated September 30, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, TC Decision Sciences, LLC and Think Finance, Inc.
10.5 ¥ #    Amended and Restated Joint Marketing Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Elevate@Work, LLC.
10.6 ¥ #    Amended and Restated License and Support Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.
10.7 ¥ #    Administrative Services Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Elevate@Work Admin, LLC.
10.8 ¥ #    Credit Default Protection Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic@Work, LLC and Elastic SPV, Ltd.
10.9 ¥ #    Financing Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.
10.10#    Intercreditor Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
10.11 ¥ #    Participation Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Elastic@Work, LLC.
10.12#    Second Amendment to the Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.13 ¥    Amendment to Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated December 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.14 ¥    Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.15#    Second Amendment to the Addison Sublease Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.16 ¥ #    Amendment to Addision Sublease Agreement, dated December 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.17 ¥ #    Addison Sublease Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.18+#    Forms of Indemnification Agreements between the Registrant and each of its directors and its officers.
10.19+#    Elevate 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.20+    Elevate Form Stock Option Agreement.
10.21+#    Elevate Form Stock Option Agreement with vesting acceleration for Kenneth E. Rees and Jason Harvison.
10.22+#    Employment Option Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Kenneth E. Rees.
10.23+#    Consulting Agreement, dated June 1, 2015, by and between RLJ Financial LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.24+#    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Kenneth E. Rees and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.25+#    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Jason Harvison and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.26+#    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated January 5, 2015, by and between Christopher Lutes and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.27+#    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Walt Ramsey and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.28 ¥ #    Program Agreement between Credit Services Organization and Third-Party Lender, dated June 26, 2015, by and between Sentral Financial LLC and RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.
10.29#    Parent Guaranty Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, by the Registrant to and for the benefit of Sentral Financial LLC.
10.30#    Guaranty, dated June 26, 2015, by RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC to and for the benefit of Sentral Financial LLC.

 

 

 

II-7


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
10.31#    Amendment to Guaranty, dated October 5, 2015, between Sentral Financial LLC and Rise Credit Services of Ohio, LLC.
10.32 ¥ #    Special Limited Agency Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, by and between First Financial Loan Company LLC and RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC.
10.33 ¥ #   

Amendment to Special Limited Agency Agreement, dated October 5, 2015, between First Financial Loan Company LLC and RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC.

10.34 ¥ #   

TransUnion Master Agreement for Consumer Reporting and Ancillary Services, dated April 3, 2014, by and between Trans Union LLC and the Registrant.

10.35#   

Third Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated October 21, 2015, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

10.36#   

First Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated October 21, 2015, by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.

10.37+   

Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

10.38+#   

Elevate 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.39+#   

First Amendment to Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and between Kenneth E. Rees and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.40+#   

First Amendment to Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and between Jason Harvison and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.41+#   

First Amendment to Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and between Christopher Lutes and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.42+#   

First Amendment to Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and between Walt Ramsey and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.43+#   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Restricted Stock Bonus Award.

10.44+#   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

10.45+#   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Stock Option Award.

10.46+#   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Stock Option Award (Section 16 Grantees).

10.47+#   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Restricted Stock Bonus Award (Section 16 Grantees).

10.48+#   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (Section 16 Grantees).

10.49#   

Fourth Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated December 16, 2015, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

10.50+#   

Termination of Director Agreement and Services Agreement Letter, dated January 5, 2016, by Stephen B. Galasso and SBG Resources.

 

 

 

II-8


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
10.51+#   

Termination of Agreement Regarding Director and Consulting Services Letter, dated January 5, 2016, by Stephen J. Shaper and Middlemarch Capital.

10.52#   

Fifth Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated February 11, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

10.53 ¥   

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated July 14, 2016, by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.

10.54   

Third Amendment to the Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated October 12, 2015, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.55   

Fourth Amendment to Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated July 31, 2016, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.56 ¥   

Lease Agreement (Fort Worth Property), dated July 13, 2016, by and between FLDR/TLC Overton Centre, L.P. and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

10.57 ¥   

Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated June 30, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the Registrant, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

10.58   

Letter Agreement, dated June 30, 2016, by and among the Registrant, VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P., VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P., and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC.

10.59 ¥   

Senior Secured Convertible Term Note, dated June 30, 2016, between the Registrant and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC.

10.60 ¥   

Senior Secured Convertible Term Note, dated June 30, 2016, between the Registrant and VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.

10.61 ¥   

Senior Secured Convertible Term Note, dated June 30, 2016, between the Registrant and VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.

10.62 ¥   

Senior Secured Fourth Tranche ELCS Sub-debt Term Note, dated June 30, 2016, between Elevate Credit Service, LLC and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC.

10.63 ¥   

Senior Secured Fourth Tranche ELCS Sub-debt Term Note, dated June 30, 2016, between Elevate Credit Service, LLC and VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.

10.64 ¥   

Senior Secured Fourth Tranche ELCS Sub-debt Term Note, dated June 30, 2016, between Elevate Credit Service, LLC and VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.

10.65   

Credit Services Agreement, dated January 18, 2016, by and between NCP Finance Limited Partnership and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC.

10.66   

Guaranty, dated January 18, 2016, by and between NCP Finance Limited Partnership and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC.

10.67   

Parent Guaranty, dated January 18, 2016, by and among NCP Finance Limited Partnership, Rise Credit, LLC and the Registrant.

10.68   

Credit Services Agreement, dated July 15, 2015, by and between NCP Finance Ohio, LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.

 

 

 

II-9


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
10.69   

Guaranty, dated July 15, 2015, by and between NCP Finance Ohio, LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.

10.70   

Parent Guaranty, dated July 15, 2015, by and among NCP Finance Ohio, LLC, Rise Credit, LLC and the Registrant.

10.71   

Amendment to Guaranty, dated October 15, 2015, by and between NCP Finance Ohio, LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.

10.72   

License Agreement for Nortridge Loan System dated May 9, 2013, by and between Nortridge Software, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (as successor in interest to TC Loan Service, LLC).

10.73 ¥   

Support Agreement for Nortridge Loan System dated May 9, 2013, by and between Nortridge Software, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (as successor in interest to TC Loan Service, LLC).

10.74+   

Form of Elevate 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan 2016 Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (Section 16 Grantees).

10.75   

First Amendment to the Tax Sharing Agreement, dated February 1, 2015, by and between Think Finance, Inc. and the Registrant.

10.76 ¥   

Written Consent to the Amended and Restated Joint Marketing Agreement, dated September 1, 2016, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Elevate@Work, LLC.

10.77   

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated December 30, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, the Registrant, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

10.78   

Letter Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2016, by and among the Registrant, Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Services, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P., VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC.

21.1   

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of Grant Thornton, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2#   

Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1#   

Power of Attorney (see page II-4 and page II-5 to the filings of this registration statement on Form S-1 filed on November 9, 2015 and June 3, 2016, respectively).

99.1 ¥ #   

Participation Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Republic Bank & Trust Company.

 

+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
#   Previously filed.
¥   Confidential treatment is pending or has been granted as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

II-10

Exhibit 10.13

AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of December, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”) between TC Loan Service, LLC., a Delaware LLC (“ Sublessor ”) and Elevate Credit Service, LLC., a Delaware LLC (“ Sublessee ”).

Recitals

A. WHEREAS, Sublessor is the tenant of premises located at Overton Centre I 4150 International Plaza Fort Worth, Texas (“ Leased Premises ”) more particularly described that certain master lease, most recently amended on June 25, 2014, between Overton Green Property Owner, L.P. (“ Landlord ”), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant (such lease, all exhibits thereto, and any amendments or addendums thereto (as amended, “ Prime Lease ”) are annexed hereto as Schedule A and made a part hereof).

B. WHEREAS, there is a Sublease negotiated and executed by Sublessor and Sublessee pursuant to that certain Distribution Agreement between Sublessor and Sublessee, dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Distribution Agreement ”).

C. WHEREAS, Sublessee desires to sublet certain additional portions of the Leased Premises from Sublessor and Sublessor is willing to sublet the Additional Subleased Premises for the term and upon the other conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and benefits set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Defined Terms .

a. The “ Additional Subleased Premises ” means such portions of the Leased Premises being particularly identified on Schedule B , which the parties agree, for the purposes of this Sublease and any square footage calculations pursuant hereto, is approximately 3,233 square feet of office on the second floor. When combined with the previous subleased space on the third and seventh floors of 42,244 square feet brings the combined total of subleased square feet to 45,477, or approximately 10.2% of the common space (building rentable area is 447,917square feet).

b. Any term not defined but capitalized herein shall have the meanings ascribed to it in the Prime Lease.

2. Sublease of Additional Subleased Premises .

a. Sublessor hereby grants to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby accepts from Sublessor, subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Prime Lease and of this Sublease, a sublease to the Additional Subleased Premises, together with all the rights and privileges appurtenant thereto, in its present “AS IS”, “WHERE IS” condition and for the term of this Sublease.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


b. Sublessee’s occupancy of the Additional Subleased Premises will commence on December 1, 2014.

c. At the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall return the Additional Subleased Premises to Sublessor broom-clean, in as good repair and condition as on the Effective Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

3. Use and Lawful Occupancy . The Additional Subleased Premises shall be used only for Sublessee’s office and for no other purpose, but subject in all events to the terms of the Prime Lease and applicable zoning laws. Sublessee shall be solely responsible for and comply with all laws relating to the use and occupancy of the Additional Subleased Premises.

4. Term and Termination .

a. Subject to Section 4(b) , the “ Term ” of this Sublease shall commence on the Effective Date and end on August 31, 2015.

b. This Sublease shall terminate on the first to occur of the following: (i) one (1) calendar day before the expiration of the term of the Prime Lease; (ii) the date upon which the Prime Lease is terminated as a result of any provisions of the Prime Lease; and (iii) the date upon which Sublessee’s right to occupancy of the Additional Subleased Premises is terminated pursuant to this Sublease or as provided by law.

5. Sublessee’s Payment Obligations .

a. Rent . Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, an additional amount equal to four thousand five hundred and eighty dollars ($4,580.08) or a combined total of sixty seven thousand nine hundred forty-six and eight cents ($67,946.08) per month including any applicable sales taxes (“ Base Rent ”) commencing as of the Effective Date.

b. Common Area Operating Expenses . In addition to Base Rent, Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, 66.7235%of the Common Area Operating Expenses allocated by Landlord to Sublessor (42,244 subleased square feet of the total 63,312 square feet of rented space). This excludes the additional 3,233 square feet of additional space leased. As used herein, Base Rent together with Sublessee’s percentage of the Common Area Operating Expenses, collectively, “ Rent ”).

c. Holdover . If Sublessee fails to surrender the Additional Subleased Premises or any portion thereof at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, then it will be conclusively presumed that the value to Sublessee of remaining in possession, and the loss that will be suffered by Sublessor as a result thereof, far exceed the Rent and additional rent that would have been payable had the Term continued during such holdover period. Therefore, if Sublessee (or anyone claiming through Sublessee) does not immediately surrender the Additional Subleased Premises or any portion thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, then the rent payable by Sublessee shall be increased to two (2) times then-applicable base rent for the Additional Subleased Premises as set forth in the Prime Lease. Such rent shall be computed by Sublessor and paid by Sublessee on a monthly

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-2-


basis and shall be payable on the first day of such holdover period and the first day of each calendar month thereafter during such holdover period until the Additional Subleased Premises have been vacated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sublease, Sublessor’s acceptance of such rent shall not in any manner adversely affect Sublessor’s other rights and remedies, including Sublessor’s right to evict Sublessee and to recover all damages. Any such holdover shall be deemed to be a tenancy at sufferance and not a tenancy at will or tenancy from month to month. In no event shall any holdover be deemed a permitted extension or renewal of the Term, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute Sublessor’s consent to any holdover or to give Sublessee any right with respect thereto.

d. Cleaning . The Additional Subleased Premises shall be cleaned in accordance with the standards set forth in the Prime Lease and included in the monthly Rent.

e. Time of Payment . All money required to be paid by Sublessee under this Sublease (other than pursuant to Section 6 ) shall be paid on or before the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month during the term of this Sublease and shall be paid to Sublessor without notice or demand and in lawful money of the United States, without abatement, deduction or setoff at the offices of Sublessor set forth in Section 14 or such other place as Sublessor may specify. Delays in such payment beyond the fifth (5 th ) calendar day of month will result in the amounts due accruing interest each month at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate in the Prime Lease.

6. Additional Services . Sublessee acknowledges that it shall have access to and the use of the kitchen of Sublessor.

7. Alterations and Lobby Sign . Sublessee shall not make any installations, alterations, or additions to the Additional Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublessor, and then only pursuant to plans and specifications approved by Sublessor in advance in each instance including, without limitation, the installation of signs or physical alternation to the Additional Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding the above, Sublessee shall have the right to hang a reasonable amount of pictures and other furnishings on the walls of the Additional Subleased Premises by the use of nails, etc. In addition, Sublessee shall have the right to install signs (approved by Sublessor in its reasonable discretion) on the doors of the Additional Subleased Premises containing the name and/or logo of Sublessee.

8. Ingress . Sublessee shall have direct access to the Additional Subleased Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven days per week.

9. Incorporation of Prime Lease . Understandings expressed in this Sublease are applicable only to Landlord and Sublessor as the original parties to the Prime Lease, the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of the Prime Lease are hereby incorporated herein by reference as the same relate only to the Additional Subleased Premises, on the following understandings:

a. In any case where Landlord reserves rights and remedies pursuant to the Prime Lease, said rights and remedies shall inure to the benefit of Sublessor as well as to Landlord;

b. With respect to work, services, repairs, repainting and restoration, or the performance of other obligations required of Landlord under the Prime Lease, Sublessor’s obligation with respect thereto shall be to request the same of Landlord upon request in writing by Sublessee and to use reasonable diligence to obtain the same from Landlord;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-3-


c. In any instance where the consent of Landlord is required to any act or omission, Sublessor shall not be required to give such consent unless and until Landlord also has given its consent in writing; and

d. Sublessee shall perform and comply with the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Prime Lease to the extent applicable to the Additional Subleased Premises and this Sublease, and Sublessee shall not do or suffer to permit anything to be done that would result in a default under or cause the Prime Lease to be terminated or forfeited, including, but not limited to, the Applicable Requirements.

10. Assignment and Sublease . Sublessee may not assign or further sublet all or any part of the Additional Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublessor and in compliance with the Prime Lease. The Additional Subleased Premises may not be encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Sublessee or be sublet or offered or advertised for subletting except as provided herein. Sublessee and any permitted assignee of Sublessee shall remain jointly and severally liable for performance of all obligations of Sublessee under this Sublease.

11. Confidentiality . If during the term of this Sublease, one party and/or one of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Recipient ”) acquires from the other party and/or one of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Disclosing Party ”) information that includes, in whole or in part, Confidential Information (as defined below), the parties recognize and acknowledge that (a) all such Confidential Information is the property of the Disclosing Party (and in some cases the property of former, current or prospective clients, customers, or accounts or investors of the Disclosing Party); (b) the use, misappropriation, or disclosure of the Confidential Information would constitute a breach of trust, privacy obligations, and privilege, and could cause irreparable injury to the Disclosing Party; and (c) it is essential to the protection of the Disclosing Party’s goodwill and to the maintenance of the Disclosing Party’s competitive position and privilege that the Confidential Information be kept confidential and that the Recipient not disclose and take reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and not use the Confidential Information to the Recipient’s own advantage or the advantage of persons or entities (other than the Disclosing Party). The parties understand that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary information, financial data, technical data, client information, employment data, know-how, or any other business information disclosed by one party, or otherwise known to the other party, whether directly or indirectly, in writing or orally. The parties understand that Confidential Information does not include any information that (y) has become publicly known or been made generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the other party; or (z) has been disclosed with the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent.

12. Default . If Sublessee (i) shall fail to pay Rent, or any other payments, charges, or monies in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease and such default shall continue after notice for a period of three (3) business days, (ii) shall cause the commission of waste or shall conduct act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Additional Subleased Premises and such actions shall continue after notice for a period of three (3) business days or (iii) shall default in fulfilling or complying with any of its nonmonetary obligations hereunder and such default shall continue after notice for ten (10) calendar days, then and upon the happening of any of such events, Sublessor may without further notice to Sublessee elect to terminate this Sublease. Upon such election,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-4-


the term of this Sublease shall expire, but Sublessee shall remain liable for sums equal to the aggregate of Rent and all other monies that would have been payable by Sublessee to Sublessor subject to Sublessor’s obligation to make commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages. The rights and remedies of Sublessor stated in this Section 12 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, those rights and remedies of Sublessor that exist pursuant to the other provisions of this Sublease, whether by incorporation of the Prime Lease or otherwise, at law and in equity.

13. Parking . Sublessee shall be entitled to use Sublessor’s share of the number of parking spaces attributable to Sublessor during the Term. All such parking shall be unreserved and on a first-come, first-served basis.

14. Notices . All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile or .pdf file, by overnight courier, or by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or when so received by facsimile, .pdf, or courier, or if mailed, three (3) calendar days after the date of mailing to the following addresses or to such other address as any party shall notify the other party (as provided above) from time to time.

 

If notice to Sublessor:   

Think Finance, Inc.

4150 International Plaza Suite #400

Fort Worth, TX 76109

Email: mwong@thinkfinance.com

Attention: Martin Wong CEO

If notice to Sublessee:   

Elevate Credit, Inc.

4150 International Plaza Suite #300

Fort Worth, TX 76109

Email: krees@elevatecredit.com

Attention: Ken Rees CEO

15. Termination of Prime Lease . This Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease. If the Prime Lease shall terminate for any reason whatsoever, (i) this Sublease shall terminate simultaneously therewith and any unearned Rent and other monies prepaid hereunder shall be refunded to Sublessee, provided that such termination is not the result of a breach by Sublessee of this Sublease, and (ii) upon such termination of this Sublease, there shall be no further liability by Sublessor to Sublessee arising out of or in connection with this Sublease.

16. Indemnification and Insurance .

a. Sublessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessor from and against all claims, actions, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, which Sublessor may incur or pay by reason of (i) any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring in, on or about the Additional Subleased Premises caused by Sublessee or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, (ii) any breach or default hereunder on Sublessee’s part, (iii) any work done in or to the Additional Subleased Premises by Sublessee and/or Sublessee’s employees, agents, contractors, invitees or any other person claiming through or under Sublessee, or (iv) any act, omission or negligence on the part of Sublessee and/or Sublessee’s employees, agents, customers, contractors, invitees, or any other person claiming through or under Sublessee.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-5-


b. Neither Sublessor nor its agents or employees shall be liable for (i) any damage to property of Sublessee or of others entrusted to employees of Sublessor, (ii) the loss of or damage to any property of Sublessee by theft or otherwise, (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, steam, gas, electricity, electrical disturbance, water, rain or snow or leaks or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature (whether similar or dissimilar to those above specified), (iv) any such damage caused by construction of any improvements or alterations, or (v) any latent defect in the Additional Subleased Premises.

c. Sublessor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessee from and against all claims, actions, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, which Sublessee may incur or pay by reason of any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring in, on or about the Additional Subleased Premises caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees.

d. Sublessee shall, at Sublessee’s expense, procure and maintain in full force and effect at all times during the term of this Sublease insurance coverage to the extent that is no less than that which is required by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease. Sublessee shall provide Sublessor with Certificates of Insurance evidencing the insurance required hereunder. Each certificate shall provide that thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice shall be given Sublessor in the event of cancellation or change in the policies. Sublessor, in addition to Landlord and any other parties identified in the Prime Lease, shall be named as additional insureds in each of Sublessee’s policies, except Workers’ Compensation.

e. It is understood and agreed that any coverage provided by Sublessee to Sublessor is primary insurance and shall not be considered contributory insurance with any policies of Sublessor, the fee owner or their subsidiaries, co-owners or joint venturers, if any.

17. Landlord Approval . This Sublease is contingent upon Landlord approving this Sublease in accordance with the terms of the Prime Lease and a copy of said approval being delivered to Sublessor and Sublessee.

18. No Brokers . The parties each represent to the other that they have not engaged a broker, finder, agent or salesmen in connection with this Sublease and no brokerage commission or fee is due to a broker, finder, agent or salesmen claiming by, through or under said party, resulting from this Sublease.

19. Quiet Enjoyment . During the term of this Sublease, Sublessor shall endeavor to have Sublessee provided with quiet enjoyment of the Additional Subleased Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease.

20. Binding Authority . Individuals executing this Sublease warrant that they have the authority to bind Sublessor or Sublessee, as the case may be, to the obligations created herein and that they are an owner or authorized representative of the party for which they sign.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-6-


21. Benefits of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns.

22. Governing Law . This Sublease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

23. Entire Agreement . This Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all previous written, oral, electronic, or implied agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such matters.

24. Amendments and Modifications . This Sublease may be amended or modified only in a writing signed by both parties.

25. Titles and Headings; Definitions . The headings in this Sublease are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Sublease.

26. Waiver of Rights . No delay or omission by Sublessor in exercising any right under this Sublease shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by Sublessor on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

27. Severability . The invalidity of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity, force, or effect of the remaining portions hereof. If it is ever held that any restriction hereunder is too broad to permit enforcement of such restriction to its fullest extent, each party agrees that a court of competent jurisdiction may enforce such restriction to the maximum extent permitted by law.

28. Signatures . This Sublease may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature of a party on any counterpart that is transmitted by facsimile or via .pdf file to the other party shall be deemed an original signature binding upon the executing party and acceptable to the other party.

[ Signature page follows .]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Sublessor and Sublessee have duly executed this Sublease as of the Effective Date.

 

SUBLESSOR:
TC Loan Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Title:  

Asst CFO

Name:  

Chris Lutes

SUBLESSEE:
Elevate Credit Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Jason Harvison

Title:  

COO

Name:  

Jason Harvison

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-8-


Schedule A

Prime Lease

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-9-


FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“ First Amendment ”) is made the 20th day of March 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. , a Texas limited partnership, and PayDay Service LLC , a limited liability corporation (“ Tenant ”).

WHEREAS, the Landlord entered into a Lease with Tenant on December 13, 2006 covering a total of approximately 17,126 rentable square feet (“ rsf ”) of space (the “ Original Premises ”), such Premises being located in Suite 300, in the Overton Centre I office building located at 4150 International Plaza, Fort Worth, Texas (the “Lease”); and

WHEREAS, the Tenant’s name was changed from PayDay Service, LLC to TC Loan Service, LLC;

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to expand the Premises by approximately 21,068 square feet of rentable area (the “ 4 th Floor Expansion Space ”), which is comprised of the 15,165 rentable square feet described in paragraph 1 of Rider 103 to the Lease, plus the remaining 5,903 rentable square feet on the 4 th Floor, as such expansion space is described in the attached Exhibit “A-1” . Hereinafter all references to the “Premises” shall include the Original Premises and the 4 th Floor Expansion Space; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are willing to agree to such expansion of the Premises to include the 4 th Floor Expansion Space, subject to the terms and conditions of this First Lease Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby further amend the Lease, as follows:

 

  1. Tenant’s Name : The name of the Tenant under the Lease is TC Loan Service, LLC

 

  2. Expansion of Premises : From and after “the Expansion Commencement Date” the Premises shall be expanded by adding the 4 th Floor Expansion Space thereto (consisting of approximately 21,068 rsf in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space of the Building for a new total of rentable square footage in the entire Premises of 38,194 rsf). The Expansion Commencement Date shall be the earlier of (a) June 1, 2007, or (b) the date Tenant commences business in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space.

 

  3. Expiration Date : The Expiration Date of the Lease shall remain unchanged.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

1


  4. Security Deposit : The Security Deposit amount of [****] on page i of the Lease Agreement is hereby deleted and substituted in lieu thereof is [****]. Tenant shall pay the additional amount of Security Deposit on execution hereof.

 

  5. Base Rental . Beginning on Commencement Date for the Original Premises, the Basic Rent shall be calculated as: Based upon the Original 17,126 rsf .

 

Date

   Amt. Per S.F.      Monthly Amt.  

Months 1-3

     [****      [****

Months 4-39

     [****      [****

Months 40-63

     [****      [****

Beginning on the Expansion Commencement Date for the 4 th Floor Expansion Space, the Basic Rent shall be calculated as: Based upon the 4 th Floor Expansion Space of 21,068 rsf.

 

Date

   Amt. Per S.F.      Monthly Amt.  

4 th floor expansion commencement date for 1 st 60 days

     [****      [****

Third Month to 39 th month of Original Premises on 3 rd floor

     [****      [****

Month 40 to 63 rd month of Original Premises on 3 rd floor

     [****      [****

 

  6. Leasehold Improvements :

 

  a. Premises Condition . Since the 4 th Floor Expansion Space has been occupied by a previous tenant, Tenant hereby agrees to accept the 4 th Floor Expansion Space in its “as is” condition, subject to Landlord’s obligation to install the improvements identified below and further subject to Landlord’s repair obligations under the Lease.

 

  b.

Construction Costs . Tenant shall pay for all construction costs, including, but not limited to permits, costs of materials and labor, sales tax, construction management fees and the like in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance which shall be paid by Landlord. The term “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ” shall mean the results of calculating the number of months remaining on the Original Lease Term times $0.238095 times the square footage in the 4 th floor Expansion Space. For example if 62 months remain when the 4 th floor Expansion Space commences, the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the 4 th floor Expansion Space shall be $311,003.75 (or $14.7619 per square foot of rentable area times 21,068 square feet of rentable area) which Landlord agrees to pay towards the construction costs. Landlord agrees to pay architectural fees and design services up to $1.25 per rentable square foot. Any services performed by the architect above the $1.25 per rentable

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

2


  square foot shall be the responsibility of the Tenant and may be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent funds are available. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, provided there is any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, up to 20% of the Tenant Improvement Allowance can be used by the Tenant as a moving allowance or for communications costs for cabling and data. Tenant must submit invoices for such allowances for Landlord to pay. If Wilcox Development acts as General Contractor for the construction of tenant improvements, competitively bidding each trade to at least three subcontractors, the typical five percent (5%) construction management fee will not be charged to Tenant or deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall cause the construction of the Work as described in the Approved Pricing Plans (which shall mean the Pricing Plans finally approved by Tenant based on the preliminary space plan and pricing documentation previously approved by Tenant for the 4 th Floor Expansion Space). Landlord and Tenant shall agree on Approved Working Drawings for the Work in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space in accordance with the procedure set forth in Paragraph 2 of Exhibit D attached to the Original Lease. If after finalizing the Approved Working Drawings for the 4 th Floor Expansion Space, it is determined that the construction costs will exceed the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (an “ Excess ”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such Excess within ten (10) days of written request from Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if Tenant fails to pay any Excess timely, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence construction of the Work in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space and such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay for each day beyond the ten (10) day period until the Excess is paid to Landlord. If Tenant elects not to use Wilcox Development as the General Contractor, Tenant understands that Landlord, or its designated agent, shall serve as construction manager for all of Tenant’s refurbishment and renovations in the Premises and the fee Tenant will pay for such service is 5% of the total cost of all work performed in connection with such refurbishment and renovations. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in completing any such improvements on a timely basis.

 

  c.

Changes . If Tenant requests a change, alteration or addition after the Approved Working Drawings have been approved, Tenant shall submit same in writing to Landlord. If Landlord approves such change, Landlord shall obtain from the contractor and provide Tenant with an estimate of the cost of such change. Tenant shall notify Landlord within one (1) business day if Tenant elects to proceed with the change, in which event, Landlord shall incorporate the change into the Approved Working Drawings. The cost of such change shall also be incorporated in the calculation of any

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

3


  Excess. If Landlord disapproves of such change, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant in writing specifying the reasons for such disapproval and the construction shall proceed in accordance with the previously approved Approved Working Drawings.

 

  d. Entry by Tenant . During the course of construction of the Work, Tenant may enter the Premises for purposes of inspecting the Work, installing trade fixtures, installing any cabling and wiring (not included in the Approved Working Drawings), erecting signs, stocking supplies and such other work as may be necessary or desirable to prepare to occupy and conduct its business from the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant assumes the risk of injury to person and damage to its property, (ii) any entry shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, including all insurance coverage provisions, except that the Lease Term shall not commence and rent shall not be due, and (iii) Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with the construction of the Work on the Premises. Tenant shall also provide evidence of insurance prior to any such entry. If such entry shall interfere with the construction of the Work, then Tenant shall immediately leave upon the request of Landlord.

 

  e. Delivery of the Premises . The Work shall be deemed to be substantially complete on the later of (i) the date the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings so that Tenant may occupy the Premises, subject to any punch list items and (ii) the date Landlord receives a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent from the appropriate governmental authority. Prior to delivery of the Premises, Landlord shall contact Tenant and schedule a joint walk-through inspection within three (3) days of such contact in order for Tenant to identify any items of a “punch list” nature that remain to be completed. If Tenant fails to participate in a walk-through, then Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any punch list, and Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have agreed that the Work is substantially completed for purposes hereof. If there is any disagreement concerning whether Landlord has substantially completed the Work, Landlord may request a good faith decision by the architect which shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

  f. Limitation . This Amendment shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises or, in the event of a renewal of the Lease Term, to the original Premises, itself, during the renewal term, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment thereto.

 

  g. Bathrooms and Elevator Lobby . Landlord represents that the bathrooms on the 4 th floor of the Building for use in common with other tenants will be constructed in accordance with ADA requirements at Landlord’s expense and not deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The costs of bringing the bathroom within the Premises in compliance with ADA requirements will be borne by Tenant. Landlord shall renovate the elevator lobby on the 4 th floor using building standard finish.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

4


  7. Time of the Essence : Time is of the essence of the Lease and this First Lease Amendment

 

  8. Defined Terms : All capitalized terms used in this First Lease Amendment have the same meaning as in the Lease, unless otherwise specified herein.

 

  9. Ratification : Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this First Lease Amendment to be executed on the date first written hereinabove.

 

LANDLORD:
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. ,
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

Name:   Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT:
TC Loan Service, LLC
a limited liability corporation
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

Name:   Ken Rees
Its:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

6


EXHIBIT “A-1”

(SEE ATTACHED FLOOR PLANS FOR 4 th FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE)

 

LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

7


Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this      day of             , 20     by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and TC Loan Service, LLC, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS , on             , 20    , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Amendment (the “ First Lease Amendment ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article 4 of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Article 4 of this Lease Amendment, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:                                         .

2. The Commencement Date shall be             , 20    . Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on             , 20    . The expiration date of the Lease shall be             , 20    .

3. The 4 th Floor Expansion Space contains approximately 21,068 square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have caused this First Lease Amendment to be executed on the date first written hereinabove.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, it’s general partner
  By:  

 

   
TENANT :
TC Loan Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

9


OVERTON CENTRE (Short Form - ’00)

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

LEASE EXECUTION DATE:    December 13, 2006
TENANT:    PayDay Service LLC
ADDRESS OF TENANT:    4150 International Plaza, Suite 300
CONTACT:    Ken Rees         Telephone: 817-546-2788
LANDLORD:    OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:   

c/o GVA Cawley Realty Services

Suite 538

4100 International Plaza

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

CONTACT:    Property Manager — Joan Matteson Telephone: 817.737.2803
PREMISES:    Suite No. 300 in the office building (the “ Building ”) located on the land described as 4150 International Plaza, City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas and known as OVERTON CENTRE I, as more particularly described on Exhibit “A” (the “ Land ”). The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit “B” and are deemed to contain approximately 17,126 square feet of Rentable Space on the 3 rd floor (as defined in said Exhibit “B” ). The term “ Complex ” shall mean the office building complex commonly known as “OVERTON CENTRE”, which is comprised of the Building and the adjacent office buildings commonly known as Overton Centre I (located at 4150 International Plaza), Overton Centre II (located at 4100 International Plaza) and Overton Centre III (located at 4160 International Plaza), the land on which the Complex is located, and the driveways, parking facilities and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operation thereof.
LEASE TERM:    Sixty-three (63) months, commencing February 1, 2007 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m., April 30, 2012 subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in the Lease. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the Lease Term shall be extended by the number of days between the Commencement Date and the first day of the next month.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

i


BASE RENTAL:    $ SEE RIDER 106 per month, which is based on an annual Base Rental of $ SEE RIDER 106 per rentable square foot per year, which Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at 4100 International Plaza, Suite 538, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (or at such other place as Landlord from time to time may designate in writing) in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term.
BASE EXPENSE AMOUNT:    The amount of Operating Expenses (including those Operating Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 4(c) of the Lease) for the Building during the calendar year 2007 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis.
ELECTRICAL/UTILITY BASE EXPENSE AMOUNT:    The amount of Electrical Expenses (including those Electrical Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 5 of the Lease) for the Premises during the calendar year 2007 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis.
PREPAID RENTAL:    [****], representing payment of Base Rental for the first month of the Lease Term, to be paid on the date of execution of this Lease.
SECURITY DEPOSIT:    [****] to be paid on the date of the execution of the Lease, and held by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 29 of the Lease.
SOLE PERMITTED USE:    General Office Space and any other lawful use permitted by applicable zoning laws and approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:    3.8 % (based upon 17,126 rsf) which is the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the 17,126 rentable square feet in the Premises by (ii) the 447,917 rentable square feet in the Building. At any time that additional space is leased, Tenant’s proportionate share will change accordingly.
BROKER:    John Grace of GVA Cawley Realty Services, representing the Landlord and Steve Relyea of William C. Jennings Co. representing the Tenant.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

ii


The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.   PayDay Service LLC
a Texas limited partnership   a limited liability corporation
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

  a Texas corporation, its general partner      

Ken Rees

          Its:  

President

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

       
    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President        

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Paragraph

   Page No.  
1.  

Definitions and Basic Provisions

     1   
2.  

Lease of Premises

     1   
3.  

Services by Landlord

     2   
4.  

Additional Rental

     2   
5.  

Electricity

     4   
6.  

Payments and Performance

     6   
7.  

Tenant Plans and Specifications - Installation of Improvements

     6   
8.  

Completion of Improvements and Commencement of Rent

     6   
9.  

Relocation of Premises

     7   
10.  

Repairs and Reentry

     7   
11.  

Assignment and Subletting

     7   
12.  

Alterations and Additions by Tenant

     9   
13.  

Legal Use; Violations of Insurance Coverage; Nuisance

     9   
14.  

Laws and Regulations

     10   
15.  

Indemnity, Liability and Loss or Damage

     10   
16.  

Rules of the Building

     10   
17.  

Entry for Repairs and Inspection

     11   
18.  

Condemnation

     11   
19.  

Landlord’s Lien and Security Interest

     11   
20.  

Abandoned Property

     11   
21.  

Holding Over

     12   
22.  

Fire and Casualty

     12   
23.  

Entire Agreement and Amendment No Representations or Warranties; No Memorandum of Lease

     12   
24.  

Transfer of Landlord’s Rights

     13   
25.  

Default

     13   
26.  

Waiver; Attorney’s Fees

     15   
27.  

Quiet Possession

     15   
28.  

Severability

     15   
29.  

Security Deposit

     15   
30.  

No Subrogation; Insurance

     16   
31.  

Binding Effect

     17   
32.  

Notice

     17   
33.  

Brokerage

     17   
34.  

Subordination

     17   
35.  

Joint and Several Liability

     18   
36.  

Building Name and Address

     18   
37.  

Estoppel Certificates

     18   
38.  

Mechanic’s Liens

     18   
39.  

Taxes and Tenant’s Property

     18   
40.  

Constructive Eviction

     19   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Paragraph

   Page No.  
41.  

Landlord’s Liability

     19   
42.  

Execution by Landlord

     19   
43.  

Miscellaneous

     19   
44.  

Telecommunications

     19   
45.  

Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires

     20   
46.  

Landlord’s Fees

     20   
47.  

Hazardous and Toxic Materials

     20   
48.  

APPLICABLE LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

     21   
49.  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     22   
50.  

Confidentiality

     22   

 

Exhibit “A”    Legal Description
Exhibit “B”    Floor Plan
Exhibit “C”    Holidays
Exhibit “D”    Leasehold Improvements Agreement
Exhibit “E”    Acceptance of Premises Memorandum
Exhibit “F”    Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit “G”    Landlord’s Services
Exhibit “H”    Operating Expense Exclusions
Rider No. 100    Lease Guaranty
Rider No. 101    Parking Facilities
Rider No. 102    Tenant’s Option to Renew
Rider No. 103    Option to Expand
Rider No. 104    Right of First Refusal
Rider No. 105    Moving Expense Reimbursement
Rider No. 106    Schedule of Base Rental

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

v


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the 13th day of December 2006, by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. (“ Landlord ”) and PayDay Services LLC, a limited liability corporation (“ Tenant ”).

1. Definitions and Basic Provisions . The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. The additional terms defined below shall have the respective meanings stated when used elsewhere in this Lease, and such terms and the following basic provisions constitute an integral part of this Lease:

(a) “ Normal Business Hours ”: From 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (except Holidays, as defined on Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes) and from 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (except Holidays). Landlord acknowledges that Tenant intends to conduct business operations in the Premises during periods other than Normal Business Hours, specifically 7:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. on weekdays and 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. on Saturdays. Electricity costs for other than Normal Business Hours (“ After Hours HVAC Costs ”) shall be calculated as described in Rider 107 attached hereto and adjusted annually based on Landlord’s actual costs for such electrical service. Landlord agrees that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may elect to install a chiller (the “ Chiller ”) on the roof of the Building, but any installation shall be subject to Landlord’s approval as to the contractor to be used, the location and the design. Tenant must repair any and all damages caused by such installation. If Tenant installs the Chiller, electrical charges for the chiller shall at Tenant’s expense, be separately metered to and paid for directly by Tenant and Tenant shall not be liable for After Hours HVAC Costs.

(b) “ Rider ”: Collectively, Rider No(s). 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 & 107, which are attached hereto, contain additional provisions of this Lease, and are hereby incorporated in, and made a part of, this Lease.

(c) “ Exhibits ”: The following Exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Lease for all purposes: “ A ” - Land; “ B ” - Definition of Rentable Space/Premises; “ C ” - Holidays; “ D ” - Leasehold Improvements Agreement; “ E ” - Acceptance of Premises Memorandum; “ F ” - Building Rules and Regulations; “ G - Landlord Services.

2. Lease of Premises. In consideration of the obligation of Tenant to pay rent as herein provided and in consideration of the other terms, covenants, and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases and takes from Landlord, the Premises, together with the right to use in common with others the Common Areas, for the Lease Term specified herein, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. This Lease and the obligations of Landlord hereunder are conditioned upon faithful performance by Tenant of all of the agreements and covenants herein set out and agreed to by Tenant. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that there is excluded from Tenant’s use of the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Premises (whether the Premises are or include one or more full floors within the Building) and Landlord hereby expressly reserves for its sole and exclusive use, any and all mechanical, electrical, telephone and similar rooms, janitor closets, elevator, pipe and other vertical shafts and ducts, flues, stairwells, any area above the acoustical ceiling, and any other areas not specifically shown on Exhibit “B” as being part of the Premises.

3. Services by Landlord. As long as Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord agrees to furnish those services and utilities to the Premises, which are customarily provided to tenants in comparable suburban office buildings located in the West Fort Worth area, and which shall specifically include the services listed on Exhibit “G” (attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes). All of such services shall be provided at Landlord’s cost and expense during Normal Business Hours except as specifically provided to the contrary elsewhere in this Lease. Services provided at times other than during Normal Business Hours shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense, with such charges to be established by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, and reimbursed to Landlord on demand. Failure to any extent to furnish or any stoppage of said utilities and services resulting from any cause whatsoever (a “ Service Failure ”) shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person, property or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement contained herein. Should any malfunction of the Building improvements or facilities (which by definition do not include any improvements or facilities of Tenant besides Building standard improvements) occur for any reason (a “ Malfunction ”), Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for rebate or abatement of rent or damages on account of such Malfunction or of any Service Failure occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Malfunction or Service Failure results in the Premises or any material portion thereof not being reasonably usable by Tenant for its business purpose (“ Untenantable ”) (unless the Service Failure is caused by a fire or other casualty, in which event Paragraph 22 hereof controls) and same remains uncured for a total of 5 consecutive days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice of the Malfunction or Service Failure, Tenant shall have the following rights and remedies:

(a) Effective on the first day after the 5th consecutive day following such Malfunction or Service Failure, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Base Rental and Additional Rental commensurate to that portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable by the Malfunction or Service Failure calculated on a per square foot basis and ending at the time the Premises are again suitable for use by Tenant for its intended purposes.

4. Additional Rental. (a) Tenant’s Base Rental is based, in part, upon the assumption that Tenant is contributing as its share of the annual Operating Expenses (as defined in paragraph 4(d) hereof) of the Building an amount equal to (i) the Base Expense Amount multiplied by (ii) the Rentable Space in the Premises. Tenant shall during the Lease Term, pay an amount per square foot of Rentable Space within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Additional Rental ”) equal to the excess from time to time of the Operating Expenses per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building over the Base Expense Amount. Prior to the commencement of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

2


each calendar year of Tenant’s occupancy beginning in 2008, Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the anticipated amount of Tenant’s Additional Rental (“ Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental ”) and Tenant agrees to pay Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental in equal monthly installments in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof.

(b) Within 150 days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, Landlord shall provide Tenant a statement showing the Operating Expenses for said calendar year and a statement prepared by Landlord comparing Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental theretofore paid by Tenant with Tenant’s Additional Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental paid by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Additional Rental for said calendar year, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall either pay Tenant an amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of such statement, or credit such excess payment against the next accruing installment(s) of Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Additional Rental exceeds Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental for said calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the statement, an amount equal to such difference. Such obligation of Landlord to refund and of Tenant to pay shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease. Within 1 year after Landlord furnishes its statement of Operating Expenses for any calendar year (including the Base Year) (the “ Audit Election Period ”), Tenant may, at its expense, elect to audit Landlord’s Operating Expenses for such calendar year, provided that the audit shall be conducted during Landlord’s normal business hours at the location where Landlord maintains its books and records and shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business. This paragraph shall not be construed to limit, suspend, or abate Tenant’s obligation to pay rent when due, including Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental. Landlord shall credit any overpayment determined by the audit report against the next rent due and owing by Tenant or, if no further rent is due, refund such overpayment directly to Tenant within thirty (30) days of determination. Likewise, Tenant shall pay Landlord any underpayment determined by the audit report within thirty (30) days of determination. The foregoing obligations shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not give written notice of its election to audit Landlord’s Operating Expenses during the Audit Election Period, Landlord’s Operating Expenses for the applicable calendar year shall be deemed approved for all purposes, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or contest the same. If the audit proves that Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses for the calendar year(s) under inspection was overstated by more than three percent (3%), then, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s actual reasonable out-of-pocket audit and inspection fees applicable to the review of the effected calendar year statement within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefor.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Building is not fully occupied during any calendar year of the Lease Term including calendar year 2007, Operating Expenses (or such components thereof as vary with occupancy), Electrical Expenses, Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental and Tenant’s Additional Rental for purposes of this Paragraph 4 shall be determined as if the Building had been fully occupied during such year and Operating Expenses had been in an amount which would be normal if the Building were fully occupied. For the purposes of this Lease, “ fully occupied ” shall mean occupancy of ninety-five percent (95%) of the total Rentable Space in the Building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

3


(d) The term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all costs of ownership, management, operation (specifically excluding the cost of electricity to the Complex, including the Building and related improvements and including any taxes) and maintenance of the Complex, including the Building, and all other improvements located in the Complex and any and all appurtenances thereto (the “ Common Facilities ”), all accrued and based on an annual period consisting of a calendar year. The amortization of any capital projects completed prior to the starting date of the Lease will be excluded. The term “ taxes ” shall mean all taxes and assessments and governmental charges whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Complex (or its operation), and the grounds, parking areas, driveways, and alleys around the Complex, excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income; if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any taxes levied on the Landlord or Complex, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Complex, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ taxes ” for the purposes hereof. Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises, as well as the Complex, and all rights to receive notices of re-appraisement as set forth in Sections 41.413 and 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord from separating the buildings, including the Building, in the Complex and re-calculating Operating Expenses, based on charges allocable solely to the Building, together with a portion of shared expenses with the other buildings in the Complex. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically exclude the expenditures listed on Exhibit “H” attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, TENANT SHALL BE LIABLE FOR THE ACTUAL INCREASES IN UNCONTROLLABLE OPERATING EXPANSES (DEFINED AS TAXES, INSURANCE, AND UTILITIES). TENANT SHALL ALSO BE LIABLE FOR THE INCREASE IN ALL OTHER CONTROLLABLE EXPENSES, NOT TO EXCEED 8% PER CALENDAR YEAR (COMPOUNDED CUMULATIVE ON AN ANNUAL BASIS) FOR THE FULL LEASE TERM .

5. Electricity . (a) The term Electrical Expenses shall mean all costs for electricity and utilities for the Premises and the Complex. Tenant’s Base Rental is based, in part, upon the assumption that Tenant is contributing as its share of the annual Electrical Expenses (as defined in paragraph 5(a) hereof) of the Building an amount equal to (i) the Electrical/Utility Base Expense Amount multiplied by (ii) the Rentable Space in the Premises. Tenant shall during the Lease Term, pay an amount per square foot of Rentable Space within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental ”) equal to the excess from time to time of the Electrical Expenses per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building over the Electrical/Utility Base Expense Amount. Prior to the commencement of each calendar year of Tenant’s occupancy beginning in 2008, Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the anticipated amount of Tenant’s Additional

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

4


Electrical Rental (“ Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental ”) and Tenant agrees to pay Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental in equal monthly installments in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof.

(b) Within 150 days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, Landlord shall provide Tenant a statement showing the Electrical Expenses for said calendar year and a statement prepared by Landlord comparing Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental theretofore paid by Tenant with Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental paid by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental for said calendar year, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall either pay Tenant an amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of such statement, or credit such excess payment against the next accruing installment(s) of Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental. In the event that the Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental exceeds Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental for said calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the statement, an amount equal to such difference. Such obligation of Landlord to refund and of Tenant to pay shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease. Within 1 year after Landlord furnishes its statement of Electrical Expenses for any calendar year (including calendar year 2007) (the “ Electrical Audit Election Period ”), Tenant may, at its expense, elect to audit Landlord’s Electrical Expenses for such calendar year, provided that the audit shall be conducted during Landlord’s normal business hours at the location where Landlord maintains its books and records and shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business. This paragraph shall not be construed to limit, suspend, or abate Tenant’s obligation to pay rent when due, including Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental. Landlord shall credit any overpayment determined by the audit report against the next rent due and owing by Tenant or, if no further rent is due, refund such overpayment directly to Tenant within thirty (30) days of determination. Likewise, Tenant shall pay Landlord any underpayment determined by the audit report within thirty (30) days of determination. The foregoing obligations shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not give written notice of its election to audit Landlord’s Electrical Expenses during the Electrical Audit Election Period, Landlord’s Electrical Expenses for the applicable calendar year shall be deemed approved for all purposes, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or contest the same. If the audit proves that Landlord’s calculation of Electrical Expenses for the calendar year(s) under inspection was overstated by more than three percent (3%), then, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s actual reasonable out-of-pocket audit and inspection fees applicable to the review of the effected calendar year statement within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefor. If Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant is consuming substantially more than its proportionate share of electrical power allocable to the Premises, Landlord may, in its commercially reasonable discretion, require the Premises to be submetered, with the cost of such submetering to be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not install any equipment (such as, without limitation, tabulating or computing equipment) in the Premises that will require any electrical current or equipment for its use other than that supplied by Landlord for normal office

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

5


usage, and the cost of special electrical installations approved by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand. Landlord has approved of the equipment Tenant intends to install initially in the Premises as being within the electrical guidelines of the Building based on the information provided by Tenant and attached hereto as an Exhibit.

6. Payments and Performance. Tenant agrees to pay all rents and sums provided to be paid by Tenant hereunder at the times and in the manner herein provided, without any setoff, deduction or counterclaim whatsoever. Should this Lease commence on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or terminate on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the rent for such partial month shall be proportionately reduced. The Base Rental for the first partial month, if any, shall be payable at the beginning of said period or as Prepaid Rental. The obligation of Tenant to pay such rent is an independent covenant, and no act or circumstance whatsoever, whether such act or circumstance constitutes a breach of covenant by Landlord or not, shall release Tenant from the obligation to pay rent. Time is of the essence in the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Any amount which becomes owing by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall bear interest at [****] from the due date until paid. In addition, at Landlord’s option, but only to the extent allowed by applicable law and not in excess of the amount allowed by applicable law, Tenant shall pay a late charge in the amount (as solely determined by Landlord) of up to [****] of any installment of rental hereunder which is not paid within five (5) days of the date on which it is due in order to compensate Landlord for the additional expense involved in handling delinquent payments.

7. Tenant Plans and Specifications - Installation of Improvements. Landlord will install or cause to be installed in the Premises all improvements shown on the Approved Working Drawings (as defined in Exhibit “D” attached hereto) upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made a part hereof.

8. Completion of Improvements and Commencement of Rent. If the Premises are not ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Commencement Date pursuant to the terms of Exhibit “D” , the obligations of Landlord and Tenant shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect, including the obligation of Tenant to commence paying rent on the Commencement Date, provided that if the Premises are not ready for occupancy on the Commencement Date for any reason other than Tenant’s Delay (as defined in Exhibit “D” ), then the rent shall abate and not commence until the date the leasehold improvements to the Premises are substantially complete or until the date Tenant commences occupancy of any portion of the Premises, whichever first occurs (such first occurring date being herein referred to as the “ Actual Commencement Date ”). Any such abatement of rent, however, shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of the Premises not being ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Commencement Date. If the Premises are not ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Commencement Date, the number of months of the Lease Term will remain as stated in the Basic Lease Information, and the Lease Term will commence on the Actual Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant, with Landlord’s consent, occupies the Premises after substantial completion of Tenant’s leasehold improvements but prior

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

6


to the beginning of the Lease Term set forth herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be in full force and effect from the commencement of such occupancy and the Lease Term shall commence on the earlier date on which Tenant first occupies the Premises and shall expire the same number of months thereafter as shown in the Basic Lease Information and no change shall occur in the length of the Lease Term. By moving into the Premises or taking possession thereof, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which the same are leased and accepts the Building and every appurtenance thereof, and waives any and all defects therein (except latent defects) and on request from Landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Landlord an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “E ” and made a part hereof for all purposes.

9. Relocation of Premises. Intentionally Deleted.

10. Repairs and Reentry. Tenant will, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, maintain and keep the Premises and any alterations and additions thereto in sound condition and good repair, and shall pay for the repair of any damage or injury done to the Building or any part thereof by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees; provided, however, that Tenant shall make no repairs to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. The performance by Tenant of its obligation to maintain and make repairs shall be conducted only by contractors approved by Landlord after plans and specifications therefore have been approved by Landlord. Tenant will not commit or allow any waste or damage to be committed on any portion of the Premises, and upon the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall deliver up the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as at date of possession, ordinary wear and tear and damages resulting from casualty or condemnation excepted. Upon such termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to reenter and resume possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 10, any repairs to the Premises or the Building that are necessitated because of any damage caused by fire or other casualty shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 22 below. Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance to the exterior, structural and Common Areas of the Building. Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and make repairs to and perform maintenance upon: (1) structural elements of the Building; (2) standard mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building generally; (3) Common Areas and Common Facilities; (4) the roof of the Building; (5) exterior windows of the Building; and (6) elevators serving the Building. Landlord shall promptly make repairs (taking into account the nature and urgency of the repair) for which Landlord is responsible.

11. Assignment and Subletting. In the event that Tenant desires to encumber this Lease, assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and shall state the name of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee and the terms of the proposed assignment, sublease or transfer. Tenant shall also provide financial information and state and provide information requested by Landlord as to the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee, sublessee or transferee. Landlord shall have

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

7


the option to retake possession of the Premises and terminate this Lease as of the date on which the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer was to become effective unless such proposed sublease was for less than 40% of the Premises or for a term shorter than the remaining Lease Term. Landlord must exercise such option to retake the Premises by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice or Landlord will be deemed to have rejected its option to retake the Premises. If Landlord fails to exercise its option to retake the Premises or does not have such right, Tenant shall not assign or mortgage this Lease or any right hereunder or interest herein, and Tenant shall not sublet the Premises in whole or in part or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any such assignment, mortgage or subletting without such consent shall be void and shall, at the sole option of the Landlord, be deemed an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting consented to by Landlord, Tenant and any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and each assignee shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent herein specified and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other covenants and obligations under this Lease. No consent to any assignment or mortgage of this Lease or any subletting of the Premises shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Paragraph except as to the specific instance covered thereby. In the event that the monthly rental per square foot of space subleased which is payable by any sublessee to Tenant shall exceed the monthly rental per square foot for the same space payable for the same month by Tenant to Landlord (including any bonuses or any other consideration paid directly or indirectly by the sublessee to Tenant), Tenant shall be obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such excess to Landlord as additional rent hereunder on the same date it is received by Tenant from the sublessee less reasonable and verifiable costs incurred by Tenant in obtaining the subtenant. In the event Tenant shall receive any consideration from an assignee other than the assumption by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of such consideration to Landlord as additional rent hereunder less reasonable and verifiable costs incurred by Tenant in obtaining the assignee on the same date it is received by Tenant. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may elect to require that rental payable by any sublessee be paid directly to Landlord and offset Tenant’s rent obligations accordingly. At no time during the Lease Term shall Tenant be entitled to advertise the Premises for sublease without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, an assignment prohibited by this Paragraph 11 shall be deemed to include one or more sales or transfers, by operation of law or otherwise, or creation of new stock or partnership interests, by which a majority of the voting shares of the corporation or interests in the partnership shall be vested in a party or parties who are not owners of a majority of the voting shares or partnership interests of Tenant as of the date hereof; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not be applicable if (i) Tenant’s stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange or (ii) at least eighty percent (80%) of Tenant’s stock is owned by a corporation whose stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange. For the purposes hereof, stock ownership shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in section 544 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof. Any transfer by operation of law shall also constitute an assignment prohibited by this Paragraph 11. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

8


demand, for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered an assignment or transfer prohibited hereunder or which otherwise requires Landlord’s consent: the assignment of this Lease to any successor of Tenant (1) into which or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated, (2) arising from the transfer of Tenant’s entire interest under this lease made in conjunction with the transfer of a majority of the assets and liabilities of Tenant, or (3) arising from the acquisition of the assets and liabilities of another entity by Tenant; so long as in each of the general and specific circumstances described in (1), (2) and (3) of this Paragraph 11, the surviving entity shall have a level of creditworthiness equal to or greater than the level of creditworthiness of Tenant prior to the applicable level of creditworthiness of Tenant prior to the applicable event.

12. Alterations and Additions by Tenant. Tenant shall make no alterations in or additions to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, with regard to alterations or additions that would affect the Building’s structure or its HVAC, plumbing, electrical or mechanical systems, Landlord’s consent shall be in its sole and absolute discretion. All alterations, additions, and improvements made to or fixtures or improvements placed in or upon the Premises by either party (except only moveable trade fixtures of Tenant) shall be deemed a part of the Building and the property of the Landlord at the time they are placed in or upon the Premises, and they shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall elect otherwise, whether such termination shall occur by the lapse of time or otherwise. In the event Landlord shall elect that certain alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant in the Premises shall be removed by Tenant, Tenant shall remove them and Tenant shall restore the Premises to its original condition, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, prior to the termination of the Lease Term. Alterations and additions to the Premises will be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s approval of any alterations or additions shall not be a representation by Landlord that such alterations, additions or improvements comply with applicable laws.

13. Legal Use; Violations of Insurance Coverage; Nuisance. Tenant will not occupy or use any portion of the Premises for any purpose other than the Sole Permitted Use or for any purpose which is unlawful or which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, is disreputable or which is hazardous due to risk of fire, explosion or other casualty, nor permit anything to be done which will in any way (i) increase the rate of fire and casualty insurance on the Building or its contents, or (ii) tend to lower the first-class character and reputation of the Building, or (iii) create unreasonable elevator loads or otherwise interfere with standard Building operations, or (iv) affect the structural integrity or design capabilities of the Building or (v) result in the storage of any hazardous materials or substances at the Building. In the event that, by reason of any act or conduct of business of Tenant, there shall be any increase in the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents created by Tenant’s acts or conduct of business, then Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord the amount of such increase within 30 days after written notice containing evidence that the increase results solely from Tenant’s actions. Tenant shall not erect, place, or allow to be placed any sign, advertising matter, stand, booth or showcase in, upon or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

9


visible from the vestibules, halls, corridors, doors, outside walls, outside windows or pavement of the Building or the Land without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant will conduct its business, and control its agents, employees, and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance or interfere with, annoy or disturb other tenants or Landlord in the management of the Building.

14. Laws and Regulations. Tenant at its sole expense will maintain the Premises in a clean, safe and healthful condition and will comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the use, conditions or occupancy of the Premises. Landlord represents that Landlord has no actual knowledge that the Building and the Complex are, as of the Lease Execution Date not in compliance with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Complex.

15. Indemnity, Liability and Loss or Damage. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, guests, invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant for any injury to person, loss of or damage to property, or for loss of or damage to Tenant’s business, occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of Landlord, or by any cause whatsoever except for any thereof arising solely from or out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful wrongdoing. Unless arising solely from or out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful wrongdoing, Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and save it harmless from, all suits, actions, damages, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, bodily or personal injury or property damage arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon, at or from the Premises or the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its indemnity obligations hereunder cover and relate to, without limitation, any negligent action and/or omission (whether joint, comparative or concurrent) of Landlord and Landlord’s agents, servants and employees. If Landlord shall be made a party to any action commenced by or against Tenant, Tenant shall protect and hold Landlord harmless therefrom and on demand shall pay all costs, expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Unless arising solely from or out of Tenant’s gross negligence or willful wrongdoing, Tenant shall not be liable for, and Landlord shall indemnify Tenant and save it harmless from, all suits, actions, damages, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, bodily or personal injury or property damage arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon, at or from the Complex (excluding the Premises). Landlord acknowledges and agrees that its indemnity obligations hereunder cover and relate to, without limitation, any negligent action and/or omission (whether joint, comparative or concurrent) of Tenant and Tenant’s agents, servants and employees. If Tenant shall be made a party to any action commenced by or against Landlord, Landlord shall protect and hold Tenant harmless therefrom and on demand shall pay all costs, expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Tenant in connection therewith.

16. Rules of the Building. Provided Landlord enforces the Rules and Regulations of the Building uniformly against all tenants of the Complex, Tenant will comply fully, and will cause Tenant’s agents, employees, and invitees to comply fully with all Rules and Regulations of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

10


the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit “F” and made a part hereof as though fully set out herein. As more particularly provided therein, Landlord shall at all times have the right to change such Rules and Regulations or to amend them in such reasonable manner as Landlord may deem advisable for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building and appurtenances and for preservation of good order therein, all of which Rules and Regulations, changes and amendments will be forwarded to Tenant in writing and shall be complied with and observed by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees.

17. Entry for Repairs and Inspection. Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right to enter into and upon any and all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours (or, in an emergency, at any hour) to inspect same or clean or make repairs or alterations or additions to the Building and the Premises (whether structural or otherwise) as Landlord may deem necessary, and during the continuance of any such work, Landlord may temporarily close doors, entryways, public spaces and corridors and interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. Except in emergencies or to provide janitorial and other Building services after Normal Business Hours, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of entry into the Premises, and will be required to be accompanied by a representative of Tenant. During the Lease Term, Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders at reasonable hours and upon prior notice to Tenant. Furthermore, during the one-year period prior to the expiration date of this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s agents may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants during Normal Business Hours and upon prior notice to Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts in connection with any such entry to minimize any interference with the operations and normal office routine of Tenant.

18. Condemnation. If all of the Premises, or so much thereof as would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the remainder, shall be taken or condemned for any public use or purpose by right of eminent domain, with or without litigation, or be transferred by agreement in connection with or in lieu of or under threat of condemnation, then the Lease Term and the leasehold estate created hereby shall terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or transferee. If all or any portion of the Building is taken or condemned or transferred as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or transferee. Landlord shall receive the entire award from any taking or condemnation (or the entire compensation paid because of any transfer by agreement), and Tenant shall have no claim thereto. However, Tenant may file a separate claim at its sole cost and expense for Tenant’s property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses.

19. Abandoned Property. All personal property of Tenant remaining in the Premises after the termination or expiration of the Lease Term or after the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant may be treated by Landlord as having been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, at its option and election, thereafter take possession of such property and either (i) declare same to be the property of Landlord, or (ii) at the cost and expense of Tenant, store and/or dispose of such property in any manner and for whatever consideration, Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall deem advisable. Tenant shall be presumed conclusively to have abandoned the Premises if

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

11


the amount of Tenant’s property removed by Tenant from the Premises is substantial enough to indicate a probable intent to abandon the Premises and such removal is not in the normal course of Tenant’s business, or if Tenant removes any material amount of Tenant’s personal property from the Premises, at a time when Tenant is in default in the payment of rental due hereunder or in the performance of any other obligation of Tenant hereunder and such removal is not in the normal course of Tenant’s business.

20. Holding Over. Should Tenant continue to hold the Premises after this Lease terminates, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, such holding over shall, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing, constitute and be construed as a monthly tenancy at will at a monthly rental amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the monthly rental payable during the last month prior to the termination of this Lease (except that during the first 30 days of such holdover the monthly rental amount will equal 125% of such amount), and upon and subject to all of the other terms and provisions set forth herein except any right to renew this Lease, expand the Premises or lease additional space. This provision shall not be construed, however, as permission by Landlord for Tenant to holdover.

21. Fire and Casualty. (a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty then in such event Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, either (i) enter and make the necessary repairs without affecting this Lease, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant within sixty (60) days of such fire or other casualty in which event Tenant shall pay the rent hereunder apportioned to the time of such damage and shall pay all other obligations of Tenant owing on the date of termination, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord.

(b) In the event the Building is so badly damaged or injured by fire or other casualty, even though the Premises may not be affected, that Landlord decides, within ninety (90) days after such destruction, not to rebuild or repair the Building (such decision being vested exclusively in the discretion of Landlord), then in such event Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and this Lease shall terminate as of the date of damage in the notice from Landlord to Tenant, and the Tenant shall pay rent hereunder apportioned to the date of damage and shall pay all other obligations of Tenant owing on the date of damage, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord.

(c) In the event the Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall commence and proceed with reasonable diligence to repair and restore the Building and/or the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to the date of damage. All rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is not usable by Tenant from the date of damage until substantial completion of the repairs and restoration required to be made by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph.

22. Entire Agreement and Amendment No Representations or Warranties; No Memorandum of Lease. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, promises, and representations made by either party to the other

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

12


concerning the subject matter hereof and the terms applicable hereto. It is expressly agreed by Tenant, as a material consideration to Landlord for the execution of this Lease, that there have been no representations, understandings, stipulations, agreements or promises pertaining to the Premises, the Building or this Lease not incorporated in writing herein. This Lease shall not be altered, waived, amended or extended, except by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto, unless otherwise expressly provided herein. LANDLORD’S DUTIES AND WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY IMPLIED DUTIES OR WARRANTIES, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY LANDLORD AND WAIVED BY TENANT. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of this Lease shall be recorded in the public records of the county in which the Building is located without the prior written consent of Landlord.

23. Transfer of Landlord’s Rights. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in the Building, Landlord shall thereby automatically be released from any further obligations arising hereunder after the date of the transfer, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations, provided the successor in interest assumes in writing all obligations of Landlord hereunder from and after the date of such transfer.

24. Default. (a) The following events shall be deemed to be events of default (herein so called) by Tenant under this Lease: (i) Tenant shall fail to pay any rental or other sum payable by Tenant hereunder as and when such rental or other sum becomes due and payable and such failure continues for 5 business days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide notice more than two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period; (ii) Tenant shall fail to comply with any other provision, condition or covenant of this Lease and any such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives written notice of such failure to Tenant (or if such failure is not capable of being cured within such 30 day period, the cure is not commenced within 30 days and diligently pursued to completion not to exceed 90 days); (iii) Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord except as otherwise allowed under this Lease; (iv) any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease pursuant to any section or chapter of the present federal Bankruptcy Act or under any future federal Bankruptcy Act or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof (which as to any involuntary petition shall not be and remain discharged or stayed within a period of sixty (60) days after its entry), or Tenant or any guarantor

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

13


of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed under any section or chapter of the present federal Bankruptcy Act or under any future federal bankruptcy act or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof; (v) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall become insolvent or make a transfer in fraud of creditors; (vi) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (vii) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease or for any of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event of default, Landlord shall have the option to do any one or more of the following without any further notice or demand, in addition to and not in limitation of any other remedy permitted by law or by this Lease: (i) Enforce, by all legal suits and other means, its rights hereunder, including the collection of Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder without reentering or resuming possession of the Premises and without terminating this Lease; and (ii) Terminate this Lease by issuing written notice of termination to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages on the same days as Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other payments which are expressed to be due under the provisions of this Lease, the total amount of such Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other payments, less such part, if any, of such payments that Landlord shall have been able to collect from a new tenant upon reletting. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate damages by reletting the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at any time to demand final settlement. Upon demand for a final settlement, Landlord shall have the right to receive, and Tenant hereby agrees to pay, as damages for Tenant’s breach, the difference between the total rental provided for in this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term and the reasonable rental value of the Premises for such period, such difference to be discounted to present value at a rate equal to the rate of interest allowed by law (at the time the demand for final settlement is made) when the parties to a contract have not agreed on any particular rate of interest (or, in the absence of such law, at the rate of 6% per annum). Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord immediately upon demand for any reasonable expenses which Landlord may incur in its actions pursuant to this Subparagraph, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages resulting to Tenant from such action unless caused by the negligence of Landlord. In addition to all remedies specified above, if Tenant is delinquent in rentals or other monetary payments due under the Lease, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and change, alter, or modify the door locks on all entry doors of the Premises, and permanently or temporarily exclude Tenant, and its agents, employees, representatives and invitees, from the Premises; and in such event, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with a key to reenter the Premises until such time as all delinquent rent and other amounts due under this Lease have been paid in full, and only during Landlord’s Normal Business Hours. Landlord’s exclusion of Tenant from the Premises pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall not constitute a permanent exclusion of Tenant from the Premises or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing; moreover, Landlord shall not be obligated to place a written notice on the Premises on the front door thereof explaining Landlord’s action or stating the name, address or telephone number of any individual or company from which a new key may be obtained.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

14


25. Waiver; Attorney’s Fees. Landlord’s acceptance of rent following an event of default hereunder shall not be construed as Landlord’s waiver of such event of default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or default. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations described in Paragraph 16 against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord. The rights granted to Landlord in this Lease shall be cumulative of every other right or remedy which Landlord may otherwise have at law or in equity, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies. If Landlord brings any action under this Lease, or consults or places this Lease or any amount payable by Tenant hereunder with an attorney for the enforcement of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder, then Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand from Landlord the reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

26. Quiet Possession. Landlord hereby covenants that Tenant, upon paying rent as herein reserved, and performing all covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant, shall and may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises without any disturbance from Landlord or from any other person claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms, provisions, covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease, specifically including, but without limitation, the matters described in Paragraph 34 hereof.

27. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Lease Term, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

28. Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant or upon termination of this Lease. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Security Deposit to the extent

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

15


necessary to make good any arrearages of rent or to satisfy any other covenant or obligation of Tenant hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the termination of this Lease, the balance of the Security Deposit remaining after any such application shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of, or any other matter relating to, such Security Deposit.

29. No Subrogation; Insurance. (a) Tenant hereby waives any cause of action it might have against Landlord on account of any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Premises, Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements or business and which names Tenant as a party insured. Landlord hereby waives any cause of action it might have against Tenant because of any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Building or any property of Landlord used in connection with the Building and which names Landlord as a party insured, provided that Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the amount of Landlord’s deductible, provided such deductible is commercially reasonable. This provision is cumulative of Paragraph 15.

(b) Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the Lease Term a policy or policies of insurance, at its sole cost and expense, insuring Tenant and Landlord against any and all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons, occasioned by or arising out of or in connection with the use or occupancy of the Premises, the limits of such policy or policies to be in an amount not less than [****] with respect to injuries to or death of any one person and in an amount of not less than [****] with respect to any one accident or disaster, and shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of such insurance. Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to cancellation, expiration or material alteration of such insurance. It is recommended that Tenant carry fire and extended coverage insurance on its personal property, as Landlord shall in no event be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the furniture, equipment, personal property, fixtures and other improvements which may have been placed by Tenant on or within the Premises.

(c) Landlord shall procure and maintain throughout the Lease Term: (1) commercial general liability insurance applicable to the Complex which provides, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of no less than [****] (coverage in excess of [****] may be provided by way of an umbrella/excess liability policy); and (2) causes of loss-special form (formerly “all risk”) property insurance on the Complex in the amount of the replacement cost thereof, as reasonably estimated by Landlord. The foregoing insurance and any other insurance carried by Landlord may be effected by a policy or policies of blanket insurance. Landlord represents that it currently maintains an umbrella policy in the amount of [****]. Landlord agrees that during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain at least [****] of coverage under its umbrella policy.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

16


30. Binding Effect. The provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, and to their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 11, 24 and 41 hereof.

31. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by one party to the other shall be deemed to be given 3 days after deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, with sufficient postage prepaid, 1 day after delivered to a same day or overnight courier service, or when hand delivered, addressed to the respective party to whom notice is intended to be given at the address of such party set forth on the Basic Lease Information. Either party hereto may at any time by giving written notice to the other party in the aforesaid manner designate any other address, which, in regard to notices to be given to Tenant, must be within the continental United States, in substitution of the foregoing address to which any such notice shall be given.

32. Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than the person(s) listed in the Basic Lease Information as the Broker(s). Except for any compensation agreed to by Landlord in a separate agreement between Landlord and the Broker(s) and which shall be the responsibility of Landlord, Landlord and Tenant each agree to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

33. Subordination. This Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are subject and subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security which does now or may hereafter cover the Building and the Land or any interest of Landlord therein, and to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any of such deed of trust, mortgage or instrument of security. This provision is hereby declared by Landlord and Tenant to be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such subordination of this Lease. Tenant shall, however, upon demand at any time or times execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord any and all instruments and certificates that, in the judgment of Landlord, may be necessary or proper to confirm or evidence such subordination. Tenant further covenants and agrees upon demand by Landlord’s mortgagee at any time, before or after the institution of any proceedings for the foreclosure of any such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security, or sale of the Building pursuant to any such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security or voluntary sale, to attorn to the purchaser upon any such sale and to recognize and attorn to such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease, provided such purchaser performs all of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease and agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain, within sixty days after the Lease Execution Date, a commercially reasonable nondisturbance agreement for the benefit of Tenant from the beneficiary under any deed of trust, mortgage or other security interest (“ Mortgagee ”) covering the Complex. Tenant’s subordination to any future Mortgagee is conditioned upon Tenant receiving a commercially reasonable form of nondisturbance agreement from such Mortgagee.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

17


34. Joint and Several Liability. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor(s) of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the obligations of Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of Tenant and each such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant hereunder before proceeding against each such guarantor, nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guarantee for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any amendment of this Lease, any forbearance by Landlord or waiver of any of Landlord’s rights, the failure to give Tenant or any such guarantor any notices, or the release of any party liable for the payment or performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

35. Building Name and Address. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change the name by which the Building is designated and its address, and Landlord shall have no obligation or liability whatsoever for costs or expenses incurred by Tenant as a result of such name change or address change of the Building.

36. Estoppel Certificates. Tenant agrees to furnish from time to time, within ten (10) days following the request by Landlord or any successor to Landlord or by the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage covering the Land and Building or any interest of Landlord therein, an estoppel certificate signed by Tenant in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord and any such lender, in their sole discretion. Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and (iii) that no rent has been paid in advance except as set forth in this Lease. From time to time, but not more than two (2) times per calendar year Tenant will provide to Landlord within ten (10) days following Landlord’s request, current financial statements certified by Tenant to be true and correct in all material respects.

37. Mechanic’s Liens. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall in any way encumber the title of Landlord in and to the Premises or the Building or any part thereof; and if any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien is filed or claimed against the Premises or Building or any part thereof in connection with any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, Tenant will promptly pay same or cause it to be bonded around or released of record.

38. Taxes and Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any such taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and if Landlord elects to pay the same or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

18


39. Constructive Eviction. Tenant shall not be entitled to claim a constructive eviction from the Premises unless Tenant shall have first notified Landlord in writing of the condition or conditions giving rise thereto, and, if the complaints be justified, unless Landlord shall have failed to remedy such conditions within a reasonable time after receipt of said notice.

40. Landlord’s Liability. The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building and the Land (which shall include (a) the proceeds of sale received upon execution of a judgment in favor of Tenant and levy thereon against the right, title, and interest of Landlord in the Complex, and (b) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title, and interest in the Complex), and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. This clause shall not be deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder which do not involve the personal liability of Landlord.

41. Execution by Landlord. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights with respect hereto unless and until Landlord shall, or shall cause its managing agent to, execute a copy of this Lease already executed and delivered by Tenant to Landlord, and deliver the same to Tenant.

42. Miscellaneous. The following provisions shall be applicable hereto: (i) no waiver by Landlord of any of its rights or remedies hereunder, or otherwise, shall be considered a waiver of any other or subsequent right or remedy of Landlord; no delay or omission in the exercise or enforcement by Landlord of any rights or remedies shall ever by construed as a waiver of any right or remedy of Landlord; and no exercise or enforcement of any such rights or remedies shall ever be held to exhaust any right or remedy of Landlord; (ii) this Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and Tenant, its permitted successors and assigns, and it is not for the benefit of any third party; (iii) words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires; and (iv) whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant, neither party shall be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages and/or unavailability of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any other cause of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of such party.

43. Telecommunications. (a) Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems including but not limited to voice, video, data, and any other telecommunications services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems, for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

19


(b) Tenant expressly understands and agrees that Landlord reserves the right to grant or deny access (to the Building or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, the Premises) to any telecommunications service provider whatsoever, and that Tenant shall have no right to demand or attempt to require Landlord to grant any access to any such telecommunications service provider. Moreover, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in the event any such telecommunications service provider desires access to the Building to serve any or all tenants thereof, such access shall be prescribed and governed by the terms and provisions of Landlord’s standard Telecommunications License Agreement, which must be executed and delivered to Landlord by such telecommunications service provider before it is allowed any access whatsoever to the Building.

44. Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires. (a) Landlord May Elect to Either Remove or Keep Wires. Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, either: (i) retain any or all wiring, cables, risers, and similar installations appurtenant thereto installed by Tenant in the risers of the Building (“ Wiring ”); or (ii) remove any or all such Wiring and restore the Premises and risers to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Wiring.

45. Landlord’s Fees. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees (not to exceed a total of $1,000), within ten days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

46. Hazardous and Toxic Materials. (a) For purposes of this Lease, hazardous or toxic materials shall mean asbestos containing materials and all other materials, substances, wastes and chemicals classified as hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes or chemicals or otherwise regulated under then-current applicable governmental laws, rules or regulations.

(b) Tenant shall not knowingly incorporate into, or use or otherwise place or dispose of at, the Premises, the Building or on the Land any hazardous or toxic materials, except for use and storage of cleaning and office supplies used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and then only if (i) such materials are in small quantities, properly labeled and contained, and (ii) such materials are used, transported, stored, handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to periodically inspect, take samples for testing and otherwise investigate the Premises for the presence of hazardous or toxic materials.

(c) If Tenant ever has any knowledge of the presence in the Premises or the Building or the Land of hazardous or toxic materials which affect the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing promptly after obtaining such knowledge. Tenant acknowledges that

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

20


Landlord has advised Tenant of the existence of asbestos containing materials used during the initial construction of the Building. An operation and maintenance plan has been established to monitor such materials and has been made available to Tenant; however, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has concluded that “The presence of asbestos in a building does not mean that the health of building occupants is endangered.” The EPA further states “If asbestos-containing material (ACM) remains in good condition and is unlikely to be disturbed, exposure will be negligible.”

(d) If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors shall ever violate the provisions of Paragraph (b) of this subsection or otherwise contaminate the Premises or the Property, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, cleanup, remove and dispose of the material causing the violation, or remove or remediate the contamination in compliance with all applicable governmental standards, laws, rules and regulations and then prevalent industry practice and standards and shall repair any damage to the Premises or Building within such period of time as may be reasonable under the circumstances after written notice by Landlord (collectively, “ Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work ”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its method, time and procedure for any clean up or removal and Landlord shall have the right to require reasonable changes in such method, time or procedure or to require the same to be done after normal business hours. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(e) If any Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work (i) is to occur outside of the Premises or (ii) will in any way affect any portion of the Building other than the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after giving Tenant advance notice and an opportunity to perform such Work, to undertake Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any expenses incurred by Landlord in undertaking Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant shall allow Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors such access to the Premises as Landlord may reasonably request in order to perform such Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(f) In the event that Hazardous or Toxic Materials are discovered in the Building during the Lease Term, and such Hazardous or Toxic Materials were not caused or introduced by Tenant, Landlord will cause such Hazardous or Toxic Materials to be remediated, encapsulated, or otherwise handled, at Landlord’s expense, within the time frames and parameters required by applicable law and shall indemnify and defend Tenant against all claims, losses and damages that arise out of the presence of such Hazardous and Toxic Materials.

47. APPLICABLE LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. THIS LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO TRANSACTIONS IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. TENANT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE MAY BE MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

21


TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS OR IN THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS.

48. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE.

49. Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly except as required by law or to attorneys, accountants and other financial advisors of Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

50. Signage. Tenant shall have the right at Tenant’s expense and subject to Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), to place signage on the monument sign in front of Tower I and Tenant’s sign shall be at the top of such monument sign if Tenant occupies more space than any other tenant of the Building.

51. Landlord’s Lien. Landlord agrees to subordinate its statutory landlord’s lien to Tenant’s primary lender, by documentation reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Lease Agreement is entered into by the parties hereto on the day and year first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
PayDay Service LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “A” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Legal Description of the Land

TRACT 1:

BEING a 21.262 acre tract of land being out of the B.B.B. & C.R.R. Company Survey, Abstract No. 217, Tarrant County, Texas and being all of Lot 1A, Block G, Overton West Addition, to the City of Fort Worth, Texas, as recorded in Volume 388-121, Page 88, and made a part hereof for all purposes. Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas. Said 21.262 acre tract being more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a found 1/2 inch iron rod, located at the northeast corner of said Lot 1A, and also being located in the westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza (a 100 foot right-of-way), and also being the point of curvature of curve to the left, having a delta of 15 degrees 22 minutes 14 seconds, a radius of 1,081.99 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 00 degrees 42 minutes 52 seconds East, 289.39 feet;

THENCE along said curve and following along said westerly line, an arc distance of 290.26 feet to the point of tangency of said curve and a found 1/2 inch rod;

THENCE South 08 degrees 24 minutes 00 seconds East, continuing along said westerly line, for a distance of 94.75 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 24 degrees 38 minutes 01 seconds, a radius of 637.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 03 degrees 55 minutes 00 seconds West 271.77 feet;

THENCE along said curve and continuing along said westerly line, an arc distance of 273.87 feet to a found P.K. nail, being the point of tangency of said curve;

THENCE South 16 degrees 14 minutes 00 seconds West, continuing along said westerly line, for a distance of 89.08 feet to a set “X” in concrete, being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 20 degrees 29 minutes 06 seconds, a radius of 991.45 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 26 degrees 28 minutes 27 seconds West, 352.59 feet;

THENCE along said curve and continuing along said westerly line, an arc distance of 354.47 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod and the point of tangency of said curve;

THENCE South 36 degrees 43 minutes 00 seconds West, continuing along said westerly line, a distance of 247.31 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of a non-tangent curve to the right, having a delta of 15 degrees 25 minutes 03 seconds, a radius of 1,423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 43 degrees 39 minutes 21 seconds West, 381.83 feet;

THENCE along said curve and leaving said westerly line, an arc distance of 382.98 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of compound curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 37 degrees 12 minutes 07 seconds, a radius of 1,844.47 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 17 degrees 20 minutes 46 seconds West, 1,176.69 feet;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 1 OF 4


THENCE along said curve, an arc distance of 1,197.61 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of tangency of said curve, and being the northwest corner of said Lot 1A;

THENCE South 81 degrees 14 minutes 00 seconds East, for a distance of 956.64 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and CONTAINING 926,180 square feet or 21.262 acres of land, more or less.

TRACT 2:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Non-Exclusive Agreement executed by Cass O. Edwards, II and Eva Colleen Geren to Equitable General Insurance Company, filed 12/06/1976, recorded in Volume 6137, Page 93, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas, granting a non-exclusive easement for the purposes of ingress and egress over, along and across the property described therein.

TRACT 3:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Development Restrictions and Easement Agreement filed 10/15/1997, recorded in Volume 12944, Page 123, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas.

TRACT 4:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Development Restrictions and Easement Agreement filed 01/21/2000, recorded in Volume 14186, Page 234, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas.

TRACT 5:

Being a 3.340 acre tract of land situated in the B.B.B. and C.R.R. Company Survey, Abstract No. 217, Tarrant County, Texas, being a remainder of Lot 2, Block G, Overton West Addition, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 3319, Plats Records, Tarrant County, Texas, and as conveyed by deed to CMD Realty Investment Fund II, L.P., as recorded in Volume 12547, Page 1539, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas. Said 3.340 acre tract of land being more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows:

Commencing at a found 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of said Lot 2, and being the most southerly southwest corner of Lot 1-A, Block G of Overton West Addition, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Volume 388-121, Page 88, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas, being in the westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza (a 100’ R.O.W.), and being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 12 degrees 56 minutes 38 seconds, a radius of 1423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 44 degrees 53 minutes 34 seconds West, 320.85 feet;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 2 OF 4


Thence northwesterly, leaving said westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza and following along the easterly line of said Lot 2 and the westerly line of said Lot 1-A, being a common line, and along the arc of said curve to the right for a distance of 321.54 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of said 3.340 acre tract and being the POINT OF BEGINNING;

Thence South 25 degrees 22 minutes 36 seconds West, leaving said common line, for a distance of 159.21 feet to a found 5/8 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of Lot 4, Block G of said Overton West Addition, as recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 5578, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas;

Thence North 64 degrees 35 minutes 15 seconds West, along the north line of Lot 4 and the south line of said 3.340 acre tract, being a common line, passing the northwest corner of said Lot 4 at a distance of 200.85 feet, and continuing with the common line of Lot 5 of said Block G, Overton West Addition, for a total distance of 489.84 feet to a set “x” in concrete for corner, said point being the northwest corner of said Lot 5, and being the easterly right-of-way line of Insurance Lane (a private street with 60 foot R.O.W.), as recorded in Volume 6137, Page 93, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas;

Thence North 25 degrees 26 minutes 00 seconds East, leaving said common line and following along said easterly right-of-way line of Insurance Lane, for a distance of 218.64 feet to a found 1/2 iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 42 degrees 46 minutes 36 seconds, a radius of 289.85 feet and chord bearing and distance of North 46 degrees 49 minutes 18 seconds East, 211.41 feet;

Thence northeasterly, along said easterly right-of-way line and the arc of said curve to the right, for a distance of 216.40 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod for corner;

Thence North 68 degrees 12 minutes 36 seconds East, continuing along said easterly right-of-way line, for a distance of 20.20 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a non-tangent curve to the left, having a delta of 13 degrees 06 minutes 49 seconds, a radius of 1844.47 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 29 degrees 23 minutes 26 seconds East, 421.23 feet;

Thence southeasterly, along the arc of said non-tangent curve to the left, for a distance of 422.15 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a compound curve to the left, having a delta of 02 degrees 28 minutes 25 seconds, a radius of 1423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 37 degrees 11 minutes 02 seconds East, 61.44 feet

Thence southeasterly, along the arc of said compound curve to the left, for a distance of 61.45 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and CONTAINING 145,498 square feet or 3.340 acres of land, more or less.

Being the same land as shown on the survey prepared by Graham Associates, Inc. certified by Charles F. Stark, R.P.L.S. No. 5084, dated June 2, 2005.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 3 OF 4


INFORMATION NOTE: The CAD Numbers for the above property are 02101793 and 06985564.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 4 OF 4


EXHIBIT “B” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

The term “ Rentable Space ” shall be calculated as follows: (i) in the case of a single tenancy floor, all floor area measured at the floor from the inside surface of the outer glass line of the Building to the inside surface of the opposite outer glass line excluding only the areas (the “ Service Areas ”) used for Building stairs, fire towers, elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts (which Service Areas shall be measured from the mid-point of walls enclosing such Service Areas), but including any such Service Areas which are for the specific use of the particular tenant such as special stairs or elevators, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies, and (ii) in the case of a floor to be occupied by more than one tenant, all floor areas within the inside surface of the outer glass walls enclosing the Premises and measured to either (A) the mid-point of the walls separating areas leased by or held for lease to other tenants and/or (B) to the tenant’s side of walls adjacent to corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitor closets, vending areas and other similar facilities for the use of all tenants on the particular floor (hereinafter sometimes called the “ Common Areas ”), but including a proportionate part of the Common Areas located on such floor based upon the ratio which the tenant’s rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor bears to the aggregate rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor, or other reasonable basis determined by Landlord, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies. No deductions from Rentable Space shall be made for columns or projections necessary to the Building. The Rentable Space in the Premises has been calculated on the basis of the foregoing definition and is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as stated in the Basic Lease Information, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Premises for occupancy so long as such work is done in substantial accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B” - PAGE 1 OF 2


LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B” - PAGE 2 OF 2


EXHIBIT “B-1” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

4 th Floor Space

 

LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B-1” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “B-2” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Right of First Refusal Space

 

LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B-2” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “C” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Holidays

 

January 1st (Date Observed)    New Years Day
Last Monday in May    Memorial Day
July 4th (Date Observed)    Independence Day
First Monday in September    Labor Day
Fourth Thursday in November plus Friday following    Thanksgiving Holiday
December 25th    Christmas Day

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “C” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “D” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Leasehold Improvements Agreement

This Leasehold Improvements Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 13th day of December, 2006, in connection with that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”), executed concurrently herewith by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. (“ Landlord ”) and PayDay Service LLC (“Tenant”), and constitutes the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the construction and completion of the Premises described in the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and other provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Agreement will control. Terms defined in the Lease, when used herein, shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the Lease.

1. Premises Condition . Since the Premises have been occupied by a previous tenant, Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Premises in its “as is” condition, subject to the installation of any improvements identified below.

2. Approved Working Drawings . Within ten (10) days of the date of this Lease, Tenant shall furnish to the architect designated by Landlord information to prepare preliminary plans and specifications (the “ Pricing Plans ”), showing: (1) demising walls, interior walls and other partitions, including type of wall or partition and height, and any demolition or relocation of walls, (2) doors and other openings in such walls or partitions, including type of door and hardware, (3) any floor or ceiling openings, and any variations to building standard floor or ceiling heights, (4) electrical outlets, and any restrooms, kitchens, computer rooms, file cabinets, file rooms and other special purpose rooms, and any sinks or other plumbing facilities, or other special electrical, HVAC, plumbing or other facilities or equipment, including all special loading, (5) location and dimensions of communications equipment room, and electrical and HVAC requirements thereof, (6) special cabinet work or other millwork items, (7) finish selections, and (8) any other details or features reasonably required in order to obtain a preliminary cost estimate. The architect shall furnish the Pricing Plans to Landlord and Tenant upon completion and each will have ten (10) days to approve or disapprove. If disapproving, such party shall give written notice to the architect specifying its reasons for disapproval and to the other party. Thereafter, the architect shall revise the Pricing Plans and re-submit to the parties. Landlord and Tenant each will have ten (10) days to approve or disapprove of the revised Pricing Plans and give written notice of disapproval, as before. This process shall be repeated until Landlord and Tenant approve of the Pricing Plans (“ Approved Pricing Plans ”). If a party fails to respond timely, it shall be deemed to have approved of the Pricing Plans.

Within ten (10) days of obtaining the Approved Pricing Plans, and after obtaining initial bids, Landlord shall cause the architect to draw Construction Drawings and furnish a copy to Tenant for approval. The term “ Construction Drawings ” means, to the extent reasonably required by the nature of the Work, fully dimensioned architectural construction drawings and specifications, and any required engineering drawings (including mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC), and shall include any applicable items described above for the Pricing Plans. Within five (5) days of delivery of the Construction Drawings to Tenant, Tenant shall advise

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 1 OF 5


Landlord of any proposed revisions to the Construction Drawings. If Tenant fails to respond timely, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved of the Construction Drawings. If Tenant responds timely and Landlord concurs with the proposed revisions, Landlord shall furnish the proposed revisions to the architect to incorporate in the Construction Drawings. If Landlord does not concur with the proposed revisions, then the provisions in the original Pricing Plans shall be utilized. If the Construction Drawings are revised, then Landlord shall cause the architect to re-submit the revised Construction Drawings to Tenant within the succeeding five (5) days from Landlord’s receipt of the proposed revisions. Tenant shall again have five (5) days to approve the revised Construction Drawings. This process shall be repeated until the Construction Drawings have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, at which time, they shall be the “ Approved Working Drawings .” If the Construction Drawings are not approved within five (5) days of the date first submitted to Tenant for approval, then for each day beyond such period, it shall constitute a Tenant Delay.

3. Construction Costs . Tenant shall pay for all construction costs, including, but not limited to permits, costs of materials and labor, sales tax, construction management fees and the like except to the extent of the Tenant Improvement Allowance which shall be paid by Landlord. The term “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ” shall mean the sum of $ 316,020.00 (or $15.00 per square foot of rentable area times 21,068 square feet of rentable area) which Landlord agrees to pay towards the construction costs. Landlord agrees to pay architectural fees and design services up to $1.25 per rentable square foot. Any services performed by the architect above the $1.25 per rentable square foot shall be the responsibility of the Tenant and may be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent funds are available. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, provided there is any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, up to 20% of the allowance can be used by the Tenant as a moving allowance or for communications costs for cabling and data. Tenant must submit invoices for such allowances for Landlord to pay. Wilcox Development will act as General Contractor for the construction of tenant improvements, competitively bidding each trade to at least three subcontractors, the typical five percent (5%) construction management fee will not be charged to Tenant or deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall obtain bids based on the Approved Pricing Plans and construct the Work as described in the Approved Pricing Plans. If after finalizing the Approved Working Drawings, it is determined that the construction costs will exceed the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (an “ Excess ”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such Excess within ten (10) days of written request from Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if Tenant fails to pay any Excess timely, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence construction of the Work and such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay for each day beyond the ten (10) day period until the Excess is paid to Landlord. If Tenant elects not to use Wilcox Development as the General Contractor, Tenant understands that Landlord, or its designated agent, shall serve as construction manager for all of Tenant’s refurbishment and renovations in the refurbishment and renovations in the Premises and the fee for such service is 5% of the total cost of all work performed in connection with such refurbishment and renovations. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in completing any such improvements on a timely basis and Tenant has approved the preliminary space plan and pricing documentation. Additional space on the 3rd floor which Tenant elects to lease pursuant

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 2 OF 5


to a right hereunder shall be finished out by Landlord pursuant to mutually agreed upon plans and Tenant shall receive an allowance of $15.00 per square foot of rentable area provided, however, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is improving the entire third (3rd) floor prior to commencement of the Lease and Tenant shall not be entitled to any additional tenant finish when Tenant leases the remainder of the third floor.

4. Unavoidable Delays; Tenant Delays . The term “ unavoidable delays ” shall mean events beyond the control of Landlord or the contractor, including, without limitation, acts of God, war, civil commotion, strikes, fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, governmental regulation or restriction. In the event of an unavoidable delay, the Commencement Date shall be postponed for each day of unavoidable delay. The term “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay in the construction of the Work caused by Tenant for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, a failure to timely respond whenever a response or approval is required of Tenant. In the event of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date shall be accelerated one (1) day for every day of delay caused by Tenant.

5. Changes . If Tenant requests a change, alteration or addition after the Approved Working Drawings have been approved, Tenant shall submit same in writing to Landlord. If Landlord approves such change, Landlord shall obtain from the contractor and provide Tenant with an estimate of the cost of such change. Tenant shall notify Landlord within one (1) business day if Tenant elects to proceed with the change, in which event, Landlord shall incorporate the change into the Approved Working Drawings. The cost of such change shall also be incorporated in the calculation of any Excess. If Landlord disapproves of such change, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant in writing specifying the reasons for such disapproval and the construction shall proceed in accordance with the previously approved Approved Working Drawings. Any delay in construction time (determined in accordance with the next sentence) caused by such changes shall constitute a Tenant Delay. The contractor, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether such change necessitates a delay in construction and the length of such delay.

6. Entry by Tenant . During the course of construction of the Work, Tenant may enter the Premises for purposes of inspecting the Work, installing trade fixtures, installing any cabling and wiring (not included in the Approved Working Drawings), erecting signs, stocking supplies and such other work as may be necessary or desirable to prepare to occupy and conduct its business from the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant assumes the risk of injury to person and damage to its property, (ii) any entry shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, except that the Lease Term shall not commence and rent shall not be due, and (iii) Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with the construction of the Work on the Premises. Tenant shall also provide evidence of insurance prior to any such entry. If such entry shall interfere with the construction of the Work, then Tenant shall immediately leave upon the request of Landlord.

7. Delivery of the Premises . The Work shall be deemed to be substantially complete on the later of (i) the date the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings so that Tenant may occupy the Premises, subject to any punch list

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 3 OF 5


items and (ii) the date Landlord receives a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent from the appropriate governmental authority. Prior to delivery of the Premises, Landlord shall contact Tenant and schedule a joint walk-through inspection within three (3) days of such contact in order for Tenant to identify any items of a “punch list” nature that remain to be completed. If Tenant fails to participate in a walk-through, then Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any punch list, and Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have agreed that the Work is substantially completed for purposes hereof. If there is any disagreement concerning whether Landlord has substantially completed the Work, Landlord may request a good faith decision by the architect which shall be final and binding on the parties.

8. Limitation . This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises or, in the event of a renewal of the Lease Term, to the original Premises, itself, during the renewal term, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment thereto.

9. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s construction representatives for coordination of planning, construction, approval of change orders, substantial completion and other matters related to construction are the following:

10. Bathrooms and Elevator Lobby . Landlord represents that the bathrooms for use in common with other tenants will be constructed in accordance with ADA requirements at Landlord’s expense and not deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The costs of bringing the bathroom within the Premises in compliance with ADA requirements will be borne by Tenant. Landlord shall renovate the elevator lobby on the 3 rd floor using building standard finish.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 4 OF 5


EXECUTED as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
PayDay Service LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 5 OF 5


EXHIBIT “D-1” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Specification and Space Plan

 

Tenant:    PayDay Services LLC
Address:    4150 International Plaza
Suite No.:    300 & 400

Building Standard Tenant Improvements and Finishes Scope of Work:

Above standard improvements can be made available upon request at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

Tenant Approval:   

 

  
Date of Approval:   

 

  

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D-1” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “D-2” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE OF PLANS

 

Tenant:   

 

  
Address:    4150 International Plaza, Fort Worth, TX 76109   
Suite No.:   

 

  

 

SELECTION

  

MANUF.

  

NUMBER

  

COLOR

  

DESCRIPTION

Wall Paint             Building Standard
Frames    N/A    N/A    N/A    Building Standard
Carpet             Building Standard
Base             Building Standard
VCT    N/A    N/A    N/A    Building Standard
Base    N/A    N/A    N/A   
Window Blinds    N/A    N/A    N/A    Above Building
Standard

Available at Tenant’s
Cost

Ceiling Fans    N/A    N/A    N/A    Above Building

Standard

Available at Tenant’s
Cost

Telecommunication Outlets, Cabling, Networks and All Equipment    N/A    N/A    N/A    Tenant Responsibility
at Tenant’s Sole Cost
and Expense

Misc. work to be Performed

 

 

 

Tenant Approval:   

 

  
Date of Approval:   

 

  

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D-2” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “E” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this      day of             , 20     by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and PayDay Service LLC , as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

WHEREAS , on             , 20    , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement attached as Exhibit “D” to the Lease; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Paragraph 8 of the Lease, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:                     .

2. The Commencement Date shall be             , 20    . Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on             , 20    . The expiration date of the Lease shall be             , 20     .

3. The Premises contain approximately              square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 1 OF 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, it’s general partner
  By:  

 

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
PayDay Service LLC
By:  

 

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2 OF 2


EXHIBIT “F” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Building Rules and Regulations

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, corridors, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for going from or to another part of the Building.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable materials shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances or surrounding areas from misuse by Tenant shall be repaired at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefore.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other parts of the Building except of such color, size and style and in such places as shall be first approved in writing by Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by the Building maintenance personnel nor shall any part of the Building be defaced by Tenant.

4. Landlord will provide and maintain an alphabetical directory of each Tenant’s firm name on the first floor (main lobby) of the Building and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

5. Tenant shall not place any additional lock or locks on any doors in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Two keys to the locks on the doors which access the Premises from the Common Areas shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. Additional keys required by Tenant shall be made by Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense. Upon termination of the Lease, Tenant shall return all keys to Landlord and shall provide to Landlord a means of opening all safes, cabinets and vaults being left with the Premises.

6. With respect to work being performed by Tenant in the Premises with the approval of Landlord, Tenant will refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians rendering any service to them to Landlord for Landlord’s supervision, approval and control before the performance of any contractual services. This provision shall apply to work performed in the Building including, but not limited to, installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and any and all installation of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment and any other physical portion of the Building. Tenant must have Landlord’s written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) prior to employing any contractor. Any and all such contractors shall comply with these Rules and Regulations for such services including, but not limited to, insurance requirements. All work in or on the Building shall comply with any and all codes. Tenant shall take no action which would disturb the ceiling tiles or cause any work to be performed above the acoustical ceiling in the Building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 1 OF 3


7. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any bulky materials, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord shall designate. All such movement shall be under the supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangement initiated by Tenant will include determination by Landlord, and subject to its decision and control, as to the time, method and routing of movement and as to limitations for safety or other concerns which may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item from being brought into the Building. Tenant is to assume all risk as to damage to articles moved and injury to person or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord and other tenants if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant from the time of entering the property to completion of work; and Landlord shall not be liable for acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any of said property or persons resulting from any act in connection with such service performed for Tenant.

8. Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment, which shall, in all cases, be positioned to distribute the weight and stand on supporting devices approved by Landlord. All damage done to the Building by taking in or putting out any property of Tenant, or done by Tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

9. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its Premises neat and clean. Tenant shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel. Landlord shall be in no way responsible to Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees for any loss of property from the Premises or public areas or for any damage to any property thereon from any cause whatsoever.

11. To insure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to the Premises except by persons approved by Landlord in writing.

12. Should Tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, annunciator or other communication service, Landlord will direct the electrician where and how wires are to be introduced and placed and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct. Electric current shall not be used for power in excess of standard office use or heating without Landlord’s prior written permission.

13. Tenant shall not make or permit any improper noises in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

14. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No animals shall be brought into or kept in, on or about the Premises.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 2 OF 3


15. No machinery other than standard office equipment shall be operated by Tenant in its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, nor shall Tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance.

16. No portion of the Premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

17. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry or other personal property lost or stolen in or from the Premises or public areas regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

18. The Premises shall not be occupied by an average of more than one (1) person per 150 square feet of Rentable Space in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

19. Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its judgment shall from time to time be advisable for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building, the use and operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to Tenant, shall be binding upon Tenant in like manner as if originally herein prescribed. The Lease shall control in the event of any conflict between Tenant’s Lease and the Rules and Regulations.

20. The Building is designated as a nonsmoking building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 3 OF 3


EXHIBIT “G”

LANDLORD’S SERVICES

(1) Hot and cold water service for use in the kitchens, breakrooms, drinking fountains and bathrooms on each floor on which the Premises are located.

(2) Heat and air conditioning in season during Normal Business Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as supplied by Comparable Buildings (defined below). Tenant, upon such notice as is reasonably required by Landlord, and subject to the capacity of the Building systems, may request HVAC service during hours other than Normal Business Hours. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such additional service at a rate not to exceed the rates charged by landlords of Comparable Buildings. “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean other comparable office buildings in the southwest/Cityview Fort Worth area, taking into account age, size, location and other relevant operating factors.

(3) Maintenance and repair of the Complex as described in Paragraph 10.

(4) Landlord’s standard janitorial service six (6) days per week (excluding Holidays), substantially in accordance with the Janitorial Specifications set forth on Exhibit G-1. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s janitorial services are normally provided five (5) days per week and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the actual cost incurred by Landlord, plus ten percent (10%) for one (1) additional day of janitorial services per week.

(5) Elevator service, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, subject to periodic elevator repair and maintenance.

(6) Exterior window washing at such intervals as determined by Landlord, but not less frequently than twice each calendar year.

(7) Electricity to the Premises for general office use, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions in Paragraph 5.

(8) Access to the Premises and the parking lots associated with the Building 24 hours a day, 365 days a year (subject to the provisions of this Lease with respect to casualty and condemnation); provided, however, during periods after Normal Business Hours, Landlord may establish reasonable rules and regulations in connection with such access, such as requiring Tenant’s employees to sign in at the lobby desk, etc.

(9) Extermination service at such intervals as reasonably determined by Landlord

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “G-1”

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

AREAS TO BE SERVICED

OFFICE AREAS

 

A. Services to be performed nightly:

 

  1. Empty all waste receptacles; remove wastepaper and trash from the premises, replace trash can liners.

 

  2. Empty and damp wipe all ashtrays.

 

  3. Vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas in offices, including under furniture.

 

  4. Hand dust and wipe clean with damp or treated cloth all office furniture, files, fixtures, paneling. Window sills and all other horizontal surfaces; wash windows on inside when necessary.

 

  5. Damp wipe and polish all glass furniture tops.

 

  6. Remove all finger marks and smudges from all vertical surfaces, including doors, door frames, around light switches and private entrance glass partitions.

 

  7. All entry glass next to door will be damp wiped.

 

B. Services to be performed as necessary.

 

  1. Sweep all stairways weekly, dust handrails vacuum if carpeted.

 

  2. Polish all stairwells throughout the entire building weekly and keep in clean condition.

 

  3. Damp dust all vinyl covered furniture and vacuum all of the upholstered furniture needed.

 

  4. Dust mini-blinds BI-weekly.

RESTROOMS

 

  A. Services to be performed nightly:

 

  1. Mop and rinse floors nightly.

 

  2. Empty and sanitize all receptacles and sanitary disposals; thoroughly clean and wash at least once per week; replace trash can liners.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G-1” - PAGE 1 OF 3


RESTROOMS (Continued)

 

  3. Clean and polish all mirrors, bright work, and enameled surfaces.

 

  4. Fill toilet tissue, soap, and towel dispensers.

 

  5. Clean flushometers, piping, toilet seat hinges, and other metal work.

 

B. Service to be performed as necessary:

 

  1. Remove all spots, stains and fingerprints from metal partition walls and outside surfaces of all dispensers and soap dishes.

 

  2. Vacuum louvers, ventilation, grills and dust light fixtures as needed.

 

  3. Spray buff all hard surface floors.

 

  4. Wash all baseboards.

PUBLIC AREAS

 

A. Services to be performed nightly:

 

  1. Empty, damp wipe, sift or otherwise service all ashtrays and sand urns.

 

  2. Clean and sanitize all drinking fountains, vending machines, tabletops, chairs, counter tops and sinks in lunchroom facilities.

 

  3. Dust all furniture and fixtures.

 

  4. Vacuum all carpeted areas.

 

  5. Spot clean all hard surface floors.

 

  6. Spot clean all fingerprints from door frames, light switches, push/pick plates and handles.

 

  7. Spot clean stains on carpeted areas.

 

  8. Clean and polish all metal fittings.

 

  9. Dust mop all hard surface floors with a treated dust mop.

 

  10. Sweep and/or vacuum entrance mats.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G-1” - PAGE 2 OF 3


  11. Keep supply rooms in a clean, neat and orderly condition.

 

  12. Glass globes in common areas shall be damp wiped every two weeks.

 

  13. All hand railing and woodwork shall be dusted.

 

B. Service to be performed as necessary:

 

  1. Dust all fire extinguishers.

 

  2. Damp dust all ceiling air conditioning diffusers, wall grids, registers and other ventilation louvers.

 

  3. Dust the exterior surfaces of lighting fixtures, including glass and plastic enclosures.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G-1” - PAGE 3 OF 3


EXHIBIT “H”

OPERATING EXPENSE EXCLUSIONS

(1) Leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other expenses related to leasing tenant space and constructing improvements for the sole benefit of an individual tenant.

(2) Goods and services furnished to an individual tenant of the Building which are above building standard or which are required to be separately reimbursable directly to Landlord in addition to Tenant’s Additional Rental.

(3) Repairs, replacements and general maintenance paid by insurance proceeds (or which would have been paid by insurance proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord under this Lease), condemnation proceeds, or third parties, or made necessary by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, agents or employees, or other tenants.

(4) Depreciation, amortization, interest payments on any encumbrances on the Complex and the cost of capital improvements or additions.

(5) Costs of installing any specialty service, such as a broadcasting facility, luncheon club, or athletic or recreational club, but not excluding maintenance and janitorial costs for any broadcasting facility, luncheon club, or athletic or recreational club which is available to all tenants.

(6) Expenses for repairs or maintenance related to the Complex which have been reimbursed to Landlord pursuant to warranties or service contracts.

(7) Costs associated with acquisition of any art work (such as sculptures or paintings) used to decorate the Complex, but not excluding costs of maintenance and cleaning of any such art work.

(8) Principal or interest payments on indebtedness secured by liens against the Complex, costs of refinancing such indebtedness or any amortization or other costs associated with such indebtedness.

(9) Electrical service costs to be paid separately by Tenant and/or other tenants of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 5 or similar provisions of such tenants’ leases.

(10) Costs related to the existence, operation or maintenance of Landlord as a legal entity, except to the extent attributable to the operation and management of the Complex.

(11) Landlord’s general overhead and general administrative expenses, except for those directly related to operations of the Building.

(12) Salaries of officers and executives of Landlord.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “H” - PAGE 1 OF 2


(13) Any payments under a ground lease or underlying lease relating to the Complex.

(14) Legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees paid or incurred in connection with negotiations for financings, refinancings or sales of the Complex or any portion thereof.

(15) Costs relating to disputes between Landlord and a specific tenant of the Complex.

(16) Penalties due to late payment of any amounts owed by Landlord.

(17) Transfer, gains, inheritance, estate, income, excess profits or franchise taxes or other such taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Complex. Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, no gross margin tax, franchise tax or other tax measured in whole or in part on the rents received by Landlord shall be included in Operating Expenses unless an adjustment is made to the Operating Expenses for calendar year 2007 to include the actual amount of the expenses incurred in calendar year 2008 for such taxes. If the current system of ad valorem taxation is replaced by another method or system of taxation or revenue generation, Tenant shall be responsible for its pro rata share thereof regardless of the nomenclature thereof.

(18) Expenses incurred in leasing or procuring new tenants, including expenses for preparation of leases or renovating space for new tenants, rent allowances, lease takeover costs, payment of moving costs and similar costs and expenses. Advertising and marketing expenses to be recovered through operating expenses shall be commercially reasonable and shall not exceed $10,000.00 per year.

(19) Legal expenses, except for legal expenses incurred with respect to the Building which relate directly to the operation of the Building and which benefit all of the tenants of the Building generally, such as legal proceedings to reduce property taxes.

(20) Costs, penalties and fines incurred due to the violation by Landlord of laws in effect as of the date of this Lease.

(21) Any and all costs arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises, the Building or the Complex.

(22) Costs of all repairs, capital or otherwise, resulting from an earthquake, tornado, hurricane, flood, or other casualty required to be covered by insurance (but not the amount of any applicable deductible).

(23) Costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions.

(24) Costs of correcting latent defects in the Premises, Building or Complex.

(25) Any other expenses which would not normally be treated as operating expenses by landlords of Comparable Buildings (defined in Exhibit “G” ) using sound real estate accounting principles.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “H” - PAGE 2 OF 2


Rider No. 100

LEASE GUARANTY

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , and in consideration of, and in order to induce Overton Centre, LTD. (“ Landlord ”) to execute a certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) dated of even date herewith between Landlord and PayDay Service LLC (“ Tenant ”) covering certain premises in Landlord’s office tower known as Overton Centre situated in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, the undersigned (hereinafter referred to individually and collectively as “ Guarantor ” whether one or more) hereby jointly and severally guarantees unto Landlord (i) the full and prompt payment of the rent and all other sums and charges payable by Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) the full and timely performance and observance of all the covenants, terms, conditions and agreements therein provided to be performed and observed by Tenant [the rental, other sums and charges and other obligations, liabilities and duties described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Obligations ”]. Guarantor hereby covenants that if Tenant shall default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, Guarantor shall pay the amount due to Landlord and perform all of the other obligations with respect to which Tenant is then in default. Guarantor further covenants to pay to Landlord on demand by Landlord all damages, costs and expenses that may arise in consequence of any default by Tenant or that are incurred in enforcing this Guaranty, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

This Guaranty is an absolute and unconditional guaranty of payment and of performance. It shall be enforceable against Guarantor without the necessity of (i) any suit instigated by Landlord against Tenant, (ii) the exhaustion of Landlord’s remedies with respect to Tenant under the Lease, or (iii) the enforcement of Landlord’s rights with respect to any security which has ever been given to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall also be enforceable without the necessity of any notice of Tenant’s nonpayment or nonperformance, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty or any other notice or demand to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled, all of which Guarantor hereby expressly waives.

The obligations of Guarantor shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Lease or any security given for the Obligations or any circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, and Guarantor waives the benefit of all principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty, and agrees that the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, whether or not referred to in this Guaranty, which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor. Specifically, Guarantor waives the benefits of any right of discharge under Chapter 34 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code and any other rights of sureties and guarantors thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor agrees that the occurrence of the following events (or any thereof), whether they occur with or without notice or consent by Guarantor, will in no way release or impair any liability or obligation of Guarantor hereunder: (i) Landlord, in its discretion, waives compliance by Tenant

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 100 - PAGE 1 OF 3


with any of its Obligations or covenants under the Lease or waives any default thereunder, or grants any indulgence with respect to the Lease, (ii) Landlord modifies, amends or changes any provision of the Lease, (iii) Landlord grants extensions or renewals of the Lease or the Obligations, (iv) Landlord transfers its interest in the premises covered by the Lease or its rights under this Guaranty, (v) Landlord consents to the assignment by Tenant of its rights under the Lease, (vi) Landlord deals in any respect with Tenant and the Obligations as if this Guaranty were not in effect, (vii) Tenant is released from its Obligations by benefit of an exculpation clause in the Lease, (viii) the release or discharge of Tenant in an creditor’s proceedings, receivership, bankruptcy or other proceeding, (ix) the impairment, limitation or modification of the liability of Tenant or the estate of Tenant in bankruptcy, or of any remedy for the enforcement of Tenant’s liability under the Lease, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of the federal Bankruptcy Act or other statute or from the decision in any court, and (x) the rejection or disaffirmance of the Lease in any such proceedings. If, as a result of such proceedings, Landlord is forced to refund any payment made by Tenant to Landlord because it is found to be a preference or for any other reason, Guarantor hereby covenants to pay such amount to Landlord upon demand.

All of Landlord’s rights and remedies under the Lease or under this Guaranty are intended to be distinct, separate and cumulative, and no such right or remedy therein mentioned is intended to be in exclusion of or a waiver of any of the others. Specifically, the obligation of Guarantor hereunder shall not be released by Landlord’s receipt, application or release of security given for performance and observance of covenants and conditions required to be performed and observed by Tenant under the Lease.

Until the Obligations have been paid in full, Guarantor shall not have any right of subrogation unless such right is expressly granted in writing by Landlord. Any indebtedness of Tenant held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to this Guaranty; and such indebtedness of Tenant to Guarantor, if Landlord so requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Landlord and shall be paid over to Landlord in order to satisfy the Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

Landlord in its sole discretion may apply all payments received by it from Tenant, Guarantor or any other guarantor under any other instrument, or realized by it from any security in such manner and order or priority as Landlord sees fit, to any of the Obligations of Tenant, whether or not any of the Obligations to which any payment is applied are due at the time of such application.

Whether signed by only one person or more than one person, this Guaranty and all other obligations hereunder shall be binding on each of the undersigned and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The word “person” as used herein includes natural persons and entities of all kinds. Suit may be brought and maintained against Guarantor without the joinder of Tenant or any other person, and in the event that there is more than one guarantor of the Obligations, Landlord may (i) bring suit against all guarantors jointly and severally or against any one or more of them, (ii) compound or settle with any one or more of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 100 - PAGE 2 OF 3


such guarantors for such consideration as Landlord may deem proper, and (iii) release one or more of the guarantors from liability without impairing the liability of the guarantors not so released; and no action brought by Landlord against any guarantor of the Obligations shall impair the right of Landlord to bring suit against any remaining guarantor or guarantors, including Guarantor hereunder.

Guarantor agrees that if Landlord shall employ counsel to present, enforce or defend any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies hereunder, or defend any action brought by Guarantor, then, in any such event, Guarantor shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such action.

This instrument may not be changed, modified, discharged or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by Guarantor and Landlord.

As used herein, the term “Tenant” shall include any successor or assignee of Tenant, the term “Landlord” shall include any successor or assignee of Landlord, and the term “Lease” shall include any amendment, extension or renewal of the Lease.

THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO TRANSACTIONS IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY MAY BE MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, OR IN THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS AND GUARANTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS.

EXECUTED the 7 day of December, 2006.

 

PayDay One Holdings, Inc.
Name
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

  Ken Rees
  President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 100 - PAGE 3 OF 3


Rider No. 101

PARKING FACILITIES

At all times during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, and so long as this Lease and any renewal or extension thereof is in full force and effect and no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted the use of the parking areas associated with the Building for parking automobiles owned by Tenant and its employees, agents and invitees. Landlord hereby agrees to make available to Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to use, at no charge to Tenant, subject to the further provisions of this Rider No. 101, during the Lease Term, and any extension or renewal thereof, all or some of the following permits to park automobiles in the parking areas:

 

  (1) 139 non-reserved spaces

 

  (2) One Reserved Garage Space

Tenant shall not have the right to more parking permits than the number set forth above. Tenant agrees to comply, and to cause its employees, agents and visitors to comply, with such rules and regulations (and reasonable additions and amendments thereto) as Landlord may promulgate from time to time. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry or other personal property lost or stolen in or from the parking areas or public areas regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the parking areas are locked or otherwise secured against entry or not.

Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with 5 non-assigned parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of space leased by Tenant as expansion space.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 101 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 102

TENANT’S OPTION TO RENEW

Tenant may, at its option and subject to the terms hereof, renew the Lease Term for one (1) additional term of thirty-six (36) months provided that this Lease must be in full force and effect and no event of default may exist beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period under this Lease at the time of exercise of such option or at the time the renewal term would begin. Such renewal shall be upon the same terms and conditions as provided elsewhere in this Lease, except that (i) this Lease may not be renewed more often than as set forth above, (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation to install improvements in the Premises, and (iii) the annual Base Rental for such renewal period, and each monthly installment thereof, shall be determined as provided below. Each such option shall be exercised by Tenant giving notice to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least six (6) months prior to the end of the then-existing term, and, if not so exercised, such option not so exercised and any subsequent option to renew shall automatically expire and terminate. If Tenant so elects to renew the Lease Term, following Tenant’s exercise of such renewal option, upon request from Landlord, Tenant and Landlord will enter into a renewal agreement by which this Lease will be renewed in accordance with the terms set forth in this Rider.

The annual Base Rental for each renewal period shall be the Market Rental Rate for the Premises. The “ Market Rental Rate ” is the rate (or rates) a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept for a comparable transaction (e.g., renewal, expansion, relocation, etc., as applicable, in comparable space and in a Comparable Building) as of the commencement date of the applicable term, neither being under any compulsion to lease and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, considering the highest and most profitable use if offered for lease in the open market with a reasonable period of time in which to consummate a transaction. In calculating the Market Rental Rate, all relevant factors will be taken into account, including the location and quality of the Building, lease term, amenities of the Property, condition of the space and any concessions and allowances commonly being offered by Landlord for comparable transactions in the Complex. The parties agree that the best evidence of the Market Rental Rate will be the rate then charged for comparable transactions in other Comparable Buildings. Although the determination of Market Rental Rate shall be made at a point in time prior to the commencement date for the applicable renewal period, such determination is to be made based on Landlord’s and Tenant’s opinion of what the Market Rental Rate should be at the time the rate being determined will go into effect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 102 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 103

REQUIREMENT AND OPTION TO EXPAND

1. Option to Expand . On or before expiration of the sixth (6th) month of the term, Tenant shall be required to lease the remainder 3,942 square feet of Rentable Space on the third (3rd) floor, at the same rental rate then being paid for the initial Premises. In addition, Tenant will have the right to expand during the first 6 months by leasing the approximately 15,165 square feet of Rental Space on the fourth (4th) floor (the “4th Floor Space”) as identified on Exhibit “B-1” attached to this Lease and incorporated herein by reference at the same rental rate then being paid in the initial Premises; provided, however, Landlord will continue to keep the 4th Floor Space available for lease to Tenant for one additional period of three (3) months (a total of nine months following the commencement date), but if Tenant elects to lease the 4th Floor Space between the expiration of the sixth (6) month and commencement of the ninth (9th) month following commencement of the Lease, the rental rate shall be increased by twenty-five cents (.25¢) per square foot, and Tenant improvements dollars will decline on a pro rata basis based on the remaining length of the term. If the Tenant does not elect to lease the fourth (4th) floor space during the initial nine (9) months following commencement of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal to lease the 4th Floor Space in the event that Landlord receives an offer to lease the space, and any such right of first refusal shall be on the exact terms received and approved by Landlord from a third party offering to lease the 4th Floor Space. Tenant shall have the option to lease at then current market rental rates any additional space which is available in 5,000 rsf increments consisting of the area which is available on the second (2nd) and fifth (5th) floors designated and referred to as the “ Expansion Space ”, at any time during the lease term (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on the expiration of the Lease Term (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and subject to any rights of extension contained in this Lease) by delivering written notice to Landlord, provided that at the time of such notice and on the Effective Date, no event of default, as defined in Paragraph 25 of this Lease, shall have occurred and remain uncured beyond any applicable cure period. Once Tenant shall exercise an expansion option, Tenant may not thereafter revoke such exercise. Tenant’s failure to timely exercise an expansion option for any reason whatsoever shall conclusively be deemed a waiver of such expansion option. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s option shall be subject to a determination by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition at the time it makes such election is sufficient to meet its financial obligation associated with the Offered Space.

2. Expansion of Premises . Upon the exercise of such expansion option, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written agreement modifying and supplementing this Lease and specifying that the Expansion Space is part of the Premises under this Lease and containing other appropriate terms and provisions relating to the addition of the Expansion Space to this Lease.

3. Possession of Expansion Space . Possession of the Expansion Space shall be delivered to Tenant in an “as is” condition. Landlord will use reasonable diligence to deliver the Expansion Space by the Effective Date. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure to give

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 103 - PAGE 1 OF 2


possession of the Expansion Space on the Effective Date by reason of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants, or occupants, and any such failure shall not impair the validity of this Lease or extend the Lease Term, but the rent for the Expansion Space shall be abated until possession is delivered to Tenant and such abatement shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of such failure to give possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant on the Effective Date.

4. Termination of Option . Any termination of this Lease during the initial Lease Term (or any extension hereof) or any assignment or subleasing by Tenant (other than an assignment or subletting permitted under this Lease or consented to by Landlord pursuant to this Lease) shall terminate the option of Tenant contained herein.

5. Subordinate Right . Tenant’s right to expand hereunder is subject to the pre-existing rights of CBCA and the rights of Composite Cooling Solutions, L.P., to lease 2,500 square feet on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 103 - PAGE 2 OF 2


Rider No. 104

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Right of First Refusal . Provided this Lease is then in full force and effect and no event of default as defined in Paragraph 25 of this Lease shall have occurred and remain uncured beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period, and subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal during the term of the Lease Term as hereinafter described to lease all (but not less than all) of the additional space consisting of the area designated and referred to on Exhibit “B-2” attached to this Lease as the “ Right of First Refusal Space ”, for a term beginning on the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) and ending contemporaneously with the expiration of the Lease Term (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and subject to any rights of extension contained in this Lease). The right of first refusal contained herein shall automatically terminate following the expiration of such Lease Term (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease).

2. Notice by Landlord . If Landlord enters into negotiations with an existing tenant in the Building or a prospective tenant to lease all or any part of the Right of First Refusal Space (the “ Offered Space ”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of such fact and shall include in such notice the rent, term, and other terms (including, but not limited to, finish out, moving allowances and design fees) at which Landlord is prepared to offer such Offered Space to such prospective tenant. Tenant shall have a period of five (5) business days from the date of delivery of such notice to notify Landlord whether Tenant elects to exercise the right granted hereby to lease the entire Offered Space. If Tenant fails to give any notice to Landlord within the required five (5) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have refused its right to lease the Offered Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s option shall be subject to a determination by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition at the time it makes such election is sufficient to meet its financial obligation associated with the Offered Space.

3. Refusal by Tenant . If Tenant so refuses its right to lease the Offered Space (either by giving written notice thereof or by failing to give any notice), Landlord shall have the right to lease the Offered Space to the prospective tenant on terms not materially less favorable to Landlord than the terms set forth in the notice delivered to Tenant and, upon the execution of such lease between Landlord and the prospective tenant, this Right of First Refusal as to the Offered Space shall thereafter be null, void and of no further force or effect. If Landlord does not enter into a lease with such prospective tenant covering the Offered Space upon economic terms which are not materially less favorable to Landlord within 180 days of Tenant’s waiver of its right to lease the Offered Space, Landlord shall not thereafter engage in other lease negotiations with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space without first complying with the provisions of this Rider No. 104.

4. Acceptance by Tenant . Upon the exercise by Tenant of its right of first refusal as provided in this Rider No. 104 , Landlord and Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 104 - PAGE 1 OF 2


Tenant delivers to Landlord notice of its election, enter into an amendment to the Lease incorporating the Offered Space into the Premises for the rent, for the term, and containing such other terms and conditions as Landlord notified Tenant pursuant to paragraph 2 above. Rent for a partial month shall be prorated. Possession of the Right of First Refusal Space shall be delivered to Tenant in an “as is” condition. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure to give possession of the Right of First Refusal Space on the Effective Date by reason of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants, or occupants, or for any other reason, and any such failure shall not impair the validity of this Lease, or extend the Term, but the rent for such Right of First Refusal Space shall be abated until possession is delivered to Tenant, and such abatement shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of such failure to give possession of the Right of First Refusal Space to Tenant on the Effective Date.

5. Termination of Right . Any termination of this Lease during the original Lease Term (or any extension thereof) or any assignment or subleasing by Tenant (other than an assignment or sublease which is permitted or which was consented to by Landlord pursuant to this Lease) shall terminate the right of first refusal of Tenant contained herein.

6. Subordinate Right . Tenant’s right to lease the Right of First Refusal Space is subject to the pre-existing rights of CBCA.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 104 - PAGE 2 OF 2


Rider No. 105

MOVING EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT

Landlord will reimburse Tenant for its verifiable moving expenses associated with Tenant’s location to the third (3rd) floor of the Building (“ Reimbursement Amount ”). This Reimbursement Amount is in addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance and is limited to payments for the movers, relocation of phone system and computers and associated cabling, reasonable replacement of stationery and business cards, and any telecommunications equipment. Such Reimbursement Amount shall not exceed ($1.00 per rentable square foot / $21,068 based upon 21,068 rsf leased) .

Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default in any of its obligations under this Lease, the Reimbursement Amount shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of either (i) Landlord’s receipt and approval of all of the verifiable moving expenses or (ii) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 105 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 106

SCHEDULE OF BASE RENTAL

Base Rental shall be payable as follows:

 

Months

   Cost Per
Rentable Square
Foot Per Annum
     Monthly Installment  

Months 1-3

     [****      [****

Months 4-39

     [****      [****

Months 40-63:

     [****      [****

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 106 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 107

Hard Cost for Pay Day After Hour Calculation

 

CVHA, Trane Chiller (one)

Total AC Tonage = 250 tons

          

Electrical consumption =.62 KW per ton

          
   .62 X 250 =        155.00         KW   

Trane Air Handler (two per floor, run 3 floors)

One Fan @ 15 horsepower (one HP. =.746 kw)

          
   15 X .746 X 6 =        67.14         KW   

Condenser water pump

One pump @ 20 horse power (one HP =.746 kw)

          
   20 X .746 =        14.92         KW   

Chill water pump

One pump @ 20 horse power (one HP =.746 kw)

          
   20 X .746 =        14.92         KW   

Cooling Tower Fan (Two)

One fan @ 25 horse power (one HP =.746 kw)

          
   25 X .746 =        37.30         KW   
        Total kw =        289.28         KW   

A. Total Electrical Costs

Total kWh X .13427 per kwh charged of Nov. 06 = Electrical cost per hour

  

  

    
        $ 38.84      

C. Equipment Maintenance

HVAC Repair Cost Per Yr+HVAC Supply Cost per year / 3880 Hrs per Year = Equip. Cost per hrs R & M for 2006 = $35,600 This does not include any of Tolins Contract

  

   

    
   $46841/ 8 chillers / 3880 hours per year =       $ 1.51      

D. Water Cost

250 tons @ 3 gal per minu per ton = 750 GPM X .01 = 7.50 GPM6/5 x 7.50 GPM = 9 GPM x 60 Minu = 540/1000 = $0.54 per hour

  

   

  $ 0.54      
       

 

 

    
          
       

 

 

    
   Total Hourly Rate      $ 40.89      
       

 

 

    
        10   $ 44.97      
       

 

 

    

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 107 - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “E” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this 25th day of April, 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and PayDay Service , LLC, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

WHEREAS , on December 13, 2006, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Amendment (the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Leasehold Improvement Agreement attached as Exhibit “D” to the Lease; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Paragraph 8 of the Lease, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof;

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:                                         .

2. The Commencement Date shall be April 13, 2007. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on July 1, 2007. The expiration date of the Lease shall be July 31, 2012.

3. The Premises contain approximately 17,126 square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 1 OF 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
PayDay Service LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2 OF 2


Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this 25th day of June, 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and TC Loan Service, LLC, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

WHEREAS , on March 20, 2007, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Amendment (the “ First Lease Amendment ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article 4 of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Article 4 of this Lease Amendment, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:

2. The Commencement Date shall be June 25, 2007. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on September 1, 2007. The expiration date of the Lease shall be July 31, 2012.

3. The 4th Floor Expansion Space contains approximately 21,068 square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
TC Loan Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

2


Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this 26th day of September, 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and TC Loan Service LLC , a limited liability corporation, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

WHEREAS , on December 13, 2006, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) as amended March 20, 2007, whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , Tenant was required to lease the reminder 3,942 square feet of Rentable Space on the third (3rd) floor in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Rider 103 of the Lease; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Rider 103 of this Lease, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the 3,942 Expansion Space subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the 3,942 rsf Expansion Space, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. The Commencement Date for the 3,942 Expansion Space shall be September 1, 2007. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental for the 3,942 Expansion Space shall become due and payable on September 1, 2007. The expiration date of the Lease shall remain unchanged.

2. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
a Texas limited partnership
By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.,
  a Texas corporation, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
TC Loan Service LLC
A limited liability corporation
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2 OF 2


Schedule B

Additional Subleased Premises

2nd Floor – 3,233 square feet

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

3

Exhibit 10.14

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of May, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”) between TC Loan Service, LLC., a Delaware LLC (“ Sublessor ”) and Elevate Credit Service, LLC., a Delaware LLC (“ Sublessee ”).

Recitals

A. WHEREAS, Sublessor is the tenant of premises located at Overton Centre I 4150 International Plaza Fort Worth, Texas (“ Leased Premises ”) more particularly described that certain master lease, most recently amended on May 15, 2010, between Overton Green Property Owner, L.P. (“ Landlord ”), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant (such lease, all exhibits thereto, and any amendments or addendums thereto (as amended, “ Prime Lease ”) are annexed hereto as Schedule A and made a part hereof).

B. WHEREAS, this Sublease is being negotiated and executed by Sublessor and Sublessee pursuant to that certain Distribution Agreement between Sublessor and Sublessee, dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Distribution Agreement ”).

C. WHEREAS, Sublessee desires to sublet certain portions of the Leased Premises from Sublessor and Sublessor is willing to sublet the Subleased Premises for the term and upon the other conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and benefits set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Defined Terms .

a. The “ Subleased Premises ” means such portions of the Leased Premises being particularly identified on Schedule B , which the parties agree, for the purposes of this Sublease and any square footage calculations pursuant hereto, is approximately 42,244 square feet of office (21,068 square feet on the third floor and 21,176 square feet on the seventh floor) and approximately 9.4312% of common space (building rentable area is 447,917 square feet).

b. Any term not defined but capitalized herein shall have the meanings ascribed to it in the Prime Lease.

2. Sublease of Subleased Premises .

a. Sublessor hereby grants to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby accepts from Sublessor, subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of the Prime Lease and of this Sublease, a sublease to the Subleased Premises, together with all the rights and privileges appurtenant thereto, in its present “AS IS”, “WHERE IS” condition and for the term of this Sublease.

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


b. Sublessee’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises will commence on May 1, 2014.

c. At the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall return the Subleased Premises to Sublessor broom-clean, in as good repair and condition as on the Effective Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

3. Use and Lawful Occupancy . The Subleased Premises shall be used only for Sublessee’s office and for no other purpose, but subject in all events to the terms of the Prime Lease and applicable zoning laws. Sublessee shall be solely responsible for and comply with all laws relating to the use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises.

4. Term and Termination .

a. Subject to Section 4(b) , the “ Term ” of this Sublease shall commence on the Effective Date and end on August 30, 2015.

b. This Sublease shall terminate on the first to occur of the following: (i) one (1) calendar day before the expiration of the term of the Prime Lease; (ii) the date upon which the Prime Lease is terminated as a result of any provisions of the Prime Lease; and (iii) the date upon which Sublessee’s right to occupancy of the Subleased Premises is terminated pursuant to this Sublease or as provided by law.

5. Sublessee’s Payment Obligations .

a. Rent . Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to sixty three thousand three hundred sixty-six and no cents ($63,366.00) per month including any applicable sales taxes (“ Base Rent ”) commencing as of the Effective Date.

b. Common Area Operating Expenses . In addition to Base Rent, Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, 6.7235% of the Common Area Operating Expenses allocated by Landlord to Sublessor (42,244 subleased square feet of the total 63,312 square feet of rented space). As used herein, Base Rent together with Sublessee’s percentage of the Common Area Operating Expenses, collectively, “ Rent ”).

c. Holdover . If Sublessee fails to surrender the Subleased Premises or any portion thereof at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, then it will be conclusively presumed that the value to Sublessee of remaining in possession, and the loss that will be suffered by Sublessor as a result thereof, far exceed the Rent and additional rent that would have been payable had the Term continued during such holdover period. Therefore, if Sublessee (or anyone claiming through Sublessee) does not immediately surrender the Subleased Premises or any portion thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, then the rent payable by Sublessee shall be increased to two (2) times then-applicable base rent for the Subleased Premises as set forth in the Prime Lease. Such rent shall be computed by Sublessor and paid by Sublessee on a monthly basis and shall be payable on the first day of such holdover period and the first day of each calendar month thereafter during such holdover period until the Subleased Premises have been vacated. Notwithstanding any other

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-2-


provision of this Sublease, Sublessor’s acceptance of such rent shall not in any manner adversely affect Sublessor’s other rights and remedies, including Sublessor’s right to evict Sublessee and to recover all damages. Any such holdover shall be deemed to be a tenancy at sufferance and not a tenancy at will or tenancy from month to month. In no event shall any holdover be deemed a permitted extension or renewal of the Term, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute Sublessor’s consent to any holdover or to give Sublessee any right with respect thereto.

d. Cleaning . The Subleased Premises shall be cleaned in accordance with the standards set forth in the Prime Lease and included in the monthly Rent.

e. Time of Payment . All money required to be paid by Sublessee under this Sublease (other than pursuant to Section 6 ) shall be paid on or before the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month during the term of this Sublease and shall be paid to Sublessor without notice or demand and in lawful money of the United States, without abatement, deduction or setoff at the offices of Sublessor set forth in Section 14 or such other place as Sublessor may specify. Delays in such payment beyond the fifth (5 th ) calendar day of month will result in the amounts due accruing interest each month at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate in the Prime Lease.

6. Additional Services . Sublessee acknowledges that it shall have access to and the use of the kitchen of Sublessor.

7. Alterations and Lobby Sign . Sublessee shall not make any installations, alterations, or additions to the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublessor, and then only pursuant to plans and specifications approved by Sublessor in advance in each instance including, without limitation, the installation of signs or physical alternation to the Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding the above, Sublessee shall have the right to hang a reasonable amount of pictures and other furnishings on the walls of the Subleased Premises by the use of nails, etc. In addition, Sublessee shall have the right to install signs (approved by Sublessor in its reasonable discretion) on the doors of the Subleased Premises containing the name and/or logo of Sublessee.

8. Ingress . Sublessee shall have direct access to the Subleased Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven days per week.

9. Incorporation of Prime Lease . Except for sections inconsistent with the agreements and understandings expressed in this Sublease or applicable only to Landlord and Sublessor as the original parties to the Prime Lease, the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of the Prime Lease are hereby incorporated herein by reference as the same relate only to the Subleased Premises, on the following understandings:

a. In any case where Landlord reserves rights and remedies pursuant to the Prime Lease, said rights and remedies shall inure to the benefit of Sublessor as well as to Landlord;

b. With respect to work, services, repairs, repainting and restoration, or the performance of other obligations required of Landlord under the Prime Lease, Sublessor’s obligation with respect thereto shall be to request the same of Landlord upon request in writing by Sublessee and to use reasonable diligence to obtain the same from Landlord;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-3-


c. In any instance where the consent of Landlord is required to any act or omission, Sublessor shall not be required to give such consent unless and until Landlord also has given its consent in writing; and

d. Sublessee shall perform and comply with the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Prime Lease to the extent applicable to the Subleased Premises and this Sublease, and Sublessee shall not do or suffer to permit anything to be done that would result in a default under or cause the Prime Lease to be terminated or forfeited, including, but not limited to, the Applicable Requirements.

10. Assignment and Sublease . Sublessee may not assign or further sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublessor and in compliance with the Prime Lease. The Subleased Premises may not be encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Sublessee or be sublet or offered or advertised for subletting except as provided herein. Sublessee and any permitted assignee of Sublessee shall remain jointly and severally liable for performance of all obligations of Sublessee under this Sublease.

11. Confidentiality . If during the term of this Sublease, one party and/or one of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Recipient ”) acquires from the other party and/or one of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Disclosing Party ”) information that includes, in whole or in part, Confidential Information (as defined below), the parties recognize and acknowledge that (a) all such Confidential Information is the property of the Disclosing Party (and in some cases the property of former, current or prospective clients, customers, or accounts or investors of the Disclosing Party); (b) the use, misappropriation, or disclosure of the Confidential Information would constitute a breach of trust, privacy obligations, and privilege, and could cause irreparable injury to the Disclosing Party; and (c) it is essential to the protection of the Disclosing Party’s goodwill and to the maintenance of the Disclosing Party’s competitive position and privilege that the Confidential Information be kept confidential and that the Recipient not disclose and take reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and not use the Confidential Information to the Recipient’s own advantage or the advantage of persons or entities (other than the Disclosing Party). The parties understand that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary information, financial data, technical data, client information, employment data, know-how, or any other business information disclosed by one party, or otherwise known to the other party, whether directly or indirectly, in writing or orally. The parties understand that Confidential Information does not include any information that (y) has become publicly known or been made generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the other party; or (z) has been disclosed with the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent.

12. Default . If Sublessee (i) shall fail to pay Rent, or any other payments, charges, or monies in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease and such default shall continue after notice for a period of three (3) business days, (ii) shall cause the commission of waste or shall conduct act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Subleased Premises and such actions shall continue after notice for a period of three (3) business days or (iii) shall default in fulfilling or complying with any of its nonmonetary obligations hereunder and such default shall continue after notice for ten (10) calendar days, then and upon the happening of any of such events, Sublessor may without further notice to Sublessee elect to terminate this Sublease. Upon such election, the term of this Sublease shall expire, but Sublessee shall remain liable for sums equal to the aggregate

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-4-


of Rent and all other monies that would have been payable by Sublessee to Sublessor subject to Sublessor’s obligation to make commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages. The rights and remedies of Sublessor stated in this Section 12 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, those rights and remedies of Sublessor that exist pursuant to the other provisions of this Sublease, whether by incorporation of the Prime Lease or otherwise, at law and in equity.

13. Parking . Sublessee shall be entitled to use Sublessor’s share of the number of parking spaces attributable to Sublessor during the Term. All such parking shall be unreserved and on a first-come, first-served basis.

14. Notices . All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile or .pdf file, by overnight courier, or by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or when so received by facsimile, .pdf, or courier, or if mailed, three (3) calendar days after the date of mailing to the following addresses or to such other address as any party shall notify the other party (as provided above) from time to time.

 

If notice to Sublessor:     

Think Finance, Inc.

4150 International Plaza Suite #400

Fort Worth, TX 76109

Email: mwong@thinkfinance.com

Attention: Martin Wong CEO

If notice to Sublessee:     

Elevate Credit, Inc.

4150 International Plaza Suite #300

Fort Worth, TX 76109

Email: krees@elevatecredit.com

Attention: Ken Rees CEO

15. Termination of Prime Lease . This Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease. If the Prime Lease shall terminate for any reason whatsoever, (i) this Sublease shall terminate simultaneously therewith and any unearned Rent and other monies prepaid hereunder shall be refunded to Sublessee, provided that such termination is not the result of a breach by Sublessee of this Sublease, and (ii) upon such termination of this Sublease, there shall be no further liability by Sublessor to Sublessee arising out of or in connection with this Sublease.

16. Indemnification and Insurance .

a. Sublessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessor from and against all claims, actions, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, which Sublessor may incur or pay by reason of (i) any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring in, on or about the Subleased Premises caused by Sublessee or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, (ii) any breach or default hereunder on Sublessee’s part, (iii) any work done in or to the Subleased Premises by Sublessee and/or Sublessee’s employees, agents, contractors, invitees or any other person claiming through or under Sublessee, or (iv) any act, omission or negligence on the part of Sublessee and/or Sublessee’s employees, agents, customers, contractors, invitees, or any other person claiming through or under Sublessee.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-5-


b. Neither Sublessor nor its agents or employees shall be liable for (i) any damage to property of Sublessee or of others entrusted to employees of Sublessor, (ii) the loss of or damage to any property of Sublessee by theft or otherwise, (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, steam, gas, electricity, electrical disturbance, water, rain or snow or leaks or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature (whether similar or dissimilar to those above specified), (iv) any such damage caused by construction of any improvements or alterations, or (v) any latent defect in the Subleased Premises.

c. Sublessor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessee from and against all claims, actions, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, which Sublessee may incur or pay by reason of any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring in, on or about the Subleased Premises caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees.

d. Sublessee shall, at Sublessee’s expense, procure and maintain in full force and effect at all times during the term of this Sublease insurance coverage to the extent that is no less than that which is required by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease. Sublessee shall provide Sublessor with Certificates of Insurance evidencing the insurance required hereunder. Each certificate shall provide that thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice shall be given Sublessor in the event of cancellation or change in the policies. Sublessor, in addition to Landlord and any other parties identified in the Prime Lease, shall be named as additional insureds in each of Sublessee’s policies, except Workers’ Compensation.

e. It is understood and agreed that any coverage provided by Sublessee to Sublessor is primary insurance and shall not be considered contributory insurance with any policies of Sublessor, the fee owner or their subsidiaries, co-owners or joint venturers, if any.

17. Landlord Approval . This Sublease is contingent upon Landlord approving this Sublease in accordance with the terms of the Prime Lease and a copy of said approval being delivered to Sublessor and Sublessee.

18. No Brokers . The parties each represent to the other that they have not engaged a broker, finder, agent or salesmen in connection with this Sublease and no brokerage commission or fee is due to a broker, finder, agent or salesmen claiming by, through or under said party, resulting from this Sublease.

19. Quiet Enjoyment . During the term of this Sublease, Sublessor shall endeavor to have Sublessee provided with quiet enjoyment of the Subleased Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease.

20. Binding Authority . Individuals executing this Sublease warrant that they have the authority to bind Sublessor or Sublessee, as the case may be, to the obligations created herein and that they are an owner or authorized representative of the party for which they sign.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-6-


21. Benefits of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns.

22. Governing Law . This Sublease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

23. Entire Agreement . This Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all previous written, oral, electronic, or implied agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such matters.

24. Amendments and Modifications . This Sublease may be amended or modified only in a writing signed by both parties.

25. Titles and Headings; Definitions . The headings in this Sublease are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Sublease.

26. Waiver of Rights . No delay or omission by Sublessor in exercising any right under this Sublease shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by Sublessor on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

27. Severability . The invalidity of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity, force, or effect of the remaining portions hereof. If it is ever held that any restriction hereunder is too broad to permit enforcement of such restriction to its fullest extent, each party agrees that a court of competent jurisdiction may enforce such restriction to the maximum extent permitted by law.

28. Signatures . This Sublease may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature of a party on any counterpart that is transmitted by facsimile or via .pdf file to the other party shall be deemed an original signature binding upon the executing party and acceptable to the other party.

[ Signature page follows .]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Sublessor and Sublessee have duly executed this Sublease as of the Effective Date.

 

SUBLESSOR:
TC Loan Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Title:  

CFO

Name:  

Chris Lutes

SUBLESSEE:
Elevate Credit Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

CEO

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-8-


Schedule A

Prime Lease

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

-9-


FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“ First Amendment ”) is made the 20th day of March 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. , a Texas limited partnership, and PayDay Service LLC , a limited liability corporation (“ Tenant ”).

WHEREAS, the Landlord entered into a Lease with Tenant on December 13, 2006 covering a total of approximately 17,126 rentable square feet (“ rsf ”) of space (the “ Original Premises ”), such Premises being located in Suite 300, in the Overton Centre I office building located at 4150 International Plaza, Fort Worth, Texas (the “Lease”); and

WHEREAS, the Tenant’s name was changed from PayDay Service, LLC to TC Loan Service, LLC;

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to expand the Premises by approximately 21,068 square feet of rentable area (the “ 4 th Floor Expansion Space ”), which is comprised of the 15,165 rentable square feet described in paragraph 1 of Rider 103 to the Lease, plus the remaining 5,903 rentable square feet on the 4 th Floor, as such expansion space is described in the attached Exhibit “A-1” . Hereinafter all references to the “Premises” shall include the Original Premises and the 4 th Floor Expansion Space; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are willing to agree to such expansion of the Premises to include the 4 th Floor Expansion Space, subject to the terms and conditions of this First Lease Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby further amend the Lease, as follows:

 

  1. Tenant’s Name : The name of the Tenant under the Lease is TC Loan Service, LLC

 

  2. Expansion of Premises : From and after “the Expansion Commencement Date” the Premises shall be expanded by adding the 4 th Floor Expansion Space thereto (consisting of approximately 21,068 rsf in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space of the Building for a new total of rentable square footage in the entire Premises of 38,194 rsf). The Expansion Commencement Date shall be the earlier of (a) June 1, 2007, or (b) the date Tenant commences business in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space.

 

  3. Expiration Date : The Expiration Date of the Lease shall remain unchanged.

 

  4. Security Deposit : The Security Deposit amount of [****] on page i of the Lease Agreement is hereby deleted and substituted in lieu thereof is [****]. Tenant shall pay the additional amount of Security Deposit on execution hereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

1


  5. Base Rental . Beginning on Commencement Date for the Original Premises, the Basic Rent shall be calculated as: Based upon the Original 17,126 rsf .

 

Date

   Amt. Per S.F.      Monthly Amt.  

Months 1-3

     [****      [****

Months 4-39

     [****      [****

Months 40-63

     [****      [****

Beginning on the Expansion Commencement Date for the 4 th Floor Expansion Space, the Basic Rent shall be calculated as: Based upon the 4 th Floor Expansion Space of 21,068 rsf.

 

Date

   Amt. Per S.F.      Monthly Amt.  

4 th floor expansion commencement date for 1 st 60 days

     [****      [****

Third Month to 39 th month of Original Premises on 3 rd floor

     [****      [****

Month 40 to 63 rd month of Original Premises on 3 rd floor

     [****      [****

 

  6. Leasehold Improvements :

 

  a. Premises Condition . Since the 4 th Floor Expansion Space has been occupied by a previous tenant, Tenant hereby agrees to accept the 4 th Floor Expansion Space in its “as is” condition, subject to Landlord’s obligation to install the improvements identified below and further subject to Landlord’s repair obligations under the Lease.

 

  b.

Construction Costs . Tenant shall pay for all construction costs, including, but not limited to permits, costs of materials and labor, sales tax, construction management fees and the like in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance which shall be paid by Landlord. The term “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ” shall mean the results of calculating the number of months remaining on the Original Lease Term times $0.238095 times the square footage in the 4 th floor Expansion Space. For example if 62 months remain when the 4 th floor Expansion Space commences, the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the 4 th floor Expansion Space shall be $311,003.75 (or $14.7619 per square foot of rentable area times 21,068 square feet of rentable area) which Landlord agrees to pay towards the construction costs. Landlord agrees to pay architectural fees and design services up to $1.25 per rentable square foot. Any services performed by the architect above the $1.25 per rentable square foot shall be the responsibility of the Tenant and may be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent funds are available. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, provided there is any unused

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

2


  portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, up to 20% of the Tenant Improvement Allowance can be used by the Tenant as a moving allowance or for communications costs for cabling and data. Tenant must submit invoices for such allowances for Landlord to pay. If Wilcox Development acts as General Contractor for the construction of tenant improvements, competitively bidding each trade to at least three subcontractors, the typical five percent (5%) construction management fee will not be charged to Tenant or deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall cause the construction of the Work as described in the Approved Pricing Plans (which shall mean the Pricing Plans finally approved by Tenant based on the preliminary space plan and pricing documentation previously approved by Tenant for the 4 th Floor Expansion Space). Landlord and Tenant shall agree on Approved Working Drawings for the Work in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space in accordance with the procedure set forth in Paragraph 2 of Exhibit D attached to the Original Lease. If after finalizing the Approved Working Drawings for the 4 th Floor Expansion Space, it is determined that the construction costs will exceed the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (an “ Excess ”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such Excess within ten (10) days of written request from Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if Tenant fails to pay any Excess timely, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence construction of the Work in the 4 th Floor Expansion Space and such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay for each day beyond the ten (10) day period until the Excess is paid to Landlord. If Tenant elects not to use Wilcox Development as the General Contractor, Tenant understands that Landlord, or its designated agent, shall serve as construction manager for all of Tenant’s refurbishment and renovations in the Premises and the fee Tenant will pay for such service is 5% of the total cost of all work performed in connection with such refurbishment and renovations. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in completing any such improvements on a timely basis.

 

  c. Changes . If Tenant requests a change, alteration or addition after the Approved Working Drawings have been approved, Tenant shall submit same in writing to Landlord. If Landlord approves such change, Landlord shall obtain from the contractor and provide Tenant with an estimate of the cost of such change. Tenant shall notify Landlord within one (1) business day if Tenant elects to proceed with the change, in which event, Landlord shall incorporate the change into the Approved Working Drawings. The cost of such change shall also be incorporated in the calculation of any Excess. If Landlord disapproves of such change, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant in writing specifying the reasons for such disapproval and the construction shall proceed in accordance with the previously approved Approved Working Drawings.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

3


  d. Entry by Tenant . During the course of construction of the Work, Tenant may enter the Premises for purposes of inspecting the Work, installing trade fixtures, installing any cabling and wiring (not included in the Approved Working Drawings), erecting signs, stocking supplies and such other work as may be necessary or desirable to prepare to occupy and conduct its business from the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant assumes the risk of injury to person and damage to its property, (ii) any entry shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, including all insurance coverage provisions, except that the Lease Term shall not commence and rent shall not be due, and (iii) Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with the construction of the Work on the Premises. Tenant shall also provide evidence of insurance prior to any such entry. If such entry shall interfere with the construction of the Work, then Tenant shall immediately leave upon the request of Landlord.

 

  e. Delivery of the Premises . The Work shall be deemed to be substantially complete on the later of (i) the date the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings so that Tenant may occupy the Premises, subject to any punch list items and (ii) the date Landlord receives a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent from the appropriate governmental authority. Prior to delivery of the Premises, Landlord shall contact Tenant and schedule a joint walk-through inspection within three (3) days of such contact in order for Tenant to identify any items of a “punch list” nature that remain to be completed. If Tenant fails to participate in a walk-through, then Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any punch list, and Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have agreed that the Work is substantially completed for purposes hereof. If there is any disagreement concerning whether Landlord has substantially completed the Work, Landlord may request a good faith decision by the architect which shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

  f. Limitation . This Amendment shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises or, in the event of a renewal of the Lease Term, to the original Premises, itself, during the renewal term, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment thereto.

 

  g.

Bathrooms and Elevator Lobby . Landlord represents that the bathrooms on the 4 th floor of the Building for use in common with other tenants will be constructed in accordance with ADA requirements at Landlord’s

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

4


  expense and not deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The costs of bringing the bathroom within the Premises in compliance with ADA requirements will be borne by Tenant. Landlord shall renovate the elevator lobby on the 4 th floor using building standard finish.

 

  7. Time of the Essence : Time is of the essence of the Lease and this First Lease Amendment

 

  8. Defined Terms : All capitalized terms used in this First Lease Amendment have the same meaning as in the Lease, unless otherwise specified herein.

 

  9. Ratification : Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this First Lease Amendment to be executed on the date first written hereinabove.

 

LANDLORD:

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. ,

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

Name:   Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT:

TC Loan Service, LLC

a limited liability corporation

By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

Name:   Ken Rees
Its:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

6


EXHIBIT “A-1”

(SEE ATTACHED FLOOR PLANS FOR 4 th FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE)

 

LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

7


Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this      day of             , 20     by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and TC Loan Service, LLC, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

WHEREAS , on             , 20    , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Amendment (the “ First Lease Amendment ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article 4 of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Article 4 of this Lease Amendment, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:                                          .

2. The Commencement Date shall be             , 20    . Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on             , 20    . The expiration date of the Lease shall be             , 20    .

3. The 4 th Floor Expansion Space contains approximately 21,068 square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have caused this First Lease Amendment to be executed on the date first written hereinabove.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, it’s general partner

  By:  

 

   
TENANT :
TC Loan Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

9


OVERTON CENTRE (Short Form - ’00)

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

LEASE EXECUTION DATE:    December 13, 2006
TENANT:    PayDay Service LLC
ADDRESS OF TENANT:    4150 International Plaza, Suite 300
CONTACT:    Ken Rees         Telephone: 817-546-2788
LANDLORD:    OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.
ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:   

c/o GVA Cawley Realty Services

Suite 538

4100 International Plaza

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

CONTACT:    Property Manager — Joan Matteson Telephone: 817.737.2803
PREMISES:    Suite No. 300 in the office building (the “ Building ”) located on the land described as 4150 International Plaza, City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas and known as OVERTON CENTRE I, as more particularly described on Exhibit “A” (the “ Land ”). The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit “B” and are deemed to contain approximately 17,126 square feet of Rentable Space on the 3 rd floor (as defined in said Exhibit “B” ). The term “ Complex ” shall mean the office building complex commonly known as “OVERTON CENTRE”, which is comprised of the Building and the adjacent office buildings commonly known as Overton Centre I (located at 4150 International Plaza), Overton Centre II (located at 4100 International Plaza) and Overton Centre III (located at 4160 International Plaza), the land on which the Complex is located, and the driveways, parking facilities and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operation thereof.
LEASE TERM:    Sixty-three (63) months, commencing February 1, 2007 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m., April 30, 2012 subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in the Lease. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the Lease Term shall be extended by the number of days between the Commencement Date and the first day of the next month.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

i


BASE RENTAL:    $ SEE RIDER 106 per month, which is based on an annual Base Rental of $ SEE RIDER 106 per rentable square foot per year, which Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at 4100 International Plaza, Suite 538, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (or at such other place as Landlord from time to time may designate in writing) in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term.
BASE EXPENSE AMOUNT:    The amount of Operating Expenses (including those Operating Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 4(c) of the Lease) for the Building during the calendar year 2007 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis.
ELECTRICAL/UTILITY BASE EXPENSE AMOUNT:    The amount of Electrical Expenses (including those Electrical Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 5 of the Lease) for the Premises during the calendar year 2007 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis.
PREPAID RENTAL:    [****], representing payment of Base Rental for the first month of the Lease Term, to be paid on the date of execution of this Lease.
SECURITY DEPOSIT:    [****] to be paid on the date of the execution of the Lease, and held by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 29 of the Lease.
SOLE PERMITTED USE:    General Office Space and any other lawful use permitted by applicable zoning laws and approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:    3.8 % (based upon 17,126 rsf) which is the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the 17,126 rentable square feet in the Premises by (ii) the 447,917 rentable square feet in the Building. At any time that additional space is leased, Tenant’s proportionate share will change accordingly.
BROKER:    John Grace of GVA Cawley Realty Services, representing the Landlord and Steve Relyea of William C. Jennings Co. representing the Tenant.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

ii


The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT :  

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

   

PayDay Service LLC

a limited liability corporation

By:   Overton Centre GP, Inc.     By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

  a Texas corporation, its general partner      

Ken Rees

          Its:  

President

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

       
    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President        

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Paragraph

   Page No.  

1.

 

Definitions and Basic Provisions

     1   

2.

 

Lease of Premises

     1   

3.

 

Services by Landlord

     2   

4.

 

Additional Rental

     2   

5.

 

Electricity

     4   

6.

 

Payments and Performance

     6   

7.

 

Tenant Plans and Specifications - Installation of Improvements

     6   

8.

 

Completion of Improvements and Commencement of Rent

     6   

9.

 

Relocation of Premises

     7   

10.

 

Repairs and Reentry

     7   

11.

 

Assignment and Subletting

     8   

12.

 

Alterations and Additions by Tenant

     9   

13.

 

Legal Use; Violations of Insurance Coverage; Nuisance

     9   

14.

 

Laws and Regulations

     10   

15.

 

Indemnity, Liability and Loss or Damage

     10   

16.

 

Rules of the Building

     11   

17.

 

Entry for Repairs and Inspection

     11   

18.

 

Condemnation

     11   

19.

 

Landlord’s Lien and Security Interest

     11   

20.

 

Abandoned Property

     12   

21.

 

Holding Over

     12   

22.

 

Fire and Casualty

     12   

23.

 

Entire Agreement and Amendment No Representations or Warranties; No Memorandum of Lease

     13   

24.

 

Transfer of Landlord’s Rights

     13   

25.

 

Default

     13   

26.

 

Waiver; Attorney’s Fees

     15   

27.

 

Quiet Possession

     15   

28.

 

Severability

     16   

29

 

Security Deposit

     16   

30.

 

No Subrogation; Insurance

     16   

31.

 

Binding Effect

     17   

32.

 

Notice

     17   

33.

 

Brokerage

     17   

34.

 

Subordination

     17   

35.

 

Joint and Several Liability

     18   

36.

 

Building Name and Address

     18   

37.

 

Estoppel Certificates

     18   

38.

 

Mechanic’s Liens

     19   

39.

 

Taxes and Tenant’s Property

     19   

40.

 

Constructive Eviction

     19   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Paragraph

   Page No.  

41.

 

Landlord’s Liability

     19   

42.

 

Execution by Landlord

     19   

43.

 

Miscellaneous

     19   

44.

 

Telecommunications

     20   

45.

 

Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires

     20   

46.

 

Landlord’s Fees

     20   

47.

 

Hazardous and Toxic Materials

     21   

48.

 

APPLICABLE LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

     22   

49.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     22   

50.

 

Confidentiality

     22   

 

Exhibit “A”    Legal Description
Exhibit “B”    Floor Plan
Exhibit “C”    Holidays
Exhibit “D”    Leasehold Improvements Agreement
Exhibit “E”    Acceptance of Premises Memorandum
Exhibit “F”    Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit “G”    Landlord’s Services
Exhibit “H”    Operating Expense Exclusions
Rider No. 100    Lease Guaranty
Rider No. 101    Parking Facilities
Rider No. 102    Tenant’s Option to Renew
Rider No. 103    Option to Expand
Rider No. 104    Right of First Refusal
Rider No. 105    Moving Expense Reimbursement
Rider No. 106    Schedule of Base Rental

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

v


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the 13th day of December 2006, by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. (“ Landlord ”) and PayDay Services LLC, a limited liability corporation (“ Tenant ”).

1. Definitions and Basic Provisions. The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. The additional terms defined below shall have the respective meanings stated when used elsewhere in this Lease, and such terms and the following basic provisions constitute an integral part of this Lease:

(a) “ Normal Business Hours ”: From 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (except Holidays, as defined on Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes) and from 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (except Holidays). Landlord acknowledges that Tenant intends to conduct business operations in the Premises during periods other than Normal Business Hours, specifically 7:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. on weekdays and 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. on Saturdays. Electricity costs for other than Normal Business Hours (“ After Hours HVAC Costs ”) shall be calculated as described in Rider 107 attached hereto and adjusted annually based on Landlord’s actual costs for such electrical service. Landlord agrees that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may elect to install a chiller (the “ Chiller ”) on the roof of the Building, but any installation shall be subject to Landlord’s approval as to the contractor to be used, the location and the design. Tenant must repair any and all damages caused by such installation. If Tenant installs the Chiller, electrical charges for the chiller shall at Tenant’s expense, be separately metered to and paid for directly by Tenant and Tenant shall not be liable for After Hours HVAC Costs.

(b) “ Rider ”: Collectively, Rider No(s). 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 & 107, which are attached hereto, contain additional provisions of this Lease, and are hereby incorporated in, and made a part of, this Lease.

(c) “ Exhibits ”: The following Exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Lease for all purposes: “ A ” - Land; “ B ” - Definition of Rentable Space/Premises; “ C ” - Holidays; “ D ” - Leasehold Improvements Agreement; “ E ” - Acceptance of Premises Memorandum; “ F ” - Building Rules and Regulations; “ G - Landlord Services.

2. Lease of Premises. In consideration of the obligation of Tenant to pay rent as herein provided and in consideration of the other terms, covenants, and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases and takes from Landlord, the Premises, together with the right to use in common with others the Common Areas, for the Lease Term specified herein, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. This Lease and the obligations of Landlord hereunder are conditioned upon faithful performance by Tenant of all of the agreements and covenants herein set out and agreed to by

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Tenant. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that there is excluded from Tenant’s use of the Premises (whether the Premises are or include one or more full floors within the Building) and Landlord hereby expressly reserves for its sole and exclusive use, any and all mechanical, electrical, telephone and similar rooms, janitor closets, elevator, pipe and other vertical shafts and ducts, flues, stairwells, any area above the acoustical ceiling, and any other areas not specifically shown on Exhibit “B” as being part of the Premises.

3. Services by Landlord. As long as Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord agrees to furnish those services and utilities to the Premises, which are customarily provided to tenants in comparable suburban office buildings located in the West Fort Worth area, and which shall specifically include the services listed on Exhibit “G” (attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes). All of such services shall be provided at Landlord’s cost and expense during Normal Business Hours except as specifically provided to the contrary elsewhere in this Lease. Services provided at times other than during Normal Business Hours shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense, with such charges to be established by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, and reimbursed to Landlord on demand. Failure to any extent to furnish or any stoppage of said utilities and services resulting from any cause whatsoever (a “ Service Failure ”) shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person, property or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement contained herein. Should any malfunction of the Building improvements or facilities (which by definition do not include any improvements or facilities of Tenant besides Building standard improvements) occur for any reason (a “ Malfunction ”), Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for rebate or abatement of rent or damages on account of such Malfunction or of any Service Failure occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Malfunction or Service Failure results in the Premises or any material portion thereof not being reasonably usable by Tenant for its business purpose (“ Untenantable ”) (unless the Service Failure is caused by a fire or other casualty, in which event Paragraph 22 hereof controls) and same remains uncured for a total of 5 consecutive days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice of the Malfunction or Service Failure, Tenant shall have the following rights and remedies:

(a) Effective on the first day after the 5th consecutive day following such Malfunction or Service Failure, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Base Rental and Additional Rental commensurate to that portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable by the Malfunction or Service Failure calculated on a per square foot basis and ending at the time the Premises are again suitable for use by Tenant for its intended purposes.

4. Additional Rental. (a) Tenant’s Base Rental is based, in part, upon the assumption that Tenant is contributing as its share of the annual Operating Expenses (as defined in paragraph 4(d) hereof) of the Building an amount equal to (i) the Base Expense Amount multiplied by (ii) the Rentable Space in the Premises. Tenant shall during the Lease Term, pay an amount per square foot of Rentable Space within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Additional

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

2


Rental ”) equal to the excess from time to time of the Operating Expenses per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building over the Base Expense Amount. Prior to the commencement of each calendar year of Tenant’s occupancy beginning in 2008, Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the anticipated amount of Tenant’s Additional Rental (“ Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental ”) and Tenant agrees to pay Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental in equal monthly installments in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof.

(b) Within 150 days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, Landlord shall provide Tenant a statement showing the Operating Expenses for said calendar year and a statement prepared by Landlord comparing Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental theretofore paid by Tenant with Tenant’s Additional Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental paid by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Additional Rental for said calendar year, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall either pay Tenant an amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of such statement, or credit such excess payment against the next accruing installment(s) of Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Additional Rental exceeds Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental for said calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the statement, an amount equal to such difference. Such obligation of Landlord to refund and of Tenant to pay shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease. Within 1 year after Landlord furnishes its statement of Operating Expenses for any calendar year (including the Base Year) (the “ Audit Election Period ”), Tenant may, at its expense, elect to audit Landlord’s Operating Expenses for such calendar year, provided that the audit shall be conducted during Landlord’s normal business hours at the location where Landlord maintains its books and records and shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business. This paragraph shall not be construed to limit, suspend, or abate Tenant’s obligation to pay rent when due, including Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental. Landlord shall credit any overpayment determined by the audit report against the next rent due and owing by Tenant or, if no further rent is due, refund such overpayment directly to Tenant within thirty (30) days of determination. Likewise, Tenant shall pay Landlord any underpayment determined by the audit report within thirty (30) days of determination. The foregoing obligations shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not give written notice of its election to audit Landlord’s Operating Expenses during the Audit Election Period, Landlord’s Operating Expenses for the applicable calendar year shall be deemed approved for all purposes, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or contest the same. If the audit proves that Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses for the calendar year(s) under inspection was overstated by more than three percent (3%), then, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s actual reasonable out-of-pocket audit and inspection fees applicable to the review of the effected calendar year statement within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefor.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Building is not fully occupied during any calendar year of the Lease Term including calendar year 2007, Operating Expenses (or such components thereof as vary with occupancy), Electrical Expenses,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

3


Tenant’s Forecast Additional Rental and Tenant’s Additional Rental for purposes of this Paragraph 4 shall be determined as if the Building had been fully occupied during such year and Operating Expenses had been in an amount which would be normal if the Building were fully occupied. For the purposes of this Lease, “ fully occupied ” shall mean occupancy of ninety-five percent (95%) of the total Rentable Space in the Building.

(d) The term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all costs of ownership, management, operation (specifically excluding the cost of electricity to the Complex, including the Building and related improvements and including any taxes) and maintenance of the Complex, including the Building, and all other improvements located in the Complex and any and all appurtenances thereto (the “ Common Facilities ”), all accrued and based on an annual period consisting of a calendar year. The amortization of any capital projects completed prior to the starting date of the Lease will be excluded. The term “ taxes ” shall mean all taxes and assessments and governmental charges whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Complex (or its operation), and the grounds, parking areas, driveways, and alleys around the Complex, excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income; if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any taxes levied on the Landlord or Complex, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Complex, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ taxes ” for the purposes hereof. Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises, as well as the Complex, and all rights to receive notices of re-appraisement as set forth in Sections 41.413 and 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord from separating the buildings, including the Building, in the Complex and re-calculating Operating Expenses, based on charges allocable solely to the Building, together with a portion of shared expenses with the other buildings in the Complex. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically exclude the expenditures listed on Exhibit “H” attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, TENANT SHALL BE LIABLE FOR THE ACTUAL INCREASES IN UNCONTROLLABLE OPERATING EXPANSES (DEFINED AS TAXES, INSURANCE, AND UTILITIES). TENANT SHALL ALSO BE LIABLE FOR THE INCREASE IN ALL OTHER CONTROLLABLE EXPENSES, NOT TO EXCEED 8% PER CALENDAR YEAR (COMPOUNDED CUMULATIVE ON AN ANNUAL BASIS) FOR THE FULL LEASE TERM .

5. Electricity. (a) The term Electrical Expenses shall mean all costs for electricity and utilities for the Premises and the Complex. Tenant’s Base Rental is based, in part, upon the assumption that Tenant is contributing as its share of the annual Electrical Expenses (as defined in paragraph 5(a) hereof) of the Building an amount equal to (i) the Electrical/Utility Base Expense Amount multiplied by (ii) the Rentable Space in the Premises. Tenant shall during the Lease Term, pay an amount per square foot of Rentable Space within the Premises (“ Tenant’s

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

4


Additional Electrical Rental ”) equal to the excess from time to time of the Electrical Expenses per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building over the Electrical/Utility Base Expense Amount. Prior to the commencement of each calendar year of Tenant’s occupancy beginning in 2008, Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the anticipated amount of Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental (“ Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental ”) and Tenant agrees to pay Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental in equal monthly installments in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof.

(b) Within 150 days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, Landlord shall provide Tenant a statement showing the Electrical Expenses for said calendar year and a statement prepared by Landlord comparing Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental theretofore paid by Tenant with Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental paid by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental for said calendar year, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall either pay Tenant an amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of such statement, or credit such excess payment against the next accruing installment(s) of Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental. In the event that the Tenant’s Additional Electrical Rental exceeds Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental for said calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the statement, an amount equal to such difference. Such obligation of Landlord to refund and of Tenant to pay shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease. Within 1 year after Landlord furnishes its statement of Electrical Expenses for any calendar year (including calendar year 2007) (the “ Electrical Audit Election Period ”), Tenant may, at its expense, elect to audit Landlord’s Electrical Expenses for such calendar year, provided that the audit shall be conducted during Landlord’s normal business hours at the location where Landlord maintains its books and records and shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business. This paragraph shall not be construed to limit, suspend, or abate Tenant’s obligation to pay rent when due, including Tenant’s Forecast Additional Electrical Rental. Landlord shall credit any overpayment determined by the audit report against the next rent due and owing by Tenant or, if no further rent is due, refund such overpayment directly to Tenant within thirty (30) days of determination. Likewise, Tenant shall pay Landlord any underpayment determined by the audit report within thirty (30) days of determination. The foregoing obligations shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not give written notice of its election to audit Landlord’s Electrical Expenses during the Electrical Audit Election Period, Landlord’s Electrical Expenses for the applicable calendar year shall be deemed approved for all purposes, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or contest the same. If the audit proves that Landlord’s calculation of Electrical Expenses for the calendar year(s) under inspection was overstated by more than three percent (3%), then, Landlord shall pay Tenant’s actual reasonable out-of-pocket audit and inspection fees applicable to the review of the effected calendar year statement within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefor. If Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant is consuming substantially more than its proportionate share of electrical power allocable to the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

5


Premises, Landlord may, in its commercially reasonable discretion, require the Premises to be submetered, with the cost of such submetering to be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not install any equipment (such as, without limitation, tabulating or computing equipment) in the Premises that will require any electrical current or equipment for its use other than that supplied by Landlord for normal office usage, and the cost of special electrical installations approved by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand. Landlord has approved of the equipment Tenant intends to install initially in the Premises as being within the electrical guidelines of the Building based on the information provided by Tenant and attached hereto as an Exhibit.

6. Payments and Performance. Tenant agrees to pay all rents and sums provided to be paid by Tenant hereunder at the times and in the manner herein provided, without any setoff, deduction or counterclaim whatsoever. Should this Lease commence on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or terminate on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the rent for such partial month shall be proportionately reduced. The Base Rental for the first partial month, if any, shall be payable at the beginning of said period or as Prepaid Rental. The obligation of Tenant to pay such rent is an independent covenant, and no act or circumstance whatsoever, whether such act or circumstance constitutes a breach of covenant by Landlord or not, shall release Tenant from the obligation to pay rent. Time is of the essence in the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Any amount which becomes owing by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall bear interest at [****] from the due date until paid. In addition, at Landlord’s option, but only to the extent allowed by applicable law and not in excess of the amount allowed by applicable law, Tenant shall pay a late charge in the amount (as solely determined by Landlord) of up to [****] of any installment of rental hereunder which is not paid within five (5) days of the date on which it is due in order to compensate Landlord for the additional expense involved in handling delinquent payments.

7. Tenant Plans and Specifications - Installation of Improvements. Landlord will install or cause to be installed in the Premises all improvements shown on the Approved Working Drawings (as defined in Exhibit “D” attached hereto) upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made a part hereof.

8. Completion of Improvements and Commencement of Rent. If the Premises are not ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Commencement Date pursuant to the terms of Exhibit “D” , the obligations of Landlord and Tenant shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect, including the obligation of Tenant to commence paying rent on the Commencement Date, provided that if the Premises are not ready for occupancy on the Commencement Date for any reason other than Tenant’s Delay (as defined in Exhibit “D” ), then the rent shall abate and not commence until the date the leasehold improvements to the Premises are substantially complete or until the date Tenant commences occupancy of any portion of the Premises, whichever first occurs (such first occurring date being herein referred to as the “ Actual Commencement Date ”). Any such abatement of rent, however, shall constitute full settlement of all claims that

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

6


Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of the Premises not being ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Commencement Date. If the Premises are not ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Commencement Date, the number of months of the Lease Term will remain as stated in the Basic Lease Information, and the Lease Term will commence on the Actual Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant, with Landlord’s consent, occupies the Premises after substantial completion of Tenant’s leasehold improvements but prior to the beginning of the Lease Term set forth herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be in full force and effect from the commencement of such occupancy and the Lease Term shall commence on the earlier date on which Tenant first occupies the Premises and shall expire the same number of months thereafter as shown in the Basic Lease Information and no change shall occur in the length of the Lease Term. By moving into the Premises or taking possession thereof, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which the same are leased and accepts the Building and every appurtenance thereof, and waives any and all defects therein (except latent defects) and on request from Landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Landlord an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “E ” and made a part hereof for all purposes.

9. Relocation of Premises. Intentionally Deleted.

10. Repairs and Reentry. Tenant will, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, maintain and keep the Premises and any alterations and additions thereto in sound condition and good repair, and shall pay for the repair of any damage or injury done to the Building or any part thereof by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees; provided, however, that Tenant shall make no repairs to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. The performance by Tenant of its obligation to maintain and make repairs shall be conducted only by contractors approved by Landlord after plans and specifications therefore have been approved by Landlord. Tenant will not commit or allow any waste or damage to be committed on any portion of the Premises, and upon the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall deliver up the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as at date of possession, ordinary wear and tear and damages resulting from casualty or condemnation excepted. Upon such termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to reenter and resume possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 10, any repairs to the Premises or the Building that are necessitated because of any damage caused by fire or other casualty shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 22 below. Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance to the exterior, structural and Common Areas of the Building. Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and make repairs to and perform maintenance upon: (1) structural elements of the Building; (2) standard mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building generally; (3) Common Areas and Common Facilities; (4) the roof of the Building; (5) exterior windows of the Building; and (6) elevators serving the Building. Landlord shall promptly make repairs (taking into account the nature and urgency of the repair) for which Landlord is responsible.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

7


11. Assignment and Subletting. In the event that Tenant desires to encumber this Lease, assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and shall state the name of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee and the terms of the proposed assignment, sublease or transfer. Tenant shall also provide financial information and state and provide information requested by Landlord as to the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee, sublessee or transferee. Landlord shall have the option to retake possession of the Premises and terminate this Lease as of the date on which the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer was to become effective unless such proposed sublease was for less than 40% of the Premises or for a term shorter than the remaining Lease Term. Landlord must exercise such option to retake the Premises by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice or Landlord will be deemed to have rejected its option to retake the Premises. If Landlord fails to exercise its option to retake the Premises or does not have such right, Tenant shall not assign or mortgage this Lease or any right hereunder or interest herein, and Tenant shall not sublet the Premises in whole or in part or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any such assignment, mortgage or subletting without such consent shall be void and shall, at the sole option of the Landlord, be deemed an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting consented to by Landlord, Tenant and any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and each assignee shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent herein specified and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other covenants and obligations under this Lease. No consent to any assignment or mortgage of this Lease or any subletting of the Premises shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Paragraph except as to the specific instance covered thereby. In the event that the monthly rental per square foot of space subleased which is payable by any sublessee to Tenant shall exceed the monthly rental per square foot for the same space payable for the same month by Tenant to Landlord (including any bonuses or any other consideration paid directly or indirectly by the sublessee to Tenant), Tenant shall be obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such excess to Landlord as additional rent hereunder on the same date it is received by Tenant from the sublessee less reasonable and verifiable costs incurred by Tenant in obtaining the subtenant. In the event Tenant shall receive any consideration from an assignee other than the assumption by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of such consideration to Landlord as additional rent hereunder less reasonable and verifiable costs incurred by Tenant in obtaining the assignee on the same date it is received by Tenant. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may elect to require that rental payable by any sublessee be paid directly to Landlord and offset Tenant’s rent obligations accordingly. At no time during the Lease Term shall Tenant be entitled to advertise the Premises for sublease without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, an assignment prohibited by this Paragraph 11 shall be deemed to include one or more sales or transfers, by operation of law or otherwise, or creation of new stock or partnership interests, by which a majority of the voting shares of the corporation or interests in the partnership shall be

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

8


vested in a party or parties who are not owners of a majority of the voting shares or partnership interests of Tenant as of the date hereof; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not be applicable if (i) Tenant’s stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange or (ii) at least eighty percent (80%) of Tenant’s stock is owned by a corporation whose stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange. For the purposes hereof, stock ownership shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in section 544 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof. Any transfer by operation of law shall also constitute an assignment prohibited by this Paragraph 11. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered an assignment or transfer prohibited hereunder or which otherwise requires Landlord’s consent: the assignment of this Lease to any successor of Tenant (1) into which or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated, (2) arising from the transfer of Tenant’s entire interest under this lease made in conjunction with the transfer of a majority of the assets and liabilities of Tenant, or (3) arising from the acquisition of the assets and liabilities of another entity by Tenant; so long as in each of the general and specific circumstances described in (1), (2) and (3) of this Paragraph 11, the surviving entity shall have a level of creditworthiness equal to or greater than the level of creditworthiness of Tenant prior to the applicable level of creditworthiness of Tenant prior to the applicable event.

12. Alterations and Additions by Tenant. Tenant shall make no alterations in or additions to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, with regard to alterations or additions that would affect the Building’s structure or its HVAC, plumbing, electrical or mechanical systems, Landlord’s consent shall be in its sole and absolute discretion. All alterations, additions, and improvements made to or fixtures or improvements placed in or upon the Premises by either party (except only moveable trade fixtures of Tenant) shall be deemed a part of the Building and the property of the Landlord at the time they are placed in or upon the Premises, and they shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall elect otherwise, whether such termination shall occur by the lapse of time or otherwise. In the event Landlord shall elect that certain alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant in the Premises shall be removed by Tenant, Tenant shall remove them and Tenant shall restore the Premises to its original condition, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, prior to the termination of the Lease Term. Alterations and additions to the Premises will be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s approval of any alterations or additions shall not be a representation by Landlord that such alterations, additions or improvements comply with applicable laws.

13. Legal Use; Violations of Insurance Coverage; Nuisance. Tenant will not occupy or use any portion of the Premises for any purpose other than the Sole Permitted Use or for any purpose which is unlawful or which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, is disreputable or which is hazardous due to risk of fire, explosion or other casualty, nor permit anything to be done which will in any way (i) increase the rate of fire and casualty insurance on the Building or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

9


its contents, or (ii) tend to lower the first-class character and reputation of the Building, or (iii) create unreasonable elevator loads or otherwise interfere with standard Building operations, or (iv) affect the structural integrity or design capabilities of the Building or (v) result in the storage of any hazardous materials or substances at the Building. In the event that, by reason of any act or conduct of business of Tenant, there shall be any increase in the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents created by Tenant’s acts or conduct of business, then Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord the amount of such increase within 30 days after written notice containing evidence that the increase results solely from Tenant’s actions. Tenant shall not erect, place, or allow to be placed any sign, advertising matter, stand, booth or showcase in, upon or visible from the vestibules, halls, corridors, doors, outside walls, outside windows or pavement of the Building or the Land without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant will conduct its business, and control its agents, employees, and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance or interfere with, annoy or disturb other tenants or Landlord in the management of the Building.

14. Laws and Regulations. Tenant at its sole expense will maintain the Premises in a clean, safe and healthful condition and will comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the use, conditions or occupancy of the Premises. Landlord represents that Landlord has no actual knowledge that the Building and the Complex are, as of the Lease Execution Date not in compliance with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Complex.

15. Indemnity, Liability and Loss or Damage. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, guests, invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant for any injury to person, loss of or damage to property, or for loss of or damage to Tenant’s business, occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of Landlord, or by any cause whatsoever except for any thereof arising solely from or out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful wrongdoing. Unless arising solely from or out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful wrongdoing, Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and save it harmless from, all suits, actions, damages, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, bodily or personal injury or property damage arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon, at or from the Premises or the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its indemnity obligations hereunder cover and relate to, without limitation, any negligent action and/or omission (whether joint, comparative or concurrent) of Landlord and Landlord’s agents, servants and employees. If Landlord shall be made a party to any action commenced by or against Tenant, Tenant shall protect and hold Landlord harmless therefrom and on demand shall pay all costs, expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Unless arising solely from or out of Tenant’s gross negligence or willful wrongdoing, Tenant shall not be liable for, and Landlord shall indemnify Tenant and save it harmless from, all suits, actions, damages, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, bodily or personal injury or property damage arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon, at or from the Complex (excluding the Premises).

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

10


Landlord acknowledges and agrees that its indemnity obligations hereunder cover and relate to, without limitation, any negligent action and/or omission (whether joint, comparative or concurrent) of Tenant and Tenant’s agents, servants and employees. If Tenant shall be made a party to any action commenced by or against Landlord, Landlord shall protect and hold Tenant harmless therefrom and on demand shall pay all costs, expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Tenant in connection therewith.

16. Rules of the Building. Provided Landlord enforces the Rules and Regulations of the Building uniformly against all tenants of the Complex, Tenant will comply fully, and will cause Tenant’s agents, employees, and invitees to comply fully with all Rules and Regulations of the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit “F” and made a part hereof as though fully set out herein. As more particularly provided therein, Landlord shall at all times have the right to change such Rules and Regulations or to amend them in such reasonable manner as Landlord may deem advisable for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building and appurtenances and for preservation of good order therein, all of which Rules and Regulations, changes and amendments will be forwarded to Tenant in writing and shall be complied with and observed by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees.

17. Entry for Repairs and Inspection. Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right to enter into and upon any and all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours (or, in an emergency, at any hour) to inspect same or clean or make repairs or alterations or additions to the Building and the Premises (whether structural or otherwise) as Landlord may deem necessary, and during the continuance of any such work, Landlord may temporarily close doors, entryways, public spaces and corridors and interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. Except in emergencies or to provide janitorial and other Building services after Normal Business Hours, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of entry into the Premises, and will be required to be accompanied by a representative of Tenant. During the Lease Term, Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders at reasonable hours and upon prior notice to Tenant. Furthermore, during the one-year period prior to the expiration date of this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s agents may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants during Normal Business Hours and upon prior notice to Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts in connection with any such entry to minimize any interference with the operations and normal office routine of Tenant.

18. Condemnation. If all of the Premises, or so much thereof as would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the remainder, shall be taken or condemned for any public use or purpose by right of eminent domain, with or without litigation, or be transferred by agreement in connection with or in lieu of or under threat of condemnation, then the Lease Term and the leasehold estate created hereby shall terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or transferee. If all or any portion of the Building is taken or condemned or transferred as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or transferee. Landlord shall receive the entire award from any taking or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

11


condemnation (or the entire compensation paid because of any transfer by agreement), and Tenant shall have no claim thereto. However, Tenant may file a separate claim at its sole cost and expense for Tenant’s property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses.

19. Abandoned Property. All personal property of Tenant remaining in the Premises after the termination or expiration of the Lease Term or after the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant may be treated by Landlord as having been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, at its option and election, thereafter take possession of such property and either (i) declare same to be the property of Landlord, or (ii) at the cost and expense of Tenant, store and/or dispose of such property in any manner and for whatever consideration, Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall deem advisable. Tenant shall be presumed conclusively to have abandoned the Premises if the amount of Tenant’s property removed by Tenant from the Premises is substantial enough to indicate a probable intent to abandon the Premises and such removal is not in the normal course of Tenant’s business, or if Tenant removes any material amount of Tenant’s personal property from the Premises, at a time when Tenant is in default in the payment of rental due hereunder or in the performance of any other obligation of Tenant hereunder and such removal is not in the normal course of Tenant’s business.

20. Holding Over. Should Tenant continue to hold the Premises after this Lease terminates, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, such holding over shall, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing, constitute and be construed as a monthly tenancy at will at a monthly rental amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the monthly rental payable during the last month prior to the termination of this Lease (except that during the first 30 days of such holdover the monthly rental amount will equal 125% of such amount), and upon and subject to all of the other terms and provisions set forth herein except any right to renew this Lease, expand the Premises or lease additional space. This provision shall not be construed, however, as permission by Landlord for Tenant to holdover.

21. Fire and Casualty. (a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty then in such event Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, either (i) enter and make the necessary repairs without affecting this Lease, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant within sixty (60) days of such fire or other casualty in which event Tenant shall pay the rent hereunder apportioned to the time of such damage and shall pay all other obligations of Tenant owing on the date of termination, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord.

(b) In the event the Building is so badly damaged or injured by fire or other casualty, even though the Premises may not be affected, that Landlord decides, within ninety (90) days after such destruction, not to rebuild or repair the Building (such decision being vested exclusively in the discretion of Landlord), then in such event Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and this Lease shall terminate as of the date of damage in the notice from Landlord to Tenant, and the Tenant shall pay rent hereunder apportioned to the date of damage and shall pay all other obligations of Tenant owing on the date of damage, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord.

(c) In the event the Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall commence and proceed with reasonable diligence to repair and restore the Building and/or the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to the date of damage. All rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is not usable by Tenant from the date of damage until substantial completion of the repairs and restoration required to be made by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

12


22. Entire Agreement and Amendment No Representations or Warranties; No Memorandum of Lease. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, promises, and representations made by either party to the other concerning the subject matter hereof and the terms applicable hereto. It is expressly agreed by Tenant, as a material consideration to Landlord for the execution of this Lease, that there have been no representations, understandings, stipulations, agreements or promises pertaining to the Premises, the Building or this Lease not incorporated in writing herein. This Lease shall not be altered, waived, amended or extended, except by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto, unless otherwise expressly provided herein. LANDLORD’S DUTIES AND WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY IMPLIED DUTIES OR WARRANTIES, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY LANDLORD AND WAIVED BY TENANT. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of this Lease shall be recorded in the public records of the county in which the Building is located without the prior written consent of Landlord.

23. Transfer of Landlord’s Rights. In the event Landlord transfers its interest in the Building, Landlord shall thereby automatically be released from any further obligations arising hereunder after the date of the transfer, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations, provided the successor in interest assumes in writing all obligations of Landlord hereunder from and after the date of such transfer.

24. Default. (a) The following events shall be deemed to be events of default (herein so called) by Tenant under this Lease: (i) Tenant shall fail to pay any rental or other sum

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

13


payable by Tenant hereunder as and when such rental or other sum becomes due and payable and such failure continues for 5 business days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide notice more than two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period; (ii) Tenant shall fail to comply with any other provision, condition or covenant of this Lease and any such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives written notice of such failure to Tenant (or if such failure is not capable of being cured within such 30 day period, the cure is not commenced within 30 days and diligently pursued to completion not to exceed 90 days); (iii) Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord except as otherwise allowed under this Lease; (iv) any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease pursuant to any section or chapter of the present federal Bankruptcy Act or under any future federal Bankruptcy Act or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof (which as to any involuntary petition shall not be and remain discharged or stayed within a period of sixty (60) days after its entry), or Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed under any section or chapter of the present federal Bankruptcy Act or under any future federal bankruptcy act or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof; (v) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall become insolvent or make a transfer in fraud of creditors; (vi) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (vii) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease or for any of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event of default, Landlord shall have the option to do any one or more of the following without any further notice or demand, in addition to and not in limitation of any other remedy permitted by law or by this Lease: (i) Enforce, by all legal suits and other means, its rights hereunder, including the collection of Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder without reentering or resuming possession of the Premises and without terminating this Lease; and (ii) Terminate this Lease by issuing written notice of termination to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages on the same days as Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other payments which are expressed to be due under the provisions of this Lease, the total amount of such Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other payments, less such part, if any, of such payments that Landlord shall have been able to collect from a new tenant upon reletting. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate damages by reletting the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at any time to demand final settlement. Upon demand for a final settlement, Landlord shall have the right to receive, and Tenant hereby agrees to pay, as damages for Tenant’s breach, the difference between the total rental provided for in this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term and the reasonable rental value of the Premises for such period, such difference to be discounted to present value at a rate equal to the rate of interest allowed by law (at the time the demand for final settlement is made) when the parties to a contract have not agreed on any particular rate of interest (or, in the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

14


absence of such law, at the rate of 6% per annum). Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord immediately upon demand for any reasonable expenses which Landlord may incur in its actions pursuant to this Subparagraph, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages resulting to Tenant from such action unless caused by the negligence of Landlord. In addition to all remedies specified above, if Tenant is delinquent in rentals or other monetary payments due under the Lease, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and change, alter, or modify the door locks on all entry doors of the Premises, and permanently or temporarily exclude Tenant, and its agents, employees, representatives and invitees, from the Premises; and in such event, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with a key to reenter the Premises until such time as all delinquent rent and other amounts due under this Lease have been paid in full, and only during Landlord’s Normal Business Hours. Landlord’s exclusion of Tenant from the Premises pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall not constitute a permanent exclusion of Tenant from the Premises or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing; moreover, Landlord shall not be obligated to place a written notice on the Premises on the front door thereof explaining Landlord’s action or stating the name, address or telephone number of any individual or company from which a new key may be obtained.

25. Waiver; Attorney’s Fees. Landlord’s acceptance of rent following an event of default hereunder shall not be construed as Landlord’s waiver of such event of default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or default. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations described in Paragraph 16 against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord. The rights granted to Landlord in this Lease shall be cumulative of every other right or remedy which Landlord may otherwise have at law or in equity, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies. If Landlord brings any action under this Lease, or consults or places this Lease or any amount payable by Tenant hereunder with an attorney for the enforcement of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder, then Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand from Landlord the reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

26. Quiet Possession. Landlord hereby covenants that Tenant, upon paying rent as herein reserved, and performing all covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant, shall and may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises without any disturbance from Landlord or from any other person claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms, provisions, covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease, specifically including, but without limitation, the matters described in Paragraph 34 hereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

15


27. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Lease Term, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

28. Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant or upon termination of this Lease. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of rent or to satisfy any other covenant or obligation of Tenant hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the termination of this Lease, the balance of the Security Deposit remaining after any such application shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of, or any other matter relating to, such Security Deposit.

29. No Subrogation; Insurance. (a) Tenant hereby waives any cause of action it might have against Landlord on account of any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Premises, Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements or business and which names Tenant as a party insured. Landlord hereby waives any cause of action it might have against Tenant because of any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Building or any property of Landlord used in connection with the Building and which names Landlord as a party insured, provided that Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the amount of Landlord’s deductible, provided such deductible is commercially reasonable. This provision is cumulative of Paragraph 15.

(b) Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the Lease Term a policy or policies of insurance, at its sole cost and expense, insuring Tenant and Landlord against any and all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons, occasioned by or arising out of or in connection with the use or occupancy of the Premises, the limits of such policy or policies to be in an amount not less than [****] with respect to injuries to or death of any one person and in an amount of not less than [****] with respect to any one accident or disaster, and shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of such insurance. Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least ten (10) days

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

16


prior to cancellation, expiration or material alteration of such insurance. It is recommended that Tenant carry fire and extended coverage insurance on its personal property, as Landlord shall in no event be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the furniture, equipment, personal property, fixtures and other improvements which may have been placed by Tenant on or within the Premises.

(c) Landlord shall procure and maintain throughout the Lease Term: (1) commercial general liability insurance applicable to the Complex which provides, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of no less than [****] (coverage in excess of [****] may be provided by way of an umbrella/excess liability policy); and (2) causes of loss-special form (formerly “all risk”) property insurance on the Complex in the amount of the replacement cost thereof, as reasonably estimated by Landlord. The foregoing insurance and any other insurance carried by Landlord may be effected by a policy or policies of blanket insurance. Landlord represents that it currently maintains an umbrella policy in the amount of [****]. Landlord agrees that during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain at least [****] of coverage under its umbrella policy.

30. Binding Effect. The provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, and to their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 11, 24 and 41 hereof.

31. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by one party to the other shall be deemed to be given 3 days after deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, with sufficient postage prepaid, 1 day after delivered to a same day or overnight courier service, or when hand delivered, addressed to the respective party to whom notice is intended to be given at the address of such party set forth on the Basic Lease Information. Either party hereto may at any time by giving written notice to the other party in the aforesaid manner designate any other address, which, in regard to notices to be given to Tenant, must be within the continental United States, in substitution of the foregoing address to which any such notice shall be given.

32. Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than the person(s) listed in the Basic Lease Information as the Broker(s). Except for any compensation agreed to by Landlord in a separate agreement between Landlord and the Broker(s) and which shall be the responsibility of Landlord, Landlord and Tenant each agree to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

33. Subordination. This Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are subject and subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security which does now or may hereafter cover the Building and the Land or any interest of Landlord therein, and to any

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

17


and all advances made on the security thereof, and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any of such deed of trust, mortgage or instrument of security. This provision is hereby declared by Landlord and Tenant to be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such subordination of this Lease. Tenant shall, however, upon demand at any time or times execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord any and all instruments and certificates that, in the judgment of Landlord, may be necessary or proper to confirm or evidence such subordination. Tenant further covenants and agrees upon demand by Landlord’s mortgagee at any time, before or after the institution of any proceedings for the foreclosure of any such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security, or sale of the Building pursuant to any such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security or voluntary sale, to attorn to the purchaser upon any such sale and to recognize and attorn to such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease, provided such purchaser performs all of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease and agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain, within sixty days after the Lease Execution Date, a commercially reasonable nondisturbance agreement for the benefit of Tenant from the beneficiary under any deed of trust, mortgage or other security interest (“ Mortgagee ”) covering the Complex. Tenant’s subordination to any future Mortgagee is conditioned upon Tenant receiving a commercially reasonable form of nondisturbance agreement from such Mortgagee.

34. Joint and Several Liability. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor(s) of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the obligations of Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of Tenant and each such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant hereunder before proceeding against each such guarantor, nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guarantee for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any amendment of this Lease, any forbearance by Landlord or waiver of any of Landlord’s rights, the failure to give Tenant or any such guarantor any notices, or the release of any party liable for the payment or performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

35. Building Name and Address. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change the name by which the Building is designated and its address, and Landlord shall have no obligation or liability whatsoever for costs or expenses incurred by Tenant as a result of such name change or address change of the Building.

36. Estoppel Certificates. Tenant agrees to furnish from time to time, within ten (10) days following the request by Landlord or any successor to Landlord or by the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage covering the Land and Building or any interest of Landlord therein, an estoppel certificate signed by Tenant in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord and any such lender, in their sole discretion. Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and (iii) that no rent has been paid in advance except as set forth in this

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

18


Lease. From time to time, but not more than two (2) times per calendar year Tenant will provide to Landlord within ten (10) days following Landlord’s request, current financial statements certified by Tenant to be true and correct in all material respects.

37. Mechanic’s Liens. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall in any way encumber the title of Landlord in and to the Premises or the Building or any part thereof; and if any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien is filed or claimed against the Premises or Building or any part thereof in connection with any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, Tenant will promptly pay same or cause it to be bonded around or released of record.

38. Taxes and Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any such taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and if Landlord elects to pay the same or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder.

39. Constructive Eviction. Tenant shall not be entitled to claim a constructive eviction from the Premises unless Tenant shall have first notified Landlord in writing of the condition or conditions giving rise thereto, and, if the complaints be justified, unless Landlord shall have failed to remedy such conditions within a reasonable time after receipt of said notice.

40. Landlord’s Liability. The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building and the Land (which shall include (a) the proceeds of sale received upon execution of a judgment in favor of Tenant and levy thereon against the right, title, and interest of Landlord in the Complex, and (b) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title, and interest in the Complex), and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. This clause shall not be deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder which do not involve the personal liability of Landlord.

41. Execution by Landlord. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights with respect hereto unless and until Landlord shall, or shall cause its managing agent to, execute a copy of this Lease already executed and delivered by Tenant to Landlord, and deliver the same to Tenant.

42. Miscellaneous. The following provisions shall be applicable hereto: (i) no waiver by Landlord of any of its rights or remedies hereunder, or otherwise, shall be considered a waiver of any other or subsequent right or remedy of Landlord; no delay or omission in the exercise or enforcement by Landlord of any rights or remedies shall ever by construed as a

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

19


waiver of any right or remedy of Landlord; and no exercise or enforcement of any such rights or remedies shall ever be held to exhaust any right or remedy of Landlord; (ii) this Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and Tenant, its permitted successors and assigns, and it is not for the benefit of any third party; (iii) words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires; and (iv) whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant, neither party shall be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages and/or unavailability of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any other cause of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of such party.

43. Telecommunications. (a) Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems including but not limited to voice, video, data, and any other telecommunications services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems, for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(b) Tenant expressly understands and agrees that Landlord reserves the right to grant or deny access (to the Building or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, the Premises) to any telecommunications service provider whatsoever, and that Tenant shall have no right to demand or attempt to require Landlord to grant any access to any such telecommunications service provider. Moreover, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in the event any such telecommunications service provider desires access to the Building to serve any or all tenants thereof, such access shall be prescribed and governed by the terms and provisions of Landlord’s standard Telecommunications License Agreement, which must be executed and delivered to Landlord by such telecommunications service provider before it is allowed any access whatsoever to the Building.

44. Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires. (a) Landlord May Elect to Either Remove or Keep Wires. Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, either: (i) retain any or all wiring, cables, risers, and similar installations appurtenant thereto installed by Tenant in the risers of the Building (“ Wiring ”); or (ii) remove any or all such Wiring and restore the Premises and risers to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Wiring.

45. Landlord’s Fees. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees (not to exceed a total of $1,000), within ten days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

20


46. Hazardous and Toxic Materials. (a) For purposes of this Lease, hazardous or toxic materials shall mean asbestos containing materials and all other materials, substances, wastes and chemicals classified as hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes or chemicals or otherwise regulated under then-current applicable governmental laws, rules or regulations.

(b) Tenant shall not knowingly incorporate into, or use or otherwise place or dispose of at, the Premises, the Building or on the Land any hazardous or toxic materials, except for use and storage of cleaning and office supplies used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and then only if (i) such materials are in small quantities, properly labeled and contained, and (ii) such materials are used, transported, stored, handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to periodically inspect, take samples for testing and otherwise investigate the Premises for the presence of hazardous or toxic materials.

(c) If Tenant ever has any knowledge of the presence in the Premises or the Building or the Land of hazardous or toxic materials which affect the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing promptly after obtaining such knowledge. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has advised Tenant of the existence of asbestos containing materials used during the initial construction of the Building. An operation and maintenance plan has been established to monitor such materials and has been made available to Tenant; however, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has concluded that “The presence of asbestos in a building does not mean that the health of building occupants is endangered.” The EPA further states “If asbestos-containing material (ACM) remains in good condition and is unlikely to be disturbed, exposure will be negligible.”

(d) If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors shall ever violate the provisions of Paragraph (b) of this subsection or otherwise contaminate the Premises or the Property, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, cleanup, remove and dispose of the material causing the violation, or remove or remediate the contamination in compliance with all applicable governmental standards, laws, rules and regulations and then prevalent industry practice and standards and shall repair any damage to the Premises or Building within such period of time as may be reasonable under the circumstances after written notice by Landlord (collectively, “ Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work ”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its method, time and procedure for any clean up or removal and Landlord shall have the right to require reasonable changes in such method, time or procedure or to require the same to be done after normal business hours. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(e) If any Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work (i) is to occur outside of the Premises or (ii) will in any way affect any portion of the Building other than the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after giving Tenant advance notice and an

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

21


opportunity to perform such Work, to undertake Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any expenses incurred by Landlord in undertaking Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant shall allow Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors such access to the Premises as Landlord may reasonably request in order to perform such Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(f) In the event that Hazardous or Toxic Materials are discovered in the Building during the Lease Term, and such Hazardous or Toxic Materials were not caused or introduced by Tenant, Landlord will cause such Hazardous or Toxic Materials to be remediated, encapsulated, or otherwise handled, at Landlord’s expense, within the time frames and parameters required by applicable law and shall indemnify and defend Tenant against all claims, losses and damages that arise out of the presence of such Hazardous and Toxic Materials.

47. APPLICABLE LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. THIS LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO TRANSACTIONS IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. TENANT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE MAY BE MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS OR IN THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS.

48. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE.

49. Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly except as required by law or to attorneys, accountants and other financial advisors of Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

50. Signage. Tenant shall have the right at Tenant’s expense and subject to Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), to place signage on the monument sign in front of Tower I and Tenant’s sign shall be at the top of such monument sign if Tenant occupies more space than any other tenant of the Building.

51. Landlord’s Lien. Landlord agrees to subordinate its statutory landlord’s lien to Tenant’s primary lender, by documentation reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Lease Agreement is entered into by the parties hereto on the day and year first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President

TENANT :

 

PayDay Service LLC

By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “A” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Legal Description of the Land

TRACT 1:

BEING a 21.262 acre tract of land being out of the B.B.B. & C.R.R. Company Survey, Abstract No. 217, Tarrant County, Texas and being all of Lot 1A, Block G, Overton West Addition, to the City of Fort Worth, Texas, as recorded in Volume 388-121, Page 88, and made a part hereof for all purposes. Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas. Said 21.262 acre tract being more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a found 1/2 inch iron rod, located at the northeast corner of said Lot 1A, and also being located in the westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza (a 100 foot right-of-way), and also being the point of curvature of curve to the left, having a delta of 15 degrees 22 minutes 14 seconds, a radius of 1,081.99 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 00 degrees 42 minutes 52 seconds East, 289.39 feet;

THENCE along said curve and following along said westerly line, an arc distance of 290.26 feet to the point of tangency of said curve and a found 1/2 inch rod;

THENCE South 08 degrees 24 minutes 00 seconds East, continuing along said westerly line, for a distance of 94.75 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 24 degrees 38 minutes 01 seconds, a radius of 637.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 03 degrees 55 minutes 00 seconds West 271.77 feet;

THENCE along said curve and continuing along said westerly line, an arc distance of 273.87 feet to a found P.K. nail, being the point of tangency of said curve;

THENCE South 16 degrees 14 minutes 00 seconds West, continuing along said westerly line, for a distance of 89.08 feet to a set “X” in concrete, being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 20 degrees 29 minutes 06 seconds, a radius of 991.45 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 26 degrees 28 minutes 27 seconds West, 352.59 feet;

THENCE along said curve and continuing along said westerly line, an arc distance of 354.47 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod and the point of tangency of said curve;

THENCE South 36 degrees 43 minutes 00 seconds West, continuing along said westerly line, a distance of 247.31 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of a non-tangent curve to the right, having a delta of 15 degrees 25 minutes 03 seconds, a radius of 1,423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 43 degrees 39 minutes 21 seconds West, 381.83 feet;

THENCE along said curve and leaving said westerly line, an arc distance of 382.98 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of compound curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 37 degrees 12 minutes 07 seconds, a radius of 1,844.47 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 17 degrees 20 minutes 46 seconds West, 1,176.69 feet;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 1 OF 4


THENCE along said curve, an arc distance of 1,197.61 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod, being the point of tangency of said curve, and being the northwest corner of said Lot 1A;

THENCE South 81 degrees 14 minutes 00 seconds East, for a distance of 956.64 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and CONTAINING 926,180 square feet or 21.262 acres of land, more or less.

TRACT 2:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Non-Exclusive Agreement executed by Cass O. Edwards, II and Eva Colleen Geren to Equitable General Insurance Company, filed 12/06/1976, recorded in Volume 6137, Page 93, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas, granting a non-exclusive easement for the purposes of ingress and egress over, along and across the property described therein.

TRACT 3:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Development Restrictions and Easement Agreement filed 10/15/1997, recorded in Volume 12944, Page 123, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas.

TRACT 4:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Development Restrictions and Easement Agreement filed 01/21/2000, recorded in Volume 14186, Page 234, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas.

TRACT 5:

Being a 3.340 acre tract of land situated in the B.B.B. and C.R.R. Company Survey, Abstract No. 217, Tarrant County, Texas, being a remainder of Lot 2, Block G, Overton West Addition, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 3319, Plats Records, Tarrant County, Texas, and as conveyed by deed to CMD Realty Investment Fund II, L.P., as recorded in Volume 12547, Page 1539, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas. Said 3.340 acre tract of land being more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows:

Commencing at a found 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of said Lot 2, and being the most southerly southwest corner of Lot 1-A, Block G of Overton West Addition, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Volume 388-121, Page 88, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas, being in the westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza (a 100’ R.O.W.), and being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 12 degrees 56 minutes 38 seconds, a radius of 1423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 44 degrees 53 minutes 34 seconds West, 320.85 feet;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 2 OF 4


Thence northwesterly, leaving said westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza and following along the easterly line of said Lot 2 and the westerly line of said Lot 1-A, being a common line, and along the arc of said curve to the right for a distance of 321.54 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of said 3.340 acre tract and being the POINT OF BEGINNING;

Thence South 25 degrees 22 minutes 36 seconds West, leaving said common line, for a distance of 159.21 feet to a found 5/8 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of Lot 4, Block G of said Overton West Addition, as recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 5578, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas;

Thence North 64 degrees 35 minutes 15 seconds West, along the north line of Lot 4 and the south line of said 3.340 acre tract, being a common line, passing the northwest corner of said Lot 4 at a distance of 200.85 feet, and continuing with the common line of Lot 5 of said Block G, Overton West Addition, for a total distance of 489.84 feet to a set “x” in concrete for corner, said point being the northwest corner of said Lot 5, and being the easterly right-of-way line of Insurance Lane (a private street with 60 foot R.O.W.), as recorded in Volume 6137, Page 93, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas;

Thence North 25 degrees 26 minutes 00 seconds East, leaving said common line and following along said easterly right-of-way line of Insurance Lane, for a distance of 218.64 feet to a found 1/2 iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 42 degrees 46 minutes 36 seconds, a radius of 289.85 feet and chord bearing and distance of North 46 degrees 49 minutes 18 seconds East, 211.41 feet;

Thence northeasterly, along said easterly right-of-way line and the arc of said curve to the right, for a distance of 216.40 feet to a found 1/2 inch iron rod for corner;

Thence North 68 degrees 12 minutes 36 seconds East, continuing along said easterly right-of-way line, for a distance of 20.20 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a non-tangent curve to the left, having a delta of 13 degrees 06 minutes 49 seconds, a radius of 1844.47 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 29 degrees 23 minutes 26 seconds East, 421.23 feet;

Thence southeasterly, along the arc of said non-tangent curve to the left, for a distance of 422.15 feet to a set 1/2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a compound curve to the left, having a delta of 02 degrees 28 minutes 25 seconds, a radius of 1423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 37 degrees 11 minutes 02 seconds East, 61.44 feet

Thence southeasterly, along the arc of said compound curve to the left, for a distance of 61.45 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and CONTAINING 145,498 square feet or 3.340 acres of land, more or less.

Being the same land as shown on the survey prepared by Graham Associates, Inc. certified by Charles F. Stark, R.P.L.S. No. 5084, dated June 2, 2005.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 3 OF 4


INFORMATION NOTE: The CAD Numbers for the above property are 02101793 and 06985564.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 4 OF 4


EXHIBIT “B” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

The term “ Rentable Space ” shall be calculated as follows: (i) in the case of a single tenancy floor, all floor area measured at the floor from the inside surface of the outer glass line of the Building to the inside surface of the opposite outer glass line excluding only the areas (the “ Service Areas ”) used for Building stairs, fire towers, elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts (which Service Areas shall be measured from the mid-point of walls enclosing such Service Areas), but including any such Service Areas which are for the specific use of the particular tenant such as special stairs or elevators, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies, and (ii) in the case of a floor to be occupied by more than one tenant, all floor areas within the inside surface of the outer glass walls enclosing the Premises and measured to either (A) the mid-point of the walls separating areas leased by or held for lease to other tenants and/or (B) to the tenant’s side of walls adjacent to corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitor closets, vending areas and other similar facilities for the use of all tenants on the particular floor (hereinafter sometimes called the “ Common Areas ”), but including a proportionate part of the Common Areas located on such floor based upon the ratio which the tenant’s rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor bears to the aggregate rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor, or other reasonable basis determined by Landlord, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies. No deductions from Rentable Space shall be made for columns or projections necessary to the Building. The Rentable Space in the Premises has been calculated on the basis of the foregoing definition and is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as stated in the Basic Lease Information, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Premises for occupancy so long as such work is done in substantial accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B” - PAGE 1 OF 2


LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B” - PAGE 2 OF 2


EXHIBIT “B-1” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

4 th Floor Space

 

 

LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B-1” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “B-2” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Right of First Refusal Space

 

 

LOGO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “B-2” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “C” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Holidays

 

January 1st (Date Observed)    New Years Day
Last Monday in May    Memorial Day
July 4th (Date Observed)    Independence Day
First Monday in September    Labor Day
Fourth Thursday in November plus Friday following    Thanksgiving Holiday
December 25th    Christmas Day

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “C” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “D” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Leasehold Improvements Agreement

This Leasehold Improvements Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 13th day of December, 2006, in connection with that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”), executed concurrently herewith by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD. (“ Landlord ”) and PayDay Service LLC (“Tenant”), and constitutes the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the construction and completion of the Premises described in the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and other provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Agreement will control. Terms defined in the Lease, when used herein, shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the Lease.

1. Premises Condition . Since the Premises have been occupied by a previous tenant, Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Premises in its “as is” condition, subject to the installation of any improvements identified below.

2. Approved Working Drawings . Within ten (10) days of the date of this Lease, Tenant shall furnish to the architect designated by Landlord information to prepare preliminary plans and specifications (the “Pricing Plans”), showing: (1) demising walls, interior walls and other partitions, including type of wall or partition and height, and any demolition or relocation of walls, (2) doors and other openings in such walls or partitions, including type of door and hardware, (3) any floor or ceiling openings, and any variations to building standard floor or ceiling heights, (4) electrical outlets, and any restrooms, kitchens, computer rooms, file cabinets, file rooms and other special purpose rooms, and any sinks or other plumbing facilities, or other special electrical, HVAC, plumbing or other facilities or equipment, including all special loading, (5) location and dimensions of communications equipment room, and electrical and HVAC requirements thereof, (6) special cabinet work or other millwork items, (7) finish selections, and (8) any other details or features reasonably required in order to obtain a preliminary cost estimate. The architect shall furnish the Pricing Plans to Landlord and Tenant upon completion and each will have ten (10) days to approve or disapprove. If disapproving, such party shall give written notice to the architect specifying its reasons for disapproval and to the other party. Thereafter, the architect shall revise the Pricing Plans and re-submit to the parties. Landlord and Tenant each will have ten (10) days to approve or disapprove of the revised Pricing Plans and give written notice of disapproval, as before. This process shall be repeated until Landlord and Tenant approve of the Pricing Plans (“ Approved Pricing Plans ”). If a party fails to respond timely, it shall be deemed to have approved of the Pricing Plans.

Within ten (10) days of obtaining the Approved Pricing Plans, and after obtaining initial bids, Landlord shall cause the architect to draw Construction Drawings and furnish a copy to Tenant for approval. The term “ Construction Drawings ” means, to the extent reasonably required by the nature of the Work, fully dimensioned architectural construction drawings and specifications, and any required engineering drawings (including mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC), and shall include any applicable items described above for the Pricing Plans. Within five (5) days of delivery of the Construction Drawings to Tenant, Tenant shall advise

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 1 OF 5


Landlord of any proposed revisions to the Construction Drawings. If Tenant fails to respond timely, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved of the Construction Drawings. If Tenant responds timely and Landlord concurs with the proposed revisions, Landlord shall furnish the proposed revisions to the architect to incorporate in the Construction Drawings. If Landlord does not concur with the proposed revisions, then the provisions in the original Pricing Plans shall be utilized. If the Construction Drawings are revised, then Landlord shall cause the architect to re-submit the revised Construction Drawings to Tenant within the succeeding five (5) days from Landlord’s receipt of the proposed revisions. Tenant shall again have five (5) days to approve the revised Construction Drawings. This process shall be repeated until the Construction Drawings have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, at which time, they shall be the “ Approved Working Drawings .” If the Construction Drawings are not approved within five (5) days of the date first submitted to Tenant for approval, then for each day beyond such period, it shall constitute a Tenant Delay.

3. Construction Costs . Tenant shall pay for all construction costs, including, but not limited to permits, costs of materials and labor, sales tax, construction management fees and the like except to the extent of the Tenant Improvement Allowance which shall be paid by Landlord. The term “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ” shall mean the sum of $ 316,020.00 (or $15.00 per square foot of rentable area times 21,068 square feet of rentable area) which Landlord agrees to pay towards the construction costs. Landlord agrees to pay architectural fees and design services up to $1.25 per rentable square foot. Any services performed by the architect above the $1.25 per rentable square foot shall be the responsibility of the Tenant and may be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent funds are available. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, provided there is any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, up to 20% of the allowance can be used by the Tenant as a moving allowance or for communications costs for cabling and data. Tenant must submit invoices for such allowances for Landlord to pay. Wilcox Development will act as General Contractor for the construction of tenant improvements, competitively bidding each trade to at least three subcontractors, the typical five percent (5%) construction management fee will not be charged to Tenant or deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall obtain bids based on the Approved Pricing Plans and construct the Work as described in the Approved Pricing Plans. If after finalizing the Approved Working Drawings, it is determined that the construction costs will exceed the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (an “ Excess ”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such Excess within ten (10) days of written request from Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if Tenant fails to pay any Excess timely, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence construction of the Work and such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay for each day beyond the ten (10) day period until the Excess is paid to Landlord. If Tenant elects not to use Wilcox Development as the General Contractor, Tenant understands that Landlord, or its designated agent, shall serve as construction manager for all of Tenant’s refurbishment and renovations in the refurbishment and renovations in the Premises and the fee for such service is 5% of the total cost of all work performed in connection with such refurbishment and renovations. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in completing any such improvements on a timely basis and Tenant has approved the preliminary space plan and pricing documentation. Additional space on the 3rd floor which Tenant elects to lease pursuant

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 2 OF 5


to a right hereunder shall be finished out by Landlord pursuant to mutually agreed upon plans and Tenant shall receive an allowance of $15.00 per square foot of rentable area provided, however, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is improving the entire third (3rd) floor prior to commencement of the Lease and Tenant shall not be entitled to any additional tenant finish when Tenant leases the remainder of the third floor.

4. Unavoidable Delays; Tenant Delays . The term “ unavoidable delays ” shall mean events beyond the control of Landlord or the contractor, including, without limitation, acts of God, war, civil commotion, strikes, fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, governmental regulation or restriction. In the event of an unavoidable delay, the Commencement Date shall be postponed for each day of unavoidable delay. The term “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay in the construction of the Work caused by Tenant for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, a failure to timely respond whenever a response or approval is required of Tenant. In the event of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date shall be accelerated one (1) day for every day of delay caused by Tenant.

5. Changes . If Tenant requests a change, alteration or addition after the Approved Working Drawings have been approved, Tenant shall submit same in writing to Landlord. If Landlord approves such change, Landlord shall obtain from the contractor and provide Tenant with an estimate of the cost of such change. Tenant shall notify Landlord within one (1) business day if Tenant elects to proceed with the change, in which event, Landlord shall incorporate the change into the Approved Working Drawings. The cost of such change shall also be incorporated in the calculation of any Excess. If Landlord disapproves of such change, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant in writing specifying the reasons for such disapproval and the construction shall proceed in accordance with the previously approved Approved Working Drawings. Any delay in construction time (determined in accordance with the next sentence) caused by such changes shall constitute a Tenant Delay. The contractor, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether such change necessitates a delay in construction and the length of such delay.

6. Entry by Tenant . During the course of construction of the Work, Tenant may enter the Premises for purposes of inspecting the Work, installing trade fixtures, installing any cabling and wiring (not included in the Approved Working Drawings), erecting signs, stocking supplies and such other work as may be necessary or desirable to prepare to occupy and conduct its business from the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant assumes the risk of injury to person and damage to its property, (ii) any entry shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, except that the Lease Term shall not commence and rent shall not be due, and (iii) Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with the construction of the Work on the Premises. Tenant shall also provide evidence of insurance prior to any such entry. If such entry shall interfere with the construction of the Work, then Tenant shall immediately leave upon the request of Landlord.

7. Delivery of the Premises . The Work shall be deemed to be substantially complete on the later of (i) the date the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings so that Tenant may occupy the Premises, subject to any punch list

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 3 OF 5


items and (ii) the date Landlord receives a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent from the appropriate governmental authority. Prior to delivery of the Premises, Landlord shall contact Tenant and schedule a joint walk-through inspection within three (3) days of such contact in order for Tenant to identify any items of a “punch list” nature that remain to be completed. If Tenant fails to participate in a walk-through, then Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any punch list, and Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have agreed that the Work is substantially completed for purposes hereof. If there is any disagreement concerning whether Landlord has substantially completed the Work, Landlord may request a good faith decision by the architect which shall be final and binding on the parties.

8. Limitation . This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises or, in the event of a renewal of the Lease Term, to the original Premises, itself, during the renewal term, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment thereto.

9. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s construction representatives for coordination of planning, construction, approval of change orders, substantial completion and other matters related to construction are the following:

10. Bathrooms and Elevator Lobby . Landlord represents that the bathrooms for use in common with other tenants will be constructed in accordance with ADA requirements at Landlord’s expense and not deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The costs of bringing the bathroom within the Premises in compliance with ADA requirements will be borne by Tenant. Landlord shall renovate the elevator lobby on the 3 rd floor using building standard finish.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 4 OF 5


EXECUTED as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
PayDay Service LLC
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 5 OF 5


EXHIBIT “D-1” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Specification and Space Plan

 

Tenant:   PayDay Services LLC
Address:  

4150 International Plaza

Suite No.:  

300 & 400

Building Standard Tenant Improvements and Finishes Scope of Work:

Above standard improvements can be made available upon request at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

Tenant Approval:  

 

Date of Approval:  

 

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D-1” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “D-2” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE OF PLANS

 

Tenant:  

 

Address:   4150 International Plaza, Fort Worth, TX 76109
Suite No.:  

 

 

SELECTION

 

MANUF.

 

NUMBER

 

COLOR

 

DESCRIPTION

Wall Paint         Building Standard
Frames   N/A   N/A   N/A   Building Standard
Carpet         Building Standard
Base         Building Standard
VCT   N/A   N/A   N/A   Building Standard
Base   N/A   N/A   N/A  
Window Blinds   N/A   N/A   N/A   Above Building
Standard
Available at Tenant’s
Cost
Ceiling Fans   N/A   N/A   N/A   Above Building
Standard
Available at Tenant’s
Cost
Telecommunication
Outlets, Cabling,
Networks and All
Equipment
  N/A   N/A   N/A   Tenant Responsibility
at Tenant’s Sole Cost
and Expense

Misc. work to be Performed

 

 

 

 

Tenant Approval:  

 

Date of Approval:  

 

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “D-2” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “E” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this      day of             , 20 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and PayDay Service LLC , as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS , on             , 20    , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement attached as Exhibit “D” to the Lease; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Paragraph 8 of the Lease, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:                                         .

2. The Commencement Date shall be             , 20    . Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on             , 20    . The expiration date of the Lease shall be             , 20    .

3. The Premises contain approximately                      square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 1 OF 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, it’s general partner

  By:  

 

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
PayDay Service LLC
By:  

 

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2 OF 2


EXHIBIT “F” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Building Rules and Regulations

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, corridors, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for going from or to another part of the Building.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable materials shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances or surrounding areas from misuse by Tenant shall be repaired at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefore.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other parts of the Building except of such color, size and style and in such places as shall be first approved in writing by Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by the Building maintenance personnel nor shall any part of the Building be defaced by Tenant.

4. Landlord will provide and maintain an alphabetical directory of each Tenant’s firm name on the first floor (main lobby) of the Building and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

5. Tenant shall not place any additional lock or locks on any doors in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Two keys to the locks on the doors which access the Premises from the Common Areas shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. Additional keys required by Tenant shall be made by Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense. Upon termination of the Lease, Tenant shall return all keys to Landlord and shall provide to Landlord a means of opening all safes, cabinets and vaults being left with the Premises.

6. With respect to work being performed by Tenant in the Premises with the approval of Landlord, Tenant will refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians rendering any service to them to Landlord for Landlord’s supervision, approval and control before the performance of any contractual services. This provision shall apply to work performed in the Building including, but not limited to, installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and any and all installation of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment and any other physical portion of the Building. Tenant must have Landlord’s written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) prior to employing any contractor. Any and all such contractors shall comply with these Rules and Regulations for such services including, but not limited to, insurance requirements. All work in or on the Building shall comply with any and all codes. Tenant shall take no action which would disturb the ceiling tiles or cause any work to be performed above the acoustical ceiling in the Building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 1 OF 3


7. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any bulky materials, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord shall designate. All such movement shall be under the supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangement initiated by Tenant will include determination by Landlord, and subject to its decision and control, as to the time, method and routing of movement and as to limitations for safety or other concerns which may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item from being brought into the Building. Tenant is to assume all risk as to damage to articles moved and injury to person or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord and other tenants if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant from the time of entering the property to completion of work; and Landlord shall not be liable for acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any of said property or persons resulting from any act in connection with such service performed for Tenant.

8. Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment, which shall, in all cases, be positioned to distribute the weight and stand on supporting devices approved by Landlord. All damage done to the Building by taking in or putting out any property of Tenant, or done by Tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

9. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its Premises neat and clean. Tenant shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel. Landlord shall be in no way responsible to Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees for any loss of property from the Premises or public areas or for any damage to any property thereon from any cause whatsoever.

11. To insure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to the Premises except by persons approved by Landlord in writing.

12. Should Tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, annunciator or other communication service, Landlord will direct the electrician where and how wires are to be introduced and placed and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct. Electric current shall not be used for power in excess of standard office use or heating without Landlord’s prior written permission.

13. Tenant shall not make or permit any improper noises in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

14. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No animals shall be brought into or kept in, on or about the Premises.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 2 OF 3


15. No machinery other than standard office equipment shall be operated by Tenant in its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, nor shall Tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance.

16. No portion of the Premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

17. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry or other personal property lost or stolen in or from the Premises or public areas regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

18. The Premises shall not be occupied by an average of more than one (1) person per 150 square feet of Rentable Space in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

19. Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its judgment shall from time to time be advisable for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building, the use and operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to Tenant, shall be binding upon Tenant in like manner as if originally herein prescribed. The Lease shall control in the event of any conflict between Tenant’s Lease and the Rules and Regulations.

20. The Building is designated as a nonsmoking building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 3 OF 3


EXHIBIT “G”

LANDLORD’S SERVICES

(1) Hot and cold water service for use in the kitchens, breakrooms, drinking fountains and bathrooms on each floor on which the Premises are located.

(2) Heat and air conditioning in season during Normal Business Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as supplied by Comparable Buildings (defined below). Tenant, upon such notice as is reasonably required by Landlord, and subject to the capacity of the Building systems, may request HVAC service during hours other than Normal Business Hours. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such additional service at a rate not to exceed the rates charged by landlords of Comparable Buildings. “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean other comparable office buildings in the southwest/Cityview Fort Worth area, taking into account age, size, location and other relevant operating factors.

(3) Maintenance and repair of the Complex as described in Paragraph 10.

(4) Landlord’s standard janitorial service six (6) days per week (excluding Holidays), substantially in accordance with the Janitorial Specifications set forth on Exhibit G-1. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s janitorial services are normally provided five (5) days per week and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the actual cost incurred by Landlord, plus ten percent (10%) for one (1) additional day of janitorial services per week.

(5) Elevator service, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, subject to periodic elevator repair and maintenance.

(6) Exterior window washing at such intervals as determined by Landlord, but not less frequently than twice each calendar year.

(7) Electricity to the Premises for general office use, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions in Paragraph 5.

(8) Access to the Premises and the parking lots associated with the Building 24 hours a day, 365 days a year (subject to the provisions of this Lease with respect to casualty and condemnation); provided, however, during periods after Normal Business Hours, Landlord may establish reasonable rules and regulations in connection with such access, such as requiring Tenant’s employees to sign in at the lobby desk, etc.

(9) Extermination service at such intervals as reasonably determined by Landlord

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G” - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “G-1”

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

AREAS TO BE SERVICED

OFFICE AREAS

 

A. Services to be performed nightly:

 

  1. Empty all waste receptacles; remove wastepaper and trash from the premises, replace trash can liners.

 

  2. Empty and damp wipe all ashtrays.

 

  3. Vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas in offices, including under furniture.

 

  4. Hand dust and wipe clean with damp or treated cloth all office furniture, files, fixtures, paneling. Window sills and all other horizontal surfaces; wash windows on inside when necessary.

 

  5. Damp wipe and polish all glass furniture tops.

 

  6. Remove all finger marks and smudges from all vertical surfaces, including doors, door frames, around light switches and private entrance glass partitions.

 

  7. All entry glass next to door will be damp wiped.

 

B. Services to be performed as necessary.

 

  1. Sweep all stairways weekly, dust handrails vacuum if carpeted.

 

  2. Polish all stairwells throughout the entire building weekly and keep in clean condition.

 

  3. Damp dust all vinyl covered furniture and vacuum all of the upholstered furniture needed.

 

  4. Dust mini-blinds BI-weekly.

RESTROOMS

 

  A. Services to be performed nightly:

 

  1. Mop and rinse floors nightly.

 

  2. Empty and sanitize all receptacles and sanitary disposals; thoroughly clean and wash at least once per week; replace trash can liners.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G-1” - PAGE 1 OF 3


RESTROOMS (Continued)

 

 

  3. Clean and polish all mirrors, bright work, and enameled surfaces.

 

  4. Fill toilet tissue, soap, and towel dispensers.

 

  5. Clean flushometers, piping, toilet seat hinges, and other metal work.

 

B. Service to be performed as necessary:

 

  1. Remove all spots, stains and fingerprints from metal partition walls and outside surfaces of all dispensers and soap dishes.

 

  2. Vacuum louvers, ventilation, grills and dust light fixtures as needed.

 

  3. Spray buff all hard surface floors.

 

  4. Wash all baseboards.

PUBLIC AREAS

 

A. Services to be performed nightly:

 

  1. Empty, damp wipe, sift or otherwise service all ashtrays and sand urns.

 

  2. Clean and sanitize all drinking fountains, vending machines, tabletops, chairs, counter tops and sinks in lunchroom facilities.

 

  3. Dust all furniture and fixtures.

 

  4. Vacuum all carpeted areas.

 

  5. Spot clean all hard surface floors.

 

  6. Spot clean all fingerprints from door frames, light switches, push/pick plates and handles.

 

  7. Spot clean stains on carpeted areas.

 

  8. Clean and polish all metal fittings.

 

  9. Dust mop all hard surface floors with a treated dust mop.

 

  10. Sweep and/or vacuum entrance mats.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G-1” - PAGE 2 OF 3


  11. Keep supply rooms in a clean, neat and orderly condition.

 

  12. Glass globes in common areas shall be damp wiped every two weeks.

 

  13. All hand railing and woodwork shall be dusted.

 

B. Service to be performed as necessary:

 

  1. Dust all fire extinguishers.

 

  2. Damp dust all ceiling air conditioning diffusers, wall grids, registers and other ventilation louvers.

 

  3. Dust the exterior surfaces of lighting fixtures, including glass and plastic enclosures.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “G-1” - PAGE 3 OF 3


EXHIBIT “H”

OPERATING EXPENSE EXCLUSIONS

(1) Leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other expenses related to leasing tenant space and constructing improvements for the sole benefit of an individual tenant.

(2) Goods and services furnished to an individual tenant of the Building which are above building standard or which are required to be separately reimbursable directly to Landlord in addition to Tenant’s Additional Rental.

(3) Repairs, replacements and general maintenance paid by insurance proceeds (or which would have been paid by insurance proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord under this Lease), condemnation proceeds, or third parties, or made necessary by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, agents or employees, or other tenants.

(4) Depreciation, amortization, interest payments on any encumbrances on the Complex and the cost of capital improvements or additions.

(5) Costs of installing any specialty service, such as a broadcasting facility, luncheon club, or athletic or recreational club, but not excluding maintenance and janitorial costs for any broadcasting facility, luncheon club, or athletic or recreational club which is available to all tenants.

(6) Expenses for repairs or maintenance related to the Complex which have been reimbursed to Landlord pursuant to warranties or service contracts.

(7) Costs associated with acquisition of any art work (such as sculptures or paintings) used to decorate the Complex, but not excluding costs of maintenance and cleaning of any such art work.

(8) Principal or interest payments on indebtedness secured by liens against the Complex, costs of refinancing such indebtedness or any amortization or other costs associated with such indebtedness.

(9) Electrical service costs to be paid separately by Tenant and/or other tenants of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 5 or similar provisions of such tenants’ leases.

(10) Costs related to the existence, operation or maintenance of Landlord as a legal entity, except to the extent attributable to the operation and management of the Complex.

(11) Landlord’s general overhead and general administrative expenses, except for those directly related to operations of the Building.

(12) Salaries of officers and executives of Landlord.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “H” - PAGE 1 OF 2


(13) Any payments under a ground lease or underlying lease relating to the Complex.

(14) Legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees paid or incurred in connection with negotiations for financings, refinancings or sales of the Complex or any portion thereof.

(15) Costs relating to disputes between Landlord and a specific tenant of the Complex.

(16) Penalties due to late payment of any amounts owed by Landlord.

(17) Transfer, gains, inheritance, estate, income, excess profits or franchise taxes or other such taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Complex. Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, no gross margin tax, franchise tax or other tax measured in whole or in part on the rents received by Landlord shall be included in Operating Expenses unless an adjustment is made to the Operating Expenses for calendar year 2007 to include the actual amount of the expenses incurred in calendar year 2008 for such taxes. If the current system of ad valorem taxation is replaced by another method or system of taxation or revenue generation, Tenant shall be responsible for its pro rata share thereof regardless of the nomenclature thereof.

(18) Expenses incurred in leasing or procuring new tenants, including expenses for preparation of leases or renovating space for new tenants, rent allowances, lease takeover costs, payment of moving costs and similar costs and expenses. Advertising and marketing expenses to be recovered through operating expenses shall be commercially reasonable and shall not exceed $10,000.00 per year.

(19) Legal expenses, except for legal expenses incurred with respect to the Building which relate directly to the operation of the Building and which benefit all of the tenants of the Building generally, such as legal proceedings to reduce property taxes.

(20) Costs, penalties and fines incurred due to the violation by Landlord of laws in effect as of the date of this Lease.

(21) Any and all costs arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises, the Building or the Complex.

(22) Costs of all repairs, capital or otherwise, resulting from an earthquake, tornado, hurricane, flood, or other casualty required to be covered by insurance (but not the amount of any applicable deductible).

(23) Costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions.

(24) Costs of correcting latent defects in the Premises, Building or Complex.

(25) Any other expenses which would not normally be treated as operating expenses by landlords of Comparable Buildings (defined in Exhibit “G” ) using sound real estate accounting principles.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “H” - PAGE 2 OF 2


Rider No. 100

LEASE GUARANTY

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , and in consideration of, and in order to induce Overton Centre, LTD. (“ Landlord ”) to execute a certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) dated of even date herewith between Landlord and PayDay Service LLC (“ Tenant ”) covering certain premises in Landlord’s office tower known as Overton Centre situated in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, the undersigned (hereinafter referred to individually and collectively as “ Guarantor ” whether one or more) hereby jointly and severally guarantees unto Landlord (i) the full and prompt payment of the rent and all other sums and charges payable by Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) the full and timely performance and observance of all the covenants, terms, conditions and agreements therein provided to be performed and observed by Tenant [the rental, other sums and charges and other obligations, liabilities and duties described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Obligations ”]. Guarantor hereby covenants that if Tenant shall default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, Guarantor shall pay the amount due to Landlord and perform all of the other obligations with respect to which Tenant is then in default. Guarantor further covenants to pay to Landlord on demand by Landlord all damages, costs and expenses that may arise in consequence of any default by Tenant or that are incurred in enforcing this Guaranty, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

This Guaranty is an absolute and unconditional guaranty of payment and of performance. It shall be enforceable against Guarantor without the necessity of (i) any suit instigated by Landlord against Tenant, (ii) the exhaustion of Landlord’s remedies with respect to Tenant under the Lease, or (iii) the enforcement of Landlord’s rights with respect to any security which has ever been given to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall also be enforceable without the necessity of any notice of Tenant’s nonpayment or nonperformance, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty or any other notice or demand to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled, all of which Guarantor hereby expressly waives.

The obligations of Guarantor shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Lease or any security given for the Obligations or any circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, and Guarantor waives the benefit of all principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty, and agrees that the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, whether or not referred to in this Guaranty, which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor. Specifically, Guarantor waives the benefits of any right of discharge under Chapter 34 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code and any other rights of sureties and guarantors thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor agrees that the occurrence of the following events (or any thereof), whether they occur with or without notice or consent by Guarantor, will in no way release or impair any liability or obligation of Guarantor hereunder: (i) Landlord, in its discretion, waives compliance by Tenant

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 100 - PAGE 1 OF 3


with any of its Obligations or covenants under the Lease or waives any default thereunder, or grants any indulgence with respect to the Lease, (ii) Landlord modifies, amends or changes any provision of the Lease, (iii) Landlord grants extensions or renewals of the Lease or the Obligations, (iv) Landlord transfers its interest in the premises covered by the Lease or its rights under this Guaranty, (v) Landlord consents to the assignment by Tenant of its rights under the Lease, (vi) Landlord deals in any respect with Tenant and the Obligations as if this Guaranty were not in effect, (vii) Tenant is released from its Obligations by benefit of an exculpation clause in the Lease, (viii) the release or discharge of Tenant in an creditor’s proceedings, receivership, bankruptcy or other proceeding, (ix) the impairment, limitation or modification of the liability of Tenant or the estate of Tenant in bankruptcy, or of any remedy for the enforcement of Tenant’s liability under the Lease, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of the federal Bankruptcy Act or other statute or from the decision in any court, and (x) the rejection or disaffirmance of the Lease in any such proceedings. If, as a result of such proceedings, Landlord is forced to refund any payment made by Tenant to Landlord because it is found to be a preference or for any other reason, Guarantor hereby covenants to pay such amount to Landlord upon demand.

All of Landlord’s rights and remedies under the Lease or under this Guaranty are intended to be distinct, separate and cumulative, and no such right or remedy therein mentioned is intended to be in exclusion of or a waiver of any of the others. Specifically, the obligation of Guarantor hereunder shall not be released by Landlord’s receipt, application or release of security given for performance and observance of covenants and conditions required to be performed and observed by Tenant under the Lease.

Until the Obligations have been paid in full, Guarantor shall not have any right of subrogation unless such right is expressly granted in writing by Landlord. Any indebtedness of Tenant held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to this Guaranty; and such indebtedness of Tenant to Guarantor, if Landlord so requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Landlord and shall be paid over to Landlord in order to satisfy the Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

Landlord in its sole discretion may apply all payments received by it from Tenant, Guarantor or any other guarantor under any other instrument, or realized by it from any security in such manner and order or priority as Landlord sees fit, to any of the Obligations of Tenant, whether or not any of the Obligations to which any payment is applied are due at the time of such application.

Whether signed by only one person or more than one person, this Guaranty and all other obligations hereunder shall be binding on each of the undersigned and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The word “person” as used herein includes natural persons and entities of all kinds. Suit may be brought and maintained against Guarantor without the joinder of Tenant or any other person, and in the event that there is more than one guarantor of the Obligations, Landlord may (i) bring suit against all guarantors jointly and severally or against any one or more of them, (ii) compound or settle with any one or more of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 100 - PAGE 2 OF 3


such guarantors for such consideration as Landlord may deem proper, and (iii) release one or more of the guarantors from liability without impairing the liability of the guarantors not so released; and no action brought by Landlord against any guarantor of the Obligations shall impair the right of Landlord to bring suit against any remaining guarantor or guarantors, including Guarantor hereunder.

Guarantor agrees that if Landlord shall employ counsel to present, enforce or defend any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies hereunder, or defend any action brought by Guarantor, then, in any such event, Guarantor shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such action.

This instrument may not be changed, modified, discharged or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by Guarantor and Landlord.

As used herein, the term “Tenant” shall include any successor or assignee of Tenant, the term “Landlord” shall include any successor or assignee of Landlord, and the term “Lease” shall include any amendment, extension or renewal of the Lease.

THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO TRANSACTIONS IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY MAY BE MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, OR IN THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS AND GUARANTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS.

EXECUTED the 7 day of December, 2006.

 

PayDay One Holdings, Inc.
Name
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

  Ken Rees
  President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 100 - PAGE 3 OF 3


Rider No. 101

PARKING FACILITIES

At all times during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, and so long as this Lease and any renewal or extension thereof is in full force and effect and no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted the use of the parking areas associated with the Building for parking automobiles owned by Tenant and its employees, agents and invitees. Landlord hereby agrees to make available to Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to use, at no charge to Tenant, subject to the further provisions of this Rider No. 101, during the Lease Term, and any extension or renewal thereof, all or some of the following permits to park automobiles in the parking areas:

 

  (1) 139 non-reserved spaces

 

  (2) One Reserved Garage Space

Tenant shall not have the right to more parking permits than the number set forth above. Tenant agrees to comply, and to cause its employees, agents and visitors to comply, with such rules and regulations (and reasonable additions and amendments thereto) as Landlord may promulgate from time to time. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry or other personal property lost or stolen in or from the parking areas or public areas regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the parking areas are locked or otherwise secured against entry or not.

Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with 5 non-assigned parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of space leased by Tenant as expansion space.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 101 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 102

TENANT’S OPTION TO RENEW

Tenant may, at its option and subject to the terms hereof, renew the Lease Term for one (1) additional term of thirty-six (36) months provided that this Lease must be in full force and effect and no event of default may exist beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period under this Lease at the time of exercise of such option or at the time the renewal term would begin. Such renewal shall be upon the same terms and conditions as provided elsewhere in this Lease, except that (i) this Lease may not be renewed more often than as set forth above, (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation to install improvements in the Premises, and (iii) the annual Base Rental for such renewal period, and each monthly installment thereof, shall be determined as provided below. Each such option shall be exercised by Tenant giving notice to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least six (6) months prior to the end of the then-existing term, and, if not so exercised, such option not so exercised and any subsequent option to renew shall automatically expire and terminate. If Tenant so elects to renew the Lease Term, following Tenant’s exercise of such renewal option, upon request from Landlord, Tenant and Landlord will enter into a renewal agreement by which this Lease will be renewed in accordance with the terms set forth in this Rider.

The annual Base Rental for each renewal period shall be the Market Rental Rate for the Premises. The “ Market Rental Rate ” is the rate (or rates) a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept for a comparable transaction (e.g., renewal, expansion, relocation, etc., as applicable, in comparable space and in a Comparable Building) as of the commencement date of the applicable term, neither being under any compulsion to lease and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, considering the highest and most profitable use if offered for lease in the open market with a reasonable period of time in which to consummate a transaction. In calculating the Market Rental Rate, all relevant factors will be taken into account, including the location and quality of the Building, lease term, amenities of the Property, condition of the space and any concessions and allowances commonly being offered by Landlord for comparable transactions in the Complex. The parties agree that the best evidence of the Market Rental Rate will be the rate then charged for comparable transactions in other Comparable Buildings. Although the determination of Market Rental Rate shall be made at a point in time prior to the commencement date for the applicable renewal period, such determination is to be made based on Landlord’s and Tenant’s opinion of what the Market Rental Rate should be at the time the rate being determined will go into effect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 102 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 103

REQUIREMENT AND OPTION TO EXPAND

1. Option to Expand . On or before expiration of the sixth (6th) month of the term, Tenant shall be required to lease the remainder 3,942 square feet of Rentable Space on the third (3rd) floor, at the same rental rate then being paid for the initial Premises. In addition, Tenant will have the right to expand during the first 6 months by leasing the approximately 15,165 square feet of Rental Space on the fourth (4th) floor (the “4th Floor Space”) as identified on Exhibit “B-1” attached to this Lease and incorporated herein by reference at the same rental rate then being paid in the initial Premises; provided, however, Landlord will continue to keep the 4th Floor Space available for lease to Tenant for one additional period of three (3) months (a total of nine months following the commencement date), but if Tenant elects to lease the 4th Floor Space between the expiration of the sixth (6) month and commencement of the ninth (9th) month following commencement of the Lease, the rental rate shall be increased by twenty-five cents (.25¢) per square foot, and Tenant improvements dollars will decline on a pro rata basis based on the remaining length of the term. If the Tenant does not elect to lease the fourth (4th) floor space during the initial nine (9) months following commencement of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal to lease the 4th Floor Space in the event that Landlord receives an offer to lease the space, and any such right of first refusal shall be on the exact terms received and approved by Landlord from a third party offering to lease the 4th Floor Space. Tenant shall have the option to lease at then current market rental rates any additional space which is available in 5,000 rsf increments consisting of the area which is available on the second (2nd) and fifth (5th) floors designated and referred to as the “ Expansion Space ”, at any time during the lease term (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on the expiration of the Lease Term (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and subject to any rights of extension contained in this Lease) by delivering written notice to Landlord, provided that at the time of such notice and on the Effective Date, no event of default, as defined in Paragraph 25 of this Lease, shall have occurred and remain uncured beyond any applicable cure period. Once Tenant shall exercise an expansion option, Tenant may not thereafter revoke such exercise. Tenant’s failure to timely exercise an expansion option for any reason whatsoever shall conclusively be deemed a waiver of such expansion option. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s option shall be subject to a determination by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition at the time it makes such election is sufficient to meet its financial obligation associated with the Offered Space.

2. Expansion of Premises . Upon the exercise of such expansion option, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written agreement modifying and supplementing this Lease and specifying that the Expansion Space is part of the Premises under this Lease and containing other appropriate terms and provisions relating to the addition of the Expansion Space to this Lease.

3. Possession of Expansion Space . Possession of the Expansion Space shall be delivered to Tenant in an “as is” condition. Landlord will use reasonable diligence to deliver the Expansion Space by the Effective Date. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure to give

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 103 - PAGE 1 OF 2


possession of the Expansion Space on the Effective Date by reason of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants, or occupants, and any such failure shall not impair the validity of this Lease or extend the Lease Term, but the rent for the Expansion Space shall be abated until possession is delivered to Tenant and such abatement shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of such failure to give possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant on the Effective Date.

4. Termination of Option . Any termination of this Lease during the initial Lease Term (or any extension hereof) or any assignment or subleasing by Tenant (other than an assignment or subletting permitted under this Lease or consented to by Landlord pursuant to this Lease) shall terminate the option of Tenant contained herein.

5. Subordinate Right . Tenant’s right to expand hereunder is subject to the pre-existing rights of CBCA and the rights of Composite Cooling Solutions, L.P., to lease 2,500 square feet on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 103 - PAGE 2 OF 2


Rider No. 104

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Right of First Refusal . Provided this Lease is then in full force and effect and no event of default as defined in Paragraph 25 of this Lease shall have occurred and remain uncured beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period, and subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal during the term of the Lease Term as hereinafter described to lease all (but not less than all) of the additional space consisting of the area designated and referred to on Exhibit “B-2” attached to this Lease as the “ Right of First Refusal Space ”, for a term beginning on the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) and ending contemporaneously with the expiration of the Lease Term (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and subject to any rights of extension contained in this Lease). The right of first refusal contained herein shall automatically terminate following the expiration of such Lease Term (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease).

2. Notice by Landlord . If Landlord enters into negotiations with an existing tenant in the Building or a prospective tenant to lease all or any part of the Right of First Refusal Space (the “ Offered Space ”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of such fact and shall include in such notice the rent, term, and other terms (including, but not limited to, finish out, moving allowances and design fees) at which Landlord is prepared to offer such Offered Space to such prospective tenant. Tenant shall have a period of five (5) business days from the date of delivery of such notice to notify Landlord whether Tenant elects to exercise the right granted hereby to lease the entire Offered Space. If Tenant fails to give any notice to Landlord within the required five (5) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have refused its right to lease the Offered Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s option shall be subject to a determination by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition at the time it makes such election is sufficient to meet its financial obligation associated with the Offered Space.

3. Refusal by Tenant . If Tenant so refuses its right to lease the Offered Space (either by giving written notice thereof or by failing to give any notice), Landlord shall have the right to lease the Offered Space to the prospective tenant on terms not materially less favorable to Landlord than the terms set forth in the notice delivered to Tenant and, upon the execution of such lease between Landlord and the prospective tenant, this Right of First Refusal as to the Offered Space shall thereafter be null, void and of no further force or effect. If Landlord does not enter into a lease with such prospective tenant covering the Offered Space upon economic terms which are not materially less favorable to Landlord within 180 days of Tenant’s waiver of its right to lease the Offered Space, Landlord shall not thereafter engage in other lease negotiations with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space without first complying with the provisions of this Rider No. 104.

4. Acceptance by Tenant . Upon the exercise by Tenant of its right of first refusal as provided in this Rider No. 104 , Landlord and Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 104 - PAGE 1 OF 2


Tenant delivers to Landlord notice of its election, enter into an amendment to the Lease incorporating the Offered Space into the Premises for the rent, for the term, and containing such other terms and conditions as Landlord notified Tenant pursuant to paragraph 2 above. Rent for a partial month shall be prorated. Possession of the Right of First Refusal Space shall be delivered to Tenant in an “as is” condition. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure to give possession of the Right of First Refusal Space on the Effective Date by reason of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants, or occupants, or for any other reason, and any such failure shall not impair the validity of this Lease, or extend the Term, but the rent for such Right of First Refusal Space shall be abated until possession is delivered to Tenant, and such abatement shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of such failure to give possession of the Right of First Refusal Space to Tenant on the Effective Date.

5. Termination of Right . Any termination of this Lease during the original Lease Term (or any extension thereof) or any assignment or subleasing by Tenant (other than an assignment or sublease which is permitted or which was consented to by Landlord pursuant to this Lease) shall terminate the right of first refusal of Tenant contained herein.

6. Subordinate Right . Tenant’s right to lease the Right of First Refusal Space is subject to the pre-existing rights of CBCA.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 104 - PAGE 2 OF 2


Rider No. 105

MOVING EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT

Landlord will reimburse Tenant for its verifiable moving expenses associated with Tenant’s location to the third (3rd) floor of the Building (“ Reimbursement Amount ”). This Reimbursement Amount is in addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance and is limited to payments for the movers, relocation of phone system and computers and associated cabling, reasonable replacement of stationery and business cards, and any telecommunications equipment. Such Reimbursement Amount shall not exceed ($1.00 per rentable square foot / $21,068 based upon 21,068 rsf leased) .

Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default in any of its obligations under this Lease, the Reimbursement Amount shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of either (i) Landlord’s receipt and approval of all of the verifiable moving expenses or (ii) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 105 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 106

SCHEDULE OF BASE RENTAL

Base Rental shall be payable as follows:

 

Months

   Cost Per
Rentable Square
Foot Per Annum
     Monthly Installment  

Months 1-3

     [****]         [****]   

Months 4-39

     [****]         [****]   

Months 40-63:

     [****]         [****]   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 106 - PAGE 1 OF 1


Rider No. 107

Hard Cost for Pay Day After Hour Calculation

 

CVHA, Trane Chiller (one)

Total AC Tonage = 250 tons

       

Electrical consumption =.62 KW per ton

       
     .62 X 250 =           155.00  KW 

Trane Air Handler (two per floor, run 3 floors)

One Fan @ 15 horsepower (one HP. =.746 kw)

       
     15 X .746 X 6 =           67.14  KW 

Condenser water pump

One pump @ 20 horse power (one HP =.746 kw)

       
     20 X .746 =           14.92  KW 

Chill water pump

One pump @ 20 horse power (one HP =.746 kw)

       
     20 X .746 =           14.92  KW 

Cooling Tower Fan (Two)

One fan @ 25 horse power (one HP =.746 kw)

       
     25 X .746 =           37.30  KW 
        Total kw =        289.28  KW 

A. Total Electrical Costs

Total kWh X .13427 per kwh charged of Nov. 06 = Electrical cost per hour

        $ 38.84   

C. Equipment Maintenance

HVAC Repair Cost Per Yr+HVAC Supply Cost per year / 3880 Hrs per Year = Equip. Cost per hrs R & M for 2006 = $35,600 This does not include any of Tolins Contract

       
    
 
$46841/ 8 chillers / 3880 hours
per year =
  
  
  $ 1.51   

D. Water Cost

250 tons @ 3 gal per minu per ton = 750 GPM X .01 = 7.50 GPM

6/5 x 7.50 GPM = 9 GPM x 60 Minu = 540/1000 = $0.54 per hour

        $ 0.54   
       

 

 

 
       
       

 

 

 
     Total Hourly Rate         $ 40.89   
       

 

 

 
        10%      $ 44.97   
       

 

 

 

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

RIDER NO. 107 - PAGE 1 OF 1


EXHIBIT “E” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this 25th day of April, 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and PayDay Service , LLC, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS , on December 13, 2006, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Amendment (the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Leasehold Improvement Agreement attached as Exhibit “D” to the Lease; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Paragraph 8 of the Lease, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof;

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:                                         .

2. The Commencement Date shall be April 13, 2007. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on July 1, 2007. The expiration date of the Lease shall be July 31, 2012.

3. The Premises contain approximately 17,126 square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 1 OF 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President

TENANT :

 

PayDay Service LLC

By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2 OF 2


Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this 25th day of June, 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and TC Loan Service, LLC, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS , on March 20, 2007, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Amendment (the “ First Lease Amendment ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed for the benefit of Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article 4 of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Article 4 of this Lease Amendment, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the leasehold improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvements Agreement, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any leasehold improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises, except for the following punch list items:

2. The Commencement Date shall be June 25, 2007. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental shall become due and payable on September 1, 2007. The expiration date of the Lease shall be July 31, 2012.

3. The 4th Floor Expansion Space contains approximately 21,068 square feet of Rentable Space.

4. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President

TENANT :

 

TC Loan Service, LLC

By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

2


Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this 26th day of September, 2007 by and between OVERTON CENTRE, LTD., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and TC Loan Service LLC , a limited liability corporation, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS , on December 13, 2006, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) as amended March 20, 2007, whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , Tenant was required to lease the reminder 3,942 square feet of Rentable Space on the third (3rd) floor in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Rider 103 of the Lease; and

WHEREAS , as provided in Rider 103 of this Lease, Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the 3,942 Expansion Space subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW , THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the 3,942 rsf Expansion Space, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. The Commencement Date for the 3,942 Expansion Space shall be September 1, 2007. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental for the 3,942 Expansion Space shall become due and payable on September 1, 2007. The expiration date of the Lease shall remain unchanged.

2. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :

OVERTON CENTRE, LTD.

a Texas limited partnership

By:  

Overton Centre GP, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Todd K. Ashbrook

    Todd K. Ashbrook, Vice President
TENANT :
TC Loan Service LLC
A limited liability corporation
By:  

/s/ Ken Rees

 

Ken Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2 OF 2


Schedule B

Subleased Premises

3 rd Floor – 21,068 square feet

7 th Floor – 21,176 square feet

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

3

Exhibit 10.20

Option No.:             

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its common stock (the “ Stock ”) to the optionee named below. The terms and conditions of the option are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

Grant Date:             

Name of Optionee:             

Optionee’s Social Security Number:         -    -        

Number of Shares Covered by Option:             

Option Price per Share:             

Vesting Start Date:             

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent .

 

Optionee:  

 

  (Signature)
Company:  

 

  (Signature)

Title:

 

 

Attachment

This is neither a stock certificate nor a negotiable instrument.


ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Non-Qualified Option    This option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code and will be interpreted accordingly.
Vesting   

    

Term    This Option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. This Option will expire earlier if your status as a Service Provider terminates, as described below.
Regular Termination    If your status as a Service Provider terminates for any reason, other than death, Disability or Cause, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 90th day after your termination date. As used herein, “ Cause ” means, as determined by the Board and unless otherwise provided in an applicable employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary or affiliate, (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of duties; (ii) conviction of a criminal offense (other than minor traffic offenses); or (iii) material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition agreements, if any, between the Service Provider and the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate.
Termination for Cause    If your status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to this Option and this Option shall immediately expire.

 

1


Death   

If your status as a Service Provider terminates because of your death, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after your date of death. During that 12-month period, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of this Option.

 

In addition, if you die during the 90-day period described in connection with a regular termination (i.e., a termination of your status as a Service Provider not on account of your death, Disability or Cause), and a vested portion of this Option has not yet been exercised, then this Option will instead expire on the date twelve (12) months after your termination date. In such a case, during the period following your death up to the date twelve (12) months after your termination date, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of this Option.

Disability    If your status as a Service Provider terminates because of your Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after your termination date.
Leaves of Absence   

For purposes of this Option, your status as a Service Provider does not terminate when you go on a bona fide employee leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued service crediting, or when continued service crediting is required by applicable law. However, your status as a Service Provider will be treated as terminating ninety (90) days after you went on employee leave, unless your right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Your status as a Service Provider terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

The Company determines, in its sole discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your status as a Service Provider terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

Notice of Exercise   

When you wish to exercise this Option, you must notify the Company by filing the proper “ Notice of Exercise ” form, attached as Exhibit A , at the address given on the form. Your notice must specify how many Shares you wish to purchase (in a parcel of at least 100 Shares generally). Your notice must also specify how your Shares should be registered (in your name only or in your and your spouse’s names as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company. If you are married, you must also include the Spousal Consent form, attached as Exhibit B , signed by your spouse with the Notice of Exercise.

 

If someone else wants to exercise this Option after your death, then that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

2


Form of Payment    When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the option price for the Shares you are purchasing in cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.
Withholding Taxes    You will not be allowed to exercise this Option unless you make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the Option exercise or sale of Shares acquired under this Option. In the event that the Company determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise or sale of Shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or any Affiliate.
Transfer of Option   

During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise this Option. You cannot transfer or assign this Option. For instance, you may not sell this Option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, then this Option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Option in your will or it may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in this Option in any other way.

Market Stand-off Agreement    In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to. engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters (not to exceed 180 days in length).
Investment Representation    If the sale of Stock under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act, but an exemption is available which requires an investment or other representation, then you shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercise of this Option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.
The Company’s Right of First Refusal    If you propose to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party in a bona fide , arm’s length transaction any Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If you want to transfer any Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option, then you

 

3


 

must give a written transfer notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price and the name and address of the proposed transferee (“ Transfer Notice ”).

 

The Transfer Notice must be signed both by you and by the proposed new transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company will have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted in the next paragraph and in no event at a price per Share greater than the Fair Market Value on the date of the Transfer Notice). The Company must notify you in writing of its intent to exercise or to elect not to exercise its Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company, provided , however , that if the Company does not notify you in writing of its intent to exercise its Right of First Refusal within such 30-day period the Company shall be deemed to have automatically exercised its Right of First Refusal hereunder and the Company’s only obligation shall be the payment of the purchase price for such Shares as provided herein.

 

If the Company elects not to exercise its Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date it received the Transfer Notice, then you may, not later than ninety (90) days following the Company’s receipt of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Share only on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by you, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in the paragraph above.

 

If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, or is deemed to have exercised its Right of First Refusal as provided above, the sale of the Shares to the Company shall occur on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice). However, if under the Transfer Notice payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than lawful money paid at the time of transfer, then the Company can pay for the Shares with lawful money equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

In the case of any purchase of Shares under this Right of First Refusal, at the option of the Company, the Company may pay you the purchase price in three (3) or fewer annual installments. Interest shall be credited on the installments at the applicable federal rate (as determined for purposes of Section 1274 of the Code) in effect on the date on which the purchase is made. The Company shall pay at least one-third of the total purchase price each year, plus interest on the unpaid balance, with the first payment being made on or before the 60th day after the purchase.

 

4


  

The Company’s rights under this subsection shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part, shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon any transferee of the Shares.

 

The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall terminate in the event that Common Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

Right to Repurchase   

 

Following termination of your Service for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of those Shares that you have or will acquire under this Option. If the Company exercises its right to purchase the Shares, then the Company will notify you of its intention to purchase such Shares. The Company will consummate the purchase within one (1) year (or ninety (90) days to the extent required by applicable law) of the termination of your status as a Service Provider or, in the case of Shares acquired after the termination of your status as a Service Provider, within one (1) year (or ninety (90) days to the extent required by applicable law) of the date of exercise.

 

The purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of termination of your status as a Service Provider if the Company exercises its right to purchase such Shares within ninety (90) days of the termination of your status as a Service Provider or exercises its right within ninety (90) days of the date of your exercise of this Option following termination of your status as a Service Provider; otherwise the purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Company gives you notice of its intent to exercise its right to purchase the Shares.

 

The Company’s rights of repurchase shall terminate in the event that the Common Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or is publicly traded in an established securities market.

Retention Rights   

 

Neither this Option nor this Award Agreement give you the right to be retained by the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiaries or affiliates) in any capacity. The description of vesting schedules in this Agreement in units of years or months shall not be construed as guaranteeing you any term of employment to the end of any such period of time or for any period of time. The Company (and any Parent, Subsidiary or affiliate) reserve the right to terminate your status as a Service Provider at any time and for any reason.

Stockholder Rights   

 

You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a stockholder of the Company until a certificate for this Shares has been issued. No adjustments to the number of Shares you are entitled to acquire under this Option are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued, except as described in the Plan.

 

5


Adjustments    In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Shares, the number of Shares covered by this Option and the option price per Share shall be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) if required pursuant to the Plan. This Option shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.
Legends   

All certificates representing the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH APPLICABLE STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION’S SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

Applicable Law    This Award Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Award Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
The Plan   

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded.

Other Agreements    You agree, as a condition of the grant of this Option, that in connection with the exercise of the Option, you will execute such document(s) as necessary to become a party to any stockholder agreement or voting trust as the Company may require.

 

6


Certain Dispositions    If you sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option following termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal and sooner than the one (1) year anniversary of the date you acquired the Shares, then you agree to notify the Company in writing of the date of sale or disposition, the number of Share sold or disposed of and the sale price per Share within thirty (30) days of such sale or disposition.

By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

 

7


Exhibit A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

The undersigned hereby gives notice to Elevate Credit, Inc. (the “ Company ”) of the desire to purchase shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement No«Grant».

 

1.   Exercise of Option .         
  Name:  

 

        
  Date:  

 

     
  Shares to be Exercised:    

 

     
  Price:  

 

     

 

2.    Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Stock as follows. (Check all that apply and complete as appropriate. The total payment must equal the purchase price of the Shares.)
      cash in the amount of $            
      check in the amount of $            
      by surrender of shares owned and held for more than six months with a value of $             represented by certificate number              (If allowed by the Company)
      pursuant to a broker transaction with                      (If allowed by the Company)
3.    Share Registration . The Shares are to be registered (Check one only) :
      in Purchaser’s name, or
      in Purchaser’s name and the name of Purchaser’s spouse, as joint tenants with right of survivorship
   Purchaser’s spouse’s name:   

 

    
   Purchaser’s spouse’s Social Security No.:        -    -           
4.    Acknowledgement . Investing in the Shares involves risks. A Purchaser of the Shares may not be able to sell them, and the Shares could lose some or all of their value. Therefore, by exercising an option to purchase the Shares, the option holder risks losing the funds used to exercise this Option. In exercising this Option, the Purchaser acknowledges these risks, and represents that he or she has had the opportunity to consult with a financial advisor regarding such risks.

 

  
Sign Here     
Social Security No.:         -    -           Address:   
          

 

          

 


Exhibit B

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I am the Spouse of the Optionee who has signed the Elevate Credit, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and Notice of Exercise. I have read and consent to all provisions of the Agreement, the Notice of Exercise, and the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. I further agree to take no action to delay or hinder any transfer of shares of the Company in accordance with the Notice of Exercise. I agree that any community property rights and any other interest I may have in the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the exercise thereof will be subject and subordinate to the requirements of the Notice of Exercise and that the Company and the other stockholders of the Company need not seek any further consent from me and may deal with my spouse in connection with all matters under the Notice of Exercise.

 

Date:  

 

              (Signature)

 

              (Print Name)

Exhibit 10.37

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

2016 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

2. Definitions . The following definitions shall apply as used herein and in the individual Award Agreements except as defined otherwise in an individual Award Agreement. In the event a term is separately defined in an individual Award Agreement, such definition shall supersede the definition contained in this Section 2.

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of the Committees appointed to administer the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

(d) “ Assumed ” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction either (i) the Award is expressly affirmed by the Company or (ii) the contractual obligations represented by the Award are expressly assumed (and not simply by operation of law) by the successor entity or its Parent in connection with the Corporate Transaction with appropriate adjustments to the number and type of securities of the successor entity or its Parent subject to the Award and the exercise or purchase price thereof which at least preserves the compensation element of the Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction as determined in accordance with the instruments evidencing the agreement to assume the Award.

(e) “ Award ” means the grant of an Option, SAR, Dividend Equivalent Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Cash-Based Award or other right or benefit under the Plan.

(f) “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement evidencing the grant of an Award executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any amendments thereto.

(g) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “ California Grantee ” means a Grantee whose Award is issued in reliance on Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(i) “ Cash-Based Award ” means an award denominated in cash that may be settled in cash and/or Shares, which may be subject to restrictions, as established by the Administrator.

 

1


(j) “ Cause ” means, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or such Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Grantee’s: (i) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company or a Related Entity; or (iii) commission of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement that defines “Cause” on the occurrence of or in connection with a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control, such definition of “Cause” shall not apply until a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control actually occurs.

(k) “ Change in Control ” means a change in ownership or control of the Company after the Registration Date effected through either of the following transactions:

(i) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than an acquisition from or by the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan or by a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders which a majority of the Continuing Directors who are not Affiliates or Associates of the offeror do not recommend such stockholders accept, or

(ii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of twelve (12) months or less such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number) ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who are Continuing Directors.

(l) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(m) “ Committee ” means any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

(n) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(o) “ Company ” means Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor entity that adopts the Plan in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(p) “ Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.

 

2


(q) “ Continuing Directors ” means members of the Board who either (i) have been Board members continuously for a period of at least twelve (12) months or (ii) have been Board members for less than twelve (12) months and were elected or nominated for election as Board members by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.

(r) “ Continuous Service ” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant is not interrupted or terminated. In jurisdictions requiring notice in advance of an effective termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant, Continuous Service shall be deemed terminated upon the actual cessation of providing services to the Company or a Related Entity notwithstanding any required notice period that must be fulfilled before a termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant can be effective under Applicable Laws. A Grantee’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Continuous Service or upon the entity for which the Grantee provides services ceasing to be a Related Entity. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entity, or any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event of any spin-off of a Related Entity, service as an Employee, Director or Consultant for such Related Entity following such spin-off shall be deemed to be Continuous Service for purposes of the Plan and any Award under the Plan. An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave. For purposes of each Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, if such leave exceeds three (3) months, and reemployment upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then the Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the expiration of such three (3) month period.

(s) “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Administrator shall determine under parts (iv) and (v) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(iii) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(iv) any reverse merger or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse merger) in which the Company is the surviving entity but (A) the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s

 

3


outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger or the initial transaction culminating in such merger, but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or

(v) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.

(t) “ Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is a “covered employee” under Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(u) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

(v) “ Disability ” means as defined under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy. If the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.

(w) “ Dividend Equivalent Right ” means a right entitling the Grantee to compensation measured by dividends paid with respect to Common Stock, provided that no such right may be granted with respect to Options or SARs. Dividend Equivalent Rights granted in connection with a Restricted Stock Unit that vests based on the attainment of performance criteria shall be subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit.

(x) “ Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is in the employ of the Company or any Related Entity, subject to the control and direction of the Company or any Related Entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(y) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(z) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

4


(i) If the Common Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Common Stock is listed (as determined by the Administrator) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (i) and (ii), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith.

(aa) “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to the termination by the Grantee of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, that such termination is for “Good Reason” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, means any of the following events or conditions unless consented to by the Grantee (and the Grantee shall be deemed to have consented to any such event or condition unless the Grantee provides written notice of the Grantee’s non-acquiescence within 30 days of the effective time of such event or condition):

(i) a change in the Grantee’s responsibilities or duties which represents a material and substantial diminution in the Grantee’s responsibilities or duties;

(ii) a material reduction in the Grantee’s base salary; provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of substantially all other individuals in positions similar to the Grantee’s by the same percentage amount shall not constitute such a salary reduction; or

(iii) requiring the Grantee to be based at any place outside a 50 mile radius from the Grantee’s job location or residence except for reasonably required travel on business.

(bb) “ Grantee ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who receives an Award under the Plan.

(cc) “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a

 

5


trust in which these persons (or the Grantee) have more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Grantee) own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests.

(dd) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(ee) “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(ff) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(gg) “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement granted under the Plan.

(hh) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ii) “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means compensation qualifying as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(jj) “ Performance Period ” means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to, or the amount or entitlement to, an Award.

(kk) “ Permanent Disability ” means, with respect to a California Grantee, the inability of the Grantee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Grantee’s position with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary because of the sickness or injury of the Grantee.

(ll) “ Plan ” means this 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(mm) “ Predecessor Plan ” means the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(nn) “ Registration Date ” means the first to occur of: (i) the closing of the first sale to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (A) the Common Stock or (B) the same class of securities of a successor corporation (or its Parent) issued pursuant to a Corporate Transaction in exchange for or in substitution of the Common Stock; or (ii) in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Corporate Transaction shall have been sold to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

 

6


(oo) “ Related Entity ” means any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

(pp) “ Replaced ” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction the Award is replaced with a comparable stock award or a cash incentive award or program of the Company, the successor entity (if applicable) or Parent of either of them which preserves the compensation element of such Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same (or, for the Grantee, a more favorable) vesting schedule applicable to such Award. The determination of Award comparability shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(qq) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued under the Plan to the Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of first refusal, repurchase provisions and forfeiture provisions, if any, and other terms and conditions as established by the Administrator. Dividends payable in connection with a Restricted Stock Award that vests upon the attainment of performance criteria shall be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Share of Restricted Stock.

(rr) “ Restricted Stock Units ” means an Award which may be earned based on criteria, if any, established by the Administrator, including being earned in whole or in part upon the passage of time or the attainment of performance criteria established by the Administrator, and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of cash, Shares or other securities as established by the Administrator.

(ss) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.

(tt) “ SAR ” means a stock appreciation right entitling the Grantee to Shares or cash compensation, as established by the Administrator, measured by appreciation in the value of Common Stock.

(uu) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock.

(vv) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock and Cash Subject to the Plan .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10 below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards shall be 1,260,000 Shares, plus up to 1,728,230 Shares that would otherwise return to the Predecessor Plan as a result of forfeiture, termination or expiration of awards previously granted under the Predecessor Plan and outstanding when this Plan becomes effective (ignoring the termination or expiration of the Predecessor Plan for the purpose of determining the number of Shares available for the Plan). Commencing with the first business day of each calendar year beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Plan becomes effective, such aggregate number of

 

7


Shares shall be increased by a number equal to the least of (x) 1,120,000 Shares, (y) 4 percent of the number of Shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, or (z) a lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the provisions of Section 10, below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options is 1,260,000 Shares, and such number shall not be subject to annual adjustment as described immediately above. The Shares to be issued pursuant to Awards may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Any Shares covered by an Award (or portion of an Award) which is forfeited, canceled or expires (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future issuance under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares are forfeited, or repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, or at the lower of their original purchase price or their Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. To the extent not prohibited by the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other established stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is traded) or Applicable Law, any Shares covered by an Award which are surrendered (i) in payment of the Award exercise or purchase price (including pursuant to the “net exercise” of an option pursuant to Section 7(b)(v)) or (ii) in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. SARs payable in Shares shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan only by the number of actual Shares issued to the Grantee upon exercise of the SAR.

(c) Prior to the end of the transition period described in Section 18, the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be issued pursuant to Cash-Based Awards under the Plan to Covered Employees is $80,000,000.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Plan Administrator .

(i) Administration with Respect to Directors and Officers . Prior to the Registration Date, with respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws. On or after the Registration Date, with respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws and to permit such grants and related transactions under the Plan to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. In the case of Awards granted to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, references to the “Administrator” or to a “Committee” shall be deemed to be references to such Committee.

 

8


(ii) Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees . With respect to grants of Awards to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may authorize one or more Officers to grant such Awards and may limit such authority as the Board determines from time to time.

(iii) Administration With Respect to Covered Employees . Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is intended that as of and after the date that the exemption for the Plan under Section 162(m) of the Code expires, as set forth in Section 18 below (or any exemption having similar effect), grants of Awards to any Covered Employee intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made only by a Committee (or subcommittee of a Committee) which is comprised solely of two or more Directors eligible to serve on a committee making Awards qualifying as Performance-Based Compensation. In the case of such Awards granted to Covered Employees, references to the “Administrator” or to a “Committee” shall be deemed to be references to such Committee or subcommittee.

(iv) Administration Errors . In the event an Award is granted in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this subsection (a), such Award shall be presumptively valid as of its grant date to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may be granted from time to time hereunder;

(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares or the amount of cash or other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder;

(vi) to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Grantee’s written consent, provided, however, that an amendment or modification that may cause an Incentive Stock Option to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option shall not be treated as adversely affecting the rights of the Grantee.

 

9


(vii) to reduce, in each case, without stockholder approval, the exercise price of any Option awarded under the Plan and the base appreciation amount of any SAR awarded under the Plan and to cancel, in each case, without stockholder approval, an Option or SAR at a time when its exercise price or base appreciation amount (as applicable) exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, in exchange for another Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, or other Award or for cash;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to define terms not otherwise defined herein;

(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards, including without limitation, any notice of award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the Plan;

(x) to approve corrections in the documentation or administration of any Award;

(xi) to grant Awards to Employees, Directors and Consultants employed outside the United States or to otherwise adopt or administer such procedures or subplans that the Administrator deems appropriate or necessary on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan; and

(xii) to take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.

The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Administrator shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator; provided that the Administrator may not exercise any right or power reserved to the Board. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Administrator or in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.

(c) Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity, members of the Board and any Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity to whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company is delegated shall be defended and indemnified by the Company to the extent permitted by law on an after-tax basis against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any Award granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for

 

10


gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the institution of such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at the Company’s expense to defend the same.

5. Eligibility . Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards. Awards may be granted to such Employees, Directors or Consultants who are residing in non-U.S. jurisdictions as the Administrator may determine from time to time.

6. Terms and Conditions of Awards .

(a) Types of Awards . The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) an Option, a SAR, or similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. Such awards include, without limitation, Options, SARs, sales or bonuses of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Cash-Based Awards, or Dividend Equivalent Rights, and an Award may consist of one such security or benefit, or two (2) or more of them in any combination or alternative.

(b) Designation of Award . Each Award shall be designated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Option, the Option shall be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, an Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. The $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is calculated based on the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). For purposes of this calculation, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the date the Plan becomes effective to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to Incentive Stock Options, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

(c) Conditions of Award . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the Administrator for any Awards intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be

 

11


one of, or combination of, the following: net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); earnings per share; revenues or sales (including net sales or revenue growth); net operating profit; return measures (including return on assets, net assets, capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or revenue); cash flow (including operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity, and cash flow return on investment); earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, and/or amortization; gross or operating margins; productivity ratios; share price (including growth measures and total stockholder return); expense targets; margins; operating efficiency; market share; working capital targets and change in working capital; economic value added or EVA ® (net operating profit after tax minus the sum of capital multiplied by the cost of capital); or net operating income. The performance criteria established by the Administrator for any Awards not intended to be Performance-Based Compensation may be based on any one of, or combination of, the foregoing or any other performance criteria established by the Administrator. The performance criteria may be applicable to the Company, Related Entities and/or any individual business units of the Company or any Related Entity and may be measured over any specified period, including but not limited to quarterly, semi-annually, annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Administrator. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in a payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement. In addition, to the extent applicable to Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the performance criteria shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) of any change in accounting standards and any item that is either unusual or infrequent in nature, as determined in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 “Extraordinary and Unusual Items”, as determined by the Administrator, occurring after the establishment of the performance criteria applicable to the Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation. Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent basis from period to period for the calculation of performance criteria in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Grantee’s rights with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation.

(d) Acquisitions and Other Transactions . The Administrator may issue Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or other form of transaction.

(e) Deferral of Award Payment . The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Grantee to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award. The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.

 

12


(f) Separate Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

(g) Individual Limitations on Awards .

(i) Individual Limit for Options and SARs . Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section 18 (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year shall be 400,000 Shares. In connection with a Grantee’s commencement of Continuous Service, a Grantee may be granted Options and SARs for up to an additional 400,000 Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in the previous sentence. The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 10, below. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder, in applying the foregoing limitations with respect to a Grantee, if any Option or SAR is canceled, the canceled Option or SAR shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to the Grantee. For this purpose, the repricing of an Option (or in the case of a SAR, the base amount on which the stock appreciation is calculated is reduced to reflect a reduction in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock) shall be treated as the cancellation of the existing Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.

(ii) Individual Limit for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section 18 (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, for awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which such Awards may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year shall be 400,000 Shares. The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 10, below.

(iii) Individual Limit for Cash-Based Awards . Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section 18 (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, for Cash-Based Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, with respect to each twelve (12) month period that constitutes or is part of each Performance Period, the maximum amount that may be paid to a Grantee pursuant to such Awards shall be $10,000,000. In addition, the foregoing limitation shall be prorated for any Performance Period consisting of fewer than twelve (12) months by multiplying such limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Performance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12)

(iv) Individual Limit for Awards to Members of the Board . The maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted to any member of the Board (in consideration for such member’s services as a member of the Board) in any calendar year shall be 40,000 Shares.

 

13


(h) Deferral . If the vesting or receipt of Shares or cash under an Award is deferred to a later date, any amount (whether denominated in Shares or cash) paid in addition to the original number of Shares or amount of cash subject to such Award will not be treated as an increase in the number of Shares or amount of cash subject to the Award if the additional amount is based either on a reasonable rate of interest or on one or more predetermined actual investments such that the amount payable by the Company at the later date will be based on the actual rate of return of a specific investment (including any decrease as well as any increase in the value of an investment).

(i) Early Exercise . The Award Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Grantee may elect at any time while an Employee, Director or Consultant to exercise any part or all of the Award prior to full vesting of the Award. Any unvested Shares received pursuant to such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or a Related Entity or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate.

(j) Term of Award . The term of each Award shall be the term stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term of an Incentive Stock Option shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the specified term of any Award shall not include any period for which the Grantee has elected to defer the receipt of the Shares or cash issuable pursuant to the Award.

(k) Transferability of Awards . Incentive Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee. Other Awards shall be transferable (i) by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the lifetime of the Grantee, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator but only to the extent such transfers are made to the Grantee’s Immediate Family, or pursuant to domestic relations orders or agreements, in all cases without payment for such transfers to the Grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Award in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.

(l) Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.

 

14


7. Award Exercise or Purchase Price, Consideration and Taxes .

(a) Exercise or Purchase Price . The exercise or purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) In the case of Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the exercise or purchase price, if any, shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iv) In the case of SARs, the base appreciation amount shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(v) In the case of other Awards, such price as is determined by the Administrator.

(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), in the case of an Award issued pursuant to Section 6(d), above, the exercise or purchase price for the Award shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the relevant instrument evidencing the agreement to issue such Award.

(b) Consideration . Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise or purchase of an Award including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following, provided that the portion of the consideration equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:

(i) cash;

(ii) check;

 

15


(iii) surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award shall be exercised;

(iv) with respect to Options, if the exercise occurs when the Common Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (A) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (B) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction;

(v) with respect to Options, payment through a “net exercise” such that, without the payment of any funds, the Grantee may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares equal to (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value per Share (on such date as is determined by the Administrator) less the exercise price per Share, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value per Share (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares); or

(vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

The Administrator may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 4(b)(iv), or by other means, grant Awards which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment for the Shares or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(c) Taxes . No Shares or cash shall be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any non-U.S., federal, state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or cash. Upon exercise or vesting of an Award the Company shall withhold or collect from the Grantee an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, including, but not limited to, by surrender of the whole number of Shares covered by the Award, if applicable, sufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise or vesting of an Award (limited to avoid, as determined by the Administrator, financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance and reduced to the lowest whole number of Shares if such number of Shares withheld would result in withholding a fractional Share with any remaining tax withholding settled in cash).

 

16


8. Exercise of Award .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .

(i) Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement.

(ii) An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised has been made, including, to the extent selected, use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(iv).

(b) Exercise of Award Following Termination of Continuous Service .

(i) An Award may not be exercised after the termination date of such Award set forth in the Award Agreement and may be exercised following the termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service only to the extent provided in the Award Agreement.

(ii) Where the Award Agreement permits a Grantee to exercise an Award following the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for a specified period, the Award shall terminate to the extent not exercised on the last day of the specified period or the last day of the original term of the Award, whichever occurs first.

(iii) Any Award designated as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent not exercised within the time permitted by law for the exercise of Incentive Stock Options following the termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service shall convert automatically to a Non-Qualified Stock Option and thereafter shall be exercisable as such to the extent exercisable by its terms for the period specified in the Award Agreement.

9. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise, vesting or any other provision of an Award is or may be unlawful under Applicable Laws, the vesting or right to exercise an Award or to otherwise receive Shares pursuant to the terms of an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Shares under federal or state laws.

(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any Applicable Laws.

 

17


10. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and Section 11 hereof, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, the numerical limits set forth in Section 6(g), as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (iii) any other transaction with respect to Common Stock including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete) or any similar transaction; provided, however that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” In the event of any distribution of cash or other assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, the Administrator shall also make such adjustments as provided in this Section 10 or substitute, exchange or grant Awards to effect such adjustments (collectively “adjustments”). Any such adjustments to outstanding Awards will be effected in a manner that precludes the enlargement of rights and benefits under such Awards. In connection with the foregoing adjustments, the Administrator may, in its discretion, prohibit the exercise of Awards or other issuance of Shares, cash or other consideration pursuant to Awards during certain periods of time. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

11. Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control .

(a) Termination of Award to Extent Not Assumed in Corporate Transaction . Effective upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards under the Plan shall terminate. However, all such Awards shall not terminate to the extent they are Assumed in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

 

18


(b) Acceleration of Award Upon Corporate Transaction or Change in Control . The Administrator shall have the authority, exercisable either in advance of any actual or anticipated Corporate Transaction or Change in Control or at the time of an actual Corporate Transaction or Change in Control and exercisable at the time of the grant of an Award under the Plan or any time while an Award remains outstanding, to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested Awards under the Plan and the release from restrictions on transfer or forfeiture rights of such Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify. The Administrator also shall have the authority to condition any such Award vesting and exercisability or release from such limitations upon the subsequent termination of the Continuous Service of the Grantee within a specified period following the effective date of the Corporate Transaction or Change in Control. The Administrator may provide that any Awards so vested or released from such limitations in connection with a Change in Control, shall remain fully exercisable until the expiration or sooner termination of the Award.

(c) Effect of Acceleration on Incentive Stock Options . Any Incentive Stock Option accelerated under this Section 11 in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 dollar limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded.

12. Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated. Subject to Section 17, below, and Applicable Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.

13. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .

(a) The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent such approval is required by Applicable Laws.

(b) No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

(c) No suspension or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 11, above) shall adversely affect any rights under Awards already granted to a Grantee.

14. Reservation of Shares .

(a) The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

19


15. No Effect on Terms of Employment/Consulting Relationship . The Plan shall not confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the right of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause, including, but not limited to, Cause, and with or without notice. The ability of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the employment of a Grantee who is employed at will is in no way affected by its determination that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has been terminated for Cause for the purposes of this Plan.

16. No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans . Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “Pension Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

17. Stockholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws. Any Award exercised or settled before stockholder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within the time prescribed, and Shares issued on the exercise or settlement of any such Award shall not be counted in determining whether stockholder approval is obtained.

18. Effect of Section 162(m) of the Code . The numerical limits set forth in Section 6(g)(i)-(iii) of the Plan shall not be applicable until the expiration of the transition period set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f). Under such Treasury Regulation, this exemption is available to the Plan for the duration of the period that lasts until the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the Plan; (ii) the material modification of the Plan; (iii) the exhaustion of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock and other compensation available for Awards under the Plan, as set forth in Section 3; (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company first becomes subject to the reporting obligations of Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (v) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, grant Awards at any time, including after the expiration of the transition period set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f), that are not intended to (or otherwise do not) qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

19. Unfunded Obligation . Grantees shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Grantees pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Neither the Company nor any

 

20


Related Entity shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Grantee account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Related Entity and a Grantee, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Grantee or the Grantee’s creditors in any assets of the Company or a Related Entity. The Grantees shall have no claim against the Company or any Related Entity for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

20. Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

21. California Grantees . Prior to the Registration Date, the following terms shall apply to California Grantees:

(a) With respect to an Option, in the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service:

(i) if such termination was for reasons other than death, Permanent Disability, or Cause, the Grantee shall have at least thirty (30) days after the date of such termination to exercise such Option to the extent the Grantee is entitled to exercise such Option on such termination date, provided that in no event shall such Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement; and

(ii) if such termination was due to death or Permanent Disability, the Grantee shall have at least six (6) months after the date of such termination to exercise such Option to the extent the Grantee is entitled to exercise such Option on such termination date, provided that in no event shall such Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of grant and any Award Agreement relating to an Option shall terminate on or before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of grant.

(c) To the extent required by Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide to each Grantee, during the period for which such Grantee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of financial statements at least annually. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

22. Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of the Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of Awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

21

Exhibit 10.53

Execution Version

SECOND AMENDMENT TO FINANCING AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO FINANCING AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of July 14, 2016 by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Borrower ”), Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Elevate Credit ”) as a Guarantor, the other Guarantors party hereto (such Guarantors, collectively with Elevate Credit and the Borrower, the “ Credit Parties ”) and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Holders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Financing Agreement or if not defined therein, in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

WHEREAS , the Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to that certain Financing Agreement dated as of July 1, 2015, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Financing Agreement dated as of October 21, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Credit Parties and the Agent desire to amend certain provisions of the Financing Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Financing Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, including the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 hereof, the Financing Agreement is amended as follows:

(a) The definition of “ Current Interest Rate ” set forth in Section 1.1. of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such definition in its entirety and substituting the following therefor (changes are in italics ):

“Current Interest Rate ” means a rate equal to:

(a) during such times as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes is less than or equal to $50,000,000, the Base Rate plus thirteen percent (13.0%) per annum, and

(b) during such times as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes is greater than $50,000,000 but less than or equal to $100,000,000 (such Notes, the “ First Additional Notes ”), the quotient of:

(i) (A) the Base Rate plus thirteen percent (13.0%) per annum, multiplied by $50,000,000, plus , (B) the Base Rate plus twelve percent (12.0%) per annum or such other rate as may be agreed upon by all of the parties hereto, multiplied by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes that is in excess of $50,000,000 but less than or equal to $100,000,000,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


divided by

(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

(c) during such times as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes is greater than $100,000,000 (such Notes, the “ Second Additional Notes ” and together with the First Additional Notes, the “ Additional Notes ), the quotient of:

(i) (A) the Base Rate plus thirteen percent (13.0%) per annum, multiplied by $50,000,000, plus , (B) the Base Rate plus twelve percent (12.0%) per annum or such other rate as may be agreed upon by all of the parties hereto, multiplied by $50,000,000, plus (C) the Base Rate plus thirteen and one-half percent (13.5%) per annum or such other rate as may be agreed upon by all of the parties hereto, multiplied by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes that is in excess of $100,000,000,

divided by

(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

(b) The definition of “Maximum Commitment” set forth in Section 1.1. of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such definition in its entirety and substituting the following therefor:

“Maximum Commitment ” means $150,000,000.”

(c) Section 1.1 of the Financing Agreement is hereby further amended by adding the following definitions thereto in appropriate alphabetical order:

“First Additional Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Current Interest Rate””.

“Second Additional Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Current Interest Rate””.

(d) All references to “Presta Holdings, LLC”, “Payday One of California, LLC” and “Payday One, LLC” in the Transaction Documents are hereby deleted.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


(e) All references to “Rise Credit Services of Ohio, LLC” in the Transaction Documents are hereby deleted and replaced with “Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.”

(f) All references to “Rise Credit Services of Texas, LLC” in the Transaction Documents are hereby deleted and replaced with “Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC.”

(g) All references to “PDO Financial, LLC” in the Transaction Documents are hereby deleted and replaced with “Rise Financial, LLC.”

(h) The Schedule of Lenders attached to the Financing Agreement is hereby amended and replaced by Exhibit I attached to this Amendment.

2. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction in full of each of the following conditions:

(a) the Borrower shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Agent evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrower shall pay to the Agent on the date hereof all fees and other amounts due and owing thereon under this Amendment and the other Transaction Documents;

(b) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein and in the Financing Agreement shall be true and correct except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date; and

(c) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the transaction contemplated hereby.

3. General Release . In consideration of the Agent’s agreements contained in this Amendment, each Credit Party hereby irrevocably releases and forever discharge the Lenders, the Holders and the Agent and their affiliates, subsidiaries, successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, attorneys, managers, investment managers, principles and portfolio companies (each, a “ Released Person ”) of and from any and all claims, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings or demands, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law of any kind or character, known or unknown, which such Credit Party ever had or now has against Agent, any Lender, any Holder or any other Released Person which relates, directly or indirectly, to any acts or omissions of Agent, any Lender, any Holder or any other Released Person relating to the Financing Agreement or any other Transaction Document on or prior to the date hereof.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Credit Parties . To induce the Agent to execute and deliver this Amendment, each Credit Party represents, warrants and covenants that:

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of this Amendment and all documents and instruments delivered in connection herewith have been duly authorized by all necessary action required on its part, and this Amendment and all documents

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

3


and instruments delivered in connection herewith are legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

(b) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Transaction Documents is true and correct on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and each of the agreements and covenants in the Transaction Documents is hereby reaffirmed with the same force and effect as if each were separately stated herein and made as of the date hereof.

(c) Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does or shall (i) result in a violation of any Credit Party’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement or other governing documents, or the terms of any Capital Stock or other Equity Interests of any Credit Party; (ii) conflict with, or constitute a breach or default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a breach or default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which any Credit Party is a party; (iii) result in any “price reset” or other material change in or other modification to the terms of any Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any Credit Party; or (iv) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree.

(d) No Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under this Amendment or any other Transaction Document.

5. Ratification of Liability . Each Credit Party, as debtor, grantor, pledgor, guarantor, assignor, or in other similar capacity in which such party grants liens or security interests in its properties or otherwise acts as an accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be, under the Transaction Documents, hereby ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations and obligations to indemnify, contingent or otherwise, under each Transaction Document to which such party is a party, and each such party hereby ratifies and reaffirms its grant of liens on or security interests in its properties pursuant to such Transaction Documents to which it is a party as security for the obligations under or with respect to the Financing Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents, and confirms and agrees that such liens and security interests hereafter secure all of the obligations under the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, all additional obligations hereafter arising or incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Amendment or any Transaction Document. Each Credit Party further agrees and reaffirms that the Transaction Documents to which it is a party now apply to all obligations as modified hereby (including, without limitation, all additional obligations hereafter arising or incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Amendment or any Transaction Document). Each such party (a) further acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Amendment and all other agreements, documents, and instruments executed or delivered in

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

4


connection herewith, (b) consents to the terms and conditions of same, and (c) agrees and acknowledges that each of the Transaction Documents, as modified hereby, remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. Except as expressly provided herein, the execution of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender, any Holder or the Agent, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Transaction Documents nor constitute a novation of any of the obligations under the Transaction Documents.

6. Reference to and Effect Upon the Transaction Documents .

(a) Except as specifically amended hereby, all terms, conditions, covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents, and all rights of the Lenders, the Holders and the Agent and all of the obligations under the Transaction Documents, shall remain in full force and effect. Each Credit Party hereby confirms that the Transaction Documents are in full force and effect, and that no Credit Party has any right of setoff, recoupment or other offset or any defense, claim or counterclaim with respect to any Transaction Document or the Credit Parties’ obligations thereunder.

(b) Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment and any consents or waivers set forth herein shall not directly or indirectly: (i) create any obligation to make any further loans or to defer any enforcement action after the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) constitute a consent or waiver of any past, present or future violations of any Transaction Document; (iii) amend, modify or operate as a waiver of any provision of any Transaction Document or any right, power or remedy of any Lender, any Holder or the Agent or (iv) constitute a course of dealing or other basis for altering any obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other contract or instrument. Except as expressly set forth herein, each Lender, each Holder and the Agent reserve all of their rights, powers, and remedies under the Transaction Documents and applicable law. All of the provisions of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, the time of the essence provisions, are hereby reiterated, and if ever waived previously, are hereby reinstated.

(c) From and after the date hereof, (i) the term “Agreement” in the Financing Agreement, and all references to the Financing Agreement in any Transaction Document shall mean the Financing Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and (ii) the term “Transaction Documents” defined in the Financing Agreement shall include, without limitation, this Amendment and any agreements, instruments and other documents executed or delivered in connection herewith.

7. Costs and Expenses . In addition to, and not in lieu of, the terms of the Transaction Documents relating to the reimbursement of the Lenders’, the Holders’ and the Agent’s fees and expenses, the Credit Parties shall reimburse each Lender, each Holder and the Agent, as the case may be, promptly on demand for all fees, costs, charges and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel and other expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

5


8. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles other than §5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in New York, New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Amendment and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

9. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Amendment will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

10. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or by electronic media or similar means shall be deemed to be their original signature for all purposes.

11. Severability . The invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any provision in or obligation under this Amendment in any jurisdiction shall not affect or impair the validity, legality, or enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this Amendment or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction. If feasible, any such offending provision shall be deemed modified to be within the limits of enforceability or validity; provided that if the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be stricken and all other provisions of this Amendment in all other respects shall remain valid and enforceable.

12. Further Assurances . The parties hereto shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Amendment and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

13. Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Amendment.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

6


14. Limited Recourse and Non-Petition .

(a) The Secured Parties shall have recourse only to the proceeds of the realization of Collateral once the proceeds have been applied in accordance with the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement (the “ Net Proceeds ”). If the Net Proceeds are insufficient to discharge all payments which, but for the effect of this clause, would then be due (the “ Amounts Due ”), the obligation of the Borrower shall be limited to the amounts available from the Net Proceeds and no debt shall be owed to the Secured Parties by the Borrower for any further sum. The Secured Parties shall not take any action or commence any proceedings against the Borrower to recover any amounts due and payable by the Borrower under the Financing Agreement except as expressly permitted by the provisions of the Financing Agreement. The Secured Parties shall not take any action or commence any proceedings or petition a court for the liquidation of the Borrower, nor enter into any arrangement, reorganization or insolvency proceedings in relation to the Borrower whether under the laws of the Cayman Islands or other applicable bankruptcy laws until after the later to occur of the payment of all of the Amounts Due or the application of all of the Net Proceeds.

(b) The Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Borrower’s obligations under the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of the Borrower, and that the Secured Parties shall not have any recourse against any of the directors, officers or employees of the Borrower for any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, indemnities or other obligations whatsoever in connection with any transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused its signature page to this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER :
ELASTIC SPV, LTD., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Andrew Dean

Name:   Andrew Dean
Title:   Director

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused its signature page to this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

GUARANTORS :
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. , a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   CEO

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

GUARANTORS (CONT.), EACH AS AN “ELEVATE CREDIT SUBSIDIARY”:
ELASTIC FINANCIAL, LLC
ELEVATE DECISION SCIENCES, LLC
RISE CREDIT, LLC
FINANCIAL EDUCATION, LLC
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC
RISE SPV, LLC
By: Elevate Credit, Inc., as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC
By: RISE Credit, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By: Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused its signature page to this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

RISE FINANCIAL, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ALABAMA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF CALIFORNIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF DELAWARE, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF GEORGIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF IDAHO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF KANSAS, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ILLINOIS, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MISSISSIPPI, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MISSOURI, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEVADA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEW MEXICO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NORTH DAKOTA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH CAROLINA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH DAKOTA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF UTAH, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF VERMONT, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF VIRGINIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ARIZONA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF COLORADO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MARYLAND, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF OKLAHOMA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEBRASKA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF LOUISIANA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF TEXAS, LLC
By:   RISE SPV, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
    By: Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused its signature page to this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

ELASTIC@WORK, LLC
ELEVATE@WORK ADMIN, LLC
ELEVATE@WORK, LLC
By:   Elastic Financial, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities

    By: Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member

By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party has caused its signature page to this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AGENT:
VICTORY PARK MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory
LENDERS:
VPC INVESTOR FUND B, LLC as a Lender
By:   Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC SPECIALTY FINANCE FUND I, L.P.
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund GP I, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund UGP I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC SPECIALTY LENDING INVESTMENTS INTERMEDIATE, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


EXHIBIT I

SCHEDULE OF LENDERS

 

(1)    (2)    (3)    (5)

Lender

   Address and Facsimile Number    Commitment to
Purchase
Notes:
   Legal Representative’s Address and
Facsimile Number
VPC INVESTOR    227 W. Monroe Street       Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
FUND B, LLC    Suite 3900       525 West Monroe Street
   Chicago, IL 60606       Chicago, IL 60661
   Telephone: 312.705.2786       Telephone:    (312) 902-5297
   Facsimile: 312.701.0794          (312) 902-5495
   Attention: Scott R. Zemnick    $ [****]    Facsimile:    (312) 577-8964
   E-mail:          (312) 577-8854
   szemnick@vpcadvisors.com       Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann
            Scott E. Lyons
         E-mail:    mg@kattenlaw.com
            scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com
VPC SPECIALTY    227 W. Monroe Street       Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
LENDING    Suite 3900       525 West Monroe Street
INVESTMENTS    Chicago, IL 60606       Chicago, IL 60661
INTERMEDIATE,    Telephone: 312.705.2786       Telephone:    (312) 902-5297
L.P.    Facsimile: 312.701.0794          (312) 902-5495
   Attention: Scott R. Zemnick    $[****]    Facsimile:    (312) 577-8964
   E-mail:          (312) 577-8854
   szemnick@vpcadvisors.com       Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann
            Scott E. Lyons
         E-mail:    mg@kattenlaw.com
            scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com
VPC SPECIALTY    227 W. Monroe Street       Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
FINANCE FUND    Suite 3900       525 West Monroe Street
I, L.P.    Chicago, IL 60606       Chicago, IL 60661
   Telephone: 312.705.2786       Telephone:    (312) 902-5297
   Facsimile: 312.701.0794          (312) 902-5495
   Attention: Scott R. Zemnick    $[****]    Facsimile:    (312) 577-8964
   E-mail:          (312) 577-8854
   szemnick@vpcadvisors.com       Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann
            Scott E. Lyons
         E-mail:    mg@kattenlaw.com
            scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com
      Aggregate
Commitment
to Purchase
Notes:

$150,000,000

     

 

Second Amendment to Financing Agreement (Elastic)

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Exhibit 10.54

THIRD AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Third Amendment ”) is entered into effective as of this 12 th day of October, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TC Loan Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with a principal business address of 4150 International Plaza, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (“ Sublessor ”), and Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with a principal business address of 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (“ Sublessee ”).

Recitals

A. WHEREAS, Sublessor is the tenant of premises located at Overton Centre I 4150 International Plaza Fort Worth, Texas (“ Leased Premises ”) more particularly described in that certain master lease, most recently amended on June 25, 2014, between Overton Green Property Owner, L.P. (“ Landlord” ), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant (such lease, all exhibits thereto, and any amendments or addendums thereto as amended is referred to as the “ Prime Lease ”).

B. WHEREAS, there is a Sublease negotiated and executed by Sublessor and Sublessee dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Sublease Agreement ”) pursuant to that certain Distribution Agreement between Sublessor and Sublessee dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Distribution Agreement ”).

C. WHEREAS, Sublessor and Sublessee entered into an Amendment to Sublease Agreement on December 1, 2014 (“ First Amendment ”) in order for Sublessee to sublet certain additional portions of the Leased Premises from Sublessor for the term and upon the other conditions hereinafter set forth in that First Amendment.

D. WHEREAS, Sublessor and Sublessee entered into a Second Amendment to Sublease Agreement on May 18, 2015 (“ Second Amendment ”) in order for Sublessee to sublet the same portion of the Leased Premises referred to in the First Amendment for an extended term.

E. WHEREAS, Sublessee desires to sublet certain additional portions of the Leased Premises from Sublessor and Sublessor is willing to sublet certain additional portions for the term and upon the conditions hereinafter set forth.

F. WHEREAS, Sublessee desires to sublet from Sublessor and Sublessor is willing to sublet the Leased Premises described in the Sublease Agreement, the First Amendment, and this Third Amendment for an extended term as set forth herein.


G. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and benefits set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. The defined term “Additional Subleased Premises” found in the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by inserting the following in lieu thereof:

a. The “ Additional Subleased Premises ” includes the “Subleased Premises” as defined in the Sublease Agreement in addition to such portions of the Leased Premises being particularly identified in Schedule B , which the parties agree, for the purposes of this Third Amendment and any square footage calculations pursuant hereto, is approximately 8,784.9 square feet of office space on the second floor. When combined with the previous subleased space on the third and seventh floors of 42,244 square feet brings the combined total of subleased square feet to 51,028.9, or approximately 11.4% of the common space (building rentable area is 447,917 square feet). The Additional Subleased Premises shall also include a Right of First Refusal for the space currently utilized by Lessor on the fourth floor as more particularly described in Schedule B .

 

  2. Paragraph 1 Term and Termination of the Second Amendment to Sublease Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by inserting the following in lieu thereof:

a. Subject to Section 4(b) , the “ Term ” of this Sublease shall commence on the Effective Date and end on August 31, 2016.

b. This Sublease shall terminate on the first to occur of the following: (i) one (1) calendar day before the expiration of the term of the Prime Lease; (ii) the date upon which the Prime Lease is terminated as a result of any provisions of the Prime Lease; or (iii) the date upon which Sublessee’s right to occupancy of the Additional Subleased Premises is terminated pursuant to this Sublease or as provided by law.

 

  3. Paragraph 5 Sublessee’s Payment Obligations Section a. Rent of the First Amendment to the Sublease Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by inserting the following in lieu thereof:

a. Rent. Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, an additional amount equal to fourteen thousand five hundred seventy-five dollars and fifty cents ($14,575.50) for a combined total of eighty-four thousand eight hundred twenty-one dollars and ten cents ($84,821.10) per month including any applicable sales taxes (“ Base Rent ”) for all subleased space through August 2016.

 

  4. Paragraph 5 Sublessee’s Payment Obligations Section b. Common Area of the First Amendment to the Sublease Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by inserting the following in lieu thereof:

a. Common Area Operating Expenses. In addition to Base Rent, Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, 69.875% of the Common Area Operating Expenses allocated by Landlord to Sublessor (51,028.9 subleased square feet of the total 73,029 square feet of rented space). As used herein, Base Rent together with Sublessee’s percentage of the Common Area Operating Expenses, collectively, “ Rent ”.

 

2


  5. Paragraph 6 of the First Amendment to the Sublease Agreement – Additional Services - is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by inserting the following in lieu thereof:

 

  a. Additional Services . Sublessor shall have access to and use of the kitchen of Sublessee.

 

  6. Except as set forth in this Third Amendment, the Amendment to the Sublease Agreement is unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Third Amendment to the Sublease Agreement to be signed by its duly authorized representative as of the Effective Date.

 

SUBLESSOR:   SUBLESSEE:
TC LOAN SERVICE, LLC   ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Nina Vitagliano

    By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

  Name:   Nina Vitagliano       Name:   Chris Lutes
  Title:   CFO       Title:   CFO

 

3


Schedule B

Additional Subleased Premises

By entering into this Third Amendment to Sublease Agreement, Sublessee will sublease the following space from Sublessor:

3 rd Floor – 21,068 square feet

7 th Floor – 21,176 square feet

2 nd Floor – 8,784.9 square feet (does not include the Training Room or the Help Desk Area/NOC Room – a total of 932.1 square feet – which will be retained by Sublessor).

Right of First Refusal of 4 th Floor – Lessor grants to Lessee a right of first refusal on the space currently utilized by Lessor on the 4 th floor or any portion thereof by providing written notice to Lessee as soon as possible, in no event less than ninety (90) days prior to Lessor’s anticipated relinquishment of the space.

 

4

Exhibit 10.55

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Fourth Amendment ”) is entered into effective as of this 31 st day of July, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TC Loan Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with a principal business address of 5080 Spectrum Drive, Suite 700W, Addison, Texas 75001 (“ Sublessor ”), and Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with a principal business address of 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (“ Sublessee ”).

Recitals

A. WHEREAS, Sublessor is the tenant of premises located at Overton Centre I 4150 International Plaza Fort Worth, Texas more particularly described in that certain master lease, dated as of December 13, 2006, between Overton Green Property Owner, L.P. (“ Landlord ”), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant (such lease, all exhibits thereto, and any amendments or addendums thereto as amended is referred to as the “ TCLS Lease ”).

B. WHEREAS, Sublessor is the tenant of premises located at Overton Centre I 4150 International Plaza Fort Worth, Texas (“ Suite 200 ,” and together, with the premises under the TCLS Lease, the “ Premises ”) more particularly described in that certain sublease, dated as of February 20, 2013, between Decision Support Systems, L.P. (“ DSS ”), as sublessor, and Sublessor, as tenant (such sublease, all exhibits thereto, and any amendments or addendums thereto as amended is referred to as the “ DSS Sublease ”), said DSS Sublease haven been consented to by Landlord and subject to that certain master lease, dated as of February 7, 2006, by and between Landlord, as landlord, and DSS, as tenant.

C. WHEREAS, Sublessor and Sublessee entered into that certain sublease, dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Sublease Agreement ”), pursuant to which Sublessor sublet to Sublessee a certain portion of the Premises consisting of 21,068 square feet of office space on the 3 rd floor and 21,176 square feet of office space on the 7 th floor (collectively, the “ 3 rd and 7 th Floors ”).

D. WHEREAS, Sublessor and Sublessee entered into an Amendment to Sublease Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2014 (the “ First Amendment ”), pursuant to which Sublessor sublet to Sublessee certain additional portions of the Premises consisting of 3,233 square feet of Suite 200 (the “ Original 2 nd Floor Portion ”).

E. WHEREAS, Sublessor and Sublessee entered into a Second Amendment to Sublease Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015 (the “ Second Amendment ”), pursuant to which the term of the Sublease Agreement, as amended, was extended to August 31, 2016.

F. WHEREAS, Sublessor and Sublessee entered into a Third Amendment to Sublease Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2015 (the “ Third Amendment ”), pursuant to which Sublessor sublet to Sublessee certain additional portions of the Premises from Sublessor, increasing the square footage of the Original 2 nd Floor Portion to 8,784.9 square feet (the “ Amended 2 nd Floor Portion ”).

G. WHEREAS, Sublessee and Sublessor now desire to further amend the Sublease Agreement to release the 3 rd and 7 th Floors effective as of August 1, 2016, and to extend the term of the Sublease Agreement for the remainder of the Subleased Premises.

H. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and benefits set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Released Premises. From and after August 1, 2016, the 3 rd and 7 th Floors (the “ Released Premises ”), are


deemed released from and not encumbered by the Sublease Agreement, and shall not be a part of the Subleased Premises. As of August 1, 2016, the rights and obligations under the Sublease Agreement shall cease and terminate as related to the Released Premises (except those rights and obligations that expressly survive termination thereof pursuant to the terms of the Sublease Agreement). On or prior to August 1, 2016, Sublessee shall surrender the Released Premises to Sublessor in the condition required by the Sublease Agreement (including without limitation, with all repairs, maintenance and restoration required of Sublessee performed pursuant thereto).

 

2. Additional Subleased Premises. From and after August 1, 2016, Sublessor agrees to sublet to Sublessee an additional 932.1 square feet of office space on the second floor. Combined with the previous subleased space consisting of the Amended 2 nd Floor Portion, the additional subleased premises brings the combined total of subleased square feet to 9,717 (aka Suite 200), representing approximately 2.17% of the common space (building rentable area is 447,917 square feet), as set forth in Schedule A.

 

3. Subleased Premises. From and after August 1, 2016, the Subleased Premises will only be Suite 200, for which the rights and obligations under the Sublease Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4. Term and Termination. From and after August 1, 2016, Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 4. of the Sublease Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following in lieu thereof:

 

  a. Subject to Section 4(b), the Term of this Sublease shall commence on the Effective Date and end on November 30, 2017.

 

  b. This Sublease shall terminate on the first to occur of the following: (i) November 30, 2017; (ii) the date upon which the DSS Sublease is terminated as a result of any provisions thereof; or (iii) the date upon which Sublessee’s right to occupancy of the Subleased Premises is terminated pursuant to this Sublease or as provided by law.

 

5. Sublessee’s Payment Obligations. From and after August 1, 2016, Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5. of the Sublease Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following in lieu thereof:

 

  a. Rent . Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to $14,575.50 per month including any applicable sales taxes (“ Base Rent ”) commencing as of August 1, 2016.

 

  b. Common Area Operating Expenses . Commencing on August 1, 2016, in addition to Base Rent, Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, 100% of the Common Area Operating Expenses allocated by Landlord to Sublessor for Suite 200 (9,717 subleased square feet of the total 9,717 square feet of rented space). As used herein, Base Rent together with Sublessee’s percentage of the Common Area Operating Expenses, collectively, “ Rent ”).

 

6. Parking. From and after August 1, 2016, Section 13 of the Sublease Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following in lieu thereof:

 

  13. Parking. Sublessee shall be entitled to use Sublessor’s share of the number of non-reserved parking spaces attributable to Sublessor during the Term for parking automobiles owned by Sublessee and its employees, agents and invitees. All such parking shall be unreserved and on a first-come, first-served basis.

 

7. Binding Effect. The parties agree that this Fourth Amendment supersedes the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment in their entirety, all of which as of August 1, 2016, are terminated and shall have no force and effect. Except as set forth in this Fourth Amendment, the Sublease Agreement is unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Fourth Amendment to Sublease Agreement to be signed by its duly authorized representative to be effective as of the Effective Date, regardless of the actual date of execution.

 

SUBLESSOR:      SUBLESSEE:
TC LOAN SERVICE, LLC      ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Martin J. Wong

     By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

  Name: Martin J. Wong        Name: Chris Lutes
  Title: CEO        Title: CFO

 

3


Schedule A

Subleased Premises

By entering into this Fourth Amendment to Sublease Agreement, from and after August 1, 2016, Sublessee will sublease the following space from Sublessor:

Suite 200 – 2 nd Floor – 9,717 square feet

 

4

Exhibit 10.56

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

LEASE EXECUTION DATE:    July 13, 2016
TENANT:    ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC,
   a Delaware limited liability company
ADDRESS OF TENANT:    4150 International Plaza
   Suite 300
   Fort Worth, Texas 76109
TENANT CONTACT:    Chris Lutes, Chief Financial Officer
LANDLORD:    FLDR/TLC OVERTON CENTRE, L.P.,
   a Texas limited partnership
ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:    4150 International Plaza, Suite 104
   Fort Worth, Texas 76109
   Attn: Christina Thompson
LANDLORD CONTACT:    Property Manager – Christina Thompson Telephone: (817) 737-2803
PREMISES:    Suite Nos. 300, 700, and 820/850 in the office building (the “ Building ”) located on the land described as 4150 International Plaza, City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas and known as OVERTON CENTRE I, as more particularly described on Exhibit “A” (the “ Land ”). The initial Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit “B-1” and are deemed to contain 53,035 rentable square feet of Rentable Space (as defined in said Exhibit “B-1” ). “ Suite 200 ” is the 9,717 square feet of Rentable Space designated as Suite 200 in the Building. Suite 200 is outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit “B-2 ”) and are deemed to contain 9,717 rentable square feet of Rentable Space (as defined in said Exhibit “B-2 ”). From and after the Suite 200 Commencement Date (as defined below), the Premises shall include Suite 200 and the Premises shall be deemed to contain 62,752 rentable square feet of Rentable Space. The term “ Complex ” shall mean the office building complex commonly known as “OVERTON CENTRE”, which is comprised of the Building and the adjacent office buildings commonly known as Overton Centre I (located at 4150 International Plaza) and Overton Centre III (located at 4160 International Plaza), the land on which the Complex is located, and the driveways, parking facilities and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operation thereof.
LEASE TERM:    The Lease Term for Suite 300, Suite 700, and Suite 820/850 is fifty (50) months commencing on August 1, 2016 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m. (C.S.T.) on September 30, 2020 (the “ Termination Date ”). Tenant shall have the right to occupy the initial Premises from and after fourteen (14) days before the Commencement Date for purposes of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, telecommunications equipment, computer equipment, cabling, and other equipment necessary to enable Tenant to conducts its business in the initial Premises as of the Commencement Date, so long as Tenant’s early

 

Final   i   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  

entry or occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work (as defined in Exhibit “E” ). Any early occupancy or entry by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all provisions of this Lease, other than those relating to the payment of Base Rental and electricity. Prior to such early entry by Tenant, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a certificate of insurance meeting the requirements of this Lease and Tenant shall waive any liability claims against Landlord during such early entry. If the initial Premises are not ready for occupancy prior to the scheduled Commencement Date of this Lease or early occupancy by Tenant due to delays arising from direct actions of Tenant, shortages of labor or materials, acts of God, war, or other conditions beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (collectively, “ Delivery Delays ”), Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder, and Tenant agrees to accept possession of the initial Premises at such time as Landlord is able to tender the same and, if such date is later than the scheduled Commencement Date, then such date shall be deemed to be the Commencement Date and this Lease shall continue for the Lease Term specified herein.

 

The Lease Term for Suite 200 is thirty-four (34) months commencing on December 1, 2017 (“ Suite 200 Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m. (C.S.T.) on the Termination Date. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant exclusive possession of Suite 200 on or before the Suite 200 Commencement Date; however, if any present tenant or occupant of Suite 200 holds over and Landlord cannot acquire possession of Suite 200 prior to the scheduled Suite 200 Commencement Date, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder, and Tenant agrees to accept possession of Suite 200 at such time as Landlord is able to tender the same and such date shall be deemed to be the Suite 200 Commencement Date and this Lease shall continue for the Lease Term specified herein.

 

From and after the Suite 200 Commencement Date, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to the Premises shall also apply to Suite 200.

RENEWAL OPTION:    Per Exhibit “F” .
EXPANSION OPTION:    Per Exhibit “G” .
RELOCATION TO TOWER III:    Per Exhibit “H ”.
BASE RENTAL:    (SEE RIDER 102 ) per month, which is based on an annual Base Rental of ( SEE RIDER 102 ) per rentable square foot per year, as such Base Rental shall increase as set forth on Rider 102, which Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 104, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (or at such other place as Landlord from time to time may designate in writing) in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term.
BASE EXPENSE AMOUNT:    Beginning on the Commencement Date, and continuing until August 31, 2018, the Base Expense Amount for the initial Premises shall be the amount of Operating Expenses (including those Operating Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 4(c) of the Lease) for the Building during the calendar year 2016 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis. Beginning on September 1, 2018, and continuing throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, the Base Expense Amount for Suite 300 and Suite 700 shall be the amount of Operating Expenses (including those Operating

 

Final   ii   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


   Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 4(c) of the Lease) for the Building during the calendar year 2018 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis, with no change to the Base Expense Amount for Suite 820/850.
   Beginning on the Suite 200 Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, the Base Expense Amount for Suite 200 shall be the amount of Operating Expenses (including those Operating Expenses which Landlord elects to “gross-up” as provided in paragraph 4(c) of the Lease) for the Building during the calendar year 2018 on a “per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building” basis.
PREPAID RENTAL:    None.
SECURITY DEPOSIT:    [****] to be paid on the date of the execution of the Lease, and held by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 29 of the Lease.
ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT:    [****] to be paid on the Suite 200 Commencement Date, and held by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 29 of the Lease.
SOLE PERMITTED USE:    General Office Space
TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:    Prior to the Suite 200 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 11.84%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the 53,035 rentable square feet in the initial Premises by (ii) the 447,917 rentable square feet in the Complex. From and after the Suite 200 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 14%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the 62,752 rentable square feet in the Premises by (ii) the 447,917 rentable square feet in the Complex. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Proportionate Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Complex that includes the Premises or that varies with the occupancy of the Complex.
BROKER:    Holt Lunsford Commercial, Inc. (Landlord)
   Jim Lob (Tenant)

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Final   iii   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.

 

LANDLORD :     TENANT :
FLDR/TLC OVERTON CENTRE, L.P.,     ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC,
a Texas limited partnership     a Delaware limited liability company
By:   FLDR/TLC Overton Genpar, LLC,    
  a Texas limited liability company,    
  its general partner    
  By:  

/s/ Tony Landrum

    By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

    Tony Landrum, Managing Partner       Chris Lutes, Chief Financial Officer

 

Final   iv   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Paragraph

   Page No.  

1.

  

Definitions and Basic Provisions

     1   

2.

  

Lease of Premises

     1   

3.

  

Services by Landlord

     1   

4.

  

Additional Rental

     2   

5.

  

Electricity

     4   

6.

  

Payments and Performance

     5   

7.

  

Installation of Improvements

     5   

8.

  

Commencement of Term

     5   

9.

  

Repairs and Reentry

     6   

10.

  

Assignment and Subletting

     6   

11.

  

Alterations and Additions by Tenant

     7   

12.

  

Legal Use; Violations of Insurance Coverage; Nuisance

     7   

13.

  

Laws and Regulations

     7   

14.

  

Indemnity, Liability and Loss or Damage

     7   

15.

  

Rules of the Building

     8   

16.

  

Maintenance and Repair

     10   

17.

  

Entry for Repairs and Inspection

     11   

18.

  

Condemnation

     11   

19.

  

Landlord’s Lien and Security Interest

     11   

20.

  

Abandoned Property

     12   

21.

  

Holding Over

     12   

22.

  

Fire and Casualty

     12   

23.

  

Entire Agreement and Amendment; No Representations or Warranties; No Memorandum of Lease

     12   

24.

  

Transfer of Landlord’s Rights

     13   

25.

  

Default

     13   

26.

  

Waiver; Attorney’s Fees

     14   

27.

  

Quiet Possession

     14   

28.

  

Severability

     14   

29.

  

Security Deposit

     14   

30.

  

No Subrogation; Insurance

     15   

31.

  

Binding Effect

     15   

32.

  

Notice

     15   

33.

  

Brokerage

     16   

34.

  

Subordination

     16   

35.

  

Joint and Several Liability

     16   

36.

  

Rights Reserved to Landlord

     16   

37.

  

Estoppel Certificates

     17   

38.

  

Mechanic’s Liens

     17   

39.

  

Taxes and Tenant’s Property

     17   

40.

  

Constructive Eviction

     17   

41.

  

Landlord’s Liability

     17   

42.

  

Execution by Landlord

     17   

43.

  

Miscellaneous

     17   

44.

  

Telecommunications

     18   

45.

  

Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires

     18   

46.

  

Landlord’s Fees

     19   

47.

  

Hazardous and Toxic Materials

     19   

48.

  

Tenant’s Bankruptcy or Insolvency

     20   

49.

  

OSHA Regulations

     20   

 

Final   v   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


50.

  

Legal Authority

     20   

51.

  

APPLICABLE LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

     21   

52.

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     21   

53.

  

Confidentiality

     21   

54.

  

Americans with Disabilities Act

     21   

55.

  

Determination of Charges

     21   

56.

  

Financial Statements

     21   

57.

  

Lienholders’ Approval Rights

     22   

58.

  

Anti-Terrorism Requirements

     22   

 

Exhibit “A”   

Legal Description of the Land

Exhibit “B-1”   

Floor Plan of Suites 300, 700, and 820/850

Exhibit “B-2”   

Floor Plan of Suite 200

Exhibit “C”   

Holidays

Exhibit “D”   

Building Rules and Regulations

Exhibit “E”   

Construction of Tenant Improvements

Exhibit “F”   

Renewal Option

Exhibit “G”   

Expansion Option

Exhibit “H”   

Relocation to Tower III

Exhibit “I”   

Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

Rider No. 101   

Parking Facilities

Rider No. 102   

Schedule of Base Rental

 

Final   vi   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the 13th day of July, 2016, by and between FLDR/TLC OVERTON CENTRE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).

1. Definitions and Basic Provisions .  The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. The additional terms defined below shall have the respective meanings stated when used elsewhere in this Lease, and such terms and the following basic provisions constitute an integral part of this Lease:

(a) “Normal Business Hours”:  From 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (except Holidays, as defined on Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes) and from 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. on Saturday (except Holidays). Landlord shall, at Tenant’s request, provide after-hours HVAC at Tenant’s cost, which shall be $50.00 per hour, with a two-hour minimum.

(b) “Rider”:  Collectively, Rider No(s) 101 and 102, which are attached hereto, contain additional provisions of this Lease, and are hereby incorporated in, and made a part of, this Lease.

(c) “Exhibits”:  The following Exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Lease for all purposes: “A” – Legal Description; “B-1” – Floor Plan of Suites 300, 700, and 820/850; “B-2” – Floor Plan of Suite 200; “C” - Holidays; “D” - Building Rules and Regulations; “E” – Construction of Tenant Improvements; “F” – Renewal Option; “G” – Expansion Option; “H” – Relocation to Tower III; “I” - Acceptance of Premises Memorandum.

2. Lease of Premises .  In consideration of the obligation of Tenant to pay rent as herein provided and in consideration of the other terms, covenants, and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases and takes from Landlord, the Premises, together with the right to use in common with others the Common Areas, for the Lease Term specified herein, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. This Lease and the obligations of Landlord hereunder are conditioned upon faithful performance by Tenant of all of the agreements and covenants herein set out and agreed to by Tenant. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that there is excluded from Tenant’s use of the Premises (whether the Premises are or include one or more full floors within the Building) and Landlord hereby expressly reserves for its sole and exclusive use, any and all mechanical, electrical, telephone and similar rooms, janitor closets, elevator, pipe and other vertical shafts and ducts, flues, stairwells, any area above the acoustical ceiling, and any other areas not specifically shown on Exhibit B-1 and Exhibit B-2 ” as being part of the Premises.

3. Services by Landlord .  As long as Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord agrees to furnish those services and utilities to the Premises, which are customarily provided to tenants in comparable suburban office buildings located in the West Fort Worth area, such determination to be made by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. All of such services shall be provided at Landlord’s cost and expense (subject to reimbursement as set forth in this Lease) during Normal Business Hours except as specifically provided to the contrary elsewhere in this Lease. Services provided at times other than during Normal Business Hours shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense, with such charges to be established by Landlord, and agreed to in advance by Tenant, and reimbursed to Landlord on demand. Failure to any extent to furnish or any stoppage of said utilities and services resulting from any cause whatsoever shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person, property or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement contained herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable for occupancy because of a failure by Landlord to any extent to furnish or any stoppage of the utilities and services required under this Paragraph 3 from any cause which Landlord could reasonably control for any period exceeding five (5) consecutive business days, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportional abatement of Rent (based on the amount of space untenantable for occupancy) for any continued period of untenantability. Should any malfunction of the Building improvements or facilities (which by definition do not include any

 

Final   1   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


improvements or facilities of Tenant beside Building standard improvements) occur for any reason, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for constructive eviction or damages on account of such malfunction or of any interruptions in service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom.

4. Additional Rental .  (a) Tenant’s Base Rental is based, in part, upon the assumption that Tenant is contributing as its share of the annual Operating Expenses (as defined in paragraph 4(d) hereof) of the Building an amount equal to (i) the Base Expense Amount multiplied by (ii) the Rentable Space in the Premises. Tenant shall during the Lease Term, pay an amount per square foot of Rentable Space within the Premises (“ Tenant s Operating Expenses Additional Rental ”) equal to the excess from time to time of the Operating Expenses per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building over the Base Expense Amount, which shall not increase by more than five percent (5%) each calendar year of the Term. The Operating Expenses are controllable, except Taxes, insurance for the Building, snow removal, and utilities. Prior to the commencement of each calendar year of Tenant’s occupancy, Landlord may make a good faith estimate, and no more than one (1) time per calendar year during the Term, a re-estimate of the anticipated amount of Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental (“ Tenant s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental ”) and Tenant agrees to pay Tenant’s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental in equal monthly installments in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof.

(b) Within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, Landlord shall provide Tenant a statement showing the Operating Expenses for said calendar year and a statement prepared by Landlord comparing Tenant’s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental theretofore paid by Tenant with Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental paid by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental for said calendar year, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall either pay Tenant an amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of such statement, or credit such excess payment against the next accruing installment(s) of Tenant’s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental, or, if no accruing installments remain, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such statement. In the event that the Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental exceeds Tenant’s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental for said calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the statement, an amount equal to such difference. Such obligation of Landlord to refund and of Tenant to pay shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord’s statement showing Operating Expenses shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes on Tenant as to any and all items contained therein to which Tenant has not objected in writing to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such statement, which writing shall specify each item objected to and the detailed reason for each such objection.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Building is not fully occupied during any calendar year of the Lease Term, Operating Expenses (or such components thereof as Landlord may reasonably elect), Electrical Expenses, Tenant’s Forecast Operating Expenses Additional Rental, Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental, Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental (defined below) and Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental (defined below) for purposes herein shall be determined as if the Building had been fully occupied during such year and Operating Expenses had been in an amount which would be normal if the Building were fully occupied. For the purposes of this Lease, “fully occupied” shall mean occupancy of ninety-five percent (95%) of the total Rentable Space in the Building.

(d) The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs of ownership, management, operation, repair, renovation, and maintenance of the Complex, including the Building, and all other improvements located in the Complex and any and all appurtenances thereto (the “ Common Facilities ”), all accrued and based on an annual period consisting of a calendar year and including without limitation, (1) market comparable wages, salaries, and fees of all employees of Landlord and/or Landlord’s agents (whether paid directly by Landlord itself or reimbursed by Landlord to such other party) engaged in the operation, maintenance, leasing, or security of the Complex, including the Building, and personnel who may provide traffic control relating to ingress and egress from the parking areas of the Complex to the surrounding public streets; (2) all market comparable taxes, insurance, and

 

Final   2   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


benefits for employees providing these services are also included; (3) cost of all supplies, materials and equipment rented or used in the operation or maintenance of the Complex, including the Building; (4) cost of all utilities for the Complex, including the Building (specifically excluding the cost of electricity to the Complex, including the Building and related improvements); (5) market comparable management costs and the actual cost of all maintenance, janitorial, and service agreements for the Complex, including the Building, and the equipment therein including, but not limited to, alarm service, window cleaning, elevator maintenance, security service, traffic control, and janitorial service; (6) cost of all insurance relating to the Complex, including the Building, including, but not limited to, the cost of fire and extended coverage insurance, rental loss or abatement insurance, casualty and liability insurance applicable to the Complex, including the Building, and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith; (7) all taxes as defined below; (8) costs of all reasonable repairs and general maintenance (excluding repairs and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties, and alterations attributable solely to tenants of the Building other than Tenant); (9) amortization of the cost of capital investment items which are primarily for the purpose of reducing operating costs (and Landlord can prove such expenditure did reduce costs) or which may be required by governmental authority, or which extend the life of the Building - all such costs shall be amortized over the reasonable life of the capital investment items by including in Operating Expenses the annual amortized amount thereof, with the reasonable life and amortization schedule being determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but in no event to extend beyond the reasonable life of the Building; (10) Landlord’s reasonable central accounting costs applicable to the Complex, including the Building; and (11) cost of an office in the Building maintained for management of the Complex, including the Building. However, notwithstanding the above, the following specific items shall be not be included: (i) the cost of alterations, maintenance or repairs to space in the Building to be leased or already leased to others; (ii) depreciation, interest and principal payments of mortgages and other debt costs, if any; (iii) federal, state and city income taxes on income from rents, if any; (iv) the cost of capital improvements made to the Property, except as provided above; (v) any cost or expenditure for which Landlord has been reimbursed by insurance proceeds; (vi) costs which are covered by warranty to Landlord by contractors who have warranty obligations to the extent collected by Landlord; (vii) payments or commissions for rental services; and (viii) any cost that would otherwise be included in Operating Costs which represents an amount paid to a person or entity affiliated with Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid on an arms-length basis in the absence of such relationship, provided, Landlord may take into consideration reasonable qualitative (non-cost) evaluation criteria in selecting such person or entity.

(e) Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing enumeration of specific types of costs and expenses is intended as illustrative only and shall not be construed so as to limit the inclusion of any types of costs or expenses otherwise intended to be included within the term Operating Expenses but not set forth above or to obligate Landlord to provide any services contemplated thereby. In addition to the direct costs described above, Landlord shall have the right to establish reserves, which are reasonable based on comparable market conditions, for capital improvements, repairs and maintenance as Landlord may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate. The amount of such reserves shall be an additional component of Operating Expenses. Should such capital improvements be necessary due to casualty damage, ordinary wear and tear, compliance with any governmental law, ordinance or requirement or for any other reason related to the Premises, the cost of such capital improvements in excess of the currently available reserves shall be amortized over a period of time designated by Landlord in its reasonable discretion as a component of Operating Expenses. The term “taxes” shall mean all taxes and assessments and governmental charges whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Complex (or its operation), and the grounds, parking areas, driveways, and alleys around the Complex, excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income; if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any taxes levied on the Landlord or Complex, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Complex, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ taxes ” for the purposes hereof. “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof shall include without limitation, any margin tax pursuant to Chapter 171 of the Texas Tax Code (as the same may be amended, renewed or replaced from time to time). Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises, as well as the Complex, and all rights to receive notices of re-appraisement as set forth in Sections 41.413 and 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord from separating the

 

Final   3   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


buildings, including the Building, in the Complex and re-calculating Operating Expenses, based on charges allocable solely to the Building, together with a portion of shared expenses with the other buildings in the Complex.

(f) Within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statement ”) in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (‘ GAAP ”), showing the total Taxes, Insurance Costs and Operating Costs for such calendar year and the calculation of the Additional Rent for such calendar year. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall make available to Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees and accountants, for inspection from time to time during business hours in Landlord’s office, Landlord’s records of Taxes, Insurance Costs and Operating Costs. No more frequently than once in any calendar year, Tenant may request an audit of the Taxes, Insurance Costs and Operating Costs by a certified public accountant licensed to practice in the State of Texas. Any such audit shall be performed at Tenant’s sole expense unless the result of such audit establishes that Tenant has been overcharged for Additional Rent by more than 5% of the amount which should have been charged to Tenant, in which event Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the costs of such audit, not to exceed $2,000. Tenant may not cause any such audit to be performed by any agent whose compensation is contingent on the results of the audit.

5. Electricity .  (a) The term “ Electrical Expenses ” shall mean (i) charges paid by Landlord for electricity, and (ii) costs incurred in connection with an energy management program for the Building or Complex, including costs incurred for the replacement of lights and ballasts and the purchase and installation of sensors and other energy saving equipment. Electrical Expenses shall be adjusted as follows: (x) amounts received by Landlord as reimbursement for above standard electrical consumption shall be deducted from Electrical Expenses, and (xx) the costs of electricity incurred to provide overtime HVAC to specific tenants (as reasonably estimated by Landlord) shall be deducted from Electrical Expenses. Tenant’s use of electrical services furnished by Landlord shall not exceed in voltage, rated capacity, or overall load that which is four (4) watts per square foot above the ceiling and four (4) watts per rentable square foot below the ceiling. In the event Tenant shall request that it be allowed to consume electrical services in excess of Building standard, Landlord may refuse to consent to such usage or may consent upon such conditions as Landlord reasonably elects (including the installation of utility service upgrades, submeters, air handlers or cooling units), and all such additional usage (to the extent permitted by law), installation and maintenance thereof shall be paid for by Tenant as Additional Rent. Landlord, at any time during the Lease Term, shall have the right to separately meter electrical usage for the Premises or to measure electrical usage by survey or any other method that Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, deems appropriate.

(b) In addition to Tenant’s Base Rental, Tenant shall, during the Lease Term, pay an amount equal to the Electrical Expenses per square foot of Rentable Space in the Building multiplied by the Tenant’s rentable square footage (“ Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental ”). Prior to the commencement of each calendar year of Tenant’s occupancy, Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the anticipated amount of Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental (“ Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental ”) and Tenant agrees to pay Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental in equal monthly installments in advance and without demand on the first day of each calendar month during and throughout the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof. Landlord currently estimates the annual payment of Tenant’s Electrical Expenses to be One and 60/100 Dollars ($1.60) per rentable square foot.

(c) Within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of each calendar year during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, Landlord shall provide Tenant a statement (“ Electrical Statement ”) showing, in reasonable detail, the Electrical Expenses for said calendar year and a statement prepared by Landlord comparing Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental theretofore paid by Tenant with Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental. In the event that Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental paid by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental for said calendar year, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall either pay Tenant an amount equal to such excess by direct payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of such statement, or credit such excess payment against the next accruing installment(s) of Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall make available to Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees and accountants, for inspection from time to time during business hours in Landlord’s office, Landlord’s records of Electrical Expenses. No more frequently than once in any calendar year, Tenant may

 

Final   4   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


request an audit of the Electrical Expenses by a certified public accountant licensed to practice in the State of Texas. Any such audit shall be performed at Tenant’s sole expense unless the result of such audit establishes that Tenant has been overcharged for Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental by more than 5% of the amount which should have been charged to Tenant, in which event Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the costs of such audit, not to exceed $2,000. Tenant may not cause any such audit to be performed by any agent whose compensation is contingent on the results of the audit. In the event that the Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental exceeds Tenant’s Forecast Electrical Expenses Additional Rental for said calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the statement, an amount equal to such difference. Such obligation of Landlord to refund and of Tenant to pay shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord’s Electrical Statement shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes on Tenant as to any and all items contained therein to which Tenant has not objected in writing to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Electrical Statement, which writing shall specify each item objected to and the detailed reason for each such objection.

( d) The term “ Additional Rental ” shall mean Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental, Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental, and any other costs or payments that Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord as provided herein.

6. Payments and Performance .  Tenant agrees to pay all rents and sums provided to be paid by Tenant hereunder at the times and in the manner herein provided, without any setoff, deduction or counterclaim whatsoever. Should this Lease commence on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or terminate on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the rent for such partial month shall be proportionately reduced. The Base Rental for the first partial month, if any, shall be payable at the beginning of said period or as Prepaid Rental. The obligation of Tenant to pay such rent is an independent covenant, and no act or circumstance whatsoever, whether such act or circumstance constitutes a breach of covenant by Landlord or not, shall release Tenant from the obligation to pay rent. Time is of the essence in the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Any amount which becomes owing by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall bear interest at the highest lawful rate per annum from the due date until paid, unless there is no highest lawful rate of interest provided by law with respect to such amount, in which event such amount shall bear interest at the rate of [****] per month from the due date until paid. In addition, at Landlord’s option, but only to the extent allowed by applicable law and not in excess of the amount allowed by applicable law, Tenant shall pay a late charge in the amount (as solely determined by Landlord) of [****] of any installment of rental hereunder which is not paid within five (5) days of the date on which it is due in order to compensate Landlord for the additional expense involved in handling delinquent payments.

7. Installation of Improvements .  (a) By moving into the Premises or taking possession thereof, Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which the same are leased and accepts the Building and the Complex and each and every appurtenance thereof, and Tenant by said acts waives any and all defects therein. Landlord is not otherwise obliged to make any improvements to the Premises nor to provide any allowance thereof prior to Tenant’s occupancy thereof, except as expressly provided in Exhibit “E” attached to this Lease. Tenant shall accept the Premises upon Landlord’s delivery of possession thereof.

(b) In the event Tenant shall order any change in or addition to the work called for by Tenant’s Final Working Drawings then all costs resulting there from shall be paid by Tenant. Any such change orders must be made by Tenant to Landlord in writing, must include the contractor’s estimate of the cost to be incurred in connection therewith, must be reflected in the plans and specifications relating to such construction if required by Landlord and must be approved by Landlord in writing prior to the commencement of any construction relating thereto.

8. Commencement of Term; Acceptance of Premises .  The Lease Term shall commence on the Commencement Date as described in the Basic Lease Information, subject to Delivery Delays as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Following delivery of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum confirming: (1) that the Tenant Improvements described on Exhibit E are complete and have been accepted, (2) the Commencement Date, and (3) the Termination Date of this Lease in substantially the

 

Final   5   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


same form as Exhibit I (“ Acceptance of Premises Memorandum ”, attached hereto and incorporated by reference).

9. Repairs and Reentry .  Tenant will, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, maintain and keep the Premises and any alterations and additions thereto in sound condition and good repair, and shall pay for the repair of any damage or injury done to the Building or any part thereof by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees; provided, however, that Tenant shall make no repairs to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. The performance by Tenant of its obligation to maintain and make repairs shall be conducted only by contractors approved by Landlord after plans and specifications therefore have been approved by Landlord. Tenant will not commit or allow any waste or damage to be committed on any portion of the Premises, and upon the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall deliver up the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as at date of possession, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Upon such termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to reenter and resume possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 9, any repairs to the Premises or the Building that are necessitated because of any damage caused by fire or other casualty shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 22 below. Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance to the exterior, structural and Common Areas of the Building.

10. Assignment and Subletting .  In the event that Tenant desires to encumber this Lease, assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and shall state the name of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee and the terms of the proposed assignment, sublease or transfer for its review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within ten (10) business days of such approval. Tenant shall also provide financial information and state and provide information requested by Landlord as to the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee, sublessee or transferee. Any such assignment, mortgage or subletting without such consent shall be void and shall, at the sole option of the Landlord, be deemed an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting consented to by Landlord, Tenant and any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and each assignee shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent herein specified and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other covenants and obligations under this Lease. No consent to any assignment or mortgage of this Lease or any subletting of the Premises shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Paragraph 10 except as to the specific instance covered thereby. In the event that the monthly rental per square foot of space subleased which is payable by any sublessee to Tenant shall exceed the monthly rental per square foot for the same space payable for the same month by Tenant to Landlord (including any bonuses or any other consideration paid directly or indirectly by the sublessee to Tenant), Tenant shall be obligated to pay the full amount of such excess to Landlord as additional rent hereunder on the same date it is received by Tenant from the sublessee. In the event Tenant shall receive any consideration from an assignee other than the assumption by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be obligated to pay the full amount of such consideration to Landlord as additional rent hereunder on the same date it is received by Tenant. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may elect to require that rental payable by any sublessee be paid directly to Landlord and offset Tenant’s rent obligations accordingly. At no time during the Lease Term shall Tenant be entitled to (i) advertise the Premises for sublease without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and (ii) market the Premises for sublease at a rate less than the fair market value of the Premises. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, an assignment prohibited by this Paragraph 10 shall be deemed to include one or more sales or transfers, by operation of law or otherwise, or creation of new stock or partnership interests, by which a majority of the voting shares of the corporation or interests in the partnership shall be vested in a party or parties who are not owners of a majority of the voting shares or partnership interests of Tenant as of the date hereof; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not be applicable if (i) Tenant’s stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange or (ii) at least eighty percent (80%) of Tenant’s stock is owned by a corporation whose stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange. For the purposes hereof, stock ownership shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in section 544 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof. Any transfer by operation of law shall also constitute an assignment prohibited by this Paragraph 10. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without the consent of Landlord assign this Lease to any affiliate of Tenant or to any entity

 

Final   6   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Tenant, or any entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, provided in any such case Tenant’s assignee shall assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder by written agreement, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Landlord.

11. Alterations and Additions by Tenant . Tenant shall make no alterations in or additions to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, with regard to alterations or additions that would affect the Building’s structure or its HVAC, plumbing, electrical or mechanical systems, Landlord’s consent shall be in its sole and absolute discretion. All alterations, additions, and improvements made to or fixtures or improvements placed in or upon the Premises by either party (except only moveable trade fixtures of Tenant) shall be deemed a part of the Building and the property of the Landlord at the time they are placed in or upon the Premises, and they shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the termination of this Lease, unless Landlord and Tenant shall have agreed in writing as to which alterations are the property of Tenant, whether such termination shall occur by the lapse of time or otherwise. In the event Landlord shall elect that certain alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant in the Premises shall be removed by Tenant, Tenant shall remove them and Tenant shall restore the Premises to its original condition, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, prior to the termination of the Lease Term. Alterations and additions to the Premises will be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s approval of any alterations or additions shall not be a representation by Landlord that such alterations, additions or improvements comply with applicable laws. Tenant may, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, at its sole cost and expense, install additional satellite and/or TV systems that do not in any way interfere with the existing systems or with Landlord’s ability to install additional systems.

12. Legal Use; Violations of Insurance Coverage; Nuisance . Tenant will not occupy or use any portion of the Premises for any purpose other than the Sole Permitted Use or for any purpose which is unlawful or which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, is disreputable or which is hazardous due to risk of fire, explosion or other casualty, nor permit anything to be done which will in any way (i) increase the rate of fire and casualty insurance on the Building or its contents, or (ii) tend to lower the first-class character and reputation of the Building, or (iii) create unreasonable elevator loads or otherwise interfere with standard Building operations, or (iv) affect the structural integrity or design capabilities of the Building or (v) result in the storage of any hazardous materials or substances at the Building. In the event that, by reason of any act or conduct of business of Tenant, there shall be any increase in the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents created by Tenant’s acts or conduct of business, then Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord the amount of such increase on demand. Tenant shall not erect, place, or allow to be placed any sign, advertising matter, stand, booth or showcase in, upon or visible from the vestibules, halls, corridors, doors, outside walls, outside windows or pavement of the Building or the Land without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant will conduct its business, and control its agents, employees, and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance or interfere with, annoy or disturb other tenants or Landlord in the management of the Building.

13. Laws and Regulations . Tenant at its sole expense will maintain the Premises in a clean, safe and healthful condition and will comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the use, conditions or occupancy of the Premises.

14. Indemnity, Liability and Loss or Damage .

(a) TENANT INDEMNIFICATION . LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR TENANT’S AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, GUESTS, INVITEES OR ANY PERSON CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER TENANT FOR ANY INJURY TO PERSON, LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, OR FOR LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO TENANT’S BUSINESS, OCCASIONED BY OR THROUGH THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF LANDLORD, OR BY ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT FOR ANY THEREOF ARISING SOLELY FROM OR OUT OF LANDLORD’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL WRONGDOING. UNLESS ARISING SOLELY FROM OR OUT OF LANDLORD’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL ACT OR OMISSION, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR, AND TENANT SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS LANDLORD, LANDLORD’S LENDERS (IF ANY), LANDLORD’S ASSET MANAGER, LANDLORD’S SUBASSET MANAGER, LANDLORD’S PARTNERS,

 

Final   7   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ANY SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATE OF LANDLORD AND THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, MANAGERS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS, ATTORNEYS AND AGENTS OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING (COLLECTIVELY, THE “ INDEMNITEES ”), FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES, AND ALL LOSSES AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING CONSEQUENTIAL AND PUNITIVE DAMAGES) ARISING FROM THE USE BY TENANT OR ITS AGENTS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CUSTOMERS, OR INVITEES OF THE PREMISES OR THE COMPLEX OR FROM THE CONDUCT OF ITS BUSINESS OR FROM ANY ACTIVITY, WORK, OR OTHER ACTS OR THINGS DONE, PERMITTED OR SUFFERED BY TENANT IN OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR THE COMPLEX, AND SHALL FURTHER INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS ARISING FROM ANY BREACH OR DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY OBLIGATION ON TENANT’S PART TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE, OR ARISING FROM ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL OR CRIMINAL MISCONDUCT OF TENANT, OR BY TENANT OR ITS AGENTS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CUSTOMERS, OR INVITEES AND FROM ALL REASONABLE COSTS, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS, AND LIABILITIES INCURRED IN THE DEFENSE OF ANY SUCH CLAIM OR ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST, OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS LEASE. UPON NOTICE FROM LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL DEFEND ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT AT TENANT’S EXPENSE BY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO LANDLORD IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. AS A MATERIAL PART OF THE CONSIDERATION TO LANDLORD FOR THIS LEASE, TENANT HEREBY ASSUMES ALL RISK OF DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR INJURY TO PERSONS IN, UPON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES FROM ANY CAUSE, AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT THERETO AGAINST LANDLORD. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ITS INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER COVER AND RELATE TO, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY NEGLIGENT ACTION AND/OR OMISSION (WHETHER JOINT, COMPARATIVE OR CONCURRENT) OF LANDLORD AND LANDLORD’S AGENTS, SERVANTS AND EMPLOYEES. IF LANDLORD SHALL BE MADE A PARTY TO ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY OR AGAINST TENANT, TENANT SHALL PROTECT AND HOLD LANDLORD HARMLESS THEREFROM AND ON DEMAND SHALL PAY ALL COSTS, EXPENSES, AND REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES INCURRED BY LANDLORD IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR SOONER TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.

(b) LANDLORD INDEMNIFICATION . LANDLORD SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS TENANT FROM AND AGAINST ALL THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS ARISING FROM. THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL ACT OR OMISSION OF LANDLORD OR ITS AGENTS, CONTRACTORS, OR EMPLOYEES, AND FROM AND AGAINST ALL COSTS, ATTORNEY’S FEES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITIES INCURRED IN THE DEFENSE OF ANY SUCH CLAIM OR ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT THEREON. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL NOT APPLY IN THE CASE OF CLAIMS INVOLVING THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL ACT OR OMISSION OF TENANT, ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR CONTRACTORS.

(c) Mutual Waiver of Claims and Rights of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, each party waives, as against the other and its respective employees, agents contractors and subcontractors, all claims and rights of recovery, and on behalf of their respective insurance carriers, rights of subrogation, with respect to property damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, to the extent such property is covered by insurance required hereunder or any other valid and collectible insurance or would have been covered if insurance required hereunder had been maintained, even if such loss is caused by the negligence of the party released.

15. Rules of the Building; Signage.  (a) Tenant will comply fully, and will cause Tenant’s agents, employees, and invitees to comply fully with all Rules and Regulations of the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made a part hereof as though fully set out herein. As more particularly provided therein, Landlord

 

Final   8   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


shall at all times have the right to change such Rules and Regulations or to amend them in such reasonable manner as Landlord may deem advisable for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building and appurtenances and for preservation of good order therein, all of which Rules and Regulations, changes and amendments will be forwarded to Tenant in writing and shall be complied with and observed by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees.

(b) Landlord will list Tenant’s name in the Building’s directory, if any, located in the lobby of the Building, will permit Tenant at its expense to install signage on the entry of the Premises, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and subject to compliance with all applicable laws, and will list Tenant’s name on the monument sign located at the northern end of the Building.

(c) Tenant may install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost, signage with Tenant’s name and logo (the “ Exterior Signage ”) in two (2) mutually approved locations on the exterior of the Building, subject to the following terms, conditions, and provisions:

(i) The Exterior Signage, including size, graphics, color, and illumination must first be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its approval plans (including an electric plan) and specifications detailing the design and proposed manner of installation of the Exterior Signage. Following approval by Landlord of the plans and specifications, and approval by Tenant of the cost of the work and the proposed Exterior Signage location. Tenant shall contract with a signage contractor acceptable to Landlord to install the Exterior Signage and with an electrical contractor acceptable to Landlord with respect to any electrical work required for the illumination of the Exterior Signage. All contractors shall be required to procure and maintain insurance against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. Certificates of such insurance must be received by Landlord before the work is commenced. The work shall be performed in such a manner and at such times as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to interfere with or delay Landlord’s other contractors, the operation of the Building, and the occupancy thereof by other tenants. The contractors shall contact Landlord’s management office for the Complex and schedule time periods during which they may use Building facilities in connection with the work (e.g., elevators etc.). Tenant shall repair any damage to the Building caused by the installation of the Exterior Signage. The installation, maintenance and removal of the Exterior Signage may not disrupt or interfere in any way with the business or operations of any other tenant in the Building and may not obstruct the view of any tenant in the Building.

(ii) Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that it is a matter for Tenant to ascertain whether it will be allowed by the City of Fort Worth or other applicable jurisdiction to install the Exterior Signage on the Building. Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever with respect thereto, but shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant to obtain approval from the City of Fort Worth, provided however that Landlord shall not obliged to incur any additional expense or liability in so doing. Tenant shall obtain and maintain all necessary permits, licenses, and approvals and pay all costs associated therewith and shall provide Landlord with copies of all permits, licenses and approvals. Tenant shall maintain such property and liability insurance with respect thereto as Landlord may require. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the installation and operation of the Exterior Signage.

(iii) Landlord assumes no liability for special, consequential, or incidental damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with the design or installation of the Exterior Signage, and the obtaining of permits, licenses and approvals, and makes no representations, warranties, or guaranties regarding the same, expressed or implied, including, without limitation, suitability of the Building structure for the installation of signage, warranties of merchantability, compliance with applicable laws or fitness for a particular purpose. Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the Exterior Signage in good and first class operating order and condition. If the Exterior Signage is illuminated, then Tenant shall (i) ensure that all wiring shall be concealed and (ii) replace bulbs as and when necessary.

(iv) For so long as Tenant is in occupation of the entire Premises, Tenant shall not be charged rent for the Exterior Signage. The Exterior Signage shall remain the personal property of Tenant, and upon the

 

Final   9   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease, or at Landlord’s option, upon transfer or assignment of Tenant’s interest under the Lease, or in the event. Tenant is no longer in occupation of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall remove the Exterior Signage. Upon any removal of the Exterior Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, repair any damage to the Building caused by such removal and restore the area where the Exterior Signage was located to the condition existing prior to installation.

(v) Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord, its employees, agents, representatives, tenants and contractors harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, costs, expenses, liabilities, and damages (including consequential and punitive damages) arising from or in connection with the installation, operation, or use of the Exterior Signage, or relating to any act or occurrence happening in or about the Exterior Signage, however the same may be caused, including, without limitation, if caused in whole or in part by the act, omission, or active or passive negligence of Landlord, or its employees, agents, representatives, tenants or contractors, or by criminal activity of any kind. Such indemnity shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease Term.

(vi) Tenant’s right to install and maintain the Exterior Signage is personal to Elevate Credit Service, LLC, and shall terminate if (a) the Exterior Signage has not been installed within twelve (12) months of of the removal of Think Finance’s existing exterior signage, or (b) the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises expires by its terms or is terminated. In addition, Landlord, in its sole discretion, may require Tenant to remove the Exterior Signage if Tenant (i) is in occupation of less than the entire Premises, or (ii) has sublet or assigned the Premises, or (iii) has ceased operation of its business and vacated the Premises (notwithstanding that it has left furniture, fixtures or equipment in the Premises), or (iv) is delinquent in payment of rent for in excess of two (2) consecutive months. Upon termination of such rights as hereinabove provided, Tenant shall remove the Exterior Signage and restore the Building surfaces where the same was affixed to the Building. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may remove the Exterior Signage at Tenant’s cost. Any unperformed obligations of Tenant herein shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease. Nothing herein contained shall imply that Tenant has any exclusivity on signage rights on the exterior of the Building.

16. Maintenance and Repair .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 17(b) and Section 22 hereof, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, and subject to the provisions of Section 15 hereof as applicable: (i) keep the Premises in a tenantable, neat and clean and safe and healthful condition in compliance with all Laws (including obtaining any required licenses or permits in connection therewith), and maintain the Premises and all improvements, systems, fixtures and equipment therein, other than any improvements, systems and fixtures constituting part of the Base Building, in good order, condition and repair; and (ii) make all repairs, alterations, additions or replacements to the Premises (including, without limitation, equipment, facilities and fixtures therein serving the Premises which are not systems and fixtures constituting part of the Base Building (hereinafter defined)) required by Laws including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, and any state or local Laws of similar import (collectively, “ ADA ”).

(b) Except as provided in Section 18 and Section 22 hereof, Landlord shall, at its expense: keep the Property (including the drives, driveways, parking areas, landscaping, sewer, water and electrical lines serving the Building), and the Building structure including, without limitation, the exterior walls, foundation and roof, and Building systems including, without limitation, the electrical and plumbing systems, excluding, however, distribution lines and pipes and equipment within and serving the Premises exclusively (the structure and such systems collectively constituting and referred to as the “ Base Building ”) in good order condition and repair; and will make all repairs, alterations and additions to the Base Building which are required to conform with all Laws, except repairs, alterations and additions required because of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, as distinguished from those generally applicable to the Property and the Base Building. Landlord shall also provide snow removal sufficient to allow reasonable access to the Building, provided that if snow removal is interfered with due to overnight parking by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, or invitees, any additional snow removal costs will be charged to Tenant as additional Rent hereunder, payable on demand.

 

Final   10   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


(c) If Tenant does not make repairs and perform maintenance as required in this Section 14 promptly and adequately, Landlord may (after giving reasonable notice to Tenant and a reasonable opportunity to make such repairs and perform such maintenance, except in an emergency or as is necessary to avoid damage to property (including, without limitation, the Building) or injury to persons, in which event no such notice or opportunity for Tenant to make such repairs or perform such maintenance shall be required), but shall have no obligation to, make such repairs and perform such maintenance, and all costs thereof (plus a fifteen percent (15%) overhead charge) shall be additional Rent hereunder due and payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of being billed therefor. Without limitation of any other rights of Landlord for entry into the Premises, Landlord may enter the Premises upon reasonable verbal advice (except in an emergency when no verbal advice shall be required) to make such repairs to the Premises or any property or equipment located therein and perform such maintenance as Landlord shall deem necessary or be required pursuant to any Laws.

17. Entry for Repairs and Inspection . Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right to enter into and upon any and all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours (or, in an emergency, at any hour) to inspect same or clean or make repairs or alterations or additions to the Building and the Premises (whether structural or otherwise) as Landlord may deem necessary, and during the continuance of any such work, Landlord may temporarily close doors, entryways, public spaces and corridors and interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. Landlord agrees to provide written notice should the buildings facilities be suspended in a manner that will affect the Tenant’s operations. During the Lease Term, Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders at reasonable hours and upon at least 24-hours prior notice to Tenant. Furthermore, during the one-year period prior to the expiration date of this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s agents may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants during Normal Business Hours and upon at least 24-hours prior notice to Tenant.

18. Condemnation . If all of the Premises, or so much thereof as would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the remainder, shall be taken or condemned for any public use or purpose by right of eminent domain, with or without litigation, or be transferred by agreement in connection with or in lieu of or under threat of condemnation, then the Lease Term and the leasehold estate created hereby shall terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or transferee. If all or any portion of the Building or if all or any material portion of the land on which the Building is located is taken or condemned or transferred as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or transferee. Landlord shall receive the entire award from any taking or condemnation (or the entire compensation paid because of any transfer by agreement), and Tenant shall have no claim thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may seek a separate award for loss of those leasehold improvements agreed by Landlord and Tenant to be the property of Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 11 hereof, Tenant’s relocation costs, and Tenant’s loss of business.

19. Landlord’s Lien and Security Interest . Landlord shall have a Landlord’s statutory lien, and in addition thereto Landlord shall have, and Tenant hereby grants unto Landlord, a security interest in all of the goods, wares, furniture, fixtures, office equipment, supplies and other property of Tenant now or hereafter placed in, upon, or about the Premises and all proceeds thereof, as security for all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall not remove any of said personal property from the Premises until all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been satisfied in full. Upon the occurrence of an event of default by Tenant, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedies provided herein, enter upon the Premises and take possession of any and all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, improvements and other personal property of Tenant situated on the Premises, without liability for trespass or conversion, and sell the same at public or private sale, with or without having such property at the sale, after giving Tenant reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale is to be made; and at any such sale the Landlord or its assigns may purchase unless otherwise prohibited by law. The proceeds from any such disposition, less any and all expenses connected with the taking of possession, holding and selling of the property (including reasonable attorney’s fees and other expenses), shall be applied as a credit against the indebtedness secured by the security interest granted in this Paragraph 19. Any surplus shall be paid to Tenant or as otherwise required by law and Tenant shall pay any deficiencies forthwith to Landlord. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord a financing statement in form sufficient to perfect the security interest of Landlord in the aforementioned property and proceeds thereof under the provisions of the Texas Uniform Commercial Code.

 

Final   11   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


20. Abandoned Property . All personal property of Tenant remaining in the Premises after the termination or expiration of the Lease Term or after the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant may, after Landlord provides notice to Tenant, be treated by Landlord as having been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, at its option and election, thereafter take possession of such property and either (i) declare same to be the property of Landlord, or (ii) at the cost and expense of Tenant, store and/or dispose of such property in any manner and for reasonable consideration, Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall deem advisable. Tenant shall be presumed conclusively to have abandoned the Premises if the amount of Tenant’s property removed by Tenant from the Premises is substantial enough to indicate a probable intent to abandon the Premises and such removal is not in the normal course of Tenant’s business, or if Tenant removes any material amount of Tenant’s personal property from the Premises, at a time when Tenant is in default in the payment of rental due hereunder or in the performance of any other obligation of Tenant hereunder and such removal is not in the normal course of Tenant’s business. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall prejudice or impair Landlord’s rights as a lienholder and secured party under Paragraph 19 hereof, and the rights granted to Landlord under this Paragraph shall be cumulative of its rights as a lienholder and secured party.

21. Holding Over . Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate (“ Holdover Rate ”) which shall be One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the amount of the annual Base Rental for the last period prior to the date of such termination plus Tenant’s Additional Rental under Paragraphs 4 and 5 prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages, consequential as well as direct, sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention. If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month at the Holdover Rate, subject to all the covenants and obligations of this Lease, but if Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate, subject to all the covenants and obligations of this Lease, shall be deemed to have been created. In any event, no provision of this Paragraph 21 shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.

22. Fire and Casualty . (a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty then in such event Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, either (i) enter and make the necessary repairs without affecting this Lease, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant within sixty (60) days of such fire or other casualty in which event Tenant shall pay the rent hereunder apportioned to the time of such loss and shall pay all other obligations of Tenant owing on the date of termination, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord.

(b) In the event the Building is so badly damaged or injured by fire or other casualty, even though the Premises may not be affected, that Landlord decides, within sixty (60) days after such destruction, not to rebuild or repair the Building (such decision being vested exclusively in the discretion of Landlord), then in such event Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified for termination in the notice from Landlord to Tenant, and the Tenant shall pay rent hereunder apportioned to the date of such termination and shall pay all other obligations of Tenant owing on the date of termination, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to restore the Building and the Premises shall not require Landlord to expend for such repair and restoration work more than the insurance proceeds actually received by the Landlord as a result of the casualty.

(d) Landlord shall be required to carry and maintain fully replacement value fire and casualty insurance for the Building for the length of the Lease Term and any renewal thereof.

23. Entire Agreement and Amendment; No Representations or Warranties; No Memorandum of Lease . This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, promises, and representations made by either party to the other concerning the subject matter hereof and the terms applicable hereto. It is expressly agreed by Tenant, as a material consideration to Landlord for the execution of this Lease, that

 

Final   12   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


there have been no representations, understandings, stipulations, agreements or promises pertaining to the Premises, the Building or this Lease not incorporated in writing herein. This Lease shall not be altered, waived, amended or extended, except by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto, unless otherwise expressly provided herein. LANDLORD’S DUTIES AND WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY IMPLIED DUTIES OR WARRANTIES, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY LANDLORD AND WAIVED BY TENANT. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of this Lease shall be recorded in the public records of the county in which the Building is located without the prior written consent of Landlord.

24. Transfer of Landlord s Rights . In the event Landlord transfers its interest in the Building, Landlord shall thereby automatically be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations, except that Landlord shall not be released from any existing Tenant claims made prior to transfer.

25. Default . (a) The following events shall be deemed to be events of default (herein so called) by Tenant under this Lease: (i) Tenant shall fail to pay any rental or other sum payable by Tenant hereunder as and when such rental or other sum becomes due and payable (ii) Tenant shall fail to comply with any other provision, condition or covenant of this Lease and any such failure is not cured within five (5) days after Landlord gives written notice of such failure to Tenant; provided, if such failure cannot be cured within five (5) days after Landlord gives written notice of such failure Tenant, Tenant shall fail to begin such cure within said five (5) day period or fails to diligently prosecute such cure to completion in a reasonable time period; (iii) Tenant shall desert, vacate or fail to physically occupy any substantial portion of the Premises; (iv) Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises or grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord; (v) Any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease pursuant to any section or chapter of the present federal Bankruptcy Act or under any future federal Bankruptcy Act or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof (which as to any involuntary petition shall not be and remain discharged or stayed within a period of thirty (30) days after its entry), or Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed under any section or chapter of the present federal Bankruptcy Act or under any future federal bankruptcy act or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof; (vi) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall become insolvent or make a transfer in fraud of creditors; (vii) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (viii) A receiver or trustee shall be appointed for Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease or for any of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event of default, Landlord shall have the option to do any one or more of the following without any further notice or demand, in addition to and not in limitation of any other remedy permitted by law or by this Lease: (i) Enforce, by all legal suits and other means, its rights hereunder, including the collection of Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder and the reimbursement for all unamortized tenant allowances and concessions, without reentering or resuming possession of the Premises and without terminating this Lease; and (ii) Terminate this Lease by issuing written notice of termination to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages on the same days as Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other payments which are expressed to be due under the provisions of this Lease, the total amount of such Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and other payments plus a reimbursement for all unamortized tenant allowances and concessions, less such part, if any, of such payments that Landlord shall have been able to collect from a new tenant upon reletting; provided, however, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises so as to mitigate the amount for which Tenant is liable. Landlord shall have the right at any time to demand final settlement. Upon demand for a

 

Final   13   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


final settlement, Landlord shall have the right to receive, and Tenant hereby agrees to pay, as damages for Tenant’s breach, the difference between the total rental provided for in this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term and the reasonable rental value of the Premises for such period, such difference to be discounted to present value at a rate equal to the rate of interest allowed by law (at the time the demand for final settlement is made) when the parties to a contract have not agreed on any particular rate of interest (or, in the absence of such law, at the rate of 6% per annum). Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord immediately upon demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in its actions pursuant to this Subparagraph, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages resulting to Tenant from such action, whether caused by the negligence of Landlord or otherwise. In addition to all remedies specified above, if Tenant is delinquent in rentals or other monetary payments due under the Lease, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and change, alter, or modify the door locks on all entry doors of the Premises, and permanently or temporarily exclude Tenant, and its agents, employees, representatives and invitees, from the Premises; and in such event, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with a key to reenter the Premises until such time as all delinquent rent and other amounts due under this Lease have been paid in full, and only during Landlord’s Normal Business Hours. Landlord’s exclusion of Tenant from the Premises pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall not constitute a permanent exclusion of Tenant from the Premises or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing; moreover, Landlord shall not be obligated to place a written notice on the Premises on the front door thereof explaining Landlord’s action or stating the name, address or telephone number of any individual or company from which a new key may be obtained.

26. Waiver; Attorney s Fees . Landlord’s acceptance of rent following an event of default hereunder shall not be construed as Landlord’s waiver of such event of default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or default. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations described in Paragraph 16 against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord. The rights granted to Landlord in this Lease shall be cumulative of every other right or remedy which Landlord may otherwise have at law or in equity, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies. If Landlord brings any action under this Lease and prevails on said action, or consults or places this Lease or any amount payable by Tenant hereunder with an attorney for the enforcement of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder, then Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand from Landlord the reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

27. Quiet Possession . Landlord hereby covenants that Tenant, upon paying rent as herein reserved, and performing all covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant, shall and may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises without any disturbance from Landlord or from any other person claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms, provisions, covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease, specifically including, but without limitation, the matters described in Paragraph 34 hereof.

28. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Lease Term, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

29. Security Deposit . The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant or upon termination of this Lease. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, after written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intent to do so, use

 

Final   14   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of rent or to satisfy any other covenant or obligation of Tenant hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the termination of this Lease, the balance of the Security Deposit remaining after any such application shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord shall assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of, or any other matter relating to, such Security Deposit.

30. No Subrogation; Insurance . (a) Tenant hereby waives any cause of action it might have against Landlord on account of any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Premises, Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements or business and which names Tenant as a party insured. Landlord hereby waives any cause of action it might have against Tenant because of any loss or damage that is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Building or any property of Landlord used in connection with the Building and which names Landlord as a party insured, provided that if the cost of restoring the loss or damage exceeds the amount of property damage insurance proceeds paid to Landlord on account of the loss or damage, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the amount of such excess. This provision is cumulative of Paragraph 14.

(b) Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect Landlord and the Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 15) against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or an Indemnitee incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than [****] per occurrence and not less than [****] in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and [****] products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than [****] per accident; (c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance with limits as required by statute with Employers Liability and limits of [****] each accident, [****] disease policy limit, [****] disease—each employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and, (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income. The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenant’s expense; (b) name Landlord and the Indemnitees (or such of them as Landlord may designate) as additional insureds (General Liability) and loss payee (Property—Special Form); (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best’s rating of “A-:VII” during the Term and which must be admitted to engage in the business of insurance in the State of Texas; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD form 28 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

31. Binding Effect . The provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, and to their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 10, 24 and 41 hereof.

32. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by one party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, with sufficient postage prepaid, or hand delivered or sent by recognized overnight delivery service operating on a nationwide basis, addressed to the respective party to whom notice is intended to be given at the address of such party set forth on the Basic Lease Information. Either party hereto may at any time by giving written notice to the other party in the aforesaid manner designate any other address, which, in regard to notices to be given to Tenant, must be within the continental United States, in substitution of the foregoing address to which any such notice shall be given.

 

Final   15   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


33. Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than Holt Lunsford Commercial, Inc., as Broker for Landlord, and Jim Lob, as Broker for Tenant. TENANT AGREES TO INDEMNIFY LANDLORD AGAINST ALL COSTS, EXPENSES, ATTORNEYS’ FEES, AND OTHER LIABILITY FOR COMMISSIONS OR OTHER COMPENSATION CLAIMED BY ANY BROKER OR AGENT OTHER THAN JIM LOB CLAIMING THE SAME BY, THROUGH, OR UNDER TENANT. LANDLORD AGREES TO INDEMNIFY TENANT AGAINST ALL COSTS, EXPENSES, ATTORNEYS’ FEES, AND OTHER LIABILITY FOR COMMISSIONS OR OTHER COMPENSATION CLAIMED BY ANY BROKER OR AGENT OTHER THAN HOLT LUNSFORD COMMERCIAL, INC. CLAIMING THE SAME BY, THROUGH, OR UNDER LANDLORD. Such indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

34. Subordination . This Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are subject and subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security which does now or may hereafter cover the Building and the Land or any interest of Landlord therein, and to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any of such deed of trust, mortgage or instrument of security. Landlord, and any successor to Landlord, shall be obligated to provide Tenant with written notice of any change to the deed of trust, mortgage, or any other instrument of security which covers the Building and the Land or any interest of Landlord therein, that would cause this Lease and/or Tenant’s rights hereunder to be materially affected. Tenant shall, however, upon demand at any time or times execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord any and all instruments and certificates that, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, may be necessary or proper to confirm or evidence such subordination. Tenant further covenants and agrees upon demand by Landlord’s mortgagee at any time, before or after the institution of any proceedings for the foreclosure of any such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security, or sale of the Building pursuant to any such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security or voluntary sale, to attorn to the purchaser upon any such sale and to recognize and attorn to such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

35. Joint and Several Liability . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor(s) of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the obligations of Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of Tenant and each such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant hereunder before proceeding against each such guarantor, nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guarantee for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any amendment of this Lease, any forbearance by Landlord or waiver of any of Landlord’s rights, the failure to give Tenant or any such guarantor any notices, or the release of any party liable for the payment or performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

36. Rights Reserved to Landlord.  Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without notice, except as provided herein, and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without affecting an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of rent or affecting any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease: (1) upon thirty (30) days prior notice to change the name or street address of the Building; (2) to install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building; (3) to designate and approve window coverings to present a uniform exterior appearance; (4) to make any decorations, alterations, additions, improvements to the Building or Complex, or any part thereof (including, with prior notice, the Premises) which Landlord shall desire, or deem necessary for the safety, protection, preservation or improvement of the Building or Complex, or as Landlord may be required to do by law; (5) to have access to the Premises at reasonable hours to perform its duties and obligations and to exercise its rights under this Lease; (6) to retain at all times and to use in appropriate instances, pass keys to all locks within and to the Premises; (7) to approve the weight, size, or location of heavy equipment, or articles within the Premises; (8) to close or restrict access to the Building at all times other than Normal Business Hours subject to Tenant’s right to admittance at all times under such regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time, or to close (temporarily or permanently) any of the entrances to the Building; provided Landlord shall have the right to restrict or prohibit access to the Building or the Premises at any time Landlord determines it is necessary to do so to minimize the risk of injuries or death to persons or damage to property (9) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances of passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets and public parts of the Building or Complex; (10) to regulate access to telephone, electrical and other utility closets in the Building and to require use of

 

Final   16   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


designated contractors for any work involving access to the same; (11) if Tenant has vacated the Premises during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term, to perform additions, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with a reletting or anticipated reletting thereof without being responsible or liable for the value or preservation of any then-existing improvements to the Premises; and (12) to grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or undertaking in the Building provided Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this clause shall not be deemed to prohibit Tenant from the operation of its business in the Premises and shall not constitute a constructive eviction.

37. Estoppel Certificates . Tenant agrees to furnish from time to time, within five (5) days following the request by Landlord or any successor to Landlord or by the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage covering the Land and Building or any interest of Landlord therein, an estoppel certificate signed by Tenant in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord and any such lender, in their sole discretion.

38. Mechanic s Liens . Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall in any way encumber the title of Landlord in and to the Premises or the Building or any part thereof; and if any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien is filed or claimed against the Premises or Building or any part thereof in connection with any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, Tenant will promptly pay same or cause it to be released of record.

39. Taxes and Tenant s Property . Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any such taxes for which Tenant is liable are mistakenly levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and if Landlord elects to pay the same or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder.

40. Constructive Eviction . Tenant shall not be entitled to claim a constructive eviction from the Premises unless Tenant shall have first notified Landlord in writing of the condition or conditions giving rise thereto, and, if the complaints be justified, unless Landlord shall have failed to remedy such conditions within a reasonable time after receipt of said notice.

41. Landlord s Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefore and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building and the Land, and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. This clause shall not be deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder which do not involve the personal liability of Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event Landlord sells, assigns, transfers or conveys its interest in the Building and the Land, Landlord shall have no liability for any acts or omissions that occur after the date of said sale, assignment, transfer or conveyance. Additionally, Tenant hereby waives its statutory lien under Section 91.004 of the Texas Property Code. The terms of this Paragraph 41 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

42. Execution by Landlord .  The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights with respect hereto unless and until Landlord shall, or shall cause its managing agent to, execute a copy of this Lease already executed and delivered by Tenant to Landlord, and deliver the same to Tenant. Landlord’s execution of this Lease shall be subject to the execution and delivery by Landlord of a lease termination agreement with the prior tenant of the Premises in form acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

43. Miscellaneous . The following provisions shall be applicable hereto: (i) no waiver by Landlord of any of its rights or remedies hereunder, or otherwise, shall be considered a waiver of any other or subsequent right or remedy of Landlord; no delay or omission in the exercise or enforcement by Landlord of any rights or remedies shall ever by construed as a waiver of any right or remedy of Landlord; and no exercise or enforcement of any such rights or remedies shall ever be held to exhaust any right or remedy of Landlord; (ii) this Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and Tenant, its permitted successors and assigns, and it is not for the benefit of any third party; (iii) words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires;

 

Final   17   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


and (iv) whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages and/or unavailability of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any other cause of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

44. Telecommunications .  (a) Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems including but not limited to voice, video, data, and any other telecommunications services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems, for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(b) Tenant expressly understands and agrees that Landlord reserves the right to grant or deny access (to the Building or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, the Premises) to any telecommunications service provider whatsoever, and that Tenant shall have no right to demand or attempt to require Landlord to grant any access to any such telecommunications service provider. Moreover, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in the event any such telecommunications service provider desires access to the Building to serve any or all tenants thereof, such access shall be prescribed and governed by the terms and provisions of Landlord’s standard Telecommunications License Agreement, which must be executed and delivered to Landlord by such telecommunications service provider before it is allowed any access whatsoever to the Building.

45. Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires .

(e) Landlord May Elect to Either Remove or Keep Wires . Within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Landlord may elect (“Election Right”) by written notice to Tenant to: (i) Retain any or all wiring, cables, risers, and similar installations appurtenant thereto installed by Tenant in the risers of the Building (“Wiring”); (ii) Inform Tenant of its right of first refusal to remove any or all such Wiring and restore the Premises and risers to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Wiring, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent not to be unreasonably withheld (“Wire Restoration Work”); or (iii) If Tenant elects not to complete the Wire Restoration Work, Landlord shall perform such Wire Restoration Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

(f) Survival . The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

(g) Condition of Wiring . In the event Landlord elects to retain the Wiring (pursuant to Paragraph a(i) hereof), Tenant covenants that: (i) Tenant shall be the sole owner of such Wiring, that Tenant shall have good right to surrender such Wiring, and that such Wiring shall be free of all liens and encumbrances; and (ii) All wiring shall be left in good condition, working order, properly labeled at each end and in each telecommunications/electrical closet and junction box, and in safe condition.

(h) Landlord Retains Security Deposit . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord may retain Tenant’s Security Deposit after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease until the earliest of the following events: (i) Landlord elects to retain the Wiring pursuant to Paragraph a(i); (ii) Landlord elects to perform the Wiring Restoration Work pursuant to Paragraph a(ii) and the Wiring Restoration Work is complete and Tenant has fully reimbursed Landlord for all costs related thereto; or (iii) Landlord elects to require the Tenant to perform the Wiring Restoration Work pursuant to Paragraph a(iii) and the Wiring Restoration Work is complete and Tenant has paid for all costs related thereto.

(i) Landlord Can Apply Security Deposit . In the event Tenant fails or refuses to pay all costs of the Wiring Restoration Work within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice requesting Tenant’s reimbursement for or payment of such costs, Landlord may apply all or any portion of Tenant’s Security Deposit toward the payment of such unpaid costs relative to the Wiring Restoration Work.

 

Final   18   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


(j) No Limit on Right to Sue . The retention or application of such Security Deposit by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph does not constitute a limitation on or waiver of Landlord’s right to seek further remedy under law or equity.

46. Landlord s Fees .  Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees, within ten days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

47. Hazardous and Toxic Materials .  (a) For purposes of this Lease, hazardous or toxic materials shall mean asbestos containing materials and all other materials, substances, wastes and chemicals classified as hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes or chemicals or otherwise regulated under then-current applicable governmental laws, rules or regulations.

(b) Tenant shall not knowingly incorporate into, or use or otherwise place or dispose of at, the Premises, the Building or on the Land, any hazardous or toxic materials, except for use and storage of cleaning and office supplies used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and then only if (i) such materials are in small quantities, properly labeled and contained, (ii) such materials are handled and disposed of in accordance with the highest accepted industry standards for safety, storage, use and disposal, (iii) notice of and a copy of the current material safety data sheet is provided to Landlord for each such hazardous or toxic materials and (iv) such materials are used, transported, stored, handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to periodically inspect, take samples for testing and otherwise investigate the Premises for the presence of hazardous or toxic materials.

(c) If Tenant ever has any knowledge of the presence in the Premises or the Building or the Land of hazardous or toxic materials which affect the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing promptly after obtaining such knowledge. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has advised Tenant of the existence of asbestos containing materials used during the initial construction of the Building. An operation and maintenance plan has been established to monitor such materials and has been made available to Tenant; however, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has concluded that “The presence of asbestos in a building does not mean that the health of building occupants is endangered. “The EPA further states “If asbestos-containing material (ACM) remains in good condition and is unlikely to be disturbed, exposure will be negligible.”

(d) If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors shall ever violate the provisions of Paragraph (b) of this subsection or otherwise contaminate the Premises or the Property, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, clean up, remove and dispose of the material causing the violation, or remove or remediate the contamination in compliance with all applicable governmental standards, laws, rules and regulations and then prevalent industry practice and standards and shall repair any damage to the Premises or Building within such period of time as may be reasonable under the circumstances after written notice by Landlord (collectively, “ Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work ”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its method, time and procedure for any clean up or removal and Landlord shall have the right to require reasonable changes in such method, time or procedure or to require the same to be done after normal business hours. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(e) If any Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work (i) is to occur outside of the Premises or (ii) will in any way affect any portion of the Building other than the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after giving Tenant advance notice and an opportunity to perform such Work, to undertake Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any expenses incurred by Landlord in undertaking Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant shall allow Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors such access to the Premises as Landlord may reasonably request in order to perform such Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

Final   19   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


48. Tenant’s Bankruptcy or Insolvency .

(a) If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a “Debtor’s Law”):

(b) Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant’s assets (each a “Tenant’s Representative”) shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Paragraph 11, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor’s Law. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant’s Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:

(i) Such Debtor’s Law shall provide to Tenant’s Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant’s Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant’s Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.

(ii) Tenant’s Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of: (a) three (3) months’ rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Paragraphs 4 and 5; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenant’s Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant’s Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(iii) The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.

(iv) Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor’s Law, no right under Paragraph 11 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.

49. OSHA Regulations . Tenant acknowledges that it has reviewed the regulations enacted by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“ OSHA ”), as set forth in Sections 1910.1001 and 1926.1101 of Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (the “ OSHA Regulations ”) and agrees that in addition to its other obligations hereunder, Tenant shall comply with such regulations. Tenant acknowledges that it has been notified of the presence of asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”) and materials designated by OSHA as presumed asbestos-containing materials (“ PACM ”) located in the Premises. According to Landlord’s current records, without further inquiry, certain materials have been identified as ACM. The following materials, if located in properties constructed prior to 1981, must, in accordance with the OSHA Regulations, be treated as PACM: any thermal system insulation and surfacing material that is sprayed on, troweled on, or applied in some other manner, as well as any resilient flooring material installed in 1980 or earlier. Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with copies of any information pertaining to ACM or PACM in Landlord’s files.

50. Legal Authority .   If Tenant is a corporation (including any form of professional association), then each individual executing or attesting this Lease on behalf of such corporation covenants, warrants and represents that he is duly authorized to execute or attest and deliver this Lease on behalf of such corporation. If Tenant is a partnership (general or limited) or limited liability company, then each individual executing this Lease on behalf of

 

Final   20   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


the partnership or company hereby covenants, warrants and represents that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of the partnership or company in accordance with the partnership agreement or membership agreement, as the case may be, or an amendment thereto, now in effect.

Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes as the same may be amended, renewed or replaced from time to time; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” as the same may be amended, renewed or replaced from time to time. If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Lease Term, an event of default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

51. APPLICABLE LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . THIS LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO TRANSACTIONS IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. TENANT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE MAY BE MAINTAINED IN THE COURTS OF TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS OR IN THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS.

52. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE.

53. Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

54. Americans with Disabilities Act .   Tenant agrees to comply with all requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (January 26, 1992), as amended, and the ADA applicable to the Premises and such other current acts or other subsequent acts, (whether federal or state) addressing like issues as are enacted or amended, from and after the Commencement Date (including without limitation any such matters relating to the Work). Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all expenses, liabilities, costs or damages suffered by Landlord as a result of additional obligations which may be imposed on the Building or the Complex under such acts by virtue of Tenant’s operations and/or occupancy, including the alleged negligence of the Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that it will be wholly responsible for any provision of the Lease which could arguably be construed as authorizing a violation of the ADA. Any such provision shall be interpreted in a manner which permits compliance with the ADA and is hereby amended to permit such compliance.

55. Determination of Charges.  Landlord and Tenant agree that each provision of this Lease for determining charges and amounts payable by Tenant (including provisions regarding Tenant’s Operating Expenses Additional Rental and Tenant’s Electrical Expenses Additional Rental) is commercially reasonable and, as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a statement of the amount of the charge or a method by which the charge is to be computed for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code.

56. Financial Statements . Tenant shall furnish Landlord, within 5 business days after Landlord’s request therefore, an updated, current financial statement of Tenant; provided, however, Tenant will not be obligated to provide such financial statements more than once in any one calendar year. Tenant acknowledges that the financial capability of Tenant to perform its obligations hereunder is material to Landlord and that Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for its belief, based on its review of Tenant’s financial statements, that Tenant is capable

 

Final   21   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


of performing such financial obligations. Tenant hereby represents, warrants and certifies to Landlord that its financial statements previously furnished to Landlord were at the time given true and correct in all material respects and that there have been no material subsequent changes thereto as of the date of this Lease.

57. Lienholders’ Approval Rights .This Lease is subject to the approval of existing lienholders on the Project. If Landlord is unable to obtain any and all necessary lender approvals on or before the thirtieth (30th) business day following the full execution of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, then this Lease shall thereafter be null and void, and neither party shall have any liability to the other by reason of such cancellation.

58 . Anti-Terrorism Requirements . Tenant represents and warrants that (a) neither Tenant nor any person, group or entity who owns any direct or indirect beneficial interest in Tenant or any of them, is listed on the list maintained by the United States Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (commonly known as the OFAC List) or otherwise qualifies as a terrorist, Specially Designated National and Blocked Person or a person with whom business by a United States citizen or resident is prohibited (each a “Prohibited Person”); (b) neither Tenant nor any person, group or entity who owns any direct or indirect beneficial interest in Tenant or any of them is in violation of any anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism statute, including, without limitation, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, U.S. Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA PATRIOT Act), and the related regulations issued thereunder, including temporary regulations, and Executive Orders (including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224) issued in connection therewith, all as amended from time to time; and (c) neither Tenant nor any person, group or entity who owns any direct or indirect interest in Tenant is acting on behalf of a Prohibited Person. Tenant further represents to Landlord that none of the funds Tenant will deliver to Landlord as payment of rent are subject to being blocked pursuant to the Order. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities and costs (including fines, penalties and legal costs) arising from any misrepresentation in this Paragraph or Landlord’s reliance thereon. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Final   22   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Lease Agreement is entered into by the parties hereto on the day and year first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
FLDR/TLC OVERTON CENTRE, L.P.,
a Texas limited partnership
By:   FLDR/TLC Overton Genpar, LLC,
  a Texas limited liability company,
  its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Tony Landrum

    Tony Landrum, Managing Partner
TENANT :
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

  Chris Lutes, Chief Financial Officer

 

Final   23   

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “A” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Legal Description of the Land

TRACT 1:

BEING a 21.262 acre tract of land being out of the B.B.B. & C.R.R.. Company Survey, Abstract No. 217, Tarrant County, Texas and being all of Lot 1A, Block G, Overton West Addition, to the City of Fort Worth, Texas, as recorded in Volume 388-121, Page 88, and made a part hereof for all purposes. Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas. Said 21.262 acre tract being more particularly described

as follows:

BEGINNING at a found  1 2  inch iron rod, located at the northeast corner of said Lot 1A, and also being located in the westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza (a 100 foot right-of-way), and also being the point of curvature of curve to the left, having a delta of 15 degrees 22 minutes 14 seconds, a radius of 1,081.99 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 00 degrees 42 minutes 52 seconds East, 289.39 feet;

THENCE along said curve and following along said westerly line, an arc distance of 290.26 feet to the point of tangency of said curve and a found  1 2 inch rod;

THENCE South 08 degrees 24 minutes 00 seconds East, continuing along said westerly line, for a distance of 94.75 feet to a found  1 2  inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 24 degrees 38 minutes 01 seconds, a radius of 637.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 03 degrees 55 minutes 00 seconds West 271.77 feet;

THENCE along said curve and continuing along said westerly line, an arc distance of 273.87 feet to a found P.K. nail, being the point of tangency of said curve;

THENCE South 16 degrees 14 minutes 00 seconds West, continuing along said westerly line, for a distance of 89.08 feet to a set “X” in concrete, being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 20 degrees 29 minutes 06 seconds, a radius of 991.45 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 26 degrees 28 minutes 27 seconds West, 352.59 feet;

THENCE along said curve and continuing along said westerly line, an arc distance of 354.47 feet to a set  1 2 inch iron rod and the point of tangency of said curve;

THENCE South 36 degrees 43 minutes 00 seconds West, continuing along said westerly line, a distance of 247.31 feet to a found  1 2 inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of a non-tangent curve to the right, having a delta of 15 degrees 25 minutes 03 seconds, a radius of 1,423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 43 degrees 39 minutes 21 seconds West, 381.83 feet;

THENCE along said curve and leaving said westerly line, an arc distance of 382.98 feet to a set  1 2  inch iron rod, being the point of curvature of compound curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 37 degrees 12 minutes 07 seconds, a radius of 1,844.47 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 17 degrees 20 minutes 46 seconds West, 1,176.69 feet;

THENCE along said curve, an arc distance of 1,197.61 feet to a set  1 2  inch iron rod, being the point of tangency of said curve, and being the northwest corner of said Lot 1A;

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


THENCE South 81 degrees 14 minutes 00 seconds East, for a distance of 956.64 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and CONTAINING 926,180 square feet or 21.262 acres of land, more or less.

TRACT 2:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Non-Exclusive Agreement executed by Cass O. Edwards, II and Eva Colleen Geren to Equitable General Insurance Company, filed 12/06/1976, recorded in Volume 6137, Page 93, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas, granting a non-exclusive easement for the purposes of ingress and egress over, along and across the property described therein.

TRACT 3:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Development Restrictions and Easement Agreement filed 10/15/1997, recorded in Volume 12944, Page 123, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas.

TRACT 4:

EASEMENT ESTATE as created in that certain Development Restrictions and Easement Agreement filed 01/21/2000, recorded in Volume 14186, Page 234, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas.

TRACT 5:

Being a 3.340 acre tract of land situated in the B.B.B. and C.R.R. Company Survey, Abstract No. 217, Tarrant County, Texas, being a remainder of Lot 2, Block G, Overton West Addition, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 3319, Plats Records, Tarrant County, Texas, and as conveyed by deed to CMD Realty Investment Fund II, L.P., as recorded in Volume 12547, Page 1539, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas. Said 3.340 acre tract of land being more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows:

Commencing at a found  1 2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of said Lot 2, and being the most southerly southwest corner of Lot 1-A, Block G of Overton West Addition, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Volume 388-121, Page 88, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas, being in the westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza ( a 100’ R.O.W.), and being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 12 degrees 56 minutes 38 seconds, a radius of 1423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 44 degrees 53 minutes 34 seconds West, 320.85 feet;

Thence northwesterly, leaving said westerly right-of-way line of International Plaza and following along the easterly line of said Lot 2 and the westerly line of said Lot 1-A, being a common line, and along the arc of said curve to the right for a distance of 321.54 feet to a found  1 2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of said 3.340 acre tract and being the POINT OF BEGINNING;

Thence South 25 degrees 22 minutes 36 seconds West, leaving said common line, for a distance of 159.21 feet to a found 5/8 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the northeast corner of Lot 4, Block G of said Overton West Addition, as recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 5578, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas;

Thence North 64 degrees 35 minutes 15 seconds West, along the north line of Lot 4 and the south line of said 3.340 acre tract, being a common line, passing the northwest corner of said Lot 4 at a distance of 200.85 feet, and

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 2    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


continuing with the common line of Lot 5 of said Block G, Overton West Addition, for a total distance of 489.84 feet to a set “x” in concrete for corner, said point being the northwest corner of said Lot 5, and being the easterly right-of-way line of Insurance Lane (a private street with 60 foot R.O.W.), as recorded in Volume 6137, Page 93, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas;

Thence North 25 degrees 26 minutes 00 seconds East, leaving said common line and following along said easterly right-of-way line of Insurance Land, for a distance of 218.64 feet to a found  1 2 iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a curve to the right, having a delta of 42 degrees 46 minutes 36 seconds, a radius of 289.85 feet and chord bearing and distance of North 46 degrees 49 minutes 18 seconds East, 211.41 feet;

Thence northeasterly, along said easterly right-of-way line and the arc of said curve to the right, for a distance of 216.40 feet to a found  1 2 inch iron rod for corner;

Thence North 68 degrees 12 minutes 36 seconds East, continuing along said easterly right-of-way line, for a distance of 20.20 feet to a set  1 2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a non-tangent curve to the left, having a delta of 13 degrees 06 minutes 49 seconds, a radius of 1844.47 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 29 degrees 23 minutes 26 seconds East, 421.23 feet;

Thence southeasterly, along the arc of said non-tangent curve to the left, for a distance of 422.15 feet to a set  1 2 inch iron rod for corner, said point being the point of curvature of a compound curve to the left, having a delta of 02 degrees 28 minutes 25 seconds, a radius of 1423.27 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 37 degrees 11 minutes 02 seconds East, 61.44 feet

Thence southeasterly, along the arc of said compound curve to the left, for a distance of 61.45 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and CONTAINING 145,498 square feet or 3.340 acres of land, more or less.

Being the same land as shown on the survey prepared by Graham Associates, Inc. certified by Charles F. Stark, R.P.L.S. No. 5084, dated June 2, 2005.

INFORMATION NOTE: The CAD Numbers for the above property are 02101793 and 06985564.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “A” - PAGE 3    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “B-1” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Floor Plan of Initial Premises

The term “Rentable Space” shall be calculated as follows: (i) in the case of a single tenancy floor, all floor area measured at the floor from the inside surface of the outer glass line of the Building to the inside surface of the opposite outer glass line excluding only the areas (the “Service Areas” ) used for Building stairs, fire towers, elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts (which Service Areas shall be measured from the mid-point of walls enclosing such Service Areas), but including any such Service Areas which are for the specific use of the particular tenant such as special stairs or elevators, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies, and (ii) in the case of a floor to be occupied by more than one tenant, all floor areas within the inside surface of the outer glass walls enclosing the Premises and measured to either (A) the mid-point of the walls separating areas leased by or held for lease to other tenants and/or (B) to the tenant’s side of walls adjacent to corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitor closets, vending areas and other similar facilities for the use of all tenants on the particular floor (hereinafter sometimes called the “Common Areas” ), but including a proportionate part of the Common Areas located on such floor based upon the ratio which the tenant’s rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor bears to the aggregate rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor, or other reasonable basis determined by Landlord, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies. No deductions from Rentable Space shall be made for columns or projections necessary to the Building. The Rentable Space in the Premises has been calculated on the basis of the foregoing definition and is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as stated in the Basic Lease Information, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Premises for occupancy so long as such work is done in substantial accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

Suite 300 on the third floor of the Building, Suite 700 on the seventh floor of the Building, and Suite 820/850 on the eight floor of the Building, all as generally depicted below.

[Floor Plans of Suite 300 and Suite 700 to be attached]

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “B” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


LOGO

SUITE 1-300
21,081 RSF
N
THIRD FLOOR
HOLT LUNSFORD
COMMERCIAL
MATT CARTHEY OFFICE: 817-710-1110 CELL: 817-228-1476
mcarthey@hlfortworth.com
OVERTON CENTRE - TOWER I
4150 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA
FORT WORTH, TX 76109
CONFIRMED LEASE PLAN
id
PROJECT NO.: 33-00
ISSUE DATE: 07.15.10
© 2009 The IdGROUP, LLC


LOGO

SUITE 1-700 21,176 RSF
N
SEVENTH FLOOR
HOLT LUNSFORD
COMMERCIAL
MATT CARTHEY OFFICE: 817-710-1110 CELL: 817-228-1476
mcarthey@hlfortworth.com
OVERTON CENTRE - TOWER I
4150 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA
FORT WORTH, TX 76109
CONFIRMED LEASE PLAN
id
PROJECT NO.: 33-00
ISSUE DATE: 07.15.10
© 2009 The IdGROUP, LLC


LOGO

SUITE 1-820 9,596 RSF
SUITE 1-800 10,183 RSF
SUITE 1-850 1,195 RSF
N
EIGHTH FLOOR
HOLT LUNSFORD
COMMERCIAL
MATT CARTHEY OFFICE: 817-710-1110 CELL: 817-228-1476 mcarthey@hlfortworth.com
OVERTON CENTRE - TOWER I
4150 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA
FORT WORTH, TX 76109
CONFIRMED LEASE PLAN
idGROUP
PROJECT NO.: 33-00
ISSUE DATE: 04.02.13
© 2013 The IdGROUP, LLC


EXHIBIT “B-2” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Floor Plan of Suite 200

The term “Rentable Space” shall be calculated as follows: (i) in the case of a single tenancy floor, all floor area measured at the floor from the inside surface of the outer glass line of the Building to the inside surface of the opposite outer glass line excluding only the areas (the “Service Areas” ) used for Building stairs, fire towers, elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts (which Service Areas shall be measured from the mid-point of walls enclosing such Service Areas), but including any such Service Areas which are for the specific use of the particular tenant such as special stairs or elevators, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies, and (ii) in the case of a floor to be occupied by more than one tenant, all floor areas within the inside surface of the outer glass walls enclosing the Premises and measured to either (A) the mid-point of the walls separating areas leased by or held for lease to other tenants and/or (B) to the tenant’s side of walls adjacent to corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitor closets, vending areas and other similar facilities for the use of all tenants on the particular floor (hereinafter sometimes called the “Common Areas” ), but including a proportionate part of the Common Areas located on such floor based upon the ratio which the tenant’s rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor bears to the aggregate rentable space (excluding Common Areas) on such floor, or other reasonable basis determined by Landlord, plus an allocation of the square footage of the Building’s elevator machine rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and public lobbies. No deductions from Rentable Space shall be made for columns or projections necessary to the Building. The Rentable Space in the Premises has been calculated on the basis of the foregoing definition and is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as stated in the Basic Lease Information, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Premises for occupancy so long as such work is done in substantial accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

Suite 200 on the second floor of the Building, as generally depicted below.

[Floor Plan of Suite 200 to be attached]

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “B” - PAGE 2    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


LOGO

SUITE 1-250 11,159 RSF
SUITE 1-200 9,717 RSF
N
SECOND FLOOR
HOLT LUNSFORD
COMMERCIAL
MATT CARTHEY OFFICE: 817-710-1110 CELL 817-228-1476 mcarthey@hlfortworth.com
OVERTON CENTRE - TOWER I
4150 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA FORT WORTH, TX 76109
CONFIRMED LEASE PLAN
idGROUP
PROJECT NO.: 33-00
ISSUE DATE: 09.05.12
© 2012 The IdGROUP, LLC


EXHIBIT “C” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Holidays

 

January 1st (Date Observed)    New Years Day
Last Monday in May    Memorial Day
July 4th (Date Observed)    Independence Day
First Monday in September    Labor Day
Fourth Thursday in November plus the Friday following    Thanksgiving Holidays
December 25th    Christmas Day

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “C” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “D” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Building Rules and Regulations

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, corridors, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for going from or to another part of the Building.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable materials shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances or surrounding areas from misuse by Tenant shall be repaired at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefore.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other parts of the Building except of such color, size and style and in such places as shall be first approved in writing by Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by the Building maintenance personnel nor shall any part of the Building be defaced by Tenant.

4. Landlord will provide and maintain an alphabetical directory of each Tenant’s firm name on the first floor (main lobby) of the Building and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

5. Tenant shall not place any additional lock or locks on any doors in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Two keys to the locks on the doors which access the Premises from the Common Areas shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. Additional keys required by Tenant shall be made by Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense. Upon termination of the Lease, Tenant shall return all keys to Landlord and shall provide to Landlord a means of opening all safes, cabinets and vaults being left with the Premises.

6. With respect to work being performed by Tenant in the Premises with the approval of Landlord, Tenant will refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians rendering any service to them to Landlord for Landlord’s supervision, approval and control before the performance of any contractual services. This provision shall apply to work performed in the Building including, but not limited to, installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and any and all installation of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment and any other physical portion of the Building, except routine picture hanging and minor decorations. Tenant must have Landlord’s written approval prior to employing any contractor. Any and all such contractors shall comply with these Rules and Regulations for such services including, but not limited to, insurance requirements. All work in or on the Building shall comply with any and all codes. Tenant shall take no action which would disturb the ceiling tiles or cause any work to be performed above the acoustical ceiling in the Building.

7. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any bulky materials, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord shall designate. All such movement shall be under the supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangement initiated by Tenant will include determination by Landlord, and subject to its decision and control, as to the time, method and routing of movement and as to limitations for safety or other concerns which may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item from being brought into the Building. Tenant is to assume all risk as to damage to articles moved and injury to person or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord and other

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


tenants if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant from the time of entering the property to completion of work; and Landlord shall not be liable for acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any of said property or persons resulting from any act in connection with such service performed for Tenant.

8. Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment, which shall, in all cases, be positioned to distribute the weight and stand on supporting devices approved by Landlord. All damage done to the Building by taking in or putting out any property of Tenant, or done by Tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

9. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its Premises neat and clean. Tenant shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel. Landlord shall be in no way responsible to Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees for any loss of property from the Premises or public areas or for any damage to any property thereon from any cause whatsoever.

11. To insure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to the Premises except by persons approved by Landlord in writing.

12. Should Tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, annunciator or other communication service, Landlord will direct the electrician where and how wires are to be introduced and placed and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct. Electric current shall not be used for power in excess of standard office use or heating without Landlord’s prior written permission.

13. Tenant shall not make or permit any improper noises in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

14. Pursuant to City of Fort Worth Fire Code 605.10.2 and 605.10.4, no space heaters may be used in the Premises.

15. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No animals shall be brought into or kept in, on or about the Premises, except service animals.

16. No machinery other than standard office equipment shall be operated by Tenant in its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, nor shall Tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance.

17. No portion of the Premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

18. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry or other personal property lost or stolen in or from the Premises or public areas regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

19. The Premises shall not be occupied by an average of more than one (1) person per 150 square feet of Rentable Space in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

20. Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its judgment shall from time to time be advisable for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building, the use and operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein and the

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 2    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to Tenant, shall be binding upon Tenant in like manner as if originally herein prescribed.

21. The Building is designated as a nonsmoking building.

22. Tenant shall have access to the building and parking area twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. There will be no charge or deposit required for Tenant’s security access cards. Should Tenant not return the security access cards upon expiration or termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall be charged $25.00 per each access card not returned to Landlord. Further, Tenant will be allowed up to ten (10) security access cards per year at a cost of $10.00 per card. The cost per card in excess of ten (10) shall be $25 per card.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “D” - PAGE 3    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “E” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Construction of Tenant Improvements

This Exhibit sets forth the respective obligations of, and the procedures to be followed by, Landlord and Tenant in the design and construction of those improvements that will prepare the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

 

1. The Work .

The “ Work ” will consist of leasehold improvements described in the floor plan and specifications attached to this Exhibit as Rider 1 (“ Final Plan ”).

A. From the Final Plan, Landlord (at Landlord’s cost, up to the amounts set forth in Paragraph 1.B. below) will cause Landlord’s architects and/or engineers, to prepare any required engineering and architectural drawings and specifications (all such engineering and architectural drawings and specifications are referred to collectively as the “ Preliminary Working Drawings ”), and will submit the same to Tenant for Tenant’s written approval on or before July 13, 2016. Tenant will not unreasonably withhold approval of the Preliminary Working Drawings, and will have no right to withhold approval if the Preliminary Working Drawings are substantially consistent with the Final Plan. Failure by Tenant to deliver written objections to Landlord within five (5) days after receipt of the Preliminary Working Drawings will be deemed to be approval of same. Any disapproval by Tenant must include specific suggestions for making the same acceptable. If Tenant disapproves the Preliminary Working Drawings, Landlord will have the Preliminary Working Drawings revised within three (3) days after receipt of Tenant’s suggestions to incorporate Tenant’s reasonable suggestions and objections, which suggestions and objections will be binding upon Tenant and may be relied upon by Landlord in revising the Working Drawings. Preliminary Working Drawings which are approved in the foregoing manner will become Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall competitively bid out the Work to three (3) general contractors and Tenant may then select one of the general contractors, provided the selected general contractor shall comply with these Rules and Regulations for such services including, but not limited to, insurance requirements.

B. Landlord will pay all costs and fees incurred in connection with preparation of the Final Plan and Preliminary and Final Working Drawings, and general contractor fees and labor and materials needed to implement the Work and construction of the leasehold improvements as described in the Final Working Drawings up to a cost of $12.50 per rentable square foot of Suite 820/850 which cost shall include (i) all mechanical, electrical, architectural, and engineering plans, not to exceed $1.50 per rentable square foot of Suite 820/850, and (ii) construction management fee of 5% of all hard construction costs, (“ Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance ”). Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to control the architect’s fees so that such fees do not exceed the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance. Tenant must utilize the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance within six (6) months from the Lease Execution Date. Additionally, Landlord shall also provide an additional allowance of up to $6.00 per rentable square foot of Suite 300 and Suite 700 (“ Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance ”). Tenant must utilize the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance within nine (9) months from the Lease Execution Date. Effective as of the Suite 200 Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide an additional allowance of up to $4.00 per rentable square foot of Suite 200 (“ Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance ”). Tenant must utilize the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance within six (6) months from the Suite 200 Commencement Date. Tenant may, in Tenant’s sole discretion, utilize the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance towards the leasehold improvements in Suite 200. Tenant will pay all costs and fees incurred in connection with preparation of plans and working drawings or construction resulting from a change requested by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit and any amount in excess of the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance, the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance, and the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance incurred by Landlord in connection with the design and construction of the Work (collectively, “ Tenant’s Cost ”). Tenant’s Cost hereunder will be deemed additional rent under the Lease.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any portion of the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance, the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance, and the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance that is not used toward the Work shall for all purposes be deemed forfeited by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no right to receive any credit against Base Rental, Additional Rental or any other payment under the Lease for such unused portion of the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance, the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance, and the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance, nor to use such unused portion for any other purpose.

D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, up to ten percent (10%) of the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance, up to five percent (5%) of the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance, and up to five percent (5%) of the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance may be used for: (i) the cost of furniture, fixtures or equipment which are not permanently attached to the Property or the Building (including, but not limited to, tenant signage, security systems, cabling and telephone/telecom/communications equipment), (ii) permit fees or power upgrades, or (iii) non-Building standard items; provided, however, Landlord shall have no obligation to use or advance any portion of the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance, the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance, and the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance for these purposes until Tenant has provided invoices for such soft costs. Once Tenant has provided invoices to Landlord for such soft costs, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such soft costs up to ten percent (10%) of the Suite 820/850 Tenant’s Allowance, up to five percent (5%) of the Suite 300 & 700 Tenant’s Allowance, and up to five percent (5%) of the Suite 200 Tenant’s Allowance, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable invoices.

 

2. Changes .

A. If Tenant desires any changes, alterations or additions to the Final Plan or the Final Working Drawings, Tenant must submit a detailed written request to Landlord (“ Change Order ”). If reasonable and practicable and generally consistent with the Final Plan or Working Drawings previously approved, Landlord will comply with the Change Order, but all costs in connection therewith, including without limitation any additional plans, drawings and engineering reports or opinions or modifications of such existing items, will be paid for by Tenant. Landlord may, at any time, reasonably estimate Tenant’s Cost for a Change Order, in advance, and, Tenant will deposit the estimated amount with Landlord within ten (10) days after requested by Landlord. If such estimated amount exceeds the actual amount of Tenant’s Cost, Tenant will receive a refund of the difference, and if the actual amount exceeds the estimated amount, Tenant will pay the difference to Landlord within ten (10) days after requested by Landlord. If any additional plans, drawings or specifications, or modifications of such items, are required to construct a Change Order, the same will be prepared (at Tenant’s cost by Landlord’s architect) and approved in the manner described above. Under no circumstances will any Change Orders serve to abate the rentals under the Lease.

 

3. Substantial Completion .

A. Landlord will be deemed to have “substantially completed” the Work for the purposes thereof if Landlord has caused all of the Work to be completed substantially except for so called “punchlist items,” e.g., minor details of construction or decoration or mechanical adjustments which do not substantially interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises to be made by Tenant and Landlord’s securing of a preliminary or a final Certificate of Occupancy from the City of Fort Worth, Texas.

B. If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that the Work is substantially completed, and Tenant fails to object thereto in writing within seven (7) days thereafter specifying in reasonable detail the items of Work needed to be performed in order for substantial completion, Tenant will be deemed conclusively to have agreed that the Work is substantially completed, for purposes of commencing rental under the Lease.

C. Substantial completion will not prejudice Tenant’s rights to require full completion of any remaining items of Work. However, if Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that the Work is fully completed, and

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 2    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Tenant fails to object thereto in writing within fifteen (15) days thereafter specifying in reasonable detail the items of work needed to be completed and the nature of work needed to complete said items, Tenant will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Work as fully completed (or such portions thereof as to which Tenant has not so objected).

 

4. Construction .

A. Landlord reserves the right to substitute comparable or better materials and items for those shown in the attached plans and specification and Working Drawings.

B. Tenant will be solely responsible for determining whether or not Tenant is a public accommodation under The Americans with Disabilities Act and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and whether or not the Final Working Drawings comply with such laws and the regulations thereunder.

 

5. Liability .

The parties acknowledge that Landlord is not an architect or engineer, and that the Work will be designed and performed by independent architects, engineers and contractors. Accordingly, Landlord does not guarantee or warrant that the plans or Workings Drawings will be free from errors or omissions, nor that the Work will be free from defects, and Landlord will have no liability therefore. In the event of such errors, omissions, or defects, Landlord will cooperate in any action Tenant desires to bring against such parties.

 

6. Incorporation Into Lease:   Default .

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED BY THIS REFERENCE INTO THE LEASE FULLY AS THOUGH SET FORTH THEREIN. In the event of any express inconsistencies between the Lease and this Exhibit, the latter will govern and control. Any default by Tenant hereunder will constitute a default by Tenant under the Lease and Tenant will be subject to the remedies and other provisions applicable thereto under the Lease.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 3    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


RIDER 1

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “E” - PAGE 4    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


LOGO

CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
C1. PROVIDE NEW BUILDING STANDARD PLASTIC LAMINATE UPPER AND LOWER CABINETS WITH SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND FULL HEIGHT TILE BACK SPLASH. (ALLOWANCE: $6/SF MATERIALS)
•ENSURE ADA/TAS CONSTRUCTION AT SINK. SINK TO HAVE 30” MINIMUM CLEAR LEG SPACE AND TOP OF COUNTER TO BE 2’-10” A.F.F. MAXIMUM
•REMAINING COUNTERTOP TO BE AT 2’-10” A.F.F. UPPER CABINETS TO BE 1’-6” FROM CEILING. COORDINATE SPACE BETWEEN UPPERS AND LOWERS WITH TENANT’S EQUIPMENT.
• REFERENCE PLAN FOR APPROXIMATE LINEAL FOOTAGE.
C2. PROVIDE 1/4” COLD WATER LINE AND DRAIN FOR TENANT-PROVIDED ICEMAKER.
C3. PROVIDE 1/4” COPPER WATER LINE FOR TENANT-SUPPLIED COFFEE SERVICE.
POWER & COMMUNICATION NOTES:
PROVIDE J-BOXES IN CEILING FOR TENANT-PROVIDED TELEPHONE AND DATA AND CONTRACTOR-PROVIDED ELECTRICAL, TO BE HARDWIRED TO POWER POLE FOR TENANT-PROVIDED PANEL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. EACH WORK STATION TO HAVE (1) TELEPHONE, (1) DATA, AND (2) DUPLEX OUTLETS, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONNECTION TO TENANTS PANEL SYSTEM.
REFLECTED CEILING NOTES:
PROVIDE NEW BUILDING STANDARD LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT IF NOT EXISTING.
FINISH NOTES:
PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BUILDING STANDARD CARPET AND 4” CARPET BASE THROUGHOUT, U.N.O.
PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BUILDING STANDARD TEXTURE AND PAINT THROUGHOUT, U.N.O. ALL PAINTED WALLS SHALL RECEIVE TWO COATS OF LATEX PAINT IN BUILDING STANDARD FINISH.
PROVIDE ACCENT PAINT. CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW FOR (2) ACCENT COLORS. EXACT COLORS AND LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED.
FINISH KEYNOTES:
F1. PROVIDE NEW BUILDING STANDARD PORCELAIN TILE AT BREAK. ALLOWANCE: $6/SF MATERIALS.
ALTERNATES:
1) IN LIEU OF POWER POLES, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL (15) FLOOR-MOUNTED CORE DRILLS. FLOOR CORE TO CONTAIN (1) TELEPHONE, (1) DATA, AND (2) DUPLEX OUTLETS. COORDINATE EXACT NUMBER AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT AND BUILDING ENGINEER. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CORE IN SLAB AT PHONE BOARD LOCATION AS REQUIRED.
2) IN LIEU OF BUILDING STANDARD LIGHT FIXTURES, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LITHONIA AVANTE 2AV 2X4 DIRECT/INDIRECT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT.
3) IN LIEU OF BROADLOOM CARPET, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL QUICKSHIP CARPET TILE AND 4” RUBBER BASE THROUGHOUT, U.N.O. ALLOWANCE: $20/YD MATERIALS.
(4) CONFERENCE ROOMS (11) OFFICES (7t) 6X6 CUBES
ELEVATE
Existing Wall
New Wall
* NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
* ROOM SIZES ARE APPROXIMATE
* APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ARE FOR GRAPHIC PURPOSES ONLY
* PLAN PROVIDED FOR GRAPHIC PURPOSES ONLY
* THE idGROUP HAS NOT FIELD VERIFIED FLOOR
* PLAN PENDING CITY APPROVAL.
KEYPLAN - 8TH FLOOR
HOLT LUNSFORD C O M M E R C I A L
OVERTON CENTRE TOWER I
4150 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA, FORT WORTH, TX 76109
SPACE PLAN #1.1 SUITE #820/850 10,791 RSF 06-21-2016
2016 The idGROUP LLC PROJECT NO: 33-69 DRAWN BY: LC


EXHIBIT “F” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

RENEWAL OPTION

Provided that no Event of Default, assignment or sublease has occurred under any term or provision contained in this Lease and no condition exists which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this Lease, and provided that Tenant has continuously occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use during the Lease Term, Tenant (but not any assignee or sublessee) shall have the right and option (the “ Renewal Option”) to renew this Lease, by written notice delivered to Landlord no later than nine (9) months and no more than eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term for one (1) additional term (“ Renewal Term ”) of five (5) years, under the same terms, conditions and covenants contained in this Lease, except that (a) no abatements or other concessions, if any, applicable to the initial Lease Term shall apply to the Renewal Term; (b) the Base Rent shall be equal to the then current market rate for comparable office leases in the area of the Building as determined by Landlord, taking into account concessions, allowances and other inducements common in the market at that time for comparable tenants entering into new leases for new (i.e., not renewal) space in comparable buildings; (c) Tenant shall have no option to renew this Lease beyond the expiration of the Renewal Term, and (d) all leasehold improvements within the Premises shall be provided in their then existing condition (on an “As Is” basis) at the time the Renewal Term commences.

Failure by Tenant to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s election to exercise the Renewal Option herein granted within the time limits set forth for such exercise shall constitute a waiver of such Renewal Option. In the event Tenant elects to exercise the Renewal Option as set forth above, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, notify Tenant in writing of the proposed rental for the Renewal Term (the “ Proposed Renewal Rental ”). Tenant shall within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Proposed Renewal Rental by Landlord notify Landlord in writing of the acceptance or rejection of the Proposed Renewal Rental. If Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposal, then the Proposed Renewal Rental shall be the rental rate in effect during the Renewal Term.

Should Tenant reject Landlord’s Proposed Renewal Rental during such thirty (30) day period, then Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate during the thirty (30) day period commencing upon Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s Proposed Renewal Rental to determine the rental for the Renewal Term. In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree to a rental for the Renewal Term during said thirty (30) day period, then the Renewal Option shall terminate and be null and void and this Lease shall, pursuant to its terms and provisions, terminate at the end of the original Lease Term.

Upon exercise of the Renewal Option by Tenant and subject to the conditions set forth hereinabove, this Lease shall be extended for the period of such Renewal Term without the necessity of the execution of any further instrument or document, although if requested by either party, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written agreement modifying and supplementing this Lease in accordance with the provisions hereof. Any termination of this Lease during the initial Lease Term shall terminate all renewal rights hereunder. The renewal rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be severable from this Lease, nor may such rights be assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with any permitted assignment of this Lease. Landlord’s consent to any assignment of this Lease shall not be construed as allowing an assignment of such rights to any assignee.

As a condition to Tenant executing a lease or amendment under this Exhibit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord complete current financial statements of Tenant and any guarantors. Landlord shall have the right to review such financial statements. If Landlord is not satisfied, in its discretion, that Tenant has sufficient liquidity and ability to perform its obligations under this Lease during the Renewal Term, then Landlord shall so inform Tenant and the Renewal Option shall be of no force or effect.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “F” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “G” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Right Of First Refusal

Provided (a) that no Event of Default, assignment or sublease exists under any term or provision contained in this Lease and no condition exists which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this Lease, (b) that Tenant has continuously occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use during the Lease Term, and (c) subject to the pre-existing rights of existing tenants in the Building and other prospective tenants, Tenant (but not any assignee or subtenant) shall have the one time right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to lease any vacant space of at least 7,500 rentable square feet in size located in the Building (the “ Right of First Refusal Space ”) before it is leased to any third party during the initial Lease Term.

Subject to the terms above, in the event any third party expresses interest in leasing all or any portion of the Right of First Refusal Space during the initial Lease Term (“ Third Party Interest ”), Landlord shall offer the entire Right of First Refusal Space to Tenant upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided in this Lease for the original Premises (the “ Landlord Offer ”), except that the base rent, the length of lease term, the base year, and the tenant improvement allowance (if any) shall be the same as the terms included in a written indication of third party interest in the Right of First Refusal Space on terms which are acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall accept the space “As-Is,” and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space. If the lease term reflected in the Landlord Offer will expire on a date earlier than the Expiration Date of the Lease, then the lease term for the Right of First Refusal Space shall be coterminous with that of the Premises, and the Base Rent for the Right of First Refusal Space for the period of time beginning on the first day after the scheduled date of expiration of the third party lease and ending on the Expiration Date of this Lease shall be based on the annual amount per square foot scheduled for the original Premises for such period of time.

If Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the acceptance of such offer within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered such offer to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written agreement modifying and supplementing the Lease and specifying that such Right of First Refusal Space accepted by Tenant is a part of the Premises demised pursuant to the Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term and any renewal thereof, if applicable, and containing other appropriate terms and conditions relating to the addition of the Right of First Refusal Space to this Lease (including specifically any increase or adjustment of the rent as a result of such addition).

In the event that Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of its acceptance of such offer in such ten (10) day period, then Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space shall terminate and Landlord shall thereafter be able to lease the Right of First Refusal Space or any portion thereof to any third party upon the terms included in the bona fide third party offer initially presented to Tenant.

Any termination of the Lease shall terminate all rights of Tenant with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space. The rights of Tenant with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space shall not be severable from the Lease, nor may such rights be assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with any permitted assignment of the Lease. Landlord’s consent to any assignment of the Lease shall not be construed as allowing an assignment or a conveyance of such rights to any assignee (except for a Permitted Transfer). Nothing herein contained should be construed so as to limit or abridge Landlord’s ability to deal with the Right of First Refusal Space or to lease the Right of First Refusal Space to other tenants on the terms set forth herein, Landlord’s sole obligation being to offer, and if such offer is accepted, to deliver the Right of First Refusal Space to Tenant in accordance with this provision.

This right shall apply only with respect to the entire Right of First Refusal Space, and may not be exercised with respect to only a portion thereof (unless only a portion of the Right of First Refusal Space shall be included in the Landlord Offer). If only a portion of the Right of First Refusal Space is included in the Landlord Offer, Tenant’s right shall apply to such portion, and shall thereafter apply to such other portions of the Right of First Refusal Space as they become the subject of Third Party Interest, subject to good faith adjustments by Landlord in the size configuration and location of such remaining portions. If the Right of First Refusal Space is part of a larger space that Landlord desires to lease as a unit, then the Landlord Offer shall, at Landlord’s option, identify the entire such space and the terms therefore, and in such case, Tenant’s right shall apply only to such entire space.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “G” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “H” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Relocation to Tower III

Contingent upon (a) Landlord and/or an entity relating to the ownership of Landlord has elected to construct a new office building (“ Tower III ”) located within the office building complex commonly known as “Overton Centre”, (b) no Event of Default, assignment or sublease exists under any term or provision contained in this Lease and no condition exists which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this Lease, at the time Tenant requests relocation, (c) Tenant has continuously occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use during the Lease Term, (d) the availability of space that is equal to or greater than the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant in the Building is available in Tower III, and (e) subject to the pre-existing rights, if any, of other prospective tenants, Tenant (but not any assignee or subtenant) shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to request relocation to Tower III (“ Tower III Relocation Space ”).

Subject to the terms above, if Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of Tenant’s desire to relocate its entire Premises from the Building to Tower III during the Lease Term, then Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to negotiate and enter into a written agreement modifying and supplementing the Lease to specify that (a) the Tower III Relocation Space accepted by Tenant is the Premises demised pursuant to the Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term and any renewal thereof, if applicable, (b) Tenant’s lease of the Tower III Relocation Space shall be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided in this Lease for the original Premises, except that the Base Rent shall be equal to the then current market rate for comparable office leases in the area of Tower III as determined by Landlord, and agreed to by Tenant, taking into account concessions, allowances and other inducements common in the market at that time for comparable tenants entering into new leases for new (i.e., not renewal) space in comparable buildings, and (c) Tenant shall not be responsible for any unamortized costs (i.e. any tenant improvement allowance and/or brokerage commissions) so long as Landlord is the owner of Tower III; provided, however, if the ownership of Tower III changes from Landlord (defined as more than a fifty percent (50%) change in controlling interest in Landlord), then Tenant shall be required to pay back all unamortized costs (i.e. any tenant improvement allowance and/or brokerage commissions) or account for the repayment of such costs as additional rent for Tower III. Tenant shall accept the Tower III Relocation Space “As-Is”. This right shall apply only with respect to relocation to space in Tower III equal to or greater than the entire square footage of the Premises in the Building, and may not be exercised with respect to only a portion thereof.

Subject to the terms above, if Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of Tenant’s desire to relocate its entire Premises from the Building to Tower III during the Lease Term, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to finalize the development and construction process for Tower III, including, but not limited to, lease documentation, design and construction drawings, permitting, and general contractor selection. To the extent commercially reasonable, Landlord shall include Tenant in pre-development process for Tower III, including pre-development process (schematics), building presentations, and review of construction documents.

Any termination of the Lease shall terminate all rights of Tenant with respect to the Tower III Relocation Space. The rights of Tenant with respect to the Tower III Relocation Space shall not be severable from the Lease, nor may such rights be assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with any permitted assignment of the Lease. Landlord’s consent to any assignment of the Lease shall not be construed as allowing an assignment or a conveyance of such rights to any assignee (except for a Permitted Transfer). Nothing herein contained should be construed so as to limit or abridge Landlord’s ability to deal with the Tower III Relocation Space or to lease the Tower III Relocation Space to other tenants.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “H” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “H” - PAGE 2    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT “I” TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

THIS ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM (this “ Memorandum ”) is entered into on this day of July 13, 2016, by and between FLDR/TLC OVERTON CENTRE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership as Landlord (“ Landlord ”), and ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Tenant (“ Tenant ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS , on July 13, 2016, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease Agreement ”) whereby Landlord leased certain Premises located in the Building to Tenant pursuant to certain terms and provisions more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS , certain leasehold improvements to the Premises have been constructed and installed in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Construction of Tenant Improvements attached to the Lease Agreement as Exhibit “E” ; and

WHEREAS , Tenant desires to take possession of and accept the Premises subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. Landlord has fully completed the Construction of Tenant improvements, alterations or modifications to the Premises in accordance with the Construction of Tenant Improvements Exhibit, and the Premises are substantially complete. The Premises are tenantable and ready for immediate occupancy by Tenant and Landlord has no further obligation to install or construct any construction improvements, modifications or alterations to the Premises.

2. The Commencement Date for the Lease for Suite 300, Suite 700, and Suite 820/850 is August 1, 2016. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental for Suite 300, Suite 700, and Suite 820/850 shall become due and payable on August 1, 2016. The Commencement Date for the Lease for Suite 200 is December 1, 2017. Pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, the first monthly installment of Base Rental for Suite 200 shall become due and payable on December 1, 2017. The Termination Date of the Lease is September 30, 2020.

3. Except as specifically set forth herein, as of the date of this Memorandum the Lease has not been modified, altered, supplemented, superseded or amended in any respect. All terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease are and remain in full force and effect, and are hereby expressly ratified, confirmed, restated and reaffirmed in each and every respect.

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “I” - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Memorandum is entered into by Landlord and Tenant on the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD :
FLDR/TLC OVERTON CENTRE, L.P.,
a Texas limited partnership
By:   FLDR/TLC Overton Genpar, LLC,
  a Texas limited liability company,
  its general partner
  By:  

 

    Tony Landrum, Managing Partner
TENANT :
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

  Chris Lutes, Chief Financial Officer

 

      INITIALED:                
   EXHIBIT “I” - PAGE 2    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Rider No. 101

PARKING FACILITIES

At all times during the Lease Term and any renewal or extension thereof, and so long as this Lease and any renewal or extension thereof is in full force and effect and no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted the use of the non-reserved parking areas associated with the Building for parking automobiles owned by Tenant and its employees, agents and invitees. Landlord hereby agrees to make available to Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to take, subject to the further provisions of this Rider No. 101, during the Lease Term, and any extension or renewal thereof, all or some of the following parking permits to park automobiles in the non-reserved parking areas based on the following ratio:

 

  (1) Parking Ratio for Suite 820/850 and Suite 200: 4.5 / 1,000 RSF Leased

 

  (2) Parking Ratio for Suite 300 and Suite 700: 6 / 1,000 RSF Leased

Landlord hereby agrees to make available to Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to take, subject to the further provisions of this Rider No. 101, during the Lease Term, and any extension or renewal thereof, four (4) covered, reserved parking spaces in the parking areas associated with the Building.

Tenant shall not have the right to more parking permits than the number set forth above. If existing tenant T C Loan Service, LLC, a Delaware limited partnership, surrenders two (2) covered, reserved parking spaces in parking areas associated with the Building, then Landlord shall offer those two (2) covered, reserved parking spaces to Tenant for no charge during the initial Lease Term. Tenant agrees to comply, and to cause its employees, agents and visitors to comply, with such rules and regulations (and reasonable additions and amendments thereto) as Landlord may promulgate from time to time. Landlord will not be responsible for money, jewelry or other personal property lost or stolen in or from the parking areas or public areas regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the parking areas are locked or otherwise secured against entry or not. There shall be no charge for parking during the initial Term of this Lease.

 

      INITIALED:                
   RIDER 101 - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Rider No. 102

SCHEDULE OF BASE RENTAL

Base Rental for Suite 820/850 shall be payable as follows:

 

Months

  

Costs Per Rentable Square

Foot Per Annum

  

Annual Installment

  

Monthly Installment

8/1/16 – 8/30/17

   [****] plus electric    [****]  plus electric    [****]  plus electric

9/1/17 – 8/30/18

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

9/1/18 – 8/30/19

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

9/1/19 – 9/30/20

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

Base Rental for Suite 300 and Suite 700 shall be payable as follows:

 

Months

  

Costs Per Rentable Square

Foot Per Annum

  

Annual Installment

  

Monthly Installment

8/1/16 – 8/30/16

   [****] plus electric    [****]  plus electric    [****]  plus electric

9/1/16 – 8/30/17

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

9/1/17 – 8/30/18

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

9/1/18 – 8/30/19

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

9/1/19 – 9/30/20

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

Base Rental for Suite 200 shall be payable as follows:

 

Months

  

Costs Per Rentable Square

Foot Per Annum

  

Annual Installment

  

Monthly Installment

12/1/17 – 8/30/18

   [****] plus electric    [****]  plus electric    [****]  plus electric

9/1/18 – 8/30/19

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

9/1/19 – 9/30/20

   [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric    [****] plus electric

 

      INITIALED:                
   RIDER 102 - PAGE 1    LANDLORD:               
      TENANT:                     

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.57

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FINANCING AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 30, 2016

by and among

RISE SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Term Note Borrower (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”),

ELEVATE CREDIT INTERNATIONAL LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 (the “ UK Borrower ”),

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate Credit ” or the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”),

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the US Convertible Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate Credit Parent ”),

THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

VICTORY PARK MANAGEMENT, LLC

as Agent

 

 

$395,000,000 SENIOR SECURED TERM NOTES COMPRISED OF:

$250,000,000 US TERM NOTES

$50,000,000 UK TERM NOTES

$45,000,000 US LAST OUT TERM NOTES

$25,000,000 FOURTH TRANCHE US LAST OUT TERM NOTES

$25,000,000 US CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTES

 

 

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS; CERTAIN TERMS      1   
  Section 1.1      Definitions      1   
  Section 1.2      Terms Generally      27   
  Section 1.3      Accounting and Other Terms      27   
  Section 1.4      Borrower Representative      28   
  Section 1.5      Payments in Foreign Currencies      28   
  Section 1.6      Exchange Rates      28   
  Section 1.7      Judgment Currency      29   
ARTICLE 2 BORROWERS’ AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE      29   
  Section 2.1      Senior Secured Term Notes; Senior Secured Last Out Term Notes; Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes; Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes      29   
  Section 2.2      Interest      35   
  Section 2.3      Redemptions and Payments      36   
  Section 2.4      Payments      40   
  Section 2.5      Dispute Resolution      40   
  Section 2.6      Taxes      41   
  Section 2.7      Reissuance      43   
  Section 2.8      Register      44   
  Section 2.9      Maintenance of Register      44   
  Section 2.10      Monthly Maintenance Fee      44   
  Section 2.11      Extension of Maturity Date of Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes      44   
ARTICLE 3 SECOND RESTATEMENT CLOSING      44   
  Section 3.1      Second Restatement Closing      44   
ARTICLE 4 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED      46   

ARTICLE 5 CONDITIONS TO SECOND RESTATEMENT CLOSING AND EACH lENDER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE

     46   
  Section 5.1      Second Restatement Closing      46   
  Section 5.2      Subsequent Draws      48   
ARTICLE 6 CERTAIN LENDERS’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      50   
  Section 6.1      No Public Sale or Distribution      50   
  Section 6.2      Investor Status      50   
  Section 6.3      Governmental Review      50   
  Section 6.4      Transfer or Resale      50   
  Section 6.5      Legends      50   
ARTICLE 7 CREDIT PARTIES’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      51   
  Section 7.1      Organization and Qualification      52   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

i


                Page  
  Section 7.2      Authorization; Enforcement; Validity      52   
  Section 7.3      Issuance of Securities      53   
  Section 7.4      No Conflicts      53   
  Section 7.5      Consents      53   
  Section 7.6      Subsidiary Rights      53   
  Section 7.7      Equity Capitalization      53   
  Section 7.8      Indebtedness and Other Contracts      54   
  Section 7.9      Off Balance Sheet Arrangements      55   
  Section 7.10      Ranking of Notes      55   
  Section 7.11      Title      55   
  Section 7.12      Intellectual Property Rights      55   
  Section 7.13      Creation, Perfection, and Priority of Liens      56   
  Section 7.14      Absence of Certain Changes; Insolvency      56   
  Section 7.15      Absence of Proceedings      56   
  Section 7.16      No Undisclosed Events, Liabilities, Developments or Circumstances      57   
  Section 7.17      No Disagreements with Accountants and Lawyers      57   
  Section 7.18      No General Solicitation; Placement Agent’s Fees      57   
  Section 7.19      Reserved      57   
  Section 7.20      Tax Status      57   
  Section 7.21      Transfer Taxes      58   
  Section 7.22      Conduct of Business; Compliance with Laws; Regulatory Permits      58   
  Section 7.23      Foreign Corrupt Practices      59   
  Section 7.24      Reserved      59   
  Section 7.25      Environmental Laws      59   
  Section 7.26      Margin Stock      59   
  Section 7.27      ERISA; Pension Schemes      59   
  Section 7.28      Investment Company      60   
  Section 7.29      U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation      60   
  Section 7.30      Internal Accounting and Disclosure Controls      60   
  Section 7.31      Accounting Reference Date      61   
  Section 7.32      Transactions With Affiliates      61   
  Section 7.33      Acknowledgment Regarding Holders’ Purchase of Securities      61   
  Section 7.34      Reserved      61   
  Section 7.35      Insurance      61   
  Section 7.36      Full Disclosure      61   
  Section 7.37      Employee Relations      62   
  Section 7.38      Certain Other Representations and Warranties      62   
  Section 7.39      Patriot Act      62   
  Section 7.40      Material Contracts      62   

ARTICLE 8 COVENANTS

     63   
  Section 8.1      Financial Covenants      63   
  Section 8.2      Deliveries      64   
  Section 8.3      Notices      65   
  Section 8.4      Rank      68   
  Section 8.5      Incurrence of Indebtedness      68   
  Section 8.6      Existence of Liens      68   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

ii


                Page  
  Section 8.7      Restricted Payments      68   
  Section 8.8      Mergers; Acquisitions; Asset Sales      70   
  Section 8.9      No Further Negative Pledges      70   
  Section 8.10      Affiliate Transactions      70   
  Section 8.11      Insurance      70   
  Section 8.12      Corporate Existence and Maintenance of Properties      71   
  Section 8.13      Non-circumvention      72   
  Section 8.14      Change in Business; Change in Accounting; Centre of Main Interest; Elevate Credit Parent      72   
  Section 8.15      U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation      72   
  Section 8.16      Compliance with Laws      72   
  Section 8.17      Additional Collateral      73   
  Section 8.18      Audit Rights; Field Exams; Appraisals; Meetings; Books and Records.      73   
  Section 8.19      Additional Issuances of Debt Securities; Right of First Refusal on New Indebtedness      74   
  Section 8.20      Post-Closing Obligations      74   
  Section 8.21      Use of Proceeds      75   
  Section 8.22      Fees, Costs and Expenses      75   
  Section 8.23      Modification of Organizational Documents and Certain Documents      76   
  Section 8.24      Joinder      76   
  Section 8.25      Investments      77   
  Section 8.26      Further Assurances      77   
  Section 8.27      Pensions Schemes      78   
  Section 8.28      Board Observation Rights      78   
  Section 8.29      Reservation of Shares      79   

ARTICLE 9 CROSS GUARANTY

     79   
  Section 9.1      Cross-Guaranty      79   
  Section 9.2      Waivers by Guarantors      80   
  Section 9.3      Benefit of Guaranty      80   
  Section 9.4      Waiver of Subrogation, Etc      80   
  Section 9.5      Election of Remedies      80   
  Section 9.6      Limitation      81   
  Section 9.7      Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations      81   
  Section 9.8      Liability Cumulative      82   
  Section 9.9      Stay of Acceleration      82   
  Section 9.10      Benefit to Credit Parties      82   
  Section 9.11      Indemnity      82   
  Section 9.12      Reinstatement      83   
  Section 9.13      Guarantor Intent      83   
  Section 9.14      General      83   

ARTICLE 10 RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     83   
  Section 10.1      Event of Default      83   
  Section 10.2      Termination of Commitments and Acceleration Right      86   
  Section 10.3      Consultation Rights      87   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

iii


                Page  
  Section 10.4      Other Remedies      87   
  Section 10.5      Application of Proceeds      88   
ARTICLE 11 BANKRUPTCY MATTERS      89   
ARTICLE 12 AGENCY PROVISIONS      91   
  Section 12.1      Appointment      91   
  Section 12.2      Binding Effect      92   
  Section 12.3      Use of Discretion      93   
  Section 12.4      Delegation of Duties      93   
  Section 12.5      Exculpatory Provisions      93   
  Section 12.6      Reliance by Agent      94   
  Section 12.7      Notices of Default      95   
  Section 12.8      Non Reliance on the Agent and Other Holders      95   
  Section 12.9      Indemnification      95   
  Section 12.10      The Agent in Its Individual Capacity      96   
  Section 12.11      Resignation of the Agent; Successor Agent      96   
  Section 12.12      Reimbursement by Holders and Lenders      96   
  Section 12.13      Withholding      97   
  Section 12.14      Release of Collateral or Guarantors      97   
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS      98   
  Section 13.1      Payment of Expenses      98   
  Section 13.2      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury Trial      99   
  Section 13.3      Counterparts      99   
  Section 13.4      Headings      99   
  Section 13.5      Severability      99   
  Section 13.6      Entire Agreement; Amendments      99   
  Section 13.7      Notices      100   
  Section 13.8      Successors and Assigns; Participants      102   
  Section 13.9      No Third Party Beneficiaries      104   
  Section 13.10      Survival      104   
  Section 13.11      Further Assurances      104   
  Section 13.12      Indemnification      104   
  Section 13.13      No Strict Construction      105   
  Section 13.14      Waiver      105   
  Section 13.15      Payment Set Aside      105   
  Section 13.16      Independent Nature of the Lenders’ and the Holders’ Obligations and Rights      106   
  Section 13.17      Set-off; Sharing of Payments      106   
  Section 13.18      Reserved      107   
  Section 13.19      Reaffirmation      107   
  Section 13.20      Release of Agent and Lenders      108   
  Section 13.21      Buy-Out Option      108   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

iv


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1      Form of Senior Secured US Term Note
Exhibit A-2      Form of Senior Secured UK Term Note
Exhibit A-3      Form of Senior Secured US Last Out Term Note
Exhibit A-4      Form of Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note
Exhibit A-5      Form of Senior Secured US Convertible Term Note
Exhibit B      Reserved
Exhibit C      Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Exhibit D      Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit E      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit G      Form of Joinder Agreement
Exhibit H      Index of Second Restatement Closing Documents

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1      Calculation of Charge Off Rate
Schedule 7.1      Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.5      Consents
Schedule 7.7      Equity Capitalization
Schedule 7.8      Indebtedness and Other Contracts
Schedule 7.12      Intellectual Property Rights
Schedule 7.22      Conduct of Business; Regulatory Permits
Schedule 7.27      ERISA and UK Pension Schemes
Schedule 7.32      Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 7.40      Material Contracts
Schedule 8.25      Existing Investments

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

v


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FINANCING AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FINANCING AGREEMENT (as modified, amended, extended, restated, amended and restated and/or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 30, 2016 is being entered into by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”), as the US Term Note Borrower, Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 (the “ UK Borrower ”), as the UK Borrower, Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate Credit ” or the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”), Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation as the US Convertible Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate Credit Parent ” or the “ US Convertible Term Note Borrower ”; the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower and the US Convertible Term Note Borrower, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the Guarantors party hereto (such Guarantors, collectively with the Borrowers, the “ Credit Parties ”), and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Holders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, Agent and Lenders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Financing Agreement dated as of August 15, 2014 (as the same has been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement (the “ Original Financing Agreement ”));

WHEREAS , the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate in its entirety the Original Financing Agreement, without constituting a novation of the obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of the Borrowers and Guarantors thereunder, on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein; and

WHEREAS , contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall pay and reimburse the Agent for itself and on behalf of the Holders and Lenders for all expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Agent and each Lender hereby amend and restate the Original Financing Agreement in its entirety without effecting a novation of the Obligations existing thereunder, and otherwise agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS; CERTAIN TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings indicated below, such meanings to be applicable equally to both the singular and plural forms of such terms:


956 Impact ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.24.

956 Limitations ” means, collectively, that notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, (a) no Obligation of the US Term Note Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower or the US Convertible Term Note Borrower (including any guaranty of any Obligation of the US Term Note Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower or the US Convertible Term Note Borrower) shall constitute an “Obligation” with respect to any UK Credit Party, (b) no UK Credit Party shall guaranty or otherwise be liable for any other Credit Party’s guaranty of any Obligation of the US Term Note Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower or the US Convertible Term Note Borrower and (c) no assets of any UK Credit Party shall serve as collateral security for any Obligations of the US Term Note Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower or the US Convertible Term Note Borrower (including any guaranty of any Obligations of the US Term Note Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower or the US Convertible Term Note Borrower), it being understood and acknowledged that the preceding provisions are intended to ensure that no UK Credit Party shall be treated as holding any obligations of a United States person pursuant to Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be interpreted consistent with this intention.

1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Acceptable Bank ” means (a) a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd . or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognized credit rating agency; or (b) any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent.

Accounting Reference Date ” means December 31 st of each year.

Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of all or substantially all of any business line, unit or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person.

Additional Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that (i) is a director or officer of such specified Person, or (ii) directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


Asset Sale ” means the sale, lease, license, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights of any Credit Party or any Credit Party’s Subsidiaries.

Bankruptcy Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(c).

Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(c).

Base Rate ” means the London Interbank Offered Rate last quoted by Bloomberg for deposits of U.S. Dollars for a period of three months on the last Business Day of each calendar month. If no such London Interbank Offered Rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum, as determined by the Agent at which deposits of U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds are offered on the last Business Day of each calendar month by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent in the London interbank market for a period of three months for the applicable principal amount on such date of determination.

Blocked Account ” means each “Controlled Account” (as defined in the US Security Agreement) that is subject to the full dominion and control of the Agent and each “Blocked Account” (as defined in the UK Security Documents).

Book Value of Equity ” means, as of any date of determination, total assets less intangible assets less total liabilities, in each case, of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries.

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the meanings set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrower Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of:

(a) the aggregate balance of the Current Consumer Loans on such date multiplied by the Maximum Loan to Value Ratio (as set forth in the column labeled “Maximum Loan to Value Ratio” of the table set forth Section 8.1(a) of this Agreement) in effect as of such date in accordance with Section 8.1(a) of this Agreement, plus

(b) one hundred percent (100%) of the balance of the unrestricted (it being agreed and acknowledged that cash collateral securing surety bonds and letters of credit posted or maintained by the Credit Parties shall be deemed to be “restricted”) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Credit Parties on such date for which the Agent shall have a first-priority perfected Lien. For purposes of clarification, unrestricted cash includes all cash of the Credit Parties that is being held by an ACH provider prior to remittance to a Credit Party.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a borrowing base certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower Representative (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function), in substantially the form included in the Form of Notice of Borrowing attached hereto as Exhibit F .

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday or any day that banks in Chicago, Illinois are required or permitted to close.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

3


Capital Stock ” means (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Cash Equivalent Investment ” means, at any time, (a) any evidence of debt, maturing not more than one year after such time, issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, the government of the United Kingdom or any respective agency thereof, (b) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year from the date of issue, or corporate demand notes, in each case rated at least A-l by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or P-l by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) any certificate of deposit, time deposit or banker’s acceptance, maturing not more than one year after such time, or any overnight Federal Funds transaction that is issued or sold by a commercial banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 or an Acceptable Bank, (d) any repurchase agreement entered into with any commercial banking institution of the nature referred to in clause (c)  which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in any of clauses (a)  through (c)  above and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such commercial banking institution or Acceptable Bank thereunder, (e) money market accounts or mutual funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the foregoing requirements, and (f) other short term liquid investments approved in writing by Agent.

Change of Control ” means, (a) with respect to any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, that such Person shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, (i) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not such Person is the surviving corporation) another Person or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, license, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Person to another Person; provided , the foregoing notwithstanding, any of the Elevate Credit Subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers) may suspend its operations in any jurisdiction in which it operates and dissolve as a result of a decision by the Credit Parties to exit one or more markets from time to time; (b) with respect to the Capital Stock of Elevate Credit Parent, the existing holders of the Capital Stock of Elevate Credit Parent as of the Original Restatement Closing Date collectively shall cease to own, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, for any reason at least 51% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Elevate Credit Parent or, in any event, that number of shares of Capital Stock of Elevate Credit Parent representing voting control of Elevate Credit Parent, in each case under this clause (b), free and clear of all Liens; (c) Elevate Credit Parent shall cease to own, beneficially and of record, for any reason at any time 100% of the Capital Stock of the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower or any of the Elevate Credit Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens in favor of the Agent) or (d) a Flotation has occurred.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

4


“Charge Off Rate” means the rate expressed as a percentage, as of the last day of any calendar month, of the product of:

(a) the ratio of (i) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became one or more days past due but not greater than 30 days past due in the calendar month that was two full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination to (ii) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that do not have a principal payment that became past due as of the last day of the calendar month that was three full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination; multiplied by

(b) the ratio of (i) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became 31 or more days past due but not greater than 60 days past due in the calendar month that was one full calendar month preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination less recoveries received (payments collected on loans that were previously 61 or more days past due) during the current calendar month to (ii) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became one or more days past due but not greater than 30 days past due as of the last day of the calendar month that was two full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination; multiplied by

(c) the ratio of (i) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became 61 or more days past due but not greater than 90 days past due in the calendar month that includes such date of determination to (ii) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became 31 or more days past due but not greater than 60 days past due as of the last day of the calendar month that was one full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination.

For purposes of clarification, an example of the calculation of the Charge Off Rate is set forth on Schedule 1.1 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means the “Collateral” as defined in each of the US Security Agreement and the relevant UK Security Documents.

Committed First Out Note Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21(a).

Commitments ” means, collectively, each of the US Term Note Commitments, the UK Term Note Commitments, the US Last Out Term Note Commitments, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitments and the US Convertible Term Note Commitments.

Compliance Certificate ” means a compliance certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower Representative (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Consumer Credit ” is defined in 12 C.F.R §202.2(h).

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

5


Consumer Loan Agreement ” means a consumer loan agreement (together with all related agreements, documents and instruments executed and/or delivered in connection therewith) or similar contract, pursuant to which a Credit Party agrees to make Consumer Loans from time to time.

Consumer Loans ” means unsecured consumer loans made by the Credit Parties to individuals resident of the United States of America and the United Kingdom in the ordinary course of business.

Contingent Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another Person if the primary purpose or intent of the Person incurring such liability, or the primary effect thereof, is to provide assurance to the obligee of such liability that such liability will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such liability will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss with respect thereto.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Capital Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of a Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, proxy, agency or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Convertible Note Holder ” means any Holder holding any portion of the US Convertible Term Notes, solely in such capacity .

Conversion Shares ” means those shares of Capital Stock of US Convertible Term Note Borrower into which the outstanding principal amount of the US Convertible Term Notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may be converted pursuant to the terms of the US Convertible Term Notes.

Convertible Securities ” means the US Convertible Term Notes and, to the extent issued, the Conversion Shares

Corporate Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of Elevate Credit Parent and all other Credit Parties (other than the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower) with respect to which Agent has a perfected Lien as of such date of determination.

Credit Exposure ” means any period of time during which any Note or other Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding; provided , that no Credit Exposure shall be deemed to exist solely due to the existence of either or both of the following (a) any contingent indemnification liability, absent the assertion of a claim, or the known existence of a claim reasonably likely to be asserted, with respect thereto or (b) any potential reinstatement of Obligations in connection with an event set forth in Sections 10.1(c) or 10.1(d), absent the existence of such an event under Sections 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) and/or the actual reinstatement of Obligations in connection therewith.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

6


Credit Party ” means each Borrower and each Guarantor.

CSO Loans ” means installment loans originated by independent third party lenders, whereby (a) the applicable Borrower acts as a credit services organization on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws and (b) in order to assist the customer in obtaining a loan under such program, the applicable Borrower guarantees, on behalf of the customer, the customer’s payment obligations to the third party lender under the loan.

Current Consumer Loan ” means, as of any date of determination, a Consumer Loan that is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Agent and which does not have a principal payment that is greater than sixty (60) days past due on such date.

Current Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Interest Rate ” means a rate equal to the greater of (a) eighteen percent (18%) per annum and (b) the sum of (i) the Base Rate (but not less than one percent (1%) per annum) plus (ii) seventeen percent (17%) per annum.

Current UK Interest Rate ” means a rate equal to the sum of (a) the Base Rate plus (b) sixteen percent (16%) per annum.

Current US Convertible Term Note Interest Rate ” means a rate equal to the greater of (a) ten percent (10%) per annum and (b) the sum of (i) the Base Rate (but not less than one percent (1%) per annum) plus (ii) nine percent (9%) per annum.

Current US Last Out Term Note Interest Rate ” means a rate equal to the sum of (a) the Base Rate plus (b) eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

Current US Term Note Interest Rate ” means a rate equal to the sum of (a) the Base Rate plus (b)(i) fifteen percent (15%) per annum in respect of up to $75,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the US Term Notes that is outstanding from time to time, (ii) fourteen percent (14%) per annum in respect of up to the next $75,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the US Term Notes that is outstanding from time to time and (iii) thirteen percent (13%) per annum in respect of any amount in excess of $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the US Term Notes that is outstanding from time to time; provided , the foregoing notwithstanding, the “ Current US Term Note Interest Rate ” shall mean (x) the sum of (a) the Base Rate plus (b) eight percent (8%) per annum in respect of any principal amount of the US Term Notes that is outstanding from time to time and that shall thereafter be designated to be a Reduced Risk Amount (but solely with respect to any such principal amount of the US Term Notes that shall thereafter be designated, on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Term Notes, to be a Reduced Risk Amount and solely with respect to the period in which such principal amount continues to constitute a Reduced Risk Amount) and (y) zero percent (0%) per annum in respect of any principal amount of the US Term Notes that is outstanding from time to time and that shall thereafter be designated to be a State Force Majeure Paydown Amount (but solely with respect to any principal amount of the US Term Notes that is outstanding from time to time and that shall thereafter be designated to be a State Force Majeure Paydown Amount and solely with respect to the period commencing on the date that such principal amount of the US Term Notes shall be designated a State Force Majeure Paydown Amount and continuing until the date that is the ninetieth (90 th ) day following such date).

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

7


Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(d).

Customer Information ” means nonpublic information relating to borrowers or applicants of Consumer Loans, including without limitation, names, addresses, telephone numbers, e-mail addresses, credit information, account numbers, social security numbers, loan balances or other loan information, and lists derived therefrom and any other information required to be kept confidential by the Requirements.

Debenture ” that certain Debenture dated on or about the Original Restatement Closing Date made by and between the UK Borrower, the other UK Credit Parties and the Agent, on behalf of the Holders and Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Debt-to-Equity Ratio ” means, (a) with respect to Elevate Credit, at any time, the ratio between (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations of Elevate Credit and its Subsidiaries (including the Obligations), determined in accordance with GAAP, at such time, and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of capital contributions made to Elevate Credit by its stockholders as of such time reduced by (B) the aggregate amount of cash distributions made by Elevate Credit to any of its stockholders, as of such time, and (b) with respect to a Borrower, at any time, the ratio between (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations of such Borrower (including the Obligations), determined in accordance with GAAP, at such time, and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of capital contributions made to such Borrower by Elevate Credit Parent as of such time reduced by (B) the aggregate amount of cash distributions made by such Borrower to any of its members (including, without limitation, Elevate Credit Parent) as of such time.

Default Rate ” means a rate equal to the Current UK Interest Rate, the Current US Term Note Interest Rate, the Current US Last Out Term Note Interest Rate, the Current Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Interest Rate and/or the Current US Convertible Term Note Interest Rate, as applicable, plus five percent (5.0%) per annum.

Destruction ” means any and all damage to, or loss or destruction of, or loss of title to, all or any portion of the Collateral (i) in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate for any Fiscal Year or (ii) that results, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

Diligence Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.14.

DIP Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount of Dollars, and with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount of Dollars, as of any date of determination, into which such other currency can be converted in accordance with prevailing exchange rates, as determined by Agent in accordance with Section 1.6 hereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

8


Domestic Credit Party ” means a Credit Party that is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of a state of the United States.

Elevate Credit ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Elevate Credit Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Elevate Credit Subsidiaries means each of (a) the Subsidiaries of Elevate Credit Parent (other than the Borrowers) listed on the signature pages hereto as an “Elevate Credit Subsidiary;” and (b) each other Subsidiary (other than the Borrowers) formed or acquired by Elevate Credit from time to time after the Original Closing Date.

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (a) which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed to by, any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates, or (b) with respect to which, any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party may have liability (contingent or otherwise).

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable federal, state, local or foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including, without limitation, laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) into the environment, the exposure of humans thereto, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, as well as all regulatory authorizations, codes, decrees, demands or demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices of violation or similar notice letters, orders, permits, plans or regulations issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options and other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock, whether or not such debt security includes the right of participation with Capital Stock).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means, as to any Credit Party, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of a group which includes such Credit Party and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) the occurrence of a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30 day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation) with respect to an ERISA Affiliate; (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Sections 412 and 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

9


failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal by any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which reasonably might be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the withdrawal of any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (h) the occurrence of an act or omission which reasonably might be expected to give rise to the imposition on any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Sections 4975 or 4971 of the Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (i) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (j) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; or (k) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code or pursuant to ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Event of Default Commitment Suspension or Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Event of Default Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Event of Default Redemption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Event of Default Redemption Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Event of Loss ” means any Destruction to, or any Taking of, any asset or property of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

10


Excess Cash ” means the aggregate unrestricted (it being agreed and acknowledged that cash collateral securing surety bonds and letters of credit posted or maintained by the US Term Note Borrower shall be deemed to be “restricted”) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the US Term Note Borrower in excess of $10,000,000 with respect to which Agent shall have a perfected Lien as of such date of determination.

Excluded Taxes ” means, in respect of the Agent or any Holder or Lender, as applicable, (a) income taxes imposed on the net income of such Person, (b) franchise taxes imposed on the net income of such Person, in each case by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Person is organized or qualified to do business or a jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof in which such Person engages in business activity, other than activity or connection arising from such Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, enjoyed or exercised its rights under, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction contemplated under this Agreement or any Transaction Document, or sold or assigned any interest in any Note or any of the other Transaction Documents.

Exit Premium ” means the premium of $5,000,000 to be paid in connection with the repayment of the US Convertible Term Notes in the event the US Convertible Term Notes shall not have been converted into Conversion Shares prior to any such repayment.

Extraordinary Receipts ” means any cash received by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business (and not consisting of proceeds described in Sections 2.3(b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(iv) or (b)(vi)), including, without limitation, (a) foreign, United States, state or local tax refunds outside the ordinary course of business, (b) pension plan reversions outside the ordinary course of business, (c) judgments, proceeds of settlements or other consideration of any kind in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate in connection with any cause of action (but excluding any amounts received in connection with the collection, sale, or disposition in the ordinary course of business of the Credit Parties of Consumer Loans that are not Current Consumer Loans and that have been settled or charged off) and (d) any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any Acquisition.

Family Group ” means a Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), any trust solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

FCA ” means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in accordance with Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Affected Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Term

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

11


Notes on such date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be equal to the portion of such aggregate outstanding principal amount for which the proceeds thereof were used to originate Consumer Loans that remain outstanding on such date to borrowers residing in state(s) directly affected by a Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Event (which amount with respect to each such Consumer Loan shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount of such Consumer Loan on such date) and the denominator of which shall be equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Term Notes on such date.

Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Event ” means any regulatory event or regulatory change at the federal level or in any group of states acting in concert in which the Credit Parties originate Consumer Loans, in each case, that would prohibit or make it illegal for the Credit Parties to continue to originate or collect Consumer Loans in such affected jurisdictions pursuant to the Program or another program of a type similar to the Program, resulting in a Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Affected Amount equal to two-thirds or more of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the US Term Notes as of the applicable date of determination.

Fifth Amendment ” means that certain Fifth Amendment to Financing Agreement dated as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date by and among Elevate Credit, the Subsidiaries of Elevate Credit party thereto, Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

Fifth Amendment Effective Date ” means February 11, 2016.

First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21(a).

First Out Note Holder ” means any Holder holding any portion of the First Out Notes, solely in such capacity.

First Out Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

First Out Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21(b).

First Payment Default Rate ” means, as of the last day of any calendar month, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that (i) have their first principal payment become one or more days past due but not greater than 30 days past due in the calendar month that includes such date of determination to (ii) do not have their first principal payment become past due in the calendar month that includes such date of determination.

First Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Foreign Subsidiary more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting Equity Interests of which are held directly by a Credit Party or indirectly by a Credit Party through one or more Subsidiaries that are incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of a state of the United States of America.

First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

First Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

12


Fiscal Year ” means a fiscal year of the Credit Parties.

Flotation ” means (a) a successful application being made for the admission of any part of the share capital of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or any Holding Company of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) to the “Official List” maintained by the FCA or any equivalent list maintained by any other recognized authority and the admission of any part of the share capital of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or Holding Company of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc or any other recognized exchange; or (b) the grant of permission to deal in any part of the issued share capital of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or Holding Company of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) on the Alternative Investment Market or the Main Board or the Growth Market of the ICAP Securities & Derivatives Exchange (ISDX) or on any recognized investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any exchange or market replacing the same or any other exchange or market in any country.

Foreign Lender ” means in the case of the US Term Note Borrower, the US Convertible Term Note Borrower and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, a Lender or a Holder that is not a US Person.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person, which Subsidiary is not incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of a state of the United States of America.

Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Maturity Extension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied; provided , that solely for the purposes of the consolidating financial statements of the United Kingdom operations required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 8.2(a) and (b) of this Agreement, “ GAAP ” shall mean the International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union generally from time to time, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, whether federal, state or local, and any agency, authority, commission, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Guarantor ” means (i) Elevate Credit Parent (including in respect of the Obligations of the UK Borrower, the US Term Note Borrower and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower)), (ii) each of the Elevate Credit Subsidiaries, (iii) the US Term Note Borrower in respect of the Obligations of the UK Borrower and (iv) each other Person that guarantees in writing all or any part of the Obligations.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

13


Guarantor Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: (i) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and (iii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means a holder of a Note.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a Person, any other Person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

Holdout Buy-Out ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21(a).

Holdout Last Out Note Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21(a).

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including, without limitation, “capital leases” in accordance with GAAP) (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business), (iii) all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments, (iv) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, notes or similar instruments whether convertible or not, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses, (v) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to any property or assets acquired with the proceeds of such indebtedness (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (vi) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon or in any property or assets (including accounts and contract rights) owned by any Person, even though the Person which owns such assets or property has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, (vii) all Contingent Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above; (viii) banker’s acceptances; (ix) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than three months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; (x) Hedging Obligations; and (xi) obligations under convertible securities of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, as applicable, includes (a) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any assets of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by any Credit Party or any of such Subsidiaries), and (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

14


Insolvency Proceeding ” means any corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or formal step taken in relation to (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise (other than for the purpose of a reconstruction or amalgamation the terms of which have been approved by the Agent)) of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets; or (d) enforcement of any security over any assets of Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, or any analogous procedure or formal step taken in any jurisdiction.

Insolvent ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the present fair saleable value in a non-liquidation context of such Person’s assets is less than the amount required to pay such Person’s total Indebtedness as applicable, or the fair value of the assets of such Person is less than its total liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities), (b) such Person is unable to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities fall due or become absolute and matured, (c) such Person incurs debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts mature, (d) such Person has unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted, (e) such Person is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, (f) such Person suspends or threatens in writing to suspend making payments on any of its debts, or (g) a moratorium is declared in respect of any Indebtedness of such Person. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

Intellectual Property Rights ” has the meaning provided in Section 7.12.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means each trademark security agreement, each patent security agreement and each copyright security agreement, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, entered into from time to time by and among the applicable Credit Party or the applicable Guarantor and the Agent.

Interagency Guidelines ” means the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security Guidelines, as set forth in Appendix B to 12 C.F.R. Part 30.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Subordination Agreement dated on or about the Original Restatement Closing Date by and among Agent, the “Subordinated Creditors” (as defined therein) and the “Subordinated Debtors” (as defined therein), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

15


Interest Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.2(a).

Inventory ” has the meaning provided in the UCC.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment in another Person, whether by acquisition of any debt security or Equity Interest, by making any loan or advance, by becoming contingently liable in respect of obligations of such other Person or by making an Acquisition.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and any successor thereto.

Issuance Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.2(a).

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.

Last Out Note Holder ” means any Holder holding any portion of the US Last Out Term Notes and/or the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, solely in such capacity.

Late Charge ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.4.

Legal Reservations ” means:

(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of United Kingdom stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

(c) the limitation of the enforcement of the terms of leases of real property by laws of general application to those leases;

(d) similar principles, rights and remedies under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(e) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinions supplied to the Agent or Lenders under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and for purposes of clarification, the fact that charges which are designated as fixed charges in a security document may be construed by a court as floating charges only.

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, charge or other security interest or encumbrance of any kind, whether or not

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

16


filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease or license in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in, or any agreement or arrangement having similar effect.

Limitation Acts ” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

Liquidity Event ” has the meaning given such term in the US Convertible Term Notes.

Loan to Value Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the outstanding principal balance of the First Out Notes to (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Current Consumer Loans and (ii) the aggregate unrestricted (it being agreed and acknowledged that cash collateral securing surety bonds and letters of credit posted or maintained by the Credit Parties shall be deemed to be “restricted”) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Credit Parties with respect to which Agent shall have a perfected Lien, in each case, as of such date of determination.

LTV Covenant Cure Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.1(a).

LTV Covenant Cure Obligation ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.1(a).

LTV Covenant Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.1(a).

Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, operations, the Collateral, results of operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as whole, or on the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Transaction Documents, or on the authority or ability of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to fully and timely perform its obligations under any Transaction Document, in each case, as determined by the Agent in its sole but reasonable discretion.

Material Contract ” means (a) each Consumer Loan Agreement and (b) any contract or other arrangement to which any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Transaction Documents) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation, termination or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) January 30, 2018; and (b) such earlier date as the unpaid principal balance of all outstanding Notes becomes due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Notes.

Maximum Commitment ” means $395,000,000, comprising (a) a “ Maximum UK Commitment ” of $50,000,000, (b) a “ Maximum US Term Note Commitment ” of $250,000,000, (c) a “ Maximum US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” of $45,000,000, (d) a “ Maximum US Convertible Term Note Commitment ” of $25,000,000 and (e) a “ Maximum Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” of $25,000,000.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

17


Maximum First Out Note Balance ” means, from time to time, the lesser of (a) the Borrowing Base (as calculated pursuant to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate) then in effect or (b) $300,000,000.

Monthly Maintenance Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Mortgage ” means a mortgage or deed of trust, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

New Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.24.

New Indebtedness Opportunity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.19.

Non-Excluded Taxes ” (a) any and all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Notes ” means each US Term Note, each UK Term Note, each US Last Out Term Note, each Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note and each US Convertible Term Note and shall include each such US Term Note, UK Term Note, US Last Out Term Note, Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note or US Convertible Term Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each such US Term Note, UK Term Note, US Last Out Term Note, Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note or US Convertible Term Note delivered in substitution or exchange for, or otherwise in respect of, any other Note pursuant to any such provision.

Notice of Borrowing ” means a notice given by the Borrower Representative to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.1, in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto.

Obligations ” means any and all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness, including without limitation, principal, interest (including, but not limited to, interest calculated at the Default Rate and post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), Late Charges, Monthly Maintenance Fees, Prepayment Premium, Yield Maintenance Premium, Exit Premium and other fees, costs, expenses and other charges and other obligations arising under the Transaction Documents, of the Credit Parties to the Agent, the Holders and the Lenders or to any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of the Agent, such Holders or such Lenders of any and every kind and nature, howsoever created, arising or evidenced and howsoever owned, held or acquired, whether now or hereafter existing, whether now due or to become due, whether primary, secondary, direct, indirect, absolute, contingent or otherwise (including, without limitation, obligations of performance), whether several, joint or joint and several, and whether arising or existing under written or oral agreement or by operation of law.

Original Closing Date ” means January 30, 2014.

Original Financing Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

18


Original Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to a Credit Party, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Credit Party is incorporated as of the Original Closing Date or, in the case of a New Guarantor, as of the date on which such New Guarantor becomes party to this Agreement as a New Guarantor.

Original Restatement Closing Date ” means August 15, 2014.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

Outside Legal Counsel ” means counsel selected by the Borrowers from time to time.

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.9.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

Permitted Dispositions ” means (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) disposals of obsolete, worn out or surplus equipment in the ordinary course of business, (iii) the granting of Permitted Liens, (iv) the licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other Intellectual Property Rights in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (v) [reserved], (vi) collection, sale, or disposition in the ordinary course of business of the Credit Parties of Consumer Loans that are not Current Consumer Loans and that have been settled or charged off, and (vii) reasonable expenditures of cash in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise approved by the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the applicable Credit Party.

Permitted Draw Date ” means any one Business Day of each calendar month during the term of this Agreement.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means (i)  Reserved , (ii) Indebtedness of any (A) Domestic Subsidiary Credit Party (other than the US Term Note Borrower) to Elevate Credit Parent or any other Domestic Subsidiary Credit Party (other than the US Term Note Borrower) and (B) Foreign Subsidiary Credit Party (other than the UK Borrower) to any other Foreign Subsidiary Credit Party (other than the UK Borrower); provided , in each case, all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured, (iii)  Reserved , (iv) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with customary deposit accounts maintained by any Credit Party as part of its ordinary cash management program, (v) performance guaranties in the ordinary course of business and consistent with historic practices of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Elevate Credit Parent and its subsidiaries, (vi) guaranties by Elevate Credit Parent of Indebtedness of any subsidiary Credit Party or guaranties by any Domestic Subsidiary Credit Party (other than the US Term Note Borrower) of any Indebtedness of Elevate Credit Parent with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this definition, (vii) Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted under clause (xii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (viii) Indebtedness of any subsidiary Credit Party with respect to capital leases; provided , the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed at any time $5,000,000 for such subsidiary Credit Parties, (ix) purchase money

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

19


Indebtedness of any subsidiary Credit Parties; provided , (A) any such Indebtedness shall be secured only by the asset acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (B) the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed at any time $2,500,000 in the aggregate for such subsidiary Credit Parties, (x) other unsecured Indebtedness of any subsidiary Credit Party, which is subordinated to the Obligations on terms acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $25,000,000, excluding any CSO Loans, (xi) guaranties by the Credit Parties in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Holders, hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, (xii)  Reserved ; and (xiii) guaranties by Elevate Credit Parent of the obligations of any Domestic Credit Party to a lender in respect of any CSO Loans; provided , that no Indebtedness otherwise permitted by clauses (x) or (xi) shall be assumed, created, or otherwise refinanced if an Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) has occurred or would result therefrom.

Permitted Liens ” means (i) Liens in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Holders, (ii) Liens for taxes if obligations with respect to such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts, (iii) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set off), of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to §§401 (a)(29) or 412(n) of the Code or by ERISA), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (A) for amounts not yet overdue, or (B) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of five (5) days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts, (iv) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof, (v) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the value or use of the property to which such Lien is attached or with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person, (vi) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate, (vii) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by such Person in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder, (viii) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ix) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (x) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property, in each case which do not and will not interfere with or affect in any material respect the use, value or operations of any real estate assets or in the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person, (xi) licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by such Person in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any respect with the ordinary conduct of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

20


the business of such Person, (xii) Liens (A) which are junior in priority to those of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Holders, pursuant to a subordination agreement acceptable to the Agent, (B) which may not be foreclosed upon without the consent of the Agent, (C) which attach only to goods and (D) which, in the aggregate, do not secure Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000, and (xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (ix) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; provided , any such Lien shall encumber only the asset acquired with the proceeds of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Redemption ” means the redemption of Notes (other than US Convertible Term Notes) permitted pursuant to Section 2.3(a).

Permitted Redemption Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i).

Permitted Redemption Date ” means the date on which the Borrower Representative has elected to redeem the Notes (other than US Convertible Term Notes) in accordance with Section 2.3(a).

Permitted Redemption Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i).

Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity and a government or any department or agency thereof.

Plan ” means any Multiemployer Plan or Pension Plan.

Prepayment Premium ” means the premium to be paid in connection with certain prepayments of the Notes (other than US Convertible Term Notes which, for purposes of clarification, may not be prepaid prior to the Maturity Date in respect thereof, but shall be subject to the Exit Premium) pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 2.3(a) and Section 2.3(b), but specifically excluding any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Sections 2.3(b)(ii), 2.3(b)(v), 2.3(b)(vi) or 2.3(b)(vii) (solely to the extent such excess required to be applied as a prepayment relates to a prepayment under Sections 2.3(b)(ii), 2.3(b)(v) or 2.3(b)(vi)). Other than in respect of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes (for which such prepayment premium is set forth below) and the US Convertible Term Notes (which, for purposes of clarification, may not be prepaid prior to the Maturity Date in respect thereof), such prepayment premium shall be equal to, with respect to such prepayment to be made or made during any period set forth in the table below, the percentage set forth beside such period in such table of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes then prepaid or required to be prepaid:

 

Period

   Prepayment Premium  

After June 30, 2015 through and including December 31, 2016

     1.0

Thereafter

     None   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

21


Solely in respect of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, such prepayment premium shall be equal to the Yield Maintenance Premium; provided , that solely in the event that the Agent has exercised the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Maturity Extension in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof, such prepayment premium in respect of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes shall thereafter be equal to the applicable percentage set forth beside the applicable period in the table below of the aggregate principal amount of such Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes then prepaid or required to be prepaid:

 

Period

   Prepayment Premium  

February 1, 2018 through and including July 31, 2018

     5.0

After July 31, 2018 through and including January 31, 2019

     3.0

February 1, 2019 through and including July 31, 2019

     1.0

Thereafter

     None   

Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15.

Program ” means the lending program for the solicitation, marketing, and origination of Consumer Loans pursuant to Program Guidelines.

Program Guidelines ” means those guidelines established by the Credit Parties for the administration of the Program, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by the Credit Parties with the prior written consent of the Agent.

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

Public Offering ” means a public offering of Capital Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or similar Governmental Authority.

Qualified Equity Financing ” has the meaning given such term in the US Convertible Term Notes.

Qualified Funding Failure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iii).

Quoted Eurobond Listing ” means the listing of the UK Term Notes on a recognized stock exchange as defined by the Income Tax Act 2007.

Reduced Risk Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount of Excess Cash (which shall be in increments of not less than $1,000,000) designated in writing by the Borrower Representative to the Agent from time to time, but no more frequently than once per calendar month, that has been deposited into and is thereafter maintained in a segregated Blocked Account.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

22


Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Related Parties ” of any Person means such Person’s Affiliates or any of its respective partners, directors, agents, employees and controlling persons.

Released Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.20.

Releasing Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.20.

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to a Credit Party, (a) its Original Jurisdiction; (b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Collateral to be created by it is situated; (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and (d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

Required Lenders ” means at any time (a) the Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Commitments then in effect plus the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Notes then outstanding, or (b) if the Commitments have been terminated, the Holders of Notes then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Notes then outstanding.

Requirements ” means all applicable federal, state and foreign laws and regulations related, directly or indirectly, to the following: credit (including, without limitation, Consumer Credit); servicing; disclosures, information security and privacy and regulations and industry guidance and requirements (including, but not limited to, guidance issued by the Payment Card Industry); the USA Patriot Act; the Office of Foreign Asset Controls’ rules and regulations; the Interagency Guidelines; debt collection and debt collection practices laws and regulations applicable to the Credit Parties or the Program; the federal Truth in Lending Act; the federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act; the federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act; the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act; the federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act; the Bribery Act 2010; and the Data Protection Act 1998. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed by the Credit Parties that “ Requirements ” shall include, without limitation, (a) the proposed rule captioned 12 CFR Part 1041, Docket No. CFPB-2016-0025, RIN 3170–AA40 released by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau on June 2, 2016, regardless of whether such rule shall become Law, but as such rule may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and (b) any other proposed rules or guidelines presented by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau or any other Governmental Authority from time to time relating to credit (including, without limitation, Consumer Credit); servicing; disclosures, information security and privacy and regulations and industry guidance and requirements, in each case, regardless of whether such rules or guidelines shall become Law, but as such rule and guidelines may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

ROFR Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.19.

Schedules ” has the meaning set forth in ARTICLE 7.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

23


Second Amendment ” means that certain Second Amendment to Financing Agreement dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date by and among Elevate Credit, the Subsidiaries of Elevate Credit party thereto, Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

Second Amendment Effective Date ” means May 20, 2015.

Second Restatement Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Second Restatement Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Second Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Securities ” means the Notes and, to the extent issued, the Conversion Shares.

Security Agreement ” means, individually and collectively, the US Security Agreement and the UK Security Documents.

Security Assignment ” means, that certain Deed of Assignment by way of Security dated on or about the Original Restatement Closing Date made between the applicable UK Credit Parties and the Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents ” means the US Security Agreement, the UK Security Documents, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any of the Credit Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or any equityholder of any of the Credit Parties in order to grant to Agent, any Lender or any Holder a Lien on any real, personal or mixed Property of such Person as security for the Obligations.

Share Charges ” means those certain Charges Over Shares dated on or about the Original Restatement Closing Date made between the applicable UK Credit Parties and the Agent, in each case, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

State Force Majeure Event ” means any regulatory event or regulatory change in any state in which the Credit Parties originate Consumer Loans that would prohibit or make it illegal for the Credit Parties to continue to originate or collect Consumer Loans in such state pursuant to the Program or another program of a type similar to the Program.

State Force Majeure Paydown Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount designated in writing by the Borrower Representative to the Agent within ten (10) days following such date equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Term Notes on such date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be equal to the portion of such aggregate outstanding principal amount for which the proceeds thereof were used to

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

24


originate Consumer Loans that remain outstanding on such date to borrowers residing in state(s) affected by a State Force Majeure Event (which amount with respect to each such Consumer Loan shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount of such Consumer Loan on such date) and the denominator of which shall be equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Term Notes on such date.

Subsidiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Taking ” means any taking of any property of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries or any portion thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any law, general or special, or by reason of the temporary requisition of the use of such assets or any portion thereof, by any Governmental Authority, civil or military (i) in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate for any Fiscal Year or (ii) that results, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

Taxes ” means any and all current or future (a) foreign, federal, state or local income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, excise, parking, unclaimed property/escheatment, natural resources, severance, stamp, occupation, occupancy, ad valorem, premium, windfall profit, environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, license, employee or other withholding, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, (b) any liability for the payment of amounts of the type described in clause (a) hereof as a result of being at any time a transferee of, or a successor in interest to, any person, and (c) any interest, penalties or additions to tax or additional amounts (whether disputed or not) in respect of the foregoing.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Third Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

UCC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13.

UK Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

UK Credit Party ” means the UK Borrower and each other Credit Party organized under the laws of the United Kingdom.

UK Force Majeure Event ” means any regulatory event or regulatory change in the United Kingdom that would prohibit or make it illegal for the UK Borrower to continue to originate or collect Consumer Loans in the United Kingdom pursuant to the Program or another program of a type similar to the Program.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

25


UK Force Majeure Paydown Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount designated in writing by the Borrower Representative to the Agent within ten (10) days following such date equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the UK Term Notes on such date.

UK Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Debenture, the Share Charges, the Security Assignment and the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

UK Tax Deduction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

UK Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

UK Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

US Convertible Term Note Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

US Convertible Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

US Convertible Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

US Credit Party ” means the US Term Note Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, the US Convertible Term Note Borrower and each other Credit Party organized under the laws of a State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

US Holder ” mean each of VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. (“ VP ”), VPC Special Opportunities Fund III Onshore, L.P. and any other US Person that is an assignee or transferee of VP or is the beneficial owner of a direct or indirect interest in any of the foregoing.

US Last Out Term Note Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

US Last Out Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

US Last Out Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

US Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

US Security Agreement ” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date by and among Agent and the “Obligors” (as defined therein), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

US Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(e).

US Term Note Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

US Term Note Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

26


US Term Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d).

Withholding Agent ” means any Borrower, any Credit Party or the Agent.

Yield Maintenance Premium ” shall be an amount, calculated immediately prior to the applicable redemption or prepayment of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, equal to the sum of all scheduled interest (determined with reference to the interest rate then in effect) in respect of the unredeemed Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes immediately prior to the applicable redemption or prepayment for the period from the date of such redemption to the date set forth in clause (a) of the definition of the Maturity Date. The foregoing amount shall be calculated by Agent and shall be conclusive and binding on US Last Out Term Note Borrower (absent manifest error).

Section 1.2 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “ herein ”, “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any right or interest in or to assets and properties of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible. References in this Agreement to “ determination ” by the Agent include good faith estimates by the Agent (in the case of quantitative determinations) and good faith beliefs by the Agent (in the case of qualitative determinations).

Section 1.3 Accounting and Other Terms . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each accounting term used herein shall have the meaning given it under GAAP applied on a basis consistent with those used in preparing the financial statements delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 8.2. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party at “fair value”.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

27


Section 1.4 Borrower Representative . Each Borrower hereby designates and appoints Elevate Credit as its representative and agent on its behalf (in such capacity, the “ Borrower Representative ”) for the purposes of delivering certificates, including Compliance Certificates, giving Notices of Borrowing and other instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Notes, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Transaction Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants) on behalf of any Borrower or Borrowers under the Transaction Documents. Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment. Agent, each Lender and each Holder may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to any Transaction Document from Borrower Representative as a notice or communication from all Borrowers. Each warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on behalf of a Borrower by Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Borrower.

Section 1.5 Payments in Foreign Currencies . If, notwithstanding the terms of Section 2.4, the Agent receives any payment from or on behalf of any Credit Party in a currency other than the currency in which the relevant Obligation is denominated, the Agent may convert the payment (including the monetary proceeds of realization upon any Collateral) into the currency in which the relevant Obligation is payable at the exchange rate published in The Wall Street Journal (or if such reference is not available, by such other method reasonably determined by Agent) on the Business Day closest in time to the date on which such payment was due (or if either such reference is not available, by such other method reasonably determined by Agent). Any such determination or redetermination by Agent shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. No determination or redetermination by any Lender, any Holder or any Credit Party and no other currency conversion shall change or release any obligation of any Credit Party or of any Lender, any Holder (other than Agent) under any Transaction Document, each of which agrees to pay separately for any shortfall remaining after any conversion and payment of the amount as converted. The relevant Obligations shall be satisfied only to the extent of the amount actually received by the Agent upon such conversion. Agent may round up or down, and may set up appropriate mechanisms to round up or down, any amount hereunder to nearest higher or lower amounts and may determine reasonable de minimis payment thresholds.

Section 1.6 Exchange Rates . Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein or therein, wherever in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, an amount contained in a representation, warranty, covenant or Event of Default related thereto is expressed in Dollars, but a relevant currency applicable thereto is denominated in another currency, such amount will be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent thereof; provided, that, for purposes of determining compliance with any incurrence or expenditure tests set forth herein or in any other Transaction Document or with Dollar-based basket levels appearing herein or in any other Transaction Document, any amounts so incurred, expended or utilized (to the extent incurred, expended or utilized in a currency other than Dollars) shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof as of the date of such incurrence, expenditure or utilization under any provision of any such Section or definition that has an aggregate Dollar limitation provided for therein. Unless otherwise specified herein, all determinations of Dollar Equivalents shall be determined by reference to The Wall Street Journal published on the Business Day closest in time to the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

28


relevant date of determination or for the relevant period of determination (or if such reference is not available, by such other method reasonably determined by Agent). Any such determination or redetermination by Agent shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 1.7 Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Transaction Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of any Credit Party in respect of any such sum due from it to Agent, any Lender or any other Holder hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due from the applicable Credit Parties in the Agreement Currency, such Credit Parties agree, as a separate obligation and not-withstanding any such judgment, to indemnify Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.

ARTICLE 2

BORROWERS’ AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE

Section 2.1 Senior Secured Term Notes; Senior Secured Last Out Term Notes; Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes; Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes .

(a) The US Term Note Borrower previously authorized and issued to the Lenders on the Original Closing Date senior secured term notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Maximum US Term Note Commitment, dated the date of issue thereof, maturing on the Maturity Date, bearing interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and in the form of Exhibit A to the Original Financing Agreement and Exhibit A-1 hereto (the “ US Term Notes ”). The commitment of each Lender to fund its pro rata share of draws under the US Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column three (3) of Section 1 (US Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto (such amount as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “ US Term Note Commitment ”). The US Term Note Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the US Term Notes in full in cash on the Maturity Date, unless accelerated in accordance with Section 10.2 or redeemed or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.3. A portion of the Maximum US Term Note Commitment under the US Term Notes was previously advanced to the US Term Note Borrower by the Lenders under the Original Financing Agreement, as is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column four (4) of Section 1 (US Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto. The US Term Note Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Second Restatement Closing Date,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

29


immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the US Term Notes is $197,000,000. The US Term Note Borrower hereby (a) represents, warrants, agrees, covenants and reaffirms that it has no defense, set off, claim or counterclaim against the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders with regard to its Obligations under the US Term Notes arising prior to the Second Restatement Closing Date and (b) reaffirms its obligation to repay the US Term Notes in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. For purposes of clarification, the entire outstanding principal balance of the US Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the outstanding principal balance of the US Term Notes from and after the Second Restatement Closing Date, without constituting a novation. Future draws under the US Term Notes shall be disbursed as the Borrower Representative shall direct on each borrowing date, upon the submission of such evidence as the Agent shall request to verify the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 below (including, without limitation, a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.2(g) prior to such disbursement); provided , however , that, after giving effect to any such draw under the US Term Notes, the aggregate principal amount of all (i) US Term Notes shall not exceed the Maximum US Term Note Commitment and (ii) First Out Notes shall not exceed the Maximum First Out Note Balance. The Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Agent a Notice of Borrowing setting forth each requested draw not later than noon, Chicago time, on (A) the fifteenth (15 th ) day prior to the proposed borrowing date upon which the US Term Note Borrower desires to make a draw under the US Term Notes in an amount of $10,000,000 or less or (B) the thirtieth (30 th ) day prior to the proposed borrowing date upon which the US Term Note Borrower desires to make a draw under the US Term Notes in an amount of greater than $10,000,000, in each case, or such earlier date as shall be agreed to by the applicable Lenders; provided , further , however , that the Borrower Representative on behalf of the US Term Note Borrower shall be entitled to deliver only two (2) Notices of Borrowing during each calendar month. Each Notice of Borrowing required hereunder (i) shall be irrevocable, (ii) shall specify the amount of the proposed draw (which shall be in increments of not less than $100,000) under the US Term Notes, (iii) shall specify the proposed borrowing date for such proposed draw, which shall be a Permitted Draw Date and (iv) shall specify wire transfer instructions in accordance with which such draw under the US Term Notes shall be funded. Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s pro rata share of the proposed borrowing under the US Term Notes (determined on the basis of such Lender’s US Term Note Commitment relative to the aggregate US Term Note Commitment of all Lenders) and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, each Lender holding a US Term Note Commitment shall fund its pro rata share of the proposed borrowing under the US Term Notes on the applicable Permitted Draw Date in immediately available funds in accordance with the terms of such Notice of Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of clarification, it is hereby agreed that during each calendar month there shall be only, and the Borrower Representative on behalf of the US Term Note Borrower shall not be entitled to specify more than, two (2) Permitted Draw Dates.

(b) UK Term Notes . The UK Borrower previously authorized and issued to the Lenders on the Original Restatement Closing Date senior secured term notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Maximum UK Term Note Commitment, dated the date of issue thereof,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

30


maturing on the Maturity Date, bearing interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Original Financing Agreement and Exhibit A-2 hereto (the “ UK Term Notes ” and collectively with the US Term Notes, the “ First Out Notes ”). The commitment of each Lender to fund its pro rata share of draws under the UK Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column three (3) of Section 2 (UK Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto (such amount as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “ UK Term Note Commitment ”). The UK Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the UK Term Notes in full in cash on the Maturity Date, unless accelerated in accordance with Section 10.2 or redeemed or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.3. A portion of the Maximum UK Term Note Commitment under the UK Term Notes was previously advanced to the UK Borrower by the Lenders under the Original Financing Agreement, as is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column four (4) of Section 2 (UK Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto. The UK Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Second Restatement Closing Date, immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the UK Term Notes is $42,300,000. The UK Borrower hereby (a) represents, warrants, agrees, covenants and reaffirms that it has no defense, set off, claim or counterclaim against the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders with regard to its Obligations under the UK Term Notes arising prior to the Second Restatement Closing Date and (b) reaffirms its obligation to repay the UK Term Notes in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. For purposes of clarification, the entire outstanding principal balance of the UK Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the outstanding principal balance of the UK Term Notes from and after the Second Restatement Closing Date, without constituting a novation. Future draws under the UK Term Notes shall be disbursed as the Borrower Representative shall direct on each borrowing date, upon the submission of such evidence as the Agent shall request to verify the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 below (including, without limitation, a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.2(g) prior to such disbursement); provided , however , that, after giving effect to any such draw under the UK Term Notes, the aggregate principal amount of all (i) UK Term Notes shall not exceed the Maximum UK Term Note Commitment and (ii) First Out Notes shall not exceed the Maximum First Out Note Balance. The Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Agent a Notice of Borrowing setting forth each requested draw not later than noon, Chicago time, on (A) the fifteenth (15 th ) day prior to the proposed borrowing date upon which the UK Term Note Borrower desires to make a draw under the UK Term Notes in an amount of $10,000,000 or less or (B) the thirtieth (30 th ) day prior to the proposed borrowing date upon which the UK Term Note Borrower desires to make a draw under the UK Term Notes in an amount of greater than $10,000,000, in each case, or such earlier date as shall be agreed to by the applicable Lenders; provided , further , however , that the Borrower Representative on behalf of the UK Term Note Borrower shall be entitled to deliver only two (2) Notices of Borrowing during each calendar month. Each Notice of Borrowing required hereunder (i) shall be irrevocable, (ii) shall specify the amount of the proposed draw (which shall be in increments of not less than $100,000) under the UK Term Notes, (iii) shall specify the proposed borrowing date for such proposed draw, which shall be a Permitted Draw Date and (iv) shall specify wire transfer instructions in accordance with which such draw under the UK Term Notes shall be funded. Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall promptly notify each

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

31


Lender thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s pro rata share of the proposed borrowing under the UK Term Notes (determined on the basis of such Lender’s UK Term Note Commitment relative to the aggregate UK Term Note Commitment of all Lenders) and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, each Lender holding a UK Term Note Commitment shall fund its pro rata share of the proposed borrowing under the UK Term Notes on the applicable Permitted Draw Date in immediately available funds in accordance with the terms of such Notice of Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of clarification, it is hereby agreed that during each calendar month there shall be only, and the Borrower Representative on behalf of the UK Term Note Borrower shall not be entitled to specify more than, two (2) Permitted Draw Dates.

(c) US Last Out Term Notes . The US Last Out Term Note Borrower previously authorized and issued to the Lenders (i) on the Original Restatement Closing Date senior secured last out term notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15,000,000, dated the date of issue thereof, maturing on the Maturity Date, bearing interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Original Financing Agreement and Exhibit A-3 hereto, as in effect on the Original Restatement Closing Date (such notes, the “ First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ”, and the commitment of each applicable Lender to acquire such First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, collectively, the “ First Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitments ”), (ii) on and after the Second Amendment Effective Date and prior to the Fifth Amendment Effective Date additional senior secured last out term notes in the aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000, dated the date of issue thereof, maturing on the Maturity Date, bearing interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Original Financing Agreement and Exhibit A-3 hereto, as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date (such notes, the “ Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ” and the commitment of each applicable Lender to acquire such Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, collectively, the “ Second Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitments ”) and (iii) on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date additional senior secured last out term notes in the aggregate principal of $10,000,000, dated the date of issue thereof, maturing on the Maturity Date, bearing interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Original Financing Agreement and Exhibit A-3 hereto, as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date (such notes, the “ Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ” and, collectively with the Original US Last Out Term Notes and the Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, the “ US Last Out Term Notes ”). The commitment of each Lender to purchase its pro rata share of US Last Out Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column three (3) of Section 3 (US Last Out Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto (such amount as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “ US Last Out Term Note Commitments ”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the US Last Out Term Notes in full in cash on the Maturity Date, unless accelerated in accordance with Section 10.2 or redeemed or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.3. The US Last Out Term Note Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Second Restatement Closing Date, immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the US Last Out Term Notes is $45,000,000 (such entire principal balance consisting of First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes), as is set

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

32


forth opposite such Lender’s name in column four (4) of Section 3 (US Last Out Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto. The US Last Out Term Note Borrower hereby (a) represents, warrants, agrees, covenants and reaffirms that it has no defense, set off, claim or counterclaim against the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders with regard to its Obligations under the First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes arising prior to the Second Restatement Closing Date and (b) reaffirms its obligation to repay the First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, the Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. For purposes of clarification, the entire outstanding principal balance of the First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, the Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date shall be deemed to constitute the outstanding principal balance of the First Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, the Second Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the Third Tranche US Last Out Term Notes from and after the Second Restatement Closing Date, without constituting a novation.

(d) Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes . The US Last Out Borrower has authorized the issuance to the Lenders on the Second Restatement Closing Date of senior secured last out term notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Maximum Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment, to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature on the Maturity Date, to bear interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and to be in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto (the “ Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes ”). The commitment of each Lender to fund its pro rata share of the single draw under the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes on the Second Restatement Closing Date is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column three (3) of Section 4 (Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto (such amount being referred to herein as such Lender’s “ Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment ”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes in full in cash on the Maturity Date, unless accelerated in accordance with Section 10.2 or redeemed or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.3. The single draw under the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes shall be disbursed as the Borrower Representative shall direct on the Second Restatement Closing Date, upon the submission of such evidence as the Agent shall request to verify the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 below.

(e) US Convertible Term Notes . The US Convertible Term Note Borrower has authorized the issuance to the Lenders on the Second Restatement Closing Date of senior secured convertible term notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Maximum US Convertible Term Note Commitment, to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature on the Maturity Date, to bear interest as provided in Section 2.2 below and to be in the form of Exhibit A-5 hereto (the “ US Convertible Term Notes ”). The commitment of each Lender to fund its pro rata share of draws under the US Convertible Term Notes as of the Second Restatement Closing Date is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in column three (3) of Section 5 (US Convertible Term Notes) of the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto (such amount as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “ US Convertible Term Note Commitment ”). The US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal balance of the US Convertible Term Notes plus the Exit Premium in full in cash on the Maturity Date, unless accelerated in

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

33


accordance with Section 10.2 or redeemed or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.3. Draws under the US Convertible Term Notes shall be disbursed as the Borrower Representative shall direct on each borrowing date, upon the submission of such evidence as the Agent shall request to verify the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 below; provided , however , that, after giving effect to any such draw under the US Convertible Term Notes, the aggregate principal amount of all US Convertible Term Notes shall not exceed the Maximum US Convertible Term Note Commitment; and provided , further , however , that the Borrower Representative shall be obligated to request draws in an aggregate amount equal to the US Convertible Term Note Commitment by no later than December 31, 2016 or, at the election of the Agent, upon such earlier date as a Qualified Equity Financing or a Liquidity Event shall have occurred. The Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Agent a Notice of Borrowing setting forth each requested draw not later than noon, Chicago time, on (A) the fifteenth (15 th ) day prior to the proposed borrowing date upon which the US Convertible Term Note Borrower desires to make a draw under the US Convertible Term Notes in an amount of $10,000,000 or less or (B) the thirtieth (30 th ) day prior to the proposed borrowing date upon which the US Convertible Term Note Borrower desires to make a draw under the US Convertible Term Notes in an amount of greater than $10,000,000, in each case, or such earlier date as shall be agreed to by the applicable Lenders; provided , further , however , that the Borrower Representative on behalf of the US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall be entitled to deliver only two (2) Notices of Borrowing during each calendar month. Each Notice of Borrowing required hereunder (i) shall be irrevocable, (ii) shall specify the amount of the proposed draw (which shall be in increments of not less than $100,000) under the US Convertible Term Notes, (iii) shall specify the proposed borrowing date for such proposed draw, which shall be a Permitted Draw Date and (iv) shall specify wire transfer instructions in accordance with which such draw under the US Convertible Term Notes shall be funded. Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s pro rata share of the proposed borrowing under the US Convertible Term Notes (determined on the basis of such Lender’s US Convertible Term Note Commitment relative to the aggregate US Convertible Term Note Commitment of all Lenders) and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, each Lender holding a US Convertible Term Note Commitment shall fund its pro rata share of the proposed borrowing under the US Convertible Term Notes on the applicable Permitted Draw Date in immediately available funds in accordance with the terms of such Notice of Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of clarification, it is hereby agreed that during each calendar month there shall be only, and the Borrower Representative on behalf of the US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall not be entitled to specify more than, two (2) Permitted Draw Dates.

(f) Relative Priorities . Each of the US Term Notes and the UK Term Notes shall be pari passu (and, for purposes of clarification, senior to the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the US Convertible Term Notes) in right of payment or collectability, whether with respect to payment of redemptions, interest, damages or upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise. Each of the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes shall be pari passu (and, for purposes of clarification, junior to the US Term Notes and the UK Term Notes and senior to the US Convertible Term Notes) in right of payment or collectability, whether with respect to payment of redemptions, interest, damages or upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise. Each of the US Convertible

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

34


Term Notes shall be pari passu (and, for purposes of clarification, junior to the US Term Notes, the UK Term Notes, the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes) in right of payment or collectability, whether with respect to payment of redemptions, interest, damages or upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise.

Section 2.2 Interest . The Borrowers shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, in each case, at the rates, time and manner set forth below:

(a) Rate of Interest. Each US Term Note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date issued through the date such US Term Note is paid in full in cash (whether upon final maturity, by redemption, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) at the Current US Term Note Interest Rate. Each UK Term Note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date issued through the date such UK Term Note is paid in full in cash (whether upon final maturity, by redemption, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) at the Current UK Interest Rate. Each US Last Out Term Note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date issued through the date such US Last Out Term Note is paid in full in cash (whether upon final maturity, by redemption, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) at the Current US Last Out Term Note Interest Rate. Each Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date issued through the date such Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note is paid in full in cash (whether upon final maturity, by redemption, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) at the Current Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Interest Rate. Each US Convertible Term Note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date issued through the date such US Convertible Term Note is paid in full in cash (whether upon final maturity, by redemption, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) at the Current US Convertible Term Note Interest Rate. Interest on each Note shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed and, subject to Section 2.2(b), shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the last day of each calendar month during the period beginning on the date such Note is issued (the “ Issuance Date ”) and ending on, and including, the date on which the Obligations under such Note are paid in full (each, an “ Interest Date ”).

(b) Interest Payments. Interest on each Note shall be payable on each Interest Date or at any such other time the Notes become due and payable (whether by acceleration, redemption or otherwise) by the applicable Borrower to the Agent, for the account of the record holder of such Note, on the applicable Interest Date. Each Interest Date shall be considered the last day of an accrual period for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each applicable Borrower hereby agrees that all accrued and unpaid interest due and owing under the Original Financing Agreement as of the Second Restatement Closing Date shall be deemed accrued and continued and shall be paid in cash by such Borrower to the Agent, for the account of the record holder of the applicable Notes, on the first Interest Date following the Second Restatement Closing Date.

(c) Default Rate. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Notes shall bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on the unpaid principal amount thereof at the Default Rate from the date of such Event of Default through and including the date such Event of Default is waived. In the event that such Event of Default is subsequently waived, the adjustment referred to in the preceding sentence

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

35


shall cease to be effective as of the date of such waiver; provided that interest as calculated and unpaid at the Default Rate during the continuance of such Event of Default shall continue to be due to the extent relating to the days after the occurrence of such Event of Default through and including the date on which such Event of Default is waived. All such interest shall be payable on demand of the Agent.

(d) Savings Clause . In no contingency or event shall the interest rate charged pursuant to the terms of this Agreement exceed the highest rate permissible under any law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto. In the event that such a court determines that the Lenders or Holders have received interest hereunder in excess of the highest applicable rate, the amount of such excess interest shall be applied against the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to the extent permitted by applicable law, and any excess interest remaining after such application shall be refunded promptly to the applicable Borrower.

Section 2.3 Redemptions and Payments .

(a) Permitted Redemption .

(i) The Borrowers may, at their option, elect to pay to the Agent, on behalf of the Holders, the Permitted Redemption Amount (as defined below), on the Permitted Redemption Date, by redeeming the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes), in whole (and not in part), whereupon the Commitments (other than the US Convertible Term Note Commitments) of each Lender shall automatically and permanently be terminated (the “ Permitted Redemption ”). On or prior to the date which is the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day prior to the proposed Permitted Redemption Date, the Borrower Representative shall deliver written notice (the “ Permitted Redemption Notice ”) to the Agent stating (i) that the Borrowers elect to redeem pursuant to the Permitted Redemption and (ii) the proposed Permitted Redemption Date. The “ Permitted Redemption Amount ” shall be equal to (A) the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount of all Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes), (B) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such principal amount and all accrued and unpaid fees, (C) all accrued and unpaid Late Charges with respect to such Permitted Redemption Amount, (D) the Prepayment Premium and/or Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable and (E) all other amounts due under the Transaction Documents. The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that the Prepayment Premium and/or Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable represents bargained for consideration in exchange for the right and privilege to redeem the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes).

(ii) A Permitted Redemption Notice delivered pursuant to this subsection shall be irrevocable. If the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, elects to redeem the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) pursuant to a Permitted Redemption under Section 2.3(a), then the Permitted Redemption Amount which is to be paid to the Agent, on behalf of the Holders, on the Permitted Redemption Date shall be redeemed by the Borrowers on the Permitted Redemption Date, and the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on behalf of the Holders, on the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

36


Permitted Redemption Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount in cash equal to the Permitted Redemption Amount. Such Permitted Redemption Amount shall be applied, first , on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Term Notes and UK Term Notes, and second , on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Last Out Term Notes and Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything to the contrary herein, (A) if a Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Event or UK Force Majeure Event shall have occurred or (B) if the Lenders shall fail to fund more than one additional draw under the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) requested by the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, after the Second Restatement Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.1 and provided that all conditions of such funding set forth in Section 5.2 shall have been satisfied at the time thereof (a “ Qualified Funding Failure ”), then the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall have the right, exercisable upon at least sixty (60) calendar days’ prior written notice to the Agent, to consummate a Permitted Redemption ( provided , that in the case of the foregoing clause (B), such Permitted Redemption shall apply solely to the applicable tranche of Notes (i.e., US Term Notes, UK Term Notes or US Last Out Term Notes) for which such Qualified Funding Failure occurred) at a price equal to the Permitted Redemption Amount excluding the Prepayment Premium or the Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable, which Permitted Redemption shall otherwise be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3(a)(i) hereof; provided , that such right to consummate a Permitted Redemption at a price equal to the Permitted Redemption Amount excluding the Prepayment Premium or the Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable, shall expire (x) in the case of the foregoing clause (A), upon the cessation of such Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Event or UK Force Majeure Event or (y) in the case of the foregoing clause (B), upon written notice from the Agent to the Borrower Representative, given no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Agent’s receipt of the Borrower Representative’s notice of redemption under the foregoing Section 2.3(a)(iii)(B) stating that the Lenders are thereafter willing and able to fund additional draws under the Notes of the applicable tranche requested by the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, in accordance with Section 2.1 and provided that all conditions of such fundings set forth in Section 5.2 shall have been satisfied at the time thereof. For purposes of clarification, prior to the expiration of the ten (10) calendar day (or longer, as the case may be) notice of purchase pursuant to the foregoing Section 2.3(a)(iii)(B), the Agent may deliver notice to the Borrower Representative that the Lenders are willing and able to fund such draws under the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) and provided that all conditions of such fundings set forth in Section 5.2 shall have been satisfied at the time thereof, whereupon such right to consummate a Permitted Redemption at a price equal to the Permitted Redemption Amount excluding the Prepayment Premium or the Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable, shall automatically terminate, but the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall at all times thereafter retain the right to consummate a Permitted Redemption at a price equal to the Permitted Redemption Amount including the Prepayment Premium or the Yield Maintenance Premium (in either case, if applicable), which Permitted Redemption shall otherwise be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3(a)(i) hereof. The provisions of this Section 2.3(a)(iii) set forth the exclusive rights and remedies of the Credit Parties to seek or obtain damages or any other remedy or relief from the Agent or any Lender with respect to any Qualified Funding Failure.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

37


(b) Mandatory Prepayments .

(i) On the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries of any net cash proceeds in excess of $200,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year from any Asset Sales (other than Permitted Dispositions), the Borrowers shall prepay the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) as set forth in Section 2.3(e) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds.

(ii) On the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, or the Agent as loss payee, of any net cash proceeds from any Destruction or Taking, the Borrowers shall prepay the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) as set forth in Section 2.3(e) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds; provided , so long as no Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of receipt thereof or caused thereby, the Borrowers shall have the option to apply such net cash proceeds, prior to the date that is 90 days following receipt thereof, for purposes of the repair, restoration or replacement of the applicable assets thereof.

(iii) On the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries of any net cash proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement from a capital contribution by any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Elevate Credit Parent) to, or the issuance to any Person (other than a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit Party) of any Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, in connection with a Public Offering, the Borrowers shall prepay the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) as set forth in Section 2.3(e) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d).

(iv) On the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries of any net cash proceeds from the incurrence of any Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (other than with respect to Permitted Indebtedness), the Borrowers shall prepay the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) as set forth in Section 2.3(e) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds.

(v) On the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries of any Extraordinary Receipts, the Borrowers shall prepay the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) as set forth in Section 2.3(e) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipts.

(vi) If at any time the then outstanding principal balance of (A) the US Term Notes shall exceed the Maximum US Term Note Commitment, (B) the UK Term Notes shall exceed the Maximum UK Commitment, (C) the US Last Out Term Notes

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

38


shall exceed the Maximum US Last Out Term Note Commitment, (D) the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes shall exceed the Maximum Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment, (E) the US Convertible Term Notes shall exceed the Maximum US Convertible Term Note Commitment or (F) the First Out Notes shall exceed the Maximum First Out Note Balance, then in each case the applicable Borrower or Borrowers shall immediately prepay the applicable Notes as set forth in Section 2.3(e) in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(vii) Concurrently with any prepayment of the applicable Notes pursuant to this Section 2.3(b), the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall deliver to the Agent a certificate of an authorized officer thereof demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable proceeds. In the event that the Credit Parties shall subsequently determine that the actual amount of such proceeds exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate (including as a result of the conversion of non-cash proceeds into cash), the applicable Borrower(s) shall promptly make an additional prepayment of all the Notes (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) in an amount equal to such excess (or applicable percentage thereof), and the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall concurrently therewith deliver to the Agent a certificate of an authorized officer thereof demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

(c) No Reborrowing . For the avoidance of doubt, any amounts prepaid under the Notes may not be reborrowed.

(d) Waiver of Mandatory Prepayments . Anything contained in Section 2.3(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Borrowers are required to make any mandatory prepayment (a “ Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ”) of the Notes, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date (the “ Required Prepayment Date ”) on which the Borrowers are required to make such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall notify the Agent of the amount of such prepayment, and the Agent shall promptly thereafter notify each Holder holding an outstanding Note (other than the US Convertible Term Notes) of the amount of such Holder’s pro rata share of such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment and such Holder’s option to refuse such amount. Each such Holder may exercise such option by giving written notice to the Borrower Representative and the Agent of its election to do so on or before the first Business Day prior to the Required Prepayment Date (it being understood that any Holder which does not notify the Borrower Representative and the Agent of its election to exercise such option on or before the first Business Day prior to the Required Prepayment Date shall be deemed to have elected, as of such date, not to exercise such option). On the Required Prepayment Date, the Borrower Representative shall pay to the Agent the amount of the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, which amount shall be applied in an amount equal to that portion of the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment payable to those Holders that have elected not to exercise such option, to prepay the Notes of such Holders.

(e) Application of Mandatory Prepayments; Prepayment Premium; Yield Maintenance Premium . All mandatory prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.3(b) and not waived pursuant to Section 2.3(d) shall be made to the Agent, for the account of the Holders, and shall be applied, first , on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Term Notes and UK

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

39


Term Notes (or in such other manner in respect of the outstanding US Term Notes and UK Term Notes as shall be determined by the Agent in its sole discretion), and second , on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Last Out Term Notes and Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes. Concurrently with each mandatory prepayment made pursuant to (i) Section 2.3(b) (other than in accordance with Section 2.3(b)(vi)), the US Term Note Commitment (in the case of a mandatory prepayment applied to the US Term Notes), the UK Term Note Commitment (in the case of a mandatory prepayment applied to the UK Term Notes), the US Last Out Term Note Commitment (in the case of a mandatory prepayment applied to the US Last Out Term Notes) and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment (in the case of a mandatory prepayment applied to the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes), as applicable, of each Lender shall, at the election of Agent to be given to Borrower Representative within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such mandatory prepayment (or automatically upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 10.1(c) or Section 10.1(d)), permanently be reduced by the amount of such prepayment and (ii) Section 2.3(b) (other than in accordance with Sections 2.3(b)(ii), 2.3(b)(v), 2.3(b)(vi) or 2.3(b)(vii) (solely to the extent such excess required to be applied as a prepayment relates to a prepayment under Sections 2.3(b)(ii), 2.3(b)(v) or 2.3(b)(vi))), the Borrowers shall also pay to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the applicable Holders, the Prepayment Premium or the Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable, in respect of the Notes repaid or redeemed in connection with such mandatory prepayment.

Section 2.4 Payments . Whenever any payment of cash is to be made by any Credit Party to any Person pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes or other Transaction Document, such payment shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America by a check drawn on the account or accounts of such Credit Party and sent via overnight courier service to such Person at such address as previously provided to the Borrower Representative in writing (which address, in the case of each of the Lenders, shall initially be as set forth on the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto); provided that (i) the Agent, any Holder or any Lender may elect to receive a payment of cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds by providing the Borrower Representative with prior written notice setting out such request and the Agent’s, such Holder’s or such Lender’s wire transfer instructions and (ii) Credit Parties may elect to make a payment of cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with wire transfer instructions provided by the Agent, each Holder and each Lender upon request therefor. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Agreement or any Note is due on any day which is not a Business Day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day and, in the case of any Interest Date which is not the date on which the applicable Note is paid in full in cash, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date. Any amount due under the Transaction Documents (other than principal and interest, if the same are already accruing interest at the Default Rate), which is not paid when due shall result in a late charge being incurred and payable by the Borrowers in an amount equal to accrued interest at the Default Rate from the date such amount was due until the same is paid in full in cash (“ Late Charge ”). Such Late Charge shall continue to accrue post-petition in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 2.5 Dispute Resolution . Except as otherwise provided herein, in the case of a dispute as to the determination of any amounts due and owing pursuant to a redemption under Section 2.3 or otherwise or any other similar or related amount, the Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations via

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

40


facsimile within three (3) Business Days of receipt, or deemed receipt, of the applicable notice of dispute to the Agent. If the Agent and the Borrower Representative are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation within three (3) Business Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation being submitted to the Agent, then the Borrower Representative shall, within three (3) Business Days submit via facsimile the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations to an independent outside national accounting firm specified by Agent. The Borrower Representative, at the Borrowers’ expense, shall cause the accountant to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Agent of the results no later than five (5) Business Days from the time it receives the disputed determinations or calculations. Such accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.

Section 2.6 Taxes .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(i) all payments made by or on behalf of the Credit Parties under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be made by such parties without any withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes imposed by the United Kingdom (“ UK Tax Deduction ”), unless such UK Tax Deduction is required by law;

(ii) if a UK Tax Deduction is required by law:

A. the applicable Credit Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a UK Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of the UK Tax Deduction) notify the Agent, Holder or Lender accordingly;

B. the amount of the payment due from such Credit Party shall be increased to an amount which (after making any UK Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no UK Tax Deduction had been required;

C. such Credit Party shall make such UK Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with such UK Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law; and

D. within thirty (30) days of making either a UK Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with such UK Tax Deduction, such Credit Party shall deliver to the Agent, Holder or Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, Holder or Lender, as applicable, that such UK Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(b) Without prejudice to Section 2.6(a), any and all payments by or on behalf of the Credit Parties hereunder and under any other Transaction Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any and all current or future Taxes, levies,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

41


imposts, deductions or charges unless required by law. If any Non-Excluded Taxes are required by law to be deducted or withheld from or in respect of any payment or sum payable hereunder or under any Transaction Document by any Withholding Agent to the Agent, any Holder or any Lender, (x) the applicable Withholding Agent shall make such deductions and withholdings within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law, (y) the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased by the amount (an “ Additional Amount ”) necessary so that, after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.6(b)) the Agent, such Holder or such Lender, as applicable, shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made and (z) the Withholding Agent shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and shall promptly provide to the Agent, Holder or Lender, as applicable, an evidence of such payment to the relevant Governmental Authority (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, Holder or Lender, as applicable).

(c) The Borrowers will pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp, stamp duty, registration, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under any Transaction Document, or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Transaction Document that are or would be applicable to the Holders, the Agent, or a Lender (“ Other Taxes ”).

(d) The Credit Parties agree to indemnify the Agent, each Holder, each Lender and their respective Affiliates for the full amount of Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes paid by the Agent, such Holder, such Lender or such Affiliates and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and other advisors’ fees and expenses)) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared by the Agent, such Holder, such Lender or such Affiliate, absent manifest error, shall be final conclusive and binding for all purposes. Such indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date the Agent, such Holder, such Lender or such Affiliate makes written demand therefor. Agent, a Lender, a Holder or any of their respective Affiliates shall notify the Borrower Representative in writing of the receipt by such Person of any written notice from any taxing authority demanding, or threatening to demand, any Tax indemnifiable by the Borrowers under this Section 2.6(d), within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such notice.

(e) On the Original Closing Date, and subsequently on or prior to the date on which a Lender or Holder becomes a Lender or Holder under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Borrower(s) (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the applicable Borrower(s) or the Agent), each applicable Lender and Holder shall deliver to the Borrower Representative a completed and signed IRS Form W-8 or IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form), as applicable. In the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

42


of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the applicable Borrower(s) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ US Tax Compliance Certificate ”).

(f) Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each party’s obligations under this Section 2.6 and Section 13.12 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Holder, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Transaction Document.

Section 2.7 Reissuance .

(a) Transfer . If any Note is to be transferred, the Holder thereof shall surrender such Note to the Borrower Representative, whereupon the applicable Borrower will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of such Holder a new Note (in accordance with this Section 2.7), registered as such Holder may request (provided that electronic registration is acceptable), representing the outstanding principal being transferred by such Holder and, if less than the entire outstanding principal amount is being transferred, a new Note (in accordance with this Section 2.7) to such Holder representing the outstanding principal not being transferred.

(b) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Note. Upon receipt by the Borrower Representative of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower Representative of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note and (i) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower Representative ( provided , however , that if the Holder is an institutional investor, the affidavit of an authorized partner or officer of such Holder setting forth the circumstances with respect to such loss, theft or destruction shall be accepted as satisfactory evidence thereof and no indemnity agreement or other security shall be required), and (ii) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Note, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Holder a new Note (in accordance with this Section 2.7) representing the outstanding principal.

(c) Note Exchangeable for Different Denominations. The Notes are exchangeable, upon the surrender thereof by the Holder at the principal office of the applicable Borrower, for a new Note or Notes (in accordance with this Section 2.7) of like tenor in principal amounts of at least $100,000 representing in the aggregate the outstanding principal of the surrendered Note, and each such new Note will represent such portion of such outstanding principal as is designated by such Holder or such Lender at the time of such surrender.

(d) Issuance of New Notes. Whenever a Borrower is required to issue a new Note pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Notes, such new Note (i) shall be of like tenor with the Note being replaced, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such new Note, the applicable Commitment thereunder then in effect (or, in the case of a new Note being issued pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.7, the applicable Commitment designated by the Holder which, when added to the applicable Commitment represented by the other new Notes issued in connection with such issuance, equals the aggregate applicable Commitment under the Note being replaced immediately prior to such issuance of new Notes), (iii) shall have an Issuance Date, as indicated on the face of such new Note, which is the same as the Issuance

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

43


Date of the Note being replaced, (iv) shall have the same rights and conditions as the Note being replaced, and (v) shall represent accrued interest on the principal, Prepayment Premium or Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable, and Late Charges of the Note being replaced from such Issuance Date.

Section 2.8 Register . The Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall maintain at its principal executive office (or such other office or agency of the Borrower Representative as it may designate by notice to each holder of Securities), a register for the Notes in which the Borrower Representative shall record the name and address of the Person in whose name the Notes have been issued (including the name and address of each transferee) and the principal amount (and stated interest) of Notes held by such Person (the “ Register ”). The Borrower Representative shall keep the Register open and available at all times during normal business hours for inspection of any Holder, any Lender or their respective representatives. The Register may be maintained in electronic format.

Section 2.9 Maintenance of Register . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Notes and this Agreement are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of each Holder, each Lender and their assignees in and to such Notes (or any rights under this Agreement) shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register. The Notes shall only evidence a Holder’s, a Lender’s or their assignee’s right, title and interest in and to the related Notes, and in no event is any such Note to be considered a bearer instrument or obligation. This Section 2.9 shall be construed so that the Notes are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 2.10 Monthly Maintenance Fee . Commencing August 1, 2016, the Borrowers hereby agree to pay to Agent in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month, a monthly maintenance fee in the amount of $5,000 (collectively, the “ Monthly Maintenance Fees ”). The Borrowers agree that the Monthly Maintenance Fees shall be fully-earned when paid and shall not be refundable in whole or in part under any circumstances.

Section 2.11 Extension of Maturity Date of Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes . The Agent may, but shall be under no obligation to, extend the maturity date of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes from January 30, 2018 to December 31, 2019 by providing no less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice thereof to the Borrower Representative, whereupon clause (a) of the definition of “Maturity Date” shall thereafter be deemed to be “December 31, 2019” solely for purposes of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes (the “ Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Maturity Extension ”).

 

ARTICLE 3

SECOND RESTATEMENT CLOSING

Section 3.1 Second Restatement Closing . In consideration for each applicable Lender’s commitment to fund its pro rata share of draws under the US Term Notes in accordance with the terms of the Original Financing Agreement (which commitment remains in effect hereunder without constituting a novation), the US Term Note Borrower previously issued and

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

44


sold to such Lender a US Term Note in the aggregate principal amount of the US Term Note Commitment of such Lender. In consideration for each applicable Lender’s commitment to fund its pro rata share of draws under the UK Term Notes in accordance with the terms of the Original Financing Agreement (which commitment remains in effect hereunder without constituting a novation), the UK Term Note Borrower previously issued and sold to such Lender a UK Term Note in the aggregate principal amount of the UK Term Note Commitment of such Lender. In consideration for each applicable Lender’s commitment to fund its pro rata share of draws under the US Last Out Term Notes in accordance with the terms of the Original Financing Agreement, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower previously issued and sold to such Lender a US Last Out Term Note in the aggregate principal amount of the US Last Out Term Note Commitment of such Lender. In consideration for each applicable Lender’s commitment to purchase its pro rata share of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower shall issue and sell to such Lender on the Second Restatement Closing Date, and each applicable Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees to purchase from the US Last Out Term Note Borrower on the Second Restatement Closing Date, a Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note in the aggregate principal amount of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment of such Lender. In consideration for each applicable Lender’s commitment to fund its pro rata share of draws under the US Convertible Term Notes in accordance with the terms hereof, the US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall issue and sell to such Lender on the Second Restatement Closing Date, and each applicable Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees to purchase from the US Convertible Term Note Borrower on the Second Restatement Closing Date, a US Convertible Term Note in the aggregate principal amount of the US Convertible Term Note Commitment of such Lender. The closing (the “ Second Restatement Closing ”) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the issuance of the US Convertible Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes by the applicable Borrowers shall occur at the offices of Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP, 525 West Monroe Street, Suite 1900, Chicago, Illinois 60661. The date and time of the Second Restatement Closing (the “ Second Restatement Closing Date ”) shall be 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, on the date hereof, subject to notification of satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions to the Second Restatement Closing set forth in Section 5.1 below (or such later date as is mutually agreed to by the Borrower Representative and each Lender). On the Second Restatement Closing Date, the Borrowers shall deliver to each applicable Lender the US Convertible Term Note and/or the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note (in the denominations as such Lender shall have requested prior to the Second Restatement Closing) which such Lender is then purchasing, duly executed on behalf of the applicable Borrower and registered in the name of such Lender or its designee.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

45


ARTICLE 4

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS TO SECOND RESTATEMENT CLOSING AND EACH LENDER’S

OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE

Section 5.1 Second Restatement Closing . The obligation of the Agent and the Lenders to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Second Restatement Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

(a)    (i) Reserved ;

(ii) the US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall have executed and delivered to each applicable Lender the US Convertible Term Notes (in such denominations as such Lender shall have requested prior to the Second Restatement Closing) being issued to such Lender at the Second Restatement Closing pursuant to this Agreement;

(iii) the US Last Out Term Note Borrower shall have executed and delivered to each applicable Lender the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes (in such denominations as such Lender shall have requested prior to the Second Restatement Closing) being issued to such Lender at the Second Restatement Closing pursuant to this Agreement; and

(iv) the Credit Parties shall have executed and delivered to the Agent each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

(b) The Borrowers shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Agent evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on the Second Restatement Closing Date all fees and other amounts due and owing thereon under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(c) Reserved .

(d) The Credit Parties shall have executed and/or delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Agent, without duplication, the deliveries set forth in the Index of Second Restatement Closing Documents attached hereto as Exhibit H .

(e) Each Credit Party shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Agent:

(i) a certificate evidencing its organization, formation, or incorporation (as applicable) and good standing in its jurisdiction of organization issued by the Secretary of State of such jurisdiction, as of a date reasonably proximate to the Second Restatement Closing Date;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

46


(ii) a certificate evidencing its qualification as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or other entity (as applicable) and good standing issued by the Secretary of State (or comparable office) of each jurisdiction in which such Person is qualified to conduct business and failure to so qualify would cause a Material Adverse Effect, as of a date reasonably proximate to the Second Restatement Closing Date;

(iii) a certificate as to the fact that no action has been taken with respect to any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of such Person, or with respect to the sale of substantially all of its assets, nor is any such action pending or contemplated; and

(iv) a certificate, executed by the secretary (or other authorized officer) of such Person and dated the Second Restatement Closing Date, as to (A) the resolutions consistent with Section 7.2 as adopted by such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent, (B) such Person’s certificate of incorporation (or similar document), each as in effect at the Second Restatement Closing, (C) such Person’s bylaws (or similar document), each as in effect at the Second Restatement Closing, and (D) no action having been taken by such Person or its stockholders, members, directors or officers (as applicable) in contemplation of any amendments to items (A), (B), or (C) listed in this Section 5.1(e)(iv), as certified in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

(f) The Borrowers shall have obtained and delivered to Agent:

(i) the opinions of Outside Legal Counsel, dated the Second Restatement Closing Date;

(ii) all governmental, regulatory and third party consents, approvals and notifications, if any, necessary for the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the issuance of the Securities to be issued at the Second Restatement Closing;

(iii) if requested by the Agent, updated Lien searches in the jurisdictions of organization of each Credit Party, the jurisdiction of the chief executive offices of each Credit Party and each jurisdiction where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Agent’s and Holders’ security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens;

(iv) such information in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent regarding environmental matters relating to all real property owned, leased, operated or used by the Credit Parties as of the Second Restatement Closing Date;

(v) a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrowers (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, supporting the conclusions that, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Credit Parties taken as a whole are not Insolvent; and

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

47


(vi) if requested by the Agent, updated certificates from the Borrowers’ insurance broker or other evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement is in full force and effect, together with endorsements naming the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, as additional insured and lender’s loss payee thereunder, as applicable.

(g) Each Credit Party shall have authorized the filing of UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral and, if applicable, the filing of the Intellectual Property Security Agreements in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable.

(h) The Borrowers shall have caused to be executed and delivered, to the Agent such landlord waivers, collateral access agreements or other similar documents as the Agent may reasonably request.

(i) The representations and warranties of the Credit Parties shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of the date when made and as of the Second Restatement Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of such specific date), and the Credit Parties shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Credit Parties at or prior to the Second Restatement Closing Date. The Agent shall have received a certificate, executed by the chief executive officer of the Borrower Representative (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function), dated the Second Restatement Closing Date, to the foregoing effect and as to such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

(j) No Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or issuance of the Securities to be issued at the Second Restatement Closing.

(k) The Credit Parties shall have paid or reimbursed the Agent and the Lenders for all costs and expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by them on the Second Restatement Closing Date in accordance with Section 8.22 hereof.

Section 5.2 Subsequent Draws . The obligation of each Lender hereunder to fund any draw under the Notes subsequent to the Second Restatement Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, at the funding date thereof, of each of the following conditions:

(a) Each representation and warranty by any Credit Party contained herein and in each other Transaction Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of such date (subject to such updates to the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

48


Schedules, if any, as are approved by the Agent in its reasonable discretion), except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, including the Second Restatement Closing Date (in which event such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of such earlier date).

(b) No Event of Default or event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result after giving effect to such draw.

(c) After giving effect to such draw or issuance, as applicable, (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the First Out Notes would not exceed the Maximum First Out Note Balance, (ii) with respect to a draw under the US Term Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Term Notes would not exceed the Maximum US Term Note Commitment, (iii) with respect to a draw under the UK Term Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the UK Term Notes would not exceed the Maximum UK Term Note Commitment, (iv) with respect to a draw under the US Last Out Term Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Last Out Term Notes would not exceed the Maximum US Last Out Term Note Commitment, (v) with respect to a draw under the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes would not exceed the Maximum Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment and (vi) with respect to a draw under the US Convertible Term Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the US Convertible Term Notes would not exceed the Maximum US Convertible Term Note Commitment.

(d) The funding date shall be a Permitted Draw Date.

(e) After giving effect to such draw, the Debt-to-Equity Ratio of each Borrower shall not be more than 9-to-1.

(f) The Credit Parties shall have paid or reimbursed the Agent and the Lenders for all costs and expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by them on the Permitted Draw Date in accordance with Section 8.22 hereof.

(g) Except in connection with a draw under the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes or the US Convertible Term Notes, the Credit Parties shall have delivered a Borrowing Base Certificate, certified on behalf of the Borrowers by the chief financial officer of the Borrower Representative (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function), setting forth the Borrowing Base of the Borrowers as of a date no earlier than the end of the most recently ended fiscal month and no later than the day immediately preceding the funding date.

The request by the Borrower Representative and acceptance by the Borrowers of the proceeds of any additional draw under the Notes made after the Second Restatement Closing Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date thereof, (i) a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the conditions in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied and (ii) a reaffirmation by each Credit Party of the granting and continuance of Agent’s Liens, on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders, pursuant to the Transaction Documents.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

49


ARTICLE 6

CERTAIN LENDERS’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Lender in respect of the US Convertible Term Notes represents and warrants (severally and not jointly) with respect to only itself or himself, as applicable, that:

Section 6.1 No Public Sale or Distribution . Such Lender is acquiring the Convertible Securities for its or his own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof in a manner that would violate the 1933 Act, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the 1933 Act; provided , however , that by making the representations herein, such Lender does not agree to hold any of the Convertible Securities for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the Convertible Securities at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption under the 1933 Act. Except as expressly set forth herein, such Lender does not presently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute any of the Convertible Securities.

Section 6.2 Investor Status . Such Lender is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.

Section 6.3 Governmental Review . Such Lender understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Convertible Securities or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Convertible Securities, nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the purchase of the Convertible Securities.

Section 6.4 Transfer or Resale . Such Lender understands that the Convertible Securities have not been and are not being registered under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration; provided , however , that, the Convertible Securities may be pledged in connection with a bona fide margin account or other loan or financing arrangement secured by the Convertible Securities and such pledge of Convertible Securities shall not be deemed by the Borrowers to be a transfer, sale or assignment of the Convertible Securities hereunder, and no Lender effecting such a pledge of Convertible Securities shall be required to provide the Borrowers with any notice thereof or otherwise make any delivery to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including, without limitation, this Section 6.4.

Section 6.5 Legends . Such Lender understands that the Holdco Convertible Term Notes and the stock certificates representing the Conversion Shares, shall bear any legend as required by the “blue sky” laws of any state and a restrictive legend in substantially the following form, except as set forth below:

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

50


[THIS NOTE HAS] [THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE] NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. [THIS NOTE] [THE CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES] MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR [THIS NOTE] [THE CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES] UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, [THIS NOTE] [THE CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES] MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY [THIS NOTE] [THE CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES] , PROVIDED SUCH PLEDGE IS MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall issue a US Convertible Term Note or stock certificate evidencing the Conversion Shares, as applicable, without such legend to the holder of such Convertible Securities upon which it is stamped, if (i) such Convertible Securities are registered for resale under the 1933 Act, (ii) in connection with a sale, assignment or other transfer, such holder provides the US Convertible Term Note Borrower with an opinion of counsel, in a form reasonably acceptable to the US Convertible Term Note Borrower, to the effect that such sale, assignment or transfer of such Convertible Securities may be made without registration under the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act or (iii) such Convertible Securities are sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, or such holder provides the US Convertible Term Note Borrower with reasonable assurance that such Convertible Securities can be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

ARTICLE 7

CREDIT PARTIES’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

As an inducement to the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the Credit Parties jointly and severally represents and warrants to each of the Agent and the Lenders that each and all of the following representations and warranties (as supplemented by the disclosure schedules delivered to the Agent and the Lenders contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the “ Schedules ”)) are true and correct as of the Second Restatement Closing Date. The Schedules shall be arranged by the Borrowers in paragraphs corresponding to the sections and subsections contained in this ARTICLE 7.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

51


Section 7.1 Organization and Qualification . Each Credit Party and each of its respective Subsidiaries (which, for purposes of this Agreement, means any entity in which any Credit Party, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the Capital Stock or other Equity Interests or a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of Section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006) (“ Subsidiaries ”) are entities duly incorporated or organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which they are formed or incorporated, and have the requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authorization, as applicable, to own their properties, carry on their business as now being conducted, enter into the Transaction Documents to which they are party and carry out the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign entity to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.1 , (i) no Credit Party has any Subsidiaries and (ii) all Capital Stock or other equity or similar interests of the Subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by a Credit Party, as set forth therein. In respect of each UK Credit Party, and for the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings, its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of such regulation) is situated in England and Wales and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of such regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

Section 7.2 Authorization; Enforcement; Validity . Each of the Credit Parties has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement, each of the other Security Documents, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and each of the other agreements, documents and certificates entered into by the parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Transaction Documents ”) and to issue the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the Credit Parties have been duly authorized by each of the Credit Parties’ respective board of directors (or other governing body) and the consummation by the Credit Parties of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Securities by the Borrowers have been duly authorized by the respective Credit Party’s board of directors (or other governing body), and (other than filings with “Blue Sky” authorities as required therein) no further filing, consent, or authorization is required by any Credit Party, its board of directors (or other governing body) or its stockholders or any parties in a similar capacity. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by each of the Credit Parties thereto, and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Credit Parties party thereto, enforceable against each of such Credit Parties in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

52


Section 7.3 Issuance of Securities . The Securities are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be validly issued and free from all Taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. Upon the issuance of the Conversion Shares pursuant to the terms of the US Convertible Term Notes, the Conversion Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free from all preemptive or similar rights, taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof, with the holders being entitled to all rights accorded to a holder of shares of Capital Stock of the US Convertible Term Note Borrower. The issuance by the US Convertible Term Note Borrower of the Conversion Shares to the Holders of the US Convertible Term Notes is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act.

Section 7.4 No Conflicts . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Credit Parties party thereto, nor the consummation by the Credit Parties of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Securities) will (i) result in a violation of any Credit Party’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement or other governing or constitutional documents, or the terms of any Capital Stock or other Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries; (ii) conflict with, or constitute a breach or default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a breach or default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any Consumer Loan Agreement or any other agreement, indenture or instrument to which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is a party; (iii) result in any “price reset” or other material change in or other modification to the terms of any Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries; or (iv) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including, without limitation, (A) any Environmental Laws, (B) any Requirements or (C) any federal or state securities laws).

Section 7.5 Consents . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.5 , no Credit Party is required to obtain any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate or accreditation of, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or authority or any other Person in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by the Transaction Documents, in each case in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof (other than filings required by the Security Documents). All consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, franchises, permits, certificates or accreditations of, filings and registrations set forth on Schedule 7.5 have been obtained or effected on or prior to the Second Restatement Closing Date.

Section 7.6 Subsidiary Rights . Each Credit Party has the unrestricted right to vote, and (subject to limitations imposed by applicable law) to receive dividends and distributions on, all capital and other equity securities of its Subsidiaries as owned by any Credit Party.

Section 7.7 Equity Capitalization . As of the Second Restatement Closing Date, the authorized Capital Stock and the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party is as set forth on Schedule 7.7 . All of such outstanding shares of Capital Stock or other Equity Interests of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Persons and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 7.7 . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.7 :

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

53


(i) none of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock or other Equity Interest in any other Credit Party or such Subsidiary is subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances suffered or permitted by such Credit Party or such Subsidiary; (ii) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any Capital Stock or other Equity Interests in any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional Capital Stock or other Equity Interests in such Credit Party or such Subsidiary or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any Capital Stock or other Equity Interests in any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries; (iii) there are no outstanding debt securities, notes, credit agreements, credit facilities or other agreements, documents or instruments evidencing Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries or by which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is or may become bound other than Permitted Indebtedness; (iv) there are no financing statements securing obligations in any material amounts, either singly or in the aggregate, filed in connection with any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries; (v) there are no agreements or arrangements under which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of its securities under the 1933 Act; (vi) there are no outstanding securities or instruments of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries which contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is or may become bound to redeem a security of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries; (vii) there are no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the issuance of the Securities; (viii) none of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has any stock appreciation rights or “phantom stock” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement and (ix) none of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations required to be disclosed in its financial statements (including the footnotes thereto) that are not so disclosed. Prior to the Second Restatement Closing, the Borrowers have provided to the Lenders true, correct and complete copies of (i) each Credit Party’s and each of their Subsidiary’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation (or other applicable governing or constitutional document), as amended and as in effect on the Second Restatement Closing Date, and (ii) each Credit Party’s and each of their Subsidiary’s bylaws or limited liability company agreement (or other applicable governing or constitutional document), as applicable, as amended and as in effect on the Second Restatement Closing Date. Schedule 7.7 identifies all outstanding securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Capital Stock or other Equity Interests in any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto.

Section 7.8 Indebtedness and Other Contracts . Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.8 , none of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (i) has any outstanding Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness, (ii) is a party to any contract, agreement or instrument, the violation of which, or default under which, by the other party(ies) to such contract, agreement or instrument could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) is in violation of any term of or in default under any contract, agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness or any contract, agreement or instrument entered into in connection therewith that could reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

54


Section 7.9 Off Balance Sheet Arrangements . There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries and an unconsolidated or other off balance sheet entity that would be reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.10 Ranking of Notes . Subject to the relative priorities of the Notes set forth in this Agreement, no Indebtedness of any of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries will rank senior to or pari passu with the Notes in right of payment or collectability, whether with respect to payment of redemptions, interest, damages or upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise.

Section 7.11 Title . Each of the Credit Parties and each of their Subsidiaries has (i) good and marketable title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (iii) adequate rights in (in the case of licensed interests in Intellectual Property Rights and Intellectual Property Rights that are not wholly owned by a Credit Party or a Subsidiary), and (iv) good and marketable title to (in the case of all other personal property) all of its real property and other properties and assets owned by it which are material to the business of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects, other than Permitted Liens. Any real property and facilities held under lease by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries are held by it under valid and enforceable leases.

Section 7.12 Intellectual Property Rights . Each of the Credit Parties and each of their Subsidiaries owns or possesses adequate rights to use all trademarks, trade names, service marks, service mark registrations, service names, patents, patent rights, copyrights, inventions, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”) that are necessary and material to conduct its respective business and no Credit Party or Subsidiary has previously granted any Lien on any such Intellectual Property Rights other than Permitted Liens. Except as described on Schedule 7.12 , no registered Intellectual Property Rights that are owned by a Credit Party or a Subsidiary have expired or terminated, or are expected to expire or terminate within five (5) years from the Second Restatement Closing Date. Except as described on Schedule 7.12 , (i) none of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has any knowledge of any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries of Intellectual Property Rights owned by other Persons; (ii) none of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has any knowledge of any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation by any other Persons of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no claim, action or proceeding pending before any court, judicial body, administrative or regulatory agency, arbitrator or other governmental authority or, to the knowledge of each of the Credit Parties, threatened in writing, against any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries contesting or challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of, or a Credit Party’s or Subsidiary’s ownership of or right to use, its owned Intellectual Property Rights or the Intellectual Property Rights it licenses from other Persons; and (iv) none of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is aware of any facts or circumstances which reasonably could be expected to give rise to any of the foregoing infringements or claims, actions or proceedings.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

55


Each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries has taken and is taking commercially reasonable security measures to maintain and protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of the trade secrets and other confidential information it owns.

Section 7.13 Creation, Perfection, and Priority of Liens .

(a) The Security Documents (other than the UK Security Documents) are effective to create in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders and the Lenders, a legal, valid, binding, and (upon the filing of the appropriate UCC financing statements and Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the transfer of possession of original certificated securities together with appropriate transfer instruments and the delivery of deposit account control agreements) enforceable perfected first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest and Lien in the Collateral described therein as security for the Obligations to the extent that a legal, valid, binding, and enforceable security interest and Lien in such Collateral may be created under applicable law including without limitation, the uniform commercial code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction (“ UCC ”) and any other applicable governmental agencies.

(b) The obligations expressed to be assumed by each UK Credit Party in each UK Security Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations subject to (i) the Legal Reservations and (ii) registration under the Companies Act 2006.

Section 7.14 Absence of Certain Changes; Insolvency .

(a) Since December 31, 2015 (the “ Diligence Date ”), there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of any Credit Party or any of the Credit Parties’ Subsidiaries. Since the Diligence Date, neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries has (i) declared or paid any dividends or (ii) sold any assets (other than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business). Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries has taken any steps to seek protection pursuant to any bankruptcy law nor do any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries have any knowledge that its creditors intend to initiate involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or any actual knowledge of any fact which would reasonably lead a creditor to do so. Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries intends to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). None of the UK Credit Parties, the US Credit Parties or the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole are, as of the Second Restatement Closing Date, or after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby to occur at the Second Restatement Closing, will be, Insolvent. Without limitation of the foregoing, no corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step in respect of any Insolvency Proceeding or expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction over any asset or assets of a Credit Party has been taken or, to the knowledge of Holdings, threatened in relation to Elevate Credit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 7.15 Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the SEC, self-regulatory organization or other governmental body) (in each case, a “ Proceeding ”) pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing against or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

56


affecting any Credit Party, or any of the Credit Parties’ Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or directors which (i) could reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) questions the validity of this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

Section 7.16 No Undisclosed Events, Liabilities, Developments or Circumstances . No event, liability, development or circumstance has occurred or exists, or is contemplated to occur or may occur with respect to any Credit Party or any of the Credit Parties’ Subsidiaries or their respective business, properties, prospects, operations or financial condition, that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.17 No Disagreements with Accountants and Lawyers . There are no disagreements of any kind presently existing, or reasonably anticipated by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries to arise, between any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries and the accountants and lawyers formerly or presently employed by Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to affect the ability of the Credit Parties to perform any of their obligations under any of the Transaction Documents.

Section 7.18 No General Solicitation; Placement Agent’s Fees. None of the Borrowers, any of their Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities. No Credit Party has engaged any placement agent or other agent in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the issuance of the Securities.

Section 7.19 Reserved .

Section 7.20 Tax Status . Each Credit Party and their Subsidiaries (i) have made or filed all foreign, federal, state and local income Tax Returns and all other material Tax Returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which they are subject and all such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, (ii) have paid all Taxes and other governmental assessments and charges due and owing (whether or not shown on any Tax Return), and (iii) have set aside on their books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all Taxes due and owing by any Credit Party or its respective Subsidiaries. There are no unpaid Taxes in any material amount claimed to be delinquent by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction (other than those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and subject to adequate reserves taken by Credit Parties or such Subsidiaries as shall be required in conformity with GAAP), and the officers of each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries know of no basis for any such claim. No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Liens for Taxes (other than Taxes not yet due and payable) upon any of the assets of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

57


Section 7.21 Transfer Taxes . On the Second Restatement Closing Date, all transfer or Other Taxes (other than income or similar taxes) which are required to be paid in connection with the issuance of the Securities to each Lender hereunder will be, or will have been, fully paid or provided for by the Credit Parties, and all laws imposing such Taxes will be or will have been complied with. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is not necessary under the laws of each Relevant Jurisdiction of the Credit Parties that the Transaction Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents except:

(a) registration of particulars of the UK Security Documents at the Companies Registration Office in England and Wales under section 859A of the Companies Act 2006 and payment of associated fees; and

(b) registration of particulars of the relevant UK Security Documents at the Trade Marks Registry at the Patent Office in England and Wales any payment of associated fees;

each of which registration will be made and paid promptly after the date of the relevant Transaction Document.

Section 7.22 Conduct of Business; Compliance with Laws; Regulatory Permits . Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any term of or in default under its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws or other governing documents. Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any judgment, decree or order or any law, rule, regulation, statute or ordinance applicable to any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and the Requirements). Schedule 7.22 (as such Schedule shall be updated from time to time by the Credit Parties by written notice to Agent) sets forth all United States federal and state and applicable foreign regulatory licenses, material consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, franchises, permits, certificates, accreditations and permits and all other appropriate regulatory authorities necessary to conduct the respective businesses of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, and except as set forth on Schedule 7.22 (as such Schedule shall be updated from time to time by the Credit Parties by written notice to Agent), all of such United States federal and state and applicable foreign regulatory licenses, material consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, franchises, permits, certificates, accreditations and permits and other appropriate regulatory authorities are valid and in effect and no Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings or entered into formal or informal discussions relating to the revocation or modification of any such United States federal and state and applicable foreign regulatory licenses, consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, franchises, permits, certificates, accreditations or permits. To the knowledge of each of the Credit Parties, it is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

(a) in order to enable the Agent, any Lender or any Holder to enforce their respective rights under any Transaction Document; or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

58


(b) by reason of the execution of any Transaction Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Transaction Document,

that the Agent, any Lender or any Holder be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

None of the Agent, any Lender or any Holder is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions solely by reason of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Transaction Document.

Section 7.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the Bribery Act 2010, in each case, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

Section 7.24 Reserved .

Section 7.25 Environmental Laws . Each Credit Party and their Subsidiaries (a) (i) is in compliance with any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, and (iv) has no outstanding Liability under any Environmental Laws and are not aware of any facts that could reasonably result in Liability under any Environmental Laws, in each of the foregoing clauses of this clause (a), except to the extent, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect could not reasonably be expected to occur, and (b) have provided Agent and Lenders with copies of all environmental reports, assessments and other documents in any way related to any actual or potential Liability under any Environmental Laws.

Section 7.26 Margin Stock . Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds from any Securities will be used (a) to directly purchase or carry any margin stock, (b) to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, without inquiry, to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, or (c) for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Section 7.27 ERISA; Pension Schemes . Except as set forth on Schedule 7.27 , neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate (a) maintains or has maintained any Pension Plan, (b) contributes or has contributed to any Multiemployer Plan or (c) provides or has provided post-retirement medical or insurance benefits with respect to employees or former employees (other

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

59


than benefits required under Section 601 of ERISA, Section 4980B of the Code or applicable federal, state or foreign law). Except as set forth on Schedule 7.27 , neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has received any notice or has any knowledge to the effect that it is not in material compliance with any of the requirements of ERISA, the Code or applicable federal, state or foreign law with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan. No ERISA Event exists. Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under the Code has received a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter in the case of a prototype Employee Benefit Plan) to the effect that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and to Credit Parties’ knowledge, there exists no reasonable basis for the revocation of such determination or opinion letter. Neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has (i) any unpaid minimum required contributions under any Plan, whether or not waived, (ii) any liability under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA for any withdrawal, or partial withdrawal, from any Multiemployer Plan, (iii) a Pension Plan that is “at risk” within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code, (iv) received notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is either in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or (v) any material liability or knowledge of any facts or circumstances which reasonably might be expected to result in any material liability to the PBGC, the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or any participant in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits under the Employee Benefit Plan). In respect of each UK Credit Party, (a) neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pensions Schemes Act 1993); and (b) neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 38 and 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

Section 7.28 Investment Company . Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 7.29 U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation . Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is, nor has it ever been, a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code, as amended, and the Credit Parties will so certify upon the request of Agent.

Section 7.30 Internal Accounting and Disclosure Controls . The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset and liability accountability, (iii) access to assets or incurrence of liabilities is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets and liabilities is compared with the existing assets and liabilities at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any difference. During the twelve (12) months immediately prior to the Second Restatement Closing Date, neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries has received any written notice or correspondence from any accountant relating to any potential material weakness in any part of the system of internal accounting controls of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

60


Section 7.31 Accounting Reference Date . The Accounting Reference Date of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries is December 31.

Section 7.32 Transactions With Affiliates . Except (i) as set forth on Schedule 7.32 and (ii) for transactions that have been entered into on terms no less favorable to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries than those that might be obtained at the time from a Person who is not an officer, director or employee, none of the officers, directors or employees of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is presently a party to any transaction with any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (other than for ordinary course services as employees, officers or directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such officer, director or employee or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such officer, director, or employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

Section 7.33 Acknowledgment Regarding Holders’ Purchase of Securities . Each of the Credit Parties acknowledges and agrees that each Holder is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length lender with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and that no Holder is (i) an officer or director of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, or (ii) an Affiliate of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries. Each of the Credit Parties further acknowledges that no Holder is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and any advice given by a Holder or any of their representatives or agents, including, without limitation, the Agent, in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby is merely incidental to such Holder’s receipt of the Securities. Each of the Credit Parties further represents to each Holder that each Credit Party’s decision to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been based solely on the independent evaluation by such Person and its respective representatives.

Section 7.34 Reserved .

Section 7.35 Insurance . Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries are engaged. Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.36 Full Disclosure . None of the representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries in the Transaction Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in each exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

61


any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the Transaction Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

Section 7.37 Employee Relations . Neither any Credit Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or employs any member of a union in such person’s capacity as a union member or to perform union labor work. Each of the Credit Parties believes that its relations with its employees are good. As of the Second Restatement Closing Date, no executive officer of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has notified such Credit Party or such Subsidiary that such officer intends to leave such Credit Party or such Subsidiary or otherwise terminate such officer’s employment with such Credit Party or such Subsidiary. As of the Second Restatement Closing Date, no executive officer of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement, non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant. Each Credit Party and their Subsidiaries are in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations respecting labor, employment and employment practices and benefits, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where failure to be in compliance would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.38 Certain Other Representations and Warranties . Each Consumer Loan Agreement is a valid and subsisting agreement and is in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof, no default or event of default exists under any such Consumer Loan Agreement and no party to any such Consumer Loan Agreement has any accrued right to terminate any such Consumer Loan Agreement on account of a default by any Person or otherwise, except in each case, where the same would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.39 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Section 7.40 Material Contracts . Schedule 7.40 contains a true, correct and complete list of all the Material Contracts (other than those of the type described in clause (a) of the definition thereof) of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries (which Schedule shall be updated by the Credit Parties by written notice to Agent promptly following the execution of any such additional Material Contract following the Second Restatement Closing Date), and all such Material Contracts are in full force and effect and, to Credit Parties’ knowledge, no defaults currently exist thereunder.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

62


ARTICLE 8

COVENANTS

Section 8.1 Financial Covenants . The Credit Parties shall, and shall cause their Subsidiaries to, comply with the following financial covenants:

(a) Loan to Value Ratio . The Credit Parties shall not permit the Loan to Value Ratio calculated as of the last day of any calendar month to be greater than the ratio set forth in the table below opposite the actual Charge Off Rate as of such date.

 

Actual Charge Off Rate as of Measurement Date

  

Maximum Loan to Value Ratio

Less than 10%    0.85
Greater than or equal to 10% and less than or equal to 15%    0.80
Greater than 15% and less than or equal to 20%    0.75

The foregoing notwithstanding, for purposes of determining whether the Credit Parties are in compliance with the financial covenant contained in this Section 8.1(a), as well as for purposes of calculating the “Borrowing Base” from time to time, the Maximum Loan to Value Ratio for the December 31, 2015 testing date (but for purposes of clarification solely for the December 31, 2015 testing date) shall be deemed to be 0.90.

If as of any applicable testing date the Credit Parties fail to comply with the financial covenant contained in this Section 8.1(a) (a “ LTV Covenant Default ”), then the Credit Parties shall have the obligation to cure such breach (the “ LTV Covenant Cure Obligation ”) within thirty (30) days of the occurrence thereof by causing Elevate Credit Parent to contribute to the Borrowers cash (in the form of a capital contribution and not in the form of an extension of credit or other Indebtedness) in an aggregate amount that would cause the Credit Parties to be in pro forma compliance with such covenant as of such testing date (such amount, the “ LTV Covenant Cure Amount ”). Until timely receipt of the LTV Covenant Cure Amount for any applicable LTV Covenant Default, an Event of Default shall be deemed to exist for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; provided , that during such thirty (30) day cure period (unless the Agent shall have been notified that such LTV Covenant Cure Amount shall not be made) neither the Agent nor any Lender or Holder shall exercise any enforcement remedy against the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties solely as a result of the existence of the applicable LTV Covenant Default and; provided , further , that upon timely receipt of such LTV Covenant Cure Amount, the underlying LTV Covenant Default shall no longer be deemed to be continuing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.1(a), in no event shall the Credit Parties be permitted to cure more than three (3) LTV Covenant Defaults during the term of this Agreement.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

63


(b) Charge Off Rate . The Credit Parties shall not permit the Charge Off Rate, calculated as of the last day of any calendar month, to be greater than 20%.

(c) First Payment Default Rate . The Credit Parties shall not permit the First Payment Default Rate, calculated as of the last day of any calendar month, to be greater than (i) 20% for any month or (ii) 17.5% for any two (2) months during any three (3) month period.

(d) Corporate Cash . The Credit Parties shall not permit Corporate Cash at any time to be less than $5,000,000.

(e) Book Value of Equity . The Credit Parties shall not permit the Book Value of Equity, calculated as of the last day of any calendar month, to be less than $10,000,000.

Section 8.2 Deliveries . The Borrowers agree to deliver the following to the Agent via electronic (e-mail) transmission or other written means acceptable to the Agent:

(a) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within twenty-one (21) days after the end of each month (including December), the unaudited consolidated and consolidating (as between United Kingdom operations, on the one hand, and United States operations, on the other hand) balance sheets of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related consolidated and consolidating (as between United Kingdom operations, on the one hand, and United States operations, on the other hand) statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Elevate Credit Parent and its Subsidiaries and UK Borrower for such month and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, all in reasonable detail, and certified by the chief financial officer of Elevate Credit Parent (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function) as being true and correct and fairly presenting in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and results of operations of the Elevate Credit Parent and its Subsidiaries and UK Borrower, as applicable, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosure;

(b) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the audited consolidated and consolidating (as between United Kingdom operations, on the one hand, and United States operations, on the other hand) balance sheets of Elevate Credit Parent and its Subsidiaries and UK Borrower as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated and consolidating (as between United Kingdom operations, on the one hand, and United States operations, on the other hand) statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, in reasonable detail and certified by the chief financial officer of Elevate Credit Parent (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function) as being true and correct and fairly presenting in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and results of operations of Elevate Credit Parent and its Subsidiaries and UK Borrower, as applicable, accompanied by a customary unqualified opinion of an independent accounting firm acceptable to Agent;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

64


(c) Compliance Certificate and Borrowing Base Certificate . On the dates that the financial statements under clause (a) above are delivered, a duly completed Compliance Certificate and a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate, each with appropriate insertions, dated the date of the applicable monthly financial statements, and signed on behalf of the Borrowers by the chief financial officer of the Borrower Representative (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function), in the case of each Compliance Certificate (i) containing a computation of the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 hereof, (ii) indicating whether or not the Credit Parties are in compliance with each covenant set forth in ARTICLE 8 of this Agreement and whether each representation and warranty contained in ARTICLE 7 of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as though made on such date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which representations and warranties are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers as of such date), and (iii) to the effect that such officer has not become aware of any Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) that has occurred and is continuing or, if there is any such Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default), describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it;

(d) Reserved .

(e) Monthly Reporting Package . On the dates that the financial statements under clause (a) above are delivered, a monthly operations reporting package, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

Section 8.3 Notices . The Borrowers agree to deliver the following to the Agent via electronic (e-mail) transmission or other written means acceptable to the Agent:

(a) Collateral Information . Upon request of Agent, a certificate of one of the duly authorized officers of the Borrower Representative on behalf of the Borrowers (i) either confirming that there has been no change in the information set forth in the perfection certificate executed and delivered to the Agent on the Second Restatement Closing Date since such date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section and/or identifying such changes, and (ii) certifying that all UCC financing statements (including fixtures filings, as applicable) and other appropriate filings, recordings and registrations have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal and other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (i) above (or in such certificate) to the extent necessary to effect, protect and perfect the security interests under the Security Documents for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period);

(b) Auditor Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any reports submitted by the Credit Parties’ independent public accountants, if any, in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or internal

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

65


control systems of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any comment letters submitted by such accountants to management of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with their services;

(c) Notice of Default . Promptly upon any officer of a Credit Party obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) or that notice has been given to a Credit Party with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to the Credit Party or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in ARTICLE 10; or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of its chief executive officer or chief financial officer (or other authorized executive officer performing a similar function) specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, default, event or condition, and the action(s) the Credit Parties have taken, are taking and propose to take with respect thereto;

(d) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon any officer of a Credit Party obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of, or non-frivolous threat of, any adverse Proceeding against or affecting any Credit Party, or any of the Credit Parties’ Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or directors not previously disclosed in writing by the Credit Parties to the Agent, or (ii) any material development in any adverse Proceeding against or affecting any Credit Party, or any of the Credit Parties’ Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or directors that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) if adversely determined, could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated hereby, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Credit Parties to enable the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(e) ERISA . (i) Promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, the action(s) any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of (1) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any Credit Party, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (2) all notices received by the Credit Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan as the Agent shall reasonably request;

(f) Insurance Report . Promptly upon request of the Agent, a report by the Credit Parties’ insurance broker(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such report by the Credit Parties;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

66


(g) Environmental Reports and Audits . As soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of all environmental audits and reports with respect to environmental matters at any facility or property used by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries or which relate to any environmental liabilities of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries which, in any such case, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(h) Corporate Information . Fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of any change (i) in any Credit Parties’ corporate name, (ii) in any Credit Parties’ identity or organizational structure, (iii) in any Credit Parties’ jurisdiction of organization, or (iv) in any Credit Parties’ Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or state organizational identification number (or local equivalents thereof). The Credit Parties agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise and all other actions that are required in order for the Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral as contemplated in the US Security Agreement, the UK Security Documents and other Transaction Documents; provided , the foregoing notwithstanding any of the Elevate Credit Subsidiaries (other than a Borrower) may suspend its operations in any jurisdiction in which it operates and dissolve as a result of a decision by the Credit Parties to exit one or more markets from time to time;

(i) Tax Returns . Within ten (10) days following request by the Agent, copies of each federal income tax return filed by or on behalf of Credit Parties and requested by the Agent;

(j) Event of Loss. Promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) notice of any claim with respect to any liability against any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries that (i) is in excess of $250,000 or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) Program and Consumer Loan Portfolio Reporting . (i) No later than the fifth (5th) Business Day after the end of each calendar week, a performance report of the Program as of the end of business on Friday of such calendar week, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent and (ii) together with the delivery of the financial statements and reports pursuant to subsections 8.2(a) and (b), a summary report with respect to the Consumer Loan portfolio of Elevate Credit Parent and its Subsidiaries containing such information as may be reasonably requested by Agent;

(l) Qualified Equity Financing and Liquidity Events . No later than the thirtieth (30th) day prior to the anticipated consummation of a Qualified Equity Financing or a Liquidity Event, written notice thereof, which notice shall specify the effective date on which such Qualified Equity Financing or Liquidity Event is to take place and shall describe such transaction in reasonable detail; and

(m) Other Information . Promptly upon their becoming available, deliver copies of (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by any Credit Party to its security holders acting in such capacity or by any of their Subsidiaries to their security holders other than another Credit Party or another Subsidiary, (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Credit Party or any of their

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

67


Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the SEC or any governmental or private regulatory authority, (iii) all press releases and other statements made available generally by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries to the public concerning material developments in the business of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, (iv) subject to limitations imposed by applicable law, all documents and information furnished to Governmental Authorities in connection with any investigation of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (other than any routine inquiry) and (v) such other information and data with respect to any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Agent.

Section 8.4 Rank . Subject to the relative priorities of the Notes set forth in this Agreement, all Indebtedness due under the Notes shall be senior in right of payment, whether with respect to payment of redemptions, interest, damages or upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise, to all other current and future Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries.

Section 8.5 Incurrence of Indebtedness . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or guarantee, assume, or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or engage in any sale and leaseback, synthetic lease or similar transaction, other than (i) the Obligations and (ii) Permitted Indebtedness.

Section 8.6 Existence of Liens . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, allow or suffer to exist any Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 8.7 Restricted Payments . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on account of any Credit Party’s or any of their Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of any Credit Party’s or any of their Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such, except that:

(i) the Credit Parties may pay dividends (A) solely in common stock and (B) with the prior written consent of the Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) in cash to the holders of their common Equity Interests; provided, that with respect to this clause (B), no Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment;

(ii) the Borrowers may make monthly distributions of funds to Elevate Credit commencing on the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the financial statements under Section 8.2(a) shall have been delivered for the applicable month; provided , that each of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

68


(A) no Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment; and

(B) after giving effect to such payment, (1) the Credit Parties are in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 8.1(a) and (2) the Debt-to-Equity Ratio of the Borrowers shall not be more than 9-to-1; and

(iii) the Elevate Credit Subsidiaries may make distributions or remit payments received on account of the undivided portion of the Consumer Loans to further the purposes of, and in compliance with, the Transaction Documents.

(b) repurchase, redeem, repay, defease, retire, distribute any dividend or share premium reserve or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries except in connection with the termination of an employee’s employment with any Credit Party; provided, that each of the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) no Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such repurchase, redemption, repayment, defeasance, retirement, distribution, acquisition or retirement for value of any such Equity Interests;

(ii) after giving effect to such repurchase, redemption, repayment, defeasance, retirement, distribution, acquisition or retirement for value of any such Equity Interests, (A) the Credit Parties are in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 and (B) the Debt-to-Equity Ratio of the Borrowers shall not be more than 9-to-1; and

(iii) the aggregate amount of all such repurchases, redemptions, repayments, defeasances, retirements, distributions, acquisitions or retirements for value of any such Equity Interests shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(c) make any payment (including by setoff) on or with respect to, accelerate the maturity of, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (or set aside or escrow any funds for any such purpose), except for (i) payments of principal, interest and other amounts constituting Obligations and (ii) subject to the terms of applicable subordination terms, if any, regularly scheduled non accelerated payments of principal, interest and other amounts under Permitted Indebtedness; or

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

69


(d) pay any management, consulting or similar fees to any Affiliate of any Credit Party or to any officer, director or employee of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party, except for the avoidance of doubt, payments of salaries, advances, bonuses (including pre-funded bonuses) or stock incentives of employees of the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of business.

Section 8.8 Mergers; Acquisitions; Asset Sales . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, without Agent’s prior written consent, (a) be a party to any merger or consolidation, or Acquisition or (b) consummate any Asset Sale other than a Permitted Disposition.

Section 8.9 No Further Negative Pledges . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into, assume or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the existence of any Lien upon any of their properties or assets in favor of Agent or the Holders as set forth under the Transaction Documents, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for any obligation if such property or asset is given as security under the Transaction Documents, except in connection with any Permitted Liens or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Liens, provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the property or asset subject to such Permitted Liens (or proceeds thereof).

Section 8.10 Affiliate Transactions . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, unless such transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to such Credit Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that might be obtained at the time from a Person who is not an Affiliate and, unless the same shall not require payments thereunder in an amount exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate, are fully disclosed in writing to Agent prior to consummation thereof.

Section 8.11 Insurance .

(a) The Credit Parties shall keep the Collateral properly housed and insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, collision (in the case of motor vehicles) and such other risks as are customarily insured against by Persons engaged in businesses similar to that of the Credit Parties, with such companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles and under policies in such form as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. Certificates of insurance or, if requested by the Agent, original (or certified) copies of such policies of insurance have been or shall be, no later than the Second Restatement Closing Date, delivered to the Agent, and shall contain an endorsement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, showing loss under such insurance policies payable to the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders. Such endorsement, or an independent instrument furnished to the Agent, shall provide that the insurance company shall give the Agent at least thirty (30) days’ written notice before any such policy of insurance is altered or canceled and that no act, whether willful or negligent, or default of a Credit Party or any other Person shall affect the right of the Agent to recover under such policy of insurance in case of loss or damage. Each Credit Party hereby directs all insurers under all policies of insurance to pay all proceeds payable thereunder directly

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

70


to the Agent. Each Credit Party irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Agent) as such Person’s true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims under such policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Person on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and making all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies of insurance, provided however, that if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Credit Party may make, settle and adjust claims involving less than $100,000 in the aggregate without the Agent’s consent.

(b) The Credit Parties shall maintain, at their expense, such public liability and third-party property damage insurance as is customary for Persons engaged in businesses similar to that of the Credit Parties with such companies and in such amounts with such deductibles and under policies in such form as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent in light of such customs and certificates of insurance or, if requested by the Agent, original (or certified) copies of such policies have been or shall be, no later than the Second Restatement Closing Date, delivered to the Agent; each such policy shall contain an endorsement showing the Agent as additional insured thereunder and providing that the insurance company shall give the Agent at least thirty (30) days’ written notice before any such policy shall be altered or canceled.

(c) If any Credit Party at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required above or to pay any premium relating thereto, then the Agent, without waiving or releasing any obligation or default by the Credit Parties hereunder, may (but shall be under no obligation to) obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take such other actions with respect thereto as the Agent reasonably deems advisable. Such insurance, if obtained by the Agent, may, but need not, protect each Credit Parties’ interests or pay any claim made by or against any Credit Party with respect to the Collateral. Such insurance may be more expensive than the cost of insurance the Credit Parties may be able to obtain on their own and may be cancelled only upon the Credit Parties providing evidence that they have obtained the insurance as required above. All sums disbursed by the Agent in connection with any such actions, including, without limitation, court costs, expenses, other charges relating thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall constitute part of the Obligations due and owing hereunder, shall be payable on demand by the Credit Parties to the Agent and, until paid, shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

Section 8.12 Corporate Existence and Maintenance of Properties . Each Credit Party shall, and each Credit Party shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve (a) its existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary (other than such jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect). Each Credit Party shall, and each Credit Party shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all material properties used or useful in the business of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

71


Section 8.13 Non-circumvention . Each Credit Party hereby covenants and agrees that neither any of the Credit Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries will, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, bylaws, or other governing documents, or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, and will at all times in good faith carry out all of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and take all reasonable action as may be required to protect the rights of the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders.

Section 8.14 Change in Business; Change in Accounting; Centre of Main Interest; Elevate Credit Parent . The Credit Parties shall not engage in any line of business other than the businesses engaged in on the Second Restatement Closing Date and activities reasonably incident thereto. The Credit Parties shall not (a) make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, (b) change their Fiscal Year; method for determining fiscal quarters of any Credit Party or of any Subsidiary of any Credit Party or change their Accounting Reference Date, (c) change their name as it appears in official filings in its jurisdiction of organization or (d) change their jurisdiction of organization, in the case of clauses (c) and (d), without providing written notice to Agent no later than thirty (30) days following the occurrence of any such change. For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings, each UK Credit Party shall ensure that its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of such regulation) is situated in England and Wales and that it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of such regulation) in any other jurisdiction. Elevate Credit Parent shall not trade, carry on any business, own any assets or incur any liabilities except for:

(a) the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries;

(b) ownership of shares in its Subsidiaries, intra-company debit balances, intra-company credit balances and other credit balances in bank accounts, cash and Cash Equivalent Investments but only if those shares, credit balances, cash and Cash Equivalent Investments constitute Collateral; and

(c) any liabilities under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and professional fees and administration costs in the ordinary course of business as a holding company.

Section 8.15 U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation . None of the Credit Parties shall become a U.S. real property holding corporation or permit or cause its shares to be U.S. real property interests, within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

Section 8.16 Compliance with Laws . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, fail to (a) comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and the Requirements) and (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all material rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

72


Section 8.17 Additional Collateral . With respect to any Property acquired after the Second Restatement Closing Date by any Credit Party as to which the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders does not have a perfected Lien, such Credit Party shall promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders or its agent such amendments to the Security Documents or such other documents as the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a security interest in such Property and (ii) take all other actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a perfected first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in such Property, including, without limitation, the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Documents or by law or as may be requested by the Agent. If at any time during the existence of an Event of Default, Agent seeks to collect or liquidate Collateral, the Credit Parties will use their best efforts to assist Agent in any such efforts, including effectuating a sale of such Collateral.

Section 8.18 Audit Rights; Field Exams; Appraisals; Meetings; Books and Records .

(a) The Credit Parties shall, upon reasonable notice and during reasonable business hours (except during the continuance of an Event of Default when no such limitations shall apply), subject to reasonable safety and security procedures, and at the Credit Parties’ sole cost and expense, permit the Agent and each Holder (or any of their respective designated representatives) to visit and inspect any of the properties of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, to examine the books of account of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (and to make copies thereof and extracts therefrom), and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, and to be advised as to the same by their respective officers, and to conduct examinations and verifications (whether by internal commercial finance examiners or independent auditors), all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Agent and the Holders may reasonably request.

(b) The Credit Parties shall, upon reasonable notice and during reasonable business hours, subject to reasonable safety and security procedures, and at the Credit Parties’ sole cost and expense, permit the Agent (or any of its designated representatives) and each Holder to conduct field exams of the Collateral, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Agent may reasonably request.

(c) The Credit Parties shall, at Agent’s request (which shall be made no more frequently than once during each calendar year unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and upon reasonable notice, and at the Credit Parties’ sole cost and expense, obtain an appraisal of the Collateral from an independent appraisal firm reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

(d) The Credit Parties will, upon the request of the Agent, participate in a meeting of the Agent and the Holders twice during each Fiscal Year to be held at the Credit Parties’ corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by the Borrower Representative and the Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by the Borrower Representative and the Agent.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

73


(e) The Credit Parties shall, at the Credit Parties’ sole cost and expense, make all books and records of the Credit Parties available for review electronically by the Agent upon Agent’s request and subject to applicable Requirements with respect to disclosure of Customer Information.

Section 8.19 Additional Issuances of Debt Securities; Right of First Refusal on New Indebtedness . So long as any Notes are outstanding (or, solely if the Obligations are paid in full in cash with proceeds from the issuance of any Equity Interests (other than the issuance of Conversion Shares) of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, until the date that is twelve (12) months after the date such Obligations are paid in full), none of the Credit Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition of) any of its debt securities or Equity Interests (including any debt, preferred stock or other instrument or security) that may, in accordance with the terms thereof, be, at any time during its life, and under any circumstance, convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Indebtedness or debt securities, but excluding Permitted Indebtedness, without the prior written consent of the Agent; provided , that, if any Credit Party seeks to incur additional Indebtedness from time to time from any third-party, then in each such case, the Agent and its designees shall have a right of first refusal (but not an obligation) to provide such additional Indebtedness on the same terms and conditions as would be provided by such third-parties. The Borrower Representative will give Agent written notice (a “ ROFR Notice ”) describing the additional Indebtedness and the terms and conditions thereof (collectively, the “ New Indebtedness Opportunity ”). The Agent and its designees shall have thirty (30) days from the date of the Agent’s receipt of a ROFR Notice to agree to provide such additional Indebtedness pursuant to the New Indebtedness Opportunity. If the Agent fails to exercise such right of first refusal within said thirty (30)-day period with respect to the New Indebtedness Opportunity, then the New Indebtedness Opportunity may be offered to such third-party upon the identical terms and conditions as are specified in the applicable ROFR Notice; provided , that in the event the New Indebtedness Opportunity has not been consummated by the applicable third-party within the one hundred (100)-day period from the date of the ROFR Notice, no New Indebtedness Opportunity may be offered by the Credit Parties to any third-party without first offering such New Indebtedness Opportunity to the Agent in the manner provided above.

Section 8.20 Post-Closing Obligations .

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Original Restatement Closing Date (or such later date as shall be acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion), confirmation, together with relevant supporting documents, that the Quoted Eurobond Listing has taken place;

(b) The Credit Parties shall, (i) in a manner satisfactory to the Agent, cooperate with and assist the Agent, the Lenders and their respective attorneys, officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents (collectively, the “ Reviewing Parties ” and each, a “ Reviewing Party ”) in connection with any Reviewing Party’s regulatory review and due diligence of the Credit Parties’ lending program for the solicitation, marketing,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

74


documentation, origination and servicing of Consumer Loans in each state or foreign jurisdiction in which any Credit Party originates Consumer Loans, (ii) review and consider in good faith any issues raised by, or comments, recommendations or guidance from, any Reviewing Party with respect to any such lending program (such issues, comments, recommendations and guidance, collectively, the “Diligence Issues”) and (iii) within 90 days (or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Agent in its sole discretion) of any Credit Party’s receipt of written notice of any Diligence Issues from a Reviewing Party, resolve or address any such Diligence Issues, in each case, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent;

(c) The Credit Parties shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Agent, within sixty (60) days after the Second Restatement Closing Date (or such later date as shall be acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion), deposit account control agreements executed by the applicable Credit Party and each depository institution for which such Credit Party maintains deposit and other accounts, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion, covering all deposit accounts and other accounts maintained at such depository institution that are not currently subject to deposit account control agreements in favor of the Agent; and

(d) The Credit Parties shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Agent, within thirty (30) days after the Second Restatement Closing Date (or such later date as shall be acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion), Intellectual Property Security Agreements executed by the applicable Credit Party covering all federally-registered Intellectual Property Rights that are not currently subject to an Intellectual Property Security Agreement in favor of the Agent.

Section 8.21 Use of Proceeds . The Credit Parties will use the proceeds from the sale of (i) each Note solely (A) to fund certain fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (B) to originate Consumer Loans (other than so-called “payday loans”) made to residents of any State of the United States or residents of the United Kingdom (provided, that in no event shall proceeds of the US Term Notes, the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes or the US Convertible Term Notes be used to originate Consumer Loans to residents of the United Kingdom), in each case, for which the Credit Parties shall have become duly-licensed to originate such Consumer Loans in accordance with all applicable Requirements, and (ii) solely with regard to the proceeds of the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the US Convertible Term Notes, also for direct marketing expenses relating to the making of Consumer Loans.

Section 8.22 Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Credit Parties, on behalf of themselves and the other Credit Parties, shall jointly and severally reimburse the Lenders and the Holders or their designee(s) for reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements in connection therewith, documentation and implementation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and due diligence in connection therewith), subject to the limitations set forth in Section 13.1 hereof, which amounts shall be paid by the Credit Parties to the Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders and the Holders, on the Second Restatement Closing Date. In addition, the Credit Parties shall, within five (5) Business Days of receiving a request from the Agent therefor, reimburse the Agent for any

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

75


additional reasonable legal fees incurred post-closing in connection with perfecting the Agent’s security interests and any additional filing or recording fees in connection therewith. The Credit Parties shall be responsible for the payment of, and shall pay, any placement agent’s fees, financial advisory fees, or broker’s commissions relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall hold the Agent, each Holder and each Lender harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and out-of-pocket expenses) arising in connection with any claim relating to any such payment.

Section 8.23 Modification of Organizational Documents and Certain Documents . The Credit Parties shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, (i) permit the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Credit Party, or any Material Contract, to be amended or modified, or (ii) amend, supplement in a manner adverse to the Agent, any Lender or any Holder or otherwise modify, or waive any material rights, claims or remedies under, any of the Consumer Loan Agreements except with respect to a settlement or charge off thereunder in the ordinary course of business.

Section 8.24 Joinder . The Credit Parties shall notify the Agent in writing within the earlier of: (i) thirty (30) days of the formation or acquisition of any Subsidiaries; or (ii) the making of any Consumer Loans by any such newly formed or acquired Subsidiaries. For any Subsidiaries formed or acquired after the Second Restatement Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall at their own expense, within the time period set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, cause each such Subsidiary (provided, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, solely with respect to such Foreign Subsidiaries’ guaranty of the Obligations of the US Term Note Borrower and/or the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, no 956 Impact would arise as a result thereof) to execute an instrument of joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (a “ Joinder Agreement ”), obligating such Subsidiary to any or all of the Transaction Documents deemed necessary or appropriate by the Agent and cause the applicable Person that owns the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to pledge to the Holders 100% of the Equity Interests owned by it of each such Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Second Restatement Closing Date and execute and deliver all documents or instruments required thereunder or appropriate to perfect the security interest created thereby (provided that with respect to any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, solely with respect to such Foreign Subsidiaries’ guaranty of the Obligations of the US Term Note Borrower and/or the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, if a 956 Impact exists such pledge shall be limited to sixty-five percent (65%) of such Foreign Subsidiary’s outstanding voting Equity Interests and one hundred percent (100%) of such Foreign Subsidiary’s outstanding non-voting Equity Interests). In the event a Person becomes a Guarantor (a “ New Guarantor ”) pursuant to the Joinder Agreement, upon such execution the New Guarantor shall be bound by all the terms and conditions hereof and the other Transaction Documents to the same extent as though such New Guarantor had originally executed the Transaction Documents. The addition of a New Guarantor shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the other Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder. Each Credit Party, each Lender, each Holder and the Agent acknowledges that the schedules and exhibits hereto or thereto may be amended or modified in connection with the addition of any New Guarantor to reflect information relating to such New Guarantor. Compliance with this Section 8.24 shall not excuse any violation of Section 8.8 for failing to obtain Lender’s prior consent to a merger, consolidation or Acquisition. A “ 956 Impact ” will be deemed to exist to the extent the issuance of a guaranty by, grant of a Lien by, or pledge of greater than two-thirds of the voting Equity Interests of, a Foreign Subsidiary, solely

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

76


with respect to such Foreign Subsidiary’s guaranty of the Obligations of the US Term Note Borrower and/or the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, would result in material incremental income tax liability under Section 956 of the Code, taking into account actual anticipated repatriation of funds, foreign tax credits and other relevant factors.

Section 8.25 Investments . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist any Investment in any other Person, except the following:

(a) Cash Equivalent Investments, to the extent the Agent has a first priority security interest therein;

(b) bank deposits in the ordinary course of business, to the extent the Agent has a first priority security interest therein;

(c) Investments in securities of account debtors received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such account debtors;

(d) Investments owned by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries on the Second Restatement Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 8.25 ;

(e) (i) Domestic Credit Parties may maintain Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries in amounts not to exceed the outstanding amounts of such Investments as of the Second Restatement Closing Date plus additional Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries after the Second Restatement Closing Date to the extent expressly approved by Agent in advance in writing; provided , if the Investments described in the foregoing clause (i) are evidenced by notes, such notes shall be pledged to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, and have such terms as Agent may reasonably require; and (ii) Foreign Subsidiaries may make Investments in other Foreign Subsidiaries;

(f) Investments constituting cash equity contributions by Elevate Credit in the other Borrowers, including, without limitation, cash equity contributions made in order to satisfy the LTV Covenant Cure Obligation, and Investments by Elevate Credit in its other Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties; and

(g) Investments made by the Credit Parties (other than Elevate Credit and Elevate Credit Parent) constituting Consumer Loans to residents of the United States and the United Kingdom.

Section 8.26 Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time upon the request of the Agent, each Credit Party will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Transaction Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Credit Party shall take such actions as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by all Subsidiaries (including the US Term Note Borrower with respect to the Obligations of the UK Borrower) of the Credit Parties and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Credit Parties

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

77


and their Subsidiaries (in each case provided, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, solely with respect to such Foreign Subsidiaries’ guaranty of the Obligations of the US Term Note Borrower and/or the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, no 956 Impact would arise as a result thereof).

Section 8.27 Pensions Schemes .

(a) UK Borrower shall ensure that all pension schemes operated by or maintained for the benefit of any UK Credit Party and/or any of their employees are fully funded based on the statutory funding objective under sections 221 and 222 of the Pensions Act 2004 and that no action or omission is taken by any UK Credit Party in relation to such a pension scheme which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (including, without limitation, the termination or commencement of winding-up proceedings of any such pension scheme or any UK Credit Party ceasing to employ any member of such a pension scheme).

(b) UK Borrower shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries is or has been at any time an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pension Schemes Act 1993) or “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 38 or 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

(c) UK Borrower shall deliver to the Agent at such times as those reports are prepared in order to comply with the then current statutory or auditing requirements (as applicable either to the trustees of any relevant schemes or to Elevate Credit), actuarial reports in relation to all pension schemes mentioned in paragraph (a) above.

(d) UK Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of any material change in the rate of contributions to any pension schemes mentioned in (a) above paid or recommended to be paid (whether by the scheme actuary or otherwise) or required (by law or otherwise).

Section 8.28 Board Observation Rights . Until the date that the Obligations are paid in full and the Transaction Documents (including all commitments (if any) to lend hereunder) are terminated, each of the Credit Parties agrees that the Agent and/or its designees shall be entitled to have up to two (2) observers attend, in a non-voting capacity, whether in person or telephonically, meetings of the board of directors (or other similar body) of such Credit Party (which, in the case of Elevate Credit Parent, shall be held no less frequently than once per fiscal quarter). Each of the Credit Parties shall provide such designated observers copies of notices, minutes, consents and other materials provided to the members of its board of directors (or other similar body) and shall reimburse such observer for all reasonable costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with attending any of such meetings; provided , that each Credit Party reserves the right to exclude the Agent (or any observer designated by the Agent) from access to any information if such Credit Party reasonably believes, upon the recommendation of legal counsel (which recommendation of legal counsel shall be in writing, which may be in the form of an email sent as soon as reasonably practicable after the adjournment of the meeting for which such observer was excluded), that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege with respect to a matter involving pending or potential litigation or to preserve the attorney-client privilege for other similar reasons. Each of the Credit Parties agrees that no such meeting, whether in person or telephonically, shall be held unless each such designated observers shall have been given at least two (2) Business Days prior notice thereof.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

78


Section 8.29 Reservation of Shares . US Convertible Term Note Borrower shall take all action necessary to reserve and keep available for conversions under the US Convertible Term Notes as of and at all times after the Second Restatement Closing Date, a number of authorized and unissued shares of its Capital Stock equal to at least one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the number of Conversion Shares (or one hundred percent (100%) in the case of Conversion Shares not constituting common stock) issuable upon the conversion of all of the principal amount then outstanding under the US Convertible Term Notes (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) (such aggregate amount, the “Required Reserve Amount”). The initial number of such shares of Capital Stock reserved for conversions of the US Convertible Term Notes and any increase in the number of such shares of Capital Stock so reserved shall be deemed to be allocated pro rata among the Holders of the US Convertible Term Notes based on the principal amount of the US Convertible Term Notes held by each Holder at the time of issuance of the US Convertible Term Notes or increase in the number of reserved shares of Capital Stock of US Convertible Term Note Borrower, as the case may be. In the event any Holder of US Convertible Term Notes shall sell or otherwise transfer any portion of its US Convertible Term Notes, each transferee shall be allocated a pro rata portion of the number of shares of Capital Stock of US Convertible Term Note Borrower reserved for such transferor. Any shares of Capital Stock of US Convertible Term Note Borrower reserved and deemed to be allocated to any Person that ceases to hold any US Convertible Term Notes shall be allocated to the remaining Holders of the US Convertible Term Notes, pro rata based on the principal amount of the US Convertible Term Notes then held by such Holders.

ARTICLE 9

CROSS GUARANTY

Section 9.1 Cross-Guaranty . Each Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the US Term Note Borrower and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower with respect to the Obligations of the UK Borrower), jointly and severally, hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and their respective successors and assigns the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations (and for the avoidance of doubt, each Borrower, in its capacity as a Guarantor, so guarantees the payment and performance of the Obligations of each other Borrower under each Note). Each Guarantor agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this ARTICLE 9 shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations under the Transaction Documents has occurred and all commitments (if any) to lend hereunder have been terminated, and that its obligations under this ARTICLE 9 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by:

(a) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Credit Party is or may become a party;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

79


(b) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this ARTICLE 9) or any other Transaction Document or the waiver or consent by the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

(c) the Insolvency of any Credit Party or Subsidiary; or

(d) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

Each Guarantor shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the obligations guaranteed hereunder.

Section 9.2 Waivers by Guarantors . Each Guarantor expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereunder against any other Credit Party or Subsidiary, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the obligations under the Transaction Documents before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Guarantor. It is agreed among each Guarantor that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and that, but for the provisions of this ARTICLE 9 and such waivers, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders would decline to enter into this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Benefit of Guaranty . Each Guarantor agrees that the provisions of this ARTICLE 9 are for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and their respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Credit Party, on the one hand, and the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders, on the other hand, the obligations of such other Credit Party under the Transaction Documents.

Section 9.4 Waiver of Subrogation, Etc . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document, and except as set forth in Section 9.7, each Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this ARTICLE 9, and that the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 9.4.

Section 9.5 Election of Remedies . If the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders may, under applicable law, proceed to realize their benefits under any of the Transaction Documents, the Agent, any of the Lenders or any of the Holders may, at their sole option, determine which of their remedies or rights they may pursue without affecting any of their rights and remedies under this ARTICLE 9. If, in the exercise of any of their rights and remedies, any of the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders shall forfeit any of their rights or remedies, including their right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Credit Party or any other Person, whether because of any

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

80


applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Credit Party hereby consents to such action by the Agent, such Lenders or such Holders, as applicable, and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by the Agent, such Lenders or such Holders shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that any Credit Party might otherwise have had but for such action by the Agent, such Lenders or such Holders. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right of the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders to seek a deficiency judgment against any Credit Party shall not impair any other Credit Party’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations under the Transaction Documents.

Section 9.6 Limitation . Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Guarantor’s liability under this ARTICLE 9 (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which Credit Parties are primarily liable under the Transaction Documents) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the greater of:

(a) the net amount of all amounts advanced to such Guarantor under this Agreement or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Guarantor (including any interest and fees and other charges); and

(b) the amount that could be claimed by the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders from such Guarantor under this ARTICLE 9 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Guarantor’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Credit Party under Section 9.7.

Section 9.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations .

(a) To the extent that any Guarantor shall make a payment under this ARTICLE 9 of all or any of the Obligations under the Transaction Documents (other than financial accommodations made to that Guarantor for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Guarantor, exceeds the amount that such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if each Guarantor had paid the aggregate Obligations under the Transaction Documents satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Guarantor’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Guarantor as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations under the Transaction Documents and termination of the Transaction Documents (including all commitments (if any) to lend hereunder), such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

(b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Guarantor shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

81


Guarantor under this ARTICLE 9 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

(c) This Section 9.7 is intended only to define the relative rights of Guarantor and nothing set forth in this Section 9.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Credit Parties, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 9.1. Nothing contained in this Section 9.7 shall limit the liability of any Credit Party to pay the financial accommodations made directly or indirectly to that Credit Party and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Credit Party shall be primarily liable.

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Guarantor to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

The rights of the indemnifying Guarantor against other Guarantor under this Section 9.7 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations under the Transaction Documents and the termination of the Transaction Documents.

Section 9.8 Liability Cumulative . The liability of each Guarantor under this ARTICLE 9 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each other Credit Party to the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Credit Party is a party or in respect of any Obligations under the Transaction Documents or obligation of the other Credit Party, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

Section 9.9 Stay of Acceleration . If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Credit Parties under this Agreement is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the Credit Parties, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Agreement shall nonetheless be payable jointly and severally by the Credit Parties hereunder forthwith on demand by the Agent.

Section 9.10 Benefit to Credit Parties . All of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries are engaged in related businesses and integrated to such an extent that the financial strength and flexibility of each such Person has a direct impact on the success of each other Person. Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the purchase and sale of the Notes hereunder.

Section 9.11 Indemnity . Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally agrees with the Agent, each Lender and each Holder that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify the Agent, such Lender and/or such Holder, as applicable, immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower or Guarantor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Transaction Document on the date when it would have been due. The

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

82


amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this ARTICLE 9 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

S ection 9.12 Reinstatement . If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the Obligations or any security for those Obligations or otherwise) is made by the Agent, a Lender and/or a Holder in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this ARTICLE 9 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

Section 9.13 Guarantor Intent . Without prejudice to any other provision of this ARTICLE 9, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Transaction Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Transaction Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any reasonable and invoiced fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

Section 9.14 General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of this ARTICLE 9 shall not be construed to (a) permit the Agent, Lenders or Holders to amend or otherwise modify this Agreement or the Obligations in a manner that would otherwise require the consent of the Borrowers pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement or (b) constitute a waiver by any Borrower of such Borrower’s rights or defenses under this Agreement in such Borrower’s capacity as a Borrower hereunder.

ARTICLE 10

RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 10.1 Event of Default . Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) any Credit Parties’ failure to pay to the Agent, the Holders and/or the Lenders any amount of (i) principal or redemptions when and as due under this Agreement or any Note (including, without limitation, the Credit Parties’ failure to pay any redemption payments or amounts hereunder or under any Note) or any other Transaction Document, or any other agreement, document, certificate or other instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or (ii) interest (including interest calculated at the Default Rate), Late Charges, Prepayment Premium, Yield Maintenance Premium, Exit Premium or other amounts (other than principal or redemptions) within five (5) days after the same shall become due under this Agreement or any Note or any other Transaction Document, or any other agreement, document, certificate or other instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

83


(b) any default occurs and is continuing under (subject to any applicable grace periods), or any redemption of or acceleration prior to maturity of, any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party in excess of $100,000; provided, that, in the event that any such default or acceleration of indebtedness is cured or rescinded by the holders thereof prior to acceleration of the Notes, no Event of Default shall exist as a result of such cured default or rescinded acceleration;

(c) (i) any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party pursuant to or within the meaning of Title 11, U.S. Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) or any similar federal, foreign or state law for the relief of debtors (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Law ”), (A) commences a voluntary case, (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, (C) consents to the appointment of or taking of possession by a receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official (a “ Custodian ”) for all or a substantial part of its property, (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (E) is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, become Insolvent or (iii) the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party (or any committee thereof) adopts any resolution or otherwise authorizes any action to approve any of the actions referred to in this Section 10.1(c) or Section 10.1(d);

(d) any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction in which a court of competent jurisdiction (i) enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law, which order or decree (A) (1) is not stayed or (2) is not rescinded, vacated, overturned, or otherwise withdrawn within sixty (60) days after the entry thereof, and (B) is for relief against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a Custodian over all or a substantial part of the property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party and such appointment continues for sixty (60) days, (iii) orders the liquidation of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, or (iv) issues a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process against any substantial part of the property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party;

(e) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 or that otherwise could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect are rendered against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, which judgments are not, within fifteen (15) days after the entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such stay, unless (in the case of a monetary judgment) such judgment is covered by third-party insurance, so long as the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary provides the Agent a written statement from such insurer (which written statement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) to the effect that such judgment is covered by insurance and such Credit Party or Subsidiary will receive the proceeds of such insurance within fifteen (15) days following the issuance of such judgment;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

84


(f) any Credit Party breaches any covenant, or other term or condition of any Transaction Document, any other agreement with the Agent, any Lender or any Holder, except in the case of a breach of a covenant or other term or condition of any Transaction Document (other than Sections 8.1(a), 8.2, 8.3(c), 8.4 through 8.11, 8.13, 8.14, 8.16, 8.17, 8.18, 8.20, 8.21, 8.23, 8.25, 8.28 and 8.29 of this Agreement) which is curable, only if such breach continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (A) the date upon which an executive officer of any Credit Party becomes aware of such default and (B) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Borrower Representative by Agent; and a breach addressed by the other provisions of this Section 10.1; provided , the foregoing notwithstanding, the Credit Parties shall be afforded a grace period of five (5) Business Days, exercisable no more than an aggregate of twice per year during the term of this Agreement, with regard to the delivery requirements set forth in Section 8.2 hereof;

(g) a Change of Control occurs;

(h) any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Transaction Document is breached or is false or misleading, each in any material respect;

(i) any “Event of Default” occurs and is continuing with respect to any of the other Transaction Documents beyond any applicable notice or cure period;

(j) (i) the written rescindment or repudiation by any Credit Party of any Transaction Document or any of its obligations under any Transaction Document, or (ii) any Transaction Document or any material term thereof shall cease to be, or is asserted by any Credit Party not to be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of any Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(k) any Lien against the Collateral intended to be created by any Security Document shall at any time be invalidated, subordinated (except to Permitted Liens to the extent expressly permitted under the Transaction Documents) or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, for whatever reason, or any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Credit Party not to be, a valid, first priority perfected Lien (to the extent that any Transaction Document obligates the parties to provide such a perfected first priority Lien, and except to the extent Permitted Liens are permitted by the terms of the Transaction Documents to have priority) in the Collateral (except as expressly otherwise provided under and in accordance with the terms of such Transaction Document);

(l) any material provision of any Transaction Document shall at any time for any reason be declared to be null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any Credit Party, or a proceeding shall be commenced by any Credit Party, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Credit Party, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or any Credit Party shall deny that it has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Transaction Document;

(m) Reserved ;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

85


(n) the occurrence of (i) any event which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) a State Force Majeure Event, (iii) a Federal or Multi-State Force Majeure Event or (iv) a UK Force Majeure Event;

(o) (i) any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party liquidates, dissolves, terminates or suspends its business operations or otherwise fails to operate its business in the ordinary course; provided , the foregoing notwithstanding any of the Elevate Credit Subsidiaries (other than a Borrower) may suspend its operations in any jurisdiction in which it operates and dissolve as a result of a decision by the Credit Parties to exit one or more markets from time to time or (ii) the authority or ability of any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalization, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Credit Party, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets;

(p) Ken Rees shall, at any time for any reason, cease to be employed by Elevate Credit in the same position and with duties substantially similar to those held as of the Second Restatement Closing Date, unless a replacement reasonably satisfactory to Agent shall have been appointed and employed within ninety (90) days of his cessation of employment;

(q) any material decline or depreciation in the value or market price of the Collateral (whether actual or reasonably anticipated), which causes the Collateral, in the reasonable opinion of Agent acting in good faith, to become unsatisfactory as to value or character, or which causes the Agent to reasonably believe that the Obligations are inadequately secured and that the likelihood for repayment of the Obligations is or will soon be materially impaired, time being of the essence;

(r) (i) the occurrence of one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate result(s) in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000 during the term hereof; or (ii) the existence of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code;

(s) any default or event of default (monetary or otherwise) by a Credit Party shall occur with respect to any Material Contract, which if curable has not been cured in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Material Contract and that could have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(t) the failure of US Convertible Term Note Borrower to issue the Conversion Shares to the applicable Holders upon conversion of the US Convertible Term Notes in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 10.2 Termination of Commitments and Acceleration Right .

(a) Promptly after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower Representative shall deliver written notice thereof via email, facsimile and overnight courier (an “ Event of Default Notice ”) to the Agent. At any time after the earlier of the Agent’s receipt o f

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

86


an Event of Default Notice and the Agent becoming aware of an Event of Default which has not been cured or waived, (i) the Agent may declare all or any portion of the Commitment of each Lender to fund additional draws under the Notes to be suspended or terminated by delivering written notice thereof (an “Event of Default Commitment Suspension or Termination Notice”) to the Borrower Representative, which Event of Default Commitment Suspension or Termination Notice shall indicate the portion of the Commitments that the Agent is suspending or terminating, whereupon such Commitments shall forthwith be suspended or terminated, and/or (ii) the Agent may require the Borrowers to redeem all or any portion of the Notes (an “Event of Default Redemption”) by delivering written notice thereof (the “Event of Default Redemption Notice”) to the Borrower Representative, which Event of Default Redemption Notice shall indicate the tranche(s) and portion(s) of the Notes that the Agent is requiring the Borrowers to redeem (to be allocated on a pro rata basis with respect to the applicable outstanding Notes), whereupon a corresponding pro rata portion of the applicable Commitments in respect thereof shall forthwith be terminated effective upon the date of such Event of Default Redemption Notice; provided , that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 10.1(c) or Section 10.1(d), and without any action on behalf of the Agent, any Holder or any Lender, the Commitments, in whole, shall automatically be terminated and the Notes shall automatically be redeemed by the Borrowers. All Notes subject to redemption by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall be redeemed by the Borrowers at a price equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, accrued and unpaid Late Charges, accrued and unpaid Prepayment Premium, Yield Maintenance Premium or Exit Premium, as applicable, and all other amounts due under the Transaction Documents (the “Event of Default Redemption Price”); provided , the foregoing notwithstanding, the Prepayment Premium, the Yield Maintenance Premium or the Exit Premium, as applicable, shall not be due solely in connection with an Event of Default Redemption occurring as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Sections 10.1(n)(ii), 10.1(n)(iii) or 10.1(n)(iv) so long as no other Event of Default shall be in existence at such time.

(b) In the case of an Event of Default Redemption, the Borrowers shall deliver the applicable Event of Default Redemption Price to the Agent within three (3) Business Days after the Borrower Representative’s receipt of the Event of Default Redemption Notice. In the case of an Event of Default Redemption of less than all of the principal of a tranche of the Notes, the applicable Borrower shall promptly cause to be issued and delivered to the applicable Holders new Notes (in accordance with Section 2.7) representing the portion of the Commitments that have not been terminated as a result of such redemption.

Section 10.3 Consultation Rights . Without in any way limiting any remedy that the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders may have, at law or in equity, under any Transaction Document (including under the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE 10) or otherwise, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the request of the Agent, the Credit Parties shall hire or otherwise retain a consultant, advisor or similar Person acceptable to the Agent to advise the Credit Parties with respect to their business and operations.

Section 10.4 Other Remedies . The remedies provided herein and in the Notes shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under any of the other Transaction Documents, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the Agent’s, any Lender’s or any Holder’s right

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

87


to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Credit Parties to comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents. Amounts set forth or provided for herein and in the Notes with respect to payments and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the Agent, the Holders and/or the Lenders and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Credit Parties (or the performance thereof). Each of the Credit Parties acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder and under the Notes and the other Transaction Documents will cause irreparable harm to the Agent, the Holders and the Lenders and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Credit Parties therefore agree that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Agent, the Holders and the Lenders shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

Section 10.5 Application of Proceeds .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrowers irrevocably waive the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Agent from or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between the Credit Parties on the one hand and Agent and Holders on the other, Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Agent may deem advisable (subject to clause (b) below) notwithstanding any previous application by Agent.

(b) Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and all voluntary and mandatory, payments, prepayments or redemptions made in respect of the Obligations shall be delivered to the Agent and shall be applied in the following order: first, to all fees, costs, indemnities, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred by or owing to Agent with respect to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Collateral; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the First Out Notes on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding First Out Notes; third, to the principal amount of the First Out Notes and to any Prepayment Premium thereon then due and owing on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding First Out Notes; fourth, to accrued and unpaid interest on the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Last Out Term Notes; fifth, to the principal amount of the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and to any Prepayment Premium or any Yield Maintenance Premium, as applicable, thereon then due and owing on a pro rata basis with respect to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes; sixth, to accrued and unpaid interest on the US Convertible Term Notes on a pro rata basis with respect to the outstanding US Convertible Term Notes; seventh, to the principal amount of the US Convertible Term Notes and to any Exit Premium thereon then due and owing on a pro rata basis with respect to the US Convertible Term Notes.

(c) Any payments, prepayments or proceeds of Collateral received by any Lender that were not permitted to be made under this Agreement or were not applied as required under this Agreement shall be promptly paid over to the Agent for application under Section 10.5(b). Any balance remaining after giving effect to the applications set forth in this Section

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

88


10.5 shall be delivered to Borrower Representative or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In carrying out any of the applications set forth in this Section 10.5, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category and (ii) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category.

ARTICLE 11

BANKRUPTCY MATTERS

In the event of any Insolvency Proceeding involving a Credit Party or the liquidation or dissolution of a Credit Party:

Section 11.1 General . This Agreement shall be applicable both before and after the filing of any Insolvency Proceeding, including, without limitation, any case or proceeding of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) of this Agreement, and all converted or succeeding cases in respect thereof, and all references herein to any Credit Party shall be deemed to apply to the trustee for such Credit Party and such Credit Party as a debtor-in-possession. The relative rights of the First Out Note Holders, the Last Out Note Holders and the Convertible Note Holders, including, without limitation, in respect of (a) any Collateral or proceeds thereof and (b) the order of application of all payments in respect of Obligations, shall continue after the filing of such petition on the same basis as prior to the date of such filing, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, any Credit Party. This Agreement shall be enforceable in any Insolvency Proceeding in accordance with its terms. In furtherance of the foregoing, any payment or distribution which is payable or deliverable in such Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any of the Notes, whether in cash, securities, or other property, shall be paid or delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and all receivers, trustees, liquidators, custodians, conservators and others having authority in the premises are each irrevocably authorized, empowered and directed to effect all such payments and deliveries. Each Last Out Note Holder acknowledges and agrees that because of their differing rights in proceeds of the Collateral, the Obligations in respect of the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes are fundamentally different from the Obligations in respect of the First Out Notes and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or confirmed in any Insolvency Proceeding involving any Borrower or other Credit Party as a debtor. No Last Out Note Holder shall seek in any such Insolvency Proceeding to be treated as part of the same class of creditors as the First Out Note Holders or shall oppose any pleading or motion by the First Out Note Holders for the First Out Note Holders and the Last Out Note Holders to be treated as separate classes of creditors. Each Convertible Note Holder acknowledges and agrees that because of their differing rights in proceeds of the Collateral, the Obligations in respect of the US Convertible Term Notes are fundamentally different from the Obligations in respect of the First Out Notes, the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or confirmed in any Insolvency Proceeding involving any Borrower or other Credit Party as a debtor. No Convertible Note Holder shall seek in any such Insolvency Proceeding to be treated as part of the same class of creditors as the First Out Note Holders or the Last Out Note Holders or shall oppose any pleading or motion by the First Out Note Holders or the Last Out Note Holders for the First Out Note Holders and/or the Last Out Note Holders to be treated as separate classes of creditors.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

89


Section 11.2 Post Petition Financing; Etc. In the event of the filing of any Insolvency Proceeding, including, without limitation, any case or proceeding of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) of this Agreement, by or against any Credit Party, until no Credit Exposure exists (other than Credit Exposure with respect to the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes or the US Convertible Term Notes):

(a) if any such Credit Party or Credit Parties as debtor(s)-in-possession (or a trustee appointed on behalf of such Credit Party or Credit Parties) shall move for either approval of financing (“ DIP Financing ”) to be provided by the Agent or any of the Lenders (other than the Last Out Note Holders or the Convertible Note Holders) (or to be provided by any other Person or group of Persons with the consent of the Agent) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral with the consent of the Agent and the Lenders (other than the Last Out Note Holders or the Convertible Note Holders) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, then each Last Out Note Holder and each Convertible Note Holder agrees as follows: (i) adequate notice to such Last Out Note Holder or such Convertible Note Holder for such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral shall be deemed to have been given to the Last Out Note Holders or such Convertible Note Holder if the Last Out Note Holders or the Convertible Note Holders, as applicable, receive notice in advance of the hearing to approve such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral on an interim basis and at least 5 Business Days in advance of the hearing to approve such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral on a final basis, (ii) no Last Out Note Holder or Convertible Note Holder will request or accept adequate protection or any other relief in connection with the use of such cash collateral or such DIP Financing, and (iii) no Last Out Note Holder or Convertible Note Holder shall contest or oppose in any manner any adequate protection provided to the Agent and the Lenders (other than the Last Out Note Holders and the Convertible Note Holders) as adequate protection of their interests in the Collateral, any DIP Financing or any cash collateral use and shall be deemed to have waived any objections to such adequate protection, DIP Financing or cash collateral use, including, without limitation, any objection alleging Credit Parties’ failure to provide “adequate protection” of the interests of the Last Out Note Holders or the Convertible Note Holders in the Collateral; and

(b) no Last Out Note Holder, Convertible Note Holder or any of their respective Affiliates shall (i) propose, move for approval of or make any DIP Financing, (ii) propose or, except as required by clause (ii)(x) of the last sentence of Section 13.6, vote (to the extent such vote is required to satisfy Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code) in favor of any chapter 11 plan that seeks confirmation of a plan of reorganization that would “cram down” the class of claims held by the Lenders in respect of the Obligations (other than the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the US Convertible Term Notes and the US Convertible Term Notes) under Section 1129(b)(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) take any other action that would otherwise result or potentially result in any “cram down” of the Obligations (other than the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the US Convertible Term Notes), any DIP Financing or any claims of the holders of the Obligations (other than the US Last Out Term Notes, the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and the US Convertible Term Notes), in each case, unless the Agent consents in writing and in advance to such action.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

90


Section 11.3 Commencement of Insolvency Proceedings . Notwithstanding any rights or remedies available to any Last Out Note Holder under any Transaction Document, applicable law or otherwise, prior to the Maturity Date (as the same may be extended) of the US Last Out Term Notes or the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, no Last Out Note Holder shall commence an Insolvency Proceeding against any Borrower or any other Credit Party. Notwithstanding any rights or remedies available to any Convertible Note Holder under any Transaction Document, applicable law or otherwise, prior to the Maturity Date (as the same may be extended) of the US Convertible Term Notes, no Convertible Note Holder shall commence an Insolvency Proceeding against any Borrower or any other Credit Party.

Section 11.4 Bankruptcy Sale . No Last Out Note Holder or Convertible Note Holder shall object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any Collateral free and clear of Liens or other claims under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code on any grounds that may be asserted by a holder of a Lien on such Collateral (and shall be deemed to have consented to such sale in its capacity as a secured creditor for the purposes of Section 363) if the Agent has consented to such sale or disposition of such Collateral, and no Last Out Note Holder or Convertible Note Holder shall request that it or any other Person be granted adequate protection of its Lien on such Collateral if the Agent has consented to such sale or disposition of such Collateral and so long as any Lien of the Agent on such Collateral attaches to the proceeds of such sale or disposition.

Section 11.5 Relief from Stay . No Last Out Note Holder or Convertible Note Holder shall (a) seek (or support any other Person seeking) relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of Agent, or (b) oppose any request by Agent or any Lender (other than the Last Out Note Holders or the Convertible Note Holders) to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Collateral.

ARTICLE 12

AGENCY PROVISIONS

Section 12.1 Appointment . Each of the Holders and Lenders hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Agent as the administrative agent and collateral agent of such Holder or such Lender (or the Holders or Lenders represented by it) under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents for the term hereof (and Agent hereby accepts such appointment), and each such Holder and Lender irrevocably authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and therein, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or otherwise exist against the Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Lenders and Holders), and is hereby authorized, to (a) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Lenders and Holders with respect to all payments and collections arising

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

91


in connection with the Transaction Documents (including in any proceeding described in Sections 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding), and each Person making any payment in connection with any Transaction Document to any Lender or Holder is hereby authorized to make such payment to Agent, (b) file and prove claims and file other documents necessary or desirable to allow the claims of the Agent, Lenders and Holders with respect to any Obligation in any proceeding described in Sections 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding (but not to vote, consent or otherwise act on behalf of such Person), (c) act as collateral agent for itself and each Lender and Holder for purposes of the perfection of all Liens created by such agreements and all other purposes stated therein, (d) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (e) take such other action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the Liens created or purported to be created by the Transaction Documents, (f) except as may be otherwise specified in any Transaction Document, exercise all remedies given to Agent, the Lenders and the Holders with respect to the Credit Parties and/or the Collateral, whether under the Transaction Documents, applicable Requirements or otherwise and (g) execute any amendment, consent or waiver under the Transaction Documents on behalf of any Lender or Holder that has consented in writing to such amendment, consent or waiver; provided , however , that Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender and Holder to act as collateral sub-agent for Agent, the Lenders and the Holders for purposes of the perfection of all Liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit account maintained by a Credit Party with, and cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by, such Lender or Holder, and may further authorize and direct the Lenders and the Holders to take further actions as collateral sub-agents for purposes of enforcing such Liens or otherwise to transfer the Collateral subject thereto to Agent, and each Lender and Holder hereby agrees to take such further actions to the extent, and only to the extent, so authorized and directed. Any reference to the Agent in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall be deemed to refer to the Agent solely in its capacity as Agent and not in its capacity, if any, as a Holder or a Lender. Under the Transaction Documents, Agent (a) is acting solely on behalf of the Agent, Lenders and Holders (except to the limited extent provided in Section 2.9 with respect to the Register), with duties that are entirely administrative in nature, notwithstanding the use of the defined term “Agent”, the terms “agent”, “Agent” and “collateral agent” and similar terms in any Transaction Document to refer to Agent, which terms are used for title purposes only, (b) is not assuming any obligation under any Transaction Document other than as expressly set forth therein or any role as agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender, Holder or any other Person and (c) shall have no implied functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or other liabilities under any Transaction Document, and each Lender and Holder, by accepting the benefits of the Transaction Documents, hereby waives and agrees not to assert any claim against Agent based on the roles, duties and legal relationships expressly disclaimed in clauses (a) through (c) of this sentence.

Section 12.2 Binding Effect . Each Lender and Holder, by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, agrees that (a) any action taken by Agent (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Holders) in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, (b) any action taken by Agent in reliance upon the instructions of Required Lenders (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Holders) and (c) the exercise by Agent (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Holders) of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders and Holders.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

92


Section 12.3 Use of Discretion . Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take, or to omit to take, any action, including with respect to enforcement or collection, except any action it is required to take or omit to take (a) under any Transaction Document or (b) pursuant to instructions from all the Holders, when expressly required hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent shall not be required to take, or to omit to take, any action (a) unless, upon demand, Agent receives an indemnification satisfactory to it from the Lenders and/or Holders (or, to the extent applicable and acceptable to Agent, any other Person) against all liabilities that, by reason of such action or omission, may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent or any of its Related Parties or (b) that is, in the opinion of Agent or its counsel, contrary to any Transaction Document or applicable Requirement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents against the Credit Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, Agent in accordance with the Transaction Documents for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Holders; provided , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, (b) any Lender or Holder from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 13.17(a) or (c) any Lender or Holder from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Credit Party under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law; and provided , further that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, then (A) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to Agent pursuant to Article 10 and (B) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 13.17(a), any Lender or Holder may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

Section 12.4 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may execute any of its respective duties under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents by or through agents or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in fact selected by the Agent with reasonable care.

Section 12.5 Exculpatory Provisions . Neither the Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement (except for actions occasioned by its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Holders or Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or for any failure of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Holder or any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or of any other Transaction Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

93


Section 12.6 Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless the Agent shall have actual notice of any transferee. The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Holders) as it deems appropriate, if any, or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders and Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct (each as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction). The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Holders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Holders and Lenders and all future Holders and Lenders. Without limiting the foregoing, Agent:

(a) shall not be responsible or otherwise incur liability for any action or omission taken in reliance upon the instructions of the Required Lenders or for the actions or omissions of any of its Related Parties selected with reasonable care (other than employees, officers and directors of Agent, when acting on behalf of Agent);

(b) shall not be responsible to any Lender, Holder or other Person for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, effectiveness, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Transaction Document; and

(c) makes no warranty or representation, and shall not be responsible, to any Lender, Holder or other Person for any statement, document, information, representation or warranty made or furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any Related Party of any Credit Party in connection with any Transaction Document or any transaction contemplated therein or any other document or information with respect to any Credit Party, whether or not transmitted or omitted to be transmitted by Agent, including as to completeness, accuracy, scope or adequacy thereof, or for the scope, nature or results of any due diligence performed by Agent in connection with the Transaction Documents;

and, for each of the items set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above, each Lender, Holder and Credit Party hereby waives and agrees not to assert (and Borrowers shall cause each other Credit Party to waive and agree not to assert) any right, claim or cause of action it might have against Agent based thereon.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

94


Section 12.7 Notices of Default . The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder or under any other Transaction Document unless it has received notice of such Event of Default in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or notice from a Holder, a Lender or the Borrowers referring to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents describing such Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Agent receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Holders and Lenders. The Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Holders and Lenders, except to the extent that other provisions of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents expressly require that any such action be taken or not be taken only with the consent and authorization or upon the request of all the Holders.

Section 12.8 Non Reliance on the Agent and Other Holders . Each of the Holders and Lenders expressly acknowledges that neither the Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact, Subsidiaries or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent to any Holder or Lender. Each of the Holders and Lenders represents that it has made and will continue to make, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Holder or Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Holders and Lenders by the Agent hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Holder or Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries which may come into the possession of the Agent or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact, Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

Section 12.9 Indemnification . Each of the Holders and Lenders hereby agrees to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to the respective amounts of their Notes, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Notes) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Holder or Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent they result from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

95


judgment or order. The agreements in this Section 12.9 shall survive the payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder and the termination of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 12.10 The Agent in Its Individual Capacity . The Agent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries as though the Agent were not an Agent hereunder. With respect to any Note issued to it, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as any Holder or Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Holders” and “Lenders” shall include the Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 12.11 Resignation of the Agent; Successor Agent . The Agent may resign as Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days advance notice thereof to the Holders and Lenders and the Borrowers and, thereafter, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, then the Agent may, on behalf of the Holders and Lenders, appoint a successor Agent reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 12.11 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent. If no successor has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Required Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the resignation of the Agent may, at the election of the Agent upon prior written notice thereof to the Last Out Note Holders and the Borrower Representative, be effective immediately upon the date that no Credit Exposure exists (other than Credit Exposure with respect to the US Last Out Term Notes). Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation under the immediately preceding sentence, Last Out Note Holders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding principal balance of the US Last Out Term Notes shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. From and following the effectiveness of such notice, (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as Last Out Note Holders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding principal balance of the US Last Out Term Notes appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 12.11.

Section 12.12 Reimbursement by Holders and Lenders . To the extent that the Borrowers for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 13.1 or Section 13.12 to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Holder and Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Holder’s or Lender’s applicable

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

96


percentage thereof (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. For the purposes of this Section 12.12, the “applicable percentage” of a Holder or a Lender shall be the percentage of the total aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Notes held by such Holder or Lender at such time.

Section 12.13 Withholding . To the extent required by any Requirement, Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender or Holder under a Transaction Document an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax (including withholding Taxes imposed under Chapters 3 and 4 of Subtitle A of the Code). If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender or Holder (because the appropriate certification form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or fails to establish an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax with respect to a particular type of payment, or because such Lender or Holder failed to notify Agent or any other Person of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, failed to maintain a Participant Register or for any other reason), or Agent reasonably determines that it was required to withhold taxes from a prior payment but failed to do so, such Lender or Holder shall promptly indemnify Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and together with all expenses incurred by Agent, including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses. Agent may offset against any payment to any Lender or Holder under a Transaction Document, any applicable withholding tax that was required to be withheld from any prior payment to such Lender or Holder but which was not so withheld, as well as any other amounts for which Agent is entitled to indemnification from such Lender or Holder under this Section 12.13.

Section 12.14 Release of Collateral or Guarantors . Each Lender and Holder hereby consents to the release and hereby directs Agent to release (or, in the case of clause (b)(ii) below, release or subordinate) the following:

(a) any Subsidiary of a Borrower (other than a Subsidiary that is itself a Borrower) from its guaranty of any Obligation if all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary owned by any Credit Party are sold or transferred in a transaction permitted under the Transaction Documents (including pursuant to a waiver or consent), to the extent that, after giving effect to such transaction, such Subsidiary would not be required to guaranty any Obligations; and

(b) any Lien held by Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and Holders against (i) any Collateral that is sold, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of by a Credit Party in a transaction permitted by the Transaction Documents (including pursuant to a valid waiver or consent), to the extent all Liens required to be granted in such Collateral pursuant to this Agreement after giving effect to such transaction have been granted, (ii) any property subject to a Lien permitted hereunder in reliance upon clause (xiii) of the definition of Permitted Liens and (iii) all of the Collateral and all Credit Parties, upon (A) indefeasible payment in full in cash of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

97


the Obligations under the Transaction Documents and termination of the Transaction Documents (including all commitments (if any) to lend hereunder and (B) to the extent requested by Agent, receipt by Agent and the Lenders and Holders of liability releases from the Credit Parties each in form and substance acceptable to Agent.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1 Payment of Expenses . The Credit Parties shall reimburse the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees (whether for internal or outside counsel), incurred by the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders in connection with (i) the investigation, development, preparation, negotiation, syndication, execution, interpretation or administration of, any modification of any term of or termination of, this Agreement and any other Transaction Document, any commitment or proposal letter therefor, any other document prepared in connection therewith or the consummation and administration of any transaction contemplated therein, and any other transactions between the Credit Parties and the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders, including, without limitation, UCC and other public record searches and filings, overnight courier or other express or messenger delivery, appraisal costs, surveys, title insurance and environmental audit or review (including due diligence review) costs; provided , that the aggregate amount of such cost and expenses which shall be required to be reimbursed under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents with regard to all matters through and including the Second Restatement Closing Date shall not exceed $100,000; (ii) the collection, protection or enforcement of any rights in or to the Collateral; (iii) the collection of any Obligations; (iv) the administration and enforcement of Agent’s, any Lender’s and any Holder’s rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including, without limitation, any costs and expenses of any third party provider engaged by Agent, the Lenders or the Holders for such purposes, and any costs and expenses incurred in connection with the forbearance of any of the rights and remedies of the Agent, the Lenders and any Holders hereunder); (v) any refinancing or restructuring of the Notes whether in the nature of a “work-out,” in any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise, and whether or not consummated; (vi) the assignment, transfer or syndication of the Notes; and (vii) any liability for any Non-Excluded Taxes, if any, including any interest and penalties, and any finder’s or brokerage fees, commissions and expenses (other than any fees, commissions or expenses of finders or brokers engaged by the Agent, the Lenders and/or the Holders), that may be payable in connection with the purchase of the Notes contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Credit Parties shall also pay all normal service charges with respect to all accounts maintained by the Credit Parties with the Lenders and/or the Holders and any additional services requested by the Credit Parties from the Lenders and/or the Holders. All such costs, expenses and charges shall constitute Obligations hereunder, shall be payable by the Credit Parties to the applicable Lenders or Holders on demand, and, until paid, shall bear interest at the highest rate then applicable to the Notes hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, if (a) any Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement or is collected or enforced through any legal proceeding or any Holder or Lender otherwise takes action to collect amounts due under such Note or to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or such Note or (b) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of any Credit Party or other

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

98


proceedings affecting creditors’ rights and involving a claim under this Agreement or such Note, then the Credit Parties shall pay the costs incurred by such Holder or such Lender for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (including such fees and disbursements related to seeking relief from any stay, automatic or otherwise, in effect under any Bankruptcy Law).

Section 13.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury Trial . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in Wilmington, Delaware, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 13.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to each other party; provided that a facsimile or .pdf signature shall be considered due execution and shall be binding upon the signatory thereto with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original, not a facsimile or .pdf signature.

Section 13.4 Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

Section 13.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

Section 13.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents supersede all other prior oral or written agreements between the Agent, the Holders, the Lenders, the Credit Parties, their Affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein and therein, and this Agreement, the other

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

99


Transaction Documents and the instruments referenced herein and therein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, none of the Credit Parties or the Agent, any Holder or any Lender makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement, the Securities or any of the other Transaction Documents may be amended or waived other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Credit Parties and the Agent ( provided , that no amendment or waiver hereof shall (a) extend the Maturity Date of any Note (it being agreed that, for purposes of clarification, mandatory redemptions pursuant to Section 2.3(b) may be postponed, delayed, reduced, waived or modified in accordance with Section 2.3(d) or otherwise with the consent of the Agent), (b) decrease the amount or rate of interest (it being agreed that waiver of the Default Rate shall only require the consent of the Agent), premium, principal or other amounts payable hereunder or under any Note or forgive or waive any such payment (it being agreed that mandatory redemptions pursuant to Section 2.3(b) may be postponed, delayed, reduced, waived or modified in accordance with Section 2.3(d) or otherwise with the consent of the Agent), (c) modify this Section 13.6, or (d) disproportionately and adversely affect any Lender or Holder as compared to other Lenders or Holders, in each case, without the consent of all Holders directly affected thereby), and any amendment or waiver to this Agreement made in conformity with the provisions of this Section 13.6 shall be binding on all Lenders and all Holders, as applicable. None of the Credit Parties has, directly or indirectly, made any agreements with the Agent, any Lenders or any Holders relating to the terms or conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents except as set forth in the Transaction Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Credit Parties confirms that, except as set forth in this Agreement, none of Agent, any Lender or any Holder has made any commitment or promise or has any other obligation to provide any financing to the Credit Parties or otherwise. Whether or not it is held that the foregoing provisions are enforceable in any Insolvency Proceeding pertaining to any Borrower or any other Credit Party, (i) no Last Out Note Holder shall assert any claim, motion, objection or argument in respect of US Last Out Term Notes that could otherwise be asserted or raised in any Insolvency Proceeding by a Lender or Holder, except to the extent such Person is not being treated ratably with all other Last Out Note Holders and (ii) in connection with the voting of any plan in any such proceeding, (x) if Lenders (that are not Last Out Note Holders) holding greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) in amount and at least fifty percent (50%) in number of the claims of such Lenders (that are not Last Out Note Holders) vote in favor of a plan, each Last Out Note Holder shall vote its claim in respect of US Last Out Term Notes in favor of such plan and (y) no Last Out Note Holder shall vote its claim in respect of US Last Out Term Notes in favor of any plan that is not supported by those Lenders (that are not Last Out Note Holders) holding greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) in amount and at least fifty percent (50%) in number of the claims of such Lenders (that are not Last Out Note Holders).

Section 13.7 Notices . Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided, confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) or e-mail (provided, confirmation of receipt is verified by return email from the receiver or by other written means); or (iii) one Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses, facsimile numbers and e-mail addresses for such communications shall be:

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

100


If to any of the Credit Parties:

 

  c/o Elevate Credit, Inc.
  4150 International Plaza, Suite 400
  Fort Worth, Texas 76109
  USA
  Attention:    Chief Executive Officer
  Facsimile:    817-546-2700
  E-Mail:    krees@elevate.com

with a copy (for informational purposes only) to:

 

  Coblentz, Patch, Duffy & Bass LLP
  One Montgomery Street, Suite 3000
  San Francisco, California 94104
  USA
  Telephone:    (415) 391-4800
  Facsimile:    (415) 989-1663
  Attention:    Paul J. Tauber, Esq.
  E-Mail:    pjt@cpdb.com

and a copy (for informational purposes only) to:

 

  Walker Morris LLP
  Kings Court, 12 King Street, Leeds, LS1 2HL
  Telephone:    +44 (0)113 283 2504
  Attention:    Michael Taylor, Partner
  E-Mail:    michael.taylor@walkermorris.co.uk

If to the Agent:

 

  Victory Park Management, LLC
  227 W. Monroe Street, Suite 3900
  Chicago, Illinois 60606
  USA
  Telephone:    (312) 705-2786
  Facsimile:    (312) 701-0794
  Attention:    Scott R. Zemnick, General Counsel
  E-mail:    szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

101


with a copy (for informational purposes only) to:

 

  Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
  525 West Monroe Street
  Chicago, Illinois 60661
  USA
  Telephone:    (312) 902-5297 and (312) 902-5495
  Facsimile:    (312) 577-8964 and (312) 577-8854
  Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann, Esq. and Scott E. Lyons, Esq.
  E-mail:    mg@kattenlaw.com and scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

If to a Lender, to its address, facsimile number and e-mail address set forth on the Schedule of Lenders , with copies to such Lender’s representatives as set forth on the Schedule of Lenders ,

If to a Holder (that is not also a Lender), to the address, facsimile number and e-mail address as such Holder has specified by written notice given to each other party at the time such Holder has become a Holder hereunder,

or to such other address, facsimile number and/or e-mail address and/or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by written notice given to each other party five days prior to the effectiveness of such change. Written confirmation of receipt (A) given by the recipient of such notice, consent, waiver or other communication, (B) mechanically or electronically generated by the sender’s facsimile machine containing the time, date, recipient facsimile number and an image of the first page of such transmission or (C) provided by an overnight courier service shall be rebuttable evidence of personal service, receipt by facsimile or receipt from an overnight courier service in accordance with clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, respectively.

Section 13.8 Successors and Assigns; Participants . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, including any purchasers of the Notes or the Conversion Shares. None of the Credit Parties shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Agent, including by way of a Change of Control. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7, 2.8 and 2.9 hereof, a Lender or Holder may assign some or all of its rights and obligations hereunder in connection with the transfer of any of its Notes or Conversion Shares to any Person (an “ Assignee ”), with the prior written consent of the Agent and, so long as no Event of Default exists, the Borrower Representative (which consent of the Borrower Representative shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and neither of which consents shall be required for an assignment by (i) a Lender to an Assignee that is (A) another Lender or Holder or (B) an Affiliate of such assigning Lender or (ii) a Holder to an Assignee that is (A) another Holder or Lender or (B) an Affiliate of such assigning Holder); provided , however , that (a) the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof, (b) for purposes of clarification, the Borrower Representative hereby consents to any such assignment (including, without limitation, a Principal Only Assignment (as defined below)) to each of (i) SJ VP Investments LLC, (ii) Raven Asset-Based Opportunity Fund I, LP, (iii) VPC Offshore Unleveraged Private Debt Fund, L.P., (iv) VPC Investor Fund A LP, (v) The Green

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

102


Foundation, (vi) Thomas Lee Morris and/or (vii) their respective Affiliates, and (c) anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the UK Term Notes may not be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, within the United Kingdom or to, or for the account or benefit of a Person within the United Kingdom and no transfer of UK Term Notes made in breach of this restriction will be registered by the UK Borrower. Each such permitted Assignee shall be deemed to be the Lender (or, as provided below, a Holder) hereunder with respect to such assigned rights and obligations, and the Credit Parties shall ensure that such transferee is registered as a Holder and that any Liens on the Collateral shall be for the benefit of such Holder (as well as the other Holders of Notes). For purposes of clarification, a Lender may assign all or a portion of such Lender’s outstanding Notes (and its corresponding rights and obligations hereunder in connection therewith) with or without an assignment of all or a portion of such Lender’s portion of the applicable Commitments. Any Assignee of all or a portion of a Lender’s outstanding Notes (and its corresponding rights and obligations hereunder in connection therewith) who shall not have also been assigned all or a portion of such Lender’s Commitment(s) (such assignment, a “ Principal Only Assignment ”), shall be deemed a “Holder” and not a “Lender” hereunder, and all or such portion of the Notes held by such Lender that shall have been assigned to such Holder pursuant to the Principal Only Assignment shall be evidenced by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and, if requested by such Holder, a Note payable to such Holder in an amount equal to the principal amount of outstanding Notes as shall have been assigned to such Holder pursuant to such Principal Only Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, any Assignee of a Principal Only Assignment shall have no obligation to fund or advance any draws under this Agreement or any Note. For purposes of determining whether the Borrowers have reached the Maximum US Term Note Commitment, Maximum UK Term Note Commitment, Maximum US Last Out Term Note Commitment, Maximum Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Commitment and/or Maximum US Convertible Term Note Commitment hereunder, any principal amount of Notes outstanding with respect to a Principal Only Assignment shall be included in such determination. In connection with any permitted assignment by a Holder of some or all of its rights and obligations hereunder, upon the request of such Holder, the Borrowers shall cause to be delivered to the Assignee thereof either (i) a letter from Outside Legal Counsel indicating that it may rely upon the opinion letter delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.1(f)(i) or (ii) an opinion from other legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Assignee to the effect of such opinion letter, in either case dated on or before the effective date of such assignment. In addition to the other rights provided in this Section 13.8, each Lender may, without notice to or consent from Agent or the Borrower Representative, sell participations to one or more Persons in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the Transaction Documents (including all its rights and obligations with respect to the Notes); provided, however, that, whether as a result of any term of any Transaction Document or of such participation, (i) no such participant shall have a commitment, or be deemed to have made an offer to commit, to fund draws under the Notes hereunder, and, except as provided in the applicable participation agreement, none shall be liable for any obligation of such Lender hereunder, (ii) such Lender’s rights and obligations, and the rights and obligations of the Credit Parties and the Agent and other Lenders towards such Lender, under any Transaction Document shall remain unchanged and each other party hereto shall continue to deal solely with such Lender, which shall remain the holder of the applicable Obligations in the Register, except that each such participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Section 2.6; provided , however , that in no case shall a participant have the right to enforce any of the terms of any Transaction Document,

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

103


and (iii) the consent of such participant shall not be required (either directly, as a restraint on such Lender’s ability to consent hereunder or otherwise) for any amendments, waivers or consents with respect to any Transaction Document or to exercise or refrain from exercising any powers or rights such Lender may have under or in respect of the Transaction Documents (including the right to enforce or direct enforcement of the Obligations). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Notes or other obligations under the Transaction Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided , that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Transaction Document) to any Person other than Agent except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, Agent shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

Section 13.9 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

Section 13.10 Survival . The representations, warranties, agreements and covenants of the Credit Parties and the Lenders contained in the Transaction Documents shall survive the Second Restatement Closing. Each Lender and each Holder shall be responsible only for its own agreements and covenants hereunder.

Section 13.11 Further Assurances . Each Credit Party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 13.12 Indemnification . In consideration of the Agent’s and each Lender’s execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and acquisition of the Securities hereunder and in addition to all of the Credit Parties’ other obligations under the Transaction Documents, subject to the 956 Limitations, the Credit Parties shall jointly and severally defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, each Lender, each other Holder, each of their respective Affiliates and all of their stockholders, partners, members, officers, directors, employees and direct or indirect investors and any of the foregoing Persons’ agents or other representatives (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Indemnitee is a party to the action for

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

104


which indemnification hereunder is sought), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), incurred by any Indemnitee as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (a) any misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party in this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (b) any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of any Credit Party contained in this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (c) the present or former status of any Credit Party as a U.S. real property holding corporation for federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if applicable, (d) the Program and the Requirements and transactions otherwise contemplated by or further described in the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, as a result of any litigation or administrative proceeding before any court or governmental or administrative body presently pending or threatened against any Indemnitee as a result of or arising from the foregoing, (e) the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed on amounts payable under the Transaction Documents paid by such Indemnitee and any liabilities arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes were correctly or legally asserted, (f) any improper use or disclosure or unlawful use or disclosure of Customer Information by a Credit Party or (g) any cause of action, suit or claim brought or made against such Indemnitee by a third party (including for these purposes a derivative action brought on behalf of any Credit Party) and arising out of or resulting from (i) the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of the Securities, or (iii) the status of such Lender or Holder as a lender to the Borrowers pursuant to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. To the extent that the foregoing undertakings by the Credit Parties may be unenforceable for any reason, the Credit Parties shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. No Credit Party shall assert, and each waives, any claim against the Indemnitees on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement of any of the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The agreements in this Section 13.12 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 13.13 No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

Section 13.14 Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of the Agent, any Holder or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or any of the other Transaction Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege.

Section 13.15 Payment Set Aside . To the extent that any of the Credit Parties makes a payment or payments to the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders hereunder or pursuant to any of

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

105


the other Transaction Documents or the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders enforce or exercise their rights hereunder or thereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to any of the Credit Parties, a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any law (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, foreign, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

Section 13.16 Independent Nature of the Lenders’ and the Holders’ Obligations and Rights . The obligations of each Lender and each Holder under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Lender or Holder, and no Lender or Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Lender or Holder under any Transaction Document. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by the Agent, any Lender or Holder pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Agent, the Lenders and/or the Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Agent, the Holders and/or the Lenders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and each of the Credit Parties acknowledges that the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders are not acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Each Lender and each Holder confirms that it has independently participated in the negotiation of the transactions contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors. Each Lender and each Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of any other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender or Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

Section 13.17 Set-off; Sharing of Payments .

(a) Each of Agent, each Lender, each Holder and each Affiliate (including each branch office thereof) of any of them is hereby authorized, without notice or demand (each of which is hereby waived by each Credit Party), at any time and from time to time during the continuance of any Event of Default and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements, to set off and apply any and all deposits (whether general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness, claims or other obligations at any time owing by Agent, such Lender, such Holder or any of their respective Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or any other Credit Party against any Obligation of any Credit Party now or hereafter existing, whether or not any demand was made under any Transaction Document with respect to such Obligation and even though such Obligation may be unmatured. No Lender or Holder shall exercise any such right of setoff without the prior consent of Agent. Each of Agent, each Lender and each Holder agrees promptly to notify the Borrower Representative and Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, Holder or its Affiliates; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights under this Section 13.7(a) are in addition to any other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or their Affiliates, may have.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

106


(b) If any Lender or Holder, directly or through an Affiliate or branch office thereof, obtains any payment of any Obligation of any Credit Party (whether voluntary, involuntary or through the exercise of any right of setoff or the receipt of any Collateral or “proceeds” (as defined under the applicable UCC) of Collateral) other than pursuant to Sections 2.6 or 13.8 and such payment exceeds the amount such Lender or Holder would have been entitled to receive if all payments had gone to, and been distributed by, Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, such Lender or Holder shall purchase for cash from other Lenders or Holders such participations in their Obligations as necessary for such Lender or Holder to share such excess payment with such Lenders or Holders to ensure such payment is applied as though it had been received by Agent and applied in accordance with this Agreement (or, if such application would then be at the discretion of the Borrower Representative, applied to repay the Obligations in accordance herewith); provided , however , that (i) if such payment is rescinded or otherwise recovered from such Lender or Holder in whole or in part, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price therefor shall be returned to such Lender or Holder without interest and (ii) such Lender or Holder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements, be able to exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender or Holder were the direct creditor of the applicable Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

Section 13.18 Reserved .

Section 13.19 Reaffirmation . Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement is not intended to and shall not serve to effect a novation of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Original Financing Agreement). Instead, it is the express intention of the parties hereto to reaffirm the indebtedness, obligations and liabilities created under the Original Financing Agreement and the US Term Notes, which are evidenced by the US Term Notes and secured by the Collateral. Each Credit Party acknowledges and confirms that the Liens and security interests granted pursuant to the Security Documents secure the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Credit Parties to the Agent, the Lenders and Holders under the US Term Notes and the Original Financing Agreement, as Second Amended and Restated pursuant to the Notes and this Agreement, respectively (except that the grants of security interests, mortgages and Liens under and pursuant to the Security Documents shall continue unaltered, and each other Transaction Document shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms unless otherwise amended by the parties thereto, and the parties hereto hereby ratify and confirm the terms thereof as being in full force and effect and unaltered by this Agreement), and that the term “Obligations” as used in the Transaction Documents (or any other term used therein to describe or refer to the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Credit Parties to the Agent and the Lenders and Holders) includes the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement and the Notes delivered hereunder, and under the US Term Notes and the Original Financing Agreement, as Second Amended and Restated pursuant to the Notes and this Agreement, respectively, as the same further may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time. The Transaction Documents and all agreements, instruments and documents executed or delivered in connection with any of the foregoing shall each be deemed to be amended to the extent necessary to give

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

107


effect to the provisions of this Section 13.19. Each reference to the “Financing Agreement” or the “Notes” in any Transaction Document shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement and the Notes issued hereunder, respectively (as each may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time). Cross-references in the Transaction Documents to particular section numbers in the Original Financing Agreement shall be deemed to be cross-references to the corresponding sections, as applicable, of this Agreement.

Section 13.20 Release of Agent and Lenders . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, each Credit Party voluntarily, knowingly, unconditionally and irrevocably, with specific and express intent, for and on behalf of itself, its managers, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, Affiliates, agents, representatives, auditors, attorneys, successors and assigns, fiduciaries, principals, investment managers, investors and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the Releasing Parties ”), hereby fully and completely releases and forever discharges Agent, each Lender, each Holder, their respective successors and assigns and their respective directors, officers, agents, employees, advisors, shareholders, attorneys and Affiliates and any other Person or insurer which may be responsible or liable for the acts or omissions of any of them, or who may be liable for the injury or damage resulting therefrom (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), of and from any and all actions, causes of action, damages, claims, obligations, liabilities, costs, expenses and demands of any kind whatsoever, at law or in equity, matured or unmatured, vested or contingent, that any of the Releasing Parties has against any of the Released Parties as of the date hereof. Each Credit Party acknowledges the foregoing release is a material inducement to Agent, each Lender’s and each Holder’s decision to extend to Borrowers the financial accommodations hereunder and has been relied upon by the Agent, each Holder and each Lender in agreeing to purchase the Notes.

Section 13.21 Buy-Out Option . Each Last Out Note Holder hereby agrees that:

(a) at any time on or after the date that the Agent shall have voted in favor of any waiver, amendment, consent, request or election relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document that requires the affirmative vote of each of the Last Out Note Holders under Section 13.6 of this Agreement, which affirmative vote of each of the Last Out Note Holders shall not have been received (the “ Holdout Buy-Out ”) (the Last Out Note Holders (who failed to provide such vote) whose interest in the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes that the First Out Note Holders elect to purchase in connection with the Holdout Buy-Out, each a “ Holdout Last Out Note Holder ” and collectively, the “ Holdout Last Out Note Holders ”), then any of the First Out Note Holders (each, a “ Committed First Out Note Holder ” and collectively, the “ Committed First Out Note Holders ”) shall have the right by giving a written notice (a “ First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice ”; it being understood that the First Out Note Holders shall have no obligation to send a First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice) to the Last Out Note Holders to acquire (ratably in proportion to their respective pro rata shares of the First Out Notes or as shall otherwise be determined by the Agent) on or before the date that is 10 Business Days after the date of the Last Out Note Holders’ receipt of such First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice, from the Last Out Note Holders of the right, title, and interest of the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, of the Holdout Last Out Note Holders only) in and to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes; provided , however , that if any First Out

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

108


Note Holder elects not to participate in the buy-out contemplated by this Section 13.21, any other First Out Note Holder (or such other Person(s) designated by the Agent) may purchase the ratable portion of the US Last Out Term Notes and/or the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes, as applicable, that such declining First Out Note Holder otherwise would have been entitled to purchase.

(b) Upon the receipt by the Last Out Note Holders of the First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice, the Committed First Out Note Holders that have elected to participate in the buy-out contemplated in this Section 13.21 shall irrevocably be committed to acquire from the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, from the Holdout Last Out Note Holders only) on the date specified by the First Out Note Holders in the First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice (which date shall be within 10 Business Days after receipt by the Last Out Note Holders of the First Out Committed Buy-Out Notice) all (but not less than all) of the right, title, and interest of the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, from the Holdout Last Out Note Holders only) in and to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Notes by paying to the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, the applicable Holdout Last Out Note Holder only), in cash a purchase price (the “ First Out Purchase Price ”) equal to the sum of:

(i) 100% of the outstanding balance with respect to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, 100% of the Holdout Last Out Note Holders’ pro rata share of the outstanding balance with respect to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes), including, without limitation, principal, interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and any unpaid fees, to the extent earned or due and payable in accordance with the Transaction Documents, and

(ii) all expenses to the extent owing to the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, to the Holdout Last Out Note Holders only) in accordance with the Transaction Documents;

whereupon the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, the Holdout Last Out Note Holders) shall assign to the Committed First Out Note Holders who have elected to participate in the buy-out contemplated by this Section 13.21, without any representation, recourse, or warranty whatsoever (except that each Last Out Note Holder (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, each Holdout Last Out Note Holder) shall warrant to the Committed First Out Note Holders that (A) the amount quoted by such Last Out Note Holder or such Holdout Last Out Note Holder (as the case may be) as its portion of the First Out Purchase Price represents the amount shown as owing with respect to the claims transferred as reflected on its books and records, (B) it owns, or has the right to transfer to the Committed First Out Note Holders, the rights being transferred, (C) the assets being transferred will be free and clear of Liens, and (D) no approval of any Governmental Authority is required for the sale or transfer of the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes), its right, title, and interest with respect to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes.

(c) The assignment by the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, the Holdout Last Out Note Holders) of their right, title, and interest with

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

109


respect to the US Last Out Term Notes and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes shall be at no expense to the First Out Note Holders. In connection with such assignment, the applicable Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, the Holdout Last Out Note Holders) shall deliver to the First Out Note Holders their original US Last Out Term Notes and Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes and shall execute such other customary documents, instruments, and agreements reasonably necessary to effect such assignment, whereupon the Last Out Note Holders (or, with respect to the Holdout Buy-Out, the Holdout Last Out Note Holders) shall be relieved from any further duties, obligations, or liabilities to the First Out Note Holders pursuant to this Agreement.

(d) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each First Out Note Holder and each Last Out Note Holder hereby agree that the Committed First Out Note Holders may (i) subject to the terms of this Agreement, assign and delegate to any assignee any of the rights and obligations acquired by the First Out Note Holders as a result of the exercise of their rights pursuant to this Section 13.21 and (ii) offer the right to each other First Out Note Holder to participate in such purchase by the First Out Note Holders pursuant to this Section 13.21 in proportion to their respective pro rata shares of the First Out Notes.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

110


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

US TERM NOTE BORROWER :
RISE SPV, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Term Note Borrower
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware
  Corporation, its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President
UK BORROWER :

ELEVATE CREDIT INTERNATIONAL LTD.,

a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905, as the UK Term Note Borrower

By:  

/s/ Jason Harvison

Name:   Jason Harvison
Title:   Director and Chairman
US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER :

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower

By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

US CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTE BORROWER :
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as the US Convertible Term Note Borrower
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

GUARANTORS :
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.
ELASTIC FINANCIAL, LLC
ELEVATE DECISION SCIENCES, LLC

RISE CREDIT, LLC

FINANCIAL EDUCATION, LLC

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC
By: Elevate Credit, Inc., as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC
By: RISE Credit, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

GUARANTORS (CONT.), EACH AS AN “ELEVATE CREDIT SUBSIDIARY”:
RISE FINANCIAL, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ALABAMA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF CALIFORNIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF DELAWARE, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF GEORGIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF IDAHO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF KANSAS, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ILLINOIS, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MISSISSIPPI, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MISSOURI, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEVADA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEW MEXICO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NORTH DAKOTA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH CAROLINA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH DAKOTA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF UTAH, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF VERMONT, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF VIRGINIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ARIZONA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF COLORADO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MARYLAND, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF OKLAHOMA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF OREGON, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEBRASKA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF LOUISIANA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF TEXAS, LLC
By:   RISE SPV, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

GUARANTORS (CONT.), EACH AS AN “ELEVATE CREDIT SUBSIDIARY”:

ELASTIC@WORK, LLC

ELEVATE@WORK ADMINISTRATION, LLC

ELEVATE@WORK, LLC
By:   Elastic Financial, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AGENT:
VICTORY PARK MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory
LENDERS:
VPC SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND III ONSHORE, L.P.
By:   VPC Special Opportunities Fund III GP, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   VPC Special Opportunities III UGP, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC SPECIALTY FINANCE FUND I, L.P.
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund GP I, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund UGP I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

LENDERS (CON’T.)
VPC OFFSHORE SPECIALTY FINANCE FUND I, L.P.
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund GP I, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund UGP I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC INVESTOR FUND A, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory
VPC INVESTOR FUND B, LLC
By:   VPC Investor Fund GP B, L.P.
Its:   Managing Member
By:   VPC Investor Fund UGP B, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

LENDERS (CON’T.)
VPC INVESTOR FUND C, L.P.
By:   VPC Investor Fund GP C, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   VPC Investor Fund UGP C, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC SPECIALTY LENDING FUND (NE), L.P.
By:   Next Edge Specialty Finance Corp.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Manager (pursuant to powers of attorney granted in the Investment management Agreement)
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC SPECIALTY LENDING INVESTMENTS PLC
By:   Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused its signature page to this Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

LENDERS (CON’T.)
VPC SPECIALTY LENDING FUND (NE), LTD.
By:  

/s/ Jordan Allen

Name:   Jordan Allen
Title:   Director
VPC SPECIALTY LENDING INVESTMENTS INTERMEDIATE, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE OF LENDERS

 

  1. US Term Notes

 

(1)    (2)   (3)    (4)    (5)
Lender    Address and Facsimile Number  

  Commitment  
to Fund
Draws under
US Term

Notes:

  

Outstanding
Principal
Amount

under US
  Term Notes as  
of Second
Restatement
Closing:

  

  Legal Representative’s Address and  

Facsimile Number

         
VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.    227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick
E-mail:  szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]    [****]    Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661
Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

 

         
VPC Specialty Lending Fund (NE), Ltd.    227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]    [****]    Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

 

         
[****]    [****]   [****]    [****]    [****]
         
[****]    [****]   [****]    [****]    [****]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 1


(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)    (5)
Lender    Address and Facsimile Number   

  Commitment  
to Fund
Draws under
US Term

Notes:

  

Outstanding
Principal
Amount

under US
  Term Notes as  
of Second
Restatement
Closing:

  

  Legal Representative’s Address and  

Facsimile Number

         
VPC Investor Fund A LP   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail:  szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]    [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP 525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Investor Fund B, LLC   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]    [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com                      scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Investor Fund C LP   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]    [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com                      scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
[****]    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]
         
[****]    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]
         
          Aggregate Commitment to Fund Draws under US Term Notes: $250,000,000   

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount under

US Term Notes as of Second Restatement Closing: $197,000,000

    

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 2


  2. UK Term Notes

 

(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)   (5)
Lender   Address and Facsimile Number   Commitment
to Fund
Draws under
UK Term
Notes:
  Outstanding
Principal
Amount
under UK
  Term Notes as  
of Second
Restatement
Closing:
 

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

         
VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Offshore Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Investor Fund B, LLC  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 3


(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)   (5)
Lender   Address and Facsimile Number   Commitment
to Fund
Draws under
UK Term
Notes:
  Outstanding
Principal
Amount
under UK
Term Notes as
of Second
Restatement
Closing:
 

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

         
VPC Investor Fund C LP  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Specialty Lending Investments PLC  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
        Aggregate Commitment to Fund Draws under UK Term Notes: $50,000,000   Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount under UK Term Notes as of Second Restatement Closing: $42,300,000    

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 4


  3. US Last Out Term Notes

 

(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)   (5)
Lender   Address and Facsimile Number  

Commitment

to Fund

Draws under
US Last Out
Term Notes:

  Outstanding
Principal
Amount
under US Last
Out Term
Notes as of
Second
Restatement
Closing:
 

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

         
VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Offshore Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
VPC Special Opportunities Fund III Onshore, L.P.  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 5


(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)   (5)
Lender   Address and Facsimile Number   Commitment
to Fund
Draws under
US Last Out
Term Notes:
  Outstanding
Principal
Amount
under US Last
Out Term
Notes as of
Second
Restatement
Closing:
 

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

         
VPC Investor Fund B, LLC  

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

  [****]   [****]  

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

         
        Aggregate Commitment to Fund Draws under US Last Out Term Notes: $45,000,000   Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount under US Last Out Term Notes as of Second Restatement Closing: $45,000,000    

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 6


  4. Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes

 

(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)
Lender    Address and Facsimile Number    Commitment
to Fund Draws
under Fourth
Tranche US
  Last Out Term  
Notes:
  

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

       
VPC Special Finance Fund I, L.P.   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

       
VPC Investor Fund B, LLC   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 7


(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)
Lender    Address and Facsimile Number    Commitment
to Fund Draws
under Fourth
Tranche US
Last Out
Term Notes:
  

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

       
VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

       
          Aggregate Commitment to Fund Draws under Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes: $25,000,000     

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 8


  5. US Convertible Term Notes

 

(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)
Lender    Address and Facsimile Number    Commitment
  to Fund Draws  
under US
Convertible
Term Notes:
  

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

       
VPC Special Finance Fund I, L.P.   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

       
VPC Investor Fund B, LLC   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 9


(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)
Lender    Address and Facsimile Number    Commitment to
Fund Draws
under US
Convertible
Term Notes:
  

Legal Representative’s Address and

Facsimile Number

       
VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.   

227 W. Monroe Street

Suite 3900

Chicago, IL 60606

Telephone: 312.705.2786

Facsimile: 312.701.0794

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick

E-mail: szemnick@vpcadvisors.com

   [****]   

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Telephone:  (312) 902-5297

                    (312) 902-5495

Facsimile:   (312) 577-8964

                    (312) 577-8854

Attention:    Mark R. Grossmann

                    Scott E. Lyons

E-mail:         mg@kattenlaw.com

                     scott.lyons@kattenlaw.com

       
          Aggregate Commitment to Fund Draws under US Convertible Term Notes: $25,000,000     

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

Schedule - 10


Exhibit A-1

Form of Senior Secured US Term Note

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF SENIOR SECURED US TERM NOTE

 

                     , 201        Principal: U.S. $            

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, RISE SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Term Note Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2014, by and among the US Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “Financing Agreement”). The US Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Term Note (including all Senior Secured US Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is one of the Senior Secured US Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “Notes”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the US Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the US Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the US Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

THE HOLDER AND THE US TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US TERM NOTE BORROWER:
RISE SPV, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, its Sole Member
By:  

 

Name  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit A-2

Form of Senior Secured UK Term Note

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF SENIOR SECURED UK TERM NOTE

 

                     , 201        Note #8/15/14-A
   Principal: U.S. $            

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THINK FINANCE (UK) LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 (the “UK Term Note Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2014, by and among the UK Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “Financing Agreement”). The UK Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Term Note (including all Senior Secured UK Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is one of the Senior Secured UK Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “Notes”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the UK Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement; provided, this Note may not be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, within the United Kingdom or to, or for the account or benefit of a Person within the United Kingdom. No transfer of Notes made in breach of this restriction will be registered by the UK Term Note Borrower This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


registration of transfer, the UK Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the UK Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

THE HOLDER AND THE UK TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the UK Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US TERM NOTE BORROWER:
THINK FINANCE (UK) LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit A-3

Form of Senior Secured US Last Out Term Note

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF AMENDED AND SUBSTITUTE SENIOR SECURED US LAST OUT TERMNOTE

 

                     , 201        Note #8/15/14-A
   Principal: U.S. $            

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”) hereby promises to pay to or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2014, by and among the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “ Financing Agreement ”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Term Note (including all Senior Secured US Last Out Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “ Note ”) is one of the Senior Secured US Last Out Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the US Last Out Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

1


registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

It is expressly understood and agreed by the US Last Out Term Note Borrower that (i) the principal balance of this Note includes certain Obligations hitherto evidenced by that certain Senior Secured US Last Out Term Note dated as of executed by US

Last Out Term Note in favor of (the “Existing Note”), a portion of the outstanding principal under which Existing Note is now represented by this Note, and (ii) to the extent any of such Obligations are included in the principal balance of this Note, this Note (a) merely evidences such Obligations, (b) amends and is given in substitution for, and not in payment of, such portion of the Existing Note and (c) is in no way intended, and shall not be deemed or construed, to constitute a novation of all or any portion of the Existing Note.

THE HOLDER AND THE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICES, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit A-4

Form of Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT A-4

FORM OF SENIOR SECURED FOURTH TRANCHE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE

 

                     , 201        Note #6/30/16-A

Principal: U.S. $            

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Last Out Term Note Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “Financing Agreement”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium and Yield Maintenance Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note (including all Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is one of the Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “Notes”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the US Last Out Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

THE HOLDER AND THE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:    
Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit A-5

Form of Senior Secured US Convertible Term Note

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit B

Reserved.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit C

Form of Secretary’s Certificate

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SECRETARY’S AND INCUMBENCY

CERTIFICATE OF

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the Secretary of                                          (the “Company”), and that he makes this certificate on behalf of the Company, in connection with and pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement (the “Financing Agreement”), dated as of June [ ], 2016, by and among Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation, RISE SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England, and Elevate Credit, Service, LLC (collectively as the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors party thereto and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Holders, each as defined therein, (in such capacity, the “Agent”) as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete certified copy of the Certificate ofIncorporation of the Company and all amendments thereto (the “Charter”), in full force and effect on and as of the date hereof, and the Charter has not otherwise been amended, modified or repealed, and no proceedings for the amendment, modification or rescission thereof are pending or contemplated, and no other amendment or other document relating to or affecting the Charter has been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware as of the date hereof, and no action has been taken by the Company, its members, managers or officers in contemplation of the filing of any such amendment or other document or in contemplation of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

2. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”), and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof, and no proceedings for the amendment, modification or rescission thereof are pending or contemplated.

3. Attached hereto as Exhibit C are true, complete and correct copy of certain resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, relating to, among other things, the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Agreement and all other Transaction Agreements (as defined therein) to be executed in connection therewith and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and therein. All such resolutions are in full force and effect on the date hereof in the form in which adopted without amendment, modification or revocation, and no other resolutions or action by the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof have been adopted relating to the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and therein.

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true and correct copy of applicable certificate of existence and good standing issued by the appropriate governmental official in the State of Incorporation of the Company. As of the Closing Date, (a) the Company is in existence and in corporate and tax good standing in each jurisdiction where the Company is incorporated, (b) the Company does not owe franchise taxes or other taxes required to maintain their corporate

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


existence and no franchise tax reports are due, and (c) no proceedings are pending for forfeiture of the Company’s Charters or for its dissolution either voluntarily or, to my knowledge, involuntarily.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


5. Set forth below are the names of each elected or appointed officer of the Company executing the Financing Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the certificates or instruments furnished pursuant thereto, and set forth opposite the name of each officer is the position held by such officer and the genuine signature of such officer:

 

NAME

  

TITLE

  

SIGNATURE

     
     
     

[signature page to follow]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be executed as of the      day of             , 2016.

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:   Secretary

I,                     , as the President and CEO of the Company and the Subsidiaries, do hereby certify on behalf of the Company that                      is the duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting Secretary of the Company and that the signature set forth above is the genuine signature of such person.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:   President and CEO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT A

CHARTER

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT B

BYLAWS

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT C

RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT D

CERTIFICATE OF EXISTENCE AND GOOD STANDING

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit D

Form of Officer’s Certificate

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

June     , 2016

The undersigned, being the duly appointed President of RISE SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Term Note Borrower”), hereby represents, warrants and certifies, in his capacity as President of the US Term Note Borrower, to the Agent, the Holders and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(i) of the Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the US Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders identified therein and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Holders (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Financing Agreement”), as follows (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Financing Agreement):

 

  1. The representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of the date hereof (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of such specific date);

 

  2. The Credit Parties have performed, satisfied and complied in all respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by them on or prior to the date hereof;

 

  3. The conditions to the Restatement Closing specified in Section 5.1 of the Financing Agreement have been satisfied;

 

  4. No action has been taken with respect to any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Credit Parties, or with respect to the sale of substantially all of their assets, nor is any such action pending or contemplated;

 

  5. Since the Diligence Date, there has been no change which has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  6. No Event of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing or will result from the issuance of the Notes at the Restatement Closing; and

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  7. Attached hereto as Exhibit A are true, correct and complete copies of the documents listed below and such documents have not been rescinded, modified or amended and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof:

 

  (a) Form Consumer Loan Agreements; and

 

  (b) Facility Agreements.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this certificate in his capacity as President of the US Term Note Borrower, as of the date first written above.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

President of the US Term Note Borrower

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit A to Officer’s Certificate

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit E

Form of Compliance Certificate

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016 (as modified, amended, extended, restated, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Financing Agreement”) by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Term Note Borrower”), as the US Term Note Borrower, Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 (the “UK Borrower”), as the UK Borrower, Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower (“Elevate Credit” or the “US Last Out Term Note Borrower”), Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Elevate Credit Parent” or the “US Convertible Term Note Borrower”; the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower and the US Convertible Term Note Borrower, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders listed on the Schedule of Lenders attached thereto (each individually, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”) and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”) for the Lenders and the Holders (as defined therein). This certificate (this “Certificate”), together with supporting calculations attached hereto, is delivered to the Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 8.2(c) of the Financing Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Financing Agreement.

Enclosed herewith is a copy of the financial statements that are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.2( ) of the Financing Agreement for the [calendar month] [Fiscal Year] ending as of [date of end of period] (the “Computation Date”), which (i) are in accordance with the books and records of the Credit Parties, which have been maintained in such a manner as to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) are true and correct and fairly present in accordance with GAAP, the financial condition and results of operations of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the Computation Date and for the period covered thereby, subject solely in the case of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(a) of the Financing Agreement, to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosure.

I, [Name of Officer], [Title of Officer] of the Borrower Representative, do hereby certify in such capacity, on behalf of the Credit Parties, that (i) I have not become aware of any Event of Default or event or circumstance that, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Credit Parties are in compliance with each covenant set forth in Section 8 of the Financing Agreement and each representation and warranty contained in Section 7 of the Financing Agreement is true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers contained therein) as though made on such date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers contained therein) as of such specific date) and (iii) the amounts and computations set forth on Schedule A attached hereto are

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


true and correct.  [If an Event of Default exists, provide a description of it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it.]

[Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate as of this     day of             , 201  .

 

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC , as Borrower Representative
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Compliance Certificate]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE A

 

A. Section 8.1(a) — Loan to Value Ratio

 

1.    Outstanding principal amount of the First Out Notes as of the date of determination    $                
2.    Aggregate outstanding principal amount of Current Consumer Loans as of the date of determination    $                
3.    Maximum Loan to Value Ratio in effect as of the date of determination in accordance with Section 8.1(a) of Financing Agreement*    $                
4.    Product of amounts under 2 + 3    $                
5.    Aggregate unrestricted (it being agreed and acknowledged that cash collateral securing surety bonds and letters of credit posted or maintained by the Credit Parties shall be deemed to be “restricted”) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Credit Parties with respect to which Agent shall have a perfected Lien, in each case, as of the date of determination    $                
6.   

Total Value (“Borrowing Base”) (Sum of amounts under 4 + 5)

  
  

Compliance (i.e. greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00?):

     [YES/NO]   

 

* Refer to Section 8.1(a) of Financing Agreement for a determination of the Maximum Loan to Value Ratio as of the date of measurement.

 

B. Section 8.1(b) — Charge Off Rate

 

1.    Ratio of (i) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became one or more days past due but not greater than 30 days past due in the calendar month that was two full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination to (ii) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that do not have a principal payment that became past due as of the last day of the calendar month that was three   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

1


   full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination   
2.    Ratio of (i) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became 31 or more days past due but not greater than 60 days past due in the calendar month that was one full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination to (ii) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became one or more days past due but not greater than 30 days past due as of the last day of the calendar month that was two full calendar months preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination   
3.    Ratio of (i) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became 61 or more days past due but not greater than 90 days past due in the calendar month that includes such date of determination to (ii) the outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have a principal payment that became 31 or more days past due but not greater than 60 days past due as of the last day of the calendar month that was one full calendar month preceding the calendar month that includes such date of determination   
4.    Charge Off Rate (Amount under 1 multiplied by amounts under 2 and 3)   
5.    Maximum Charge Off Rate for any one month      20
  

Compliance

     [ YES/NO ]   

 

C. Section 8.1(c) — First Payment Default Rate

 

1.    Outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that have their first principal payment become one or more days past due but not greater than 30 days past due in the calendar month that includes such date of determination    $                
2.    Outstanding principal balance of Consumer Loans that do not have their first principal payment become past due in the calendar month that includes such date of determination    $                

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


3.    First Payment Default Rate (Amount under 1 divided by amount under 2)    $                
4.    Maximum First Payment Default Rate for any one calendar month      20
5.    Maximum First Payment Default Rate for two months during any three month period      17.5
  

Compliance:

     [ YES/NO ]   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

3


D. Section 8.1(d) — Corporate Cash

 

1.

   Lowest sum of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of Elevate Credit Parent with respect to which Agent has a perfected Lien since the date of most recently delivered Certificate    $                

2.

   Minimum aggregate cash balance required    $ 5,000,000   
  

Compliance:

     [ YES/NO ]   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

4


E. Section 8.1(e) — Book Value of Equity

 

1.    Total assets of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of date of determination    $                
2.    Less intangible assets of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of date of determination   
3.    Less total liabilities of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of date of determination   
4.    Book Value of Equity (Amount under 1 minus amount under 2 minus amount under 3)   
5.    Minimum required Book Value of Equity    $ 10,000,000   
  

C ompliance:

     [ YES/NO ]   

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

5


Exhibit F

Form of Notice of Borrowing

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

Victory Park Management, LLC,

as Agent under the Financing Agreement described below                                         

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June [    ], 2016 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Financing Agreement”), among RISE SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Term Note Borrower”), as the US Term Note Borrower, Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905, as the UK Borrower (the “UK Borrower”), and Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Elevate Credit” or the “US Last Out Term Note Borrower”; the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as Agent for the Lenders and the Holders, and the Lenders signatory thereto from time to time. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this letter shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Financing Agreement.

The Borrower Representative, on behalf of the applicable Borrower, hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Financing Agreement of such Borrower’s request of a drawn under the Notes (the “Proposed Draw”) under the Financing Agreement and, in that connection, sets forth the following information:

a. The amount of the Proposed Draw is $         1 under the              Notes;

b. The date of the Proposed Draw is             ,          2 (the “ Draw Date”); and

c. The proceeds of the Proposed Draw shall be disbursed in accordance with the instructions set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

The undersigned hereby certifies that attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and correct calculation (which calculation shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent) of the Borrowing Base of the Borrower as of a date no earlier than the end of

 

1   Must be in increments of not less than $100,000.
2   Must be a Permitted Draw Date.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

1


the most recently ended fiscal month and no later than the day immediately preceding the Draw Date.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true and correct on the date hereof and will be true and correct on the Draw Date, both before and after giving effect to the Proposed Draw:

i. The representations and warranties by each Credit Party contained in the Financing Agreement and in each other Transaction Document are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of the Draw Date (subject to such updates to the Schedules, if any, as are approved by the Agent in its reasonable discretion), except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, including the Restatement Closing Date (in which event such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of such earlier date);

ii. No Event of Default or event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result after giving effect to such Proposed Draw;

iii. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes does not exceed the Maximum Note Balance;

iv. The Draw Date is a Permitted Draw Date; and

v. After giving effect to the Proposed Draw, the Debt-to-Equity Ratio of the Borrower is not more than 9-to-1.

[Balance of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as the Borrower Representative
By:  

 

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit A

Instructions for Disbursement of Proceeds

[Insert]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit B

Calculation of Borrowing Base of Borrower

Borrowing Base as of, 20     3

 

A.

   the aggregate balance of the Current Consumer Loans on such date multiplied by the Maximum Loan to Value Ratio in effect as of such date in accordance with Section 8.1(a) of this Agreement; provided, that until the Charge Off Rate shall be determined for the January 31, 2014 measurement date, the Borrowing Base shall equal the aggregate balance of the Current Consumer Loans multiplied by 0.85    $                

B.

   Maximum Loan to Value Ratio in effect as of such date in accordance with Section 8.1(a) of this Agreement    $                

C.

   Product of amounts under 1 and 2    $                

D.

   Aggregate unrestricted (it being agreed and acknowledged that cash collateral securing surety bonds and letters of credit posted or maintained by the Credit Parties shall be deemed to be “restricted”) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Credit Parties with respect to which Agent shall have a perfected Lien as of the date of determination   

E.

   Borrowing Base (Sum of C and D above)    $                

 

3   To be a date no earlier than the end of the most recently ended fiscal month and no later than the day immediately preceding the Draw Date.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit G

Form of Joinder

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT G

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “Joinder Agreement”) dated as of             , 201     is executed by the undersigned for the benefit of Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”) for the Lenders and the Holders (as defined therein) in connection with that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement dated as of June [ 1, 2016 among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Term Note Borrower”), as the US Term Note Borrower, Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 (the “UK Borrower”), as the UK Borrower, Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Borrower (“Elevate Credit” or the “US Last Out Term Note Borrower”), Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Elevate   Credit Parent” or the “US Convertible Term Note Borrower”; the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower and the US Convertible Term Note Borrower, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Agent (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Financing Agreement”), that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2014 among the Borrower, Think, the other Guarantors party thereto and the Agent (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Pledge and Security Agreement”) and that certain letter agreement dated as of January 30, 2014 among the Borrower, Think, the other Assignors party thereto and the Agent (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Collateral   Assignment”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are being used herein as defined in the Financing Agreement.

The signatory hereto is required to execute this Joinder Agreement pursuant to Section 8.24 of the Financing Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees as follows:

1. The undersigned expressly assumes all the obligations of (a) a Guarantor and a Credit Party under the Financing Agreement, (b) an Obligor under the Pledge and Security Agreement and (c) an Assignor under the Collateral Assignment and agrees that such Person is (x) a Guarantor and a Credit Party under the Financing Agreement and bound as a Guarantor and a Credit Party under the terms of the Financing Agreement, (y) an Obligor under the Pledge and Security Agreement and bound as an Obligor under the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement and (z) an Assignor under the Collateral Assignment and bound as an Assignor under the terms of the Collateral Agreement, in each case, as if it had been an original signatory to the Financing Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Collateral Assignment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, the undersigned hereby mortgages, pledges and hypothecates to

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral of the undersigned subject to the provisions of the Financing Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Collateral Assignment.

2. The information set forth in Annex 1-A to this Joinder Agreement is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules A through G to the Pledge and Security Agreement.

3. The undersigned’s address and fax number for notices under the Financing Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Collateral Assignment shall be the address and fax number set forth below its signature to this Joinder Agreement.

4. This Joinder Agreement shall be deemed to be part of and a modification to, the Financing Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Collateral Assignment and shall be governed by all the terms and provisions of the Financing Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Collateral Assignment, which shall continue in full force and effect as modified hereby as a valid and binding agreement of the undersigned enforceable against such person or entity. The undersigned hereby waives notice of Agent’s acceptance of this Joinder Agreement. The undersigned will deliver an executed original of this Joinder Agreement to Agent.

5. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in the Financing Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Collateral Assignment applicable to it is true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) on and as the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifiers) as of such earlier date.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NEW CREDIT PARTY]
By:  

 

Name  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

  Attn:  

 

  Fax::  

 

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ANNEX 1-A

SCHEDULES TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE A

Principal Places of Business and Other

Collateral Locations of Obligors

 

1. Chief Executive Office

 

2. Other Collateral Locations

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE B

Recording Jurisdiction

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE C

Commercial Tort Claims

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE D

Pledged Companies

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE E

Pledged Equity

Pledged Interests as

 

Obligor

   Pledged Company      Percent of
Pledged
Interests
     Certificate No.
of Pledged
Interests
     Pledged Interests as
% of Total Issued
and Outstanding of
Pledged Company
 
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE F

Controlled Accounts

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


SCHEDULE G

Motor Vehicles

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Exhibit H

Index of Second Restatement Closing Documents

See attached.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


EXHIBIT H

INDEX OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS

 

 

VICTORY PARK — ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ELEVATE TRANSACTION

by and among

RISE SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Term Note Borrower (the “ US

Term Note Borrowe r”),

ELEVATE CREDIT INTERNATIONAL LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of

England with number 05041905 (the “ UK Borrower ”),

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out

Term Note Borrower and the Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate

Credit ” or the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrowe r”),

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the US Convertible Term Note Borrower

(“ Holdings ” or the “ US Convertible Term Note Borrower ”),

THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO,

THE LENDERS PARTY THERETO

and

VICTORY PARK MANAGEMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

as Agent (the “ Agent ”),

*        *        *

Second Restatement Closing Date: June 30, 2016

All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaning given them in the

Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement.

 

 

Items in bold indicate those to be prepared or obtained

by the Credit Parties or the Credit Parties’ counsel

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

1


I. PRINCIPAL FINANCING and COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS

 

  1. Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement by and among Agent, Lenders and the Credit Parties

 

EXHIBITS  
Exhibit A-1   Form of Senior Secured US Term Note
Exhibit A-2   Form of Senior Secured UK Term Note
Exhibit A-3   Form of Senior Secured US Last Out Term Note
Exhibit A-4   Form of Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note
Exhibit A-5   Form of Senior Secured US Convertible Term Note
Exhibit B   Reserved
Exhibit C   Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Exhibit D   Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit E   Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F   Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit G   Form of Joinder
Exhibit H   Index of Second Restatement Closing Documents
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1   Calculation of Charge Off Rate
Schedule 7.1   Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.5   Consents
Schedule 7.7   Equity Capitalization
Schedule 7.8   Indebtedness and Other Contracts
Schedule 7.12   Intellectual Property Rights
Schedule 7.22   Conduct of Business; Regulatory Permits
Schedule 7.27   ERISA and UK Pension Schemes
Schedule 7.32   Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 7.40   Material Contracts
Schedule 8.6   Existing Liens
Schedule 8.25   Existing Investments

 

2. Notes:

 

  a. Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note issued to VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P. in the original principal amount of [****]

 

  b. Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note issued to VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. in the original principal amount of [****]

 

  c. Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note issued to VPC Investor Fund B, LLC in the original principal amount of [****]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

2


  d. Senior Secured US Convertible Term Note issued to VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P. in the original principal amount of [****]

 

  e. Senior Secured US Convertible Term Note issued to VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. in the original principal amount of [****]

 

  f. Senior Secured US Convertible Term Note issued to VPC Investor Fund B, LLC in the original principal amount of [****]

 

3. Master Reaffirmation Agreement to reaffirm all obligations and agreements of the Credit Parties under all Security Documents originally executed in connection with the Original Financing Agreement

 

4. Second Amended and Restated Perfection Certificate

Schedule 1(a) Corporate Names and Tax ID

Schedule 1(b) Schedule 1(c) Schedule 2(a) Schedule 2(b) Schedule 2(c) Schedule 3(a) Schedule 3(b) Schedule 4 Schedule 5 Schedule 6 Schedule 7 Schedule 8 Trade Names Asset Acquisitions Locations of Owned Real Property Locations of Leased Real Property Title policies, legal descriptions and leases Chief Executive Office Other locations Equity Interests Debt Instruments Intellectual Property Bank Accounts Commercial Tort Claims

 

II. ANCILLARY LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

  5. Officer’s Certificate

 

  6. Solvency Certificate

 

  7. Notice of Borrowing

 

III. EQUITY DOCUMENTS

 

  8. Side Letter

 

  9. Management Rights Letters:

 

  a. VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.

 

  b. VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.

 

  c. VPC Investor Fund B, LLC

 

  10. Preferred Stockholder Consent to VPC Registration Rights

 

IV. SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATES

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

3


  11. Credit Parties - Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency) with respect to each of the Credit Parties

 

Exhibit A:    Resolutions
Exhibit B:    Charter, certified by the Secretary of State of the applicable jurisdictions of formation (or certifying no changes to charters delivered in connection with Restated Financing Agreement)
Exhibit C:    Bylaws or LLC Agreement, as applicable
Exhibit D:    Good Standing Certificates from the applicable jurisdictions of formation

 

V. LEGAL OPINION

 

  12. Opinion of Credit Parties’ US finance and equity counsel (CPDB)

VI. TAX FORM

 

  13. Tax form for VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

4


SCHEDULES

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FINANCING AGREEMENT

Schedule 1.1         Example of Calculation of Charge off Rate

 

     Jan-16      Feb-16     Mar-16     Apr-16     May-16  

Current

     201,214,655         189,555,471        184,334,972        181,571,736        192,508,621   

1 to 30

     20,326,600         17,273,597        16,105,603        18,248,465        15,014,987   

31 to 60

     13,321,317         13,751,009        11,659,889        9,223,101        11,349,986   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total < 60

     234,862,572         220,580,077        212,100,464        209,043,302        218,873,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     11,935,300         10,576,910        12,480,923        11,037,014        10,638,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rollrates

to 1-30

        8.6     8.5     9.9     8.3

to 31-60

        67.7     67.5     57.3     62.2

to C/O

        79.4     90.8     94.7     115.3

Loss Rate

        5.15     6.09     5.49     5.61

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.1          Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Sole Member

   State of
Formation
   Percent of
Subsidiary Held
Elevate Credit International Limited    Elevate Credit, Inc.    United Kingdom    100%
Elastic Financial, LLC    Elevate Credit, Inc.    Delaware    100%
Elevate Credit Service, LLC    Elevate Credit, Inc.    Delaware    100%
Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC    Elevate Credit, Inc.    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit, LLC    Elevate Credit, Inc.    Delaware    100%
RISE SPV, LLC    Elevate Credit, Inc.    Delaware    100%
Financial Education, LLC    Elevate Credit, Inc.    Delaware    100%
Rise Financial, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Alabama, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Arizona, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of California, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Colorado, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Delaware, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Texas    100%
RISE Credit of Georgia, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Idaho, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Illinois, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Kansas, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Louisiana, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Maryland, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Mississippi, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Missouri, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Nebraska, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Nevada, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of New Mexico, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of North Dakota, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Oklahoma, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Texas, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of South Carolina, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of South Dakota, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Utah, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Vermont, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit of Virginia, LLC    RISE SPV, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC    RISE Credit, LLC    Delaware    100%
RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC    RISE Credit, LLC    Delaware    100%
Elastic@Work, LLC    Elastic Financial, LLC    Delaware    100%
Elevate@Work Admin, LLC    Elastic Financial, LLC    Delaware    100%
Elevate@Work, LLC    Elastic Financial, LLC    Delaware    100%

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.5          Consents

NONE

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.7         Equity Capitalization

For Elevate Credit, Inc.:

 

Issuer

   Holder  

Class of Stock

  

Certificate No.

  

No. of Shares

  

Percentage
of Class of
Shares

  

Percentage
of
Outstanding
Shares

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-4    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-5    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-6    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-7    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-8    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-9    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-10    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-11    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-12    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-13    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-14    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-15    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-18    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-19    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund   Common Stock    C-21    13,296    0.26%    0.12%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners   Common Stock    C-22    1,813    0.04%    0.02%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Startup Capital Ventures, L.P.   Common Stock    C-23    110,010    2.15%    1.02%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Steve Shaper   Common Stock    C-24    32,092    0.63%    0.30%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-25    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-26    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   TCV Member Fund, L.P.   Common Stock    C-27    286    0.01%    0.00%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   TCV V, L.P.   Common Stock    C-28    14,822    0.29%    0.14%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   The Tyler W. K. Head Trust dated
March 20, 2014
  Common Stock    C-29    1,272,371    24.85%    11.83%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-31    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-34    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-35    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-36    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Linda Stinson   Common Stock    C-38    1,038,331    20.28%    9.65%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   7HBF No. 2, Ltd.   Common Stock    C-40    1,507,696    29.45%    14.01%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-41    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Jason Harvison   Common Stock    C-43    21,925    0.43%    0.20%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-44    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-45    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Common Stock    C-46    [****]    [****]    [****]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    C-47    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    C-48    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Linda R. Stinson    Common Stock    C-49    5,948    0.12%    0.06%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    C-50    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Hannah Stinson Head    Common Stock    C-51    560    0.01%    0.01%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    C-52    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Jason Harvison    Common Stock    C-54    22,731    0.44%    0.21%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    C-55    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    C-56    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Stephen B. and Linda S. Galasso    Common Stock    C-57    16,000    0.31%    0.15%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Stephen B. and Linda S. Galasso    Common Stock    C-58    4,000    0.08%    0.04%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Common Stock    [****]    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   7HBF No. 2, Ltd.   

Series A Preferred

Stock

   PA-2    24,420    0.83%    0.23%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-3    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-4    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Linda Stinson    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-6    36,631    1.24%    0.34%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-7    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-8    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-9    1,587,132    53.67%    14.75%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs
Annex Fund
   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-10    11,646    0.39%    0.11%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-11    256,234    8.67%    2.38%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Franchise
Partner
   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-12    34,940    1.18%    0.32%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Growth III
Principals Fund
   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-13    77,725    2.63%    0.72%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Growth Partners
III
   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-14    17,496    0.59%    0.16%

Elevate Credit, Inc.    

   Sequoia Capital IX    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-15    279,533    9.45%    2.60%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Startup Capital Ventures, L.P.    Series A Preferred Stock    PA-16    32,352    1.09%    0.30%

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Elevate Credit, Inc.

   TCV Member Fund, L.P.   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-17    7,078    0.24%    0.07%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   TCV V, L.P.   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-18    368,215    12.45%    3.42%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-23    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   [****]   Series A Preferred Stock    PA-24    [****]    [****]    [****]

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III   Series B Preferred Stock    PB-2    469,955    17.52%    4.37%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs
Annex Fund
  Series B Preferred Stock    PB-3    3,448    0.13%    0.03%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund   Series B Preferred Stock    PB-4    75,872    2.83%    0.71%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Franchise
Partner
  Series B Preferred Stock    PB-5    10,346    0.39%    0.10%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Growth III
Principals Fund
  Series B Preferred Stock    PB-6    23,015    0.86%    0.21%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital Growth Partners
III
  Series B Preferred Stock    PB-7    5,181    0.19%    0.05%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   Sequoia Capital IX   Series B Preferred Stock    PB-8    82,771    3.09%    0.77%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   TCV Member Fund, L.P.   Series B Preferred Stock    PB-9    39,348    1.47%    0.37%

Elevate Credit, Inc.

   TCV V, L.P.   Series B Preferred Stock    PB-10    1,972,415    73.53%    18.33%

Elevate Credit, Inc. also has a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan through which it has granted approximately 1,576,099 options to purchase shares of its Common Stock.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.7 (continued)

For Subsidiaries of Elevate Credit, Inc.:

 

Issuer

   Holder    Class of Stock or Other
Interests
   Certificate
No.
     No. of
Units
     Percent of
Subsidiary
Held
 

Elevate Credit International Limited

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    Ordinary Shares     

 

10

11

  

  

    

 

350

650

  

  

     100

Elastic Financial, LLC

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    membership interest      2         100         100

Elevate Credit Service, LLC

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    membership interest      2         100         100

Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit, LLC

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE SPV, LLC

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    membership interest      2         100         100

Financial Education, LLC

   Elevate Credit, Inc.    membership interest      1         100         100

Rise Financial, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Alabama, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Arizona, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of California, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of Colorado, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of Delaware, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      4         100         100

RISE Credit of Georgia, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Idaho, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of Illinois, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of Kansas, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Louisiana, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of Maryland, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of Mississippi, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Missouri, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of Nebraska, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of Nevada, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of New Mexico, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of North Dakota, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Oklahoma, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of Texas, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      1         100         100

RISE Credit of South Carolina, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of South Dakota, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of Utah, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

RISE Credit of Vermont, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit of Virginia, LLC

   RISE SPV, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC

   RISE Credit, LLC    membership interest      4         100         100

RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC

   RISE Credit, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Elastic@Work, LLC

   Elastic Financial, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

Elevate@Work Admin, LLC

   Elastic Financial, LLC    membership interest      3         100         100

Elevate@Work, LLC

   Elastic Financial, LLC    membership interest      2         100         100

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.8          Indebtedness and Other Contracts

Indebtedness obligations:

 

    NONE

 Other Contracts:

 

  1. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between First Financial Loan Company LLC and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC signed with an effective date of June 26, 2015.

 

  2. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between Sentral Financial LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC signed with an effective date of June 26, 2015.

 

  3. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between NCP Finance Limited Partnership and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC signed with an effective date of January 28, 2016.

 

  4. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between NCP Finance OH LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC signed with an effective date of July 15, 2015.

 

  5. Master Services Agreement, dated November 21, 2014, between Allied International Credit Corporation and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.

 

  6. Services and Data Agreement, dated August 8, 2013, between Acxiom Corporation and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  7. Statement of Work #001, dated September 30, 2013, between Acxiom Corporation and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  8. Statement of Work #003, dated April 1, 2014, between Acxiom Corporation and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  9. Statement of Work No. 4 for Marketing Database, Pre-Production and Production Services, dated March 31, 2015, between Acxiom Corporation and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  10. End User Agreement and Pricing Schedule Addendum, dated March 19, 2014, between Clarity Services, Inc. and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.

 

  11. Standard Terms and Conditions Agreement and Pricing Addendum, dated April 1, 2014, between Experian Information Solutions, Inc. and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  12. Master License and Services Agreement, dated March 27, 2015, between Fair Isaac Corporation and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.

 

  13. Master Services Agreement, dated April 1, 2014, between First Contact LLC and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.

 

  14. Statement of Work for First Party Collections, dated April 1, 2014, between First Contact LLC and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  15. LN Non-FCRA Application & Agreement, dated May 28, 2014, between LexisNexis Risk Solutions GA Inc. and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC and the Accurint for Collections Schedule dated April 1, 2014 and the Bridger Insight XG Service Schedule, dated June 12, 2014.

 

  16. Master Agreement for Contact Center Services, dated July 12, 2013, between MetaSource LLC (formerly Loyalty Acquisition Sub, LLC) and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (successor in interest to TC Loan Service, LLC).

 

  17. Statement of Work, dated May 8, 2015, between MetaSource LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  18. Forward Flow Account Sale Agreement and Annex 1, dated November 4, 2015, between Fourth Avenue Holding, LLC and RISE Credit, LLC & RISE SPV, LLC (including subsidiaries).

 

  19. Forward Flow Account Sale Agreement, dated May 16, 2016, between NCB Management Services, Inc. and RISE Credit, LLC & RISE SPV, LLC (including subsidiaries), as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated June 1, 2016.

 

  20. Collection Services Agreement, dated January 7, 2015, between NCB Management Services, Inc. and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  21. Master Agreement for Contact Center Services, dated February 10, 2015, between The Office Gurus Ltda. De C.V. and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  22. Statement of Work, dated February 10, 2015, between The Office Gurus Ltda. De C.V. and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  23. Master Agreement for Consumer Information Services, dated March 19, 2014, between Teletrack, LLC and Elevate Decision Services, LLC.

 

  24. Master Agreement for Consumer Reporting and Ancillary Services, dated April 30, 2014, between Trans Union LLC and Elevate Credit, Inc.

 

  25. Master Services Agreement and Statement of Work, dated June 1, 2014, between VitroRobertson, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.12          Intellectual Property Rights

Elevate Credit has instructed that the following marks are to be abandoned. No maintenance documents are being filed to support these marks and they will eventually lapse in the US Patent and Trademark Office:

 [****]

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.22         Conduct of Business; Regulatory Permits

 NONE

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.27         ERISA and UK Pension Schemes

(a) See below:

 

  1. Elevate Credit has an equity incentive plan to provide equity incentives to employees at its discretion.

 

  2. Elevate Credit provides Workers Compensation insurance to its employees through Zurich North America.

 

  3. Elevate Credit provides a Vision Insurance Plan to its employees through Avesis.

 

  4. Elevate Credit provides Flexible Spending Accounts to its employees through Infinisource.

 

  5. Elevate Credit provides COBRA to its employees through Infinisource.

 

  6. Elevate Credit provides a Dental insurance plan to its employees through Metlife.

 

  7. Elevate Credit provides Short Term Disability to its employees through Metlife.

 

  8. Elevate Credit provides Long Term Disability to its employees through Metlife.

 

  9. Elevate Credit provides Group life/ AD&D to its employees through Metlife.

 

  10. Elevate Credit provides Voluntary Life/ AD&D to its employees through Metlife.

 

  11. Elevate Credit provides a Medical Insurance plan to its employees through UHC.

 

  12. Elevate Credit provides a 401(k) Plan to its employees through Fidelity.

(b) None.

(c) None.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.32         Transactions with Affiliates

 

  1. Each of Elevate Credit Inc.’s executive officers, key employees and members of its board of directors is a party to an indemnification agreement with Elevate Credit, Inc.

 

  2. Master Services Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014, by and between Elevate Credit Service, LLC and each subsidiary of Elevate Credit, Inc.

 

  3. Administrative Services Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Elevate@Work Admin, LLC.

 

  4. Credit Default Protection Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic@Work, LLC and Elastic SPV, Ltd.

 

  5. Intercreditor Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, Elastic SPV, Ltd., the grantors party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as Collateral Agent.

 

  6. Participation Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Elastic@Work, LLC.

 

  7. Financing Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.

 

  8. First Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated October 21, 2015, by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 7.40         Material Contracts

 

  1. Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014, by and between Think Finance, Inc. and Elevate Credit, Inc.

 

  2. Special Limited Agency Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2015, by and between First Financial Loan Company LLC and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC, and amended on October 5, 2015.

 

  3. Program Agreement between Credit Services Organization and Third-Party Lender, dated as of June 26, 2015, by and between Sentral Financial LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.

 

  4. Parent Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2015, by Elevate Credit, Inc. to and for the benefit of Sentral Financial LLC.

 

  5. Guaranty, dated as of June 26, 2015, by Rise Credit Services of Ohio, LLC to and for the benefit of Sentral Financial LLC.

 

  6. Amendment to Guaranty, dated as October 5, 2015, by and between Sentral Financial LLC and Rise Credit Services of Ohio, LLC.

 

  7. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between First Financial Loan Company LLC and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC signed with an effective date of June 26, 2015.

 

  8. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between Sentral Financial LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC signed with an effective date of June 26, 2015.

 

  9. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between NCP Finance Limited Partnership and Rise Credit Service of Texas, LLC signed with an effective date of January 28, 2016.

 

  10. Agreement Between Lender and CSO, between NCP Finance OH LLC and Rise Credit Service of Ohio, LLC signed with an effective date of July 15, 2015.

 

  11. Amended and Restated License and Support Agreement, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company, a federal savings bank, and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC (formerly known as TF Benefit Decision Sciences, LLC), dated as of July 1, 2015.

 

  12. Amended and Restated Joint Marketing Agreement, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company, a federal savings bank, and Elevate@Work, LLC (formerly known as Think@Work, LLC), dated as of July 1, 2015.

 

  13. Tax Sharing Agreement by and between Think Finance, Inc. and Elevate Credit, Inc., dated as of May 1, 2014.

 

  14. Master Service Agreement dated March 10, 2014 between CyrusOne LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC, and the Order Forms made to form a part thereof.

 

  15. Service Level Agreement, dated March 10, 2014 between CyrusOne LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.

 

  16. License Agreement for Nortridge Loan System and Exhibit A – Development License, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and between Nortridge Software, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (successor in interest to TC Loan Service, LLC).

 

  17. Support Agreement for Nortridge Loan System, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and between Nortridge Software, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (successor in interest to TC Loan Service, LLC).

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Schedule 8.25         Existing Investments

NONE

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.58

E LEVATE C REDIT , I NC .

June 30, 2016

VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.

VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.

VPC Investor Fund B, LLC

c/o Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC

227 W. Monroe Street, Suite 3900

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention: Scott R. Zemnick, General Counsel

R E : E LEVATE C REDIT , I NC . – E QUITY S ECURITIES

To Whom It May Concern:

This letter agreement (this “ Letter Agreement ”) memorializes an agreement by and among Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P., VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”), in connection with (i) that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”), Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England (the “ UK Borrower ”), Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”), the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and the Lenders (as defined therein) party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”); and (ii) the issuance by the Company to each Investor of a Senior Secured Convertible Note, dated as of the date hereof, convertible into New Equity Securities of the Company or shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) pursuant to the terms set forth therein (as each may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Convertible Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Convertible Notes.

1. Reserved.

2. Transfers to Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in that certain Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”), the Bylaws of the Company, that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ IRA ”), that certain Voting Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 1, 2014, that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), and any other similar governing documents of the Company (as each may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, collectively the “ Governing Documents ”), any Investor may transfer all or a portion of any debt or equity security in the Company that such Investor holds from time to time, including such Investor’s Convertible Note and the equity securities issued to such Investor upon the conversion of the same, and may transfer any rights, duties or obligations of such Investor under the Governing Documents, to (a) any of its members, partners, affiliates or affiliated investment funds, (b) any Lender under the Financing Agreement or (c) any assignee or transferee of some or all of the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Financing Agreement (each transferee, a “ Permitted


Transferee ” and each transfer, a “ Permitted Transfer ”). For any Permitted Transfer, (i) no consent or approval shall be needed from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, their respective board of directors or managers, or any other party; (ii) such transfer shall not be subject to any restriction, including any right of first refusal or tag-along right, other than any restriction set forth in such Investor’s Convertible Note that is required to maintain such Convertible Note in “registered form” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and (iii) no registration statement or legal opinion shall be required, provided that such Investor provides written notice to the Company of such transfer. The Company agrees that the terms of each Convertible Note transferred hereunder and this Letter Agreement shall, as of the effective date of any such transfer, apply to the Permitted Transferee as if the Company had issued such Convertible Note and this Letter Agreement to such transferee.

3. Information Rights . For so long as the Convertible Note is outstanding, the Company agrees to deliver to the Investors any information provided to Major Holders (as defined in the IRA) under the IRA as of the date hereof, including but not limited to: (a) annual audited financial statements within ninety (90) days following year-end; (b) quarterly unaudited financial statements within forty-five (45) days following quarter-end; and (c) monthly unaudited financial statements within thirty (30) days following month-end.

4. Conversion Upon A Qualified Equity Financing . In connection with a Qualified Equity Financing in which any Investor converts its Convertible Note (in whole or in part) and has received New Equity Securities of the Company, the Company agrees that such Investor shall, at a minimum, be entitled to the following rights (either pursuant to the Governing Documents and any other agreements being entered into by such Investor in connection with such Qualified Equity Financing (collectively, the “ Qualified Equity Financing Documents ”), this Letter Agreement or otherwise):

(a) Major Investor Rights . The Company agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to receive all of the rights and privileges granted to a Major Holder (as defined in the IRA) under the IRA as of the date hereof, including but not limited to, information rights, inspection rights and preemptive rights.

(b) Registration Rights . The Company agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to receive registration rights with respect to such New Equity Securities that are (i) no less favorable to such Investor than the registration rights provided to any other holder of New Equity Securities and (ii) no less favorable to such Investor than the registration rights provided to a Holder (as defined in the IRA) under Section 2 of the IRA as of the date hereof.

(c) Redemption Rights . The Company agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to receive redemption rights that are no less favorable to such Investor than the redemption rights provided to any other holder of New Equity Securities.

(d) Drag-Along Protections . In connection with a proposed Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company or other similar transaction in which the Company has “drag along” rights (a “ Required Sale ”), the Company agrees that (i) such Investor shall not be required to make any representations and warranties other than with respect to its organization, valid ownership of its equity in the Company, free and clear of all liens (other than those arising under applicable securities laws), and authority, power and right to enter into and consummate

 

2


the Required Sale; (ii) any representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities required to be made by such Investor as a result of the Required Sale shall be on a several, and not joint, basis, based on its proportionate share of the sale proceeds; (iii) such Investor shall not be required to enter into any non-competition or non-solicitation obligation, or other restrictive covenant in connection with the Required Sale; (iv) such Investor shall receive the same form of consideration and the same consideration per share as the other stockholders of the Company holding the same class or series of shares of the Company as such Investor, and if such stockholders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, such Investor shall be given the same option; and (v) such Investor shall be entitled to receive cash or other marketable securities as consideration for its New Equity Securities in connection with a Required Sale.

For purposes hereof, a “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) an acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock primarily for capital raising purposes), other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; and (ii) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(e) Right of First Refusal; Co-Sale Rights .

(i) The Company agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to receive a right of first refusal and a co-sale right with respect to any transfer or sale of shares of capital stock of the Company that are no less favorable to such Investor than the right of first refusal and co-sale right provided to any other holder of New Equity Securities.

(ii) In connection with any such transfer or sale of shares of capital stock of the Company in which such Investor has exercised its co-sale right (a “ Co-Sale Transaction ”), the Company shall not consent to, approve or facilitate such Co-Sale Transaction unless, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the stockholder initiating the Co-Sale Transaction to ensure that (1) such Investor shall not be required to make any representations and warranties other than with respect to its organization, valid ownership of its equity in the Company, free and clear of all liens (other than those arising under applicable securities laws), and authority, power and right to enter into and consummate the Co-Sale Transaction; (2) any representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities required to be made by such Investor as a result of the Co-Sale Transaction shall be on a several, and not joint, basis, based on its proportionate share of the sale proceeds; (3) such Investor shall not be required to enter into any non-competition or non-solicitation obligation, or other restrictive covenant in connection with the Co-Sale Transaction; (4) such Investor shall receive the same form of consideration and the same consideration per share as the stockholder participating in the sale or transfer, and if the stockholders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration

 

3


to be received, such Investor shall be given the same option; and (5) such Investor shall be entitled to receive cash or other marketable securities as consideration for its equity in connection with a Co-Sale Transaction.

(f) Permitted Transfers . The Company agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to transfer all or a portion of any New Equity Securities and all rights, duties and obligations of such Investor under the Qualified Equity Financing Documents pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. For any such Permitted Transfer, (i) no consent or approval shall be needed from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, their respective board of directors or managers, or any other party; (ii) such transfer shall not be subject to any restriction, including any right of first refusal or tag-along right; and (iii) no registration statement or legal opinion shall be required, provided that such Investor provides written notice to the Company of such transfer. The Company agrees that the Qualified Equity Financing Documents shall provide the same.

(g) Amendments . The Company agrees that the rights and protections set forth in this Section 4 shall not be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Investors. The Company agrees that it will not consent to any amendments to or waivers of the provisions of the Qualified Equity Financing Documents and it will not enter into any new agreement that would have the effect of amending or waiving the rights and protections set forth in this Section 4 without the prior written consent of the Investors.

5. Conversion Upon A Qualified Acquisition . In connection with a Qualified Acquisition in which any Investor converts its Convertible Note (in whole or in part) and has received Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to the protections set forth in Section 4(d) above and the rights and protections set forth in Section 4(e) above in connection with such Qualified Acquisition regardless of whether such Investor has previously converted any portion of its Convertible Note as part of a Qualified Equity Financing and received similar rights in connection therewith.

6. Conversion Upon A Qualified IPO . In connection with a Qualified IPO in which any Investor converts its Convertible Note (in whole or in part) and has received Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees that such Investor shall have the same registration rights with respect to such Common Stock that are provided to a Holder (as defined in the IRA) under Section 2 of the IRA as of the date hereof, regardless of whether such Investor has previously converted any portion of its Convertible Note as part of a Qualified Equity Financing and received similar rights in connection therewith. The Company further agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to transfer all or a portion of any such Common Stock and the corresponding registration rights pursuant to a Permitted Transfer (subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations). For any such Permitted Transfer, (i) no consent or approval shall be needed from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, their respective board of directors or managers, or any other party; (ii) such transfer shall not be subject to any restriction, including any right of first refusal or tag-along right; and (iii) no registration statement or legal opinion shall be required, provided that such Investor provides written notice to the Company of such transfer.

7 . Right to Conduct Activities . The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Investors (together with their respective members and partners and their respective affiliates and

 

4


affiliated investment funds, the “ Fund Investors ”) are professional investment funds, and as such invest debt and/or equity in numerous companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Fund Investors shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (a) the debt or equity investment by a Fund Investor in any entity competitive with the Company, or (b) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of a Fund Investor to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Governing Documents, the Convertible Notes, the Qualified Equity Financing Documents or otherwise, none of Investors’ rights, privileges or preferences (including an informational or inspection rights) shall be reduced, impaired, terminated or amended as a result of any Fund Investor being a debt or equity investor in a competitor of the Company or otherwise having a business relationship with a competitor of the Company.

8. No Public Statements . The Company hereby agrees that it shall not issue any announcement or press release or make any statement or other disclosure relating, directly or indirectly, to the matters contemplated by this Letter Agreement or the identity of any Investor (or its members, partners, affiliates or affiliated investment funds), unless such announcement or release is agreed to by the Investors in writing.

9. No Effect Upon Lending Relationships . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing contained in the Governing Documents, the Convertible Notes, the Qualified Equity Financing Documents or otherwise shall affect, limit or impair the rights and remedies of Victory Park Management, LLC or each of the Lenders party to the Financing Agreement (individually, a “ Subject Entity ” and collectively, the “ Subject Entities ”), any of their respective affiliates, funding or financing sources or any other lenders in their capacities as lenders to the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to any agreement under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has or from time to time will have borrowed money, including, without limitation, the Financing Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither any Subject Entity nor any such other person, in exercising its rights, remedies or claims as a lender or other creditor, including making its decision on whether to foreclose on any collateral security, shall have any duty to consider (a) its status as a direct or indirect equity holder of the Company, (b) the interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (c) any duty it may have to any other direct or indirect equity holder of the Company, except, with respect to the foregoing clauses (b) and (c), as may be required under the applicable loan documents or by nonwaivable commercial law applicable to creditors generally.

10. Validity of Letter Agreement; Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company. This Letter Agreement supplements the Financing Agreement, the Convertible Notes and the Governing Documents and, in the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Letter Agreement and the Financing Agreement, the Convertible Notes or the Governing Documents, the provisions of this Letter Agreement shall control. This Letter Agreement, the Financing Agreement, the Convertible Notes and the Governing Documents and the documents referred to herein and therein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to Investors’ investment in the Company.

 

5


11. Miscellaneous . This Letter Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law. No amendment, alteration, modification of, or addition to this Letter Agreement will be valid or binding unless expressed in writing and signed by the parties. This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which need not contain the signature of more than one party but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. The provisions of this Letter Agreement are severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

6


If the foregoing accurately sets forth our agreement regarding the foregoing matters, please indicate so by signing this Letter Agreement in the space provided, whereupon this Letter Agreement shall become a binding agreement by and among the Investors and the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof.

Sincerely,

 

E LEVATE C REDIT , I NC .,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Ress

  Name: Kenneth E. Rees
  Title: CEO

[Letter Agreement]


A CKNOWLEDGED AND A GREED :
VPC S PECIALTY L ENDING I NVESTMENTS I NTERMEDIATE , L.P.
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory
VPC S PECIALTY F INANCE F UND I, L.P.
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund GP I, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   VPC Specialty Finance Fund UGP I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel
VPC I NVESTOR F UND B, LLC
By:   VPC Investor Fund GP B, L.P.
Its:   Managing Member
By:   VPC Investor Fund UGP B, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   General Counsel

[Letter Agreement]

Exhibit 10.59

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THIS NOTE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE BORROWER, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS NOTE MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THIS NOTE, PROVIDED SUCH PLEDGE IS MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SENIOR SECURED CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTE

Note # 06/30/16B-1

 

June 30, 2016

   Principal: U.S. $[****]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to VPC Investor Fund B, LLC or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all draws funded by the Holder to the Borrower pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”), Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England (the “ UK Borrower ”), Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”), the Borrower, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and the Lenders (as defined therein) party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”). The Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on the draws under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Convertible Term Note (including all Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof) is one of the Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

1. Redemption or Prepayment . This Note is subject to optional and mandatory redemption and mandatory prepayment, in each case, on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement. At any time an Event of Default exists, the draws under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


2. Conversion.

2.1 Conversion Into New Equity Securities .

(a) Beginning on each date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice (as defined below) and ending upon the consummation of the first closing of the applicable Qualified Equity Financing (as defined below), this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into New Equity Securities (as defined below). The number of New Equity Securities issuable upon such conversion shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Financing Per Share Conversion Price. The “ Financing Per Share Conversion Price ” shall be equal to, (A) in the event of a 2016 Equity Financing (as defined below) that (x) yields total proceeds to the Borrower of less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) and (y) pursuant to which at least fifty percent (50%) of the New Equity Securities issued or sold as part of such 2016 Equity Financing are to be issued or sold to investors that are not equity holders of the Borrower as of the date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice or affiliates of such equity holders, the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable 2016 Equity Financing; and (B) in the event of any other Qualified Equity Financing, the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable Qualified Equity Financing.

(b) The “ New Equity Securities ” shall mean shares of capital stock of the Borrower or securities conferring the right to purchase such capital stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for (with or without additional consideration) such capital stock, in each case issued or sold by the Borrower to investors (i) during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on December 31, 2016 in connection with any equity financing (a “ 2016 Equity Financing ”) or (ii) during the period commencing on January 1, 2017 and thereafter in connection with an equity financing yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the financings specified in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Equity Financing ”).

(c) The Borrower shall provide written notice to the Holder (the “ Qualified Equity Financing Notice ”) as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before issuing any New Equity Securities in a Qualified Equity Financing. Each Qualified Equity Financing Notice shall set forth (i) the number of New Equity Securities proposed to be issued and sold, (ii) the purchase price per share for the New Equity Securities, (iii) the name and affiliation of the other investors in the Qualified Equity Financing and (iv) the anticipated closing date of the sale of the New Equity Securities.

2.2 Conversion Into Common Stock .

(a) In the event this Note has not been previously converted in whole pursuant to Section 2.1 , beginning on each date Holder first receives or should have received a Liquidity

 

2

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Event Notice (as defined below) and ending, (i) in the event of a Qualified Acquisition (as defined below), immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Qualified Acquisition or (ii) in the event of a Qualified IPO (as defined below), immediately prior to and contingent upon the effectiveness of the Borrower’s registration statement in connection with such Qualified IPO, this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Borrower (the “ Common Stock ”). The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Liquidity Per Share Conversion Price. The “ Liquidity Per Share Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) (A) in the event of a Qualified Acquisition, the price per share for Common Stock paid to a holder thereof in connection with such Qualified Acquisition (assuming for purposes of such calculation that the Holder and all affiliates thereof have converted all Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes issued by the Borrower to the Holder and its affiliates in full and received shares of Common Stock in connection therewith) or (B) in the event of Qualified IPO, the initial per share sale price to the investors in such Qualified IPO.

(b) The Borrower shall provide written notice (the “ Liquidity Event Notice ”) to the Holder as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before (i) the anticipated consummation of an acquisition of the Borrower by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Borrower is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock primarily for capital raising purposes) yielding total proceeds of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000); (ii) the anticipated consummation of a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the events set forth in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Acquisition ”); and (iii) the anticipated commencement of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offering and sale of Common Stock and yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (a “ Qualified IPO ” and together with a Qualified Acquisition, a “ Liquidity Event ”). The Liquidity Event Notice shall specify the effective date on which such Liquidity Event is to take place and shall describe such transaction in reasonable detail. The Borrower shall provide Holder with regular updates regarding the Liquidity Event process.

2.3 Manner of Conversion . The conversion rights represented by this Note are exercisable by the surrender of this Note and the Notice of Conversion annexed hereto, duly executed, at the offices of the Borrower located at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (or such other office or agency of the Borrower as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof). Upon receipt by the Borrower of the foregoing items, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, within a reasonable time, but not later than five (5) business days after the date on which this Note shall have been converted as aforesaid. The New Equity Securities or the shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be issued to such Holder as the record owner of such New Equity Securities or shares Common Stock, as applicable, as of the close of business on the date on which this Note shall have been converted as aforesaid.

 

3

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


2.4 Partial Conversion . If this Note is converted with respect to less than all of the Principal and interest, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new Note, in this form, covering the remaining Principal and interest.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Notices . Any notice provided to the Borrower or the Holder shall be made in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in Section 13.7 of the Financing Agreement.

3.2 Authorized Shares . During the period this Note is outstanding, the Borrower shall reserve from its authorized and unissued shares a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any conversion rights under this Note. This Note shall constitute full authority to the officers of the Borrower who are charged with the duty of executing share certificates, to execute and issue the necessary certificates for New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, as applicable, upon the exercise of the conversion rights under this Note. All New Equity Securities and shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Note will, upon such exercise or conversion, be validly issued and free from all taxes, liens, and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

3.3 No Dividends or Other Rights as a Stockholder . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Note does not entitle the Holder to any distributions or voting rights or other rights as a holder of New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock of the Borrower prior to the exercise hereof.

3.4 Payments . All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

3.5 Acknowledgment . For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged that the Holder will be entitled to the benefit of all adjustments and changes made with regard to the Borrower’s capital stock as a result of splits, recapitalizations, combinations, reclassifications, capital reorganizations or other similar transactions affecting the Borrower’s capital stock underlying this Note that occur prior to the conversion of this Note (including any of the foregoing transactions effectuated in connection with the Borrower’s initial public offering).

3.6 Amendment . Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Borrower and the Holder.

3.7 Assignment . This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder without the consent of the Borrower, but subject to applicable law and subject to the provisions of the Financing Agreement and Section 3.8 hereof.

 

4

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


3.8 Registered Note . This Note is registered as to both principal and any stated interest with Borrower, and transfer of this Note or any rights hereunder may be effected only by surrender of the old instrument and either the reissuance by Borrower of the old instrument to the new holder or the issuance by Borrower of a new instrument to the new holder. The foregoing requirements are intended to result in this Note being in “registered form” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.871-14(c) and Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith. This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

3.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

3.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE HOLDER AND THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

5

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

  /s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:     Kenneth E. Rees
Title:     CEO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. (the “ Borrower ”)

 

     [                                                   ]
     [                                                   ]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Senior Secured Convertible Term Note, dated as of June 30, 2016 (the “ Note ”). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note.

(1) Pursuant to the terms of the Note, the undersigned hereby elects to convert $            of Principal under the Note.

(2) Please issue             shares of             of the Borrower in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

            (Name)

 

            (Address)

(3) The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

(4) The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned:

 

  (i) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, if an entity, each individual, securityholder, limited partner or other member of the undersigned’s organization, as applicable, is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of such Rule 501;

 

  (ii) has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in companies similar to Borrower in terms of Borrower’s stage of development so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in Borrower and it is able financially to bear the risks thereof;

 

  (iii) has had an opportunity to discuss Borrower and its subsidiaries’ business, management and financial affairs with Borrower’s management, and understands the nature of Borrower’s business affairs;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  (iv) agrees and acknowledges that any projections, estimates or forecasts regarding Borrower’s securities or Borrower’s business and financial affairs which the undersigned has received or reviewed do not represent, and shall not be deemed to be, a warranty or guarantee as to the actual future results of Borrower or the likelihood or probability that such projections, estimates or forecasts will be met;

 

  (v) understands that: (a) Borrower’s securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof or Rule 505 or 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, (b) no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by Borrower and that there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for Borrower’s securities; (c) Borrower’s securities must be held indefinitely unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws or is exempt from such registration; (d) Borrower’s securities will bear a legend to such effect; and (e) Borrower’s will make a notation on its transfer books to such effect;

 

  (vi) has no contract, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (vii) understands that Borrower’s securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the applicable securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Borrower in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations, Borrower’s securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act and other applicable securities law only in certain limited circumstances. The undersigned is aware that the provisions of Rule 144 (the “Rule”) promulgated under the Securities Act are presently not available to exempt the sale of Borrower’s securities from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Should the Rule subsequently become available, the undersigned is aware that any sale of Borrower’s securities effected pursuant to the Rule may, depending upon the status of the undersigned as an “affiliate” or “non-affiliate” under the Rule, be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the provisions of the Rule, and that in no event may any Borrower securities be sold pursuant to the Rule until the undersigned has held Borrower’s securities for the requisite holding period following payment of the purchase price.

 

 

    

 

(Date)      (Signature)

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.60

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THIS NOTE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE BORROWER, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS NOTE MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THIS NOTE, PROVIDED SUCH PLEDGE IS MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SENIOR SECURED CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTE

Note # 06/30/16A-1

 

June 30, 2016

   Principal: U.S. $[****]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all draws funded by the Holder to the Borrower pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”), Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England (the “ UK Borrower ”), Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”), the Borrower, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and the Lenders (as defined therein) party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”). The Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on the draws under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Convertible Term Note (including all Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof) is one of the Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

1. Redemption or Prepayment . This Note is subject to optional and mandatory redemption and mandatory prepayment, in each case, on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement. At any time an Event of Default exists, the draws under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


2. Conversion.

2.1 Conversion Into New Equity Securities .

(a) Beginning on each date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice (as defined below) and ending upon the consummation of the first closing of the applicable Qualified Equity Financing (as defined below), this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into New Equity Securities (as defined below). The number of New Equity Securities issuable upon such conversion shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Financing Per Share Conversion Price. The “ Financing Per Share Conversion Price ” shall be equal to, (A) in the event of a 2016 Equity Financing (as defined below) that (x) yields total proceeds to the Borrower of less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) and (y) pursuant to which at least fifty percent (50%) of the New Equity Securities issued or sold as part of such 2016 Equity Financing are to be issued or sold to investors that are not equity holders of the Borrower as of the date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice or affiliates of such equity holders, the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable 2016 Equity Financing; and (B) in the event of any other Qualified Equity Financing, the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable Qualified Equity Financing.

(b) The “ New Equity Securities ” shall mean shares of capital stock of the Borrower or securities conferring the right to purchase such capital stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for (with or without additional consideration) such capital stock, in each case issued or sold by the Borrower to investors (i) during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on December 31, 2016 in connection with any equity financing (a “ 2016 Equity Financing ”) or (ii) during the period commencing on January 1, 2017 and thereafter in connection with an equity financing yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the financings specified in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Equity Financing ”).

(c) The Borrower shall provide written notice to the Holder (the “ Qualified Equity Financing Notice ”) as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before issuing any New Equity Securities in a Qualified Equity Financing. Each Qualified Equity Financing Notice shall set forth (i) the number of New Equity Securities proposed to be issued and sold, (ii) the purchase price per share for the New Equity Securities, (iii) the name and affiliation of the other investors in the Qualified Equity Financing and (iv) the anticipated closing date of the sale of the New Equity Securities.

2.2 Conversion Into Common Stock .

(a) In the event this Note has not been previously converted in whole pursuant to Section 2.1 , beginning on each date Holder first receives or should have received a Liquidity

 

2

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Event Notice (as defined below) and ending, (i) in the event of a Qualified Acquisition (as defined below), immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Qualified Acquisition or (ii) in the event of a Qualified IPO (as defined below), immediately prior to and contingent upon the effectiveness of the Borrower’s registration statement in connection with such Qualified IPO, this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Borrower (the “ Common Stock ”). The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Liquidity Per Share Conversion Price. The “ Liquidity Per Share Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) (A) in the event of a Qualified Acquisition, the price per share for Common Stock paid to a holder thereof in connection with such Qualified Acquisition (assuming for purposes of such calculation that the Holder and all affiliates thereof have converted all Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes issued by the Borrower to the Holder and its affiliates in full and received shares of Common Stock in connection therewith) or (B) in the event of Qualified IPO, the initial per share sale price to the investors in such Qualified IPO.

(b) The Borrower shall provide written notice (the “ Liquidity Event Notice ”) to the Holder as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before (i) the anticipated consummation of an acquisition of the Borrower by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Borrower is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock primarily for capital raising purposes) yielding total proceeds of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000); (ii) the anticipated consummation of a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the events set forth in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Acquisition ”); and (iii) the anticipated commencement of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offering and sale of Common Stock and yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (a “ Qualified IPO ” and together with a Qualified Acquisition, a “ Liquidity Event ”). The Liquidity Event Notice shall specify the effective date on which such Liquidity Event is to take place and shall describe such transaction in reasonable detail. The Borrower shall provide Holder with regular updates regarding the Liquidity Event process.

2.3 Manner of Conversion . The conversion rights represented by this Note are exercisable by the surrender of this Note and the Notice of Conversion annexed hereto, duly executed, at the offices of the Borrower located at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (or such other office or agency of the Borrower as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof). Upon receipt by the Borrower of the foregoing items, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, within a reasonable time, but not later than five (5) business days after the date on which this Note shall have been converted as aforesaid. The New Equity Securities or the shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be issued to such Holder as the record owner of such New Equity Securities or shares Common Stock, as applicable, as of the close of business on the date on which this Note shall have been converted as aforesaid.

 

3

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


2.4 Partial Conversion . If this Note is converted with respect to less than all of the Principal and interest, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new Note, in this form, covering the remaining Principal and interest.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Notices . Any notice provided to the Borrower or the Holder shall be made in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in Section 13.7 of the Financing Agreement.

3.2 Authorized Shares . During the period this Note is outstanding, the Borrower shall reserve from its authorized and unissued shares a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any conversion rights under this Note. This Note shall constitute full authority to the officers of the Borrower who are charged with the duty of executing share certificates, to execute and issue the necessary certificates for New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, as applicable, upon the exercise of the conversion rights under this Note. All New Equity Securities and shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Note will, upon such exercise or conversion, be validly issued and free from all taxes, liens, and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

3.3 No Dividends or Other Rights as a Stockholder . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Note does not entitle the Holder to any distributions or voting rights or other rights as a holder of New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock of the Borrower prior to the exercise hereof.

3.4 Payments . All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

3.5 Acknowledgment . For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged that the Holder will be entitled to the benefit of all adjustments and changes made with regard to the Borrower’s capital stock as a result of splits, recapitalizations, combinations, reclassifications, capital reorganizations or other similar transactions affecting the Borrower’s capital stock underlying this Note that occur prior to the conversion of this Note (including any of the foregoing transactions effectuated in connection with the Borrower’s initial public offering).

3.6 Amendment . Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Borrower and the Holder.

3.7 Assignment . This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder without the consent of the Borrower, but subject to applicable law and subject to the provisions of the Financing Agreement and Section 3.8 hereof.

 

4

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


3.8 Registered Note . This Note is registered as to both principal and any stated interest with Borrower, and transfer of this Note or any rights hereunder may be effected only by surrender of the old instrument and either the reissuance by Borrower of the old instrument to the new holder or the issuance by Borrower of a new instrument to the new holder. The foregoing requirements are intended to result in this Note being in “registered form” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.871-14(c) and Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith. This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

3.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

3.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE HOLDER AND THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

5

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

  /s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:     Kenneth E. Rees
Title:     CEO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. (the “ Borrower ”)

     [                                                   ]
     [                                                   ]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Senior Secured Convertible Term Note, dated as of June 30, 2016 (the “ Note ”). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note.

(1) Pursuant to the terms of the Note, the undersigned hereby elects to convert $            of Principal under the Note.

(2) Please issue             shares of             of the Borrower in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

            (Name)

 

            (Address)

(3) The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

(4) The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned:

 

  (i) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, if an entity, each individual, securityholder, limited partner or other member of the undersigned’s organization, as applicable, is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of such Rule 501;

 

  (ii) has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in companies similar to Borrower in terms of Borrower’s stage of development so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in Borrower and it is able financially to bear the risks thereof;

 

  (iii) has had an opportunity to discuss Borrower and its subsidiaries’ business, management and financial affairs with Borrower’s management, and understands the nature of Borrower’s business affairs;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  (iv) agrees and acknowledges that any projections, estimates or forecasts regarding Borrower’s securities or Borrower’s business and financial affairs which the undersigned has received or reviewed do not represent, and shall not be deemed to be, a warranty or guarantee as to the actual future results of Borrower or the likelihood or probability that such projections, estimates or forecasts will be met;

 

  (v) understands that: (a) Borrower’s securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof or Rule 505 or 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, (b) no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by Borrower and that there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for Borrower’s securities; (c) Borrower’s securities must be held indefinitely unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws or is exempt from such registration; (d) Borrower’s securities will bear a legend to such effect; and (e) Borrower’s will make a notation on its transfer books to such effect;

 

  (vi) has no contract, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (vii) understands that Borrower’s securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the applicable securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Borrower in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations, Borrower’s securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act and other applicable securities law only in certain limited circumstances. The undersigned is aware that the provisions of Rule 144 (the “Rule”) promulgated under the Securities Act are presently not available to exempt the sale of Borrower’s securities from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Should the Rule subsequently become available, the undersigned is aware that any sale of Borrower’s securities effected pursuant to the Rule may, depending upon the status of the undersigned as an “affiliate” or “non-affiliate” under the Rule, be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the provisions of the Rule, and that in no event may any Borrower securities be sold pursuant to the Rule until the undersigned has held Borrower’s securities for the requisite holding period following payment of the purchase price.

 

 

    

 

(Date)      (Signature)

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.61

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THIS NOTE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE BORROWER, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS NOTE MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THIS NOTE, PROVIDED SUCH PLEDGE IS MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SENIOR SECURED CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTE

Note # 06/30/16C-1

 

June 30, 2016    Principal: U.S. $[****]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P. or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all draws funded by the Holder to the Borrower pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”), Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England (the “ UK Borrower ”), Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”), the Borrower, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and the Lenders (as defined therein) party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”). The Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on the draws under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Convertible Term Note (including all Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof) is one of the Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

1. Redemption or Prepayment . This Note is subject to optional and mandatory redemption and mandatory prepayment, in each case, on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement. At any time an Event of Default exists, the draws under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

2. Conversion.

2.1 Conversion Into New Equity Securities .

(a) Beginning on each date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice (as defined below) and ending upon the consummation of the first closing of the applicable Qualified Equity Financing (as defined below), this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into New Equity Securities (as defined below). The number of New Equity Securities issuable upon such conversion shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Financing Per Share Conversion Price. The “ Financing Per Share Conversion Price ” shall be equal to, (A) in the event of a 2016 Equity Financing (as defined below) that (x) yields total proceeds to the Borrower of less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) and (y) pursuant to which at least fifty percent (50%) of the New Equity Securities issued or sold as part of such 2016 Equity Financing are to be issued or sold to investors that are not equity holders of the Borrower as of the date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice or affiliates of such equity holders, the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable 2016 Equity Financing; and (B) in the event of any other Qualified Equity Financing, the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable Qualified Equity Financing.

(b) The “ New Equity Securities ” shall mean shares of capital stock of the Borrower or securities conferring the right to purchase such capital stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for (with or without additional consideration) such capital stock, in each case issued or sold by the Borrower to investors (i) during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on December 31, 2016 in connection with any equity financing (a “ 2016 Equity Financing ”) or (ii) during the period commencing on January 1, 2017 and thereafter in connection with an equity financing yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the financings specified in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Equity Financing ”).

(c) The Borrower shall provide written notice to the Holder (the “ Qualified Equity Financing Notice ”) as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before issuing any New Equity Securities in a Qualified Equity Financing. Each Qualified Equity Financing Notice shall set forth (i) the number of New Equity Securities proposed to be issued and sold, (ii) the purchase price per share for the New Equity Securities, (iii) the name and affiliation of the other investors in the Qualified Equity Financing and (iv) the anticipated closing date of the sale of the New Equity Securities.

2.2 Conversion Into Common Stock .

(a) In the event this Note has not been previously converted in whole pursuant to Section 2.1 , beginning on each date Holder first receives or should have received a Liquidity

 

2

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Event Notice (as defined below) and ending, (i) in the event of a Qualified Acquisition (as defined below), immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Qualified Acquisition or (ii) in the event of a Qualified IPO (as defined below), immediately prior to and contingent upon the effectiveness of the Borrower’s registration statement in connection with such Qualified IPO, this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Borrower (the “ Common Stock ”). The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Liquidity Per Share Conversion Price. The “ Liquidity Per Share Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) (A) in the event of a Qualified Acquisition, the price per share for Common Stock paid to a holder thereof in connection with such Qualified Acquisition (assuming for purposes of such calculation that the Holder and all affiliates thereof have converted all Senior Secured Convertible Term Notes issued by the Borrower to the Holder and its affiliates in full and received shares of Common Stock in connection therewith) or (B) in the event of Qualified IPO, the initial per share sale price to the investors in such Qualified IPO.

(b) The Borrower shall provide written notice (the “ Liquidity Event Notice ”) to the Holder as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before (i) the anticipated consummation of an acquisition of the Borrower by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Borrower is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock primarily for capital raising purposes) yielding total proceeds of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000); (ii) the anticipated consummation of a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the events set forth in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Acquisition ”); and (iii) the anticipated commencement of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offering and sale of Common Stock and yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (a “ Qualified IPO ” and together with a Qualified Acquisition, a “ Liquidity Event ”). The Liquidity Event Notice shall specify the effective date on which such Liquidity Event is to take place and shall describe such transaction in reasonable detail. The Borrower shall provide Holder with regular updates regarding the Liquidity Event process.

2.3 Manner of Conversion . The conversion rights represented by this Note are exercisable by the surrender of this Note and the Notice of Conversion annexed hereto, duly executed, at the offices of the Borrower located at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (or such other office or agency of the Borrower as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof). Upon receipt by the Borrower of the foregoing items, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, within a reasonable time, but not later than five (5) business days after the date on which this Note shall have been converted as aforesaid. The New Equity Securities or the shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be issued to such Holder as the record owner of such New Equity

 

3

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


Securities or shares Common Stock, as applicable, as of the close of business on the date on which this Note shall have been converted as aforesaid.

2.4 Partial Conversion . If this Note is converted with respect to less than all of the Principal and interest, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new Note, in this form, covering the remaining Principal and interest.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Notices . Any notice provided to the Borrower or the Holder shall be made in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in Section 13.7 of the Financing Agreement.

3.2 Authorized Shares . During the period this Note is outstanding, the Borrower shall reserve from its authorized and unissued shares a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any conversion rights under this Note. This Note shall constitute full authority to the officers of the Borrower who are charged with the duty of executing share certificates, to execute and issue the necessary certificates for New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, as applicable, upon the exercise of the conversion rights under this Note. All New Equity Securities and shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Note will, upon such exercise or conversion, be validly issued and free from all taxes, liens, and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

3.3 No Dividends or Other Rights as a Stockholder . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Note does not entitle the Holder to any distributions or voting rights or other rights as a holder of New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock of the Borrower prior to the exercise hereof.

3.4 Payments . All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

3.5 Acknowledgment . For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged that the Holder will be entitled to the benefit of all adjustments and changes made with regard to the Borrower’s capital stock as a result of splits, recapitalizations, combinations, reclassifications, capital reorganizations or other similar transactions affecting the Borrower’s capital stock underlying this Note that occur prior to the conversion of this Note (including any of the foregoing transactions effectuated in connection with the Borrower’s initial public offering).

3.6 Amendment . Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Borrower and the Holder.

3.7 Assignment . This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder without the consent of the Borrower, but subject to applicable law and subject to the provisions of the Financing Agreement and Section 3.8 hereof.

 

4

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


3.8 Registered Note . This Note is registered as to both principal and any stated interest with Borrower, and transfer of this Note or any rights hereunder may be effected only by surrender of the old instrument and either the reissuance by Borrower of the old instrument to the new holder or the issuance by Borrower of a new instrument to the new holder. The foregoing requirements are intended to result in this Note being in “registered form” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.871-14(c) and Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith. This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

3.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

3.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE HOLDER AND THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

5

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. , a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

CEO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. (the “ Borrower ”)

[                                                 ]

[                                                 ]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Senior Secured Convertible Term Note, dated as of June 30, 2016 (the “ Note ”). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note.

(1) Pursuant to the terms of the Note, the undersigned hereby elects to convert $         of Principal under the Note.

(2) Please issue                  shares of                  of the Borrower in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

(3) The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

(4) The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned:

 

  (i) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and, if an entity, each individual, securityholder, limited partner or other member of the undersigned’s organization, as applicable, is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of such Rule 501;

 

  (ii) has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in companies similar to Borrower in terms of Borrower’s stage of development so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in Borrower and it is able financially to bear the risks thereof;

 

  (iii) has had an opportunity to discuss Borrower and its subsidiaries’ business, management and financial affairs with Borrower’s management, and understands the nature of Borrower’s business affairs;

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


  (iv) agrees and acknowledges that any projections, estimates or forecasts regarding Borrower’s securities or Borrower’s business and financial affairs which the undersigned has received or reviewed do not represent, and shall not be deemed to be, a warranty or guarantee as to the actual future results of Borrower or the likelihood or probability that such projections, estimates or forecasts will be met;

 

  (v) understands that: (a) Borrower’s securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof or Rule 505 or 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, (b) no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by Borrower and that there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for Borrower’s securities; (c) Borrower’s securities must be held indefinitely unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws or is exempt from such registration; (d) Borrower’s securities will bear a legend to such effect; and (e) Borrower’s will make a notation on its transfer books to such effect;

 

  (vi) has no contract, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (vii) understands that Borrower’s securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the applicable securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Borrower in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations, Borrower’s securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act and other applicable securities law only in certain limited circumstances. The undersigned is aware that the provisions of Rule 144 (the “ Rule ”) promulgated under the Securities Act are presently not available to exempt the sale of Borrower’s securities from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Should the Rule subsequently become available, the undersigned is aware that any sale of Borrower’s securities effected pursuant to the Rule may, depending upon the status of the undersigned as an “affiliate” or “non-affiliate” under the Rule, be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the provisions of the Rule, and that in no event may any Borrower securities be sold pursuant to the Rule until the undersigned has held Borrower’s securities for the requisite holding period following payment of the purchase price.

 

 

    

 

(Date)      (Signature)

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.62

SENIOR SECURED FOURTH TRANCHE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE

 

June 30, 2016

  

Note #6/30/16-B

 

Principal: U.S. $[****]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”) hereby promises to pay to VPC INVESTOR FUND B, LLC or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “ Financing Agreement ”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium and Yield Maintenance Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note (including all Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “ Note ”) is one of the Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the US Last Out Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

THE HOLDER AND THE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

2

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER:

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC , a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.63

SENIOR SECURED FOURTH TRANCHE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE

 

June 30, 2016   

Note #6/30/16-A

 

Principal: U.S. $[****]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”) hereby promises to pay to VPC SPECIALTY FINANCE FUND I, L.P. or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “ Financing Agreement ”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium and Yield Maintenance Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note (including all Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “ Note ”) is one of the Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the US Last Out Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


US Last Out Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

THE HOLDER AND THE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER:

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC , a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.64

SENIOR SECURED FOURTH TRANCHE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE

 

June 30, 2016

  

Note #6/30/16-C

 

Principal: U.S. $[****]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”) hereby promises to pay to VPC SPECIALTY LENDING INVESTMENTS INTERMEDIATE, L.P. or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”) the amount set out above as the Principal or, if less, the aggregate unpaid outstanding principal amount under this Note pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among the US Last Out Term Note Borrower, the other Borrowers party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the Lenders party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time the “ Financing Agreement ”). The US Last Out Term Note Borrower hereby promises to pay accrued and unpaid interest and Prepayment Premium and Yield Maintenance Premium, if any, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note (as defined below) on the dates, rates and in the manner provided for in the Financing Agreement. This Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Note (including all Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued in exchange, transfer, or replacement hereof, this “ Note ”) is one of the Senior Secured Fourth Tranche US Last Out Term Notes issued pursuant to the Financing Agreement (collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is subject to optional redemption and mandatory prepayment on the terms specified in the Financing Agreement, but not otherwise. At any time an Event of Default exists, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and any applicable premium due, if any, may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price and with the effect, all as provided in the Financing Agreement.

All payments in respect of this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the Agent’s office in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Agent or the Holder shall have designated by written notice to the US Last Out Term Note Borrower as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder as provided in the Financing Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Financing Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


US Last Out Term Note Borrower may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the US Last Out Term Note Borrower will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The parties hereto (a) agree that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Note or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, shall be brought in any state or federal court located within Wilmington, Delaware, (b) irrevocably waive any objections which either may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note, or any other agreement, document, or other instrument executed in connection herewith, brought in the aforementioned courts, and (c) further irrevocably waive any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

THE HOLDER AND THE US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

2

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set out above.

 

US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER:

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC , a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.65

CREDIT SERVICES AGREEMENT

(TEXAS ONLINE)

THIS CREDIT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of January 18, 2016 by and between NCP FINANCE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, an Ohio limited partnership (“ Lender ”), and RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC a Texas limited liability company (“ CAB ”).

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth the terms and conditions which will govern certain credit services to be provided by CAB in connection with the arranging, administration and servicing of Loans (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and CAB agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Except as may be explicitly stated otherwise herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings ascribed to them below:

Advertising Materials ” means all materials and methods used by CAB in the performance of its marketing and promotion obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, brochures, letters, print advertisements, Internet advertisements, television and radio communications and other advertising, promotional and similar materials.

Borrowers ” mean those persons who are borrowers with respect to the Loans.

CAB Program ” means the credit services program of CAB for providing credit services to Borrowers resident in the state of Texas, including issuing guaranties on behalf of Borrowers to enhance their credit, and arranging Loans between Lender and Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement and the Program Guidelines.

CSOA ” means the Texas Credit Services Organizations Act set forth in Chapter 393 of the Texas Finance Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

GLBA ” means the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, any successor federal statute thereto and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as any of the same may be amended from time to time.

Loan Program ” means the lending program of Lender for the origination and consummation of Loans pursuant to this Agreement.

Loans ” means consumer loans with an interest rate not to exceed 10% per annum, made by Lender to Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement and the Program Guidelines.

Materials ” means the Advertising Materials and/or the Program Materials.


Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Rules ” means, without limitation, federal states, rules, regulations and executive orders related to money laundering and anti-terrorism, including, without limitation, the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and rules and regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury, the Office of Foreign Asset Control, and each other federal agency or office.

Program Guidelines ” means those guidelines established pursuant to Section 7 below for the administration of the CAB Program and the Loan Program.

Program Materials ” means all promissory notes, documents, and materials and methods used in connection with the performance of the parties’ obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, applications, disclosures and agreements required by the Rules, promissory notes, privacy policies, collection materials and the like, but excluding Advertising Materials.

Proprietary Rights ” means any copyright, patent, trademark, proprietary information or trade secret owned by a party hereto.

Red Flag Rules ” means the identity theft provisions in the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Federal Trade Commission’s identity theft rules set forth in 16 C.F.R. Part 681, as each of the same may be amended from time to time.

Regulatory Authority ” means any local, state, or federal regulatory authority having jurisdiction or exercising regulatory or similar oversight with respect to Lender, CAB, or Third Party Service Providers (except that nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by any party hereto that any Regulatory Authority has jurisdiction or exercises regulatory or similar oversight with respect to the Loans, the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program or any party hereto with respect to the performance of their respective obligations hereunder).

Rules ” means all local, state, and federal statutes, regulations, or ordinances applicable to the acts of Lender, CAB, or a Third Party Service Provider as they relate to the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program; any order, decision, injunction, or similar pronouncement of any court, tribunal, or arbitration panel issued with respect to Lender, CAB, or a Third Party Service Provider in connection with this Agreement, the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program; and any regulations, policy statements, and any similar pronouncement of a Regulatory Authority applicable to the acts of Lender, CAB, or a Third Party Service Provider as they relate to this Agreement or the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program, if any.

Third Party Service Provider ” means any contractor or service provider directly or indirectly retained by Lender or CAB, who provides or renders services in connection with the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program.

Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given to them. Each reference in this Agreement to a definition is a reference to a definition contained in this Agreement, unless the context expressly provides otherwise. Whenever the context requires, references in this Agreement to the singular number shall include the plural, and the plural number shall include the singular. Words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

2


2. General Description of the CAB Program and the Loan Program .

a. CAB Program . The parties agree that CAB’s responsibility under the CAB Program shall be to act as a “credit access business” on behalf of consumers in accordance with the the “ CSOA ”), and as such CAB shall have the right to charge a Borrower a fee (a “ CAB Fee ”) for arranging a Loan on behalf of such Borrower. CAB shall not share with Lender, and Lender shall not accept, any portion of any CAB Fee obtained from a Borrower. The credit services CAB provides to each Borrower shall be governed by a credit services disclosure statement (each a “ CAB Disclosure Statement ”), a credit services contract between CAB and each Borrower (each a “ CAB Contract ”). CAB, in CAB’s”), and a notice of cancellation to be provided by CAB to each Borrower that may be executed and delivered by each Borrower to CAB (each a “ CAB Notice of Cancellation ”). CAB, in CAB’s sole discretion, shall be solely responsible for determining the amount of the CAB Fee, the disclosures set forth in the CAB Disclosure Statement, the terms and conditions of each CAB Contract, the disclosures contained in the CAB Notice of Cancellation and whether or not it is appropriate to offer any particular consumer the opportunity to apply for a Loan. Nothing herein shall be deemed to commit CAB to arrange any particular level or number of applicants for Loans, and CAB makes no representation as to the number of Loan applications CAB will submit to Lender on behalf of prospective Borrowers. Furthermore, nothing herein shall be deemed to require CAB to submit to Lender the application of any prospective Borrower to whom CAB has determined not to provide credit services.

b. Loan Program . The parties agree that the Loan Program shall consist of the origination, funding, and collection of Loans, from time to time in accordance with the Program Guidelines, to Borrowers who are residents of the State of Texas. The parties agree that Lender shall have sole responsibility for establishing credit and underwriting criteria for the Loans, making the decisions as to whether or not to make Loans to prospective Borrowers, funding the Loans, and managing the Loan Program in accordance with Lender’s express obligations under this Agreement and the Program Guidelines. Nothing herein shall be deemed to commit Lender to originate or fund any particular level or number of Loans, and Lender makes no representation as to the amount of funding it will be able to raise for the Loans.

c. CAB and Lender intend to comply with all applicable Rules and to operate independently of each other in their respective capacities as a credit services organization and a lender.

d. The parties shall endeavor to begin the CAB Program and the Loan Program and commence making the Loans hereunder as soon as practical.

3. Duties and Responsibilities of Lender . Lender shall perform and discharge the following duties and responsibilities:

a. Develop (and from time to time as it determines appropriate, modify) credit and underwriting criteria determined by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, to be reasonable and prudent for the Loan Program and the Loans.

 

3


b. Make a determination, in Lender’s sole discretion, as to whether or not to extend a Loan to a prospective Borrower (which determination shall be made on a case by case basis pursuant to scoring systems or other criteria or models established by Lender).

c. Extend credit to Borrowers in the form of Loans and fund the Loans.

d. Disburse the proceeds of Loans to Borrowers.

e. Manage the Loan Program and the portfolio of Loans in accordance with Lender’s express obligations under this Agreement and under the Program Guidelines using commercially reasonable standards of care, skill and attention.

f. Generate adverse action notices and other communications that may be required under the Rules to persons who apply for but are denied a Loan.

4. Duties and Responsibilities of CAB . CAB shall perform certain arranging functions and credit services in connection with this Agreement under the Loan Program and shall act as the servicer for the Loans, as provided in this Agreement and in the Program Guidelines, and CAB hereby agrees to perform and discharge the following duties and responsibilities at its own cost and expense:

a. Market and promote the Loans and solicit potential Borrowers in the manner set out in Section 8 below.

b. Post a conspicuous notice on CAB’s website that identifies Lender as the lender of the Loans and provide such other information as Lender and CAB may mutually agree from time to time, with each party acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

c. Provide certain disclosures and agreements to each Borrower, including a CAB Disclosure Statement, a CAB Contract and a Notice of Cancellation in the manner described in the Program Guidelines.

d. Oversee the application process for Loans, solicit applications, and assist potential Borrowers in completing applications.

e. Review and confirm the identities of prospective Borrowers and comply in all respects with applicable federal and state customer identification and “know your customer” laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Rules.

f. Transmit Loan applications to Lender in accordance with the Program Guidelines.

g. Assist Lender in disbursing Loan proceeds to Borrowers.

h. As part of its credit services, assist Borrowers in remitting payments under Loans to Lender, which payments shall be forwarded to Lender in the manner specified in Section 6 below. The funds from these payments shall belong to and be held in trust for Lender or the recipient designated by Lender. Any payment on a Loan received in care of CAB shall be binding upon Lender with respect to the applicable Borrower.

 

4


i. Reflect all Loan transactions and track Loan balances on an MIS and accounting system to be maintained by CAB pursuant to the requirements of Section 11 below.

j. Comply with all licensing, bonding and other requirements of the CSOA, all requirements of Chapter 392 of the Texas Finance Code, and any regulations promulgated thereunder, and with state and federal laws and regulations.

k. Comply with all record-keeping rules and requirements of Texas law concerning Borrowers’ information.

5. Guaranty . Pursuant to each CAB Contract, and regardless of whether the CAB Contract is cancelled, CAB agrees to, and hereby does, unconditionally guaranty, on behalf of the Borrower, and for the benefit of Lender, the prompt payment of all amounts due under each Loan to Lender as set forth in the Guaranty Agreement between CAB and Lender.

6. Settlement . The parties agree to settle all amounts due from one party to the other pursuant to this Agreement on a daily basis. Any payment due from one party to the other under this Agreement shall be made by an automatic clearinghouse transfer with next day settlement on the business day immediately succeeding the transaction date. The settlement, payment and assignment obligations of the parties under this Agreement and the Program Guidelines shall survive the termination of this Agreement and will remain in effect as long as any Loans remain unpaid or any party owes any amount to the other party under this Section 6 . Lender acknowledges and agrees that if it issues its draft to a Borrower for the disbursement of Loan proceeds to that Borrower and CAB then honors that draft, the amount of the draft shall be considered due and owing from Lender to CAB on the date that CAB honors the draft. Pursuant to the requirements of Section 11 below, CAB shall capture and record all relevant data concerning any Loan transaction and prepare appropriate reports and summaries as may be necessary to effect settlement hereunder, facilitate the review and analysis of all Loan activity, and permit Lender to reflect such Loan transactions on its books and records. Except as may otherwise be agreed to in writing by CAB and Lender, in the event of any default by either party of its payment obligations under this Agreement, the non-defaulting party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to offset against its outstanding payment obligations owing to the defaulting party an amount equal to the amount of the defaulting party’s outstanding payment obligations owing to the non-defaulting party.

7. Program Guidelines . Lender and CAB will mutually agree upon the Program Guidelines in writing and will comply with such Program Guidelines, as the same may be amended from time to time by written agreement of the parties. The parties may modify the then current Program Guidelines only by means of a written agreement signed by duly authorized representatives of both parties. Both parties agree to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner in connection with the establishment and modification, if any, of the Program Guidelines. The parties agree to perform their duties and responsibilities under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Program Guidelines, as they may be modified from time to time.

 

5


8. Program Materials; Advertising Materials; Trade Names and Trademarks . The parties shall each be responsible for preparing their own respective Program Materials; provided, however, prior to the use of any Program Materials prepared by one party, the other party shall be entitled to review such Program Materials in the manner described below. Each party agrees that it will not use any Program Materials unless such Program Materials have been reviewed in advance by the other party hereto. CAB shall be responsible for the development of proposed Advertising Materials concerning advertising and marketing of Loans and solicitation of potential Borrowers. All Advertising Materials shall comply with the Rules. The form and content of all Advertising Materials shall be subject to the prior review of Lender in the manner described below. The nature of the Advertising Materials, the scope of their dissemination, and the total expenditures to be made on Advertising Materials for the CAB Program shall be determined by CAB in its reasonable discretion, and CAB shall pay all expenses concerning the production, use, and dissemination of Advertising Materials. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party agrees that it will respond in writing to any request from the other party for review of any Advertising Materials or Program Materials within five (5) business days following such other party’s receipt of such Materials and any such Materials shall be deemed without objection by such other party upon the earlier to occur of (a) the actual notification of review without objection of such Materials, or (b) upon the expiration of the above-described five (5) business day period if the party whose review is being sought fails to timely respond within such five (5) business day period. If either party objects to any proposed Program Materials or Advertising Materials within the required time frame, such party will detail its reasons for such disapproval in such party’s written objection notice to the other party and the parties will use reasonable commercial efforts to address any such objections. Either party hereto may at any time retract or modify any notice previously given by it with respect to any Program Materials or Advertising Materials if such action is necessary in order to remain in compliance with the Rules; provided, however, no party shall retract or modify a notice if there has been no intervening change in the Rules which would require such retraction or modification. Lender and CAB each acknowledge that Program Materials or Advertising Materials may contain trade names, trademarks, or service marks of the other party, and each party shall have no authority to use any such names or marks of the other party separate and apart from their use in the Program Materials or Advertising Materials. The parties shall use Program Materials and Advertising Materials only for the purpose of implementing the provisions of this Agreement and shall not use Program Materials or Advertising Materials in any manner that would violate the Rules or any provision of the Program Guidelines.

9. Loan Terms and Charges; CAB Terms and Fees . All underwriting criteria, Loan terms and all interest, fees, and other charges associated with the Loans, exclusive of any CAB Fees, and shall be established by Lender. Lender shall have the right to modify any underwriting criteria, Loan term, interest rate, fee, or other charge (exclusive of any CAB Fees), from time to time, at its discretion, including, without limitation, if Lender reasonably determines that any such modification is necessary in order to remain in compliance with the Rules. The terms and conditions of the CAB Disclosure Statements, the CAB Contracts, the CAB Notices of Cancellation and the amount of any CAB Fees shall be established by CAB, and shall comply with the Rules. CAB shall have the right to modify any CAB Disclosure Statements, CAB Contracts, CAB Notices of Cancellation and the amount of any CAB Fees, from time to time, at its discretion, including, without limitation, if CAB reasonably determines that such modification is necessary in order to remain in compliance with the Rules. In the event either party hereto

 

6


becomes aware that any underwriting criteria, Loan terms, interest, fee or other charge associated with any Loan, any terms and conditions of the CAB Disclosure Statements, the CAB Contracts, the CAB Notices of Cancellation, CAB’s activities as a third party debt collector in the event Loans are assigned to CSO upon default, or the amount of any CAB Fee is not in compliance with any Rule, the party becoming aware of the same shall notify the other party of such non-compliance and each party hereto agrees to cooperate in good faith with each other, and to diligently take commercially reasonable steps, as may be necessary in order to promptly correct any such non-compliance.

10. Third Party Service Providers . The parties will provide the other party any reasonably requested information regarding any Third Party Service Provider who such party retains, directly or indirectly, to assist it in performing its duties hereunder or to otherwise participate in the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program. All such Third Party Service Providers must obtain any and all licenses and registrations required under applicable Texas or federal law to perform its duties hereunder or to otherwise participate in the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program. Each party reserves the right to require the other party to terminate the services of any Third Party Service Provider to whom such party reasonably objects. A party may condition its willingness to permit a Third Party Service Provider upon obtaining a written commitment from such Third Party Service Provider to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the Program Guidelines, to submit to audits and inspections by either party hereto, and to indemnify the parties hereto upon such terms and conditions as the parties hereto may reasonably require. CAB shall be responsible for supervising any Third Party Service Providers retained by CAB and shall be responsible for any failures of such Third Party Service Providers to comply with this Agreement and applicable law. Lender shall be responsible for supervising any Third Party Service Providers retained by Lender and shall be responsible for any failures of such Third Party Service Providers to comply with this Agreement and applicable law.

11. MIS and Accounting System . CAB agrees to develop and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, a comprehensive MIS and accounting system to accurately and immediately reflect all Loan transactions and track all Loan balances and which will satisfy the information requirements of CAB, Lender, Processor (if applicable) and Regulatory Authorities having jurisdiction over the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program, if any, and a telecommunications link by which Lender can access such system. CAB shall provide Lender on a periodic basis with an electronic file with data concerning all Loans originated hereunder to assist Lender in incorporating such information into its internal accounting, record keeping, and audit systems, in form and substance as may be mutually agreed to by parties from time to time. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason CAB shall continue to provide the accounting and MIS functions described herein for the Loans for the benefit of Lender and maintain the MIS and accounting system described herein for such purpose for up to one (1) year following termination of this Agreement, or until all Loans are paid in full, whichever is later.

12. CAB’s Representations and Warranties . CAB makes the following warranties and representations to Lender, all of which shall survive the execution and termination of this Agreement for any reason:

a. This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against CAB in accordance with its terms, and CAB has received all necessary limited liability company

 

7


approvals to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Except for CAB’s bond and license described below, and any third party debt collector surety bond required by Chapter 392 of the Texas Finance Code, CAB is not required to obtain the approval of, or be licensed by, any Regulatory Authority to lawfully perform its obligations hereunder.

b. CAB is a limited liability company, duly formed, validly existing, and in full force and effect under the laws of the State of Texas and is authorized, registered, and licensed to do business in Texas and in each other state in which the nature of its activities makes such authorization, registration, or licensing necessary or required. CAB is licensed and bonded as required for credit access businesses under the CSOA and will remain so licensed and bonded throughout the term of this Agreement.

c. CAB has the full organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform all of its obligations hereunder.

d. The provisions of this Agreement and the performance of each of CAB’s obligations hereunder do not conflict with CAB’s Articles of Organization, Operating Agreement, or any agreement, contract, lease, or obligation to which CAB is a party or by which CAB is bound.

e. All of the members of CAB have approved the terms and conditions of this Agreement and have determined that entering into this Agreement is in the best interests of CAB.

f. This Agreement, the Program Guidelines and the provisions of each of them comply with and are enforceable under the Rules, and the operation of each of the CAB Program and the Loan Program in accordance with this Agreement and the Program Guidelines will not violate any of the Rules.

g. Neither CAB nor any principal thereof has been or is the subject of any of the following:

i. Criminal conviction (other than misdemeanor traffic offenses);

ii. IRS lien;

iii. Enforcement agreement, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, administrative penalty, or similar agreement concerning lending matters;

iv. Administrative or enforcement proceeding or material investigation commenced by the Securities Exchange Commission, state securities regulatory authority, Federal Trade Commission, or any other state or federal Regulatory Authority (excluding routine examinations conducted by a Regulatory Authority and excluding communications received in the ordinary course of business from any Regulatory Authority such as communications concerning consumer complaints or communications related to immaterial issues); or

 

8


v. Restraining order, decree, injunction, or judgment in any proceeding or lawsuit alleging fraud or deceptive practices or illegal activity on the part of CAB or any principal thereof.

For purposes of this Section 12(g) the term “ principal ” of CAB shall include (i) any person directly or indirectly owning a ten percent or more equity interest of CAB, (ii) any officer, member or director of CAB and (iii) any other person having the power or authority to control CAB’s business.

13. Lender’s Representations and Warranties . Lender makes the following warranties and representations to CAB, all of which shall survive the execution and termination of this Agreement for any reason:

a. This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against Lender in accordance with its terms and Lender has received all necessary organizational approvals to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

b. Lender is a limited partnership duly formed, validly existing, and in full force and effect under the laws of the State of Ohio and is authorized and registered to do business in Texas and in each other state in which the nature of its activities makes such authorization or registration necessary or required.

c. Lender is not affiliated with CAB or any affiliate of CAB.

d. Lender has the full organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform all of its obligations hereunder.

e. The provisions of this Agreement and the performance of each of Lender’s obligations hereunder do not conflict with Lender’s Certificate of Limited Partnership, Limited Partnership Agreement, or any agreement, contract, lease, or obligation to which Lender is a party or by which Lender is bound.

f. Neither Lender nor any principal thereof has been or is the subject of any of the following:

i. Criminal conviction (other than misdemeanor traffic offenses);

ii. IRS lien;

iii. Enforcement agreement, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, administrative penalty, or similar agreement concerning lending matters;

iv. Administrative or enforcement proceeding or material investigation commenced by the Securities Exchange Commission, state securities regulatory authority, Federal Trade Commission, or any other state or federal Regulatory Authority (excluding routine examinations conducted by a Regulatory Authority and excluding communications received in the ordinary course of business from any Regulatory Authority such as communications concerning consumer complaints or communications related to immaterial issues); or

 

9


v. Restraining order, decree, injunction, or judgment in any proceeding or lawsuit alleging fraud or deceptive practices or illegal activity on the part of Lender or any principal thereof.

For purposes of this Section 13(f) the term “ principal ” of Lender shall include (i) any person directly or indirectly owning a ten percent or more equity interest of Lender, (ii) any officer, member or director of Lender and (iii) any other person having the power or authority to control Lender’s business.

14. Ownership of Customer Information . Each party shall take all steps necessary and appropriate to maintain the confidentiality of Loan applicant and Borrower names, addresses, and telephone numbers and all account and other “nonpublic personal information” (as used in and defined by the GLBA), including payment information, regarding Borrowers and Loan applicants who have been declined and all records, data, and information pertaining to the foregoing (collectively, “ Customer Information ”). Lender and CAB jointly and severally shall own all Customer Information; provided, however, that neither party hereto will use any of such Customer Information except to the extent permitted by the Program Guidelines and the privacy policies of each of CAB and Lender set forth in the documents described in the Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the need for obtaining Lender’s consent, CAB shall be free to use Customer Information for purposes of marketing, offering, selling, arranging, underwriting and providing other products and services, including, without limitation, other loan products and services that may be offered to consumers by CAB, any Third Party Service Provider of CAB or any other lenders through the distribution channels of CAB and any Third Party Service Provider of CAB, provided that, in all cases, however, any use by CAB of any such Customer Information shall comply with (i) all applicable Rules, (ii) the requirements of the Program Guidelines, and (iii) the above-described privacy policies of both CAB and Lender and in the event any such Customer Information is used in connection with marketing, offering, selling, arranging, underwriting or providing loans made by any party other than CAB, Lender agrees that such other lender may jointly own such Customer Information with CAB and Lender, so long as such other lender has a privacy policy no less restrictive than Lender’s privacy policy described in the Program Guidelines and agrees in writing to comply with such privacy policy and the privacy policies of CAB and Lender. In addition, notwithstanding that Lender has an ownership interest in the Customer Information, Lender agrees that it will not use the Customer Information to market any other products or services to the Borrowers or to Loan applicants who have been declined without the prior written consent of CAB; provided that nothing herein shall prevent Lender from making a loan to one or more Customers whose loan applications are processed and approved independently through Lender’s business arrangements with other credit services organizations. Without limiting the foregoing, each of CAB and Lender shall adopt and maintain reasonable procedures relating to administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to: (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of any Customer Information that such party receives; (b) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of any Customer Information that such party receives; (c) protect against the unauthorized access to or use of any Customer Information that such party has in its possession which could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any Borrower or Loan applicant; (d)

 

10


ensure the proper disposal of any Customer Information that such party has in its possession; and (e) utilize a safeguards program that is compliant with 16 C.F.R. Part 314. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, CAB shall be the sole owner of all CAB Disclosure Statements and all CAB Contracts and any information contained therein. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Section 14 shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.

15. Term . The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of one (1) year commencing as of the date hereof; provided, however, that either party hereto may terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration of its term pursuant to the provisions of this Section 15 and Section 16 below. This Agreement shall be renewed automatically for successive one-year terms unless the party not wishing to renew provides the other party with sixty (60) days advance written notice of non-renewal. Each party hereto shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other party hereto, if (i) the terminating party determines in its reasonable discretion that the activities of the parties under this Agreement or the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program contravene, conflict with, are prohibited by, are improper under or are not permitted under any of the Rules; (ii) any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program, CAB or Lender requires the terminating party to terminate this Agreement; (iii) the terminating party determines in its reasonable discretion that continued operation of the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program may materially adversely affect the ongoing operations of the terminating party or those of the terminating party’s affiliates; and in the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to this clause (iv), the terminating party shall provide the other party hereto with a written explanation of the basis for such termination, or (v) the terminating party determines in its reasonable discretion that continued operation of the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program may materially adversely affect the relationship between the terminating party or any of its affiliates and any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over any of them.

In addition, if Lender modifies any Loan term, interest rate, fee, or other charge, or if Lender materially modifies any underwriting criteria for the Loans, CAB may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender if CAB determines in its reasonable discretion that such modification by Lender would render it economically infeasible for CAB to continue to perform its duties and responsibilities hereunder or that such modification would cause any aspect of the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program to be in violation of any Rule.

Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, the parties’ obligations with respect to outstanding Loans shall remain in effect for so long as such Loans remain outstanding.

16. Termination Upon Default .

a. Either party hereto shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon occurrence of one or more of the following events:

i. failure by the other party to observe or perform that party’s obligations to the other hereunder or to comply with any provision of this Agreement, so long as the failure or nonperformance is not due to the actions of the terminating party;

 

11


ii. in the event any financial information, representation, warranty, statement or certificate furnished to either party by the other party in connection with this Agreement, or any separate material statement or document delivered or to be delivered hereunder by either party hereto to the other party, is materially false, misleading, or inaccurate as of the date made or delivered;

iii. in the event a party hereto (or an affiliate of such party) defaults under any other agreement executed between the parties hereto (and/or any of their respective affiliates) and such default continues beyond any applicable notice and cure period provided for such default under such other agreement; or

iv. without cause with 120 days prior written notice to the other party.

b. The Agreement may be terminated pursuant to Section 16(a)(i) above only if the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the defaulting party receives written notice from the other party specifying the default in the case of a non-monetary default, or ten (10) days after the default in the case of a failure to pay any amount when due hereunder.

c. In addition to any other right to terminate this Agreement, a party may terminate this Agreement if the other party hereto, or such other party’s principals (as defined in Section 12 or Section 13 above, as the case may be) is the subject of any of the following or if any of the following occurs with respect to such other party or such other party’s principals: insolvency, inability to pay its debts as they become due, the filing of a voluntary bankruptcy petition, the filing of an involuntary bankruptcy petition which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after filing thereof, dissolution or termination of its existence as a going concern, or the appointment of a receiver for any part of its property.

17. Indemnification .

a. CAB’s Indemnification Obligations .

i. Except to the extent of Damages (as defined in Section 17(d) ) expressly excluded under this Agreement, CAB hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless, Lender and its affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, lenders, partners, attorneys and agents (herein, the “ Lender Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Damages suffered or incurred by the Lender Indemnified Parties (or any of them) relating to, accruing or arising or alleged to have accrued or arisen in whole or in part out of or in consequence of any and all of the following: (A) any actual or alleged injury (physical or otherwise) to any actual or prospective Borrower, to any actual or prospective customer of CAB, or to any employee of CAB actually or allegedly caused in whole or in part by CAB or any CAB Indemnified Party (as defined in Section 17(b)(i) ); (B) any transaction (whether one or more) arising out of, relating to and or pursuant to this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (C) any act or omission (whether one or more) of CAB or its employees, agents or representatives related to this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (D) any act or omission (whether one or more) of any Third Party Service Provider retained by CAB in connection with this Agreement, the

 

12


Program Guidelines, the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (E) the inaccuracy of any warranty or representation made by any Third Party Service Provider retained by CAB in connection with this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (F) the breach of any obligation owed by any Third Party Service Provider retained by CAB in connection with this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (G) any breach by CAB (or its employees, agents or representatives) of its obligations under or related to this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (H) the breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of CAB set forth in this Agreement or any other document or agreement executed in connection herewith; (I) any claim, allegation or determination (including any settlement, judgment or ruling with respect thereto) that the Loans or the activities, practices, and/or procedures of the parties hereunder, under the Program Guidelines or related to the CAB Program or the Loan Program contravene, conflict with, are prohibited by, are improper under or are not permitted under any of the Rules (including, without limitation, usury laws, consumer protection laws, racketeering laws (including the Federal Racketeering Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act), and the Federal Truth in Lending Act and rules and regulations related thereto) or are fraudulent or unconscionable; (J) any other claim, allegation or investigation asserted by or on behalf of a Borrower, a prospective Borrower or a Regulatory Authority with respect to the Loans or the activities, practices, and/or procedures of the parties under this Agreement or the Program Guidelines or related to the CAB Program or the Loan Program; (K) any examination or audit conducted by a Regulatory Authority as provided in Section 21 ; (L) any burglary, robbery, fraud or theft at any of CAB’s locations or on any of CAB’s premises; (M) any marketing or administration of the Loans by persons other than Lender and its employees (including loss, theft or misuse of Loan proceeds, Loan payments and drafts and instruments issued or received in connection therewith); and (N) any claim relating to the reporting of inaccurate, incomplete or untimely information to a consumer reporting agency or credit bureau.

ii. The obligations of CAB to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lender and the Lender Indemnified Parties under this Section 17(a) shall extend, without limitation, to liability for Lender’s negligence; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to require CAB to indemnify the Lender Indemnified Parties (or any of them) for Damages suffered by any of them directly or indirectly related to, resulting from or arising out of any of the following: (A) burglary, robbery, fraud or theft from or at any premises of the Lender, (B) the marketing or administration of the Loans by any person other than CAB, its employees or any Third Party Service Provider engaged by it; (C) Lender’s alleged or actual violation of federal or state securities laws or laws pertaining to the formation, organization and operation of entities; (D) claims brought by the employees or shareholders of any Lender Indemnified Party; (E) a decline in the value of the ownership interests of Lender, its partners and affiliates; (F) adverse publicity or customer relations problems encountered or suffered by any Lender Indemnified Party unrelated to the Loan Program or the CAB Program; (G) the loss of non-Loan related business, or profits related thereto; (H) lost management time related to attending hearings and meetings with respect to matters which are the subject of indemnification under this Section 17 ; (I) any Lender Breach (hereinafter defined); or (J) the fraud or willful misconduct of Lender. The term “ Lender Breach ” shall mean the breach by Lender of any

 

13


of its obligations expressly set forth herein; provided, however, any breach by Lender arising out of or related to the failure of Lender to comply with the Rules shall not be deemed a Lender Breach unless and until Lender fails to comply with its obligations under the last sentence of Section 9 hereof.

CAB’s indemnification obligations under this Section 17(a) shall include the payment of all costs of defense, if any, including without limitation, all reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees, court costs, accounting fees, class action costs and expert fees, subject to CAB’s reimbursement rights under Section 17(c) . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 17 , the obligations of CAB to defend, indemnify and/or hold the Lender Indemnified Parties harmless under this Section 17 shall extend without limitation to the payment of all costs of defense for the actual or alleged omissions, negligence, gross negligence, and intentional acts of Lender, including Lender’s sole or concurrent negligence. It is contemplated that CAB’s defense obligations under this Section 17(a) may be, but shall not necessarily be, broader than its indemnification obligations hereunder.

b. Lender’s Indemnification Obligations .

i. Except to the extent of Damages expressly excluded under this Agreement or Damages for which CAB otherwise is obligated to defend, indemnify and/or hold harmless the Lender Indemnified Parties as set forth above, Lender hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless, CAB and its members and affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, lenders, partners, attorneys and agents (herein, the “ CAB Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Damages suffered or incurred by the CAB Indemnified Parties (or any of them) relating to, accruing or arising or alleged to have accrued or arisen in whole or in part out of or in consequence of any and all of the following: (A) any Lender Breach or the inaccuracy of any warranty or representation of Lender set forth in this Agreement; (B) the willful act or omission of Lender or its employees, agents or representatives; (C) any act or omission (whether one or more) of any Third Party Service Provider retained by Lender without the consent of CAB; (D) the inaccuracy of any warranty or representation made for the benefit of CAB by any Third Party Service Provider retained by Lender without the consent of CAB; (E) the breach of any obligation owed to CAB by any Third Party Service Provider retained by Lender without the consent of CAB; and (F) any burglary, robbery or theft by Lender or any of its affiliates (or any of their respective employees).

ii. Nothing herein shall be construed to require Lender to indemnify, defend or hold harmless the CAB Indemnified Parties (or any of them) for Damages suffered by any of them directly or indirectly related to, resulting from or arising out of any of the following: (A) any breach by CAB of its representations, warranties, covenants or obligations under this Agreement; (B) the breach of any obligation of a Third Party Service Provider retained by CAB; (C) the negligence or willful misconduct of CAB; any CAB Indemnified Party or any Third Party Service Provider retained by CAB; (D) burglary, robbery, fraud or theft at or from any premises of the CAB or any CAB Indemnified Party; (E) marketing or administration of the Loans by persons other than Lender or its employees; (F) any claim, investigation or allegation made by any regulatory

 

14


or governmental authority or agency arising from or relating to the activities of CAB; (G) any claim (including any settlement, judgment or ruling with respect to such claim) that CAB or Lender has violated any of the Rules (including the Federal Racketeering Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) or is liable for fraud or unconscionable actions; (H) any claim that any CAB Indemnified Party allegedly or actually violated any federal or state securities laws or laws related to the formation, organization and operation of entities; (I) a decline in the value of the ownership interests of any CAB Indemnified Party; (J) any claims brought by any owner or employee of any CAB Indemnified Party; (K) adverse publicity or customer relations problems suffered by any CAB Indemnified Party; (L) the loss of non-Loan related business, or profits related thereto by any CAB Indemnified Party; (M) non-monetary sanctions imposed by any court or Regulatory Authority; and (N) lost management time related to attending hearings and meetings with respect to matters which are the subject of indemnification under this Section 17 .

iii. Lender’s indemnification obligations under this Section 17(b) shall include the payment of all costs of defense, if any, including without limitation, all reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees, court costs, accounting fees, class action costs and expert fees, subject to Lender’s reimbursement rights under Section 17(c) .

c. Obligation to Refund Advanced Damages . In the event that either party hereto reimburses the other party hereto for Damages pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Section 17 , in advance of the final disposition of the underlying claim, and if it is ultimately determined by settlement or pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions hereof that such Damages directly arose out of an occurrence that did not require such indemnification under Section 17(a) or Section 17(b) , as applicable, then the reimbursed party agrees to repay to the other party any such Damages for which it received advanced reimbursement to which it was not entitled hereunder. All Damages required to be repaid under this Section 17(c) shall be repaid within 5 business days following the above-described ultimate determination.

d. Additional Definitions . The Lender Indemnified Parties and the CAB Indemnified Parties sometimes are referred to herein as the “ Indemnified Parties ” or individually as an “ Indemnified Party ,” and “ Indemnifying Party ” may refer to CAB or Lender, in their capacities as indemnitors hereunder. “ Damages ” means any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, penalties, fines, judgments, damages, settlements, out-of-pocket costs, and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, accounting fees, disbursements and class action costs).

e. Notice . An Indemnified Party promptly shall notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, of any suit or threat of suit of which that party becomes aware which may give rise to a right to indemnification under this Agreement (but in any event within 30 days of the discovery of such claim), and any Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder promptly shall notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, of any indemnified loss; provided, however, that the failure of an Indemnified Party alleging a right of indemnity hereunder to provide prompt notice to the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder only if and to the extent that the Indemnifying Party can prove that such failure to provide prompt notice actually and

 

15


materially prejudiced its rights. The Indemnified Party shall provide to the Indemnifying Party, as promptly as practicable after the delivery of such notice, all information and documentation reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party to support and verify the claim asserted.

f. Defense and Counsel . At its sole cost and expense, the Indemnifying Party may employ counsel chosen by the Indemnifying Party, provided that such counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right, at its own expense, to employ counsel separate from counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party in any such action and to participate therein; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible for reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses related to the separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Party if the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that the ability of the Indemnified Party to prevail in the defense of any claim is or will be materially improved if separate counsel represents the Indemnified Party or if separate counsel is appropriate because of legal ethics considerations. An Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the settlement of any claim entered into without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnifying Party shall not agree to a settlement of any claim that provides for any relief other than the payment of monetary damages by the Indemnifying Party without the applicable Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld; provided that an Indemnified Party’s withholding of or delaying consent shall not be deemed unreasonable if the proposed settlement arrangement allocates liability or financial obligations directly to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party chooses to so defend, all parties hereto shall cooperate in the defense thereof and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, and shall attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as reasonably may be request in connection therewith, all at the Indemnifying Party’s sole cost and expense.

g. Joint Defense Agreement . The parties agree that, if both parties are named as defendants in the same lawsuit, arbitration or other proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement, the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program, the parties may enter into a joint defense agreement reasonably acceptable to the parties; provided, however, that any such joint defense agreement shall not preclude any party from asserting any counterclaims, cross-actions or third-party claims to which it may be entitled to assert.

h. Survival . This Section 17 shall survive and shall continue to be binding on the parties notwithstanding any termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement.

i. Each party expressly agrees, warrants and represents that it has read the terms of this Section 17 , understands same and that the terms of this Section 17 are clear, conspicuous and unequivocal.

18. Expenses . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for all expenses incurred by it in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including any expenses incurred by it in performing its respective duties set forth in Section 3 or Section 4 above, as the case may be.

 

16


19. Scope of Relationship . The parties agree that the relationship established by this Agreement is non-exclusive. Without limiting the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Section 14 and Section 20 of this Agreement, each party hereto is expressly permitted, without the need for obtaining any further consent or approval from the other party hereto, to market, offer, sell, arrange, underwrite and/or provide other products and services, including, without limitation, any other loan products and services and specifically including, without limitation, any loan products and services similar in scope and nature to the Loans and the related services contemplated by the Program Guidelines, through any of their respective distribution channels and the distribution channels of their respective Third Party Service Providers, including, without limitation, any of such distribution channels through which Loans are offered pursuant to this Agreement.

20. Confidentiality; Red Flag and Other Obligations.

a. Confidentiality . In performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement, each party may have access to and receive disclosure of certain confidential information about the other party or parties, including, without limitation, the names and addresses of a party’s customers or members, marketing plans and objectives, research and test results, and other information which is confidential and the property of the party disclosing the information (“ Confidential Information ”). The parties agree that the term Confidential Information shall include this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, and the Program Materials, as the same may be amended and modified from time to time. Confidential Information of a party hereto shall not include information in the public domain or that is independently developed by the other party hereto. Lender and CAB agree that Confidential Information shall be used by each party solely in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each party shall receive Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose Confidential Information to any third party, except as may be permitted hereunder or under the Program Documents, or as may be necessary to perform its obligations hereunder, or as may be otherwise agreed in writing by the party furnishing the information, or as required by the Rules or any Regulatory Authority. In the event that either party (the “ Restricted Party ”) is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, such party will provide the other party with prompt notice of such request(s) so that the other party may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive the Restricted Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. In the event that the other party does not seek such a protective order or other remedy, or such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or the other party grants a waiver hereunder, the Restricted Party may furnish that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information which the Restricted Party is legally compelled to disclose and will exercise such efforts to obtain reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any Confidential Information so furnished as a Restricted Party would reasonably exercise in assuring the confidentiality of any of its own confidential information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and except as provided in Section 19 above, nothing herein shall prohibit either party hereto from entering into agreements with any other party that include program guidelines and program materials that may or may not be the same as,

 

17


or substantially similar to, the Program Guidelines and Program Materials. Upon request or upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party hereto shall return to the other party or destroy (as the latter may instruct) all of the latter’s Confidential Information in the former’s possession which is in any written or other recorded form, including data stored in any computer medium; provided, however, that each party may retain the Confidential Information of the other party (but subject to the requirements of this Section 20 ) to the extent that such party needs access to such information to continue to perform any of its obligations hereunder or to arrange or service Loans or otherwise perform obligations owed by each party to the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent there are any inconsistencies between this Section 20 and Section 14 above, the provisions of Section 14 above shall control.

b. Red Flag and Other Obligations . Lender and CAB shall comply with their respective obligations under the Red Flag Rules and the Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Rules.

21. Regulatory Examinations and Audits . Each party agrees to submit to any examination which may be required by any Regulatory Authority with audit and examination authority over the other party, to the fullest extent that such Regulatory Authority may require and to the fullest extent provided by law. Each party (either directly or by the use of accountants or other agents or representatives) may audit, inspect, and review the other party’s files, records, and books with respect to the Loans, compliance with the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program and its business operations. Each party agrees to submit such information as the other party may from time to time reasonably request in order to ascertain the submitting party’s compliance with the requirements of this Agreement and compliance with the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program. Each party agrees to submit to operational audits and audits of such party’s electronic data processing functions, as the other party may reasonably request from time to time. The auditing party will promptly submit the results of such audits to the audited party. Any such audit shall be performed at the auditing party’s sole cost and expense. The parties acknowledge and agree that, as and to the extent provided by law, Lender shall be responsible to Borrowers, prospective Borrowers, and Regulatory Authorities having jurisdiction over Lender, the CAB Program and/or the Loan Program for compliance with the Rules as they may apply to the Loans and the Program Materials, but subject to the full performance by CAB of its obligations hereunder and the accuracy of CAB’s warranties and representations set forth herein concerning compliance with the Rules. CAB acknowledges that in discharging its compliance obligations under the Rules Lender shall rely on the full performance by CAB of its duties and obligations hereunder and the accuracy of CAB’s warranties and representations set forth herein.

22. Relationship of Parties; No Authority to Bind . Lender and CAB agree that (a) Lender and CAB are independent contractors to each other in performing their respective obligations hereunder, (b) Lender shall not hold any ownership in CAB or possess a leasehold interest in CAB’s offices or any personal property located therein, except that Lender shall be the exclusive owner of all Loan Documents (as defined below), (c) no Lender employees shall work in the CAB offices (except for Lender auditors who may examine CAB’s practices from time to time for compliance with the Program Guidelines), and (d) other than as may be necessary to generally effectuate CAB’s performance of its duties under this Agreement, Lender shall exercise no authority or control over CAB’s employees or methods of operation. Nothing in this Agreement or in the working relationship established and developed hereunder shall be deemed

 

18


or is intended to be deemed, nor shall it cause, Lender and CAB to be treated as partners, joint venturers, joint associates for profit or otherwise be deemed to create a relationship of agent and principal, and in no event shall CAB be deemed or be entitled or permitted to act as an agent of Lender. Neither party shall have any authority to bind the other party to any agreement. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no actions or failure to act on the part of either party hereto shall be construed to imply the existence of any authority not expressly granted herein. CSO is not authorized to, and shall not make or amend any contract, incur any debt or liability, or extend any credit or enter into any obligation on behalf of Lender; modify or amend any document evidencing a Loan (a “ Loan Document ”), extend the time for making any payment which may become due under any Loan; or waive any of Lender’s rights or privileges under any agreement made by Lender. CAB understands and agrees that CAB’s name shall not appear on any Loan Document as the maker of a Loan. CAB further understands and agrees that CAB shall not have any participation in the credit decision to make or provide a Loan, a Loan renewal or a Loan refinance or any participation in any act pertaining to the funding of a Loan, a Loan renewal or a Loan refinance, except as and if directed by Lender under the Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding any delegation of duties pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, credit and funding decisions at all times shall be made by Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion. CAB shall refer to Lender any inquiries concerning the accuracy, interpretation, or legal effect of any Loan Document. CAB shall not negotiate the terms of any Loan Document on behalf of Lender. Lender shall be deemed to have received and reviewed the Loan Documents and supporting materials only after the Loan Documents and materials have been previously received at Lender’s offices or, if designated by Lender, by Processor. CAB shall not represent to anyone that CAB has the authority or power to do any of the foregoing and shall make no representations concerning Lender’s transactions except as expressly authorized in writing. In each and every instance, the acts that this Agreement authorizes CAB to perform for or on Lender’s behalf shall solely constitute CAB a special limited agent of Lender to perform the duties and services set forth herein. In no event may CAB act as Lender’s general agent or represent to others that it may act as Lender’s general agent. In the event that either party reasonably determines that any provision of this Agreement requires an act that applicable Rules disallow in order for CAB and Lender to operate lawfully as an independent credit services organization and lender, respectively, or otherwise causes a material risk of violating applicable Rules, then the parties shall promptly and in good faith attempt to agree to a modification so as to reduce or eliminate such risk of not conforming to applicable Rules. Lender shall not have any authority or control over any of the property interests or employees of CAB, nor shall Lender have any authority or control over any of the property interests or employees of those affiliates of CAB that own and operate stores at which or other portals through which potential Borrowers are offered the opportunity to complete and submit applications for Loans. CAB has and at all times shall retain the full authority to determine which potential Borrowers are offered the opportunity to complete and submit applications for Loans. As used herein, the term “Loan Document” shall not include any agreements that CAB or any affiliate of CAB may enter into directly with any party that governs the agreement of CAB or an affiliate of CAB to attempt to arrange a Loan on behalf of any Borrower or any party who applies for, but is denied, a Loan.

23. Governing Law; Arbitration; Consent to Jurisdiction .

a. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without reference to Texas choice

 

19


of law or conflicts of law. All Parties agree that any arbitration or litigation related to this Agreement or any dispute between the Parties will be conducted in Montgomery County, Ohio, unless the Parties mutually agree on another location. Each Party consents to subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction and venue in Montgomery County, Ohio.

b. Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and any temporary or final judgment or award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any state or federal court in Montgomery County, Ohio. All Parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any such claim.

c. Injunctive and Other Relief . This agreement to arbitrate includes claims for injunctive relief, and the Parties agree that the AAA has the jurisdiction and authority to grant temporary or preliminary injunctive relief pursuant to Rule 38 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, but also subject to Rule 65(A) and (B) of the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure. The Parties agree that the arbitrator(s) shall not have the power to award punitive or exemplary damages for any claim or controversy.

d. Fees and Expenses . The Parties agree that the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules govern the award of attorney fees and expenses, and hereby expressly permit the AAA arbitrator or panel to award reasonable and necessary attorney fees and expenses in their discretion to the prevailing party in their discretion.

e. Confidentiality . At the request of either Party, the arbitration proceedings and any award or judgment will be conducted in the utmost confidentiality; in such case all documents, testimony and records shall be received, heard and maintained by the arbitrator or panel in confidence, available for inspection only by the parties and their respective attorneys and experts, who agree to maintain such information in confidence.

f. Joinder . Where applicable, all disputes hereunder shall be joined in or consolidated with the related proceeding(s), if any, among Lender, CSO and any affiliated entities.

24. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be improper, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term hereof, such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such improper, invalid or unenforceable provision never comprised a part hereof; and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the improper, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom. Furthermore, in lieu of such improper, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in its terms to such improper, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

25. Successors and Third Parties . This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns. Except as expressly provided herein with respect to Third Party Service Providers, the

 

20


obligations, rights and benefits hereunder are specific to the parties hereto and shall not be delegated or assigned without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. As a condition to an assignment of any obligations, rights or benefits hereunder, the assignee of such obligations, rights and benefits must agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to an assignment document executed by such assignee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to both Lender and CAB. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or grant any right, privilege, or other benefit to or for any person or entity other than the parties hereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties acknowledge that Lender can freely assign its rights in and with respect to the Loans (including, without limitation, its rights under Section 5 hereof) without CAB’s prior written consent, provided that the assignee satisfies the conditions set forth in this Section 25.

26. CAB Quarterly Certificate .

a. CAB shall furnish to Lender, upon request, a quarterly compliance certificate affirming its current and previous compliance with each of the following covenants during the applicable calendar quarter:

i. CAB is now and was at all relevant times a duly licensed credit access business under CSOA;

ii. CAB is now and was at all relevant times and in all material respects in compliance with all Rules and the Program Guidelines and Loan terms;

iii. CAB is not now assisting, nor has it ever assisted any person or entity to procure any loan in Texas as to which the contractual rate of simple interest per annum was greater than maximum interest rate authorized under Texas law;

iv. CAB has not engaged and is not now engaged in any discriminatory practice for the purpose of discouraging any Borrower (or prospective Borrower) in any aspect of the credit process or rejecting any Borrower (or prospective Borrower) for credit services on any basis prohibited by the Rules;

v. CAB has been and will remain in compliance in all respects with the GLBA, other applicable federal and state privacy Rules, and this Agreement, as each of them pertains to Customer Information; and

vi. CAB has not violated and will not violate any term of this Agreement pertaining to the use and/or protection of Lender’s Confidential Information.

b. CAB has and will continue to timely furnish all information required herein, which information has and will be in all material respects, truthful and accurate.

c. Any failure or inability on the part of CAB timely and truthfully to issue such compliance certificate shall be an event of default hereunder on the part of CAB.

d. Such other matters as Lender may reasonably request.

 

21


27. Notices . All notices, requests, and approvals required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed/directed to the other party at the address/facsimile number below or at such other address of which the notifying party hereafter receives notice in conformity with this Section 27 . All such notices, requests, and approvals shall be deemed given upon the earlier of facsimile transmission or actual receipt thereof:

 

To Lender:    NCP Finance Limited Partnership
   205 Sugar Camp Circle, Dept. ELV
   Dayton, OH 45409
   Fax No.: 937.586.9474
   Attention: CEO,
To CAB:    RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC
   4150 International Plaza, Suite 300
   Fort Worth, TX 76109
   Attention: Senior Director of Products

28. Proprietary Rights . No right, title or interest in, to or under any Proprietary Rights of any party are created or assigned or otherwise transferred to the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a work for hire agreement, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes an agreement by a party to assign or otherwise convey title to any Proprietary Rights to the other party. Each party will retain full ownership of and title to all equipment, materials, hardware, software, inventions, innovations and other tangible and intangible property provided by or developed by such Party in connection with this Agreement.

29. Waiver . Neither party hereto shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder except in an express writing signed by an authorized agent or representative of the party to be charged with such waiver.

30. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In proving this Agreement in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Delivery of a signature hereto by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission of a document in the form of an Adobe portable digital file (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof, and any such facsimile or PDF signature shall be treated as an original signature to this Agreement.

31. Specific Performance . Certain rights which are subject to this Agreement are unique and are of such a nature as to be inherently difficult or impossible to value monetarily. In the event of a breach of this Agreement by either party hereto, an action at law for damages or other remedies at law would be inadequate to protect the unique rights and interests of the parties. Accordingly, the parties may seek to enforce the terms of this Agreement, and the terms of this Agreement shall be enforceable, in a court of competent jurisdiction by a decree of specific performance or injunction, subject to the arbitration provisions of Section 23(b) . Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which the parties may have.

 

22


32. Further Assurances . From time to time, the parties will execute and deliver to the other such additional documents and will provide such additional information as either may reasonably require carrying out the terms of this Agreement.

33. Amendments and Modifications; Entire Agreement . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by duly authorized representatives of each party and dated subsequent to the date hereof. This Agreement, and the documents executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede and merge all prior communications, representations, or agreements, either oral or written, between the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, except where survival of prior written agreements is expressly provided for herein or therein.

34. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not form any part of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed by the parties’ authorized officers and representatives and shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:

 

NCP FINANCE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

    

CAB:

 

RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC

By:  

/s/ Stephen McAllister

      
Its:   CEO      By:  

/s/ Jason Harvison

       Its:   COO

 

24

Exhibit 10.66

GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY is made and entered into as of January 18, 2016 by RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC (hereinafter referred to as “CAB”), to and for the benefit of NCP FINANCE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (hereinafter referred to as “Lender”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , CAB desires to provide Lender with respect to Lender’s Ohio lending program a guaranty as further described herein in furtherance of the credit services program of CAB, acting as a credit services organization and a credit access business, for providing credit services to borrowers, pursuant to the Credit Services Agreement dated the date hereof between CAB and Lender (the “Services Agreement”), including issuing guaranties on behalf of borrowers to enhance their credit, and arranging loans between Lender and borrowers pursuant to Lender’s Texas lending program.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the extension of credit by Lender under Lender’s Texas loan program to Texas borrowers and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, CAB and Lender agree as follows:

1. Guaranty . Pursuant to each credit services contract between CAB and each borrower with respect to loans offered by Lender under Lender’s Texas lending program (each a “Loan”), and regardless of whether the credit services contract is cancelled, CAB agrees to, and hereby does, unconditionally guaranty, on behalf of the borrower, and for the benefit of Lender, the prompt payment of all amounts due under each Loan to Lender, including all principal and interest but excluding accrued fees (the “Loan Guaranty Amount”).

2. Assignment . On the Specified Date (as hereinafter defined), CAB will make payment to Lender on the guaranty for each defaulted Loan for the applicable Loan Guaranty Amount. Payment of the Loan Guaranty Amount shall be paid by ACH from CAB to Lender on a daily basis on the Specified Date (or next business day if the Specified Date is not a business day). All such defaulted Loans will be assigned by Lender to CAB without recourse pursuant to a Master Assignment of Promissory Notes (the “Master Assignment”) to be executed by CAB and Lender concurrently herewith. Following such assignment, all amounts paid by borrowers with respect to such defaulted Loans (including the proceeds of any new Loans made to borrowers by Lender for the purpose of refinancing such defaulted Loans) shall be for the account of CAB.

The Specified Date shall be as follows:

i. The Specified Date shall be the date following the second successive missed payment, or in the case of the final scheduled payment of any Loan, the date following the due date of such final payment.


ii. For all other defaults or upon the death or bankruptcy of the borrower, the Specified Date shall be the date of the default, or the date of the expiration of any applicable cure period, whichever is later.

3. Settlement . The parties agree to settle all amounts due from one party to the other pursuant to this Agreement on a daily basis including any amounts owed by Lender to CAB as a result of CAB fees payable from Lender to CAB for loans funded. Any payment due from one party to the other under this Agreement shall be made by an automatic clearinghouse transfer with next day settlement on the business day immediately succeeding the transaction date. The settlement, payment and assignment obligations of the parties under this Agreement and the Services Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Services Agreement will remain in effect as long as any Loans remain unpaid or any party owes any amount to the other party under the Services Agreement or this Agreement. Except as may otherwise be agreed to in writing by CAB and Lender, in the event of any default by either party of its payment obligations under the Services Agreement or this Agreement, the non-defaulting party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to offset against its outstanding payment obligations owing to the defaulting party an amount equal to the amount of the defaulting party’s outstanding payment obligations owing to the non-defaulting party.

4. Governing Law; Arbitration; Consent to Jurisdiction .

a. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without reference to Texas choice of law or conflicts of law. All parties agree that any arbitration or litigation related to this Agreement or any dispute between the parties will be conducted in Montgomery County, Ohio, unless the parties mutually agree on another location. Each party consents to subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction and venue in Montgomery County, Ohio.

b. Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and any temporary or final judgment or award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any state or federal court in Montgomery County, Ohio. All parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any such claim.

c. Injunctive and Other Relief . This agreement to arbitrate includes claims for injunctive relief, and the parties agree that the AAA has the jurisdiction and authority to grant temporary or preliminary injunctive relief pursuant to Rule 38 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, but also subject to Rule 65(A) and (B) of the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure.

The parties agree that the arbitrator(s) shall not have the power to award punitive or exemplary damages for any claim or controversy.

d. Fees and Expenses . The parties agree that the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules govern the award of attorney fees and expenses, and hereby expressly permit the AAA arbitrator or panel to award reasonable and necessary attorney fees and expenses in their discretion to the prevailing party in their discretion.

 

 

Page 2 of 4


e. Confidentiality . At the request of either party, the arbitration proceedings and any award or judgment will be conducted in the utmost confidentiality; in such case all documents, testimony and records shall be received, heard and maintained by the arbitrator or panel in confidence, available for inspection only by the parties and their respective attorneys and experts, who agree to maintain such information in confidence.

f. Joinder . Where applicable, all disputes hereunder shall be joined in or consolidated with the related proceeding(s), if any, among Lender, NCP and any affiliated entities.

5. Waiver . Neither party hereto shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder except in an express writing signed by an authorized agent or representative of the party to be charged with such waiver.

6. Counterparts . This Guaranty may be executed and delivered by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In proving this Guaranty in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Delivery of a signature hereto by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission of a document in the form of an Adobe portable digital file (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof, and any such facsimile or PDF signature shall be treated as an original signature to this Guaranty.

7. Further Assurances . From time to time, the parties will execute and deliver to the other such additional documents and will provide such additional information as either may reasonably require carrying out the terms of this Guaranty.

8. Amendments and Modifications; Entire Agreement . This Guaranty may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by duly authorized representatives of each party and dated subsequent to the date hereof. This Guaranty constitute the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede and merge all prior communications, representations, or agreements, either oral or written, between the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, except where survival of prior written agreements is expressly provided for herein or therein.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW.]

 

Page 3 of 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , CAB has executed this Guaranty as of the day and year first written above.

 

CAB:

 

RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Jason Harvison

Printed Name: Jason Harvison

Title: COO

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
NCP FINANCE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ Stephen McAllister

Printed Name: Stephen McAllister
Title: CEO

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.67

PARENT GUARANTY

THIS PARENT GUARANTY is made as of January 18, 2016, by RISE CREDIT, LLC and ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Guarantors ”), to and for the benefit of NCP FINANCE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , an Ohio limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Lender ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC (“ CAB ”), an affiliate of Guarantors, has, on even date herewith, entered into a Credit Services Agreement (as such agreement may be amended from time to time, the “ Services Agreement ”) with Lender. To induce Lender to enter into the Services Agreement, Guarantors have agreed to guaranty the obligations of CAB under the Services Agreement, as further described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises recited above and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of all of which are hereby acknowledged by Guarantors; and for the purpose of inducing Lender to enter into the Services Agreement; and as long as CAB or its successors or assigns continues to be obligated to Lender in any manner whatsoever pursuant to the Services Agreement, Guarantors

1. Unconditionally and absolutely guarantee: (a) the due and punctual payment of all amounts due and payable from CAB to Lender under the Services Agreement and the Guaranty from the CAB in favor of Lender (the “ Guaranty ”), including, but not limited to, all guaranty payment obligations, settlement payment obligations (as applicable) and indemnification payment obligations of CAB; and (b) the due and punctual performance and observance by CAB of all other obligations, warranties, covenants, and duties of CAB set forth in the Services Agreement or the Guaranty (all of which amounts payable and the terms, warranties, agreements, covenants and conditions, as the same may vary or be modified from time to time, being herein called the “ Obligations ”); and to this end, Guarantors covenant and agree to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary to enable CAB to observe and perform and to refrain in a commercially reasonable manner from taking any action which would prevent CAB from observing and performing each and every such Obligation.

2. Agree that this Guaranty shall be a continuing guaranty, shall be binding upon Guarantors, and upon their successors and assigns, and shall remain in full force and effect, and shall not be discharged, impaired or affected by (a) the existence or continuance of any of the Obligations; (b) the existence or continuance of CAB as a legal entity; (c) any waiver, indulgence, alteration, substitution, exchange, change in, modification or other disposition of any of the Obligations, all of which CAB is hereby expressly authorized to make from time to time without notice to Guarantors; (d) the acceptance by Lender of any security for, or other guarantors upon, all or any part of the Obligations; or (e) any assignment or purported assignment of the Services Agreement or any or all of CAB’s obligations under the Services Agreement or the Guaranty. Guarantors shall have the right to assert as a defense to its performance under this Guaranty any legal defense that CAB may assert as to the Obligations


other than the invalidation of any Obligation or any document or agreement evidencing the Obligations or any of them under a theory of public policy, which defense Guarantor hereby expressly waives.

3. Agree that Guarantors shall be held jointly and severally liable hereunder and Lender shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty against Guarantors for and to the full amount of the Obligations, with or without enforcing or attempting to enforce this Guaranty against any other guarantor, without any obligation on the part of Lender, or anyone, at any time, to resort to any collateral, security, property, liens or other rights or remedies whatsoever, and whether or not other proceedings or steps are pending or have been taken or have been concluded to enforce or otherwise realize upon the obligations, properties, estates or security of CAB or any other guarantor; and the payment of any amount or amounts by Guarantors, pursuant to their obligations hereunder, shall not entitle Guarantors, either at law or otherwise, to any right, title or interest (whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) in and to any of the Obligations, unless and until the full amount of the Obligations has been fully paid, all other Obligations have been fully performed and observed in accordance with their terms and the Services Agreement has been terminated.

4. Waive diligence, presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, demand for payment, extension of time of payment, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, nonpayment at maturity and indulgences and notices of every kind, and consent to any and all forbearance and extensions of the time of payment of the Obligations, and further consent to any and all changes in the terms, covenants and conditions thereof hereafter made or granted; it being the intention that Guarantors shall remain liable under this Guaranty until the Obligations shall have been fully repaid to Lender and the terms, covenants and conditions thereof shall have been fully performed and observed by CAB, notwithstanding any act, omission or thing which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of Guarantors.

5. Represent that Guarantors have determined that the making of this Guaranty reasonably may be expected to benefit, directly and indirectly, Guarantors.

6. Agree that this Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of and may be enforced by Lender and its successors and assigns.

7. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without reference to Texas choice of law or conflicts of law. All parties agree that any arbitration or litigation related to this Agreement or any dispute between the parties will be conducted in Montgomery County, Ohio, unless the parties mutually agree on another location. Each party consents to subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction and venue in Montgomery County, Ohio.

8. Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and any temporary or final judgment or award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any state or federal court in Montgomery County, Ohio. All parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any such claim.

 

2


9. Injunctive and Other Relief . This agreement to arbitrate includes claims for injunctive relief, and the parties agree that the AAA has the jurisdiction and authority to grant temporary or preliminary injunctive relief pursuant to Rule 38 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, but also subject to Rule 65(A) and (B) of the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure.

The parties agree that the arbitrator(s) shall not have the power to award punitive or exemplary damages for any claim or controversy.

10. Fees and Expenses . The parties agree that the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules govern the award of attorney fees and expenses, and hereby expressly permit the AAA arbitrator or panel to award reasonable and necessary attorney fees and expenses in their discretion to the prevailing party in their discretion.

11. Confidentiality . At the request of either party, the arbitration proceedings and any award or judgment will be conducted in the utmost confidentiality; in such case all documents, testimony and records shall be received, heard and maintained by the arbitrator or panel in confidence, available for inspection only by the parties and their respective attorneys and experts, who agree to maintain such information in confidence.

12. Joinder . Where applicable, all disputes hereunder shall be joined in or consolidated with the related proceeding(s), if any, among Lender, CAB, Guarantor and any affiliated entities.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW.]

 

3


Guarantor has executed this instrument as of the day and year first written above.

 

GUARANTORS:

 

RISE CREDIT, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Jason Harvison

Its:

 

COO

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jason Harvison

Its:

 

COO

ACCEPTED:

NCP FINANCE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:

 

/s/ Stephen McAllister

Its:

 

CEO

 

4

Exhibit 10.68

CREDIT SERVICES AGREEMENT

(OHIO ONLINE)

THIS CREDIT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 15, 2015, by and between NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“ Lender ”), and RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC a Texas limited liability company (“ CSO ”).

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth the terms and conditions which will govern certain credit services to be provided by CSO in connection with the brokering of Loans (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and CSO agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Except as may be explicitly stated otherwise herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings ascribed to them below:

Advertising Materials ” means all materials and methods used by CSO in the performance of its marketing and promotion obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, brochures, letters, print advertisements, Internet advertisements, television and radio communications and other advertising, promotional and similar materials.

Borrowers ” mean those persons who are borrowers with respect to the Loans.

CSO Program ” means the credit services program of CSO for providing credit services to Borrowers resident in the state of Ohio, including issuing guaranties on behalf of Borrowers to enhance their credit, and brokering Loans between Lender and Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement and the Program Guidelines.

GLBA ” means the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, any successor federal statute thereto and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as any of the same may be amended from time to time.

Loan Program ” means the lending program of Lender for the origination and consummation of Loans pursuant to this Agreement.

Loans ” means consumer loans with an interest rate not to exceed 25% per annum made by Lender to Borrowers resident in the state of Ohio pursuant to this Agreement and the Program Guidelines.

Materials ” means the Advertising Materials and/or the Program Materials.

Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Rules ” means, without limitation, federal states, rules, regulations and executive orders related to money laundering and anti-terrorism,


including, without limitation, the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and rules and regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury, the Office of Foreign Asset Control, and each other federal agency or office.

Program Guidelines ” means those guidelines established pursuant to Section 6 below for the administration of the CSO Program and the Loan Program.

Program Materials ” means all promissory notes, documents, and materials and methods used in connection with the performance of the parties’ obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, applications, disclosures and agreements required by the Rules, promissory notes, privacy policies, collection materials and the like, but excluding Advertising Materials.

Proprietary Rights ” means any copyright, patent, trademark, proprietary information or trade secret owned by a party hereto.

Red Flag Rules ” means the identity theft provisions in the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Federal Trade Commission’s identity theft rules set forth in 16 C.F.R. Part 681, as each of the same may be amended from time to time.

Regulatory Authority ” means any local, state, or federal regulatory authority having jurisdiction or exercising regulatory or similar oversight with respect to Lender, CSO, or Third Party Service Providers (except that nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by any party hereto that any Regulatory Authority has jurisdiction or exercises regulatory or similar oversight with respect to the Loans, the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program or any party hereto with respect to the performance of their respective obligations hereunder).

Rules ” means all local, state, and federal statutes, regulations, or ordinances applicable to the acts of Lender, CSO, or a Third Party Service Provider as they relate to the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program; any order, decision, injunction, or similar pronouncement of any court, tribunal, or arbitration panel issued with respect to Lender, CSO, or a Third Party Service Provider in connection with this Agreement, the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program; and any regulations, policy statements, and any similar pronouncement of a Regulatory Authority applicable to the acts of Lender, CSO, or a Third Party Service Provider as they relate to this Agreement or the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program, if any.

Third Party Service Provider ” means any contractor or service provider directly or indirectly retained by Lender or CSO, who provides or renders services in connection with the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program.

Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given to them. Each reference in this Agreement to a definition is a reference to a definition contained in this Agreement, unless the context expressly provides otherwise. Whenever the context requires, references in this Agreement to the singular number shall include the plural, and the plural number shall include the singular. Words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

2


2. General Description of the CSO Program and the Loan Program .

a. CSO Program . The parties agree that CSO’s responsibility under the CSO Program shall be to act as a “credit services organization” on behalf of consumers in accordance with the Ohio Credit Services Organization Act (Ohio Revised Code Chapter 4712) (the “ CSOA ”), and as such CSO shall have the right to charge a Borrower a fee (a “ CSO Fee ”) for brokering a Loan on behalf of such Borrower. CSO shall not share with Lender, and Lender shall not accept, any portion of any CSO Fee obtained from a Borrower. The credit services CSO provides to each Borrower shall be governed by a credit services information statement (each a “ CSO Information Statement ”), a credit services contract between CSO and each Borrower (each a “ CSO Contract ”), and a notice of cancellation to be provided by CSO to each Borrower that may be executed and delivered by each Borrower to CSO (each a “ CSO Notice of Cancellation ”). CSO, in CSO’s sole discretion, shall be solely responsible for determining the amount of the CSO Fee, the disclosures set forth in the CSO Information Statement, the terms and conditions of each CSO Contract, the disclosures contained in the CSO Notice of Cancellation and whether or not it is appropriate to offer any particular consumer the opportunity to apply for a Loan. Nothing herein shall be deemed to commit CSO to broker any particular level or number of applicants for Loans, and CSO makes no representation as to the number of Loan applications CSO will submit to Lender on behalf of prospective Borrowers. Furthermore, nothing herein shall be deemed to require CSO to submit to Lender the application of any prospective Borrower to whom CSO has determined not to provide credit services.

b. Loan Program . The parties agree that the Loan Program shall consist of the origination, funding, and collection of Loans, from time to time in accordance with the Program Guidelines, to Borrowers who are residents of the State of Ohio. The parties agree that Lender shall have sole responsibility for establishing credit and underwriting criteria for the Loans, making the decisions as to whether or not to make Loans to prospective Borrowers, funding the Loans, and managing the Loan Program in accordance with Lender’s express obligations under this Agreement and the Program Guidelines. Nothing herein shall be deemed to commit Lender to originate or fund any particular level or number of Loans, and Lender makes no representation as to the amount of funding it will be able to raise for the Loans.

c. CSO and Lender intend to comply with all applicable Rules and to operate independently of each other in their respective capacities as a credit services organization and a lender.

d. The parties shall endeavor to begin the CSO Program and the Loan Program and commence making the Loans hereunder as soon as practical.

3. Duties and Responsibilities of Lender . Lender shall perform and discharge the following duties and responsibilities:

a. Develop (and from time to time as it determines appropriate, modify) credit and underwriting criteria determined by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, to be reasonable and prudent for the Loan Program and the Loans.

 

3


b. Make a determination, in Lender’s sole discretion, as to whether or not to extend a Loan to a prospective Borrower (which determination shall be made on a case by case basis pursuant to scoring systems or other criteria or models established by Lender).

c. Extend credit to Borrowers in the form of Loans and fund the Loans.

d. Disburse the proceeds of Loans to Borrowers.

e. Manage the Loan Program and the portfolio of Loans in accordance with Lender’s express obligations under this Agreement and under the Program Guidelines using commercially reasonable standards of care, skill and attention.

f. Generate adverse action notices and other communications that may be required under the Rules to persons who apply for but are denied a Loan.

4. Duties and Responsibilities of CSO . CSO shall perform certain arranging functions and credit services in connection with this Agreement under the Loan Program, as provided in this Agreement and in the Program Guidelines, and CSO hereby agrees to perform and discharge the following duties and responsibilities at its own cost and expense:

a. Market and promote the Loans and solicit potential Borrowers in the manner set out in Section 7 below.

b. Post a conspicuous notice on CSO’s website that identifies Lender as the lender of the Loans and provide such other information as Lender and CSO may mutually agree from time to time, with each party acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

c. Provide certain disclosures and agreements to each Borrower, including a CSO Information Statement, a CSO Contract and a Notice of Cancellation in the manner described in the Program Guidelines.

d. Oversee the application process for Loans, solicit applications, and assist potential Borrowers in completing applications.

e. Review and confirm the identities of prospective Borrowers and comply in all respects with applicable federal and state customer identification and “know your customer” laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Rules.

f. Transmit Loan applications to Lender in accordance with the Program Guidelines.

g. Comply with all registration, bonding and other requirements of the CSOA and any regulations promulgated thereunder, and with state and federal laws and regulations.

h. Comply with all record-keeping rules and requirements of Ohio law concerning Borrowers’ information.

 

4


5. Guaranty . Pursuant to each CSO Contract, and regardless of whether the CSO Contract is cancelled, CSO agrees to, and hereby does, unconditionally guaranty, on behalf of the Borrower, and for the benefit of Lender, the prompt payment of all amounts due under each Loan to Lender as set forth in the Guaranty Agreement between CSO and Lender.

6. Program Guidelines . Lender and CSO will mutually agree upon the Program Guidelines in writing and will comply with such Program Guidelines, as the same may be amended from time to time by written agreement of the parties. The parties may modify the then current Program Guidelines only by means of a written agreement signed by duly authorized representatives of both parties. Both parties agree to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner in connection with the establishment and modification, if any, of the Program Guidelines. The parties agree to perform their duties and responsibilities under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Program Guidelines, as they may be modified from time to time.

7. Program Materials; Advertising Materials; Trade Names and Trademarks . The parties shall each be responsible for preparing their own respective Program Materials; provided, however, prior to the use of any Program Materials prepared by one party, the other party shall be entitled to review such Program Materials in the manner described below. Each party agrees that it will not use any Program Materials unless such Program Materials have been reviewed in advance by the other party hereto. CSO shall be responsible for the development of proposed Advertising Materials concerning advertising and marketing of Loans and solicitation of potential Borrowers. All Advertising Materials shall comply with the Rules. The form and content of all Advertising Materials shall be subject to the prior review of Lender in the manner described below. The nature of the Advertising Materials, the scope of their dissemination, and the total expenditures to be made on Advertising Materials for the CSO Program shall be determined by CSO in its reasonable discretion, and CSO shall pay all expenses concerning the production, use, and dissemination of Advertising Materials. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party agrees that it will respond in writing to any request from the other party for review of any Advertising Materials or Program Materials within five (5) business days following such other party’s receipt of such Materials and any such Materials shall be deemed without objection by such other party upon the earlier to occur of (a) the actual notification of review without objection of such Materials, or (b) upon the expiration of the above-described five (5) business day period if the party whose review is being sought fails to timely respond within such five (5) business day period. If either party objects to any proposed Program Materials or Advertising Materials within the required time frame, such party will detail its reasons for such disapproval in such party’s written objection notice to the other party and the parties will use reasonable commercial efforts to address any such objections. Either party hereto may at any time retract or modify any notice previously given by it with respect to any Program Materials or Advertising Materials if such action is necessary in order to remain in compliance with the Rules; provided, however, no party shall retract or modify a notice if there has been no intervening change in the Rules which would require such retraction or modification. Lender and CSO each acknowledge that Program Materials or Advertising Materials may contain trade names, trademarks, or service marks of the other party, and each party shall have no authority to use any such names or marks of the other party separate and apart from their use in the Program Materials or Advertising Materials. The parties shall use Program Materials and Advertising Materials only for the purpose of implementing the provisions of this Agreement and shall not use Program Materials or Advertising Materials in any manner that would violate the Rules or any provision of the Program Guidelines.

 

5


8. Loan Terms and Charges; CSO Terms and Fees . All underwriting criteria, Loan terms and all interest, fees, and other charges associated with the Loans, exclusive of any CSO Fees, and shall be established by Lender. Lender shall have the right to modify any underwriting criteria, Loan term, interest rate, fee, or other charge (exclusive of any CSO Fees), from time to time, at its discretion, including, without limitation, if Lender reasonably determines that any such modification is necessary in order to remain in compliance with the Rules. The terms and conditions of the CSO Information Statements, the CSO Contracts, the CSO Notices of Cancellation and the amount of any CSO Fees shall be established by CSO and shall comply with the Rules. CSO shall have the right to modify any CSO Information Statements, CSO Contracts, CSO Notices of Cancellation and the amount of any CSO Fees, from time to time, at its discretion, including, without limitation, if CSO reasonably determines that such modification is necessary in order to remain in compliance with the Rules. In the event either party hereto becomes aware that any underwriting criteria, Loan terms, interest, fee or other charge associated with any Loan, any terms and conditions of the CSO Information Statements, the CSO Contracts, the CSO Notices of Cancellation, CSO’s activities as a third party debt collector in the event Loans are assigned to CSO upon default, or the amount of any CSO Fee is not in compliance with any Rule, the party becoming aware of the same shall notify the other party of such non-compliance and each party hereto agrees to cooperate in good faith with each other, and to diligently take commercially reasonable steps, as may be necessary in order to promptly correct any such non-compliance.

9. Third Party Service Providers . The parties will provide the other party any reasonably requested information regarding any Third Party Service Provider who such party retains, directly or indirectly, to assist it in performing its duties hereunder or to otherwise participate in the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program. All such Third Party Service Providers must obtain any and all licenses and registrations required under applicable Ohio or federal law to perform its duties hereunder or to otherwise participate in the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program. Each party reserves the right to require the other party to terminate the services of any Third Party Service Provider to whom such party reasonably objects. A party may condition its willingness to permit a Third Party Service Provider upon obtaining a written commitment from such Third Party Service Provider to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the Program Guidelines, to submit to audits and inspections by either party hereto, and to indemnify the parties hereto upon such terms and conditions as the parties hereto may reasonably require. CSO shall be responsible for supervising any Third Party Service Providers retained by CSO and shall be responsible for any failures of such Third Party Service Providers to comply with this Agreement and applicable law. Lender shall be responsible for supervising any Third Party Service Providers retained by Lender and shall be responsible for any failures of such Third Party Service Providers to comply with this Agreement and applicable law.

10. CSO’s Representations and Warranties . CSO makes the following warranties and representations to Lender, all of which shall survive the execution and termination of this Agreement for any reason:

 

6


a. This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against CSO in accordance with its terms, and CSO has received all necessary limited liability company approvals to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Except for CSO’s bond and license described below, CSO is not required to obtain the approval of, or be licensed by, any Regulatory Authority to lawfully perform its obligations hereunder.

b. CSO is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is authorized, registered, and licensed to do business in Ohio and in each other state in which the nature of its activities makes such authorization, registration, or licensing necessary or required. CSO is licensed and bonded as required for credit services organization under the CSOA and will remain so licensed and bonded throughout the term of this Agreement.

c. CSO has the full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform all of its obligations hereunder.

d. The provisions of this Agreement and the performance of each of CSO’s obligations hereunder do not conflict with CSO’s Articles of Organization, Operating Agreement, or any agreement, contract, lease, or obligation to which CSO is a party or by which CSO is bound.

e. The officers of CSO have approved the terms and conditions of this Agreement and have determined that entering into this Agreement is in the best interests of CSO.

f. This Agreement, the Program Guidelines and the provisions of each of them comply with and are enforceable under the Rules, and the operation of each of the CSO Program and the Loan Program in accordance with this Agreement and the Program Guidelines will not violate any of the Rules.

g. Neither CSO nor any principal thereof has been or is the subject of any of the following:

i. Criminal conviction (other than misdemeanor traffic offenses);

ii. IRS lien;

iii. Enforcement agreement, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, administrative penalty, or similar agreement concerning lending matters;

iv. Administrative or enforcement proceeding or material investigation commenced by the Securities Exchange Commission, state securities regulatory authority, Federal Trade Commission, or any other state or federal Regulatory Authority (excluding routine examinations conducted by a Regulatory Authority and excluding communications received in the ordinary course of business from any Regulatory Authority such as communications concerning consumer complaints or communications related to immaterial issues); or

 

7


v. Restraining order, decree, injunction, or judgment in any proceeding or lawsuit alleging fraud or deceptive practices or illegal activity on the part of CSO or any principal thereof.

For purposes of this Section 10(g) the term “ principal ” of CSO shall include (i) any person directly or indirectly owning a ten percent or more equity interest of CSO, (ii) any officer, member or director of CSO and (iii) any other person having the power or authority to control CSO’s business.

11. Lender’s Representations and Warranties . Lender makes the following warranties and representations to CSO, all of which shall survive the execution and termination of this Agreement for any reason:

a. This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against Lender in accordance with its terms and Lender has received all necessary organizational approvals to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Except for Lender’s registration described below, Lender is not required to obtain the approval of, or be licensed by, any Regulatory Authority to lawfully perform its obligations hereunder.

b. Lender is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing, and in full force and effect under the laws of the State of Ohio and is authorized and registered to do business in Ohio and in each other state in which the nature of its activities makes such authorization, registration, or licensing necessary or required. Lender is registered under the Ohio Second Mortgage Loan Law (Ohio Revised Code §§ 1321.51-.60) and will remain so registered throughout the term of this Agreement.

c. Lender is not affiliated with CSO or any affiliate of CSO.

d. Lender has the full organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform all of its obligations hereunder.

e. The provisions of this Agreement and the performance of each of Lender’s obligations hereunder do not conflict with Lender’s Articles of Organization, Operating Agreement, or any agreement, contract, lease, or obligation to which Lender is a party or by which Lender is bound.

f. Neither Lender nor any principal thereof has been or is the subject of any of the following:

i. Criminal conviction (other than misdemeanor traffic offenses);

ii. IRS lien;

iii. Enforcement agreement, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, administrative penalty, or similar agreement concerning lending matters;

iv. Administrative or enforcement proceeding or material investigation commenced by the Securities Exchange Commission, state securities regulatory

 

8


authority, Federal Trade Commission, or any other state or federal Regulatory Authority (excluding routine examinations conducted by a Regulatory Authority and excluding communications received in the ordinary course of business from any Regulatory Authority such as communications concerning consumer complaints or communications related to immaterial issues); or

v. Restraining order, decree, injunction, or judgment in any proceeding or lawsuit alleging fraud or deceptive practices or illegal activity on the part of Lender or any principal thereof.

For purposes of this Section 11(f) the term “ principal ” of Lender shall include (i) any person directly or indirectly owning a ten percent or more equity interest of Lender, (ii) any officer, member or director of Lender and (iii) any other person having the power or authority to control Lender’s business.

12. Ownership of Customer Information . Each party shall take all steps necessary and appropriate to maintain the confidentiality of Loan applicant and Borrower names, addresses, and telephone numbers and all account and other “nonpublic personal information” (as used in and defined by the GLBA), including payment information, regarding Borrowers and Loan applicants who have been declined and all records, data, and information pertaining to the foregoing (collectively, “ Customer Information ”). Lender and CSO jointly and severally shall own all Customer Information; provided, however, that neither party hereto will use any of such Customer Information except to the extent permitted by the Program Guidelines and the privacy policies of each of CSO and Lender set forth in the documents described in the Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the need for obtaining Lender’s consent, CSO shall be free to use Customer Information for purposes of marketing, offering, selling, brokering, underwriting and providing other products and services, including, without limitation, other loan products and services that may be offered to consumers by CSO, any Third Party Service Provider of CSO or any other lenders through the distribution channels of CSO and any Third Party Service Provider of CSO, provided that, in all cases, however, any use by CSO of any such Customer Information shall comply with (i) all applicable Rules, (ii) the requirements of the Program Guidelines, and (iii) the above-described privacy policies of both CSO and Lender and in the event any such Customer Information is used in connection with marketing, offering, selling, brokering, underwriting or providing loans made by any party other than CSO, Lender agrees that such other lender may jointly own such Customer Information with CSO and Lender, so long as such other lender has a privacy policy no less restrictive than Lender’s privacy policy described in the Program Guidelines and agrees in writing to comply with such privacy policy and the privacy policies of CSO and Lender. In addition, notwithstanding that Lender has an ownership interest in the Customer Information, Lender agrees that it will not use the Customer Information to market any other products or services to the Borrowers or to Loan applicants who have been declined without the prior written consent of CSO; provided that nothing herein shall prevent Lender from making a loan to one or more Customers whose loan applications are processed and approved independently through Lender’s business arrangements with other credit services organizations. Without limiting the foregoing, each of CSO and Lender shall adopt and maintain reasonable procedures relating to administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to: (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of any Customer Information that such party receives; (b) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or

 

9


integrity of any Customer Information that such party receives; (c) protect against the unauthorized access to or use of any Customer Information that such party has in its possession which could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any Borrower or Loan applicant; (d) ensure the proper disposal of any Customer Information that such party has in its possession; and (e) utilize a safeguards program that is compliant with 16 C.F.R. Part 314. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, CSO shall be the sole owner of all CSO Disclosure Statements and all CSO Contracts and any information contained therein. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Section 12 shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.

13. Term . The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of one (1) year commencing as of the date hereof; provided, however, that either party hereto may terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration of its term pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13 and Section 14 below. This Agreement shall be renewed automatically for successive one-year terms unless the party not wishing to renew provides the other party with sixty (60) days advance written notice of non-renewal. Each party hereto shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other party hereto, if (i) the terminating party determines in its reasonable discretion that the activities of the parties under this Agreement or the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program contravene, conflict with, are prohibited by, are improper under or are not permitted under any of the Rules; (ii) any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program, CSO or Lender requires the terminating party to terminate this Agreement; (iii) the terminating party determines in its reasonable discretion that continued operation of the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program may materially adversely affect the ongoing operations of the terminating party or those of the terminating party’s affiliates; and in the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to this clause (iii), the terminating party shall provide the other party hereto with a written explanation of the basis for such termination, or (iv) the terminating party determines in its reasonable discretion that continued operation of the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program may materially adversely affect the relationship between the terminating party or any of its affiliates and any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over any of them.

In addition, if Lender modifies any Loan term, interest rate, fee, or other charge, or if Lender materially modifies any underwriting criteria for the Loans, CSO may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender if CSO determines in its reasonable discretion that such modification by Lender would render it economically infeasible for CSO to continue to perform its duties and responsibilities hereunder or that such modification would cause any aspect of the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program to be in violation of any Rule.

Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, the parties’ obligations with respect to outstanding Loans shall remain in effect for so long as such Loans remain outstanding.

14. Termination Upon Default .

a. Either party hereto shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

10


i. failure by the other party to observe or perform that party’s obligations to the other hereunder or to comply with any provision of this Agreement, so long as the failure or nonperformance is not due to the actions of the terminating party;

ii. in the event any financial information, representation, warranty, statement or certificate furnished to either party by the other party in connection with this Agreement, or any separate material statement or document delivered or to be delivered hereunder by either party hereto to the other party, is materially false, misleading, or inaccurate as of the date made or delivered;

iii. in the event a party hereto (or an affiliate of such party) defaults under any other agreement executed between the parties hereto (and/or any of their respective affiliates) and such default continues beyond any applicable notice and cure period provided for such default under such other agreement; or

iv. without cause with 120 days prior written notice to the other party.

b. The Agreement may be terminated pursuant to Section 14(a)(i) above only if the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the defaulting party receives written notice from the other party specifying the default in the case of a non-monetary default, or ten (10) days after the default in the case of a failure to pay any amount when due hereunder.

c. In addition to any other right to terminate this Agreement, a party may terminate this Agreement if the other party hereto, or such other party’s principals (as defined in Section 10 or Section 11 above, as the case may be) is the subject of any of the following or if any of the following occurs with respect to such other party or such other party’s principals: insolvency, inability to pay its debts as they become due, the filing of a voluntary bankruptcy petition, the filing of an involuntary bankruptcy petition which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after filing thereof, dissolution or termination of its existence as a going concern, or the appointment of a receiver for any part of its property.

15. Indemnification .

a. CSO’s Indemnification Obligations .

i. Except to the extent of Damages (as defined in Section 15(d) ) expressly excluded under this Agreement, CSO hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless, Lender and its affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, lenders, partners, attorneys and agents (herein, the “ Lender Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Damages suffered or incurred by the Lender Indemnified Parties (or any of them) relating to, accruing or arising or alleged to have accrued or arisen in whole or in part out of or in consequence of any and all of the following: (A) any actual or alleged injury (physical or otherwise) to any actual or prospective Borrower, to any actual or prospective customer of CSO, or to any employee of CSO actually or allegedly caused in whole or in part by CSO or any CSO Indemnified Party (as defined in Section 15(b)(i) ); (B) any transaction (whether one or more) arising out of, relating to and or pursuant to this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (C) any act or omission (whether one or more) of CSO or

 

11


its employees, agents or representatives related to this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (D) any act or omission (whether one or more) of any Third Party Service Provider retained by CSO in connection with this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (E) the inaccuracy of any warranty or representation made by any Third Party Service Provider retained by CSO in connection with this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (F) the breach of any obligation owed by any Third Party Service Provider retained by CSO in connection with this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (G) any breach by CSO (or its employees, agents or representatives) of its obligations under or related to this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (H) the breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of CSO set forth in this Agreement or any other document or agreement executed in connection herewith; (I) any claim, allegation or determination (including any settlement, judgment or ruling with respect thereto) that the Loans or the activities, practices, and/or procedures of the parties hereunder, under the Program Guidelines or related to the CSO Program or the Loan Program contravene, conflict with, are prohibited by, are improper under or are not permitted under any of the Rules (including, without limitation, usury laws, consumer protection laws, racketeering laws (including the Federal Racketeering Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act), and the Federal Truth in Lending Act and rules and regulations related thereto) or are fraudulent or unconscionable; (J) any other claim, allegation or investigation asserted by or on behalf of a Borrower, a prospective Borrower or a Regulatory Authority with respect to the Loans or the activities, practices, and/or procedures of the parties under this Agreement or the Program Guidelines or related to the CSO Program or the Loan Program; (K) any examination or audit conducted by a Regulatory Authority as provided in Section 19 ; (L) any burglary, robbery, fraud or theft at any of CSO’s locations or on any of CSO’s premises; (M) any marketing or administration of the Loans by persons other than Lender and its employees (including loss, theft or misuse of Loan proceeds, Loan payments and drafts and instruments issued or received in connection therewith); and (N) any claim relating to the reporting of inaccurate, incomplete or untimely information to a consumer reporting agency or credit bureau.

ii. The obligations of CSO to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lender and the Lender Indemnified Parties under this Section 15(a) shall extend, without limitation, to liability for Lender’s negligence; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to require CSO to indemnify the Lender Indemnified Parties (or any of them) for Damages suffered by any of them directly or indirectly related to, resulting from or arising out of any of the following: (A) burglary, robbery, fraud or theft from or at any premises of the Lender, (B) the marketing or administration of the Loans by any person other than CSO, its employees or any Third Party Service Provider engaged by it; (C) Lender’s alleged or actual violation of federal or state securities laws or laws pertaining to the formation, organization and operation of entities; (D) claims brought by the employees or shareholders of any Lender Indemnified Party; (E) a decline in the value of the ownership interests of Lender, its partners and affiliates; (F) adverse publicity or customer relations problems encountered or suffered by any Lender Indemnified Party unrelated to the Loan Program or the CSO Program; (G) the loss of non-Loan related business, or profits related thereto; (H) lost management time related to attending hearings

 

12


and meetings with respect to matters which are the subject of indemnification under this Section 15 ; (I) any Lender Breach (hereinafter defined); or (J) the fraud or willful misconduct of Lender. The term “ Lender Breach ” shall mean the breach by Lender of any of its obligations expressly set forth herein; provided, however, any breach by Lender arising out of or related to the failure of Lender to comply with the Rules shall not be deemed a Lender Breach unless and until Lender fails to comply with its obligations under the last sentence of Section 8 hereof.

iii. CSO’s indemnification obligations under this Section 15(a) shall include the payment of all costs of defense, if any, including without limitation, all reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees, court costs, accounting fees, class action costs and expert fees, subject to CSO’s reimbursement rights under Section 15(c) . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 15 , the obligations of CSO to defend, indemnify and/or hold the Lender Indemnified Parties harmless under this Section 15 shall extend without limitation to the payment of all costs of defense for the actual or alleged omissions, negligence, gross negligence, and intentional acts of Lender, including Lender’s sole or concurrent negligence. It is contemplated that CSO’s defense obligations under this Section 15(a) may be, but shall not necessarily be, broader than its indemnification obligations hereunder.

b. Lender’s Indemnification Obligations .

i. Except to the extent of Damages expressly excluded under this Agreement or Damages for which CSO otherwise is obligated to defend, indemnify and/or hold harmless the Lender Indemnified Parties as set forth above, Lender hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless, CSO and its members and affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, lenders, partners, attorneys and agents (herein, the “ CSO Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Damages suffered or incurred by the CSO Indemnified Parties (or any of them) relating to, accruing or arising or alleged to have accrued or arisen in whole or in part out of or in consequence of any and all of the following: (A) any Lender Breach or the inaccuracy of any warranty or representation of Lender set forth in this Agreement; (B) the willful act or omission of Lender or its employees, agents or representatives; (C) any act or omission (whether one or more) of any Third Party Service Provider retained by Lender without the consent of CSO; (D) the inaccuracy of any warranty or representation made for the benefit of CSO by any Third Party Service Provider retained by Lender without the consent of CSO; (E) the breach of any obligation owed to CSO by any Third Party Service Provider retained by Lender without the consent of CSO; and (F) any burglary, robbery or theft by Lender or any of its affiliates (or any of their respective employees).

ii. Nothing herein shall be construed to require Lender to indemnify, defend or hold harmless the CSO Indemnified Parties (or any of them) for Damages suffered by any of them directly or indirectly related to, resulting from or arising out of any of the following: (A) any breach by CSO of its representations, warranties, covenants or obligations under this Agreement; (B) the breach of any obligation of a Third Party Service Provider retained by CSO; (C) the negligence or willful misconduct of CSO; any CSO Indemnified Party or any Third Party Service Provider retained by CSO; (D)

 

13


burglary, robbery, fraud or theft at or from any premises of the CSO or any CSO Indemnified Party; (E) marketing or administration of the Loans by persons other than Lender or its employees; (F) any claim, investigation or allegation made by any regulatory or governmental authority or agency arising from or relating to the activities of CSO; (G) any claim (including any settlement, judgment or ruling with respect to such claim) that CSO or Lender has violated any of the Rules (including the Federal Racketeering Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) or is liable for fraud or unconscionable actions; (H) any claim that any CSO Indemnified Party allegedly or actually violated any federal or state securities laws or laws related to the formation, organization and operation of entities; (I) a decline in the value of the ownership interests of any CSO Indemnified Party; (J) any claims brought by any owner or employee of any CSO Indemnified Party; (K) adverse publicity or customer relations problems suffered by any CSO Indemnified Party; (L) the loss of non-Loan related business, or profits related thereto by any CSO Indemnified Party; (M) non-monetary sanctions imposed by any court or Regulatory Authority; and (N) lost management time related to attending hearings and meetings with respect to matters which are the subject of indemnification under this Section 15 .

iii. Lender’s indemnification obligations under this Section 15(b) shall include the payment of all costs of defense, if any, including without limitation, all reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees, court costs, accounting fees, class action costs and expert fees, subject to Lender’s reimbursement rights under Section 15(c) .

c. Obligation to Refund Advanced Damages . In the event that either party hereto reimburses the other party hereto for Damages pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Section 15 , in advance of the final disposition of the underlying claim, and if it is ultimately determined by settlement or pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions hereof that such Damages directly arose out of an occurrence that did not require such indemnification under Section 15(a) or Section 15(b) , as applicable, then the reimbursed party agrees to repay to the other party any such Damages for which it received advanced reimbursement to which it was not entitled hereunder. All Damages required to be repaid under this Section 15(c) shall be repaid within 5 business days following the above-described ultimate determination.

d. Additional Definitions . The Lender Indemnified Parties and the CSO Indemnified Parties sometimes are referred to herein as the “ Indemnified Parties ” or individually as an “ Indemnified Party ,” and “ Indemnifying Party ” may refer to CSO or Lender, in their capacities as indemnitors hereunder. “ Damages ” means any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, penalties, fines, judgments, damages, settlements, out-of-pocket costs, and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, accounting fees, disbursements and class action costs).

e. Notice . An Indemnified Party promptly shall notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, of any suit or threat of suit of which that party becomes aware which may give rise to a right to indemnification under this Agreement (but in any event within 30 days of the discovery of such claim), and any Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder promptly shall notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, of any indemnified loss; provided, however, that the failure of an Indemnified Party alleging a right of

 

14


indemnity hereunder to provide prompt notice to the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder only if and to the extent that the Indemnifying Party can prove that such failure to provide prompt notice actually and materially prejudiced its rights. The Indemnified Party shall provide to the Indemnifying Party, as promptly as practicable after the delivery of such notice, all information and documentation reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party to support and verify the claim asserted.

f. Defense and Counsel . At its sole cost and expense, the Indemnifying Party may employ counsel chosen by the Indemnifying Party, provided that such counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right, at its own expense, to employ counsel separate from counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party in any such action and to participate therein; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible for reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses related to the separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Party if the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that the ability of the Indemnified Party to prevail in the defense of any claim is or will be materially improved if separate counsel represents the Indemnified Party or if separate counsel is appropriate because of legal ethics considerations. An Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the settlement of any claim entered into without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnifying Party shall not agree to a settlement of any claim that provides for any relief other than the payment of monetary damages by the Indemnifying Party without the applicable Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld; provided that an Indemnified Party’s withholding of or delaying consent shall not be deemed unreasonable if the proposed settlement arrangement allocates liability or financial obligations directly to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party chooses to so defend, all parties hereto shall cooperate in the defense thereof and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, and shall attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as reasonably may be request in connection therewith, all at the Indemnifying Party’s sole cost and expense.

g. Joint Defense Agreement . The parties agree that, if both parties are named as defendants in the same lawsuit, arbitration or other proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement, the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program, the parties may enter into a joint defense agreement reasonably acceptable to the parties; provided, however, that any such joint defense agreement shall not preclude any party from asserting any counterclaims, cross-actions or third-party claims to which it may be entitled to assert.

h. Survival . This Section 15 shall survive and shall continue to be binding on the parties notwithstanding any termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement.

i. Each party expressly agrees, warrants and represents that it has read the terms of this Section 15 , understands same and that the terms of this Section 15 are clear, conspicuous and unequivocal.

 

15


16. Expenses . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for all expenses incurred by it in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including any expenses incurred by it in performing its respective duties set forth in Section 3 or Section 4 above, as the case may be.

17. Scope of Relationship . The parties agree that the relationship established by this Agreement is non-exclusive. Without limiting the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Section 12 and Section 18 of this Agreement, each party hereto is expressly permitted, without the need for obtaining any further consent or approval from the other party hereto, to market, offer, sell, broker, underwrite and/or provide other products and services, including, without limitation, any other loan products and services and specifically including, without limitation, any loan products and services similar in scope and nature to the Loans and the related services contemplated by the Program Guidelines, through any of their respective distribution channels and the distribution channels of their respective Third Party Service Providers, including, without limitation, any of such distribution channels through which Loans are offered pursuant to this Agreement.

18. Confidentiality; Red Flag and Other Obligations.

a. Confidentiality . In performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement, each party may have access to and receive disclosure of certain confidential information about the other party or parties, including, without limitation, the names and addresses of a party’s customers or members, marketing plans and objectives, research and test results, and other information which is confidential and the property of the party disclosing the information (“ Confidential Information ”). The parties agree that the term Confidential Information shall include this Agreement, the Program Guidelines, and the Program Materials, as the same may be amended and modified from time to time. Confidential Information of a party hereto shall not include information in the public domain or that is independently developed by the other party hereto. Lender and CSO agree that Confidential Information shall be used by each party solely in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each party shall receive Confidential Information in confidence and shall not disclose Confidential Information to any third party, except as may be permitted hereunder or under the Program Documents, or as may be necessary to perform its obligations hereunder, or as may be otherwise agreed in writing by the party furnishing the information, or as required by the Rules or any Regulatory Authority. In the event that either party (the “ Restricted Party ”) is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, such party will provide the other party with prompt notice of such request(s) so that the other party may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive the Restricted Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. In the event that the other party does not seek such a protective order or other remedy, or such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or the other party grants a waiver hereunder, the Restricted Party may furnish that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information which the Restricted Party is legally compelled to disclose and will exercise such efforts to obtain reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any Confidential Information so furnished as a Restricted Party would reasonably exercise in assuring the confidentiality of any of its own confidential information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and except as provided in Section 17 above,

 

16


nothing herein shall prohibit either party hereto from entering into agreements with any other party that include program guidelines and program materials that may or may not be the same as, or substantially similar to, the Program Guidelines and Program Materials. Upon request or upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party hereto shall return to the other party or destroy (as the latter may instruct) all of the latter’s Confidential Information in the former’s possession which is in any written or other recorded form, including data stored in any computer medium; provided, however, that each party may retain the Confidential Information of the other party (but subject to the requirements of this Section 18 ) to the extent that such party needs access to such information to continue to perform any of its obligations hereunder or to broker or service Loans or otherwise perform obligations owed by each party to the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent there are any inconsistencies between this Section 18 and Section 12 above, the provisions of Section 12 above shall control.

b. Red Flag and Other Obligations . Lender and CSO shall comply with their respective obligations under the Red Flag Rules and the Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Rules.

19. Regulatory Examinations and Audits . Each party agrees to submit to any examination which may be required by any Regulatory Authority with audit and examination authority over the other party, to the fullest extent that such Regulatory Authority may require and to the fullest extent provided by law. Each party (either directly or by the use of accountants or other agents or representatives) may audit, inspect, and review the other party’s files, records, and books with respect to the Loans, compliance with the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program and its business operations. Each party agrees to submit such information as the other party may from time to time reasonably request in order to ascertain the submitting party’s compliance with the requirements of this Agreement and compliance with the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program. Each party agrees to submit to operational audits and audits of such party’s electronic data processing functions, as the other party may reasonably request from time to time. The auditing party will promptly submit the results of such audits to the audited party. Any such audit shall be performed at the auditing party’s sole cost and expense. The parties acknowledge and agree that, as and to the extent provided by law, Lender shall be responsible to Borrowers, prospective Borrowers, and Regulatory Authorities having jurisdiction over Lender, the CSO Program and/or the Loan Program for compliance with the Rules as they may apply to the Loans and the Program Materials, but subject to the full performance by CSO of its obligations hereunder and the accuracy of CSO’s warranties and representations set forth herein concerning compliance with the Rules. CSO acknowledges that in discharging its compliance obligations under the Rules Lender shall rely on the full performance by CSO of its duties and obligations hereunder and the accuracy of CSO’s warranties and representations set forth herein.

20. Relationship of Parties; No Authority to Bind . Lender and CSO agree that (a) Lender and CSO are independent contractors to each other in performing their respective obligations hereunder, (b) Lender shall not hold any ownership in CSO or possess a leasehold interest in CSO’s offices or any personal property located therein, except that Lender shall be the exclusive owner of all Loan Documents (as defined below), (c) no Lender employees shall work in the CSO offices (except for Lender auditors who may examine CSO’s practices from time to time for compliance with the Program Guidelines), and (d) other than as may be necessary to generally effectuate CSO’s performance of its duties under this Agreement, Lender shall exercise

 

17


no authority or control over CSO’s employees or methods of operation. Nothing in this Agreement or in the working relationship established and developed hereunder shall be deemed or is intended to be deemed, nor shall it cause, Lender and CSO to be treated as partners, joint venturers, joint associates for profit or otherwise be deemed to create a relationship of agent and principal, and in no event shall CSO be deemed or be entitled or permitted to act as an agent of Lender. Neither party shall have any authority to bind the other party to any agreement. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no actions or failure to act on the part of either party hereto shall be construed to imply the existence of any authority not expressly granted herein. CSO is not authorized to, and shall not make or amend any contract, incur any debt or liability, or extend any credit or enter into any obligation on behalf of Lender; modify or amend any document evidencing a Loan (a “ Loan Document ”), extend the time for making any payment which may become due under any Loan; or waive any of Lender’s rights or privileges under any agreement made by Lender. CSO understands and agrees that CSO’s name shall not appear on any Loan Document as the maker of a Loan. CSO further understands and agrees that CSO shall not have any participation in the credit decision to make or provide a Loan, a Loan renewal or a Loan refinance or any participation in any act pertaining to the funding of a Loan, a Loan renewal or a Loan refinance, except as and if directed by Lender under the Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding any delegation of duties pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, credit and funding decisions at all times shall be made by Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion. CSO shall refer to Lender any inquiries concerning the accuracy, interpretation, or legal effect of any Loan Document. CSO shall not negotiate the terms of any Loan Document on behalf of Lender. Lender shall be deemed to have received and reviewed the Loan Documents and supporting materials only after the Loan Documents and materials have been previously received at Lender’s offices or, if designated by Lender, by Processor. CSO shall not represent to anyone that CSO has the authority or power to do any of the foregoing and shall make no representations concerning Lender’s transactions. In no event may CSO act as Lender’s agent or represent to others that it may act as Lender’s agent. In the event that either party reasonably determines that any provision of this Agreement requires an act that applicable Rules disallow in order for CSO and Lender to operate lawfully as an independent credit services organization and lender, respectively, or otherwise causes a material risk of violating applicable Rules, then the parties shall promptly and in good faith attempt to agree to a modification so as to reduce or eliminate such risk of not conforming to applicable Rules. Lender shall not have any authority or control over any of the property interests or employees of CSO, nor shall Lender have any authority or control over any of the property interests or employees of those affiliates of CSO that own and operate stores at which or other portals through which potential Borrowers are offered the opportunity to complete and submit applications for Loans. CSO has and at all times shall retain the full authority to determine which potential Borrowers are offered the opportunity to complete and submit applications for Loans. As used herein, the term “Loan Document” shall not include any agreements that CSO or any affiliate of CSO may enter into directly with any party that governs the agreement of CSO or an affiliate of CSO to attempt to broker a Loan on behalf of any Borrower or any party who applies for, but is denied, a Loan.

21. Governing Law; Arbitration; Consent to Jurisdiction .

a. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, without reference to Ohio choice of law or conflicts of law. All Parties agree that any arbitration or litigation related to this

 

18


Agreement or any dispute between the Parties will be conducted in Montgomery County, Ohio, unless the Parties mutually agree on another location. Each Party consents to subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction and venue in Montgomery County, Ohio.

b. Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and any temporary or final judgment or award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any state or federal court in Montgomery County, Ohio. All Parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any such claim.

c. Injunctive and Other Relief . This agreement to arbitrate includes claims for injunctive relief, and the Parties agree that the AAA has the jurisdiction and authority to grant temporary or preliminary injunctive relief pursuant to Rule 38 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, but also subject to Rule 65(A) and (B) of the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure.

The Parties agree that the arbitrator(s) shall not have the power to award punitive or exemplary damages for any claim or controversy.

d. Fees and Expenses . The Parties agree that the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules govern the award of attorney fees and expenses, and hereby expressly permit the AAA arbitrator or panel to award reasonable and necessary attorney fees and expenses in their discretion to the prevailing party in their discretion.

e. Confidentiality . At the request of either Party, the arbitration proceedings and any award or judgment will be conducted in the utmost confidentiality; in such case all documents, testimony and records shall be received, heard and maintained by the arbitrator or panel in confidence, available for inspection only by the parties and their respective attorneys and experts, who agree to maintain such information in confidence.

f. Joinder . Where applicable, all disputes hereunder shall be joined in or consolidated with the related proceeding(s), if any, among Lender, CSO and any affiliated entities.

22. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be improper, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term hereof, such provision shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such improper, invalid or unenforceable provision never comprised a part hereof; and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the improper, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom. Furthermore, in lieu of such improper, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in its terms to such improper, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

23. Successors and Third Parties . This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns. Except as expressly provided herein with respect to Third Party Service Providers, the obligations, rights and benefits hereunder are specific to the parties hereto and shall not be

 

19


delegated or assigned without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. As a condition to an assignment of any obligations, rights or benefits hereunder, the assignee of such obligations, rights and benefits must agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to an assignment document executed by such assignee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to both Lender and CSO. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or grant any right, privilege, or other benefit to or for any person or entity other than the parties hereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties acknowledge that Lender can freely assign its rights in and with respect to the Loans (including, without limitation, its rights under Section 5 hereof) without CSO’s prior written consent, provided that the assignee satisfies the conditions set forth in this Section 23.

24. CSO Quarterly Certificate .

a. CSO shall furnish to Lender, upon request, a quarterly compliance certificate affirming its current and previous compliance with each of the following covenants during the applicable calendar quarter:

i. CSO is now and was at all relevant times a duly licensed credit services organization under CSOA;

ii. CSO is now and was at all relevant times and in all material respects in compliance with all Rules and the Program Guidelines and Loan terms;

iii. CSO is not now assisting, nor has it ever assisted any person or entity to procure any loan in Ohio as to which the contractual rate of simple interest per annum was greater than maximum interest rate authorized under Ohio law;

iv. CSO has not engaged and is not now engaged in any discriminatory practice for the purpose of discouraging any Borrower (or prospective Borrower) in any aspect of the credit process or rejecting any Borrower (or prospective Borrower) for credit services on any basis prohibited by the Rules;

v. CSO has been and will remain in compliance in all respects with the GLBA, other applicable federal and state privacy Rules, and this Agreement, as each of them pertains to Customer Information; and

vi. CSO has not violated and will not violate any term of this Agreement pertaining to the use and/or protection of Lender’s Confidential Information.

b. CSO has and will continue to timely furnish all information required herein, which information has and will be in all material respects, truthful and accurate.

c. Any failure or inability on the part of CSO timely and truthfully to issue such compliance certificate shall be an event of default hereunder on the part of CSO.

d. Such other matters as Lender may reasonably request.

 

20


25. Notices . All notices, requests, and approvals required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed/directed to the other party at the address/facsimile number below or at such other address of which the notifying party hereafter receives notice in conformity with this Section 25 . All such notices, requests, and approvals shall be deemed given upon the earlier of facsimile transmission or actual receipt thereof:

 

To Lender:    NCP Finance Ohio, LLC
   205 Sugar Camp Circle, Dept. ELV
   Dayton, OH 45409
   Fax No.: 937.586.9474
   Attention: CEO,
To CSO:    RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC
   4150 International Plaza, Suite 300
   Fort Worth, TX 76109
   Attention: Senior Director of Products

26. Proprietary Rights . No right, title or interest in, to or under any Proprietary Rights of any party are created or assigned or otherwise transferred to the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a work for hire agreement, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes an agreement by a party to assign or otherwise convey title to any Proprietary Rights to the other party. Each party will retain full ownership of and title to all equipment, materials, hardware, software, inventions, innovations and other tangible and intangible property provided by or developed by such Party in connection with this Agreement.

27. Waiver . Neither party hereto shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder except in an express writing signed by an authorized agent or representative of the party to be charged with such waiver.

28. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In proving this Agreement in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Delivery of a signature hereto by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission of a document in the form of an Adobe portable digital file (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof, and any such facsimile or PDF signature shall be treated as an original signature to this Agreement.

29. Specific Performance . Certain rights which are subject to this Agreement are unique and are of such a nature as to be inherently difficult or impossible to value monetarily. In the event of a breach of this Agreement by either party hereto, an action at law for damages or other remedies at law would be inadequate to protect the unique rights and interests of the parties. Accordingly, the parties may seek to enforce the terms of this Agreement, and the terms of this Agreement shall be enforceable, in a court of competent jurisdiction by a decree of specific performance or injunction, subject to the arbitration provisions of Section 21(b) . Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which the parties may have.

 

21


30. Further Assurances . From time to time, the parties will execute and deliver to the other such additional documents and will provide such additional information as either may reasonably require carrying out the terms of this Agreement.

31. Amendments and Modifications; Entire Agreement . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by duly authorized representatives of each party and dated subsequent to the date hereof. This Agreement, and the documents executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede and merge all prior communications, representations, or agreements, either oral or written, between the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, except where survival of prior written agreements is expressly provided for herein or therein.

32. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not form any part of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed by the parties’ authorized officers and representatives and shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:      CSO:
NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC      RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen McAllister

     By:  

/s/ Jason Harvison

Its:   CEO      Its:   COO

 

23

Exhibit 10.69

GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY is made and entered into as of July 15, 2015, by RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC (hereinafter referred to as “CSO”), to and for the benefit of NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC (hereinafter referred to as “Lender”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , CSO desires to provide Lender with respect to Lender’s Ohio lending program a guaranty as further described herein in furtherance of the credit services program of CSO, acting as a credit services organization, for providing credit services to borrowers pursuant to the Credit Services Agreement dated the date hereof between CSO and Lender (the “Services Agreement”), including issuing guaranties on behalf of borrowers to enhance their credit, and brokering loans between Lender and borrowers pursuant to Lender’s Ohio lending program.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the extension of credit by Lender under Lender’s Ohio loan program to Ohio borrowers and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, CSO and Lender agree as follows:

1. Guaranty . Pursuant to each credit services contract between CSO and each borrower with respect to loans offered by Lender under Lender’s Ohio lending program (each a “Loan”), and regardless of whether the credit services contract is cancelled, CSO agrees to, and hereby does, unconditionally guaranty, on behalf of the borrower, and for the benefit of Lender, the prompt payment of all amounts due under each Loan to Lender, including, without limitation, all principal, interest and accrued fees (the “Loan Guaranty Amount”).

2. Assignment . On the Specified Date (as hereinafter defined), CSO will make payment to Lender on the guaranty for each defaulted Loan for the applicable Loan Guaranty Amount. Payment of the Loan Guaranty Amount shall be paid by ACH from CSO to Lender on a daily basis on the Specified Date (or next business day if the Specified Date is not a business day). All such defaulted Loans will be assigned by Lender to CSO without recourse pursuant to a Master Assignment of Promissory Notes (the “Master Assignment”) to be executed by CSO and Lender concurrently herewith. Following such assignment, all amounts paid by borrowers with respect to such defaulted Loans (including the proceeds of any new Loans made to borrowers by Lender for the purpose of refinancing such defaulted Loans) shall be for the account of CSO.

The Specified Date shall be as follows:

i. The Specified Date shall be the date following the second successive missed payment, or in the case of the final scheduled payment of any Loan, the date following the due date of such final payment.

ii. For all other defaults or upon the death or bankruptcy of the borrower, the Specified Date shall be the date of the default, or the date of the expiration of any applicable cure period, whichever is later.


3. Settlement . The parties agree to settle all amounts due from one party to the other pursuant to this Agreement on a daily basis, including any amounts owed by Lender to CSO as a result of CSO fees payable from Lender to CSO for loans funded. Any payment due from one party to the other under this Agreement shall be made by an automatic clearinghouse transfer with next day settlement on the business day immediately succeeding the transaction date. The settlement, payment and assignment obligations of the parties under this Agreement and the Services Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Services Agreement will remain in effect as long as any Loans remain unpaid or any party owes any amount to the other party under the Services Agreement or this Agreement. Except as may otherwise be agreed to in writing by CSO and Lender, in the event of any default by either party of its payment obligations under the Services Agreement or this Agreement, the non-defaulting party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to offset against its outstanding payment obligations owing to the defaulting party an amount equal to the amount of the defaulting party’s outstanding payment obligations owing to the non-defaulting party.

4. Governing Law; Arbitration; Consent to Jurisdiction .

a. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, without reference to Ohio choice of law or conflicts of law. All parties agree that any arbitration or litigation related to this Agreement or any dispute between the parties will be conducted in Montgomery County, Ohio, unless the parties mutually agree on another location. Each party consents to subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction and venue in Montgomery County, Ohio.

b. Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and any temporary or final judgment or award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any state or federal court in Montgomery County, Ohio. All parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any such claim.

c. Injunctive and Other Relief . This agreement to arbitrate includes claims for injunctive relief, and the parties agree that the AAA has the jurisdiction and authority to grant temporary or preliminary injunctive relief pursuant to Rule 38 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, but also subject to Rule 65(A) and (B) of the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure.

The parties agree that the arbitrator(s) shall not have the power to award punitive or exemplary damages for any claim or controversy.

d. Fees and Expenses . The parties agree that the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules govern the award of attorney fees and expenses, and hereby expressly permit the AAA arbitrator or panel to award reasonable and necessary attorney fees and expenses in their discretion to the prevailing party in their discretion.

 

2


e. Confidentiality . At the request of either party, the arbitration proceedings and any award or judgment will be conducted in the utmost confidentiality; in such case all documents, testimony and records shall be received, heard and maintained by the arbitrator or panel in confidence, available for inspection only by the parties and their respective attorneys and experts, who agree to maintain such information in confidence.

f. Joinder . Where applicable, all disputes hereunder shall be joined in or consolidated with the related proceeding(s), if any, among Lender, NCP and any affiliated entities.

5. Waiver . Neither party hereto shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder except in an express writing signed by an authorized agent or representative of the party to be charged with such waiver.

6. Counterparts . This Guaranty may be executed and delivered by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In proving this Guaranty in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Delivery of a signature hereto by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission of a document in the form of an Adobe portable digital file (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof, and any such facsimile or PDF signature shall be treated as an original signature to this Guaranty.

7. Further Assurances . From time to time, the parties will execute and deliver to the other such additional documents and will provide such additional information as either may reasonably require carrying out the terms of this Guaranty.

8. Amendments and Modifications; Entire Agreement . This Guaranty may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by duly authorized representatives of each party and dated subsequent to the date hereof. This Guaranty constitute the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede and merge all prior communications, representations, or agreements, either oral or written, between the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, except where survival of prior written agreements is expressly provided for herein or therein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , CSO has executed this Guaranty as of the day and year first written above.

 

CSO:

 

RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC

By:  

/s/ Jason Harvison

Printed Name: Jason Harvison
Title: COO

 

3


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen McAllister

Printed Name: Stephen McAllister
Title: CEO

 

4

Exhibit 10.70

PARENT GUARANTY

THIS PARENT GUARANTY is made as of July 15, 2015, by RISE CREDIT, LLC and ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Guarantors ”), to and for the benefit of NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as “ Lender ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC (“ CSO ”), an affiliate of Guarantors, has, on even date herewith, entered into a Credit Services Agreement (as such agreement may be amended from time to time, the “ Services Agreement ”) with Lender. To induce Lender to enter into the Services Agreement, Guarantors have agreed to guaranty the obligations of CSO under the Services Agreement, as further described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises recited above and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of all of which are hereby acknowledged by Guarantors; and for the purpose of inducing Lender to enter into the Services Agreement; and as long as CSO or its successors or assigns continues to be obligated to Lender in any manner whatsoever pursuant to the Services Agreement, Guarantors

1. Unconditionally and absolutely guarantee: (a) the due and punctual payment of all amounts due and payable from CSO to Lender under the Services Agreement and the Guaranty from the CSO in favor of Lender (the “ Guaranty ”), including, but not limited to, all guaranty payment obligations, settlement payment obligations (as applicable) and indemnification payment obligations of CSO; and (b) the due and punctual performance and observance by CSO of all other obligations, warranties, covenants, and duties of CSO set forth in the Services Agreement or the Guaranty (all of which amounts payable and the terms, warranties, agreements, covenants and conditions, as the same may vary or be modified from time to time, being herein called the “ Obligations ”); and to this end, Guarantors covenant and agree to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary to enable CSO to observe and perform and to refrain in a commercially reasonable manner from taking any action which would prevent CSO from observing and performing each and every such Obligation.

2. Agree that this Guaranty shall be a continuing guaranty, shall be binding upon Guarantors, and upon their successors and assigns, and shall remain in full force and effect, and shall not be discharged, impaired or affected by (a) the existence or continuance of any of the Obligations; (b) the existence or continuance of CSO as a legal entity; (c) any waiver, indulgence, alteration, substitution, exchange, change in, modification or other disposition of any of the Obligations, all of which CSO is hereby expressly authorized to make from time to time without notice to Guarantors; (d) the acceptance by Lender of any security for, or other guarantors upon, all or any part of the Obligations; or (e) any assignment or purported assignment of the Services Agreement or any or all of CSO’s obligations under the Services Agreement or the Guaranty. Guarantors shall have the right to assert as a defense to its performance under this Guaranty any legal defense that CSO may assert as to the Obligations


other than the invalidation of any Obligation or any document or agreement evidencing the Obligations or any of them under a theory of public policy, which defense Guarantor hereby expressly waives.

3. Agree that Guarantors shall be held jointly and severally liable hereunder and Lender shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty against Guarantors for and to the full amount of the Obligations, with or without enforcing or attempting to enforce this Guaranty against any other guarantor, without any obligation on the part of Lender, or anyone, at any time, to resort to any collateral, security, property, liens or other rights or remedies whatsoever, and whether or not other proceedings or steps are pending or have been taken or have been concluded to enforce or otherwise realize upon the obligations, properties, estates or security of CSO or any other guarantor; and the payment of any amount or amounts by Guarantors, pursuant to their obligations hereunder, shall not entitle Guarantors, either at law or otherwise, to any right, title or interest (whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) in and to any of the Obligations, unless and until the full amount of the Obligations has been fully paid, all other Obligations have been fully performed and observed in accordance with their terms and the Services Agreement has been terminated.

4. Waive diligence, presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, demand for payment, extension of time of payment, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, nonpayment at maturity and indulgences and notices of every kind, and consent to any and all forbearance and extensions of the time of payment of the Obligations, and further consent to any and all changes in the terms, covenants and conditions thereof hereafter made or granted; it being the intention that Guarantors shall remain liable under this Guaranty until the Obligations shall have been fully repaid to Lender and the terms, covenants and conditions thereof shall have been fully performed and observed by CSO, notwithstanding any act, omission or thing which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of Guarantors.

5. Represent that Guarantors have determined that the making of this Guaranty reasonably may be expected to benefit, directly and indirectly, Guarantors.

6. Agree that this Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of and may be enforced by Lender and its successors and assigns.

7. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, without reference to Ohio choice of law or conflicts of law. All parties agree that any arbitration or litigation related to this Agreement or any dispute between the parties will be conducted in Montgomery County, Ohio, unless the parties mutually agree on another location. Each party consents to subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction and venue in Montgomery County, Ohio.

8. Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and any temporary or final judgment or award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any state or federal court in Montgomery County, Ohio. All parties expressly waive their right to a jury trial for any such claim.

 

2


9. Injunctive and Other Relief . This agreement to arbitrate includes claims for injunctive relief, and the parties agree that the AAA has the jurisdiction and authority to grant temporary or preliminary injunctive relief pursuant to Rule 38 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, but also subject to Rule 65(A) and (B) of the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure.

The parties agree that the arbitrator(s) shall not have the power to award punitive or exemplary damages for any claim or controversy.

10. Fees and Expenses . The parties agree that the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules govern the award of attorney fees and expenses, and hereby expressly permit the AAA arbitrator or panel to award reasonable and necessary attorney fees and expenses in their discretion to the prevailing party in their discretion.

11. Confidentiality . At the request of either party, the arbitration proceedings and any award or judgment will be conducted in the utmost confidentiality; in such case all documents, testimony and records shall be received, heard and maintained by the arbitrator or panel in confidence, available for inspection only by the parties and their respective attorneys and experts, who agree to maintain such information in confidence.

12. Joinder . Where applicable, all disputes hereunder shall be joined in or consolidated with the related proceeding(s), if any, among Lender, CSO, Guarantor and any affiliated entities.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW.]

 

3


Guarantor has executed this instrument as of the day and year first written above.

 

GUARANTORS:

RISE CREDIT, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Jason Harvison

Its:

 

COO

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jason Harvison

Its:

 

COO

 

ACCEPTED:
NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen McAllister

Its:   CEO

 

4

Exhibit 10.71

AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY

THIS AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of October 15, 2015, by RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC (hereinafter referred to as “CSO”), to and for the benefit of NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC (hereinafter referred to as “Lender”), under the following circumstances:

A. CSO and Lender are parties to a Guaranty dated as of July 15, 2015 (the “Original Guaranty”).

B. Lender and CSO have not yet commenced lending.

C. During the course of development of the products to be offered to Customers, the parties have determined the Customers will not be obligated to pay late fees or NSF fees.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Section 1 of the Original Guaranty is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

1. Guaranty . Pursuant to each credit services contract between CSO and each borrower with respect to loans offered by Lender under Lender’s Ohio lending program (each a “Loan”), and regardless of whether the credit services contract is cancelled, CSO agrees to, and hereby does, unconditionally guaranty, on behalf of the borrower, and for the benefit of Lender, the prompt payment of all amounts due under each Loan to Lender, including all principal and interest but excluding accrued fees (the “Loan Guaranty Amount”).

2. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Original Guaranty is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

3. This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.

4. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one in the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW.]

 

Page 1 of 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

 

CSO:

 

RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC

By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Printed Name: Kenneth E. Rees
Title: CEO

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

NCP FINANCE OHIO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen McAllister

Printed Name: Stephen McAllister
Title: CEO

 

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.72

 

LOGO

License Agreement

for

Nortridge Loan System

READ THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLING THE DOWNLOADED EXECUTABLE FOR THE NORTRIDGE LOAN SERVICING SYSTEM. THE SOFTWARE AND RELATED USER DOCUMENTATION (THE “PROGRAM”) IS COPYRIGHTED AND LICENSED (NOT SOLD). BY INSTALLING AND/OR UTILIZING THE PROGRAM, YOU ARE ACCEPTING AND AGREEING TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. IF YOU ARE NOT WILLING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT, YOU SHOULD NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION AND PROMPTLY ERASE ANY DOWNLOADED PROGRAM FILES AND DESTROY ANY BACK UP COPIES THAT MAY HAVE BEEN CREATED. UPON DOING SO, YOU WILL BE ENTITLED TO A REFUND OF ANY MONEY, EXPRESSLY INDICATED BY CONTRACT, AS PROGRAM LICENSE PURCHASE FEES. THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE PROGRAM LICENSING BETWEEN YOU AND NORTRIDGE SOFTWARE, LLC (REFERRED TO AS “LICENSOR”).

 

1. License Grant : Licensor hereby grants to you, and you accept, a nonexclusive license to use the computer programs in machine-readable, object code form only (collectively referred to as the “Software”), and the accompanying User Documentation, only as authorized in this License Agreement. The Software may be used only on a single server owned, leased, or otherwise controlled by you; or in the event of the inoperability of that server , on a back-up server selected by you. Neither concurrent use on two or more computers nor use in a local area network or other network is permitted without separate authorization and the payment of other license fees as defined in purchase agreement. You agree that you will not assign, sublicense, transfer, pledge, lease, rent, or share your rights under this License Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, except to a successor of all or substantially all of its business properties. You agree that you may not reverse assemble, reverse compile, or otherwise translate the Software. Upon loading the Software into your computer, you may create copies of the Software Program for back-up purposes. Any such copies of the Software shall include Licensor’s copyright and other proprietary notices. Except as authorized under this paragraph, no copies of the Program or any portions thereof may be made by you or any person under your authority or control. For clarification, Licensee is an enterprise and Licensor hereby grants the base license to the enterprise and grants as many physical implementations as is necessary or convenient.

 

2. Licensor’s Rights : You acknowledge and agree that the Software and the User’s Manual are proprietary products of Licensor protected under U.S. copyright law. You further acknowledge and agree that all right, title, and interest in and to the Program, including associated intellectual property rights, are and shall remain with Licensor. This License Agreement does not convey to you an interest in or to the Program, but only a limited right of use revocable in accordance with the terms of this License Agreement.

 

3. License Fees : The license fees paid by you are paid in consideration of the licenses granted under License Agreement.

 

4. Escrow Agreement: Licensor and Licensee agree to enter into a “Software Escrow Agreement” within thirty (30) calendar days of Licensee’s receipt of Licensor’s software, the purpose of which is to place all source code, documentation, and related materials into escrow with an escrow agent during the term of this License Agreement.

 

5. Term : This License Agreement is effective upon installation of the Program Software on your server and shall continue until terminated. You may terminate this License Agreement at any time by notifying the Licensor in writing, uninstalling the Program from your server, and destroying all back-up copies of the Software Program. Licensor may terminate this License Agreement upon the breach by you of any term hereof. Upon such termination by Licensor, you agree to remove the Program from your server and destroy all back-up copies of the Program.

 

6. Limited Warranty : Licensor warrants, for your benefit alone, for a period of 90 days from the date of commencement of this License Agreement (referred to as the “Warranty Period”) that the Software is free from defects in material and workmanship. Licensor further warrants, for your benefit alone, that during the Warranty Period the Program shall operate substantially in accordance with the functional specifications in th e User’s Manual. If during the Warranty Period, a defect in the Program appears, you may make a request of the Licensor to correct such defect. , If correction of the defect cannot be accomplished by Licensor, Licensor, may elect to refund amounts paid by you under this License Agreement. You agree that the foregoing constitutes your sole and exclusive remedy for breach by Licensor of any warranties made under this agreement. Except for the warranties set forth above, the Program, and the Software contained therein, are licensed “as is”, and Licensor disclaims any and all other warranties, whether express or implied, including, without limitation, any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

 

7. Limitation of Liability : Licensor’s cumulative liability to you or any other party for any loss or damages resulting from any claims, demands, or actions arising out of or relating to this agreement shall not exceed the license fee paid to Licensor for the use of the Program. In no event shall Licensor be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential, special, or exemplary damages or lost profits, even if Licensor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Some states do not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequ ential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

 

8. Trademark : Nortridge ™ and NLS ™ are trademarks of Licensor. No right, license, or interest to such trademark is granted hereunder, and you agree that no such right, license, or interest shall be asserted by you with respect to such trademark.

 

9. Governing Law : This License Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

10. Costs of Litigation : If any action is brought by either party to this License Agreement against the other party regarding the subject matter hereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, in addition to any other relief granted, reasonable attorney fees and expenses of litigation.


11. Marketing: Customer agrees that during the term of this agreement, Licensor may publicly refer to licensee, orally and in writing, as a customer of licensor and may use customer’s name and /or logo in connection with any such reference. Any other reference to licensee by licensor requires licensee’s written consent.

 

12. Severability : If any term of this License Agreement is declared void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such declaration shall have no effect on the remaining terms hereof.

 

13. No Waiver : The failure of either party to enforce any rights granted hereunder or to take action against the other party in the event of any breach hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver by that party as to subsequent enforcement of rights or subsequent actions in the event of future breaches.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as set forth below.

 

Nortridge Software, LLC      TC Loan Service, LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Ewoldt

     By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name: Chris Ewoldt      Name: Kenneth E. Rees
Date: 05/13/2013      Date 05/09/2013

Keep for your own records

Exhibit 10.73

 

LOGO

Support Agreement

For

Nortridge Loan System

This SUPPORT Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into on this 9th day of May, 2013 by and between Nortridge Software, LLC (hereinafter “Nortridge”), a Limited Liability Company, with offices at 2 South Pointe, Suite 250, Lake Forest, CA 92630 and TC Loan Service, LLC (hereinafter “Customer”), a Limited Liability Company with offices at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76109.

 

Witnesseth:

WHEREAS, Nortridge and Customer entered into that certain License Agreement dated May 9, 2013, (the “License Agreement”) under which Customer obtained a non-exclusive, non-transferable enterprise license to use certain computer programs in object code form and related user documentation (the “LICENSED PROGRAM”) on certain terms and conditions;

WHEREAS, Nortridge is the owner of LICENSED PROGRAM, the source code and other user documentation for the LICENSED PROGRAM and offers Customers of the LICENSED PROGRAM the maintenance modifications, ENHANCEMENTS, and new RELEASES provided for herein; and

WHEREAS, Nortridge desires to offer Customer certain services with respect to the LICENSED PROGRAM on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises hereof, and the mutual obligations herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply to the respective capitalized terms:

1.1 “ENHANCEMENT” Any modification or addition that, when made or added to the LICENSED PROGRAM, materially changes it’s utility, efficiency, functional capability, or application, but that does not constitute solely an ERROR CORRECTION. ENHANCEMENTS may be designated by Nortridge as minor or major, depending on Nortridge’s assessment of their value and of the function added to the preexisting LICENSED PROGRAM.

1.2 “ERROR” Any failure of the LICENSED PROGRAM to conform in all material respects to its functional specifications as published from time to time by Nortridge, the current version of which is in the Nortridge Loan System operating manual. However, any nonconformity resulting from Customer’s misuse, improper use, alteration, or damage of the LICENSED PROGRAM or Customer’s combining or merging the LICENSED PROGRAM with any hardware or software not supplied by or identified as compatible by Nortridge, shall not be considered an ERROR.

1.3 “ERROR CORRECTION” Either a modification or addition that, when made or added to the LICENSED PROGRAM, brings the LICENSED PROGRAM into material conformity with it’s published functional specifications, or a procedure or routine that, when observed in the regular operation of the LICENSED PROGRAM, avoids the practical adverse effect on Customer of such nonconformity.

1.4 “LICENSED PROGRAM” The Nortridge Loan System, including any extracts from this program, derivative works of this program, or collective works including this program (e.g., subsequent RELEASES) to the extent offered to Customer under this Agreement or the License Agreement.

1.5 “NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS” The hours between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M. pacific standard time on the days Monday through Friday, excluding regularly scheduled holidays of Nortridge.

1.6 “RELEASES” New versions of the LICENSED PROGRAM, which may include both ERROR CORRECTIONS and/or ENHANCEMENTS.

1.7 “TERM” An initial period of one (1) year commencing on the first day following the warranty period that applies to the LICENSED PROGRAM pursuant to the License Agreement. Thereafter, the TERM shall automatically renew for successive periods of one (1) year each, at it’s current Nortridge rate for the Software or additions to, unless and until terminated pursuant to Article 6 hereof. In no event, however, shall the TERM extend beyond the prescribed term of the License Agreement.

1.8 “SUPPORT” Assistance with the standard functionality of the LICENSED PROGRAM as it is used for day-to-day operations.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ARTICLE 2

Scope of Services

During the TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, Nortridge shall render the following services in support of the LICENSED PROGRAM, during CUSTOMER’S NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS, subject to the compensation as provided for in purchase agreement for SUPPORT services.

2.1 Nortridge shall maintain a program control center capable of receiving by telephone transmission operator reports of system irregularities.

2.2 Nortridge shall maintain a telephone hot-line during NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS, and offer on-call support for critical support AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS, that allows Customer to report system problems and seek assistance in use of the LICENSED PROGRAM.

2.3 Nortridge shall maintain a trained staff capable of rendering the services set forth in this Agreement.

2.4 Nortridge shall be responsible for using all reasonable diligence to correct verifiable and reproducible ERRORS when reported to Nortridge in accordance with Nortridge’s standard reporting procedures. Nortridge shall, within 24 hours of verifying that such an ERROR is present, initiate work in a diligent manner toward development of an ERROR CORRECTION. Nortridge does not guarantee a deadline for completion of ERROR CORRECTIONS because the nature and complexity of the errors may not be identifiable at the time this Agreement was made. Following completion of the ERROR CORRECTION, Nortridge shall provide the ERROR CORRECTION by means of a “temporary fix”, consisting of sufficient programming and operating instructions to implement the ERROR CORRECTION. Nortridge shall include the ERROR CORRECTION in all subsequent RELEASES of the LICENSED PROGRAM. Nortridge shall not be responsible for correcting ERRORS in any version of the LICENSED PROGRAM other than the most recent RELEASE of the LICENSED PROGRAM, provided that Nortridge shall continue to provide SUPPORT services for prior RELEASES superseded by recent RELEASES for a reasonable period sufficient to allow Customer to implement the newest RELEASE, not to exceed ninety (90) days (unless otherwise agreed to by Customer & Nortridge).

2.5 Nortridge reserves the right to update and enhance the LICENSED PROGRAM based solely upon their internal decision. Nortridge is not required to make changes for any reason other than those that Nortridge deems necessary, reasonable, or practical.

2.6 The original or master disk(s) from Nortridge will not be used by Customer as a working disk. The disk(s) will be solely for the purpose of transferring programs to the Customer’s particular computer system.

2.7 Nortridge may, from time to time, issue new RELEASES of the LICENSED PROGRAM to its customers generally, containing ERROR CORRECTIONS, minor ENHANCEMENTS, and, in certain instances if Nortridge so elects, major ENHANCEMENTS. User documentation and manual changes, if necessary, will be sent along with the updated release to Customer. Nortridge shall provide Customer with one (1) copy of each new RELEASE, (without additional charge) within a reasonable amount of time after completion by Nortridge. Nortridge shall provide reasonable assistance to help Customer install and operate each new RELEASE. Assistance, if required to be provided at Customer’s facility, shall be subject to supplemental charges.

2.8 Nortridge may, from time to time, offer major ENHANCEMENTS to its customers, generally for an additional charge. To the extent Nortridge offers such ENHANCEMENTS, it shall allow Customer to license one (1) copy of each major ENHANCEMENT for each copy of the LICENSED PROGRAM being maintained under this Agreement upon payment of applicable fees.

2.9 Subject to space availability, Customer may enroll its employees in Nortridge’s training classes, held at Nortridge’s facility in Lake Forest, California for additional or advanced training.

2.10 If Nortridge publishes a monthly newsletter designed to keep its customers generally informed about the use and operation of the LICENSED PROGRAM, features of new RELEASES and ENHANCEMENTS, or current additional SUPPORT service offerings, Nortridge shall provide Customer with one (1) copy of the newsletter without charge and make additional copies available for a reasonable charge.

2.11 Nortridge shall consider and evaluate the development of additional ENHANCEMENTS for the specific use of Customer and shall respond to Customer’s requests for additional services pertaining to the LICENSED PROGRAM (including, without limitation, data-conversion and report-formatting assistance), provided that such assistance, if agreed to be provided, shall be subject to supplemental charges mutually agreed to by Nortridge and Customer.

2.12 Nortridge and Customer agree to enter into a “Software Escrow Agreement” within thirty (30) calendar days of execution of this Agreement, the purpose of which is to place all source code, documentation, and related materials into escrow with an escrow agent during the term of this License Agreement.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ARTICLE 3

Fees and Charges

3.1 Customer shall pay Nortridge its fees and charges based on the Nortridge’s current rates as provided for in the purchase agreement. Nortridge reserves the right to change its rate schedule for services other than annual SUPPORT contract fees from time to time, provided that no such change will be effective until at least thirty (30) days after Nortridge has given Customer written notice of such change. Customer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of a notice of change to Nortridge’s rate schedule by providing Nortridge written notice of the same. If Customer does not provide Northridge with written notice within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of notice of change to Nortridge’s rates, Customer will be deemed to have accepted the new rates proposed by Nortridge.

3.2 Customer shall reimburse Nortridge for any travel expenses (i.e., transportation, lodging, and meals) and telephone expenses incurred by Nortridge in rendering services to Customer under this Agreement as long as such expenses are expressly approved by Customer in advance of such expenditure. Customer agrees to pay such expenses, when and as the services are rendered and the expenses incurred, as invoiced by Nortridge. (Receipts for related expenses available upon request) Nortridge reserves the right to require pre-payment or advance deposit for such additional charges or expenses that are expressly approved by Customer in advance.

3.3 Customer is responsible for sales or use taxes and state or local property or excise taxes associated with Customer’s licensing, possession, or use of the LICENSED PROGRAM or any associated services.

3.4 Nortridge shall invoice Customer at the beginning of each calendar month for all fees and charges accrued, and all reimbursable expenses incurred, other than enhancements and support during the previous month. Customer shall pay the invoiced amount promptly upon receipt of such invoice. Any amount not paid within thirty (30) days after Customer’s receipt of the invoice shall bear interest at the lesser of [****] per month or the highest rate allowed by applicable law from the date such fee or charge first became due.

3.5 Customer shall be responsible for procuring, installing, and maintaining all equipment, telephone lines, communications interfaces, and other hardware necessary to operate the LICENSED PROGRAM and to obtain from Nortridge the services called for by this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

Proprietary Rights

4.1 To the extent that Nortridge may provide Customer with any ERROR CORRECTIONS or ENHANCEMENT or any other program, including any new programs or components, or any compilations or derivative works prepared by Nortridge (collectively, “Vendor Programs”), Customer may: (1) install one (1) set of the Vendor Programs, in the most current form provided by Nortridge, in Customer’s own facility; (2) use such Vendor Programs in connection with the LICENSED PROGRAMS, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of the License Agreement, for purposes of serving Customer’s internal business needs; and (3) make one (1) copy of the Vendor Programs, or any copy, adaptation, transcription, or merged portion thereof, except as expressly authorized by Nortridge. Notwithstanding Article 6 hereof, Customer’s rights under this Section 4.1 shall remain in effect for so long as Customer is authorized to use the LICENSED PROGRAMS under the License Agreement. Upon termination of such License Agreement, Customer shall return or destroy the Vendor Programs, and returning the Vendor Programs in the manner required by the License Agreement shall be sufficient for such purpose.

4.2 The Vendor Programs, including any associated intellectual property rights, are and shall remain the sole property of Nortridge, regardless of whether Customer, it’s employees, or contractors may have contributed to the conception of such work, joined in the effort of its development, or paid Nortridge for the use of the work product. Customer shall from time to time take any further action and execute and deliver any further instrument, including documents of assignment or acknowledgment, that Nortridge may reasonably request in order to establish and perfect it’s exclusive ownership rights in such works, including any associated intellectual property rights.

ARTICLE 5

Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of Liability

5.1 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NORTRIDGE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE LICENSED PROGRAM OR THE SERVICES TO BE RENDERED HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

5.2 In no event shall Nortridge’s cumulative liability for any claim arising in connection with the Agreement exceed the tot al fees and charges paid to Nortridge for the last years enhancement and support by Customer. In no event shall Nortridge be liable for any indirect, consequential, special, exemplary, or incidental damages of whatever kind and however caused, even if Nortridge knew or should have known of the possibility of such damages.

5.3 No action, whether based in contract, strict liability, or tort, including any action based on negligence, arising out of the performance of services under this Agreement, may be brought by either party more than one (1) year after such cause of action was discovered, except that an action for non-payment may be brought within two (2) years of the date of the last payment.

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .


ARTICLE 6

Termination

6.1 This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

6.1.1 This Agreement shall immediately terminate upon the termination of the License Agreement; or

6.1.2 This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon the expiration of the then-current TERM of this Agreement, provided that at least thirty (30) days prior written notice is given to the other party; or

6.1.3 This Agreement may be terminated by Customer within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of any notice of rate change by Nortridge by providing written notice to Nortridge; or

6.1.4 This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon thirty (30) days prior written notice if the other party has materially breached the provisions of this Agreement and has not cured such breach within such notice period.

6.2 Following termination of this Agreement, Nortridge shall immediately invoice Customer for all accrued fees and charges and all reimbursable expenses, and Customer shall pay the invoiced amount immediately upon receipt of such invoice. Customer may continue to use any work supplied to Customer by Nortridge for the remaining term of the License Agreement. Any amount not paid within thirty (30) days of Customer’s receipt of the invoice shall bear interest at the lesser of [****] per month or the highest rate allowed by applicable law from the date such fee or charge first became due.

ARTICLE 7

Miscellaneous

7.1 Each party acknowledges that it has read this Agreement, understands it, and agrees to be bound by its TERMS. The parties further agree that this is the complete and exclusive statement of the Agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and that it supersedes and merges all prior proposals, understandings, and agreements, whether oral or written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties hereto.

7.2. This Agreement and the party’s obligations hereunder shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

7.3 In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

7.4 Neither party may assign its rights or duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, except to a successor of all or substantially all of its business and properties.

7.5 This Agreement may not be modified except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of both parties. It is agreed that no trade usage or course of dealing between the parties hereto shall be used to modify, interpret, supplement, or alter in any manner the terms of this Agreement.

7.6 The waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a continuing waiver thereof nor of any further or additional right that such party may hold under this Agreement.

7.7 All notices or other communications required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered either personally or by U.S. mail, certified return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and addressed as provided in this Agreement or as otherwise requested by the receiving party. Notices delivered personally shall be effective upon delivery and notices delivered by mail shall be effective upon their receipt by the party to whom they are addressed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as set forth below.

 

Nortridge Software, LLC   Client name here
By:  

/s/ C. Ewoldt

    By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

Controller

    By:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Date:   5 - 13 , 20 13     Date:   5/9/2013 , 20    

Keep for your own records

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.74

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

2016 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

You (the “Grantee”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (the “Award”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”), the Elevate Credit, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows.

 

Award Number  

 

Date of Award  

 

Vesting Commencement Date  

 

Total Number of Restricted Stock

Units Awarded (the “Units”)

 

 

Expiration Date  

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms in this Notice shall have the same meaning as those defined in the Plan.

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Agreement and the Plan, the Units will “vest” in accordance with the following schedule (the “Vesting Schedule”):

[●]

In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee to Consultant or Director, the determination of whether such change in status results in a termination of Continuous Service will be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Units as provided in this schedule shall be suspended (to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code) after the leave of absence exceeds a period of three (3) months. Vesting of the Units shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity; provided, however, that if the leave of absence exceeds six (6) months, and a return to service upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then (a) the Grantee’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to terminate on the first date following such six-month period and (b) the Grantee will forfeit the Units that are unvested on the date of the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service. An authorized leave of absence shall include


sick leave, military leave, or other bona fide leave of absence (such as temporary employment by the government). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a leave of absence due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment of the Grantee that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months, where such impairment causes the Grantee to be unable to perform the duties of the Grantee’s position of employment or substantially similar position of employment, a twenty-nine (29) month period of absence shall be substituted for such six (6) month period above. The Vesting Schedule of the Units shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Units shall continue to vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth above.

For purposes of this Notice and the Agreement, the term “vest” shall mean, with respect to any Units, that such Units are no longer subject to forfeiture to the Company. If the Grantee would become vested in a fraction of a Unit, such Unit shall not vest until the Grantee becomes vested in the entire Unit.

Vesting shall cease upon the date of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason, including death or Disability. In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated for any reason, including death or Disability, any unvested Units held by the Grantee immediately following such termination of Continuous Service shall be forfeited and deemed reconveyed to the Company and the Company shall thereafter be the legal and beneficial owner of the unvested Units and shall have all rights and interest in or related thereto without further action by the Grantee.

In the event the Registration Date does not occur on or before the Expiration Date, any unvested Units held by the Grantee shall be forfeited and deemed reconveyed to the Company and the Company shall thereafter be the legal and beneficial owner of the unvested Units and shall have all rights and interest in or related thereto without further action by the Grantee.

The Award shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Award is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, and the Agreement.

 

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

2


THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE UNITS SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE OR AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE AGREEMENT, OR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR RELATED ENTITY TO WHICH THE GRANTEE PROVIDES SERVICES TO TERMINATE THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, THE GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

 

3


Grantee Acknowledges and Agrees :

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Agreement and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. The Grantee further agrees and acknowledges that this Award is a non-elective arrangement pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. The Grantee hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Agreement shall be resolved by the Administrator in accordance with Section 9 of the Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to the venue selection and waiver of a jury trial in accordance with Section 10 of the Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

The Grantee further acknowledges that, from time to time, the Company may be in a “blackout period” and/or subject to applicable federal securities laws that could subject the Grantee to liability for engaging in any transaction involving the sale of the Shares. The Grantee further acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the sale of any Shares acquired under the Award, it is the Grantee’s responsibility to determine whether or not the sale of the Shares will subject the Grantee to liability under insider trading rules or other applicable federal securities laws.

The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver this Notice, the Agreement, the Plan and the Plan prospectus (collectively, the “Plan Documents”) to the Grantee by electronic means or request the Grantee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. The Grantee hereby agrees to Company’s provision to the Grantee of these documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has access to the Company’s intranet and has either received electronic or paper copies of the Plan Documents.

 

Date:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
     

 

      Grantee’s Printed Name
     

 

      Address
     

 

      City, State & Zip

 

4


Award Number:                     

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

2016 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

1. Issuance of Units . Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby issues to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) an award (the “Award”) of the Total Number of Restricted Stock Units Awarded set forth in the Notice (the “Units”), subject to the Notice, this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the terms and provisions of the Elevate Credit, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as those defined in the Plan.

2. Transfer Restrictions . The Units may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

3. Conversion of Units and Issuance of Shares .

(a) General . Subject to Sections 3(b) and 3(c), one share of Common Stock shall be issuable for each Unit subject to the Award (the “Shares”) upon vesting. Immediately thereafter, or as soon as administratively feasible, the Company will transfer the appropriate number of Shares to the Grantee after satisfaction of any Tax Withholding Obligations (as defined below). Any fractional Unit remaining after the Award is fully vested shall be discarded and shall not be converted into a fractional Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the relevant number of Shares shall be issued no later than sixty (60) days following vesting.

(b) Delay of Conversion . The conversion of the Units into the Shares under Section 3(a) above, may be delayed in the event the Company reasonably anticipates that the issuance of the Shares would constitute a violation of federal securities laws or other Applicable Law. If the conversion of the Units into the Shares is delayed by the provisions of this Section 3(b), the conversion of the Units into the Shares shall occur at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates issuing the Shares will not cause a violation of federal securities laws or other Applicable Law. For purposes of this Section 3(b), the issuance of Shares that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code is not considered a violation of Applicable Law.

(c) Delay of Issuance of Shares . The Company shall delay the issuance of any Shares under this Section 3 to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (relating to payments made to certain “specified employees” of certain publicly-traded companies); in such event, any Shares to which the Grantee would otherwise be entitled during the six (6) month period following the date of the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service will be issuable on the first business day following the expiration of such six (6) month period.


4. Right to Shares; Grantee’s Representations . The Grantee shall not have any right in, to or with respect to any of the Shares (including any voting rights or rights with respect to dividends paid on the Common Stock) issuable under the Award until the Award is settled by the issuance of such Shares to the Grantee. The Grantee understands that neither the Units nor the Shares issuable hereunder have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any United States securities laws. In the event the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time the Shares are issued, the Grantee shall, if requested by the Company, concurrently with the issuance, deliver to the Company his or her investment representation statement in a form determined by the Administrator from time to time.

5. Taxes .

(a) Tax Liability . The Grantee is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by the Grantee in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company or any Related Entity takes with respect to any Tax Withholding Obligations that arise in connection with the Award. Neither the Company nor any Related Entity makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any Tax Withholding Obligation in connection with any aspect of the Award, including the grant, vesting, assignment, release or cancellation of the Units, the delivery of Shares, the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon vesting and the receipt of any dividends or dividend equivalents. The Company and its Related Entities do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s tax liability.

(b) Payment of Withholding Taxes . Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting) that the Company determines may result in any tax withholding obligation, whether United States federal, state, local or non-U.S., including any social insurance, employment tax, payment on account or other tax-related obligation (the “Tax Withholding Obligation”), the Grantee must arrange for the satisfaction of the minimum amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company. At any time not less than five (5) business days (or such fewer number of business days as determined by the Administrator) before any Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., a vesting date), the Grantee may elect to satisfy the Grantee’s Tax Withholding Obligation that the Company determines is sufficient by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a certified check payable to the Company, (iii) if permissible under Applicable Law, directing the Company to withhold from those Shares otherwise issuable to the Grantee the whole number of Shares sufficient to satisfy the applicable Tax Withholding Obligation (limited to avoid, as determined by the Administrator, financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance) or (iv) such other means as specified from time to time by the Administrator. With respect to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Grantee acknowledges that the withheld Shares may not be sufficient to satisfy the Grantee’s minimum Tax Withholding Obligation. Accordingly, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or any Related Entity as soon as practicable, including through additional payroll withholding, any amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation that is not satisfied by the withholding of Shares described above. If the Grantee does not make such arrangements, the Company may, at its sole election, satisfy the Grantee’s Tax Withholding Obligation in accordance with clause (i) below.

 

2


(i) By Sale of Shares . The Grantee’s acceptance of this Award constitutes the Grantee’s instruction and authorization to the Company and any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to, upon the exercise of Company’s sole discretion, sell on the Grantee’s behalf a whole number of Shares from those Shares issuable to the Grantee as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy the minimum applicable Tax Withholding Obligation. Such Shares will be sold on the day such Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., a vesting date) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The Grantee will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and the Grantee agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the Grantee’s minimum Tax Withholding Obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to the Grantee. The Grantee acknowledges that the Company or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the Grantee’s minimum Tax Withholding Obligation. Accordingly, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or any Related Entity as soon as practicable, including through additional payroll withholding, any amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation that is not satisfied by the sale of Shares described above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or a Related Entity also may satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation by offsetting any amounts (including, but not limited to, salary, bonus and severance payments) payable to the Grantee by the Company and/or a Related Entity. Furthermore, in the event of any determination that the Company and/or a Related Entity has failed to withhold a sum sufficient to pay the Tax Withholding Obligation due in connection with the Award, the Grantee agrees to pay the Company and/or the Related Entity the amount of such deficiency in cash within five (5) days after receiving a written demand from the Company and/or the Related Entity to do so, whether or not the Grantee is an employee of the Company and/or the Related Entity at that time.

6. Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Agreement . The Grantee, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock (the “Lead Underwriter”), hereby irrevocably agrees not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such shorter or longer period of time as the Lead Underwriter shall specify (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”). The Grantee further agrees to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and agrees that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock subject to the Lock-Up Period until the end of such period. The Company and the Grantee acknowledge that each Lead Underwriter of a public offering of the Company’s stock, during the period of such offering and for the Lock-Up Period thereafter, is an intended beneficiary of this Section 6.

(b) No Amendment Without Consent of Underwriter . During the period from identification of a Lead Underwriter in connection with any public offering of the Company’s Common Stock until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Lock-Up Period specified in Section 6(a) in connection with such offering or (ii) the abandonment of such offering by the Company and the Lead Underwriter, the provisions of this Section 6 may not be amended or waived except with the consent of the Lead Underwriter.

 

3


7. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Notice, the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. These agreements are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Texas to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of the Notice or this Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

8. Construction . The captions used in the Notice and this Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Award for construction or interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

9. Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of the Notice, the Plan or this Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator. The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

10. Venue and Waiver of Jury Trial. The parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a Texas state court in Tarrant County) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. If any one or more provisions of this Section 10 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

4


11. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown in these instruments, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

12. Language . If the Grantee has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control, unless otherwise prescribed by Applicable Law.

13. Nature of Award . In accepting the Award, the Grantee acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

(b) the Award is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards, or benefits in lieu of awards, even if awards have been awarded repeatedly in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) the Grantee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary;

(e) the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to any employment with the Grantee’s employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company or the employer to terminate the Grantee’s employment relationship, if any, at any time;

(f) the Award is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or any Related Entity;

(g) in the event that the Grantee is not an Employee of the Company or any Related Entity, the Award and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan will not be interpreted to form an employment or service contract or relationship with the Company or any Related Entity;

(h) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(i) in consideration of the Award, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Award or diminution in value of the Award or Shares acquired upon vesting of the Award, resulting from termination of the Grantee’s

 

5


Continuous Service by the Company or any Related Entity (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and in consideration of the grant of the Award, the Grantee irrevocably releases the Company and any Related Entity from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing the Notice, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived his or her right to pursue or seek remedy for any such claim or entitlement;

(j) in the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Grantee’s right to receive Awards under the Plan and to vest in such Awards, if any, will (except as otherwise provided in the Notice or herein) terminate effective as of the date that the Grantee is no longer providing services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law ( e.g. , providing services would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); furthermore, in the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Grantee is no longer providing services for purposes of this Award;

(k) the Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan or the Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares; and

(l) the Grantee is hereby advised to consult with the Grantee’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisers regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

14. Data Privacy .

(a) The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in the Notice and this Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Grantee’s employer, the Company and any Related Entity for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

(b) The Grantee understands that the Company and the Grantee’s employer may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

(c) The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to any third party assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the Grantee’s country, or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country. The Grantee understands that the Grantee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the

 

6


Grantee’s local human resources representative. The Grantee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that the Grantee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Grantee’s local human resources representative. The Grantee understands, however, that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that the Grantee may contact the Grantee’s local human resources representative.

15. Amendment and Delay to Meet the Requirements of Section  409A . The Grantee acknowledges that the Company, in the exercise of its sole discretion and without the consent of the Grantee, may amend or modify this Agreement in any manner and delay the issuance of any Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement to the minimum extent necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as amplified by any Treasury regulations or guidance from the Internal Revenue Service as the Company deems appropriate or advisable. In addition, the Company makes no representation that the Award will comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to prevent Section 409A of the Code from applying to the Award or to mitigate its effects on any deferrals or payments made in respect of the Units. The Grantee is encouraged to consult a tax adviser regarding the potential impact of Section 409A of the Code.

END OF AGREEMENT

 

7

Exhibit 10.75

FIRST AMENDMENT TO TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Tax Sharing Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), effective as of February 1, 2015 (“ Amendment Effective Date ”), is by and between Think Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Think Finance ”) and Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Elevate ” and, together with Think Finance, the “ Parties ”).

Recitals

A. Whereas, Think Finance and Elevate entered into that certain Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014 (“ Original Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Parties set forth their rights and obligations with respect to handling and allocating Taxes due for periods before and after the Distribution Date.

B. Whereas, the Parties mutually wish to amend the Original Agreement as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows.

Agreement

1. Definitions . Except as otherwise set forth herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Original Agreement. The Agreement shall mean the Original Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

2. Covenant to Share Certain Information . Article III of the Original Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 3.2 which shall provide, in its entirety, as follows:

“3.2 Information Regarding the Exercise of Certain Nonstatutory Stock Options . The Parties hereby acknowledge that prior to the Distribution Date, certain individuals received nonstatutory stock options as compensation for services provided to Think Finance. Certain such nonstatutory stock options, if and when exercised, will give individuals employed by one Party after the Distribution Date (the “ Employer Party ”) the right to acquire stock of the other Party (the “ Issuing Party ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable option agreements. The Parties hereby agree to cooperate together to identify those employees who hold such nonstatutory stock options and in the event of an exercise of such nonstatutory stock options the Issuing Party shall provide the Employer Party with all available information reasonably necessary to enable the Employer Party to comply with the applicable tax reporting and withholding requirements arising in connection with the exercise of any such options.”

3. Confirmation; Entire Agreement . Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, all provisions of the Original Agreement remain in full force and effect as provided therein. The Original Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument duly executed by both parties.

4. Signatures . This Amendment may be signed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be considered originals and all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument. Signatures received by facsimile, PDF or other electronic format shall be deemed to be original signatures.


<signature page follows>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, duly authorized representatives of each party have executed this Amendment as of the Amendment Date.

 

THINK FINANCE, INC.     ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.
By:   LOGO     By:   LOGO
 

 

     

 

  Nina Vitagliano, CFO       Chris Lutes, CFO

Exhibit 10.76

WRITTEN CONSENT

This Written Consent is provided as of September 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by Republic Bank & Trust Company, a Kentucky banking corporation (“ RB ”) to Elevate@Work, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ E@W ”) pursuant to Section 2(f) of the Amended and Restated Joint Marketing Agreement entered into as of July 1, 2015 between RB and E@W (the “ Agreement ”).

 

1. Except as provided in this Written Consent, all capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings attributed to them in the Agreement.

 

2. Pursuant to Section 2(f) of the Agreement, E@W shall use good faith efforts to limit marketing of the Accounts so that the maximum aggregate principal amount of Accounts outstanding under the Program (on a fully-advanced basis) during the calendar year 2016 does not exceed [****] (the “ Limit ”), without the prior written consent of RB.

 

3. By virtue of this Written Consent, RB hereby consents to E@W increasing the Limit to [****] .

 

4. It is understood and agreed by the parties that all other terms and conditions of the Agreement and all related documentation, shall remain in full force and effect and, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms agreed to herein, shall also apply to this Written Consent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, RB has executed this Written Consent to be binding as of the Effective Date set forth above, regardless of the actual date of the execution and delivery hereof.

 

By:
REPUBLIC BANK & TRUST COMPANY
By:   /s/ William R. Nelson
Name:   William R. Nelson
Title:   President
Acknowledged By:
ELEVATE@WORK, LLC
By:   /s/ Kenneth E. Rees
Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   CEO

 

[****] = C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 OF THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

Exhibit 10.77

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FINANCING AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED FINANCING AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of December 30, 2016 by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Term Note Borrower ”), as the US Term Note Borrower, Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 (the “ UK Borrower ”), as the UK Borrower, Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate Credit ” or the “ US Last Out Term Note Borrower ”), Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the US Convertible Term Note Borrower (“ Elevate Credit Parent ” or the “ US Convertible Term Note Borrower ”; the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower and the US Convertible Term Note Borrower, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the Guarantors party hereto (such Guarantors, collectively with the Borrowers, the “ Credit Parties ”), and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Holders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Financing Agreement described below.

WHEREAS , the Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement dated as of June 30, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Credit Parties and the Agent desire to amend certain provisions of the Financing Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Amendment to Financing Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, including the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 hereof, the Financing Agreement is amended as follows:

(a)    Section 2.1(e) of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “December 31, 2016” therein and replacing it with a reference to “January 5, 2017”.

(b)    Section 8.1(e) of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following language at the end thereof immediately after the reference to “$10,000,000” therein:

“(or, solely with respect to the calendar month ending December 31, 2016, $5,000,000).”


2.     Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction in full of each of the following conditions:

(a)    the Borrowers shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Agent evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on the date hereof (the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”) all fees and other amounts due and owing thereon under this Amendment and the other Transaction Documents;

(b)    the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein and in the Financing Agreement shall be true and correct except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date; and

(c)    no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the transaction contemplated hereby.

3.     General Release . In consideration of the Agent’s agreements contained in this Amendment, each Credit Party hereby irrevocably releases and forever discharge the Lenders, the Holders and the Agent and their affiliates, subsidiaries, successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, attorneys, managers, investment managers, principles and portfolio companies (each, a “ Released Person ”) of and from any and all claims, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings or demands, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law of any kind or character, known or unknown, which such Credit Party ever had or now has against Agent, any Lender, any Holder or any other Released Person which relates, directly or indirectly, to any acts or omissions of Agent, any Lender, any Holder or any other Released Person relating to the Financing Agreement or any other Transaction Document on or prior to the date hereof.

4.     Representations and Warranties of the Credit Parties . To induce the Agent to execute and deliver this Amendment, each Credit Party represents, warrants and covenants that:

(a)    The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of this Amendment and all documents and instruments delivered in connection herewith have been duly authorized by all necessary action required on its part, and this Amendment and all documents and instruments delivered in connection herewith are legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

(b)    each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Transaction Documents is true and correct on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and each of the agreements and covenants in the Transaction Documents is hereby reaffirmed with the same force and effect as if each were separately stated herein and made as of the date hereof.

 

2


(c)    Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does or shall (i) result in a violation of any Credit Party’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement or other governing documents, or the terms of any Capital Stock or other Equity Interests of any Credit Party; (ii) conflict with, or constitute a breach or default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a breach or default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which any Credit Party is a party; (iii) result in any “price reset” or other material change in or other modification to the terms of any Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any Credit Party; or (iv) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree.

(d)    no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under this Amendment or any other Transaction Document.

5.     Ratification of Liability . Each Credit Party, as debtor, grantor, pledgor, guarantor, assignor, or in other similar capacity in which such party grants liens or security interests in its properties or otherwise acts as an accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be, under the Transaction Documents, hereby ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations and obligations to indemnify, contingent or otherwise, under each Transaction Document to which such party is a party, and each such party hereby ratifies and reaffirms its grant of liens on or security interests in its properties pursuant to such Transaction Documents to which it is a party as security for the obligations under or with respect to the Financing Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents, and confirms and agrees that such liens and security interests hereafter secure all of the obligations under the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, all additional obligations hereafter arising or incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Amendment or any Transaction Document. Each Credit Party further agrees and reaffirms that the Transaction Documents to which it is a party now apply to all obligations as modified hereby (including, without limitation, all additional obligations hereafter arising or incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Amendment or any Transaction Document). Each such party (a) further acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Amendment and all other agreements, documents, and instruments executed or delivered in connection herewith, (b) consents to the terms and conditions of same, and (c) agrees and acknowledges that each of the Transaction Documents, as modified hereby, remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. Except as expressly provided herein, the execution of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender, any Holder or the Agent, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Transaction Documents nor constitute a novation of any of the obligations under the Transaction Documents.

6.     Reference to and Effect Upon the Transaction Documents .

(a)    Except as specifically amended hereby, all terms, conditions, covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents, and all rights of the Lenders, the Holders and the Agent and all of the obligations under the Transaction Documents, shall remain in full force and effect. Each Credit Party hereby confirms that the Transaction Documents are in full force and effect, and that no Credit Party has any right of setoff, recoupment or other offset or any defense, claim or counterclaim with respect to any Transaction Document or the Credit Parties’ obligations thereunder.

 

3


(b)    Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment and any consents or waivers set forth herein shall not directly or indirectly: (i) create any obligation to make any further loans or to defer any enforcement action after the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) constitute a consent or waiver of any past, present or future violations of any Transaction Document; (iii) amend, modify or operate as a waiver of any provision of any Transaction Document or any right, power or remedy of any Lender, any Holder or the Agent or (iv) constitute a course of dealing or other basis for altering any obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other contract or instrument. Except as expressly set forth herein, each Lender, each Holder and the Agent reserve all of their rights, powers, and remedies under the Transaction Documents and applicable law. All of the provisions of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, the time of the essence provisions, are hereby reiterated, and if ever waived previously, are hereby reinstated.

(c)    From and after the date hereof, (i) the term “Agreement” in the Financing Agreement, and all references to the Financing Agreement in any Transaction Document shall mean the Financing Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and (ii) the term “Transaction Documents” defined in the Financing Agreement shall include, without limitation, this Amendment and any agreements, instruments and other documents executed or delivered in connection herewith.

7.     Costs and Expenses . In addition to, and not in lieu of, the terms of the Transaction Documents relating to the reimbursement of the Lenders’, the Holders’ and the Agent’s fees and expenses, the Credit Parties shall reimburse each Lender, each Holder and the Agent, as the case may be, promptly on demand for all fees, costs, charges and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel and other expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment.

8.     Governing Law; Jurisdiction . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in Wilmington, Delaware, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Amendment and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.

 

4


9.     No Strict Construction . The language used in this Amendment will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

10.     Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or by electronic media or similar means shall be deemed to be their original signature for all purposes.

11.     Severability . The invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any provision in or obligation under this Amendment in any jurisdiction shall not affect or impair the validity, legality, or enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this Amendment or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction. If feasible, any such offending provision shall be deemed modified to be within the limits of enforceability or validity; provided that if the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be stricken and all other provisions of this Amendment in all other respects shall remain valid and enforceable.

12.     Further Assurances . The parties hereto shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Amendment and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

13.     Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Amendment.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

US TERM NOTE BORROWER:
RISE SPV, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Term Note Borrower
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

President

UK BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT INTERNATIONAL LTD. , a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905 f/k/a THINK FINANCE (UK) LTD., as the UK Term Note Borrower
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

CEO

US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as the US Last Out Term Note Borrower
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:  

Kenneth E. Rees

Title:  

President

 

 

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

US CONVERTIBLE TERM NOTE BORROWER:
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC. , a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President
OTHER CREDIT PARTIES:
ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.
ELASTIC FINANCIAL, LLC
ELEVATE DECISION SCIENCES, LLC
RISE CREDIT, LLC
FINANCIAL EDUCATION, LLC
ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC
By:   RISE Credit, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
  By:    Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

RISE FINANCIAL, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ALABAMA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF CALIFORNIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF DELAWARE, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF GEORGIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF IDAHO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF KANSAS, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ILLINOIS, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MISSISSIPPI, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MISSOURI, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEVADA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEW MEXICO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NORTH DAKOTA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH CAROLINA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH DAKOTA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF UTAH, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF VERMONT, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF VIRGINIA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF ARIZONA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF COLORADO, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF MARYLAND, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF OKLAHOMA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF OREGON, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF NEBRASKA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF LOUISIANA, LLC
RISE CREDIT OF TEXAS, LLC
By:   RISE SPV, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
  By:    Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

ELASTIC@WORK, LLC
ELEVATE@WORK ADMINISTRATION, LLC
ELEVATE@WORK, LLC
By:   Elastic Financial, LLC, as Sole Member of each of the above-named entities
By:   Elevate Credit, Inc., as its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Kenneth E. Rees

Name:   Kenneth E. Rees
Title:   President

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

AGENT:
VICTORY PARK MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name:   Scott R. Zemnick
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement

Exhibit 10.78

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

Effective as of December 31, 2016

VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P.

VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P.

VPC Investor Fund B, LLC

Victory Park Management, LLC

c/o Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC

227 W. Monroe Street, Suite 3900

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention:   Scott R. Zemnick, General Counsel

 

RE: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

To Whom It May Concern:

This letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) amends (i) that certain Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Term Note Borrower”), Elevate Credit International Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England (the “UK Borrower”), Elevate Credit Service, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Last Out Term Note Borrower”), Elevate Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined therein and, together with the US Term Note Borrower, the UK Borrower, the US Last Out Term Note Borrower and the Company, the “Credit Parties”) party thereto, Victory Park Management, LLC (the “Agent”), as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders and Holders (as defined therein) party thereto (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Financing Agreement”); (ii) the letter agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among the Company and each of VPC Specialty Lending Investments Intermediate, L.P., VPC Specialty Finance Fund I, L.P. and VPC Investor Fund B, LLC (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) (the “June 30 Letter Agreement”); and (iii) each of the Senior Secured Convertible Notes, dated as of June 30, 2016, issued to the Investors and convertible into New Equity Securities of the Company or shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the terms set forth therein (as each may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Convertible Notes”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein are defined in the Convertible Notes.

1.      Amendment of the Convertible Notes .

(a)    Pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Convertible Notes, Section 2.1(a) of each of the Convertible Notes is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a)     Beginning on each date Holder receives or should have received a Qualified Equity Financing Notice (as defined below) and ending upon the consummation of the first closing of the applicable Qualified Equity


Financing (as defined below), this Note may, at the Holder’s option, be converted in whole or in part into New Equity Securities (as defined below). The number of New Equity Securities issuable upon such conversion shall equal (i) the outstanding Principal and accrued, but unpaid, interest of this Note being converted, divided by (ii) the Financing Per Share Conversion Price. The “Financing Per Share Conversion Price” shall be equal to the product of (1) 0.8, multiplied by (2) the lowest price per share for New Equity Securities paid by another investor in the applicable Qualified Equity Financing.”

(b)    Pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Convertible Notes, Section 2.1(b) of each of the Convertible Notes is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b)    The “ New Equity Securities ” shall mean shares of capital stock of the Borrower or securities conferring the right to purchase such capital stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for (with or without additional consideration) such capital stock, in each case issued or sold by the Borrower to investors in connection with an equity financing yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each, a “ Qualified Equity Financing ”). Provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Qualified IPO (as defined below) shall not be a Qualified Equity Financing under the terms of this Note or the Financing Agreement.”

(c)    Pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Convertible Notes, Section 2.2(b) of each of the Convertible Notes is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b)     The Borrower shall provide written notice (the “ Qualified Acquisition Notice ”) to the Holder as soon as possible, but in no event less than five (5) business days, before (i) the anticipated consummation of an acquisition of the Borrower by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Borrower is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock primarily for capital raising purposes) yielding total proceeds of not less than twenty five million dollars ($25,000,000); or (ii) the anticipated consummation of a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (each of the events set forth in (i) and (ii) above, a “ Qualified Acquisition ”). The Qualified Acquisition Notice shall specify the effective date on which such Qualified Acquisition is to take place and shall describe such transaction in reasonable detail. The Borrower shall provide Holder with regular updates regarding the Qualified Acquisition process. The Borrower shall notify (the “ Road Show Notice ” and, together with the Qualified Acquisition Notice, a “ Liquidity Event Notice ”) the Holder as soon as reasonably practicable


before the anticipated commencement of a Road Show (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) in connection with a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offering and sale of Common Stock and yielding total proceeds to the Borrower of not less than twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (a “ Qualified IPO ” and together with a Qualified Acquisition, a “ Liquidity Event ”). The Borrower shall use its reasonable best efforts to notify the Holder as soon as reasonably practicable of the anticipated date on which the Borrower intends to determine the price at which the shares of its Common Stock offered in a Qualified IPO shall be sold.”

(d)    Pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Convertible Notes, each of the Convertible Notes is hereby amended so as to contain a new Section 2.5, set forth in its entirety below:

“2.5     Termination of Option to Convert .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note to the contrary, upon the effectiveness of the Borrower’s registration statement in connection with a Qualified IPO, this Note shall no longer be convertible, in whole or in part, into New Equity Securities or shares of Common Stock, and the rights provided in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 herein shall cease to be of any force or effect.”

2.      Amendment of the Financing Agreement .

(a)    Pursuant to Section 13.6 of the Financing Agreement, the definition of “Exit Premium” set forth in Section 1.1 of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

““ Exit Premium ” means the premium to be paid in connection with full and final repayment of all outstanding US Convertible Term Notes in the event the US Convertible Term Notes shall not have been converted, in whole, into Conversion Shares prior to any such repayment. The aggregate amount of the Exit Premium payable shall be equal to the product of (a) $5,000,000 multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) the aggregate principal amount drawn under the US Convertible Term Notes and not converted, prior to or at the time of such repayment, into Conversion Shares divided by (ii) $25,000,000; provided, however, in no event shall the Exit Premium exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.”

(b)    Pursuant to Section 13.6 of the Financing Agreement, Section 8.3(m) of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(m) Other Information . Promptly upon their becoming available, deliver copies of (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy


statements sent or made available generally by any Credit Party to its security holders acting in such capacity or by any of their Subsidiaries to their security holders other than another Credit Party or another Subsidiary, (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the SEC or any governmental or private regulatory authority, (iii) all press releases and other statements made available generally by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries to the public concerning material developments in the business of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries, (iv) subject to limitations imposed by applicable law, all documents and information furnished to Governmental Authorities in connection with any investigation of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (other than any routine inquiry) and (v) such other information and data with respect to any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Agent; provided , however that any of the items identified in the foregoing clauses (i) – (v) shall be deemed “delivered” as contemplated under this Section 8.3(m) as of the date that such items are filed or furnished with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system.”

3.      Amendment of June  30 Letter Agreement .

Pursuant to Section 11 of the June 30 Letter Agreement, Section 6 of the June 30 Letter Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Conversion Upon A Qualified IPO . In connection with a Qualified IPO in which any Investor converts its Convertible Note (in whole or in part) and has received Common Stock of the Company, each of the Company and the Investor agrees that such Investor shall have the same registration rights (solely with respect to such Common Stock) as are provided to a Holder (as defined in the IRA) under Section 2 of the IRA (as amended from time to time), as such section shall be in effect immediately following the closing of a Qualified IPO, regardless of whether such Investor has previously converted any portion of its Convertible Note as part of a Qualified Equity Financing and received similar rights in connection therewith. The Company hereby represents that, except as disclosed in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (file no. 333-207888), the Company does not have any arrangements with any Holders in respect of the registration rights contemplated by the IRA. The Company further agrees that such Investor shall be entitled to transfer all or a portion of any such Common Stock and the corresponding registration rights pursuant to a Permitted Transfer (subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations). For any such Permitted Transfer, (i) no consent or approval shall be needed from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, their respective board of directors or managers, or any other party; (ii) such


transfer shall not be subject to any restriction, including any right of first refusal or tag-along right; and (iii) no registration statement or legal opinion shall be required, provided that such Investor provides written notice to the Company of such transfer.”

4.      Waivers .

(a)    Each of the undersigned Investors and the Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders, hereby irrevocably waives any rights it or the Lenders or Holders may have or will have arising under Section 4(g) of the June 30 Letter Agreement or Section 8.23 of the Financing Agreement with respect to the amendment or waiver of the Governing Documents (as defined in the June 30 Letter Agreement and, (i) in the case of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed on January 11, 2016 as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), (ii) in the case of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as filed on January 11, 2016 as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement, (iii) in the case of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of the Company, as filed on January 11, 2016 as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement, and (iv) in the case of each of the Voting Agreement of the Company, dated May 1, 2014 and the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of the Company, dated May 1, 2014, to be terminated in connection with the public offer, issuance and sale by the Company of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “IPO”) (each of the foregoing (i)-(iv) hereinafter a “Draft Agreement” and, collectively, the “Draft Agreements”)) made in connection with the IPO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Draft Agreements or any other Governing Documents are altered or revised after the date hereof in connection with the IPO, and such alteration or revision (i) must be approved by the requisite holders of Company capital stock (the “Stockholders”), or (ii) adversely affects the Investors or Agent, such alteration or revision shall also require the approval of the Agent. In the event that the Draft Agreements or other Governing Documents are altered or revised after the date hereof in connection with the IPO and approval of the Stockholders is not required and does not adversely affect the Investors and Agent, approval of the Agent shall also not be required.

(b)    Each of the undersigned Investors irrevocably waives the provisions of Section 8 of the June 30 Letter Agreement with respect to disclosure regarding the Agent, the Investors, the Financing Agreement, the June 30 Letter Agreement, this Letter Agreement and the Convertible Notes, made in connection with the IPO as set forth in the Registration Statement in the form attached as Exhibit A , and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company (i) may make such disclosure in connection with the IPO (including any modifications that do not materially modify the substance thereof ), and (ii) may file the Financing Agreement, the June 30 Letter Agreement, this Letter Agreement and the Convertible Notes as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any material modification to the substance regarding the Agent, the Investors, the Financing Agreement, the June 30 Letter Agreement, this Letter Agreement or the Convertible Notes disclosed in the Registration Statement in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto shall require the approval of the Agent.

(c)    The Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders, hereby irrevocably waives any notice or information rights it or the Lenders or Holders may have or will have arising under Section 8.3(l) of the Financing Agreement in connection with the IPO.


5.      Validity of Letter Agreement; Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, the Agent and each of the Investors. This Letter Agreement supplements the Financing Agreement, the Convertible Notes, the June 30 Letter Agreement and the Governing Documents and, in the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Letter Agreement and the Financing Agreement, the Convertible Notes, the June 30 Letter Agreement or the Governing Documents, the provisions of this Letter Agreement shall control. This Letter Agreement, the Financing Agreement, the Convertible Notes, the June 30 Letter Agreement and the Governing Documents and the documents referred to herein and therein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to Investors’ investment in the Company.

6.      Miscellaneous . This Letter Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law. No amendment, alteration, modification of, or addition to this Letter Agreement will be valid or binding unless expressed in writing and signed by the parties. This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which need not contain the signature of more than one party but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. The provisions of this Letter Agreement are severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

[ Signature page follows ]


If the foregoing accurately sets forth our agreement regarding the foregoing matters, please indicate so by signing this Letter Agreement in the space provided, whereupon this Letter Agreement shall become a binding agreement by and between Investor, the Agent and the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes
Title: CFO


US TERM NOTE BORROWER

RISE SPV, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as the US TERM NOTE BORROWER

By: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

its Sole Member

By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes
Title: CFO
UK TERM NOTE BORROWER

ELEVATE CREDIT INTERNATIONAL LTD.

a company incorporated under the laws of England with number 05041905, as the UK TERM NOTE BORROWER

By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes
Title: CFO
US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as the US LAST OUT TERM NOTE BORROWER

By: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

its Sole Member

By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes
Title: CFO


ELASTIC FINANCIAL, LLC
ELEVATE DECISION SCIENCES, LLC
RISE CREDIT, LLC
FINANCIAL EDUCATION, LLC

ELEVATE CREDIT SERVICE, LLC,

as Guarantors

By: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

as Sole Member

By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes
Title: CFO
RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF OHIO, LLC

RISE CREDIT SERVICE OF TEXAS, LLC,

as Guarantors

By: RISE CREDIT, LLC,

as Sole Member

By: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

as Sole Member

By:  

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes
Title: CFO


RISE FINANCIAL, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF ALABAMA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF DELAWARE, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF GEORGIA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF IDAHO, LL

RISE CREDIT OF KANSAS, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF ILLINOIS, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF MISSISSIPPI, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF MISSOURI, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF NEVADA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF NEW MEXCIO, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF NORTH DAKOTA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH DAKOTA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF SOUTH CAROLINA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF UTAH, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF VERMONTH, LLC

RISE CREDITO F VIRGINA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF ARIZONA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF COLORADO, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF MARYLAND, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF OKLAHOMA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF OREGON, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF NEBRASKA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF LOUISIANA, LLC

RISE CREDIT OF TEXAS, LLC,

as Guarantors

 

By: RISE SPV, LLC,

as Sole Member

By: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

as Sole Member

 

By:

 

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes

Title: CFO


ELASTIC@WORK, LLC

ELEVATE@WORK ADMINISTRATION, LLC

ELEVATE@WORK, LLC,

as Guarantors

By: ELASTIC FINANCIAL, LLC,

as Sole Member

By: ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.,

as Sole Member

 

By:

 

/s/ Chris Lutes

Name: Chris Lutes

Title: CFO


VICTORY PARK MANAGEMENT, LLC,

as Agent

By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name: Scott R. Zemnick
Title: Manager


VPC SPECIALTY LENDING INVESTMENTS
INTERMEDIATE, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name: Scott R. Zemnick
Title: Authorized Signatory
VPC SPECIALTY FINANCE FUND I, L.P.
By: VPC Specialty Finance Fund GP I, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By: VPC Specialty Finance Fund UGP I, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name: Scott R. Zemnick
Title: General Counsel
VPC INVESTOR FUND B, LLC
By: VPC Investor Fund GP B, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By: VPC Investor Fund UGP B, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Zemnick

Name: Scott R. Zemnick
Title: General Counsel

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Elevate Credit, Inc.

 

Entity Name    Jurisdiction of
Incorporation/Organization

Elastic Financial, LLC

   Delaware

Elastic@Work, LLC

   Delaware

Elevate@Work Admin, LLC

   Delaware

Elevate@Work, LLC

   Delaware

Elevate Credit International Limited

   United Kingdom

Elevate Credit Service, LLC

   Delaware

Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC

   Delaware

Financial Education, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Financial, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE SPV, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Alabama, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Arizona, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of California, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Colorado, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Delaware, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Texas

RISE Credit of Georgia, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Idaho, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Illinois, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Kansas, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Louisiana, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Maryland, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Mississippi, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Missouri, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Nebraska, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Nevada, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of New Mexico, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of North Dakota, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Oklahoma, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of South Carolina, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of South Dakota, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Tennessee, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Texas, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Utah, LLC (d/b/a RISE/RISE Credit)

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Vermont, LLC

   Delaware

RISE Credit of Virginia, LLC

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated April 27, 2016, with respect to the combined and consolidated financial statements of Elevate Credit, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas

January 30, 2017